A Pāli reader : with notes and glossary

ASIA

oe |
CORNELL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY

IVERSITY LIBRARY

Wy

CORNELL UN

MA

3 1924

Cornell University

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924071132082

A

PALI READER

WITH NOTES AND GLOSSARY

BY

DINES ANDERSEN, PH. D.

PROFESSOR AT THE UNIVERSITY OF COPENHAGEN

PART II: GLOSSARY

COPENHAGEN
GYLDENDALSKE BOGHANDEL, NORDISK FORLAG

LONDON LEIPZIG
LUZAC & Co. O. HARRASSOWITZ

1907

Trykt med Understottelse af Universitetets Fritrykskonto

NIELSEN & LYDICHE
(AXEL SIMMELKIZER)

A

PALI GLOSSARY

INCLUDING THE WORDS OF THE

PALI READER an wm DHAMMAPADA
BY

DINES ANDERSEN, PH. D.

PROFESSOR AT THE UNIVERSITY OF COPENHAGEN

COPENHAGEN
GYLDENDALSKE BOGHANDEL, NORDISK FORLAG

LEIPZIG
O. HARRASSOWITZ

1904—1905

‘t

NIELSEN & LYDICHE
(AXKL SIMMELKLAH)

PALI GLOSSARY

PREFACE.

iF issuing the present part of the Pali Reader I ought to express
my sincere regret that various circumstances have so much retarded the
final revision and printing of the glossary, the conclusion of which I know
has been expected long ago by not a few scholars, As has been pro-
mised in the preface to Part 1. this glossary includes the vocabulary of
the whole text of Dhammapada, and I have upon the whole done my
best to make it as complete as possible. It has been my aim by this to
supply the young student with a sufficient help for the first years’ study,
untill he will be able to work inpendently, and I have therefore above
all striven to arrange the materials so that every passage in the texts
which might be supposed to present even the slightest difficulty to the
beginner should not be passed by in silence. Whether I have succeeded
in my explanations in such cases, where I differ from the usual inter-
pretation, I must leave to my critics to judge of. With regard to the
lexicographical system introduced into this glossary I need not to say
much; it is of course, as to the outer form, in many respects different
from that of the Dictionary of Childers: in addition to the Indian order
of the letters I have introduced all declinable words in their stems (only
with a few exceptions, e.g. pronouns like aham, bhavam, etc.); where
the stems are ending in consonants these have been printed in Italics,
the reason for which I hope will be understood: ghosavat, cetas, —
muddhan, gandhin, pitar (the latter I have considered more prac-
tical than pitu). ‘The verbs ought in my opinion to be given in their
present indicative (3. sing.), as has also been done by Childers, together
with reference to the Sanskrit roots; so I have not paid any attention
to roots or forms given by the native Pali-grammarians, my task only

being to deal with the texts themselves, and nothing has been quoted,
that cannot be traced in the litterature. In many single cases I nee
had an indispensable support in the exhaustive lexicographical Gnllechons
of V. Trenckner (now in the Copenhagen University Library), especially
where ray own collections were not sufficient to state a certain signifi-
cation, form, or gender of a word; the abbreviation (Tr.) added here
and there in the glossary will show that also on other accounts I have
derived som3 benefit from suggestions of his accidentally occurring among
the vast number of his quotations. With regard to typographical ar-
rangements I beg to remark that asterisks have been put before those
Pali words to which no Sanskrit equivalents can be traced; likewise
generally before compounds not found in the Sanskrit Dictionary of
Monier Williams, the new edition of which has been of great help to
me during the whole work; certain forms of the Pali words are put
within parentheses ia order to show that they do not occur in the
Reader or the Dhpd., whilst brackets put to a heading-word (e. g. [sa-
misati]) denote that this particular form of the word is not traced.
Of the English vranslations it ought to be observed that those within
double inverted comma are simply quotations from my predecessors;
other typographical indications, abbreviations, etc., I hope will easily be
understood. Before using the book my readers are earnestly requested
to insert the corrections and additions given on the last pages into the
text of both parts.

In conclusion I wish to address my best thanks to my young friend
Mr. Joh. Eyser, Assistant Librarian at our University Library, to whom
I am indebted for his kind assistance in correcting the proofs.

Copenhagen, September 1907.

\
Dines ANDERSEN,

TO

MY TEACHER AND FRIEND

PROFESSOR Dr. PHIL. VY. FAUSBOLL

IN COMMEMORATION OF

THE 5022 ANNIVERSARY OF HIS FIRST EDITION

OF THE

DHAMMAPADA

Copenhagen, March 15., 1905

DINES ANDERSEN

DUOPAGE

Reproduced hy XEROGRAPHY
by Micro Photo Inc.
Cleveland 12, Ohio

A.

a-', the base of pron, gen. assa, assa,
v, ayaih,
a-", the prp, as, shortened before
double cons, v. akkamati, akkosati ete.
a-3, the augment originally prefixed
to the verbal root in the formation of
the impf., aor, & cond. tenses, in most
cases dropped after ma (q. v.) and gene-
rally omitted in ordinary prose, List
of augmented forms occurring in the
texts of the Reader & the Dhp.:
a-ka, a-kari, a-kasi, a-kathsu,
a-karamhase, 2. karoti.
aekarayi, ». kareti.
a-gaichi, a-gama, a-gamasi,
a-gamamsu, v. gacchati.
a-ggahi, a-ggahum, a-ggahesi,
v. ganhati.
a-ghatayi, v. ghateti,
a-cari, v. carati.
a-cavayi, v, caveti.
a-cchidda, a-cchindi, v. chins
dati.
a-jali, v. jalati.
a-jini, v. jinati.
a-ttha, a-tthasi, a-tthameu, ».
titthati.
a-tari, v. tarati.
a-da, a-dasi(mh), a-damsu, »
dadati.
a-desayi, v. deseti.
a-ddakkhi, v. dakkhati.
a-ddasa, a-ddasa, a-ddasama,
a-ddasasum, v. dissati.
, Pali Glossary.

a-passi, v, passati.

a-pucchi, a-pucchimsu, v, puce
chati.

a-piijesum, v. pujeti.

a-plavim, v. p(a)lavati.

a-bravi, a-bruvi, »v. bruti.

a-bhavissa (cond.), v, bhavati.

a-bhassatha, wv. bhassati.

a-bhanim, v. bhanati.

a-bhasi, a-bhasatha, v. bhasati.

a-vaca(m), a-Vvoca, a-vocum, v,
vadati,

a-vadhi, v. vadhati,

a-vadesi. v. vadeti,

a-Samsi, v samsati,

a-sakkhi(mh), v. sakkoti.

a-ssumha, v, sunati.

a-hayatha, v. hayati,

a-hiisi, v. harati,

a-hii, a-hum, a-huva, a-huva-
ttha, a-huvamhase, a-hosi(m),
a-hesum, v, hoti,

asim, ». atthi,

acc-a-ga, acc-a-gama, v% Ali
gacchati.

ajjh-a-ga, ajjh-a-gl, v. adii-
gacchati.

ajjh-a-bhasi, v. adhi-bhasati.

ajjh-a-vasayi, v, adhi-vaseti.

anu-pariy-a-ga, v, anu-pari-
gacchati.

anv-a-ga, v. anu-gacchati.

apai-nayi, v. apa-neti.

ud-a-padi, v. up-pajjati.

upacc-a-ga, v. (upati-gacchati),

upd-gami, v. upa-gacchati.

1

upa-visi, ». upa-visati.
pacc-a-s8O8i, pacc-a-ssosum,

v. pati-sunati.
pa-mado, v. pa-majjati.
pa-yasi, pa-yimsu, v pa-yati.
pé.-vassi, v. pa-vasiati.
pé-visi, v. pa-vissti.
pa-hesi, v. pahinati.
vyapa-nudi, » vyapa-nudati.

a-, negative particle, prefixed to
the following words, 1) to nouns (subst.,
adj, adv.), 2) to verbal forms (mostly
to gart., grd., gr. or inf, rarely to
finite verbal forms), In comp. with
words beginning originally with two
coasovants the first cons, is generally
doubled (v. a-pputivattiya, a-pacca-
kkhaya\, and before vowels it has al-
ways the form an- (v. below). As to
the signification it is often opp. to sa-
(q.v.) and synom. with the particles na-,
nir, vis (vinad-?). Sometimes this par-
tile is found reseated: an-a- (as a
kind of stronger negation {?), cp. an-a+
bhavakata [but an-a-kama, not un-
willing]). It isdoubtful whether this par-
ticle is contained in comp, like phalé-
phila, maggimaggaete. (q.v.). (R. Otto
Franke: a-pacasi, ZDMG, XLVI Isa
(cp. a-sackoti, Dhpd, (1855) p. 102,14.
a-sakkhi, Jat. J, 382,24. an-abhirami,
Jit, IIT, 30,90). G. Buhler: ZDMG,
XL, 544 (cp, Jit. I, 171,17. 385,16)],
a-kakkasa, mfn. free from harsh-

nese, Dh, 408, (~aih, acc, m.).
a-kata, a) mfn. not ‘done, left un-

done, Dh, 50.165, 314. b) x». the

uncreated (9, Nibbana): | a-kata-

itu’. mfn, Dh. 97, 383. (x71),
_ kuowing the uncreated,
a-katadnu’ mn, ungrateful, 14,1,
a-kattar, m, who does no good, 14,1

(ace, -urnath),
a-katva, v. karotl,
a-kathaih-kathin, mfn. free from

doubt (katharhgkathi), Dh, 411,

Al4 (-1, 0,),
u-kathetva, vo, katheti,

A-karana, 2. ominsion, avoiding of,
Dh, 183, 333,

a-karonta, v. karoti.

a-kama, mfn, unwilling, reluctant,
104,10. (wassa, m. gen.).

a-kdranena, instr, adv, without
(reasonable) cause, 34,17. 58,11, v.
karana,

a-kariya, mfn. not to be done, that
may not be done, 106,15 = Dh. 176,
v. karoti.

a-kala, m. wrong time, or mfn, un-
seasonable, 25,31. 37,16, ¥. kala.

a-kicca, mfn. not to be done, Dh,
74, 293, », karoti.

a-kificana, mfn. without anything,
calling nothing his own, disintor-
ested, Dh. 88. 221. 396 — 431,

a-kifici, adv. not a little, Dh. 390,
v. koci (ep. na).

a-kujjhitva, vo. kujjhati.

a-kutobhaya, mfn. (= 8a, from
kuto + bhaya, g. v.), knowing no
fear, secure, Dh. 196 (~e, ace. pl.m.).

a-kuddha. mfn, not angry, lw
(~wassa, gen.), v. kujjhati.

a-kubbato, gen. m., from part. kub-
bam, (v. karoti), who does not act,
Dh. 51, 124.

a-kulin, fn. (fr. kula, q. v.), of
base extraction, 102.4 (~ino rie
jano, nom, pl. m.).

a-kusala, mfn, evil, 75,24 (yathad
~wam, ace, m.); n. wath, evil deed,
demerit, 97.13, Dh. 281.

a-kkodha, m, mildness, 44,8 — Dh,
223 (~ena, énstr.), v. kodha.

a-kkodhana, mfn, free from anger,
104,21, Dh, 400. ». kodhana.

a-kkhara, q. t.

a-ganhanti, », ganhati.

a-gata, mfn. not gone to, 48,11; not
frequented, Dh, 323, v. guta,

a-gantva, v. gacchati.

a-gundhaka,m/n, (fr. gandha,g, 0.),
without odour (opp. sa-gandhaka),
Db. 61 (wath puppham).

a-gahetvia, ev. ganhati.

w-gunin, mm, fault, 20, 43,4, cath,
43.7, <u (pl.) 44,5; gavesaka,
ifn, seeking his own faults, 43,16
(~0); °-vadin, mfn, telling one of

’

his faults, wi, ~ith (nom, ace, m.)
43,5. 43,6,

a-caritva, v. carati, '

&-carima, mfn. not subsequent, not
last; ~am, adv, 99,26 (cp. a-pubba).

a&-cala, mfn. immovable, firm, 110,7

&-cira, mfn. short, brief; wam, adv,
soon, before long, 107,5 == Dh, 41;
°-ppakkanta, mfn. 70,13 ~e, loc,
soon after he was gone (cp. pakka-
mati).

a-ccuta, mfn, not fallen, permanent,
unchangeable, Dh, 225 ~am tha-
Nath, Nibbana (cp. cuta & cavati).

a-cchidda, mfn, uninjured, fault-
less, blameless; °-vutti adj, m. Dh.
229 (with, acc.) of blameless con-
duct,

a-chinditvd, ». chindati,

a-jaiiiia, mfn. not to be produced
to jayati); 2, a portent; purisa-
jaiinho, m. Dh. 193, qv.

a-jananta (gen, a-janato), a-ja-
nitva, v. janati.

a-jhadyato (gen), v. jhayati.

a-fiana, n, ignorance, 94,21 (~am,
acc.), 94,24 (~aya, dat.) cp. hana.

a-nfata, mfn, unkaown (v. janati),
wal, nom, n. 92,25. ~ Anam, gen,
m, pl. unknown persons, 90,32.

a-nnditaka, mfn. (annhata w. suff.
-ka) id. °-vesena, instr, in dis-
guise 43,12 (cp. vesa).

a-tthana, #. wrong place or wrong
time (v. thana), 34,22 (~e, loc); an
impossible thing, that cannot take
place 76,26 (~arma, nom.).

a-takkavacara, mfn. being beyond
the sphere of thought, 94,25 (takka
+ avacara, q.v.).

&-tandita. mfn. not slothful, une
wearied, Dh, 305. 366. 375.

a-titta, mfn, unsatisfied, insatiate,
52,24 ~am (acc. f.) kamesu, in-
satiate in pleasures; Dh, 48.

a-tula, mfn, unequalled; m.nom.pr.
(q.v.) Db. 297, j

a-danda, mfn. *) without stick, 77,
18 (wena, instr.) — *) exempt from

an~

punishment, innocent, Dh, 137
(wesu. loc, pl.).

a-datva, v, dadati.

a-dassana, n. not seeing (w. gen.);
piyanam ~am, 106,36 = Dh. 210;
~wena (instr.) morassa, before the
peacock had appeared, 18,32; Dh.206;
~wam gacche, will not see, Dh, 46.

*a-datukamata; f. (fr. inf. da-
tum ». dadati) + kama w, suff.
-ta) unwillingness to give, ~waih
(ace.) 16,14, ~wiya (instr. ,because
you do not wish to give it“) 23,36,

a-dinna, m/f. not given; warm adi-
yati, to take what is not given, to
steal, 97,10, Dh, 246. 409; a-dinnd-
dana, n. stealing, 8l,s2 (~a, abl.);
a-dinnapubba, mfn. not given be-
fore, 15,30 (cp. pubba).

a-disva, (a)-dissamana, v. dis-
suti.

a-duttha, mfn, not guilty, innocent,
Dh, 399,

*a-dibha, mfn. not treacherous (or
8. m.(?) not deceiving) 111,29: a-
dibhatthaya (dat. cp. attha?) ,in
order that she might not prove her-
self treacherous“ (cp. dibhati).

a-ddhuva, mfn, not fixed, uncer-
tain, 86,15 (cp. dhuva). ‘

a-dhamma, m. injustice, Dh. 248;
wena (instr. adv.) unjustly, Dh, 84,

*a-dhammika, mfn. unrighteous,
impious, ~a (m, pl.) 102.6,

*a-dhammikata, /f. unrighteous.
ness, ~aya (instr.) 102.6,

*a-nikkasava, mfn. not free from
impurity, impure, Dh. 9 (cp. ka-
saiva & kasava),

a-nicca mfn, (v. niccat) not eternal,
transitory, impermanent, perishable,
~@ samkhara 80,28; 107,11 — Dh.
277; a-niccadi-vasena (instr.) 88,33
on account of the instability etc,
of this world“(?) (cp. adi & vasa),

a-niccata,. f. transient existence,
instability, mortality, ~a (= a-
niccataya, instr.) 95,22.

a-nitthita, m/fn, not, finished, not

completed, 87,11. «
1"

ar

a-nindita, mfn, (v. nindati), not
blamed, Dh, 227,

“a-nibbisam, part. adv. uselessly,
fruitlessly, 108,16. Db. 153. (v.
nibbittha; SBE. X, 43.)

a-nimitta, mfn. causeless, ground-
less, ~o vimokho (q. v.) — Nib-
bana, Dh. 92. 93,

*a-nimisata, f. not winking; ~aya
(akkhinath) 59,5 ,on account of her
not winking“.

a-niyata, mfn. not fixed, uncertain,
wath jivitam, 86,17.

*a-niyata-gatika, m/n. whose path
(through the numerous forms of life,
v. gati) is uncertaia, aa, f. 87,29.

*a-niyyanika, mn. unprofitable,
9,29.

a-nivattana, #. not turning back,
not fleeing: %-dhamma, mfn. hav-
ing the nature of not fleeing, 39,10
«~& mahayodhi (m. pl.).

a-nivesana, mfn. homeless; inacces-
sible to desire, free from attach
nent (?) Dh. 40. (cp. SBE. X, 14.)

a-nissita, mfn, ot dependent on,
Dh. 93 ahare v0, ,not absorbed
in enjoyment“,

“s-nigha,m/n. scatheless, harmless (?)
Dh, 294, 295, (Sa. *a-nighna,
Morris JPTS. ’91—93, p. 41 ff;
*a-nyagha (= an-agha), sinless,
sb, ep, SBE, X, 71 ff. The na.
‘ives derive this word from *nigha
nsuffering" and exple:n it by nid-
dukkha; cp. also sa. an-ehas
(vib) ie

a-paccakkh aya, ». paccakkhiati.

a-pah fia, mn. not intelligent, Dh.
372.

a-patikkamitva, v. patikkamati,

a-paaa, mfn. foctless 7. e, having no
footing in the existence (sarsara),
Dh. 179. 180,

*a-pabbajana, n. 47,5: °-atthaya
(dat. v. attha') to keep him from
a religious life,

“a-pars-ppaccaya, mf. notdepen-
dent of others, ~o sasane (— ,for
the knowledge of the doctrine“) 69,14;

aparappaccaya, abl. adv. ~ianam,
intuitive knowledge, 96,14.
a-pariggaha, mfn, unmarried, 56,4
~i, f.); °-bhava, m. the unmarried
state, 56,7 (cp. pariggaha).
a-parighamsanta, v. parigham-
sati.
*a-parisuddha, mfn. dirty, 41,1.
a-parihina-jhana, n. uninterrup-
ted meditation, 45,15 (v. parihayati).
a-passanta, a-passitva, v. pas-
sati.
a-paira, nm, not the opposite bank,
Dh. 385 (v. para).
a-puccha, m/n. not to be asked about,
mam (ace, n.) 91las (v. pucchati).
&-pujja, mfn. not to be revered, not
deserving homage, 30,21 (v. pujeti).
a-puiifia, ». demerit, 76,3 °-labha,
m, acquisition of demerit, Dh, 309.
310.
*a-puthujjana-sevita. mfn, which
common people cannot enjoy, Dh.
272 (cp. sevati),
a-pubba, mfn. not first, unprecee-
ded (opp. a-carima); «am, adv,
99,25: apubbam acarimam, ,not
before and not after“, ,simulta-
neously” (Morris JPTS, ’87 p. 101;
Rhys Davids SBE, XXXV p. 64).
a-ppagabbha, mfn. not arrogant,
modest, quiet, Dh, 245 (v. pagab-
bha).
*a-ppaticchanna, m/fn. not covered,
nuked, 10,15 20 ahosi, ,he ex-
posed himselfé i: paticchanna).
*a-ppatipuggala, mfn. unequal-
led, 80,24 (v. pati-puggala).
a-ppatibaddha-citta, mfn. one
whose mind is not turned to (loc.),
kadmesu 0, ynot bewildered by
love“, Dh. 218 (v. patibaddha).
a-ppativattiya, mfx. insubvertible,
110,7 ~a (f. bhtmi). (v, pativatteti).
*“a-ppatikaraka, mfn. ungrateful,
14,1: katassa war (acc. m.), one
who does not return what has been
done. (2. patikaraka),
*a-ppatissavasa, m. anarchy,10.31.
(v. patissava).

a-ppatta. mfn. not having obtained
(ace.) Dh, 272. (v. patta’ cp. SBE.
X, p. 67).

a-ppaduttha, mfn. harmless, Dh.
125, (v. paduttha, cp. dussati).

a-ppamatta, mfn. not slothful, ear-
nest, zealous, strenuous, ~& (m. pl.)
104.9, Dh, 21. (v. pamatta, pa-

. Majjati; cp. appa-matta).

a-ppamada, m, earnestness, stre-
nuousness, ~0 Dh. 21; we & wamhi
(loc.) Dh. 22; ~ena sampadetha,
Work out your salvation with dili-
gence" (instr.), -rata, mfn, de-
lighting in earnestness, Dh, 31, 327.
°-vagga, m, the second chapter of
Dh. -viharin, mfn. living stre-
nuously, Dh. 57 (winath, gen, pl.)
(cp. pamada ¢ pamajjati).

a-ppameyya, mfn, immensurable,
95,13, (v. pameyya),

a-ppasanna, mfn. not quiet, un-
believing, without faith, 76,30. (cp.
pasanna d¢ pasidati).

a-ppiya, mfn. unpleasant, disagree-
able; wehi (instr. 2, pl.) 67,9. 106,95
— Dh, 210; wanam (gen. », pl.)
106.26 = Dh. 210; m. wo, an en-
nemy, Dh. 77, (v. piya).

a-ph-la, mfn, without fruit, impro-
fitable, vain, ~& vaca Dh. 51, (opp.
sa-phala, cp. phalaphala).

*a-phasuka, mfn, unpleasant, un-

* easy; ”, sickness, 46,5. 49,04. 28. kim
te ~am, what ails you? 49,95,

a-bala. mfn. weak; *a-bal’-assa, m. 8
weak horse, a hack (opp. sighassa),
Dh, 29.

a-bbana, mfn. having no wound
(vana, g. v.) Dh, 124.

a-bbata, mfn. undisciplined, not ob-
serving the religious duties (vata,
q. v.) Dh. 264 (cp. subbata).

a-brahmacariya, %. unchastity,
impurity, ~@ (abl.) 81,99.

a-bhabba, mfn. (v. bhabba & bha-
vati) unable, tw. inf. 69,26: ~o
Yaso kame paribbuijitum, ,it is
impossible that Y. should enjoy
pleasures“; w. dat. ~o pariha-

a-

naya, ,cannot fall away (from holi-
ness)“, Dh, 32.

a-bhaya (fr. bhaya, x.) ') mfn.

free from fear, Dh. 258, °) x, sa-
fety, security, immunity, wam, nom.
7,6. ace. 6,18, ~e, loc. 7,14. Dh.
317, *a-bhaya-laddhaka, m/fn. 7,35,
who has obtained immunity —=
*laddhabhaya, mfn. 7,3 (cp. la-
ddha). *a-bhaya-dassin, mfn. see-
_ no danger, Dh. 317 (wino, m.
pl.).

a-bhava, m, absence, non-existence,

wi (abl.) 42,30. 63.31 & wena
(instr.) 59.18, 88,31, on account of
the absence of (gev.); an-abhava-
kata. q. 2,

a-bhavita, mfn. (v. bhaveti) 1) not

produced, not practised, not reali-
zed, ~a (f. maranasati) 86,18. *) not
trained, not versed in religious prac-
tise, ~arn (cittam) Dh, 13 ,,unore-
flecting“ (opp. su-bhdavita).

a-bhiita, mfn. that has not happened,

mam (acc. n.) 9,39, *%-vadin, mfn.
delighting in lie, wi (nom, m.) 74,1.

a-bhejja, mfn, unconquerable, %va-

rasura-, 39.19.

a-magga, m. the evil path, Dh, 403

(maggimagga).

a-mafgala, mfn. unauspicious, un-

gracious, impolite(?), warn (n. pati-
kkhipanam) 56,23,

a-mata, mfn, immortal; ”. the im-

mortal (— Nibbana), Dh. 374; ~am
padam (v.) Dh. 114 += a-mata-
pada, 7. Dh, 21, the immortal place,
Nibbana (opp. maccuno padarh).
*a-matogadha, ».(?) (cp. ogadha)
the depth of Nibbana, Dh. 411.

*a-mattannhu, mfn. immoderate

(w. loc.) Dh. 7.

a-madhura, mfn. not sweet, sour,

bitter, °-samsaggena, ,by the come
pany of the sour (plant), 37,91.

&-manussa, m. not a human being,

pl. ~i, 68,3 (cp. a-manusa).

a-mara, mfn. immortal, imperishable,

n. wath, 56,12; fi ~a, nom. pr, =
Amaradevi, q. %.

ae

a-matu-hadava, n. not a mother’s
heart, 59,12 (v. matar).

Aa-mannsa, mfi2, not human, super-
human; m. wv (saddo) 27,6; fai
(rat:) Dh. 373 (ep, peerea

a-marenta, v mireti.

a-liitta, m. an enemy, wenéva,
(instr.) Dh. 66, 297 (,a8 with an
anemy“, cp. iva),

a-yasa, m. infamy, disgrace, acc.
ewan 73,8.

a-yutta, mfn. unfit, unright, wrong,
u. wath 38,19.

a-yopa, m. not meditation, lack of
dev»tion or religious exertion, abl.
«wa Dh, 282, loc. we Dh. 209,

a-yojayam, ». yojeti.

a-rakkhita, mfn. 9,10, — a-rak-
khiya, mfn. 52,8, difficult to watch
(v. rakkhati).

a-rati, f. discontent, 103,95 (dutiya
sena Marassa),

a-raijika. mfn. (sa, a-rijaka), hav-
ing no king (v. rfijan), m. warm rat:
tham, 31,12.

a-roga, mfn., free from disease, heal-
thy. m. pl. wa, 105,5 (cp. arogya).

a-lajjitaya, mfn. what one ought
not to be ashamed of, Dh. 316 (v.
lajjati).

a-laddha, a-labhanta, a-la-
bhanti, a-labhamana, a-la-
bhitva v. labhati.

a-lasa, mfn. (= sa.\ without energy,
lazy, slothful, Dh, 280 (cp. ala-
siya).

*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment,
instr, wena, Dh. 245 (cp. alliyati).

u-lola, mfn, unagitated,'’ not desi-
rous, not wanton, f. «a (gopi)
104,53,

*o-vajia, mn, to bu avoided, x. sin,
fault, loc. ~e Th. 318; °-dassin,
mfn. seeing no sin, m pl, vino
Dh. 318.

a-vanna, m., blame; vam uppa-
deti, to bring reproach on (gen.)
72.32.

*a-vatthu-kasa, m/fn, pulled out
of the ground, tal4-° 95,11. q. 0.

a-vatva, v. vadati. ;
a-vassam, adv, necessarily, inevi-
tably, 86,16 (sa, a-vagyam, cp. vasa
é vasi). :
a-vijanat, ». vijanati.
a-vijjamana, ». vijjati. 2
a-vijji, f. ignorance, gen. ~aya
66,12; -paccaya, 66,6, q. % _
a-vijjha@pita, a-vijjhadpetva, v
vijjbapeti.
a-vitinna-kamkha, mfn. who has
not overcome desires, Dh. 141.
a-vidire, adv. not far off, near, 1,36;
prp. w. gen. 6,30. 36,20. 75,17,
w. abl. tato ~ 61,15 (cp. vidura).
a-viddasu, mfn. ignorant, Db.
268.
*a-vinasana, mfn. imperishable, m.
acc, ~am 110,1.
*a-vinipata-dhamma, m/fn, not
liable to be born in a lower state
of existence (v. vinipata), 79,33.
a-viruddha, mn. compatible, tole-
rant, Dh, 406 (tw, oc.),
a-visahanta, v, visahati.
a-vihafifiiamana, v. vibaifati.
*a-vera, nm. abstinence from hatred
or anger, mildness, instr. ~ena
106,24 = Dh, 5.
*a-verin, mfn. free from hatred, m.
~1 Dh. 258. pl. ~ino Dh. 197,
a-vyaikata, mfn. not explained, not
elucidated, 93,3 (v. vyikaroti),

a-sativara, mt. lack of self-restraint,
instr, wena 85,19.

a-samvuta, m/fn. not controlled, in-
temperate, indriyesu ~ath (acc. m.)
» Whose senses are not controlled‘,
Dh. 7.

a-samsattha, mfn. not mixed with,
who keeps aloof from (instr), ace,
m, wat Dh. 404,

*a-satihira, m/fn. not to be shaken,
immovable, mt. pl. ~a 109,27.

a-sakkonta, v. sakkoti.

*a-samkuppa, mfx. immovable, m,
pl. ~& 109,27.

a-Sajjamina, mfn. not attached to
(toc.), Dh. 221 (cp. sajjati, satta}),

a-sajjhaya, m, (sa. a-svadhyaya)

non-repetition; °-mala, mfn. Dh,
241 (v. mala. v.),

a-saniata, mfn, unrestrained, in-
temperate, 107,29 == Dh. 308; pl.
~a& Dh, 248; w, instr, vacaiya
~0, 84,29,

a-sanna. /. non-perception, 80,8
(in ‘ad neva-saiiia-nasafiia-°,
q. v.).

a-sat, mfn, (cp, a-santa) ') not be-
ing, not existing, false; instr, asata
socati Dh. 367, Joc, abs, sami-
kamhi asati 31,9 (without husband),
%) bad, pl. asant(o) Dh, 304 (bad
people), gen, pl, asatath Dh, 73.
77, ~ sannivdsena 37,95 (,by bad
company“); a-sad-dhamma. m, bad
quality, fault, instr. pl. ~ehi sam-
annagato 18,16; wickedness 51,96
(asaddhamma-samannagata itthi-
ya); sexual intercourse 52.29 (warm
patisevi).

a-satta, mfn. not clinging to the
world, free from desires, Dh, 419
(cp. sajjati & sanga).

a-sattha, mfn, weaponless, unarmed,
instr, m, wena 77,13,

a-saddahitva, v. saddahati,

a-saddhamma, ». a-sat.

*a-santa, mfn. (cp. a-sat), not be-
ing, unreal, imaginary, — a-santa-
paggaha, m, taking or accepting for
real what is only imaginary, wam
katva 29,29 (,,because he imagined
himself saluted“); ~-kdrana, n. id.
(naiveté’) 29.27.

*a-santasana, m. intrepidity; ~
-bhava, mfn, intrepid, m. pl, na
(mahayodha) 39,10.

*a-santasin, mfn. who does not
tremble, m. ~1, Dh. 361.

a-sabbha. mfn. unfit, improper, abl,
n, ~&, Dh. 77,

*a-samahita, mfn, not collected,
whose mind is not composed (opp,
jhayin), Db. 110,

a-sampajjanta, v, sampajjati.

*a-sampavedhin, mfn. not to be
shaken, ~i (— ~ino, m. pl. (khila))
105,17,

as

a-sarira, mfn, bodiless, incorporeal,
~wam cittamh, Dh. 37,

a-sallakkhetva, v. sallakkheti..

*a-sallina, mfn. not depressed, re-
solute, wena cittena (instr, ,with
unshaken mind“) 80,34.

a-sassata, mfn. not eternal, trans~
ient, ~0 loko 89,36,

a-sahanta, v, sahati.

*a-sata, mfn. unpleasant, noxious,
87,21 (°-amadhura-),

a-sadlu, mfn, not good, bad, evil;
mn, pl, wiini, bad deeds, Dh, 1638.

a-sara, m. (or mfn.) what is not es-
sential, Dh. 11, 12 (v, sfira); a-saira-
dassin, mfn, considering anything
as unessential, m. pl. wino, Dh. 11,

a-sahasa, m. non-violence; instr. adv.
~ena, not arbitrarily, Dh, 257 (cp.
sahasa).

@-suci, mfn. impure; m, impure mate
ter, phlegm, semen etc, instr. ~ina
62,25,

*a-suddhin, mfn. impure, nom. m,
~i Dh. 165 (cp. suddha).

a-subha, mfn. not beautiful, dis-
agreeable, inauspicious, bad, 7. warn
Dh. 350, subhasubham Dh. 409.
*a-subhisupassin, mfn. not look-
ing for what is agreeable, acc, m.
~im Dh. 8,

*a-slra, m. not a hero, na wOo
ynone but a hero* 103,32.

a-sesa, mfn, without remainder, per-
fect, complete; °-virdga-nirodha
(adl.), by a complete annihilation
that leaves no track, 66,12. (cp.
viraga).

a-soka, mfn, free from sorrow, Dh.
28. 412.

a-ssaddha, mfn, ') unbelieving, m.
~0 22.14, pl. ~a 76,30. *) free
from credulity, Dh. 97 (v, saddha
& saddha).

a-hata, mfn. not beaten, uninjured;
“vatthani (n. pl.) 27,18, °-vattha-
61,28, new (unwashed or not worn
out?) clothes,

a-himsa, f. (— sa. cp. himsati) not
injuring anything, harmlessness, com-

passion or pity op all beings, Dh.
261; ~a (= waya. instr.) Dh, 270;
~aya, loc. Dh. 300. a-himsaka,
mfn, not injuring, m. pl, wa, Dh.
225.

a-hita. mfn. not good, unadvanta-
geous; m. disadvantage, damage,
~iya (dat.) 90,27, ~ani (pl.) ,evil
deeds“, Dh 163,

a-hirika or a-hirika, mfn. (fr.
hiri, g. v.) shameless, m. pl. ~a,
54,19; insfr, wera (varr, -hiri-,
-hiri-) Dh. 244,

a-hethayam, ». hetheti.
an- (only before vowels, = a-4) in

the foll. comp.:

an-akkosam, v. akkosati.

*an-akkhata, mfn. not described,
ineffable; n. = Nibbana, we, loc.
Dh. 218.

an-agariya, f. (sa. an-agarika, cp.
agara) houseless iife, acc, war,
63,4.

an-aggla, mfn. orice!ess, invaluable,
mn. ~wG (mant>) 32,10; °-manto
33 14.
*an-aiigana, mfn. frex from lust,
without sin, Dh, 125. 236. 361.
an-atikkamanta, v. atikkamati.
en-atta, mfn. (v. attan) destitute of
a aoul or a self; sabbe dhamma
wa (m. pl.) 107,18 = Dh, 279.
*an-etiamana, min, (jr. attal +
manas, q. v.) displeased, m, wo,
74,30,

an-attha, ') m. (v. attha!) non-value,
harm, a bad or worthless thing;
attham wai ca (acc.) ,right and
wrong’ Dh. 256; dat, ~waya ,,to
harm“ Dh, 72; °-samblita, mfn.
profitless, 66,97. *) mfn. worthless,
senseless; °-pada-samhita, mfn.
»made up of senseless words“, Dh,
100.

an-anta, mfr, endless, (cp. anafica);
*gocara, mfn. whose sphere (of
perception) is unlimited, | Dh. 179
(~am Buddhath).

an-antarn, mfn. having 'no inter.
val, next following; °-gatha, f.

26,7 (wiya, instr.); cp. anantariy,
samanantara.

an-antarahita, mf, not conceas
led, open, bare; loc. f. waya bhu-
miya, 83,19 (v. antaradhayati).

an-antavat, mfn, infinite; nom. ™.
~va loko, 89,38.

*an-anvahata-cetasa,mfn,whose
mind is not perplexed, Db. 39 (cp.
cetas).

an-apayin, mfn, not going away,
f. ini (chaya) Dh. 2.

an-apekkhin, an-apekhin, mfn.
without desire, regardless, inditfe-
rent, m. pl. wino, 47,28 = Dh, 346,
347 (-kh-).

*an-appaka, mfn, not a little, con-
siderable, great, f. ~a (labha) 105,235
n. wam (dukkhath) Dh. 144.

*an-a-bhava-kata. mfn. become
not existent, annihilated, m. ~ath
(ripam Tathagatassa). The often
recurring phrase ,anabhavam ga-
meti“, to annihilate, seems to infer
that we have to take an-a- in a
negative sense, as a kind of stron-
ger negation (cp. Tr, PM. 64,35,
who considers °-kata an error for
gata, due to the preceeding tala-
vatthukata), In Prakrit a similar
use of ana- has been traced in not
a few instances, (cp. Pischel, Gramm.
d, Prakrit-Spr. § 77). I should, how-
ever, be inclined to think that this
phenomenon is only a secondary de-
velopment, having no true base in
the original language; thus sa. anas
bhavakrta would mean ,made not
non-existing“ 9: brought into a state
in which it can neither be said to
exist nor not to exist; in this case
an-abhava would be adj. ,free from
annihilation‘ (a-bhiva being taken
in a kind of positive value, as Faus-
bell suggests), and kata would be
correct, cp. anamatagga,

*an-abhirati, f. not delighting in,
discontent (w. loc.), acc. with, 47,34
(agiira-majjhe),

*an-abhirata, m/n. not taking plea-

sure in (loc.), m. ~o (naceadisu)
64,32 (cp. abhiramati),
*an-amatagga, mfn. endless, loc.
~asmim samsire ,in the endless
revolution of being’ 89,15; °-katha,
f. acc. ~am kathesi ,,he instructed
him about Samsara“ 89,15. This
word has generally been taken as
= Sa, *an-amrta + agra ,which
does not end in Nibbiina“ (ep, a-
mata above), or *ana-mata (man)
+ agra, ,whose end is not known“
(Alwis, Buddhist Nirv, p. 21., Tr.
PM., p. 64, with the negative pre-
fix doubled, like ana-bbiva-kata).
Weber, Ind. Str, III p. 150 refers
to Sa. an-amrta, ,without end or
beginning (cp. an-dmatam ,immor-
tal* Jat. 11 66, 9), but Jacobi and
Pischel have shown that anama-
tagga must be identical with Pra-
krit: anavadagga or anavayagga
and have taken it — So *a-namad-
agra (ynam) ,dessen Anfang sich
nicht veriindert, endlos“ (Jacobi.
Erzih), 33,17, Pischel, Gramm, § 251,
cp. an-abhavakata above),
an-ariya, mfn. ignoble, low, m. ~o
(anto) 66,27.
an-alliyanta, », alliyati.
an-avakasa, mfn, that cannot take
place, impossible, not occurring, m.
~0 yo... (w. pot.) yit cannot oc-
cur that one should . ,“, 76,26,
an-avatthita-citta, mfn. un-
steady-minded, gen. m. ~assa, Dh.38,
*an-avassuta-citta, mfn, whose
mind is free from lust, gen. m.
massa. Dh, 39. (cp. avassuta, asava,
SBE. X p, 183—14).
an-aigata, mfn. future. acc. m. wath
(attharh) 112.4; loc. (adv.) atitana-
gate, in the past and in the future,
56,11; ~vatnsa, q. v.
*an-agamana, n. not coming, not
returning; pacchato kassaci °-bha-
vam fatva , seeing no one pursuing“,
40,11; asuranam °-atthaya, ,to pre-

vent the A’s from coming back“,

60,36.

an-

an-agara, m. houseless, a mendi-
cant, instr. pl. wehi Dh. 404.

an-Acara, m, misconduct, immoral-
ity, ace. wam 9,15, 52.30.

an-acikkhitva, v. acikkhati.
an-atura, mfn, free from suffering,
m, pl. ~a Dh, 198,

*an-adana, mfn, free from affection
or desire, m. ~o Dh. 3652, ace,
math Dh. 406 (opp. sadana).

an-aiyanta, v. ayati.

*an-ilaya, m. not desiring, aversion,
doing away with, nom, ~o (tan-
haya) 67,16.

an-avila, mfn. clear, pure, undistur-
bed, m. ~o (rahado) Dh, 82, ace.
wath Dh, 413,

an-asaka, f. (sa. anagaka, n.) fast
ing, Dh, 141 (cp. asa).

*an-disava, mfn. free from passions,
m, aco. wath Dh. 386, gen. ~wassa,
Dh, 94, pl, ~& Dh. 126.

an-ahara, mfn, having or taking
no food, being without nutriment,
m, ~0 (aggi) 95,8.

an-ukkanthamadna,v. ukkanthati.

an-utthahdna, v. utthahati.

an-utthana, vn. the act of not ris-
ing, want of energy or firmness;
°-mala, mfn, whose taint (fault) is
bad repair, pl. ~a ghara_ ,,houses
are useless, if they are in bad re-
pair’ Dh, 241 (cp. mala).

an-uttara, mfn. best, highest, un-
surpassed, m. ~o (silagandho) Dh.
55, acc, wam (yogakkhemam) Dh,
23

an-uddhata, mfn. ’not lifted up‘,
calm (in speech), m. wo (bhikkhu)
Dh. 363.

*“an-upakkameana, adv. not by at-
tack (from external enemies) 76,97
(opp. partpakkamena, »v. upakka-.
ma).

an-upagata, an-upagamma, ».
upagacchati.

an-upaghata, m. not striking, not
abusing, nom. ~o Dh. 185.

*an-upaddava, m/n. uninjured, safe,
loc. #. ~e (mule) Dh, 338.

|

ans

*an-upadduta, mfn, not annoyed,
‘not oppressed, m, idam.. wath
pbere is no distress“, 68,14,

*an-upalitta, mfn, not besmeared,
free from taint, m. .~o Dh. 353
(ant).

*an-upavada, m. not blaming, not
abusing, ~o Dh. 185.

*an-upassattha, m/n. not afflicted,

not plagued, ». idara.. «am ,here
is no danger“, 68,14.

*an-upahara, m. not presenting,
afifassa ~a (abl.) ,because it can
get no other ial 95,8.

an-upida = an-upadaya. ¢an-
upadiyana, vw. upadiyati.

*“an-upayena, adv. by misguided
means, 34,17 (v. wpaya).

an-uppada, m, not coming into
existence; °-dhamma, mfn, not li-
able to come into existence again,
nm. wala (ruparh) 95,11 (cp. dham-
ma).

an-usuyyaih, v. usuyyati.

an-ussuka, mfn. not eager, free from
greed, m, vl. ~& Dh, 199.

“in-ussute, mn, free from lust,
acc, m. ~um Th. 400 (= an-ava-
ssuta, g. v. (Fsb.); fr. sa. *an-ud-
sruta bastaly

im-upalitta — an-upalitta, q¢. ».

an-uhata, mfn, not destroyed, loc,
r-e Dh, 338 (v. dhaffati).

an-eka, mfn. many; %Akara, mfn,
multiform ; °-vokira, m/fn, containing
many disadvantages, acc. m. wall
(€dinavath) 85,6; °-fidinava, mfn.
full of dangers, m. xo (samuddo)
23.7, °-jati-eamcara, “m. a course
of many b'rths, ace, ~am Dh, 153;
S-pariyayena, instr, adv. in many
ways, 59,18; °-3pa-vyaiijana, nifn.
richly supplied with sauce & con-
diments, », -vam (bahubhattam)
57.11.

*an-eja, mfn, free from lust (eja,
f. q. v.) m. ~o0 (muni) 80.33, Dh,
4'4; acc, ~am Dh, 422.

ah enta, vw. etl.

an-cka, m. a hovseless state, acc,

10

wat (adv,?) Db, 87; °-sarin, min.
wandering about homelese, acc. ™.
wsarim Db. 404, ‘
an-okkanta, v. okkamati.
“an-odaka, mfn. without water, dry,
f. ~@% (nadi) 31,12.

amsa, m. (= sd.) ‘) a shoulder,
instr, wena paticchitum nasakkhi
,could not get hold of him by his
shoulder“ (9: dropped him? or have
we to take amsena — in part (adv.)?
and translate ,could not thoroughly
get hold of him), *) (sa. am¢a) a part.
portion; v, ekathsa, sukkamsa.

akka, m. (sa. arka) name of a
plant (Calotropis gigantea, ,swallow-
wort“ (Child.); gen. ~assa (jiya), made
from that plant, 92,16.

akkamati, vd. (sa, a-\/kram), to
tread upon (acc.); ger. witva 3,21.
akkamma (sa. a-kramya) 108.29.

akkosa, m. (sa, ikroga) abuse, res
proach, acc. ~am Dh. 399.

akkosati, wb. (sa. a-Vkruc), to
abuse (acc.) pr. 3. sg. wati (bhikkhu)
84.29; part. an-akkosam (m. =
~wanto, not abusing) 14,4. m. pl.
evanta, 73,34.

akkha, m. (sa. aksha) an axle (of
a chariot), nom. ~0 98,4.

akkhara, » & m. (sa. akshara,
n.) w letter, gen, pl. ~anatn Dh, 352.

akkhatar, m. (sa. akhyatr) a
preacher, » teacher, pl, waro (‘Ta+
thagata) ,(only) preachers“, Dh, 276.

ukkhati, vb, (sa, a-Vkhya), to
tell, communicate; dmp. xabi (tarh
me) 54,37; pp. akkhata, m. ~o me
maggo ,the way was preached by me",
Dh, 275; sv-akkhato dhammo , well
taught is the doctrine“, 70,16 (cp.
su-); samma-d-akkhata Dh, 86, v.
samma; an-akkhata q. v.

akkhi, ». (sa. akshi) the eye; pl.
nom. wini 3.17; abl. mihi 5.4; gen.
~winam 59,5. mandakkhi, adj. f.
20,27. v. manda.

agara (d: dgira), m. (— sa) a
house; nom. sam 106,31 = Dh, 14;

pl. ~anji Dh, 140, *) a household
life, ace, wath 61,32, abl, wa 61,33,
~asma (pabbajja) 68,4; °-majjhe
yamid a householders life“, 46,17,
47,21 (v. majjha). — bandhanigira,
a prison, v. bandhana, — sunia-
gara, an empty house, v, suina.
(cp. an-igiira, an-agariya),
*agarika, m. (fr. agara) a house-
holder, a layman; °-bhito, m. ,while
he lived in his bouse“, 69,28 (cp,
bhavati).
agga, mfn. (sa. agra) ') foremost,
first; wam samgahath (acc.) ,,the
first collection® 109,90; agga-nikkhit-
takii (thera) , original depositaries
Buddha’s doctrine)“ 109,11; agga-vado
the first or original doctrine = thera-
vado, 109,30. ~ *) highest, topmost;
agga-sakha (ace. f. pl.) ,,the topmost
branches“ 62,11. — °) excellent, best,
chief, principal; m, ~o dhutavadanath
»the chief propounder of the Dhu-
tanga“ 109,6; agga-dhamma, agga-
mahesi, qg. v.; agga-rasa-, v. nana;
agga-raja ,the chief King“ 98,13;
agga-santike ,from the first (among
teachers)" 109,28, — *) subst. n. top,
tip, point; ~am (acc,) ,the best part“
111,35; at the end of comp. : Aragge
(loc.) on the point of a needle (v.
ari) Dh. 401; kusaggena (énstr.)
»With the tip of a blade of Kusa-grass“,
Dh, 70; ktpagge (Joc.) on the top
of the mast, 18,6; rukkhagge, 11,25;
sakhagge, 18,22 and sikhaggesu (Joc.
pl.) 12s (v. sakha); dumaggamha
(abl.) down from the top of the tree,
13,4; -vettaggam 62,17 (v. vetta);
labhagga-yasagga-ppatta, m/n. having
obtained the highest gain and glory,
18,16 (cp. patta); rupagga-ppatta,
mfn. of extraordinary beauty, 49,12
(~waya, gen. f.) (cp. ajjatagge, an-
amatagga.) :
*aggata, f. (fr. agga w. suff. -ta)
superiority; gunaggatamh (acc.) the
summit of perfection* 109,s.
“agga-dhamma, mfn, most ex-
cellent in the knowledge of the true

ll

aggha

doctrine; wa tathigata (pl.) the T-s
are the chiefs in the truth, 109,28.

agga-mahesi, /. (sa. agra-mahi-
shi) a queen, the chief-queen, 19,7,
46,21; gen. wiya 38,9.

*Aggalava, (m. or n.?) nom, pr.
a sanctuary at Alavi; Joc, ~e ce-
tiye 86,13; °-viharam (acc.) 87,4.
A. seems to be a comp, agga +
Alavi (q. v.), but might possibly be
a false etymology for *Aggalaya (sa,
agnyalaya?),

aggi, m. (sa. agni) ')fire; ~i 16,7.
95,3. Dh, 202. 251; aggiva 26,5. Dh.
31; acc, wim kareyyadsi ymake a fire
85,8. wim jaletva ,to light a fire“
100,24. wim datvi ,to set light to%.
Blu; instr, wind 16,2. 35,4; padi-
paggi, the fire of a lamp, 101,7, —-
») a pyre, a funeral pile; wim pavi-
sitva 51,10 (as an ordeal), ~ 5) the
sacrificial fire; ~im paricare ,to wor-
ship Agni* Dh, 107. — 4) metaph.
»passion“ : dosaggi, mohaggi, ragaggi
(q. v.) ythe fire of anger, ignorance
lust*, ;

*aggikkhandha, m. (aggi +
khandha) @ great body of fire; ~o
26,3 (pajjalita-°),

aggidaddha. mfn, (aggi + dad-
dha, pp. v, dahati) burnt by fire;
~o Dh. 136.

*Aggimala, m.(?) nom. pr. (aggi
-+- mala — mala?) name of an
ocean; acc, ~am 26,3. — *Aggi-
mali(m), m.(?) id, (= ,fire-gar-
landed“) 26,8.

*Aggi-Vacchagotta-suttan-
ta, 2. the title of a dialogue between
Buddha and Vacchagotta, MN. 72,

aggisikha, f. (sa. agni-cikha) a
flame; °-sikh’upama, mfn. ,like flam-
ing fire“, ~o (ayogulo) 107,1 — Dh,
308 (cp. upama).

aggihutta, , (sa. agni-hotra)
oblation to Agni; acc. ~am juhato,

e

‘sacrificing to Agni, 103,, — *) the

sacrificial fire, Db. 392.
aggha, m. (sa. argha) value, price;
in comp, an-aggha, mfn. q. v. beyond

agghati

all price, invaluable; appaggha, mfn.
of little value, 26,2; mubaggha (v.
mahi) mfn, of great price, n. sam
QF.5. :

*agghati, vb. (sa. -/argh), to be
worth (w, ace.); pr. 8. eg. na wati
(mama saimikassa padarajam) 58,5;
nigghuti (knlam sulasit) Dh, 70.
cans, neghiipoti, qv.

"urghunika, mfn, (fr, agghuna,
mn. (argh) valuation, w. su/f. -ka)
werth; satasahassaggharakam (mut-
taharam, ace. m.) worth 100,000,
64,25.

*agehapaniya, m. (fr. aggha-
pana, . (agghapeti)) a valuer;
°%-kamma, ». the office of a valuer,
loc. ne 24,18,

*agghapeti, vb. caus. (fr. ag-
ghati), to appraiss; pr. 3, 6g. ~eti
24,20 (ace.).

athka, m. sa.) a side, breast,
hip; instr, ~ena uddhuri (mam), lif-
ted (me) up unto her hip, 20,25; da-
rake athkenddaya, with their childs
on their hips, 21,2; loc. ~e nisinnam
puttam ,a baby boy“ 38,15.

amkura, m.' (== 8a.) a sprout, o
shoot; °-nibbattana-tthana, n. the
place where the sprout develops, 37,5.

afikusa, m. (sa, afikuga) a hook
to guide an elephant with, a goad:
instr, pl. ~ehi 77,13. — afikusa-ggaha,
m. (sa. afikuga-graha) an elephant-
driver, Dh, 326,

afiga, n. (= sa.) ') a limb, nem-
ber, a part of the body; uttamafiga,
the head, °ruha, m,n. growing on
the head, pl, m. wa (9: the hairs)
45,11; afigavijja, g.v. — *) a part or
portion; afiga-sambhara (abl.), bring-
ing together the various parts, 98,30;
sabbaiiga-sampanna, mfn. complete
in every part, 110,13, — %) a point
or a constituert part of a system of
rules; uposathufigati (pl.), the holy
day wows, 61,7; bojjhafiga, sambodhi-
anga, & Afiguttara (q. v.). — *) 4
quality, attribute, ingr, pl. dasah(i)
anehi, 82,14. — 5) comp. vw. num.

—_

12

— -fold (ep. aiigika & afigin) na-
vanga, eS, pine-fold, ~am ee

sanam 109,92. — ") comp. ™
afigi, ». sam-afigi-bbita.

afigana, n. (sa. afigana) on a
space before a house; rajaigana, the
king’s courtyard, loc. ~e 8,1. naar
#) metaph, (only in comp. with the
prefixon une, nites Kile) the mean or
vulgar life o: lust, sim} inenfigana,
mfn. (q. v.) [ep. Bohtlingk, Ber. 4.
siichs, Ges. 1898. p. 77; Rhys Da-
vids, JRAS, 1898. p. 193 & 462.].

afiga-vijja, f. (sa. afiga-vidya)
the science of prognostication, chiro-
mantia etc.: loc, niiya 48,16.

aiigira, m. (= sa.) charcoal, burn-
ing coals, fire; loc. we 15,32, °-gabbhe,
amid the fire, 15,33 (v. gabbha) ; °-rasi,
m, a heap of burning coals, acc. ~1M
16,3.

afigika, mfn. (sa. aiigaka) comp.
w. num, v. atthafigika, paiicafigika
(cp. afiga 5) d& next),

afigin, mfn. (= sa.) comp. tw.
num. v. caturaigin (cp. aiiga °) &
prec.).

*Ajfiguttara-nikaya, m, nom.
pr. (fr. aiiga + uttara o: one part
more, ,the add-one collection*, cp.
Morris, preliminary remarks, AN. vol.
I. p. 1X.), name of a canonical Pali-
work, the fourth of the five Nikayas;
comm, Manoratha-pirani (q. v.); ~o
10214.

afigula, m. (= 8a.) a finger, the
measure of a finger’s breadth, an inch;
v. catur-afigula, m/fn.

afiguli, f. (= 8a.) a finger; »v.
paicaigulika.

*Aciravati, fi nom. pr. a river
in India (Rapti); °-tiram, n. the bank
of A. 28,4.

accagama & accaga, t. ati-
gacchati (cp. upaccaga).

accanta, mfn. (fr. ati + anta,
sa, atyanta), excessive, perpetual; adv.
~am, in perpetuity, absolutely: nic-
canta(th], not always, 6,21. — °-sukhu-
mala, m. ,an exceedingly delicate

prince’ 97,34. — °-dussilya, ». ,,very
great wickedness“ Dh. 162,
accaya, m. (sa, atyaya, cp. ati-
gacchati). !) passing away, lapse (of
time), end, death; instr. adv, ~ena
pat the end of (wv, gen. or in comp.):
pitu wena ,when his father died“
24,13; mam’ accayena 79,5; tass&
rattiya a-° at the end of the night#
78,1; ekaha-dviha-° ,in one or two
days“ 32,24; katipaha-° ,a few days
later“ 49,92; satt’-attha-divas’-a°
,seven or eight days later“ 36,1; ma-
saddhamasa-° ,,at the end of one and
a half month 20,11, — *) transgres-
sion, sin; ~O Mam accagama ytrans-
gression has overcome me“ 75,23; tassa
me Bhagava accayamh accayato pa-
tiganhatu.,may Bh, accept the cone
fession I make of my sin“ 75,95; the
words accayath accayato (acc, ¢: abl.)
may originally be due to phrases like
~am wato passati (Vin. J, 315) ,,to
see the sin in its sinfullness“, or ~am
~ato deseti (SN.1, 239) ,,to confess, to
apologize. — %) overcoming, conquer-
ing; dur-accaya, mfn. difficult to be
conquered, acc. f. wath (tanham)108,1.
acci, f. (sa. arci(s), m. 7.), a flame;
nom. ya acci 99,91.
acchati, vb. (sa. Vas) to sit, stay,
remain; pr. 3, pl. ~anti 76,29, The pr.
acchati seems to be a later formation
from aor. acchi (sa, *atsit) cp. Tr.
PM. 61,3; K. F. Johansson, Idg. F. II
205. (— sa.pcchati, Pischel, Gr. § 480.)
*acchara, f. @ snap with the fing-
ers; °-sadda, m, ~ena (imstr.) yat
the snapping of the fingers“ 18,17.
acchariya, mfn. (sa. agcarya)
marvellous, wonderful, astonishing; /.
~& (Buddhanam katha) 86,%; x.
wath (in exclamstions) how wonder-
ful! 79,25. 98,82; 8. 7. a wonder, a
marvel; acc. wath 3,22. 5,19; pl, ace.
~wani 25,9. (cp, accheraka).
acchadana, v. (sa. acch-°) cover-
ing, clothes; ~arh 31,s-9, — samika-°
the protection of a husband, ~arn (acc.)
31,7-8.

13 ajjhavisayi

acchadeti, vb. caus. (sa,a-Vchad)
to array in (acc. & instr.), to put on
(clothes, acc.); ger, wetva (tam dib-
bavatthehi) 20,8; ~(ahatavatthani)
33,3,

*vecheraka, mfn. (fr. acchariya
w, suff. -ka), ati-acch-° mfn, admi-
rable, extraordinary; 2. wat 3,22,

aja, mm. (== sa.) a goat, a ram;
no 64,8; voce, aja, 54.12; pl. wa 54,12,
— aja-raja (voc.) 64,26. — ajika,
a she-goat; acc. ~am 54,8, (cp. ajina).

Ajatasattu, m, nom. pr. (sa. A-
jita-catru o: having no enemy) a
son of king Bimbisira (q. 0). ku-
Mara, m, the prince A, wo 76,1;
wath (ace.) 75,2.

ajika, v. aja.

ajina, . (= 8a.) a skin (of a
goat(?) esp. of the black antelope,
used by ascetics). °-sati, /. a garment
of skins; instr, wiya 106,10. — Dh,
394.

ajja, adv. (sa. adya) to-day, now,
2,30. 3,14; ajjipi tava ,until this day“
(w. pr. of the verb) 10,13; ajj’eva »this
very day“ 65,13; ajj’aham Dh. 326.

*ajjatagge, adv. (fr. ajjato (sa.
*adya-tas] + agge, v. agga‘)) from
this day forth, henceforth, 69,30. (cp.
Weber, Ind. Str, III. 150.).

ajjatana, mfn. (sa, adyatana) of
to-day, modern (opp. porana); ”. ~am
Dh, 227 (metri causa ~am). ~aya,
adv, (dat. or loc. f.?) to-day 70,10.

ajjhaga, ajjhagu, v. adhi-gac-
chati.

ajjhatta,n. (sa. adhy-dtman) the
soul, individual thought. °-samutthana,
mfn. originating from internal (intel-
lectual) cultivation, f. ~a (hiri) 10,16
(opp. bahiddha-samutthana).— °-rata,
mfn, delighting inwardly, m. ~o Dh,
362.

ajjhattika, mfn. (sa, adhy-at-
mika), belonging to the soul or to the
individual; ». pl. ~ani dyatanani, the
internal senses, 82,11.

ajjhabhasi, v. adhi-bhasati.

ajjhavasayi, v. adhi-vaseti.

ajjhaya

ajjhaya, m. (¢a,adhyaya) reading,
v. sajjhaya.

ajjha-vasati, ¢b. (sa, adhy-a-
yvas) to inhabit (acc.j; fut. 3. sg.
~issati (agdram) ,to live a household
lifes 61,31.

*ajjhasaya, m. (fr. sa. adhi +
acaya (1/¢i)) meaning, intention; sab-
besam °-gahanattham (cp. attha), io
order to hear the meaning of the as-
sembly, 11,4.

*ajjhokasa, m. (fr.ddhi-+- okdsa,
q.v.) the open air, an open place; loc.
we (cafikamati) 68,9,

*ajjhottharati, pr. (fr. *adhi-
ava-y/str) to strew about, to throw
on the ground (acc.) ger. ~witva (tu-
riyéni) 65,3,

*ajjhoharati, vb. (fr. adhi-ava-
Vhr) to eat, to swallow (ace.) inf.
ewiturh (ambaphalam) 37,25.

aijana, n, (-= 8a.) »lack pigment.
%-vanna, mfn. bluck-colcured, gen. pl.
wanam (kesdinam) 44,24.

efijali, m (= 8c.) the two palms
joined; vcc, ~im paggayha, raising
(thair) joined hanis (as a mark of sup-
plication) 22,4; ~.im pagganhitva, id.
(respectfully) 30,¢; vim pandmetva,
ad. 74,20.

atiiia, pron. (st. anya) m. x0, f.
wa, mn. wath, ace. mfn, wam, instr.
oR wena, gen. mn wassa, f
wissi; pl. m. we, instr, mon. vehi,
gon, +n. wesam, Joc, mom. weBU.
1) cther, another (uct the same, diffe-
rent or similar) 6,35, 7,8, 6l,aa, 74,3;
7.9 (wassa, opp. ekassa), 99,2 (~0,
opp. 80 eva); Dh. 168 (Xam, opp.
attanam), cp. Db. 252. 355; ajiio
pi, 5,31; ~assa purisassa (a paramour)
9,13, ~am (se. purisam, id.) 9,28;
wena pariyayena, 9111 — wenika-
rena, 91,32 (in another way 0: wrong);
comp. aiia-purisam 48,12. — “) an-
other, a second, a new (by way of
addition) 4,33, 18,9; ~ehi dvihi (still
two) 34.9. — 5) the rest, the others
(pl. & n. 89.) 33,16, 34,24; ~esu di-
vasesu (on the preceeding days) 13,10.

14

65,21; afifie satta (other mortals) 62,25 ;
n. aiifiam (everything else, opp. idam
eva) 89,25. — *) with a negation: the
only one, none but; ~o gamanamaggo
n’atthi, 3,14; «2 patittha n’atthi (tha-
petva tini sarandni) 28,35. —°) pleona-
stically: ~amh sarnvaccharam (a whole
year) 33,17; ~am aphasukam n atthi
(no sickness) 49,28, — °) repeated:
*) one, .. another (in different way)
67,39. 67,30. 99,10; ~wam jivam am
sariram (opp. tat) 89.28, ep. Dh. 75.
») reciprocally: one-another (one to-
wards or with another etc.) ~o warm
Dh, 165; often comp.: aiiiamaihan,
adv, 11,90, 1l.a7, 19,14. 33,2021. 74,5.
*) combined with other pron.: yo
aifio (every other who) 34,21; ~am
kim (anything further) 41,7; na afiio
koci (nobody else) 51,8; ~am kijei
kathetva (,,told some lie“) 53,9; ma
~wam kifici asamkittha (,.you ought
not to suppose that there is anything
behind this“) 7,11; ~am kifica yathic-
chitam (,,every other service according
to your desire‘) 111,28, — cp. para,
apara, itara, aiifatara.

*aiifia-khantika, (fn). (fr.
affia + khanti) ,belonging to another
faith“; instr. m. wena (tava) 94.28,

afifatara, pron. (compar. fr. ania,
sa. anyatara). ') a certain, some; m.
wo 32,9; acc. wam 3,30; gen. wassil
9,0; loc, wasinim 30,99; acc. f. am
30,28. — ?) one of a certain number
(w. gen, of the numeral) Dh, 137, 157,
— 5) another; gen, m. wassa puri-
sassa (another man’s) 100,11; afifa-
tara-vesena 55,29 (,in disguise’ cp.
vesa; perhaps we have to read: afiia-
taka-° as 43,19).

“afiia-titthiya, m(fn). (sa. anya
+ tirtha), heretical; pi, .@, the
heretics, 72,28; instr. wehi 74,9 ep.
titthiya).

anhiiattha, adv. (sa, anyatra) else:
where, to another place, 12,35, 49,15
(cp. next),

aifatra, ')adv.(—prec.)elsewhere,
except, save; afiatra Tathagatassa

{,save by the T.“, the gen. being due
to the prec, tassa) 78,17, — *) prp.
besides (w. acc.) 97,28. — *afiiatra-
yoga, m(fn). having another disci-
pline; instr, m, wena (taya) 94,27,
{cp. yoga).

afifiathatta, nm. (sa, anyathatva
cp. next) variation, difference; warm
114,29,

aniatha, adv, (sa,anyatha) other-
wise. — *anfathacariyaka, m(fn
having another teacher (cp, acariya
wena (tayd) 94,27.

*aiiila-ditthika, m(f). belonging
to another sect (cp. ditthi); ~ena
{taya) 94,26,

afiiamainiam, adv. v, afiia®)

*aiifia-rucika, m(fn). having an-
other inclination (ep, ruci); wena
(tayi) 94,26-27.

aiid, f. (sa. aja) knowledge, —
samma-d-aiiia-vimutta, mfn, who has
become free through perfect knowledge;
gen. ~assa Dh, 96, pl. wanam, Dh,
57. (cp. ajanati).

anhaya, aifasi, v. ajanati.

atavi, f. (= 8a.) u forest; Joe,
ewiyath 30,50; ~i-mukhe ,on the out-
skirt of a forest“ 30,29, (cp. mukha),

atta}, mfn. (sa. arta, cp. attiyati,
yard.) afflicted, pained, suffering, —
attassara, m. a cry of pain or distress,
man (acc.) 40,21 (cp. sara’). — veda-
natta, mfn. oppressed by pain, im,
~0 50,20,

atta’, m. (su. artha, cp. attha? &
attha®), case, cause, lawsuit, litigation;
acc, ~am 59,4; attatthaya (uparavo)
on account of litigations 42,30. — ku-
tatta, false suit (g. v.).

attaka, m. (dimin. fr. atta, a watch-
tower, — 8a.) a tower, a platform;
acc, ~ath 73,33. cp, Morrie, JPTS.
*86 104.

*attiyati, vb, (also written atti-
yati or addh®-, add, denom. fr.
atta!, cp. yard & yrt) to feel an-
noyed or bored, to be incommodated
or tormented; part, f. ~mana 50,1.
(cp. Morris, JPTS. ’86,104-05.].

y

15

atthi-karoti

attha’, num, (sa, ashta-) eight.
1) indecl, 23,22. 82,19. — #) comp, atthu-
sabha-matta, mfn. of a measure of 8
usabhas (q. ».) ~am thanam 27,27 (acc.).
— satt’-attha-divas’-accayena (seven
or eight days) 35,1. (cp. atthafigika,
atthama, attharasama).

attha?-attha! (q. v.) in the comp,
*attha-katha, f. a commentary, the
commentary on the Buddhist holy scrip-
tures; nom. ~a (opp, Pali) 113,26;
ace, wam 114,7; instr, waya 114,25,
— comp. w, the prefix sa- (adj.) : sat-
thakatha pali (the text with the com.
mentary) 102,3. — parittatthakatham
(acc, a concise or compendious come’
mentary) 113,24, — Sihalatthakatha
(the Sinhalese A.) 113,28; ace, pl,
~a& (sabba) 114,97. (cp, atta®).

*atthaiigika, efn. (fr. attha! +
anga w. pref, -ka, cp. sa. ashtafiga)
consisting of 8 parts, eightfold; m:
~o (maggo) 67,3. 82,12. Dh, 273;
aco, ~am (maggath) Dh, 191.

atthama, m/fn. (8a. aslitama) the
eighth; m. ~o 103,28 (0: atthami (/.)
sena Marassa).

atthadrasa, num. (sa, ashtadaca-)
eighteen. — atthdrasama, m/n, (sa, ash-
tadaca) the eighteenth; m, ~o (Ma-
lavaggo) Dh, XVIII,

atthi, m. (sa, asthi) 1) a bone;
nom, ~i 13,11; coll, (bones) 82,3 ==
97,20; acc, wim 13,14; pl. ~ini Dh.
149; gen, ~inam Dh. 150, — *) the
stone of a fruit; wi 37,6; ace, -im
36,35; abl. ~wito 37,5, — atthi-koti, f.
the end of a bone; acc. ~im 13,20, ~
atthi-minja, f. (q. v.) (ep. nezt).

atthika, n. (sa. asthika) a bone;
hanukatthikena (instr.) by the jaw-
bone, 40,18 (v. hanu(ka)).

*atthi-karoti, ob. (perhaps fr.
artha, cp. 8a. kad-arthi- /kr, (Tr.)) to
attend, to pay attention to (synon, w.
manasi-karoti, q. v.); ger. ~katva
71,2. [cp. Morris, JPTS. ’86,107; Faus-
b6ll, Sn. vol. II,38 (fr. sa. ashti (vac)
yteaching“); Windisch, Mara, p. 100
(= sa, asthamkrtva ,Acht geben“);

atthi-miija

Warren, Buddhism, p. 349 ,to be
convinced +],

“atthi-mifija, f. (sa. *asthi-
majjan) the marrow of bones, 82,3 —
97,20, (cp. Morris, JPTS, '85,2v-80.}

atthtsabha-matta, »v. atthal.

addha, m. én, (ulso written ad-
dha (q.v.), sa. ardha) a half, °-nalika-
matta, mfn. of the measure of a half
nalika (q.v.), acc.m. wath (tandulam)
57,18. — °-ratta-samaye (doc.) at mid-
night, 40,8. cp. upaddha, diyaddha
& next.

addhatiya, m/n., (a shortened form
of addha-teyya, or from *addha-tatiya
with elision of -ta- (like viiianaica-,
gq. v.)) two and a half; n. pl. ~ani
(purisa-satani) 23,2, ~ addhatiya-
sata, mfn. 250%; m. acc, pl. ne
(jane) 34,7.

addhateyya, m/fn, (a prakritic
formation from sa. ardha-trtiya) two
and a half, — sata, mfn. 250%; m.
pl. wa 21,31, ace. we 21,83.

anu (or anu) mfn. (— 8a.) fine,
small (opp. thiila). *anumthila, (m/)n.
small and large, Dh. 409; ~am (saii-
flojanam) Dh. 31; . pl. wani (pa-
peni) Dh. 265.

anumatta, mfx. (sa. anu-matra
small, atomic, m. ~0 pi (vanatho
yeven the smallest* Dh, 284 [anu-];
ace, ~am (dubbhasitat padam) 110,13;
instr, n. wena (puiiiena) ,even the
least (good work)“ 103,14 [but here
the Birman realing anumatto (se.
attho) ought to be preferred].

anda, ”. (= sa.) an egg. °-bhiita,
mn, (cp. bhavati) fragile) weak; f,
~& (bhata bhar.ya) {rom her child-
hood“ 51,4, -- Andabhita-jitaka, m.
52,11. (cp. andha-bbuta), Z

ati, indeci. (before vowels usually
acc-, v. accanta, avceya ete, = 6a.)
preix') to verbs, expressing , beyond,
over“; #) to noun: ,,excessive(ly), ex-
traordinary(-ily), too much“ (== ati-
viya, gq. v.). :

*ati-accheraka, mfn wai (2)
very wonderful thing, 3,22.

16

*ati-karuna, mfn. very pitiable
or miserable; m, «0 (ravo) 60,10;
O-gara, m. (v. sara’), acc. ~al
27,14. i

atikkama, m, (sa. ati-krama)
overcoming, conquering, acc. ~am
(dukkhassa) ,,the destruction (of pain) “
107,10 — Db, 191.

atikkamati, vb. (sa. ati- ykram)
1) to pass, cross, *) to surpass, over-
come (w. acc.). part. m. pl. wanta
26,32; an-atikkamanto (m.) not sur-
passing 0: accompagnying (gitassaram
tantissarena) 19,32. pot. 3. ag. weyya
(sainojanam sabbam) Dh. 221. pp.
n. pl. atikkantani (tini sarhvaccha-
rani) 21,11. ger. ~itva (samuddam)
26,2; (simam) 39,18; atikamma (Ka-
siriittham) ,baving left’ 38,21. caus.
atikkameti (4. v.)

atikkamana, » (sa. atikramae
na) overstepping. — “atikkamanaka,
mfn. exceeding (w. acc.) : pannasaii-
fiam °-migo, 8,10.

atikkameti, pr. (caus, atikka-
mati) to cause to pass or tc be passed
over; imp, 2. sg. ~ehi (mayham va-
ram) 6,34. fut. 1. sg. ~essami (te
varam) 7,2.

*ati-khina, mfn. (fr.ati + khina,
pp. Vkshi?) destroyed, broken; capa-
tikhina va (mt, pl.) like broken bows
Dh. 156.

ati-ga, mfn. (= sa.) overcoming,
surmounting, mm, pafica-saigitigo
(bhikkhu) Dh, 370; ace, safigitigam,
Dh. 397,

utigacchati, pr. (sa. ati- gam
& \/ga) to overcome. aor. 3. 8g. ace-
a-gama (mam) 75,%8; acc-a-ga (mos
ham) Dh, 414.

uti-giilha, mfn, (sa. ati-gaidha,
pp. Vgah) very tight or close, inten-
sive; f. ~a (kappana) 65,21.

*ati-citra, mfn. (sa. *ati -+ citra)
excellent, brilliant; n. pl, ~ ani (pafha-
patibhanani 98,ss.

*ati-tutthi,/. (fr.8a.ati-+ tushti)
extreme joy; énstr. wiya 10,13.

ati-dura, mfn. (- 8a.) very di.

stant, too far; loc, n, (adv.) we 12,29,
83,2 (natidtre).

*ati-dhona-carin, mfn, ‘wandere
ing in transgression’, sinful; acc. m.
~inam 106,20 — Dh. 240, (The ety-
mology of this word is a little doubt-
ful, but it seems to be preferable to
take it -~ *ati-dhavana-carin (/dhav',
to run), Dforris, JPTS. '87,100 and
Franke, WZ, 1901 derive it from
“dhona (pure, Vdhav? to wash) sa,
dhauta: ,practising impurity, trans-
gressing purity“, ,der wider die Rein-
heit verstdsst"),

atipata, m, (— sa.) neglect, trans-
gression, injuring, panatipata, destroy-
ing life (q. 2.)

*ati-bahala, mfn. (fr. ati + ba-
hala) very thick; f. A& yagu? ,is
the rice-gruel thick enough?“ 56,29
(the questioner seems to think that
the rice-gruel is very thin or weak
(natibahala) and gets that enigmati-
cal answer: udakam na laddham ,it
has not got any water“),

*ati-bhagini-putta, m. (fr.
ati + bhagini-putta, g.v.) a very dear
nephew (ironically), ~o 5,5.

atimaiifiati, ob. (sa. ati-\/man)
to despise; pr. 3. ag. ~wati Dh. 366;
pot, 3. 8g. ~eyya Dh. 365 (w. ace.
salabham).

*ati-manorama, mfn. (fr. ati +
mano-rama, g.v.) very charming; instr,
n. wena (sirisobhaggena) 64,10.

*ati-mahanta. mfn. (fr. ati +
mahanta (sa. mahat)) very great (big
or large); loc. m. natimahante (sare)
3,32.

*atimapeti, vb. (caus. *ati-mi
(mapayati)) to injure, to destroy (acc.);
pr. 3. 8g. ~eti Dh, 246 (panam).

*ati-muduka, mfn. (fr. ati +
muduka, g.v.) very soft, mild or feeblo;
m w~O (raja) 38,24.

atirocati, vb. (sa. ati-yruc) to
shine forth; pr. 3. sg. wati Dh. 59.

ativattati, vb. (8a. vr to over-
come (acc.); pr. 3. 8g. wati (dittham)
3,37.

P4li Glossary. .

17

atta-ghaiiia

“ati-vasa, mfn, (fr. ati + vasa
(sa. vaca)) thoroughly subject to or
dependent on (gen.); m. pl, wa (mama)
Dh. 74,

*ati-vaikya, mn. (fr. ati + vakya,
cp. sa. ati-/vac) abuse; acc, ~am Dh,
320.

ativiya, adv. (sa. ativa) very, ex-
cessively; ~stro hutva 38,31; ~dham-
miko raja 39,8; ~pabbajjaya cittam
nami 65,19.

*ati-sitala, mfn, (fr. ati + sitala
ue citala)) very cold; m. ~o (aggi)

6,10.

atiharati, vb. (sa. ati-hr) to
carry over, to bring; aor. 3. 8g. wri
(dhuttam manavikaya santikam) 50,5.

atita, mfn. (sa, pp. ati-yi) 1) past,
passed away, dead; atita-jati, f. a
former existence, loc. wiyath 85,12;
*atita-satthuka, mfn. having no master
more, ”. ~am pavacanam (,the holy
word has no announcer more“) 79,3;
khanatita, mfn. who allows the right
Moment to pass, m. pl. ~& 108,7 =
Dh. 315. — *) act, who has neglected
or transgressed, m. gen. ~assa (ekarb
dhammam) 106,14 — Dh. 176, -
5) subst, m. the past, an event of the
past, a tale; doc. (adv.) atite, formerly,
in the times of past, 1,2, 2,17 ete;
atitinagate (opp. etarahi) in the past
and in the future, 56,1 (cp. an-agata);
acc. ~am ahari (told a tale of the
past) 28,17.

Atula, m. nom, pr. an Upasaka;
voc. ~a Dh. 227,

atta}, mfn. (sa. atta, pp. a-yda)
seized, v, atta-danda, atta-mana.

atta®, in comp. — attan (,self*)
q. v. cp. sayam.

*atta-kilamatha, m. (fr. atta?
+-kilamatha (sa. klamatha)) mortifica-
tion; °-Anuyoga, mfn, given to mor-
tification, m. ~ 66,27 (cp. anuyoga).

*atta-gutta, mfn. (fr. atta? 4-
gutta (sa. gupta, pp. Vgup)) self-
protected; m. ~o Dh. 379.

“atta-ghaiiia, n. (fr. atta? +
ghaiiiia (cp. sa, ghanya, Vhan)) de-

2

atta-ja

struction of one’s self; dat. ~aya
»to his own destruction Dh, 164.

atta-ja, mfa. (fr. atta? + ja,
sa, dtmaja) born from one’s self; n.
«am (papam) Dh. 161.

*atta-danda mfn. (fr. atta! +
danda, q.v.) using the stick, violent
(opp. ribbuta); m. ol, loc. ~esu Dh.
406.

*attadattha, m. (fr. atta? +
attha!, with d eupuorically inserted)
one’s vwn advant+ge, what is useful to
one’s self (with regard to one’s moral
improvement or to the development
of one’s spiritual faculties; opp. pa-
rattha. q.v.); acc, ~am Dh. 166 (cp.
SBE. X 46). cp. sadattha-pasuta.

“atta-danta, mfn. (fr. atta? +
danta, vp. dam) having tamed one’s
aelf; m. ~o Dh. 822; gen. wassa
(posassa) Dh, 104.

attan (in comp. atta-) m. ag. (sa.
itman) ') the iadivicual soul, self,
person, the Hgo (the real existence of
which is denied, cp. puggala, nama-
rips. jiva); nom. atta 55,2, Dh. 62.
104, 160; ‘atti me'ti ,a so-called
(imagined) myself“ or ,thinking that
I have a soul* 96,18; énstr. uttana
Dh, 161; attanad sudantena ,by his
own weiltamed self* Dh, 160. 323;
abl, attand anno piyataro n’atthi
54,33. — *) instr. attana is frequently
used like nom. (in apposition to the
grammatical subject) yhimself*
(lit, ,by himself“) : 34,16 (attanipi)
34,29-95. 38,18, 42,1, 49,21. 54,8. Dh.
379. — 5) ace, uttanam (contracted
attaia) and the other oblique cases
(esp. gen. attano) are used as pron.
reflex, referring to the gramm. subject
in all persons, genders, and numbers
— myself (ourselves), yourself (~selves),
himself (herself, itself, one’s self, them-
selves), attanath: 3. 8g. 12,27. 64,31.
55,1 (attam) Dh, 159, 355 (attanaih
metri cavsa) 379 (attam); 1. sg. 3,15.
27 22; 3. pl. 106,28 — Dh. 80. instr.
attuna : 3. sg. 17,4 (kata-kammath)
20,27 (mui uddhari); 2. sg. 29,3

=

18

(dinna-dane). gen. attano : 3. 89. 2,14.
10,5. 52,82. Dh. 160; 2. 89. 9,23. 12,85;
1. 8g. 7,9; 3. pl. 59. 73,243 2. pl. 17,1.
41,32, attano attano (,each ... his
own") 1411-14 (3. pl.); 41,2 (referring
to the gramm, object). — atta-vetana-
bhata, mfn, ,supporting one’s self by
one’s own earnings“ 105,5. — an-atta,
mfn. destitute of a self (q.v.). — ojit-
tatta, mfn. having secured one’s self
(v, ojita). — paccattarh, adv. by one’s
self (q.v.). — pahitatta. mfn, whose
mind is intent upon (v. pahita, cp.
padhana). — bhavitatta, mfn. having
trained one's self (v. bhaveti). — atta-
kilamatha ete. (qv.). — Atta-vagga,
m. name of a chapter of Dhammapada.

Db, XII.

atta-bhava, m. (fr, atta? +
bhava, sa. atmabhava) ') proper or
peculiar nature, body, figure; acc.

wain 62,29. 64,16. — 7) birth, existence;
nom, ~o (paiicasatimo) 17.8; paficasu
Xsatesu in 500 of my former ex
istences“ 17,7,

atta-mana, mfn. (fr. attat +
manas, 8a. attamanas) joyful, delighted,
happy; m. ~0 93,18. Dh, 328, f. wa
62.04. — an-attamana, mfn, displeased,
m. ~0 74,30.

atta-sambhava, m/fn. (fr. atta?
-+ sambhava, sa. atmasambhava)
originating from one’s self; m. wath
(papam) Dh. 161.

*atta-hetu, adv, (fr.atta® + hetu
(q. v.)) for one’s own sake. Dh, 84
(upp. parassahetu).

*attanuyogin, mfn. (fr. atta?
+ anuyogin) who exerts himself in
meditation, Dh, 209 (gen. pl. ~inath).

attha}, m. (sa. artha) +) aim,
purpose, sake, reason; instr, yen’
atthena idhigato 103,13 (,,the reason
for which you have come here“, corre-
sponding to the foll. attho (?); but
»yena is probably an errer for sena
(sa. svenirthena)); dat, atthaya and
acc, attham are frequently used at
the end of comp. (adv.) = ,for the
sake of, on account of, for“ : (dat.) 3.5,

9,11, 15,30. 16,12. 21,38. 28,5, 32,39.
41,3, 42,50. 47,5. 58,1. 60,26. 111,29.
(ace.) 8,7, 11,4, 21,3. 31,11. 57.93. 61,13.
62,31. 91,25; kimatthaya (,,why”) 33,1,
kimatthath (do.) 3,12. 15,10. 33,8; dat.
atthdya also separately (adv. w. gen.) :
49,14. 57,1, 60,14. 65,1. 108,21 (cp.
3) below). — ?) need, want, desire (w,
instr.) nom, ~0 18,9, 22,17-30, 33,2.
35,3-4. 55,15, 83,95, 103,14. 104,315
usirattha, mfn. ,be who wants Usira“
(q. v.) 108.4 (m. wo); ep, atthika &
atthin. — 5) use, utility, advantage,
gain, wealth; acc. wath icchati 34,90;
wath karissam 47,8; ~am anagatam
(pekkham) ,,foreseeing future advant-
age“ 112.4; bahinam vaya (dat.)
108,21. — attha-samhita, mfr. useful,
nm, wath 93,7; an-attha-samhita, m/fn,
& an-attha, m(fn). (v. h.); nir-attha-
(ka), mfn. useless (q. v.); sattha (—
sa-+ attha) v. appa-sattha & satthaka.
cp. attad-attha, m., parattha, m, &
sadattha-pasuta, m/n. — 4) thing, ob-
ject, matter; acc. imam attham ,,this“
2,8. 105,92; tam attham ,,the matter“
7,1. 13,14; gen. imassa wassa 31,10;
atthavasam (acc.) ,the meaning of
this“ (v. vasa) Dh, 289, — uttamat-
tham (acc.) a precious thing, 54,39,
the best thing, Dh, 386 = 403. —
5) == atta ®, case, cause; acc.~am 101,9,
Db, 256; loc. ~amhi Dh, 331. -
S) sense, meaning, signification; ~o
52,7. 85,10. 89.2; ace. wath 90.30.
113,11-15; abl, (adv.) ~to (,according
to the meaning*) 114,20. — attha-pada,
nm. a word of sense (opp, Vaca anat-
thapada-samhita) Dh. 100; anto-
gadha-hetu-attha, mfn. containing a
causative meaning, ~am padam 85,9;
paramatthato, adv. (abl.) ,in the
absolute sense“ 98,27 (cp. Paramattha-
dipani). For the comp. attha-katha
(a commentary) v. attha’, — “) the
right, the truth; acc, ~am an-atthai
ca, right and wrong Dh. 256; ~ath
hitva, leaving the real (aim of life)
Dh. 209; in this sense attha is often
opp. dhamma (,,duty“) : ~am,dham-

19

atthi

mafi ca, ll,jis. Dh. 363, cp. 58,25;
hence the name *attha-dhamminusa-
saka, mm. of a royal counsellor or
secretary (he must give the king in-
formation of what is ‘attha’ (0: the
real state of the case) and advice con-
cerning the ‘dhamma’ (9: what ought
to be done)), a counsellor of right
and justice, nom, ~0,37,36,
attha? m, (sa. asta) disappearance,
destruction; attham (acc.) gacchati,
to disappear, to cease, to perish, Dh,
226, 293. 384; loc. suriye attham
gate, at sunset 32,29. (cp. nezt),
attha5, pr. 2 pl. vo. atthi.
*atthagama, m, (fr. attha® +
gama) perishing, vanishing, destruce
tion; rupassa ~0 94,9,
*atthafigama. m (fr. attharh,
acc, attha® + gama) — prec.; dat.
~waya (dukkha-domanassanat) 90,18.
atthato, adv, (sa, arthatas) v.
attha! (6).
*attha-dhamminusasaka, m,
v, uttha? (7).
*attha-pada, n. v. attha! (6).
*attha-vasa, m, (sa, *artha-vaga)
v, attha! (4).
*attha-samhita, mfn, v, attha?
3).
( D eaietnae (sa, *artha-ca-
lini) xom, pr. name of a commentary
(by Buddhaghosa) on Dhamma-saii-
gani, the firat book of the Abhidham-
maePituka; acc. wim 113,23,
atthi. ob. (sa. Vas, pr. asti) to
be, to exist; pr. 3, 8g. atthi 2,02, 96,16;
n'atthi 3,14. 87,39; atth’ 1,10. 43,20,
92,30. 2.89.$i 2,7-13, 3,12-18, 4,11. 98,13;
asi 54,20. 88,9. 2. sg. amhi 12,11. 92,10;
*mhi 4,4. 28,14. 45,4. 88,10; asmi 16,12,
104,01; "smi 7,13. 49,99. 98,3. 3. pl.
santi 11,14. 110,32, 2. pl. attha 21,9.
73,5 (attha ’ti), 1. pl. amha 21,3
(amha 'ti). This verb is often used
as copula with an adj, or subst. 2,7.
98,13, and esp. with a pp, 2,18. 12,11.
21,s-9. 92,10 etc. "The 3. sg. atthi is
frequently used in the sense of ,to
belong to“ (gen.): 12,1. 16,1-5. 105,11
Q*

atthika

e

(atthi so, me), and this form may also
be combined even with the pl, of the
subject (— santi) : 3,95. 12,1. 18,5.
43,9. 53,31. 82,2. 105,11. 109,11. Dh.
255 etc. tassa kira tam divasam
maranato mutti nina n’atthi, ,she
could not be delivered from death that
day“ 87,53, — imp. 8. 8g. atthu : namo
ty-atthu homage to thee“ (voc.) 13,26.
108,11; dhi-r-atthu ,shame on* 103,53
(ace, jivitath),* 63,15 (gen. jatiya);
astu (=~ sa. ustu) Lida, — pot, 3. ay.
wiyit (ae, wytit) B8u7, 7900, 104,145
sukki w yit ‘vould bs possible’ 66,5;
vattbabath w ,oughe to have been
said“ 88,6; in the phrase siya kho
pana (w. pot. of the foll, verb) we
have siyii uxed adverbially like the
Tata foraddene wit may De that’, 70,weun
Bowides siya we often find an older
form avsa (sa. *usydt?) : tad ussa (tw.
dat. dukkhaya) 90,20 — bhaveyya
9117; avyikatam assa 92,6 foll. (ep.
atha); suddho ass (silarukkho)
9,24; Dh, 124 (niissn) 260; ww, gen.
tumbhukam evan. assa, (perhaps) you
will think, 79,3; tatr’ assa ,suppose
there were (in that town)" 90,32 (cp.
seyyacha), pot. 3. pl.assu (sa. *asyus)
Dh. 74. — aor. Cimpf.) 1. sg. asim
85,.5. 85,17 (,ain“ti == ahosim),
1')8,24, — part. ') sat, being; Joc. sati
(in loc. abs.) : examsera maritabbe
sati (n.sg.), if (their) death is necessary
5,24; mahdrajassa ruciyd. sati, ut the
king’s command 39,1; ditthiya sati,
if you hold that view, 92,97-30; niccam
pajjalite sati, as (everything) is al-
ways burning, Db, 146. 2) santa,
mfn. m. ~0 13,29. 94,95; foc. n. sg.
evar sante, in this case, 6,25, 99,7;
evam sante pi, yet, notwithstanding
this, 37,98, 44,28, 62,50; loc. m. pl.
~esu (kbandhesu) 98,31 (,when the
groups appear to view“). °) samiina,
mfn. m, ~o (andho) 25,15. (manus-
sabhuto) 41,33. (puttho) 90,4. (vutto)
98,16-17; acc. m. pl. we (matte) 59,26.
The part. fr. atthi is frequently used
as adj, v. sat, santa® (santaka) «

20

samiina, (ep, wsal, aesanti), — atthie
bhiiva, atthita & sotthi, g. v.

atthika, mfn. (fr. attha’, sa.
arthika) wanting anything; _Tajjat-
thika, mfn. who covets the kingdom,
m. pl. w~& 29,17. (ep. atthin),

atthita, f. (fr. atthi, aa. ustitil)
being, existence, reality (opp. natthita);
acc, wan ceva natthitafi ca. to be
and not to be, 96,7; (lokanirodham
passato) yi loke wa 8% na hoti, (to
him) thore is no reality in existence
(the world) 96,10.

atthin, mfn. (fr. attha!, ea, ore
thin) desirous, wanting anything; v.
mantatthin, vadatthin. (cp. atthika).

*atthi-bhava, m. (fr. atthi +
bhava, q. 0.) existence; are, wth
(mnvnMn) Arius cattle Nati, lewd
known this being the fact, 46,ze; ne
no koci wam janati, nobody knows
that we exist, 72,81.

atthu, imp. v. atthi.

atha, indecl, (— sa.) 1) and, further,
Dh, 55. *) then, now aa the
tule) 1.5. 3,15. dy18 (uth’), atha kho
66,3-5 etc.; atha kena, why then? 54,97,
5) then (corresp. w. @ prec. yada),
66,21. 107.19-16 == Dh, 377-79. Dh,
69. 119-20. 384; (after prec. pa-
thamam:) Dh. 158. 4) but, 107,25 =
Dh. 887, Dh, 85. 136; atha kho leave
on the contrary 90,36. 91,4; atha ca
pana, but on the other hand, 3,4 (cp. ca).
cp. atho & next.

athava, indecl, (<= 8a.) or (corresp,
w. prec, va, g. v.) Dh, 140. 271.

atho, indecl. (= sa.) and, also,
likewise, Dh. 151. 234. 332. 423.

aduth, pron. n. (sa, adas) v. asu.

addba = addha, half (q. v.); °-ma-
saccayena, at the end of a half month,
20,11; °-yojana, n. a half yojana (g. v.)
63,19.

addhagu, m. (fr. addhan + gu
— ga, sa. adhva-ga) atraveller; nom.
wu, Dh, 302 (sg. ¢ pl. 2)

addhan, m, (sa. adhvan), a road,
a journey, life-time, time; acc. ~anam
44,01, 110,5. Dh. 207 (addhana). —

*addba-gata, mfn. one who has accom-
plished his journey 0: old, m. ~o 74,21
— gataddhin, mfn. (q.v.). cp.addhika
& prec,

addha, adv. (= sa.) certainly,
truly; probably, 3,10. 60,20.

*“addhika, m(fn). (fr. addhan)
travelling, a traveller; gen. pl. m.
kapanaddhikanamh, poor travellers,
38,14 (v, kapana).

adhama, mfn. (= sa. superl. fr.
adho, q.v.) lowest, vilest; purisidhame
(acc, m, pl.) low people, Dh, 78, (ep.
next.)

adhara, mfn. (= sa. compar. fr,
adho, q.v.) lower. adharotthe (doc.)
the lower jaw 13,19 (v. ottha. ep. prec.).

adhi, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to
verbs & nouns expressing ‘above, over,
on, at, to’; before vowels (except ,,i“)
it takes the form ajjh-, ¢. g, adhi-
bhasati, aor. ajjhabhasi.

adhika, mfn. (fr. adhi, — 8a.)
exceeding, superior, — compar. adhika-
tara, mfn, id.; n. sam (assum) w.
abl, (cutunnath samuddanam uda-
kato) 89,14.

adhigacchati. vb. (sa. adhi-
Vgam) ‘to go to’, to attain, obtain,
find, understand (w. acc.); pr. 3. 8g.
~wati (ratitn) Dh. 187, (samadhim)
Db, 365; 3. pl. wanti (siram) Dh.
11-22; pot. 3. 8g. adhigacche (padam
santam) Dh, 368, ~weyya (seyyam,
one who is better) Dh. 61; aor, 3. 89.
(a)dbigd (attham), could not under-
stand, 113,15; w. augm. ajjhaga (tan-
hanarh khayam) Dh. 154; aor. 3. pl,
ajjhagi (= ~gu) (vyasanam) 34,21,
cond. 1, sg. otaram nadhigacchissam
wl should never find faults“, 104,19
(cp. upessam, vicarissam, v. upeti &
vicarati; Pan, II], 2,119 & the use of
the Greek éueddov).

adhigama, m. (= 8a.) attainment,
acquisition; dat, ~aya(w.gen. iayassa)
90,18.

*adhi-citta, n.'the higher thought’,
meditation; loc. we (ayogo) Dh. 185,

adhitthati, vd. (sa. adhi-/stha)

21

adhiseti

1) to stand (on); ger. ~aya 54,8. *) to
practise, to perform, to devote oneself
to (acc.); pr. 3. ag, ~ati (upayupa-
danam, q. v.) 96,12; ger, waya (upo-
sathaigani) 61,7.

adhitthana, a. (sa. adhishthana)
1) determination, resolution, ®) adhering
to, clinging to the world, comp. w. the
synon. abhinivesa (being a paraphrase
to upayupadana, gq. v.) : adhitthana-
bhinivesinusayam (cetaso), that in-
clination (of the mind) which consists
in clinging to the world, 96,12 (cp.
anusaya).

adhipa, m, (= sa.) a master, lord;
v, adhipacca,

*adhipanna, pp. (adhi-y/pad) as-
sailed, seized; gen. m. ~assa (antake-
na-° ,,whom death has seized“) Dh, 288.

*adhippaya, m. (fr. adhi-pra-yi,
ep. sa, abhi-praya) intention, meaning;
nom, ~0, 114,6.

*adhibhasati, vb. (adhi-bhas)
to speak to, to adress (acc,); aor, 3, 9,
ajjhabhasi 77,3,

adhimutta, pp. (sa. adhi-mukta
(Ymuc)) inclined to (tw. ace, or comp.) ;
m. vanidhimutto, who gives oneself
to desires, Dh, 344 (cp. vana?); gen,
m, pl. ~ainam (nibbanam) ,,who strive
after Nibbana“, Dh. 226.

adhivattha, pp. (fr. adhi-yvas)
living, inhabiting (doc); f. wa, 5,19.

*adhivasana, n. (fr. adhivaseti)
consent, acceptance of an invitation;
ace, wath, 70,11,

*adhivaseti, vb, (caus, adhi-
Vvas) 1) to wait, to wait for; imp. 2. 8g,
wehi, 53,25; 2. pl. wetha, 33,155 ger.
wetva (w. acc, dve savand) 11,5. ~
) tv bear, endure (acc.); ger. wetva

tayo pahare) 55,15; aor. 3. sg. ~wesi
tai ec, vedand) 78,95 — ajjhavasayi
vedanath) 80,34. — °) to consent; aor,

~wesi, 70,10 — 77,99; cap. to accept an
invitation to dinner (bhattarh) : imp,
3. ag. ~etu, 70,9 — 77,98, (cp. adhi-
vasana). — caus, IJ: adhivasapeti, to
cause to wait; pr. 2. 3g. ~wesi, 33,17.

adhiseti, vb, (sa, adhi-\/yi) to

adbuna

.

lie upon (ace.); fut. 3. sg. waessati
{pathavim) 107,5 == Dh. 41.

adhuna, adv, (— sa.) vow, °-Agata,
Bie a new-comer} m. w0 (uyyanapalo}

15.

edho, indecl. (ea, adhas) down
(w. acc.); adho Gufiga:h, down the
river G. 14,24 (or perhaps better comp.
adhogafigam, adv. ?) — compar. adhara,
mfn., superl, adhama. mfn. (q. ¥.).

an-, ana-, negative prefix, v. a-4.

*Anagata-vamsa, m, ‘history
of the future’, name of a non-canonical
Pali work (,,the Buddhist Apocalypse“),
from which an extract is given 102,228,

Anathapindika, m. nom. pr.
(— sa.) ‘giver of food to the poor’,
name of a rich merchant; gen. ~ussa,
71,20.

anika, md’ n, (= sa.) an army,
balanika, mfn. q. v.

anu!, indecl.'!== sa.) before vowels
except ,u“ usually ‘anv-’ (v. anvaya
etc.), prefix to verbs and nouns, ex-
pressing ‘after, along, near to, accord.
ing to’ etc, Inserted in a dvandva-
comp. of the same word repeated, »,
khuddinukhuddaka (cp. pati).

anu’, mfn. = anu (g. v.) cp. anu-
matta.

anukantati. ob. (sa. anu-vkrt.
6.) to cut facc.); pr. 3. sg. wati
(-attham) Da, 311.

arukampa, f. ‘= sa.) compassion;
instr, waya (w. gen. tava) out of pity
(for you) 55,4.

anukkama, m, (sa. anu-krama)
succession, order; instr, adv, wena,
gradua!ly, 38,22. 48,9; ti wena ,and
so on by degrees" 34,8. sahanukkama,
mfn. (q. v.).

anukkamati, vb. (sa. anu-/kram)
tc follow, to go along (acc.); part.
med, m. ~mano (-patham) 90,84.

anukhuedaka, mfn. v, khud-
dinukhuddaka.

anigi, wfn. (se. anu-ga) follows
ing; sattimacca-satiauga, mfn. fol-
lowed by 700 companions, 110,23
(an. ~0).

22

Yanugacchati, vb. (ea. anu-/gam)

to follow (acc.); aor. 3. 39. ~gamasi
tah yeva) 68,83; w. augm,. anv-a-ga
eer 111,3.

anuggaha, m. (sa, anu-graha)
favour, kindness, help, assistance; acc.
wath 6,86, ;

anucara, m, (= sa.) a companion,
follower. — sdnucara. mfn, v. ea’.

anucinna, mfn, (sa. anu-cirna,
pp. anu-y/car) having attained (acc.);
m. pl. ~& (samadhijhanarh) 109,21.

*anucchavika, mfn. (fr. anu +
chavi) suitable, fit; m. wo (w. inf.)
24.24; (w. gen. pers.) 25,3 (rafiiio).

anujanati, vb. (sa. anu-yjfia).
1) to permit, allow; pr. 1. 8g. ~ami
(ekena (bhikkhuna) dve samanere
upatthapetum) 81.16. 7) to prescribe
(acc.) 81,z0 (dasu sikkhapudani). (cp.
next.)

anufidta, myn. (pp. anujanati,
8a, anu-jiidta) permitted, allowed,
having attained the permission of
(instr.); m. wo (GtTh(1)) Lh, Lb yr9-a8;
m, pl. w@ (rani) 73,24.

*anuniatatta,n.(sa.*anu-jfata-
tva) the being permitted; abl. Aa,
11,12 (,,granting bim leave to speak").

anutappati, vb, pass, (sa. anu-
tapyate, tap) to suffer, to repent;
pr. 3. sg. wati Dh. 67, 314. (cp.
tapati?.)

*anutire, adv. (fr. anu! + tira
(Joc.)) near the banks of a river (gen.)
104,21.

*anutthunati, ob (fr. *anu-
ystan) to deplore, bewail (acc.); part.
m, sg. wunath (puranam) Dh, 166
(= anutthunanta (pl.) Comm.), The
discordance between the sg. anutthu-
nam and the pl. of the verb is pro-
bably due to the fact that senti has
been influenced by capa-'tikhinad (like
jhayanti in the preceeding verse); cp.
also the use of sg. anutappati Dh.
314.) ep. Tr. PM. 76,10.

*anudday a, f. compassion, mercy;
in comp. this word generally takes the
form anuddaya- (cp. mutta): khanti-

metta-’nuddaya-sampanna, m/n. (q.0.)
7,12. 38,15. (fr. *anu + daya, although
it is generally spelt with double ‘d’,
perhaps from analogy with niddaya?),

*anu-dhamma-carin. mfn, liv
ing according to the law; m, ~1 Dh,
20 (cp. dhamma-carin).

anudhavati, vb. (sa, anu-V/dhav')
to follow, pursue, seek (acc.); pr, 3.
sg. ~ati (tiram) Dh, 85; aor, 2, sg.
anu-dhavi (kalikam) 47,10,

anupakkamena, 2,
upakkama).

*anupakhajja, ger. encroaching
on (ace,) 88,83 (there bhikkhia), This
word seems to be ger. fr, *anu-pra-
Vskand (-skadya) = to enter together
with, disrespectfully pushing oneself
forward (= anu-pavisati, comm.), Hence
the vb. denom. anupakbajjati (Vin.
V_ 163,4), Morris, JPTS. ‘86,115,
’89,201, derives it from y/khad.

anupatati, vb. (sa, anu-ypat)
to run after, to follow (acc.); pr. 3.
sg. ~anti (sotam) Dh, 347; pp. ~wita,
fullowed, m. dukkhanupatito. Dh. 302,
pl.dukkhanupatit’ (0: ~a@ addhagu) ib.

anuparigacchati. vb, (sa. anau-
pari-/ga) to walk (fly) round (acc.);
aor. 3, sg. anu-pariy-aga (pasanam)
104,13.

*anupariyaya, m. (fr. anu-pari-
Vi) going round along; °patha, m.
acc. ~am 90,33 = anupariyaya-na-
makam maggam, 91,28 (the path round
the town).

*anupassin, mfn. (fr. anu-ypac)
looking after, looking for; para-vajja-°,
looking after the faults of others, Dh,
253 (gen. m, ~wissa); subha-°, looking
for pleasures. Db, 7 (acc, m, ~ith),
Dh. 349 (gen. m. wino).

anupucchati, wb. (sa. anu-
yprach) to inquire after (ace.); pr.
2. ag. ~wasi (jivath) 103,17,

anupubba, mfn. (sa. anu-purva)
regular; instr. adv, wena, gradually,
by and by, in course of time, 18,11.
37,20, 42,24. 81,8. 87.4. Dh, 239.

*anupubbikathd, f. (fr. prec,

an- (cp,

23

anumodana

+ katha, g.v.) a regulated exposition;
acc. ~ath kathesi ,preached in due
course“ 68,19,

anuppatta, pp. (sa, anu-prapta,
anu-pra-V/ap) arrived to, having
reached, having attained (acc.); m,
wo (vayo) 74,21, (Lafikam) 110,23.
acc, ~am_(uttamattham) Dh, 386,
loc, we (Alavim).

anubandhati, vb. (sa, anu-
Vbandh) to follow, to pursue (acc.);
aor, 8.89. wi 11,19. 12,98; 1,89. im
104,115 ger. witva 33,18,

anubodha, m, (== 8a.) comprehen-
sion, understanding, — dur-anubodha,
min. q. v.

*anubriiheti, ob. (sa. *anu-
Vvrnh) to ‘increase’, to devote oneself
to (acc.); pot. 3. 8g. waye (vivekarn)
Dh. 76 (cp. briheti).

anubhavati, vb. (sa, anu-ybhi)
to feel, to experience, to obtain (enjoy,
suffer) (w. acc.); pr. 3. pl. ~wanti
(dukkham) 23,16; aor. 3. sg. ~i (dib-
basampattim) 23,17; inf. witum 23,95;
ger, witva 23,24; part. ~anta, m. ~0
63,18; part. med, ~mana, f. ~@& 61,5
(«taking part in“, -kilam); pp. anu-
bhita : kim me dukkhena wena
(instr.) ,why should I suffer this pain ?4
32,32.

*anubhavana, #. (fr. anubha-
vati) partaking of (enjoying, suffering).
- dukkhanubhavanatthaya 23,18 (in
order to endure their punishment, cp.
attha’); kamma-karandnubhavana-
tthdinam 23,27 (a place where one has
to endure the results of his bad deeds),

nnubhava, v. anubhava.

anubhiuta, py, v. anubhavati.
anumatta, mfn. Dh, 284, v, anu-
matta.

anumodati, vd. (sa. anu-/imud)
to rejoice in (acc.), to accept with
joy, to thank; part. med. ~mana, m.
~o (danam) Dh. 177; pr. 1. sg. wami
(,{ thank you“) 29,5,

anumodan4, #.(—sa.) acceptance,
benediction, thanks (esp, the words
pronounced by the Buddhist priests at

anuyuaijati

the eud of the meal, or after receiving
gifts or offerings to the fraternity) ;
acc, warm karopto 86,15; ~am karis-
simi 87,20; °-atthaya 87,18 (in order
to hear the benediction). (cp. Dhpd.
(1855) p. 168,7, foli.)

anuyuijati, vb. (sa. anu-Vyu)j)
to practise, to give oneself up to (acc.);
pr. 3. 8g. wati (bbavanam) 97,9; 3.
pl. ~wanti Dh, 26 (pawadamm), Dh.
247 (sura-meray i-panarmh); pot. med.
3. 8g. ma panacdam vetha, Dh. 27.
— fp. anuyutta, m. ~o yin the enjoy-
ment cf* 74,92 (ditths -dhamma-sukha-
vikiram q. v.).

anuyoga, m. (== 8a.) study, medi-
tation, application to. - kamasukh’-al-
lika-°, mfn. whose applicacion is wholly
concentrated in pleasure and Just, m.
<0 (sc. anto) 66,26, — atta-kilamatha-®,
min. q. ¥. Ss pres.).

anuyogin, mfn. (fr. anuyoga).
ve. attinuyogin.

anurakkhati, vb. (sa. anu-
yraksh). to guard, to watch (ace.);
imper, 2. pl, watha (sacittaik) Dh,
327,

“anurakkhin, m/fn. (fr. anu
rukkhuti) watching, — vici-°, mfn.g.v.

Anuruddha, m. nom. pr. (— 8a.)
name of a cousin of Gotauma Buddha,
one of his great disciples; nom, wo
80,0, 109,17 (mmahigani), 109,8 (dib-
bncukkhumbi[aggo)); ace, sum 80,115
voc, wu, ib,

wnuripa, m/fn, (— 8a.) conforms
able, adapted to, fit, suitable; tude
anurtipa, mfn, ST. qv. ;

anulitta, pp. (fr. anu-ylip, sa.
anulipta) anointed, scented. ~ nahi-
tinulitta, 41,9. ». nahata.

unuloma, mfn. ( + 6a.) ‘with the
hairs’, in natural order (opp, putilomu),
— patilomam (adv,?) ,forward and
back” 66,6. (cp. loma).

anuvattin, mfn, (sa, anu-vartin)
following. ~ dhammiinuvattino (m.
pl.) following the law, Dh. 86,

unuvicurneti, ob, (sa.unu-vi-yVeur)
to wander or roam through, to explore

24

acc, ep. vicareti); pr. 3. pl. wantl
samuddatiram) 21a7; ger. ~itva
thala-jala-patharh) 19,39. :

anuvicinteti, vb. (8a, anu-Vvi-
yeint) to meditate upon (acc.); part.
m. ~ayanto (tam eva) 47,35; ~ayam
(dhammam) Dh. 364.

anuvicca, ger. discovering, attend.
ing to, observing, examiniog(?) Dh,
229 (viniw pasamsanti). This word
is generally explained in the commen-
taries by anuviditva, jinitva, efc.;
it is perhaps ger, fr. anu-vi-/cl
(*anuvicitya, *anuviciya. cp. Sn. v.
530 and viceyya ib. v. 529) or fr.
anu-yvid (= anu-vijja, Tr. MN. I
379,3 (Note p. 562) cp. Morris, JPTS.
86, p. 121.), but it can hardly be
derived from anu-yi or anu-y/vrt. cp.
Dhpd. (1855) p. 368.

anuvijja. anuvijjati, v. anu:
vicca.

anusafcarati, vb, (sa, anu-sam-
Vear) to walk along (acc.); part, med.
m, pl. wmanad (kipillika’ viya tham-
bham) 60,2.

*enusandhi, m. (cp. sa. unue
sundhana) application, conclusion,
connexion; ace, wil ghatetva (,mak-
ing the conuexion*) 32,5. cp. Fans:
boll, JRAS, '70, p. 8. Feer, JAs.
‘75. IL p. 293.

anusnya, mm, (sa, anuecaya) ins
clinution, attachment; ace. sum 96,19
(v, adhitthiina), — tanhanusaya, v.
tanha. — mininusaya, v, mina. ep.
SBE, X p. Sl.

unusdsuka, m. (ea, anu-cisaku)
a counsellor, — attha-dhamma-% v,
attha! (7).

anusiisati, vb, (sa, unu-yVofis)
‘) to admonish, to instruct Smee inf.
~wituih Slyin; ard. im, witabbo 79.105;
pot, 3, sg. weyyu Dh. 77, 158. —
¢ to give one (gen.) advice concerning
ucc.); aor. 3, ag. wi (rafiio atthan
ca dhammah ca) 658.36 (cp. attha!
(7)). = 8) to rule, to govern (ace.);
aor, 3, 8g. wi (viniechayah ,admini-
stered justice") 42,27.

+25

anusikkhin, mfn, (sa. anu-gik-
shin) studying, learning; ahorattanu-
sikkhinam, gen, pl, Dh, 226 (studying
day aud night).

anussarati. ob, (sa, anu-/smr)
to remember, to recollect; aor. wi
28,26 (gune); gen. witva 17,4 (attana
katakammath) 28,15 (Buddha-gune);
part,m, ~am (dhammat) Db, 364;
m. pl, manta, 28,16,

Anotatta, m. (sa. An-avatapta)
nom. pr. of a lake in Himavanta;
%-daham (acc.) 61,19.

anta!, m. (& 7.) (— sa.) ') end,
term; zom, ~o (phalanath) 1.15; acc.
~am karissatha (dukkhassa) ,,make
an end of* Dh, 275; comp. loc, vijay:
ante, immediately after the victory,
60,25; marananta, mfn. q. v. — *) limit,
boundary, border, edge; acc. ~am 83,21.
comp. loc. velante 20,4 (cp. vela);
vanante, Dh. 305, v. vana; accanta,
santika, sumanta, samanta, g. v. —
8) side; acc. adv. ekamantamh, g. v. —
rm extreme; pl, dve anta, 66,25; acc.
pl. ubho ante, 66,28. 96,17; eko..,
dutiyo anto, 96.16-17, cp, ekantam
(adv.) Dh, 228, g. v. — 5) nearly
pleonastically at the end of certain
comp., kammanta (m.), suttanta (.)
ie Ds
anta?, n. (sa, antra) the intestines;
wam 82,4, 97.21, anta-guna, q. v.

Antaka, m. (fr, antaly == sd.)
nom, pr. the king of death (Yama or
Mira); m. ~o Dh, 48; instr, ~ena,
Dh, 288.

anta-kara, m(/n). (— 8a.) put-
ting an end to (gen.); m. pl. ~& 105,20
(dukkhasssa).
~ *anta-kiriya, f (sa. *anta-kriya)
extinction; dat, ~aya 70,17.

*anta-guna, n. (sa. *antra-guna)
mesentery (Sp. Hardy, Man. of Buddh.
p. 400: ,, lower intestines“); ~am 82,4,
97,29,

*antamaso, adv. (sa. *antama
++ cas) even; ~aiijalith paggahetva
thite, even those who were standing
with their joined hands raised, 22,7;

antarad

~bilara-nisakkana-mattamh (pakara-
vivaram) even large enough that a
cat can creep in, 90,85. (cp. antima).

antara, ».(— 98a.) ') the interior
part of a thing, interval; *) as the first
part of comp, (= anto, v. below),
») at the end of comp.: kalantarena
(instr.) ,by progress of time“ 99,28;
buddhantaram, a period between two
Buddhas, 84,30; dant’ antara-gato
phaving got in between the teeth
13,20; pl. loc, lomantaresu, in the
coat, 16,5 (v. loma), uddhanantaresu,
9,24 (v, uddhana); pl. abl. saikhan-
tarehi, amongst the branches, 62,11,
pupphantarehi, 62,12. For antaram,
antura, antare v. separately, — *) dif-
ference (at the end of comp, — other):
purisantaram, another man, 48,11.
(cp. antarika, an-antara, santara).

antaram, indecl. (= 8a.) 1) adv,
within; wkatva, having shut in (?)
23,10. — *) prp. w, gen, rathsinam
~ pavisitva, 87,33.

antaradhana, v.
dhana) disappearance;
102,2 (q. v.).

antaradhayati, vb. (sa. antar
-V/dha) to disappear; aor. 3. sg. ~ayi,
24,7. 72,25; (impf.) 3. sg. med. ~ayatha,
104,18 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr, p. 110); pp.
antarahita, g. v. — caus. antaradha-
peti. to cause to disappear (acc.);
pot. 1. pl, ~eyyama (labhasakkaram)
73,1,

*antarantara, adv. (antara (q.
v.) repeated) now and then, 35,1,
83,3. ;

*antara-vithiyamh, adv. (fr.
antara + vithi, Joc.) in the very
streets, 39,6.

antarahita, mfn. (pp.antar-Vdha,
cp. antaradhdyati) disappeared, hid-
deu; f. ~& (pasddamatta) 94,93, —
an-antarahita. mfn. (q. v.).

antara, adv. é prp. (abl. fr. an-
tara, — sa.) among, on the way, dur-
ing; Dh, 237; comp. antaramagge
(Joc.) on the way, 32,14. 85,2; repeated:
antarantara, q. v..

(sa, antar-
pariyatti-°,

antariya

antaraiya. m. (= 8a.) ') obstacle;
ace, wamh akasi, prevented, 68,3; nom.
gaman’-antarayo, 65.83 (v. gamuna),
- *) death; acc. wam, Dh, 286.

*“antarika, f. (fr. antara) inter-
val; — simantarika, f. a boundary
territory, loc. wiya (dvinnam yak-
khanam) 40,32.

antare. prop, (loc. fr.antara, — 8a.)
within, among, between, w. gen. 10,31.
30,5. 43,6. 62,9, or at the end of comp,
73,20 (mala-kacavara-°, ,,into the dust-
heap") cp. antara.

antalikkha. m. (sa. antariksha)
the sky, the air; loc. ne, Dh. 127.

antavat, mfn. (— 6a.) finite, li-
mited; m, wvA (loko) 89,28, ~ an-an-
tavat, m/fn. ivfinite id,

antika, mfn. (= sa.) near, bor-
dering upon. — maranantika, m/n. v.
marana. (cp. santikn),

antima, mfn, (= 8a.) final, last;
m, ~0 (samussayo) 108.17 — Dh, 351.
— *antima-sarira, mfn. one who has
received his last body, m. nom, ~0,
Dh. 352, acc. warn, Dh. 400.

antevasika. m. (fr. ante — unto
(s2. antar) + vasika (\/vas, to dwell))
a pupil; acc. ~4am, 34,32; acc. pl.
~e, 16,24; Acariyantevadsike (acc. pl.)
a teacher and his pup), 32.21; gen. pl.
wanar, 102,

anto. prp. (sa. antar, in some
comp, ante, cp. lust) in, within (opp.
bhi); w. gen. tassa ~ 61,15; attano
hanajalassa ~ 86,28; w. loc. watavi-
yam 30,30; in comp, anto-nagaram
43,4 == anto-nugare ,inside'the town“
78,04 (opp. buhi-nagare); anto-gabbhe,
witnin the chamber, O5,us) anto-jitliun,
into the net, 88.9, (ep. untara),

*antcegadha, mfn. (probably fr.
ante + ogadha (pp. ava-y/gal) for
ogalha) included, contained in. °-hetu-
attha, mfn. containing a cansative
meaning, 85,9 (cp. attha? (6)),

*unto-daha, man internal flames
tusst AO uppajji ,be grew aflame
within 45,1.

antopura, #. (often written ante-

26

pura, Tr, PM. 79,15, #a. antah-pura)
a king’s harem; loc. we 38,17.

*antovalaijaka, m. pl. (fr. anto
+ valahju) in-door people; gem
wana, 43,6 (opp. bahivalafijaka).

andba, mfn. (= sa.) blind (also
about mental blindness); m. ~0 25,153
pl. ~& 88,7. — *andha-bala, mfn.
blinded by folly; voc. m. ~a 38,19;
voc. f. ~e 59.31. = *andha-bhuta,
mfn. mentally blinded; m. ~0 88,29
paifhacakkhuno abhavena ~0,
88,81; acc. pl. m. we, Dh, 59. Andha-
bhita-jataka. a later reading for
Andabhiita, 52,11 (cp. 50,1215).

andhaka, mfn. (= 8a.) blind,
*andhaka-masaka, m. pl. gad-flies,
104,27.

andhakara, m. (— sa.) darkness;
acc. cam 19.17; loc. ne 69,175 instr.
~ena, Dh, 146.

anna, n. (— sa.) food; instr, sa
mam wena (sc, uddhari) 20,36.

annaya, v, dur-annaya (= an-
vaya, cp. anveti).

anvaya. ger. fr, anu-yi, v. anveti.

anvadhata, pp. (anu-a-yhan)
struck, beaten, perplexed, », an-anva-
hata-cetasa.

anveti, vb. (sa, anu-yvi) to follow,
to reach, to affect or attack (acc.);
pr. 3.89. ~eti, 106,22 — Db. 71, Dh.
1. 2.124; ger, saya (vuddhin, full-
grown) 2,18, 18,2.

apakkamatz:, vb, (sa. apa-Vkram),
to go away, to retire trom (abl,); pot,
3. sg. ~me (tamha) 14.4; aon 3. gg.
~mi (¢tto) 104.15,

apuguechuti, vb. (sa, upi-ygam)
tu wo uways py, upaguta, departed,
gone off; us the first part of adj, comp, s
*~-kdluka, ¥=tacapapatika. °-phegguka,
%vattha, S-sakhapalasa, g. v.; dvin-
nam itthakanam °-tthdnam. the inter-
val between two bricks, 91,29.

apucadyati, vb, (sa, apa-y cay)
to honour, to respect (ace); pre &, gi
(metri causa Aayati) 30,9.

apacayin, mfn. (sa. apa-cayin,
fr. last) rendering due respect; vad-

dhapacayin, mfn, ,who reveres the
aged“, m. pl, ~ino. Dh, 109,

apaciti, f.(— sa.) honour, respect;
ace, wim, 29,96, 30.4,

*apajita, », (pp. apa-yji), what
is lost, defeat; acc, ~am (opp. jitarh)
Dh. 105.

Apannaka-jataka, n. nom. pr.,
the title of the first tale in the Jataka+
book, 102,20 [a-pannaka, m/fn, evident,
certain, leading to salvation (fr, sa,
Asparna, without leaves, opp, sa=pan-
naka, but the semasiological process
is unknown; Weber, Ind, Str. III, 150
and Kuhn, Beitr, p, 53 take it —
*a-pracna-kal,

apattha, mfn. (sa. apasta, pp.
apa-V/as?), thrown away; n, pl. wani
(atthini) Db, 149.

apaneti, vb. (sa. apa-yni) to
take away, to remove (acc.); pot. 1.
sg. ~eyyam (atthitmh) 13,11; aor, 3. sg.
apanayl (putte) 13,4; ger. ~wetva,
4412, 65,32; pp. apanita, . wat
etam Tathagatassa, T. is free from
this, 94,7; grd. ~wetabba, to be re-
moved, °-akara-ppatta (sataka) ,in-
tolerable*, 45,1.

*apabbthati or apaviythati,
vb. (fr. apa-vi-Viih) to remove by
digging up or scraping out (acc.);
aor, 3. 8g. apabbihi (pamsum) 40,26.
(cp. viythati).

apara, pron. (— 8a.) another (by
way of addition or progression in
number, the original sense being
»posterior, following*, whilst para
(gq. v.) denotes what is opposite or

distant, cp. aia); acc, ~am (dipam) |

23,21; aparam pana ekadivasam ,,and
again on a certain day“, 63,a4-28; x.
naparam, nothing more, 71,16; instr,
~ena samayena, afterwards, subse-
quently, 95,23. 101,16; loc. ~asmim
(kanakavimane) 23,22; m. pl. we pi
‘ssa tayo sahaya ahesum, further he
had three friends, 14,9. — aparath (n.)
is often used adverbially, esp. aparam
pi, besides that, also, too, 34,16. 54,21.
— apariparam, adv, to and fro, from

27

aparuta

side to side, 2,27. 40,24, — pubba-para,
mfn. (q. v.), aparajju, aparabhage,
v, below,

aparajju, adv. (sa. apare-dyus)
on the following day; 101,97.

aparajjhati, vd. (sa. apa-Vradh)
to offend against (loc.); ger, witva
(parassa vatthumhi) 68,13.

aparapaccaya,. v, a- (p. 4),

aparaddha, m. (= 8a.) offence,
fault; acc, ekiparadhath, one such
fault, 47,8, — nir-aparadha, mfn.,
innocent, guiltless; acc, m. warm,
89,29, :

*“aparabhage, adv. (fr. apara
+ bhaga, loc.) afterwards, later; 22,14,
24,13-16, 38,11.

*aparopita, mfn. (apa -+ ropita,
pp.) consumed (?), This word is only
due to my own conjecture (see Note
p. 126); the Colombo Edition reads
aropita (fr. dropeti, g. v.) 87,11.

apaviddha, mfn. (= sa. pp.
apa-\/vyadh) flung, thrown away; neg-
lected; acc. m. ~wam, 34,15; 2. ~am
(kiccath) Dh, 292.

*apasadeti, vb.(fr. apa + sadeti,
caus, \/sad) to blame, to depreciate,
disparage (ace.); pr. 3.8g. ~eti (mam)
74,29-30, P

*apassena, n. (fr. api-yori, cp.
sa. apiicraya) a rest, a support;
°phalaka, ”. a bolster-slab or head-
rest; ~am 84,16. (cp. Morris, JPTS,
84.1, — SBE, XX. 219.]

*apabhata, mfn. (pp. apa-\/bhr)
brought away, stolen; », ~wam (ratti-
bhattam) 15,19.

apaya, m. (= sa.) 1) going away,
loss; piy&payo, loss of the belowed,
Dh, 211, — *) state of suffering (esp.
dwelling in hell, or in the world of
animals, petas and asuras); acc. sag-
gapayam, heaven and hell, Dh, 423.
— apaya-gamin, mfn. going to an evil
state; m. pl, wino 88,35 (opp. saggaya
gacchati).

apayin, mfn. (= sa.) going away,
— an-apayin, mfn. (q. ¥.).

aparuta, m/fn. (sa. apavrta, fr.

api
api-/vr) open. -dvira, mfn, with
open doors; loc. -ve {nivesane) 39,28.

api. adv, (= 8.) +) generally enclit.
== pi (q. v.) or -Api after prec. a, a.
~ *) beginning a sentence (before a
vowel sometimes app’ or ap’) *) even,
Dh, 187. >) api ca..va.. va, whether
.. or, 96,81 (w. foll. api ca kho, ne-
vertheilexs, 97): api ca, nevertheless,
10118 (cp. kificépi); api ca ko pana,
but at all eventa, $2.95. °) app-eva
nama, perhaps (w. foll. pot.) 17,26.
69,5. ¢) particle of interrogation (1.
indic, or pot.) 13,96. 69.4, 71,31. 104,14
(ap’); api nu, 73,4,

apekkhati. v6. (sa. apa-yiksh)
to look for (acc.); pr. 3. sg. med. wate
(kame) 103,24.

apekkha & apekha., f. (sa. apek-
sha) desire, regard, care; Dh. 345
(-kh-, w. loc.).

apekkhin & apekhin, mfn. (sa.
apekshin) looking for, regardful of. -
an-apekkhin, mfn. (q. v.).

apeta, mfn. (= sa.; pp. fr. next)
free from, deprived of (w. instr, or
comp.); m. ~o (damasaccena) Dh. 9.
~— apeta-kaddama, mfn, without mud,
m. ~0 (rahado) Db. 95. — °-viihana,
mfn. senseless, m. ~0 (kayo) 107.6
=— Dh. 41,

apeti, vb. (sa. apa-v/i) to go away;
pr. 3, 8g. ~eti, 50a; 1. pl. apema
104,16 (nibbijjipema Gotamati ,, being
disgusted, we shall go away from Go:
tama“, Faustoll, SEE, X?, p. 71,
who prefers the reading Gotama, cp.
SN. I, 124).

app’, ¥. api.

appa. mfn, (sa, aspa) small, little;
m,. ~0 88,30 (only a few — kocid eva
sutto 89,1); imstr, won’ eva (trifling)
38,24; 2%. Sam, a cittle, a small portion,
Dh, 20, 259, loc. wasmi yacito, asked
for little, Dh, 224,— appa-kilamathena
Agato si ,you had no mishap?“ 28,13
(cp. kilamatha).

appeka, mfn. (fr. last, sa. alpaka)
small, little, trifling; instr. m. wen’ eva,

28

at a trifle, 52,6; m. pl. ~8 (few) Dh.
85. — an-appaka, m/n. (a. ore

*anpaggha. mfn. (sa. *alpargha,
cp. scale) “al little sof Ge °-bhandam
»wares of little value“ 26,32.

*a ppabodhati. vb. (fr. uppa (sa,
alpa) + bodhati. a rare present forma-
tion of ybudh, ep. bujjbati) to slight,
disregard; pr. 3. sg. ~atl (nindam)
Dh. 143. (Weber, Ind, Str. I, 137;
others (Fausbell & Max Muller) have
taken it — a (9: na) + prabochati
(does not excite), or (Childers ¢ Su-
bhitti) <= apa-bodhati (to ward off),
cp. the readings ap(p)abodheti and
sa. alpabuddhi. m/fn.)

*appamaniiati, vd. (fr. appa +
/man, cp. last) to despise, underrate
w. gen.) ; pot. 3. 8g.med, ~wetha (pa-
passa, punfiassa) Dh. 121. 122.

appamatta, mfn. (sa. alpa-matra)
little, slight, mean; m. ~o (gandho)
Dh, 56. (cp. a-ppamatta, p. 5.)

*appamattaka. mfn. (fr. last),
of little importance; m, ~o (arakkho)
17,16.

*appalabha, mfn. (sa. *alpa-la-
bha) receiving little; m. ~o (bhikkhu)
Dh. 366.

*appasattha, mfn. (sa. *alpa-
sartha) having few companions; m,
~o (vanijo) Dh, 123 (cp. sattha).

*appassida. mfn. (sa. *alpa-
svada) having a short taste; om. pl.
wa (kama) Dh. 186.

*appassuta, m/fn.(sa,*alpa-cruta
having learnt little; m. ~(0) ae
Dh. 152. |

appiccha, mfn. (sa. alpeccha)
who has but few desires; ace, m. wam,

Dh, 404 (cp. iccha),
*appossukka, mfn, (sa. *alpa
+ autsukya. cp. ussuka) unconcerned,
living at ease, with few wishes; m. wo
(viharatu) 74,21. Dh. 330.
abbahati. vb. (sa. a-yvrh) to pull

out (acc.); pot. 3. sg. abbahe (sallam)
108,9.

abbuda, n. (sa. arbuda) the foetus

in the first or second month after con-
ception; gen, ~assa 99,10.

abbha, n. (sa. abhra) cloud; abd,
~& (mutto candima) Dh. 172.

abbhakkhana, ». (sa, abhy-i-
khyana) false accusation, calumny;
acc. ~am, Db. 139,

abbhantara, , (sa, abhy-antara)
the inner part, interior, interval; wat
(opp. bahirath) 106,11 — Dh, 394, -
loc. prp. w. gen, we, in, with, within,
3,25 (tuyham), 38,22 (rajifio).

abbhuggacchati, vb, (sa, abhy-
ud-//gam) to go out, to sally forth;
ger. ~gantva, 60,3.

abbhuta, mfr. (sa. adbhuta)
wonderful, marvellous; 2. ~am 79,97.
98,32. — m. (subst.) one of the nine
divisions of Buddha's doctrine (na-
vafigam Satthusaisanam) 109,34 (ja-
tak’-abbhuta-vedallam).

abhi, prp. (— sa.) prefixed to
verbs and nouns, expressing the direc-
tion ,towards“ or superiority; before
vowels it takes the form abbh- (0,
above),

abhikamkhati, vb. (sa, abhi-
ykanksh) to desire, to wait for, to
intend (acc.); part. med, m, ~mano
(dalha-ppaharam) 30,13.

abhikirati, vb. (sa. abhi-ykr,
kir) to pour over, to overwhelm (ace.);
pr. 8, 3g. ~ati (ogho dipam) Dh, 25,

abhikkanta, mfn, (sa. abhikran-
ta, pp. ubhi-ykram) advanced, ex-
cellent; 2, wam, 69,14 — 95,6,

abhijanati, vb, (sa, abhi-yjia)
to perceive, to kuow, to learn, to re-
member (acc.); pr. 1. 8g. ~Ami, 27,23;
ger, abhiifiaya (attadattham) Dh,
166, sayath ~, Dh, 353 (as I am in-
telligent myself); pp. abhififiata, v.
below.

abhinaad, f. (sa. abhijia) super-
natural faculty or intuitive knowledge;
dat. ~ aya samvattati, conduces to
knowledge, 66,20, 93,8; instr, ~waya
(savakanam dhammaih desemi) from
my intuitive knowledge, 90,16, — °=vo-
sita, mfn, perfect in knowledge, m,

29

abhinikkhamana

~o, Dh, 423 (v, vosita), — cha-l-
abhifiia, mfn, having the six super.
natural faculties, m. pl, ~a, 109,20
(cp. cha), ~ jnanabhiiia, f. super-
natural power attained by meditation

~~

(sivaka) 109,19.

abhittharati, vb. (probably an
old error for abhi-tvarati or abhi-
ttarati, sa. abhi-y/tvar) to make haste;
pot. 3, ag.med. ~etha (kalyane) ,hasten
towards the good“, Dh. 116, (cp, ta-
rati).

i! hidhamma, m., (sa. abhi-dhar-
ma) the higher dhamma or transcen«
dental doctrine, — Abhidhamma-pita-
ka, ”. name of the third of the three
great collections (,,baskets“, cp. pitaka)
of the Buddhist holy scriptures, com-
prising the following works: Dham-
masaigani, Vibhaniga, Kathavatthu,
Puggala-panfiatti, Dhatukatha, Ya-
maka, Patthana; loc, ~e 102,13;
gen, ~assa 113,15,

abhidhavati, vb. (sa, abhi-
Vdhav) to run up towards, to rush
towards; imp, 2. pl. watha (metri
causa watha) 30,19 (,haste to the
rescue“); aor. 3. 8g, ~vi, 76,2

abhinandati, vb. (sa. abhi-
ynand) *) to rejoice at, to salute, to:
welcome (acc.); pot. 8 8g. weyya
sakkaram) Dh, 75; pr. 3. pl. wanti
purisam sotthim dgatam) Dh, 219,
~ *)to applaud, to assent, to approve
(acc.); aor, 3. 8g. ~i (Bhagavato
bhasitamh) 93,19; inf. witum (tad
abhinanditun ti) 97,5.

abhinandin, mfn, (= sa) ree
joicing at; f. tatra-tatrabhinandini
(tanha) finding its delight here and
there, 67,13.

abhinava, mfn. (— 8a.) quite
new, modern; Joc, pl. ~wesu pottha-
kesu, in modern manuscripts, 52,13
(opp. porana-

abhini Oey: nm going

abbinimminati

forth, esp. retiring from the household
life. — maha-°, m, ,the great retire-
ment® 0: Buddha’s leaving his house
in order to become a monk; ~wam
nikkhamitum 65,13.
abhinimminati, vb. (sa. abhi-
nir-\/ma) to create, to assume another
appearance (acc.); ger. witva (kassaka-
vannam, the appearance of a plough-
man) 72,98,
abhinivesa, m, (sa. abhinivega),
adhering to, inclination to; upayupa-
dana-° 96,10 (q.v.); comp. tw, the synon.
adchitthina (v. bh.) 96,19.
*abhippakipna, pp. (sa. *abhi-
pra-ykir) strewn vith ‘instr.); °-sayana,
loc. ~e (puppk anarh emmanamattena)
65,29,
*abhippaharani, f. (adj. fr.
*abhi-pra-Vhr, traced only in the foll,
passage) wni (send Kaahassa) the
offensive (army of Kanha) 103,31.
abhibhavati, vb, (sa, abhi-ybhi)
t> overcome, to overpower (acc.); pr.
3. 89. nati (paccamitte) 3,21; ger.
ewbhuyya (sabbani parissayani) Dh.
328; zp. ~bhita, m. khuppipasabhi-
bhuto (jets), tormented by hunger
and thirst, 84,82,
abbibhu, mfr. (= sa.) one who
conquers or overcomes (at the end of
comp.); sabbabhibhi, -2, having con-
quered all, Dh. 353; sabbalokabhi-
bhum (virarm, ace. m.) having con-
quered all the worlds, Dh, 418.
abhimatthati or abhiman-
thati, vd. (ea. abhi-ymath, manth)
to crush (acec.); pr. 3. 89. wati (dum-
medham) Dh. 161.
abhimukha, mfn, (— sa.) turned
towards; m. pl. ~& uhesum, they met
with one another, 43,19; most frequently
at the end of comp, : m, varanarukkha-
bhimukho, 5,4; nagarAbhimukho,
43,14; f. Jetavanabhimukhi, 73,13;
ace, m. devalokabhimukham (rathath
akasi) 60,19. — abh'mukham, adv.
39,9-10 (matta-varane ~ agacchante,
loc. even if a furious elephant were
going towards them).

80

abhirati, f. (— sa.) delighting
in, pleasure; acc. tatra ~ith iccheyya
Dh, 88. — an-abhirati, f. disconteut

bade .
Tae. vb. (sa, abhi-/ram)
to delight in, to take one’s pleasure
with; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (maya saddhim)
46,21; 3. pl. wanti (ubho) 50,6; aor.
3, 8g. ~i (tena saddhith) 20,1; part.
med. m. ~mano (taya saddhith) 19,19.
~ pp. abhirata, v. an-abhirata; *abhi-
ranta, only in comp. yathabhirantam,
adv. as long as you like or think fit
70,20 (v. yatha, ep. yathakimam).
dur-abhirama, mfn. (q. 0.).

*abhiramapeti, vb. (cars, II fr.
last) ') to cause one to take his plen-
sure with; pot, 7. sg. ~eyyam (raja-
nam maya saddhim) 46,25, — *) to
delight. to divert; part, f. pl. ~entiyo
(itthiyo) 64,81.

abhiripa, mfn.(— sa.) handsome,
beautiful, lovely; #7. ~o (mahasamano)
76,31; acc. ~am (purisam) 10,25; f.
«a (hamsapotika) 10,1,

abhirthati, ob. (sa, abhi-yruh)
to ascend, to mount (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
~wati (dantam, sc, nigam) Dh. 321;
imo, 2. 89. ~a (pitthim me) 1,19;
2. pl. watha, 22,5; aor, 3. sg. Lys.
25,19 (navam); 3. pl. rithsu, 22,6;
ger. *) xruyha, 20,13; >) vrubitva,
21,10, 61,18 (pabbata).

abhilakkhita, mfn. (sa. abhi-
lakshita, pp. abhi-ylaksh) fixed, de-
termined for; m, ~o (mahii-uposatha-
divaso) 22,19,

abhivuddhati, ob (sa, abhi-

vrdh) to increase; pr. 3, sg, wati
yaso) Dh, 24, — pp. abhivaddha, 7.
wath biranam ,the abounding Birana
grass“, 107,32 = Dh. 335 (or have
we to take this form as part, pr.?
Trenckner takes it as pp. abhi-y/vrsh,
cp. the readings ~vattam & ~ vuddham,
Morris, JPTS. °86, p. 143).

abhivadana, nn. or *abhivas
dana. f. (sa, abhivaidana, n.) re-
spectful salutation, reverence; 7a (to,

loc, ujjugatesu) Dh. 108, ~ *abhiva-

dana-silin, mfr, (cp. sa. °-gila) re-
spectful; gen, m. wissa, Dh, 109.

abhivadeti, vb. (caus, abhiva-
dati, sa. abhi-/vad) to salute respect-
fully (acc.); ger. ~etva (Bhagavantam)
68,17. 96,3.

abhisamkhata, mfn. (pp. abhi-
samikharoti, sa. abhi-sar-s-y/kr) pre-
pared, cooked; gen, ~assa (sappi-
madhu-sakkara-°, paydsassa) 61,36,

abhisamkhara, (sa. abhisarh-
skara) 1) preparation. *) development,
exercise, practise; acc, ~am 68,36.
69,2. (iddha-°, v. next).

*abhisamkhareti, ob. (caus.
abhi-sam-s-/kr) 1) to prepare. *) to
exercise, practise, effect (acc.); pot. 1.
sg. ~eyyam (iddhabhisamkharam,
yan exercise of miraculous power“ (v,
iddhi) 68,36; aor, 3. 8g, ~wesi (id.)
69,2.

abhisajati or abhisajjati, vd.
(sa. abhi-\/saiij) to offend; pot. 3. ag.
~wsaje (yaya na,. kaiici, by words)
Dh, 408,

*abhisambujjhati (sa, *abhi-
sam-ybudh) to gain perfect knowledge
of; pp. ~buddha, part, ~budhana,
v. below.

*abhisambujjhana, ». (fr. last)
enlightment, gaining the perfect know-
ledge (possessed of a Buddha); °-kala,
m. 63,7,

abhisambuddha, mfn,
abhisambujjhati, sa. id.) having
attained perfect knowledge; m. pa-
thamabhisambuddho (Buddho) ,,hav-
ing just attained the Buddhaship“, 66,3.

*abhisambudhana, mfn, (part,
fr. abhisambujjhati, op. 8a. part, aor.
budhina) who has learnt, understood ;
m. «0 (kayam maricidhammam)
Dh. 46.

*abhisambhava, m. (fr, abhi-
sambhavati, sa. abhi-sam-ybhi),
reaching, attaining, — dur-abhisam-
bhava, mfn. (q. v.)-

‘abhiseka, m. (sa. abhisheka)
anointing, inauguration of a king; ace.
wam karetva ,caused himself to be

(pp.

3)

amma

anointed king“ 36,29; etassa imasmim
rajabhisekakale, now when he is being
anointed king, 11,6,

abhisecana, n. (sa. abhishecana)
— prec, vam (uliikassa) 11,16.

amacca, m. (sa. amatya) a com-
panion or minister of a king, courtier;
~0, 38,17; pl. wa, 40,9; acc. pl. we,
40,7; instr. pl. wehi, 39,31. — °-adayo,
the courtiers and others, 102,5 (cp.
di), sesimacce (ace, pl.), all his
courtiers, 40,5 (v. sesa), mittamacca
(pl.) friends and companions, 92,8,
°-brahmana-gahapatike (acc, pl.) 9:
all people of higher rank (opp. sabba-
seniyo) 42,2 (ep. Fick, Soc. Glied.
p. 93 & 164), %~sahassena (instr.)
a thousand courtiers, 39,26. 62,8. °-pa-
rivuta, mfn. 40,30. °-gana-parivuta,
mfn. 39,98. %-parivarita, mfn. 112,26,
sattimacca-satanuga. mfn. v. anuga.
sAmacca, mfn. (q. .).

amuka,. mfn. (fr. the pron, base
amu-, = 8a. cp. asu & asuka) this or
that, such and such a person (or thing)
referred to without name; loc. m, ~as-
mim okase, 75,6. (cp. ayam, 4.)

amba, m. (sa. dmra) the mango
tree (Mangifera Indica); wo. 37,23;
gen, ~wassa, 37,1; pl. ~a, 100,13; ace,
pl. we, 100,14; instr. pl, wehi, 2,10,
— %-pakka, . (sa. *amra-pakva) a
mango fruit; ~am, 36,31 — ambapha-
lam, 36.54. °-panas’-Adihi, 2,20 (v.
panasa & Adi). °-pindi, f. (sa. *amra-
pindi) a bunch of mangos, acc, ~im,
15,2, °-labujidinama, 1,14 (v. labuja).
%vana, w mango grove, loc, we, 77,20;
45,14 (Makhadeva-®, q.v.) 45,7 (Mw
uyyane). %samika, m. the owner of a

-mango tree, wo, 100,12.

*ambho, indecl. (fr. ham + bhos,

-cp. hambho & bho) *) a voc. particle:

Hallo! (w. voc.), ~sdrathi, 43,91. *)
exclamation expressive of anger or in-
dignation (w, voc.), ~duttha-brab-
mana, 33,16; ~purisa, 101,18.
amma, indecl, (used in addressing
a woman), v, nezt,
amma, f, (sa. amba) a mother;

ammana

gen. ~Bya, 46,8; voc. amme is usually
shorteued to amma: *) used by children
addressing their mother, 9,19, 22,17;
%) by any person addressing one (or
more) women, 49,89 (a maid to her
lady); 87,10 (a father to his daughter),
ammana, m. (sa, armana ? cp.
Childers 8. v.) a certain measure of
capacity, a trough, a canoe; °mattena
(instr. v. matta®) in a measure of an
a- (pupphanam ~ abhippakinna-saya-
na) 656,29.
amha, amhi, ». atthi.
amha(n), m. = asman (sa,agman)
a stone; instr. wana, 104,6 (cp. Win-
disch, Mara, p. 8 & 12), — amha-maya,
mfn. (sa. a¢ma-maya) made of stone,
hard; ace. ~am (manim) Dh, 161.
ambaikam, amhe, etc., ». aham.
ayam, pron. m. & f. (8a. ayam,
f. iyam) m. ilar (82. idam), The
other forms are taken from the base
ima- or a-: nom. cg. m. ayam, 3,1,
6,3; by contraction with a preceeding
assound : ciyum, 66.2; by elision :
‘fiyam 17,38. 37,30; Db. 56, or ’yam,
108,17; before palatals: ayan, 74,91,
- f ayam, 21,17. 918 (ayn ca), -
mn, idath, 16,15; ‘Idari, 67,3; imarh,
100,41. — ace, imath 2,8 (m.); 3,25 (f.);
17,1; Dh. 196 (im’) (”.). — instr. m.
n. imina, 3,22; 54,15. f. imaya, 42,18;
75,35. =~ gen. (dut.) m. (n.) imassa,
2,99; 4,91; assa. 1.5; ‘ssa, 3,11; fh
imissi, 3,3; 31,4; ussa, 48,26; 73,23
(ussa = assa ?); 87,10. — abl, m. asma,
De. 220, - loc. m. (u.) imasmim, 1,13;
3.23; asmith, Dh. 242. ~ pl. nom. m.
ime, 4,6; 66,25 (’m 2); 60,1" (ma-y-ime).
— ace, m. ime. 41,22; f. ima, 2,9; nH.
imiani, 8l,a7. — instr, m. imehi, 55,25.
— gen, m. imesam, 2,6; 14,26. — lec,
m, m. inesu, 31,16; 81,97, — *) this,
this here (referring to a person or
thing present or ta question) opp,
paya, Dh, 220. 410. ~ *) referring to
the preceeding, 67,» (ayam kho sa);
73,23 (ime divase, acc. pl. the last
few days“). — 3) referring to the follow-
ing, 67,3-10; 85,20. — *) — such, like

32

that, 31,6 (imam acchadanam); 2,¢
imesam sattanam, like us), 54,88
id.); repeated : uyaii ca ayafi 0a, 43,99;
ideti cidai ca, 44,19 (ep. asuka, a-
muka). — 5) combined w. pron, relat.’
y'ayath (= yo ayat) Dh. 56) yiyem
(f.) 67,13; yad idam, 97,3. — ) ayam
is sometimes used as pron. 3. pers.,
esp, the gen. 8g. assa, assd, enclit, =
tassa, tassa (v. ta-). cp. eta- (esa).

ayana, n, (= sa. ep. eti) walking,
road, — ekayana, mfn. (q. 9.)

ayas, m. (comp. ayo. nom, ayo,
sa. ayas, n.) iron; instr. ayasa (=
ayato, Comm.) 106,19 — Dh. 240.
(cp. ayasa. mfn.)

uyo-gula, m. (sa. ayo-guda) ao
iron-ball; no, 107,11 <= Dh, 308.

ayya, mfn. (ga. arya, cp. arya)
honorable, worthy; m. so Devadatto,
75,4, — The voc. ayya is frequently
used in respectfully addressing a
person : 2,29, 4,3 etc, 33,1 (ayya *ti);
pl. ayya (by addressing more persons)
21,10. 73,4; and oven the nom. ag.
ayyo is used as voc. particle (ia both
genders and numbers): 18,s-a1-95. (cp.
uriya.)

ayya-putta, m. (sa, drya-putra)
the son of an honorable man, master;
nom. ~0, 65,92; voc. na, 65,15 (de-
signation of a master by his servant),

ayyikd, (fr. ayya. sa. aryika,
aryaka) grandmother; wa, 108,15.

ayy, % aAyya.

wrafita, n. (sa. aranya) a forest;
acc, ~am, 6,7; abl. wato, 6,15; loc.
~e, 5,30; pl, ~ani, Dh, 99; loc. ~esu,
73,34. — *°-adyatana, n. a forest haunt;
loc. we, ly. 8,30. — *%-tthdna, n. a
place in ao forest; loc, we, 32,14,

araha, mfn. (sa. arlia) deserving,
worthy; m, pl, wa (,holy men“) 109,3.
— pujaraha, m/n. (sa. pijirha) de-
serving hommage; acc. m. pl. ~e, Dh,
195, — maharaha, mfn. (8a, mahirha),
very valuable, precious, splendid;
~o (manto) 82,10; ace. wat (utta-
maratham) 63,4; (sayanam) 112,2; 2
pl. wani (isanani) 61,25, (cp. next.)

33

arahat, m, (sa. arhat) a venerable
person, a saint, an Arhat, who has
reached the highest stage of sanctifica-
tion from which he can enter Nirviina;
nom, sg. araha (dasah’ afigehi sam-
annagato) 82,14; gen, ~ato (Sam-
masambuddhassa) 81,5; acc. ~antam,
Dh, 420; pl. wanto (satta) the first
seven Arhats, viz, Buddha himself, the
paicavaggiya bhikkhi (q.v.), and ¥asa,
70,18; gen, pl, watam, Dh, 164, (op.
arahutta.)

arahati, vb. (sa. Varh) *) to be
worthy of (acc, or inf.); pr. 3. 8g.
ewati (kasavath, metrically — arhati)
Db. 9; 2 sg, ~asi (mama vijite
vasituth) 38,20; part. arahat (v. h.).
— *) to he obliged to, to be able
to (inf.); ko tam ninditum w~ati,
»who would dare to blame him?“
Dh. 230,

arahatta, n. (sa. arhatva) Arhat-
ship (cp. arahat); acc. ~am. 89,16.

*Arahanta-vagga, m. name of
the seventh chapter of Dhammapada.

ariya, mfn. (sa, arya, cp. ayya)
honorable, noble; elect, holy; m. ~o,
Dh. 270; acc. ~am (— aryam) Dh,
208; gen. pl. ~adnam (= aryanam)
Dh, 22, 164. 206; instr. pl. ~ebhi,
Dh, 162 bis; ~o atthaiigiko maggo,
67,3. 108,14; acc. 107,20. — *°-ppave-
dita. m/n. preached by the elect; Joc,
ne (arya-, dhamme) Dh. 79. —
*0-bhumi, f. the world of the elect;
acc, ~im, Dh, 236, — an-ariya, mfn.
(q. v.).

ariya-sacca, (sa. arya-satya)
sublime truth; ~am (dukkham) 67,8
(the sublime truth [concerning] the
pain); 67,12\(dukkhasamudayam, q.
v.); pl. ~ani (cattari) 82,10. 107,18.

*ariya-savaka, m. an elect or
holy disciple; wo, 28,3. 71,5; ace. pl.
~e, 73,33,

aru, ». (8d. arus) a wound; “*aru-
kiya, m. a wounded body (or mfn.
covered with wounds?) acc, vam,
Dh. 147,

aruna, m. (— 8a.) the dawn, the

Pali Glossary.

alika

sun, — *arunuggamana, n, sunrise;
abl, wa, 12,18. — *aruna-velia, f. (id.);
loc, ~aya, in that very moment when
the sun was rising, ib. (cp, veli).

arhati, v, arahati.

ala, .(?) (sa. ala, ep. ada) the
claw of a crab; instr. wena, 4,35;
instr, pl, ~wehi (kammara-sandisena
re 5,3,

alam, indecl, (= sa.) enough;
1) w. voc, ~ Devadatta, 74,94; ~Avuso,
76,1, — *) w. gen. pers, ~mayham,
I have had enough, 28,24. — *) w. instr,
~ (vo ratanehi) 27,99; sometimes de-
noting what a person dgn’t care for :
~etehi ambehi, 2,10. — *) w. dat, final.
~hi te aiianiya ~sammohaya, no
wonder that you feel ignorant and
confused, 94,4,

alathkata, mfn. (pp. fr. nezt., sa.
alarn-krta) adorned, decorated; m. rv,
45,30. Dh, 142; °-sirigabbhe, 41,24
(q. v.); °patiyatta, mfn. splendidly
dressed or decorated (q. v.).

alamkaroti, vb. (sa. alam-ykr)
1)to adorn; ger. witva (acc.) 20,9.
58,19. 63,4. — ®) to adorn oneself; ~itva,
19,13. — pp. alamkata, v. above, —
caus. ~karapeti, q. v.

alamkara, m, (= sa.) ornament,

decoration; instr, sabbilamkarena
alathkaritva, adorning it richly, 63,4;
instr. pl. sabbilamkarehi, 58,18.

— sabbilamkdra-patimandita, m/fn,
ne (q. v.); %vibhusita, mfn, 61,7
qg. v.).

i abaret vb, (caus, II.
alarbkaroti) to cause to be decorated
(ace.); ger. ~etva (maggam) 62,7.

alapu, m, (sa. alabu) a gourd;
pl. ~ini, Dh. 149.

alika, mfn. (sa, alika) false, dis-
pleasing. — m, falsehood, untruth;
wath bhanath, speaking a falsehood,
Dh. 264; na tassa ~am bhanitam
(se. maya) I did not tell him a lie,
108,30; ~am bhasasi, 97,91 (— musa-
vada). — alika-vadin, m/fn. lying,
speaking a falsehood; acc, m, ~winam
44,9,

3

allapa

allapa, m. (sa. alapa) speaking
_to; -sellapa, m, conversation; wal
ketvd, 6,92. cp. ‘ilapati.

*allika. mfn. (probably fr. d-yli,
‘Glayaka-*dlyaka) adhering, devoted
to, only comp, w. suk’ia-, v. kima-
sukhallika-.

alliyati, vb. (sa. a-y/li) to adhere;
part, m. an-alliyznto. careless of (20.
acc. kilesaratim) 46,19.

ava, indecl, (= sa.) prefix to verbs
and nous expressing ,down, back,
aside, away“, Thie prefix is very fre-
quently contracted to ,,o“, both after
aaother prp. (ajjh-o-harati) and before
a single or double consonant (okisa,
okkamati); but after ,vi‘ we find it
sometimes uncontracted (vavatthapita,
ep. vohara etc.) and in comp. like
an-avakasa, likewise before vowels
(avekkhati). ep. ora, orima.

avakasa, v. okasa.

avaca, mfn. (= sa.) low (opp.
ucca) v. uccavaca.

avacara, m, (= sa.) only at the
end of comp. = the sphere or dominion
of, v. a-takkavacara.

*avajalla, ». rajovajalla.

avajanati, vb. (sa. ava-yjiia) to
despise (acc.); pr. 3. sg, ~wati (metri
causa) 103,30,

avajiyati, vb. (sa. pass, ava-yji)
to be conquered; pr. 3. sg, ~ati,
Dh. 179.

avatthita, mfn. (pp. fr. avati-
tthati, sa. ava-\/stha) firm, steady. —
an-avatthita-citta, mfn. (q. v.).

avattharana, m., (sa. avastarana)
spreading; Ceploying an army; ranio
*%bhavam fiatva, ,when he saw that
the king had deplsyed his forces“ 36,24
(cp. bhava).

avattharati and ottharati,

vb, (sa. ava-ystr) to spread, scatter
about, overturn; to overspread, over-
whelm (acc.); ger. ~witva (bhatta-
patim) 34,13; (turiyabhandani) 65,5;
uttharitva (sc. jalam, referred to the
agens sakunikena) 88,34. — pp. otthata,
overwhelmed, caught; loc. pl. ~esu

’

34

(Mara-jalena) when they have been
caught in Mara’s net, 88,85.
avadharana, ». (= sa.) ascer-
tainment, emphasis; ~am, the signi-
fication of the particle ,kho“, 85,34.
avasakkati, v. osakkati.
avasarati, vb. (sa, ava-ysr) to
proceed towards, to come (down) to;
aor, 3. sg. tad avasari, 77,19. 81,9.
avasina, n. (— sa.) conclusion,
termination, end; loc. adv. we, at last,
34,8; comp. bhattakicci-°, 86,15;
gatha-°, 87,1; desani-°, 89,2. Con-
tracted : osina, °-gatha, f. a final
stanza, acc. wari, 27,21. cp. parlyo-
sana.

avasittha, mfn. (sa. avacishta,
pp. ava-ycish) left, remaining; 2.
wat (sukaramaddavam) 78,14; ~am
hoti (Zyum) 44,28; m. pl. wa ahesuih
(dve jana) 33,21.

avasesa, mfn, (sa. avacesha, x.)
left, remaining; m. pl. 4, 7,14. 86,23
(opp. eka); gen. (dat.) pl. ~inam,
7.15. — avasesa-sigala (m. pl.) 40,21.

*avassuta, mfn. (sa, ava-sruta
or *ava-a-sruta. \/sru) ‘rotten, leaky’;
metaph. lustful (cp, Jat. IV 20,22: an-
avassuti piva (watertight) and SBE.
X,13). — an-avassuta-citta, mfn. (q.0.),
cp. an-ussuta & asava.

avaharati, vb. (sa, ava-yhr) to
take away (ace.); pr. 1. sg. ~imi
(niham ambe jw, I did not take away)
100,14; pot. 3. sg. weyya (ambain)
100,12. — pp. avahuta, m. pl. wa,
100,13.

*avapurapeti, vb. (caus. If.
avapurati — sa, apa-yvr & apa-yvr)
to cause to be opened; ger. vnetva
(nagaradvarani) 39,25. cp. aparuta.

Avici, m. (or f.) nom. pr. (= sa.
m.) the last (lowest) of the eight great
hells (cp. niraya); loc. wimhi, 27,14.

avekkhati, vb. (sa. ava-yiksh)
to look at, to look down upon (ace.);
pr. 3. sg. ~ati (bale) Dh. 28; pot. 3.
sg. ~eyya (attano katani) Dh. 50;
part, acc. m. ~antam (lokam) Dh.
170.

avhaya, m. (sa. dbvaya) appella-
tion, name; only at the end of adj,
comp., v. savhaya,

asani, f. (sa, acgani) a thunderbolt,
lightning; nom, sg. wi (natita) 17,22;
loc, wiya (sise , patantiya) 39,10;
°-vegena (instr.) hastily like 9 flash
of lightning (cp. vega) 12,92,

asil, m, (sa. asi) a sword; ace,
wim, 111,93; instr, wind, 33,173 asi-
satti-dhanu-adini (avudhani) 6,12;
°-cammam, n, sword and shield, 75,15,

asi’, pr. 2, sg. atthi (q. v.).

asiti, num, (f.) (sa, agiti) eighty;
Ccaturasiti —- 84 (sa, catur-aciti),
°-vassa-sahassiini, 44,20, — *asiti-koti-
vibhava, mfn, very rich, gen, m, wassa
(setthino) 22,19. — °-sahassa,. m. pl.
(bhikkhit) 80,000, 97,4. cp. asitika.

asu, pron. mf. (sa. asau) n. adum
(sa, adas) that; the other cases are
tormed on the base amu- (cp. amuka).

*asuka, mfn. (fr. last. cp, sa.
amuka) this or that, such and such
a person (or thing); loc. m. ~asmim
(game) 92,14. — comp. °-kale, 88,33;
°-gehe, 58,3. cy, amuka and ayain‘*).

asura, m, (— sa.) an evil spirit,
demon; pl, the opponents of the gods;
nom, pl. wa, 59,24; acc. we, 59,95;
gen. ~anam, 60,14; Joc. wesu, 60,17.
— *0.kaniia, f. daughter ot the Asuras,
ace. ~am (Sujam) 64,7. — *°-bhava-
nam, #. the world of the A. 59,27,

astu, asmi. »v. atthi.

assal, m, (sa. agva) a horse; ace,
wan, 65,17; pl. wa, Db. 94; ace. pl.
~e, 44,11; maiigalasso, a horse of
state (v. mafigala) 24,29; valahassa-,
a flying horse (v. valaha) 21,34 (°-yoni) ;
sighasso ,a racer“ (v. sigha) Dh. 29
(opp. abalassa ,a hack“, v. a-bala).
— °-diita, m. a messenger on horseback,
68,31. — *°-pota, m. a foal, 2,18 (°-ppa-
mana, mfn.); — *°-bhandaka, horse
trappings (saddle and bridle) 65,17, —
°-ratana, mn. (coll.) valuable horses,
24,19. — %rajan, m. ‘king vf horses’
(Kanthaka) 65,19. — sala, f. a stable
for horsee, 65,17. cp. assatara below.

35

aham

assa’, pot, 3. sg. v, atthi.

assa’, assa, pron. gen, v. ayam,

assatara, m. (sa. acgvatara) a
mule; pl, wa, Dh, 322,

assama, m. (sa. Agrama) the hut
of an ascetic; loc. we, 36,0, — °-pada,
nm. & hermitage, a place where ascetics
have made their huts; acc. ~am, 36,6.

assava, mfn, (sa, agrava) com-
pliant, obedient; f. ~& (gopi) 104,33;
n, ~am (cittam) 105,2; pl. wa, 105,25.

assaida, m. (sa. asvada) enjoy-
ment, delight; a delicacy; acc, ~am
47,90 (opp. Adinava) 104,15.

*assidana, f. (cp. sa, asvadana,
n.) a delicacy, 104,14,

assisa, m. (sa. Acviisa) breathing,
inhaling; °passiso, inhaling and
breathing forth, 80,59,

assaseti, vb, (sa. caus. a-\/gvas)
to cause to take breath, to comfort,
to encourage (acc,); ger, wetva, 20,0,
40,29,

assu, ”, (sa. agru) a tear or coll,
tears; nom. sg, wu, 82,5. 97,28; Sum,
89,14; instr. wund (akkhibi paggha-
rantena) 5,4. — °%mukha, mfn,
with a tearful face, m, ~o (rodam)
Dh. 67,

aha, . (sa. ahar & ahan) a day.
1) at the end of comp. ekithen’ (instr.)
in the course of one day, 57,8; ekaha-
dviha’-ccayena, in a day or two, 32,24
(ep. accaya); ekahadviharh (acc.) one

-or two days, 50,6; katipaham (q. v.)

a few days, 7,27 ete.; dviha-tiham,
two or three days, 36,6; sattaharh,
seven days, 23,10. 66,4. — In some
few cases we find -anha (fr, the weak
stem ahan) ». pubbanha, sdyanha.
— *) as the first part of comp. ‘aho’
(fr. sa, ahar) v, aho-ratta, aho-ratti.

aham, pron, 1. pers. (sa. aham)
‘Tl’; nom. aharh (aham, ahan) 1,7. 2,3.
65,15; by contraction or elision : ham,
‘ham, 1,21. 7,9. 104,21; after the verb:
janeyyabam, 94,91; Jabbami’ham,
108,25; patam’ aham, 108,96. — ace.

1) mam, 2,3, 13,15 (man’ti); ) mamanzh,

16,2. 47,10 (mamaii ca). — instr. (adl.)
3*

ehimkara
maya, 3,14. 4,96. — gen. (dat.) ") may:
ham, 2,11-29, 3,9, 4,12 e¢e. *) mama,

1,17. 71,52 (mam’) 72,20 (mama-y-idam).
5) mamam, 72,20. *) me, 1,19. 2,9.
112,20 (m’); this form is also often
substituted for other cases : == instr.
4,03. 45,5. 66,23. 90,25. — abl. 72,1. —
loc, mayi, 19,29. — pl. nom. ') mayam,
1,8. 56,32 (= sg.). “)amhe, 21,30. —
acc, amhe, 4,19. 73,5. — instr. (abl.
amhehi, 6,15. 74,12. — gen. (dat.) }
ambakam, 124. 4,4. 7) no, 11,3. 12,3.
56,33 (= sg.); substituted for instr.
54.15. — loc, amhesu, 4,11. — Com-
bined w. pron, demonstr, es'ahatn,
63,19; acc. tam math, 103,2; gen.
tassa me, 103.:3; w. pron. rel, pl.
ye mayam, 105,23; gen. (dat.) yesan
no, Dh, 200. — Constructions to be
noticed: na te aham:, € am not among
those, 72,22; tumie mam... janatha
(se. pesakarasalarh gacchamanaz)
88,13; mama rattindivam ... na
janami (sc. maranabhavarh) 88,22.
ep. next.

*ahimkdara, m. (fr. aham & kr,
su, anamkara) the false view that there
is an Ego, the first of the three anu-
szyas (q. ¥.), explained fn the comm,
by ‘ditthi’ (q. v.); 94,11: sabba-ahim-
kara - mamimkara - maninusayanam
khaya. Some Mss, nave here and in
parallel passages the reading aharhkara
(= sa, cp. SN. III 32,1-2 (vol. I p,
132)), which generally means ,selfish-
ness, pride“,

aho, indecl. (= sa.) an exclama-
tion (w. nom. or a full) sentence)
expressive of satisfaction or enjoyment,
42,17 (aho vata bho), 58,12 (~ puiia-
nam phalamh), 86,9 (~ Buddhinam
katha nama acchariyi), or of re-
proach, 59,21 (~ andhabilasi).

ahoratta, m. (sa. ahoratra) day
and night; °-Anusikkhin, m/fn. study-
ing day and night, ger. pl, ~inam,
Dh, 226. cp. aha. i

*ahoratti, f. (se. *ahoratri) =
prec.; acc. sabbath wi, through the
whole day and night, 107,25 = Dh, 387.

36

A.

a, prp. (= 8a.) near to, towards,
until; generally prefixed to verbs and
their derivatives, but shortened to ‘a
before more consonants, €. g. accha-
deti, assaseti, allapa, etc.

akamkhati, vb. (sa. a-/kaiiksh)
to wish, to desire (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
~ati (pacchasamanam) 82,26; part.
med. m. ~amano, 79,11 (pif it should
so wish“); ger. ikamkha (viragam)
Dh. 343.

akaddhati, vb. (sa. a-Vkrsh) to
draw to or away with one’s self; ger.
~witva (hanukatthikena, by the jaw-
bone) 40,18; 59,,.

akappa. m. (sa. akalpa) gestures,
manners; instr, wena, 49,8.

akara, m. (= sa.) plenty, multi-
tude; a mine; ganthakara, gq. v.

ikara, m. (= 8a.) form, appearance,
condition; sign, token, hint; manner,
way; anekakara, mfn. multiform (ev.
an-eka); apanetabbakara-ppatta, m/fn.
intolerable (v. apaneti); patandkdra-
ppatta, mfr. being on the point of
falling out, 12,21; sabbakara-puari-
punna, nifn. altogether perfect, 10,26;
sabbakara-vartipeta, mfn. endowed
with every grace, 81,1 (cp. vara);
dvattihsakara, q. v.; chatakakara,
sign of hunger, 41,8 (v. h.); olokita-
karenéva (énstr.), at the first sign of
her being looked at (?) 87,25; igamas
nakara, 41,81 (how he had come back);
afiienikiirena (/vstr.) in another way
(9: wrong) 91,32,

akiisa, m. (sa. akica) the air,
sky; space; acc, warm, 14,16; énstr.
mena, through the air, 19,17. 36,10;
abl, wa, 33,6. ~ato, 32,113 loc, we,
11,19, 17,25, Dh. 254—5 (cp. bihira
& SBE, X, p. 64 Note). — °-carika,
mfn. going through the air, 35,35 (an.
~0). — °-dnaiiciyatana, n. 80,5 (v.h.).

akifcanfia, n. (sa. akithcanya,
fr, a-kifcana, q. v.) want of any
possession, nothingness, °-Ayatana, 7.
the abode of nothingness, non-existence,

ace, ~amh, 80,7; ° -samipatti, 80,
(v, h.),

akirati, vb. (sa. a-kir) to scatter
or sprinkle over (acc.); ger, witva
(pathsum, filled them up with earth
40,6; (paidapatistni upari muddhani,
the dust at his feet over its head) 77,8;
pr. 3. sg. med, ~ate (rajam) Dh, 313,

*“akoteti, vb. (sa, *a-V/kut, caus,
cp. kotteti) to beat, to trample in
(acc.); ger, wetva (pathsum) 40,6,

aigacchati, vb. (sa, a-/gam &
ga) to go, come, approach, arrive; to
return, come back; pr. 3. 89. wati,
12,2; 1. 9g. ~ami (piidena) 98,2; 2.
pl. wama, 23,19; — imp, 3. sg, ~atu,
4,23; 2. 89. wa, 75,7; 2. pl. ~watha,
75,9, 76,95; — pot. 3. pl. weyyurm,
101.9; — fut. 3. sg. Agacchissati, 15,6,
and agamissati, 22,97, Dh. 121; 2, pi.
agamissama, 23,19; — aor, 3. sg.
agama, 18,34. igami, 57,14, aga, 114,29;
2. pl. dgamittha, 39,2; 3. pl. aga.
mimsu, 73,31; — part. m. igacchanto
(maggam) on the way, 28,12; 57,32;
acc, ~antam, 2,31; acc. f. wantim,
49,4; — ger, agantva, 6,30, 7,5. 9,94.
10,8. 31,23; figamma (sa. aigamya)
Dh, 87, 192 == 107,22, 61,19, 110,28;
—~ pp. agata. gq.

agata, mfn. (= sa, pp. fr, digac-
chati) 1) come, arrived, returned; m,
~0, 4,24, 16,12; aco, ~am, 9,29; fre-
quently used as finite tense : 9,27 (wo),
57,33 etc. Ggato’smi, 98,2; agat’amhi
(f.) 73,18; — comp. mam tava santi-
kam agata-kale ganhahi (when I have
returned) 3,17; °-velaya (loc.) when
he returned, 20,10; igatagata (m. pl.
ratthavasino) who from time to time
came, 18,5; bhava, m. coming, ar-
riving, coming near, acc, wath, 40,17,

88,8; tthana, ». — dgatabhava |

(cp. thana) acc, ~am, 19,18; °-matta,
mfn, at one’s arrival, acc, m, tam
~wam, 33,98; adhunigata, m/fn. a
new-comer, 37,15 (cp, adhuna); cira-
gata, mfx. long absent, m, ~o (na
ciragato — adhunagato?) 9,37. —
9) occurred, related (in quotations):

37

icikkhati

Mahapadane °-nayena ,in the man-
ner related in M.“ 63,12, — 5) known;
dgatagama, m/fn. (= sa.) acquainted
with the agamas (q. v.), m, pl, wa,
109,20, — an-agata, q. v.

agama, m, (— sa.) *) arrival,
®) knowledge, science, esp. a sacred
work containing traditional doctrine,
the five Nikayas or Sutta-pitaka thus
called by the northern Buddhists (who,
however, know only fragments thereof); -
-pitakam (suttasammatam) 110,53 =
Sutta-pitaka, — fgatigama, mfn, v,
above,

igamana, n, (— 8a.) coming,
arriving, returning; acc. wath, 22,98.
33,20, 87,8-96; °-bhiva, m. the having
arrived, acc, wam, 9,14; akira, way
of returning, 41,31 (q. v.).

agamin, mfn. (— sa.) coming,
returning; v, sakad-agamin.

aigdra, n. (= sa.) a house, »v,
agara, cp, an-agara,

ighitao, m (=< 8a.) ‘striking,
killing’; ill-will, inalice; wo (Devas
dattassa Bhagavati) 74,82; °matta,
nm, ~am pi nakisi ,not so much as
an angry thought“, 40,1 (cp. matta®),

acariya, m. (sa, acarya) a teacher;
~0, 16,23 (disapamokkho, brahmano);
°-antevasike (acc. pl.) a teacher and
his pupil, 32,21, — *acariya-bhaga,
m, a teachers fee, 64,24 (~0), — *acar
riya-vada, m, pl, ~a, the doctrines
of old teachers, 113,27, — cp, aniia-
thacariyaka,

cara, mt. (= 6a.) good conduct,
morality; silicaro, ,virtues“, 43,33;
sila-gunicaro, a holy life, 28,54, —
*ficara-kusala, mfn. perfect in beha-
viour, m, ~0, Dh, 376, — an-acara,
qe %

acikkhati, vb. (sa, a-\caksh)
to tell, communicate, explain, point
out (acc.); to instruct (gen.); pot. 3.
8g. weyya (maggam mulhassa) 69,16;
— aor, 3. sg. ~i (attham) 13,4; —
ful. 1. sg. wissimi (cittarucitam
tumhakam) 55,37; — imp. 2. sg. wa
(maggam no) 56,33; — part. m. wan-

dcinati

to (kiranam) 37,32; — ger. witva,
53,13. 56,34. 58,2 (0. gen, -bhariyaya);
an-acikkhitva (tesam) without telling
them anything about it, 25,34.

acinati &icinati, vb. (sa, i-yci,
-cinoti) to gather, accumulate; part.
m. Gcinam (Acinanto) Db, 121-22
(thokathokam),

aichanna, mfn, (sa. Acchanna,
pp. a-\/chad) — ucchanna, pp. accha-
deti (q. ».) covered; m, bhasmachanno
(pavako) covered by ashes, 106,23
= Dh, 71.

*ajaiina, mfn. (= ajaniya, cp. sa.
djaneya) of noble birth, wv. puri-
sajaiifia.

*ajaina, mfn. only in the comp,
dur-ajana, gq. v.

Gjanati, vb. (sa. i-Vjia) to un-
derstand, to perceive; pr. 3. pl, ~anti
(attharn) 90,30; aor. 3. sg. aiinasi,
57,9. 65,21, 87,25; 68,2. (w. double
ac:.); ger, adiaya, Da, 275, 411;
caus. Andpeti, q. +. -- cp. anna, f,
and, f., dur-ajina, mfn.

ajaniya, mfn, (sa. iijdineya) of
noble birth, of good breed (a8 a horse);
m. pl. i sindhava ,noble Sindhu
borses*, Dh, 322,

ajiva, m. (= sa.) livelihood;
semmi-iijivo, the right way of suppor-
ting life, 67,1. — suddhajiva, mfn. &
suddhajivin, mfr. (q. t.).

ana, f. (sa. *jia) ') order, com-
mand; acc, wath, 39,35; — *°-sam-
parna, n/fi, a ithoritstive, acc, m. wail
(purisam) 10,26, — °) sentence of death,
cap'tal punishmen;; ~am Katva, hav-
ing passed sentence on (gen.) 42,7, —
cy. anna, fi.

Anapeti, vb. (denom. fr. ina, cp.
8a, Ajiapayati, caus. a-y/jna) to com-
mand, to give orders (acc.); imp. 2.
ég. ~ebi (purise) 75,3; aor. 3. sg.
~esi (manusse) 75,4.

*Aatappa, n. (fr. a-\/tap, ep. *atapa,
m. exertion) perseverance; ~ari kic+
cam ,you must make an effort“, Dh.
276. cp. ottappa, a.

Ztipin. mfn (fr, Atipa, sa. Ataipin)

38

ardent, strenuous; used in connection
with jhayin (g. v.), gen. 1. ~1n0
(brahmanassa) 66,20; m. pl. ~1N0,
Dh, 143. ;

atura, mfn. (— sa.) suffering,
ailing; acc. m, warn (arukayam) Dh.
147; loc. pl, ~esu (manussesu) Dh.
198. — an-ftura. gq. v. a

adana, n.(— sa.) 1) taking, seizing ;
fi-dinnfidana (abl.) from taking what
is not given to you 9: stealing, 81,22.
— *) affection, greed; °-patinissagga,
m. abandonment of affection, Dh. 89.
cp. an-adana, sidana.

adaya, ger. v. adiyati.

Adi. m. (= sa.) ') beginning, start-
ing-point; vom. tatriyam iidi bhavati,
Dh, 375; idimkatva (dovarike, ace.
pl.) from (doorkeepers) and upwards,
58,21 (cp. karoti); *ddi-brahmacari-
yika, mfn. belonging to the principles
or fundamentals of a religious life, n.
walh, 93,711. — *) This word is very
often used as the last part of comp.
expressing ,et-cetera, and so on, and
the like“. *) subst. pl. n. kasi-gora-
kkhAdini, 21,3; naccddini, 65,1. ete.
instr. °-Adihi, 18,98; 61,98 Seek
loc. °-adisu. 64,29; rattin-divam-pu
banhadisu, whether at night, day,
morning or at other times, 88,23; 2.
pl, °-idayo, 6,11; amaccdadayo, 102,5;
f. gen. pl. khattiyakaifiidinam, 47,15.
Such comp, occur also as the first part
of a greater comp., 6,7 (muggaradi-),
47,13 (niluppaladi-), 65,22 (uyyanaki-
ladi-), 88,32 (aniccidi-vasena), 113,30
(Sariputtadi-). — >) adj.n.sg. tandu-
ladi ae) 111,31; ». pl, °-Adini
(avudhani) 6,12; (punfani) 17,33;
instr, m, pl, %adihi (phalarukkhehi
2,20; gen. n. pl. °-adinam founletas
1a. — 5) Similarly used, but uncom-
pounded after ,ti* (or ti evar) 21,4.
73,30 (v. pl. aidini), In this way it
is to be found even as adj, (tam
yeva) ,sassatu loko ti Adina (instr.)
nayena puttham panham, the question
asked in that way by the words ,sas-+
sato loko“ efc,, 91,31.

24

adicea, m. (sa, Aditya) the sun;
~0, 107,23 = Dh, 387, — °-patha,
m. the path of the sup, the sky, at-
mosphere; loc. ~e, Dh. 175, --_°-ban-
dhu, . a member of the Adicca-
family, name of Gotama Buddha; instr,
~wuna. Db. p. 94, v. 3,

*adinnavat, mfn, (sa, *a-dirna-
vat, fr. a-\/dy, to split) one who has
torn asunder; m. wva (narindo) w,
acc. (siham), 112,31.

iditta, mfn. (sa. aidipta, pp. a-

dip) set on fire, burning; m. wo
cakkhusamphasso) 70,90; . ~\ath,
ib; om, pl. w& (rasa) 70,9. —
°geha-sadisa, mfr. like a burning
house, 65,11. (m. pl. wii). — °-panna-
salam (acc.) a burning hut of leaves,
44,2, — °-pariyaya, m. name of a
chapter in Vinaya-Pitaka, the Fire-
Sermon, 71,18.

*idiyati, vb. (sa, a-\/da) to take,
seize; to accept, choose; to take along
with, carry off (acc.); pr. 3, sg, ~wati
(adinnath) 97,11. Dh. 246, 409 (adi-
yate, med.); the formation adiyati
(adeti is also to be found), which
occurs only in comp. w. prp. a, upa
efc., is possibly an old denominative
form from ger, Adaya (or perhaps we
have to suppose a weak form of the
root; confusion w, sa. adriyate may
also be admitted in some instances) cp.
dadati & upadiyati. — ger, adaya,
often used almost like a prp. w. acc.
= with, together with etc, 2,4, 6,7.
12,98-29, 32,13. 48,30. 101,3. 106,3 =
Dh. 49. Dh. 287; varam ~, choosing
the best, Dh. 268. — pp. atta (sa.
atta) g.v. [The passive form is always
-diyati or -diyyati etc.]

adinava, m. (== sa.) distress, mi-
sery, evil result, disadvantage, danger;
~0, 67,31 (the evila of life); acc.
~walh, 47,93-29 (opp. assada); 68,20
(kimanath); 86,8 (opp. Aanisamsa).
— *anekadinava, mfn. full of dangers,
23,7.

adhipacca, nm. (sa. adhipatya,
fr. adbipati) sovereignty, lordship;

39

anubhiva

sabbalokidhipaccena (instr.) ,,the
lordship over all worlds“, Dh. 178.

dnaica, ». (sa. dnantya, fr. an-
anta, g.v.) infinity; dkasinaiica, the
infinity of space, °-ayatana, #. the
abode (state af mind) of the infinity
of space, 80,s-0; viiiiianaiica, the in-
finity of ‘consciousness, 80,6-7. (con-
tracted fr, viiiiana -+ anafica) cp,
ayatana. :

inantarika or Anantariya,
mfn, (or inantariya, 2, — sa, dinan-
tarya, »., immediate succession, /1,
an-antara, q. v.) immediately follow-
ing; *°-kamina, ». a deed which will
bring retribution immediately (in this
life) (= anantare yeva attabhave
vipaccanakam kammam, Ss.), ~am
(pathamam Devadattena upacitam)
76,5. — paiicinantariya-kamma, 2.
sg. (coll.) the five crimes that con-
atitute , proximate karma“, ~am (acc.)
97,19; such crimes are killing one’s
father or mother, an Arhat or a Buddha;
cp. SBE, XX, 246.

ainands, m, (— sa.) " joy, plea-
sure; ~0, Dh, 146. — ?) Ananda,
m, nom. pr. the (younger) cousin of
Gotama Buddha, his favorite di-
sciple; wo (ayasma) 77,17, 90,28;
(bahussutiinath [aggo]) 109,71; (ba-
hussuto) 109,18; voc. wa, ace. warm,
77,16; gen, ~wassa, 90,23; °-savhaya,
m. (q. v.) A._by nome, acc. wam,
109,15. — °) *Ananda, m. nom. pr. of
a mythical fish, the king of the fishes;
acc, ~am nama maccham, 10,28;
®maccham, 10,3.

*anapeti, vb. (caus. IT fr. aneti,
q. v.) to cause to be brought or fetched;
ger. ~etva (Bodhisattam) 465,25.

“inisathsa, m. (fr. *a-ni-/gams)
blessings, profit, advantage; acc. ~am
(w. loc. nekkhamme) 68,20; (vacisu-
caritapatisamyuttarh) 86,9 (opp. adi-
nava). — silanisarhsa-jataka, the tale
of the blessings of virtue, 28,1,

“anubhava, m. (fr. anu-bhava)
power, extraordinary ability, esp,
supernatural or magic power; acc,

neti

wath, 37,18; instr, wena, 16,3; m’
[— me] wena, :12,:0; iddbanubhav-
ent, 27,26 (v. iddhij; devata-°, 17,25;
deva-°, by the pcwer of the gods,
63,32. — mahinvbhava. mfn. of great
right, ~o (Bhageva) 75,30; gen.
~assa (rafifio) 62,14. — °-sampanna,
mfn, possessed of magic power; ~am
(manikkhandham) 35,23.

aneti, wb. (se. d-Vni) to bring,
tu bring back (acc.); pr. 3. 8g. weti,
6,19; 2. pl. wema, 55,24; imp. 2. ag,
wehi, 111,30; 2. pl. ~etha, 16,26.
57,1; pot, 1, sg. inaye (to recover)
31,35: aor. 8, pl. wesum, 24,21; way
imsu, 24,29; 1. pl. Anayimhe (probably
incorrect for anayimha) 18,23; inf.
wetum, 49,91; ger. wetvd. 4,17. 6,15.
20,30; pp. anita. m. wo, 18,22. 22,29;
f. ~@, 112,14; 2. wath, 49,20; 113,26
(idhanitath ,extant here“); caus.
anadpeti, q. v.

ipajjati, vb. (sa. a-\/pad) to get
ip, to fall into (ace.); pr. 3. sg. wati
(metri causa ~1) Dh. 309; aor. 2. eg.
mi iipajji (vissisam) ,do not trust“,
30,12; Apadi, Dh. 272 (vissasa-mapadi),
1, sg. ipadim, 94,21 (afifianam ,I am
at a loss“); 94,22 (sammobam ,f have
become greatly confused“); ger. witvd
(sathvegath ,in deep emotion“),

ipana. m, (= sa.) a shop; abl,
wi, 49,5; loc. we, 30,10. — sabba-
gandhipana, m., a perfumery shop,
acc, war, 48,31. — %samipena (instr,
near the shop, 49,3, — °-dvaram (ace,
the entrance of the shop, 49,23.

aipatti, f. (= sa.) ') misfortune,
7) fault, transgression, offence; %-sfi-
manti bhanamano, lit. speaking from
tke neighbourhood of ~ 0! ,when he
is in danger of committing an offence
by the words he says“, 83,1 (cp.
simanta),

aipana, 0. (= sa.) drinking, ban-

quet. mandala, ». ao , banqueting
pavillon, 62,14,
aipucchati., vb, (sa,' a-\/prach

sto ask, to offer (cp. pucchati). 3
te take leave, to bid farewell (w, ace,

40

pers.); ger. witva (rajanarh) 6,17;
(brahmanam) 9,24. —

Zbadha, m. (— sa.) paio, sickness;
~o (kharo) 78,24; acc. ~am, 78,30.
Db, 138. :

abharana, n. (— sa.) decoration,
ornament, — eabbabharana-bbusita,
f. (adj.) decorated with every kind of
ornaments, 112.1.

abhassara, m/fn. (sa, abhasvara)
shining, bright; m. pl. wa devia, name
of a class of gods, Dh, 200,

abhati, vb. (sa, d-ybha) to shine,
pr. & sg. ~ati (rattirn candima)
107,23 = Dh, 387.

*amat, indecl. (cp. sa. im) yes;
~ deva, yes sire! 31,8; ~ bhante,
99,18; Amati, 44,5. After a negative
question : no, 31,30 (Ama na sakkomi),

ama’, mfn. raw, uncooked, unbaked,
unripe; 2. ~wam (pattam) 104,6. ~
amaka, mfn, id. (v. next).

*amaka-susana, m. a cemetery
where the dead bodies are left unburned;
nom, wam 65,10; acc. ~am. 39,33.

imanteti, vb. (sa. a-\ymantr)
1) to address, to call, speak to, tell,
command (acc.); aor. 3.89. ~esi, 32,34.
44,22, 66,24, 80,1; ger. wetva, 9,1
53,1. 63,3. — *)to bid farewell, te
take leave (w. gen.); pr. 1, 8g. ~ayami
(vo) 80,1.

Aamisa, . (sa. imisha) ') flesh,
meat, food, — *) carnal lust, lokdmisa,
n. ythe baits of the world“; vanta-
lokimisa, mfn. (q. v.).

ayatana, n. (— 8a.) ') dwelling.
place, home, abode; arafinad-°, abode
in a forest, loc, we, 1,4. 3,30. = *)
the six senses (v. saliyatana) each
of which containing *) the organ of
sence (viz, cakkhu. sota, ghana, jivha,
kaya, mano) >) the contact with the
object of sense (samphassa) °) the
perception by means of the consciouss
ness (vifiiana); cakkhu-samphassa-
vinianiyatanam, the sense of sight,
72,1; sota-s, efe, 72,9, 12. 15. 16. 17,
the sense of hearing etc. — 5) stage
(stute of mind) of ecstasy or religious

meditation; akis&naica-°, the abode
of infinity of space, 80,5; viiiianafici-®,
the abode of infinity of consciousness
(cp. anaiica) 80,6; dkiiicanha-° (¢g. v.),
~ of nothingnese, 80,7; neva-saia-
naisanna-° (q. v.), ~ of neither per-
ception nor non-perception, 80,8,

ayati, f. (— sa.) the future; acc.
adv, ~ith, in the future, 75,26. 95,11.

ayasa. mfn, (= sa.) made of iron;
n. wat (bandhanam) Dh, 345, ep.
ayas.

ayasmat, m(fn). (sa, iyushmat)
‘possessed of long life’, used in ad-
dressing or mentioning an older vene-
rable person, esp, an Arhat or Thera
(q. v., ep. 79,10); m2. nom, wma, 77,17,
96,a-24; voc. wma, 79,10; acc. ~man-
tath, 77,15-16; instr, wata, 96,25; gen.
~ato, 70,17 (tassa wato, without
nom, pr.); cp, ayu.

ayati, vb. (sa, a-Vya) to come,
to return; imp, 1, pl, ayama, come!
let us go (in summoning a single or
more persons), 77,16 (a€yam’ Ananda);
part, ayanta: an-ayanta, mfn. not
returning, loc, pl, ~wesu, 111,15,

ayu, ” (sa, ayu & ayus) life,
duration of life; nom. wu, Dh, 109;
«um avasittham, the rest of his life-
time, 44,28; acc. ~um, Dh, 135, ep.
ayasmat @& next,

*ayuka. mfn. (fr. ayu) living (at
the end of comp.), yavatiyukam,
adv. (qg. v.).

ayudha, n. (= sa, cp. avudha)
a weapon, — naddha-pajicdyudha,
mfn. ,equipped with the 5 weapons
of war“, m, ~0, 111,16.

ayoga, m. (— sa.) employment,
occupation (2. loc.); ~o (adhicitte
Dh, 185. (cp. Fausbéll, Bem, p. 36.

aragga, v. ara,

airakkha, m. (sa. araksha) a guard,
protection; ~o, 17,17; acc. ~am (te
gahetva, protecting you) 17,15; ~am
(galham) a close guard, 48,15, ~am
thapesi, 60,36, ~ *arakkhittbi, f a
woman on guard, loc, wiya, 49,36. —
*0-manussa, m. a watchman, instr,

41

frima

pl. ~ehi (nirokise thine) 41,99. —
*gahitarakkha, mfn. carefully guarded,
loc. n. we (bhavane) 41,28; m. pl.
wi (mayil) 42,6.

araddha, mfn. (sa. arabdha, pp,
arabhati, g. v.) begun, undertaken.
*O_viriya, mfn, exerting one’s
strength, energetic; acc. m, wath,
Dh. 8; acc. pl. m. we (savake) 108,19.

arabbha, ger. (fr. arabhati, sa.
Grabhya) having begun; generally
used as prp., w. acc, — about, con-
cerning, 28,3, 84,28; santim ~, keep-
ing the tranquillity (of Nibbana) in
view,

drabhati, wb. (sa, a-rabh) to
begin, to undertake (w, inf.); aor. 3.
sg. ~bhi, 10,15, 113,94; 3. pl. wimsu,
28,9; — ger. drabbha (q. v.) — pp.
araddha, began, m. ~o, 17,21; f. wa,
51,9; — part. gen. m. drabhato (vi-
riyam dalbam) Dh. 112 (cp. araddha-
viriya).

irammaua, . (probably another
form for alambana, q. v.) base, sup-
port; object of sense or thought, —
*buddharammana, mfn, having its
support in Buddha, f. ~a piti (q. ».),
delightfully thinking on or putting
confidence in B., 28,8; acc. ~am pi-
timh, 28,6-9,

ara}, f. (= sa.) an awl, needle;
dragga, n. (sa. aragra), the point of
an awl or needle, loc, we, Dh. 401;
abl, ~a, Dh, 407. (cp. agga.)

ara*, adv, (sa. arat) far, tar off;
Dh. 253 (w. abl. dsavakkhaya).

Giridheti, vd. (sa. a-Vradh, caus.)
1) to conciliate, propitiate (acc.); aor.
3. sg. ~wesi (raiiiio cittara, ,won the
heart of the king“) 96,27. — *) to gain,
achieve (acc.); ellipt, to be done for;
pot. 3, sg. ~aye (maggam) Dh. 281;
aradhe — aradheyya (w. abl. kakka-
taka) 5,29,

arama, m (— sa.) a grove, a
pleasure garden, a monastery; loc, we,
(Anathapindikassa) 71,31; °-rukkha-
cetyani, ygroves and sacred trees“,

Db, 188 (cp. cetiya). — titthiyarima,

Briya

the heretics’ grove, ccc. wath, 73,3.
— paribbijaki-°, the grove of the
mendicant friars, abl. wa, 29,93.

Griya. mfn, (Db. 208) v. ariya.

aruyha, arulha, », arohati.

frogya, n. (= sa. fr, a-roga,
q. v.) health; @rogya-parama labha,
health is the greatest profit, Dh, 204
(cz. labha).

‘aroceti, vb. fcaus. a-\ruc) to
tell, communicate, explain (acc., gen.
pers.); to speak to, say to (gen.);
aor, 3. sg. ~wesi, 6,23. 7,4. 62,4; 3. pl.
wesum, 8,2; ~ayimsu, 73,38; ~- imp.
8, sg. wetu, 79,25; 2. sg. wehi, 15,32.
98,3 (me rathaia); — ger. ~wetva,
58,18; — pp. arocita; tumhehi °-saiinaya,
on account of your application to me,
25,18 (cp. sania) — caus. II, *airo-
capeti, to cause to be tuld or announ-
ced, to make known, publish; aor. 3.
sg. ~iipesi (manussaaam) 8,6; (Bha-
gavute kalani, aanounced the hour

for the n.eal)) 78,3; - ger. wapetva
(raific) 37,11.

iropeti, vb. (caus, II. a-yruh,
cp. drohati) ') to cause to ascend, to
cause to be placed (w. double acc.),
to put on board; ger. wetva (tath
mama pitthim) 1,12; (tam [sc. ndvam])
19,27, 29,4. (maiicakam [sc. nam}])
73,26 (having placed her on a hand-
barrov’), -- #) to cause io increase;
inf. wetum, comp. wetu-kaima, mfn.,
instr. pl. wehi (avannam Gotamassa,
» Wanting to bring disgrace upon G.“)
74,12, — pp. dropita, undertaken, be-
gun(?), ™. wo (satako) var. lect.
(Colombo Ed.) 87,11.

Girohati & adrthati (aruhati),
vb. (sa. fi-/ruh) to ascend, mount,
to climb up on (acc.); ger. *) aruyha
(ratham) 7,5; (sayanam) 53,33. >) a-
rohitva (suvanna-padukayo , putting
on his gilt slippers“) 68,2. — pp.
arulha, *) having ascended, pl. Aa
(manussi) 76,29; acc. m. sg. vam
kathaimaggam, the exposition of the
doctrine contained in (acc. safigiti-
ttayamh) 113,29. ') ascended (pass.);

42

hip with him

tena °nfivaya (gen.), & 8 i
ve Gale II. airopeti

on board, 24,15, — caus,

q. v.).
( niet vb, (sa. d-y/lap) to ad-
dress, to speak to (acc.); pr. 3. 89.
wati (therarh) 85,28; aor. 3. pl.
witsu, 73,3. cp. allapa.
alambati, vb. (sa. a-y/lamb) to
cling to, to lean upon, to support one's
self on; ger. wiya (panioa bhamirm)
112,28.

alambana, m. (= sa., cp. aram-
mana) depending on, supporting; ob-
ject of sense, *Ailambani, f. (adj.),
hanging down; rajju vilambani, like
a rope for clinging to 0: a weak sup-
port, 47,27.

ailambara, m. (sa. idambara) a
sort of drum; acc. wath, 67,39.

filaya, m. (= sa.) ') house,
dwelling. — #) longing, desire; pl. wi.
Dh. 411. — an-dlaya, m. (q. v.). -
8) dissimulation, pretence; ace. gilan’s
alayam katva, pretending to he ill,
49,22. — cp, alliyati._

Alavi, f. (sa. Atavi) nom. pr.
of a town; acc. with, 86,14. °-visino
(pl.) the inhabitants of A. (cp. vasin).

alasiya, m. (sa. dlasya) sloth,
want of energy; acc. ~am, Db. 280.

alikhati, vb, (sa. 4-y/likh) to
delineate, to paint; ger. witvd (sasa-
lakkhanam) 16,17.

alifigati, ob. (sa, a-\/ling) to
embrace; ger, witva (aiiiamannath)
49,11,

dloka, m. (= sa.) light; instr.
ena, 101,7; dipilokena, by the lamp-
light, 41,27 (cp. dipa’). — *aloka-
sandhi, m. a window, casement;
»-kannabhaga, 84,19.

Bloleti, vb. (sa, a-ylud, caus.)
to stir up, to agitate, shake (acc.);
ger. ~etva (ghatam) 56,28.

*alha, f.(?) a rope or cord(?) ep.
Mahratt. adha (or adha); this word
is probably akin to dlhaka (or alha)
m. (= sa, adhaka), ') a post to
which an animal is bound, *) a measure
of capacity, — *alha-baddha, mfn.

(or alha + abaddha?) secured to a
post by a cord, ,spell-bound“(?), m,
~o (naro) 111,10,

ivajjati, vb. (sa, a-Vvrj) *) to
reflect, consider, to think about (acc.);
part, m. gen, ~wantassa, 44,39 (pha-
lita-patubhavam); part, med. m,
~amano, 15,8. — *) to observe, main-
tain; part, ~anto (attano silam) 15,1,
caus, v. next,

dvajjeti, vb. (caus, Givajjati) to
turn over (acc.); fut. 2. pl. wessatha
(imath (dadhighatam)) 35,18,

aivattati, vb. (sa. A-y/vrt) to ree
turn; ger. witva (hinaya-°) returning
to the world (cp. hina) 69,27.

fivaha, mfn. (= sa.) bringing,
producing; sukhavaha, mfn. bringing
happiness, m. ~am (cittam guttath)
Db. 35; *hitavaha, mfn. id, f.
sabbaloka-hitavaha, 113,ss.

*Avata, m. (cp. sa, avata) a hole
in the ground; ace. pl. we (khanitva)
39,32, %mukha-vattiyam, 40,9 (0,
vatti).

aivisa, m. (== sa.) 1) dwelling,
living; gharavasa, the household life,
acc, ~ath, 64,93; pl. sattavasa (nava)
the 9 forms of existence, 82,13 (v.
satta ?). — #) intercourse; manussavasa-
karana ,because I have had to do
with men“ 112,10, — 5) a convent (vi-
hara), Joc. pl. ~esu, Dh, 73, — dur-
avasa (q. 2.).

avaha, m. (— sa.) marriage, giv-
ing a son away in marriage (opp.
vivaha, g. v.); ace. wat, 55,21,
°mafigala, m, nuptial festival, Joc.
we, 112,15,

avi-karoti, vb. (sa. avish-/kr)
to reveal, disclose; part, m, ~kubbam
(rahokammam) 54,17.

Avijjhati, vb. (sa. a-\/vyadh) to
encompass, to mark the boundary of
(acc.); ger. (used adverbially w. acc,
— all round) witva (khettam) 8,8.

avila, mfn. (— sa.) turbid, not
clear; an-avila, mfn. (q. ¥.).

avunati, vd. (sa. a-\/ve, but con-
founded with A-yvr) to string (a8

43 jisava

beads); ger, ~itva (macche valliya)
14.23,

avudha, 2. (sa. dyudha) weapon;
nom, ~am, 112,20; acc. warm, 36,27;
pl. sini, 6,19. — °-hattha, m/fn. armed,
m, pl. ~8, 6,7, — pafiidvudha, the
weapon of knowledge, instr. wena,
Dh, 40, <A younger sanskritizised
form is dyudha (q. v.),

*ivuso, indecl, a voc, particle
used in addressing equals or inferiors :
friend, brother! (also to more persons) ;
29,29. 75,6 (gacchfivuso). 80,19. 90,29,
— “fivusa-vada, m. addressing a per-
son by the word Avuso, instr. wena,
79,7-9. = avuso is perhaps an old voc.
fr. sa, Ayushmat (*avusu fr. ayush-
man ? Tr,), cp, ayasmat.

isa, m, (sa. ca) food, eating;
patarasa, siyamasa (q. v.) — an-asaka,
f. fasting (q. ¥.).

isamkati, vb. (sa. a-y/cafik) to
doubt, fear, suspect; aor. 2. pl. wittha
(ma afiiam kiiici, ep. aia) 7,11.

Gisamka, /. (sa. igatika) suspicion;
kaham vo wa, where does your au.
spicion point to? 73,22.

asafiga, m. (— sa.) clinging to,
attachment; uttaradsafiga, m. (gq. v.).

asajja, ger. v. asidati.

asada. m. (= sa.) approaching,
attack; niga-m-asado, approaching
an elephant (with ‘m’ euphonically
inserted) 77,3. cp. asidati.

asana, nm. (= sa.) a seat; ace.
wam, 22,28; instr, wena, 83,34; abl.
~a (utthaya-) 70,12; loc. we (paii-
flatte) 68,11; pl. wani, 61,25. — cp.
ekasana, pacchasana, silasana, sena-
sana (q. ¥.),

asanna, mfn. (— sa. pp. asidati,
g. v.) near; m. wo (kalo) 63,7. —
accasanna, mfn. too near (opp. ati-
dura, v. ati), Joc. fade.) we. (gan-
tabbam) 83,2; natidtire naccisanne
gacchanto, 12,29.

asaya, m. (sa. icraya or acaya),
1) refuge, shelter. *) meaning, intention.
— nirasaya, mfn. (qg. v.).

fisava, m. (sa, asrava) probably

asad

‘foam, dirt’; sin, passion, desire (synon.
kilesa); pl. ~&, Dh. 93. 253. 292;
abi, pl. wehi, 69,23. *°-kkhaya, m.
destruction of passiors, acc, ~walh,
Dh, 272; abl. wna, Dh. 253. — khi-
nasava, mfn. having subdued the pas-
sions, pl. ~2, 109,3. Dh. 89. — an-
dsava, mfn. (q. v.) ep. SBE, X p.

isil, f. (sa. ga) 1) wish, desire;
pl. wa, Dh. 410. — vantasa, m/fn.
having renounced desires, m, ~0, Dh.
97 (cp. vanta). — *) hope, expectation;
°-cchedam a-katvad, without relin-
quishing all hope, 42,13 (cp. cheda).

isailha, m. (sa, ashadha) name
of a month (June—July), — uttara-
silha, m, one cf the 27 lunar man-
sions (the 15th, <¢p. nakkhatta);
S-nakkhattena, at the moon’s conjunc-
tion in the second half of the month
Asilha, cp, next,

aisalhi, f.(sa. dshadhi), the day of
full moon in the month Asalha, — %na-
kkhattam, the midsummer festival
(held on that day) 61,2.

Gisimsati. vb. (va. a-/cams) to
hope, trust; to strive; pot. 3. sg. med.
~eth(a), 42,16 (opp. nibbindati).

*asitika, mfn. (fr. asiti) being
eighty. years of ags; acc. f. wam
(narim) 47,21.

isidati, vb, (sa. a-Vsad) to
approach; to attack, to lay hands on
(oce.); ger. Gsajja (selam) 104,16, —
avr, 2. sg. aisado (nigam) 77,3, ~
pp. dsanna (q. .) ep. asada.

&sing, min. (— sa, part. vas,
cp. acchati) siting; al my wall,
Dh, 227. 386 (,,settied“),

&sivisa, m. (sa. acivisha) a
venomous serpent; acc wal, 86,18.

sha, vb, defec’. (== sa., perf. Wah)
tc say, speak (gunetally used in hi-
sturical exposition with the significa-
tion of pret.); 3.89, aha, 75,5; con-
"racted : 16,17 (eviha), 112,18 (aha-
dissamane); — pr 3. sg. (says) 74,1;
w, acc, gatham iha 3,25; w. ace. pers.
2,28, 14,17. — 3, pl. ahu (panahu, say)

44

64,8. Dh. 345; ahamsu, 4,19. 54,16
(bhastam balo’ti). ;
aharana, n. (= 8a.) fetching;
dhanabaranatthaya, in order to fetch
the money, 32,17 (cp. attha’).
Bharati, vb. (sa. a-ybr) +) to
bring, fetch, take along with (acc.);

pr. 3. sg. ~wati, 6,20; — imp. 2. 89.

~a, 36,12. 50,20 (te hattharh); 2. pl.
~watha, 41,16; — pot. 2. 8g. ~eyyasi,
87,12; — aor. 3. sg. wi, 36,13; 7. 8g.
with, 29,1; 3. pl. witnsu, 25,2; — fut.
3. sg. wissati, 35,0; 1. sg. ~1880m),
48,10. 92,9 (take out); 3. pl. wissanti,
53,25; — ger. witva, 15,2. 32,19, 33,23.
41,3; — pp. Ahata; ahatahatam, 2.
(everything) brought, 57,6; dhata-dha-
nam, the money brought along from
home, 57,36; — pass. part. ihariya-
mana, loc, an-dhariyamane (tasare}
87,15. — *)to tell, recite; aor. 3. sg.
~i (atitam) 28,17; — ger. witva
(dhammadesanam) 29,16; grd. ahari-
tabba, n. ~ath (suttam) 31,u.

ihara, m. (= sa.) food; ace.
wam, 15,11; abl. wato (tumhehi
khaditabba-°) 14,19; Zoe. we, Dh. 93.
— eatthiiya, for food, 15,30 (ep.
attha?). — an-ahara, mfn. veing with-
out nutriment, ~o (aggi) 95.8. —
ahara-tthitika, mfn. living by food,
pl, wit (sabbe satta&) 82,3.

*ihindati, vb. (fr. d-hind, cp.
sa. thindaka) to wander, roam through
(acc.) (to search for); imp, 2. pl.
watha (nagaram) 73,29. 74,11. — part.
~wanta, m. ©0 (pavadino, in search
for disputants) 113,5,

Bhita, mfn. (= sa. pp. a-/dha)
put on, added; m. wo (gini, ,kind-
led“) 104,32,

I.

“ifigha, indecl., a particle of in-
vitation or permission : well! come!
etc.; 12,5,

icc’ = iti (g. v.).

45

icchati, vb. (sa. ish) to wish,
like, want; to seek for (acc.); pr. 3.
sg. wati, 34,20; 2. sg. wasi, 3116; 1,
sg. ~ami, 50,1 (w. inf), 62,4
(icchim’aham); — pot, 3. sg. ~we,
Db, 84; weyya, 7914. Dh. 73; —
part. nom. m. iccham (vanaro) 107,30;
part, med. icchamana, pl, ~a, 35,18;
- aor, 3, sg. icchi, 18,30. 58,6 (na
icchi, refused); 12. 89, with, 42,16;
= ger. witvai, 34,25; — pp, vita,
yathicchitam, adv, according to one’s
desire, 1ll,ss (cp, yatha); icchiti-
cchitam, ace, m”, yWhatever she
wants", 88,4,

iccha, f. (= sa.) wish, desire,
lust; Dh, 74; ace, wai, 67,10, =
°-lobha-samapanna, m/fn. Dh, 264. —
S-dosa, mfn, damaged by lust“, f.
~a (paja) Db, 359 (cp. dosa?), —
vigaticcha, m/fn. free trom lust, loc,
pl. wesu, Dh. 359 (cp. vigata), —
oe mfn., yenicchakam, adv,
g. v.)s

ijjhati, vb. (sa, Vrdh) to prosper,
succeed; pr. 3. sg. wati (paiiavan-
tanam kiriya) 57,6. cp. iddhi,

*ifijita, . (cp. sa, ifigita) motion,
emotion; n’atthi Buddhanam wam,
Dh. 255.

itthaka, f. (sa. ishtaka) a brick;
gen. pl. wanam, 91,20,

itara, mfn. (— sa.) 1) the other
(of two); m. ~0, 24,7. 43,22, 101,17;
f, ~a, (of two women) 46,10, 59,1;
(not of two women, but of two per-
sons mentioned) 47,3, 57,15, -- °) se-
cond, next, following; instr. m. wena,
35,21; pl. f. ace, itara (dve gatha)
13,30, — 5) other, pl. the rest; m. ~o
(‘taro jano, other people) 106,34 =
Dh, 222; f. ~a paja, Dh. 85; pl. m.
acc, itare (tayo) 14,17, — ep, aia
& apara (para).

itaritara, mfn, (sa, itarétara)
whichsoever (whatsoever), the first
comer; instr. n. (adv.?) wena (tutthi
sukha yi ~ ,enjoyment is pleasant
whatever be the cause“) Db, 331; it
is questionable whether this word, in

itthi

Pali, can have the signification ,mu-
tual* or adv, ,mutually“, it seems
everywhere to mean ,whichsoever“ ;
the instr. ~ena is probably governed
by tutthi, cp. Sn, v, 42; santussamano
itaritarena.

iti, indecl, (— sa.) thus, in this
manner (usually shortened to ‘ti’ by
contraction or elision, and before vo-
wels sometimes taking the form icc-)
v, ti.

*“Itivuttaka, n. (fr. iti + vutta,
gq. v.) nom, pr. of a canonical Pali
book, the fourth part of Khuddaka-
Nikiyo, thus named, because every
chapter begins with the words ‘vuttam
hetam Bhagavata’; 109,55 (gath's
udan’-itivuttakam) a part of ‘navaii-
gam Satthu-sisanaih’.

ito, adv, (sa, itas) 1) hence, from
hence; 77,4 (~ param yato); 95,4
(~ katamam disarh gato); ito c’ito
ca ,up and down‘, 36,2, ~— *) here,
to this place, in this direction; 5,5. -—
5) from this time, 33,14. 87,7; ~ pa-
tthdya, henceforth, 6,16; ~ dani pa-
tthaya, td. 39,2. — itoparamh, adv.
later, afterwards (opp, ajja) 112,17.
cp, tatoparam.

ittara, mfn. (sa. itvara, but often
confounded with itara, g. v.) hasty,
inconstant; low, vile. ™“-dassana, %.,
a hasty glance; instr. ~ena, at first
sight, unconsiderately, 30,12.

*itthatta, #. (sa. ittham + se/f.
-tva) this condition, the speaker’s
own existence; dat. ~aya (naparam
~iyiti pajanati, he understands that
there is nothing more for him in this
world, he has done with this world)
71,16.

itthi, f. (incidentally also ‘thi’,
sa, stri) a woman; wi(eka) 31,2; ace,
with, 31,22; instr. wiya, 48,95; gen.
wiyd, 31,9; pl. wiyo, 46,9; gen. pl.
~inam, 46,9; thinam, 51,31. — ara-
kkhitthiya, Joc, a woman on guard,
49,s¢, — janapaditthim, ace. a country-
woman, 30,s8. — duggatitthith, a poor
woman, 48,16, — sabbitthiyo, pl. all

idam

women, 48,7, — *°-kicca, n. (ep, sa.
siri-krta) sexual intercourse, wath
(ntcc.) 111,98, «= "%kutta- (g. v.)
women’s wiles, %1l,1s, — *-gabbha,
m, a female chilc, 61,81. — %lola, mfn.
desirous of women, 50,16. — %vesa,
m, disguise of a woman, 58,31.
idam, pron, s. (=+ sa.) v. ayam.
idiini, adv, (sa. idanim) now;
3,1. 5,3, 29,3. 47,24 68,2, — When
used without emphasit, this word
usually is shortened to ‘dani’; 2,13.
3,11. 35,95. 74,22. 80,1, Dh. 235; —~
with a negation = no more, no
longer; 41,s4 (na din’); 108,18 (n’a-
tthi dani); cp. ito dani patthaya,

39,2 : ito).

iddhi, f. (sa. rddhi) magic or
supernatural power; instr, wiyd, Dh,
175 (miraculously), — iddhinubhiva,
m. id., instr, wena, 27,25, —“iddha-
bhisamkhara, m. on exercise of mira-
culous power, acc. ~am, 68,35. cp.
ijjhati.

*iddhika, mfn. (fr. iddhi) only
in comp, w. maha: mahiddhiko, m.
of great miraculous power, 75,30; pl.
~a, 109,20,

iddhimat, mfn. (sa. yddhi-mat)
possessed of magical power; i. non,
~ma (viya, like a person endowed
with magical power) 27,35,

Adha, adv. (sa, iha, by contraction
or elision : idha-, -idha, idh’, ‘dha)
1) here, in this place; 7,7. 35,35. 68,36,
85,22 (in the context); idh’eva, this
very moment, 49,30, — *) in this world;
107,28 — Dh. 18. (opp. pecca); 103,33
(idha jivitarh); Dh. 402 (idh’eva,
even in this existence). — %) here, to
this place; idhagata, mf, 21,8, 103,13.
— *)unaccented (sometimes without
any pregnant meaning) 30,17 (‘idha,
voila); 90,91 (idh’ekazce, ‘occasions
ally’); 105,15; 1966 — Db. 267;
tattha...idh’anita, brought thither
112,14; (tattha)idhapi, accordingly
(igitur), 112,15.

inda, m. (sa. indra) chief, lord,
king; ~o (devanam — Sakka) 80,20,

46

— comp.:janinda, m, « king, 65,1
(voc. wa, cp. jana). — devinda, m.
the lord of, Devas (Sakka) 110,24 (voc.).
— narinda, m. « king, 7,25 (voc. cp.
nara). — vinarinda, m. a king of
monkeys (= kapirajan); voc. wa, 1,13;
gen, ~wassa, 2,20 (cp. vanara). — Ma-
hinda, m. nom. pr. (q. 0.)- ;

indakhila, m. (sa. indrakila) a
threshold (ummiita); °-tipama, mfn.
like a threshold, m, wo, Dh. 95. (ep.
upama.)

indanila, m. (sa. indranila)
sapphiro; °-mani, (g. v.) 28,29.

indriya. m. (== sa.) sense, organ
of sense; pl, wiini, Dh. 94; loc. pl.
~wesu, Dh, 7, °-gutti, f. ,watchfulness
over the senses“, Dh, 375,

ima. base of the pron, demonstr.
v. ayalm.

iva, indecl, (= 8a.) like, as if,
ag it were; *) with an euphonical
letter inserted : kakkataka-m-iva, 5,22;
usabho-r-iva, 105,19; cp. yad-iva,
Dh. 195. >) contracted with a prec,
a: macchasséva, 51,31: (°-évodake);
bahutinasséva, 51,33; amittenéva, Db.
66. 207, °) shortened to va (gq. v.).
4) by metathesis — viya (gq. v.).

isi, m. (sa. rshi) a saint or sage,
an ascetic or hermit; °-pabbajjarh
pabbajitvd, 34,32 (having left the
world and become hermit, ». pabba-
jati); °-ppavedita, m/fn. taught by tho
wises, acc. m. ~am (maggam) Dh.
281. — mahesi (y. v.).

Isipatana, x. nom. pr. (sa. rshi-
patana) a forest near Benares; mone.
wath (migadityo) 68,7; loc. we, 66,24.

issara, m. (sa. igvara) master,
lord; wo, 11,10.

issariya, ». (sa. aigvarya) lord-
ship, sovereignty, empire; ~am (ace.)
60,13. Dh. 73.

*issukin, mfn. (fr. issa = sa,
irsha, irshya, by contusion w. ussuka
(q. v.) ep. sa. irshu, mfn.) envious;
nom, m. a1 (naro) Db. 262,

I.
idisa, mfn. (sa, idyga) such; m,
~o pati) 64,15,
isa, f. (sa, ishi) the pole of a
chariot or plough; 98,4-7. °-mukhena,

by means of the pole, 60,16 (cp,
mukha),

U.

ukkathsati, ob. (sa. ut-ykrsh)
to raise, elevate; to praise; exto', exalt
Gee) pr, 3, sg. wati (opp, apasa-

eti) 74,30.

ukkanthati, vd. (sa, utkanthate)
to be distressed, weary or disgusted
(sa. ‘to raise the neck’ — to long for,
sorrow for etc.); part, med, an-ukkan-
thamina, m. x0, 23,19; pp. wita,
m, ~0, 46,18.

ukkamana, #, (sa, utkramana)
going out, getting out; rathassa
°-tthanarh, , room for a carriage to
pass another; 43,19,

*ukkamapeti, vb. (caus, II. fr.
sa. ut-\/kram) to let (a carriage) drive
out of the way; imp, 2. sg. ~ebi
(ratham) 43,20; ger, wetva, 43,94.

ukkalapa, v. uklapa,

ukkara, m, (sa, utkara, cp. ut-
kara, uccara & avaskara) feces, dung;
%-bhimi, f. a dunghill, loc, wiyam,
18,31,

*ukkujjati, vb. (probably denom.
fr, sa. kubja (cp. Vubj, Vkuc, kuiic))
to set up what has been overturned,
or, to straighten what has been
crooked (?); pot. 3, 8g, ~eyya (nikkuj-
jitama, uparimukham kareyya, Comm.)
69,16. cp. nikkujjati.

ukkutika, mfn, (sa, utkutaka)
sitting on the hams; °ppadhana, n.
the sitting motionless (as a kind of
ascetic exertion) ~am, Dh, 141 (cp.
padhana).

ukkhitta, mfn. (sa. utkshipta,
pp. ukkhipati) raised, removed; °-pa-

47

ucca

ligha, mfn. ,who has destroyed all

obstacles“; wee. m. wath, Dh, 398.

ukkhipati, vb. (sd, ut-ykship)
to lift up, raise, reach out, draw up
eet part. ~anta, m. ~0, 42,3; pl.
~it (jalath) 36,32; — inf. witum (avu-
dham) 36,27; (hattham) 39,33; — ger.
~itva, 5,6. 12,31, 17,20 (givam), 23,30
(supporting, khura-cakkam), 40,28.
50,21, 61,10. 111,95 (asim). — pp.
ukkhitta, gq. v. - caus. II. *ukkhi-
papeti. to cause to be lifted up (acc.) ;
ger. ~etva (devim) 62,8; (Sundarim)
74,10.

*uklipa, mfn., dirty; m. ~0 (deso)
82,23; (sometimes written ukkalapa).

uggacchati, vb, (sa. ud-/gam)
to come forth, to rise; pr. 3. sg, wat,
27,9 (udakamh); ~ pp. uggata, ugga-
todakam, », the water that riser,
27,2-3; loc. f. ~waya (imiya) 27,4; —
pathamuggata, m/fn. newly come out,
in spring, m, ~0 (kaliro) 47,9, cp.
uggamana.

ugganhati, vd. (sa. ud-\grah)
to lift up; to acquire, to study, learn
(acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~ ati (sippam) 32,19;
— aor, 3, sg. ~i (Pitakattayam) 113,18;
~— ger, ~itva (sabbasippani) 45,27;
uggahetvana (Jinasasanam) 109,23,
cp. uggahana,

uggamana, n, (sa, udgamana)
rising, sunrise; abl, arun’-uggamana,
12,18 (v. aruna); suriy’-uggamana~
kale (loc.) at sunrise, 72,29.

uggahana, . (sa, udgrahana)
lifting up; *-rajjuka, m. a rope or
string for lifting, ucc, wath, 14,59.

uggirati, vb, (sa. ud-Vgr*) *) to
spit out. *) to draw (a sword); ger.
witva (avudhini) 6,12.

ugghoseti, vb. (sa. ud-\/ghush,
caus.) to cry out, exclaim, declare
aloud; aor. 3. sg. wayi, 114,38. .

ucca, mfn, (= sa.) high, lofty,
tall; loc. nm. we (thane ,to a high
position“) 76,11. — compar. uccatara,
min. m, ~0, 3,1. — ucca, adv, as the
first part of comp. v. below, — ucca-
vaca, mfn. q. v.

| uccaya : 48

uccaya, m. (— sa.) gathering,
accumulation; ~o (papassa) Dh, 117.
ep. uccinati.

ucca, indecl, (— su.) high, above,
upwards; as. the first part of comp,:
ucca-sayana, ”, a high or honorable
seat or couch; °mahisayana vera-
mani, one of the ten precepts, 81,26,

uccavaca, mfn, (+= sa, dvandva-
comp. of ucca, & avaca) high and low,
various, ace. m. .vam (na... dass-
ayarti, ,never appear elated or de-
pressed“) Dh, 83.

uccinati, wb. (sa, uc-\ci) to
gather, collect; to choose, select; ger.
ay (varam) 109,4. — uccaya, m.

q. v.),

ucchafiga, m. (sa. utsafiga) lap,
bosom; embrace; lcc. ~e (me putto
31,s4; instr, wena (panna adaya
57,13.

ucchindati, vb, (sa. uc-ychid)
to cut out or off; imp. 2. 89. wa
(sinehath) Dh, 285.

ucchinna, 2/7. (— 8a.; pp. uc-
chindati) cut off, exti: pated; *°-miila,
mjn, uprooted, 7. vam (ripam ‘l'a-
taagatassa) 95,11.

ucchu, m. (sa. ikshu) sugar-cane;
ace, ~wum, 100,25.

uju, fn, (sa. ryu) straight, upright;
right; ace. n. sum (karoti medhavi)
Dh. 33. ~— *ujuka, mfn. id., ace. m.
~wam fmatamanussam thapapetva)
4ljiz.

ujju, mfn. (<= uju). — ujju-gata,
mfn, righteous; fac, pl, ~esu, Dh, 108,

“ujjhina, n. (fr. ujjhadyati) com.
plaining of, being offended; *°-safihin,
mfn, inclined to be ofended, gen, m.
«ino, Dh. 253.

*ujjhayati, vb, (sa. *ud-Vdhyai)
to be irritated or offended, to murs
mur, to complain of; pr. 2. pl. ~ath(a),
88,26; — aor. 3.89. ~i, 88,2,

ujjhita. mfn. (— sa.; Vujjh) left,
abandoned; loc. mn, ~asmim (samkara-
dhanasmim) Dh, 58.

utthahati & utthati, uttheti
(uttitthati), vd, (sa. ud-\/stha) to stand

up, rise (from, abl.) to spring; to climb
up (ace.); to rouse oneself, to make ef-
forts; aor. 8.9. utthasi, 12,12 ; utthahi,
32,81. 50,20; 3. pl. ~imsu (Sinerurh),
60,2; — pot. 3. sg. uttitthe, Db. 168
(opp. pamajjeyya); — imp. 2.8g. utthehi,
7,13. — part. med. utthahana, an-uttha-
hano (,who'does not rouse himself*}
Dh, 280; — ger. utthadya, 7,23. 61,5.
70,12 (Asana); tad-utthaya, because it
springs from it, 106,12 — Dh, 240;
utthahitva (tato) 10,22. — pp. utthita,
pl. ~a@ (asura) 60,3; loc. sg. m. we
(suriye) 42,1. — caus. utthapeti, to
cause. to stand up, awaken; to erect,
raise, construct; ger. ~etva (n&vam)
23,1 (var. lect. for upatthapetva, cp.
corrections). cp. utthana.

utthana, x. (sa. utthadna) 1) stand-
ing up, rising; *9-kala, m., time to rise,
loc. wamhi, Db. 280. — 2) yield,
revenues; sata-sahassutthana, m/n,
yielding 100,000, acc. m. wam (gis
mavaram) 45,3. — §) effort, exertion;
instr. wena, Dh, 25; an-utthina
(q. %.). 7

utthanavat, mfn. (sa. utthana-
vat) possessed of effort, zealous; gen
m. ~ vato, Dh, 24,

*utthitatta, ». (fr. utthita, pp.
utthahati, sa. *utthita + tva, cp,
utthita-t@) the state of having risen;
abl. na Ciingnnte) 60,35.

unha, mfn. (sa. ushna) hot, warm;
n. acc, ~amh, 16,8. 83,20 (sc. udakam);
instr, ~ena, ib.; loc. ~e ,in a hot
place“, 83,8-9; loc. f. waya (valikdya)
97,35, — *°-kaira, mm. signs of heat,
acc, wath, 15,8.

utu, m. (sa. rtu) ") season, #)a
woman’s menstrual discharge, the mucus
etc, secreted at a woman’s delivery;
ace. ~wum (gibipesurh) 62,39.

uttatta, m/fn.(sa, ut-tapta) heated,
glowing; shining; °-kanaka-sannibha,
mfn. like shining gold, m. ~o (kayo)
85,7, cp. ottappa.

uttama, mfn. (= sa.) highest,
extreme, principal; best, excellent;
m ~0, 25,15; voce. wa, 108,11; ace.

49

m,n. wath (puccham) 91,15; (sara-
nam) 107,21 = Dh. 192; (dhammaia
Dh. 115; — comp. uttamattham (ace.
54,29 (an excellent thing), Dh, 386 (,,the
highest end“); uttama-porisa, m, the
best or greatest man, 70, Dh. 97 ==
purisuttama, Dh. 78 (ace. pl, ~e);
%-yobbana-vilisa-, 47,14; °-ratham,
63,4; °-rapa-dhara, mfn. 19,7; %-ve-
danam, 103,23, — uttamaiiga, », (=
sa.) the head; wam, 47,7; ~ruha,
mfn. (v. afiga). — saiigdimajuttama,
v. safigadma. — Saiifatuttama, »v, saii-
fata.

uttara, mfn, (— sa.) 1) upper,
highergsuperior; uttarottha, m, (sa,
uttaroshtha) the upper lip or jaw,
loc. we, 13,19. — *) later, last (opp,
pubba); °-dsalha, m. (sa. uttarasha-
dha, f.) a lunor mansion, the last half
of the month asalha (qg. v.). — 4)
northern; acc, wam et 95,5;
%-disato (abl. from the North) 61,18;
°-dvara, n. the northern door or gate-
way, instr. wena, 55,30; °-yavamaj-
jhaka, m, nom, pr. of a village or a
country district, acc. ~am, 55,30, —
an-uttara, m/fn. (q. v.), ep. Afiguttara
& uttarasaiga,

uttarati, vb, (sa, ut-y/tr) to step
out (of the water), to disembark;
aor, 3, pl, wimsu (nagarasamipe)
21,18; ger. ~witva, 84,2; pp. uttinna,
°.padam (acc.) footsteps of those who
bad gone out of the water (? perhaps
an error instead of otinna-padam)
111,17,

uttardsaiiga, m. (= sa.) the
upper robe; acc. wath, 74,19. 82,18;
loc. pl. ~wesu, 33,7.

*uttarim, adv. (cp, uttara) further,
again; 88,19-17-21.

*uttari-bhaveti, vb. (fr. uttara
+ caus. y/bhii) to devote oneself espe-
cially to, or (perhaps better) to subdue
completely, pot, 3, sg. vuttari-bhavaye
(paiica) ,rise above* Db. 370. cp.
Morris, JPTS. '87,116.

uttarottha, m, v. uttara.

uttdna, mfn, (— sa.) lying on

Péli Glossary,

udaya

the back; °-seyyaka, m/fn. id. (cp, sa,
uttana-caya) m. ~0, 99,5,
uttinna, mfn. pp. uttarati, q. v.
uttitthati, v. utthahati.
*Uttiya, m. nom, pr. of a wan-
dering ascetic; ~o (paribbajako)
89,19; voc, wa, 89,24; acc, ~am, 90,28;
gen, ~assa, 90,27.
utrasta, mfn, (a sanskritizised
form for uttasita, sa. uttrasta, fr.
ut-/tras) frightened, alarmed; m. ~o
(puriso) 75,17; acc. wam, 75,19,
ud-°, (— sa.) prefix to verbs and
nouns (== up, out) variously assimi-
lated with a following consonant, but
before h sometimes taking the form
u (v. thafifati). cp. uttama, uttara.
uda, . (= sa.) water (only in
comp.) : °-kumbho, m. a water-pot,
Dh, 121. — °-bindu, mm. a water-drop,
108,2; °-bindu-nipatena (instr.) by
the falling of water-drops, Dh, 121.
udaka, m. (= sa.) water; nom.
ace. wath, 3,39. 5,18; abl. wa, 15,14;
ewato, 11,31. 89,14; loc. we, 1,20; 51,s1
(macchassévodake); <amhi, 28,6, —
uggatodakaih ,,the water thus sucked
away“, 27,3. — khirodakena (instr.)
with milk-water, 36,35, 38,3 (khiro-
daka-). — gandhodaka-, scented water,
38,3, — daridaka-, wood and water,
20,12, — padodakam, water for wash-
ing the feet, 83,5, — *mahddaka, mfn.
abounding with water, deep, f. wika
(Gafiga) 1,16. — mukhodakam, water
for rinsing the mouth, 82,18. — sakkha-
rodaka-, sweet water, 38,3, — *9-ki]a,

f. 52,28 (g. v.). — %dhara, f. (= sa.)

a gush or flow of water, pl. ~4, 62,39.
— *°.pariyanta, m. the edge of the water,
loc. we, 4,2. — *°ppamana, n, the
altitude of the water, ~am, 3,2, —
*0-sappa, m. a water-snake, acc, ~am,
52,28, — cp. odaka, vodaka, sa-uduka.
Vu dagga, mfn. (sa. udagra) 1)
high, elevated, *) joyful, elated; mm,
~0, 68,16. — -citta, mfn, elated, acc.
m,. wath, 68,29.
udapadi, v. uppajjati.
udaya, m. (— sa.) rising, origin;

udara 50

%-vyayath (acc.) origin and destruction,
beginning and end, Db. 113. 374. —
cp. nhanodaya.

udara, m. (== sa.) belly, stomach;
acc. ~wam, 41,26; loc. we, 1,24.

udariya, m. (sa. udarya) the sto-
mach; wim, 82,4 — 97,22. cp. 80-
dariya.

udana, (— sa. fr. ud-Van)
1) ‘breathing upwards’, heart's joy, a
song of joy, a solemn utterance; nom.
wath, 65,13; ace, wam, 42,18, 64,13.
66,19. — S-vasena, 42,14 (v. vasa). —
*) nom. pr. of a buddhist canonical
work, a part of ‘navafigam Satthu-
sasanam’, 109,33 (gath’-udan’-itivut-
takam).

udaneti, vb. (sa. udanayati, de-
nom. fr. udana) to disclose (the joy
of one’s heart); zor. 3. sg. ~esi (uda-
nam) 64,13. 66,19; — ger. wetva,
42,18.

udaihu, adv. interr, (sa. uta &
utaho) or (latin ‘an’, at the begin-
ning of the second part of a double
interrogation), 59,12 (without interr,
particle at the first part); 98,1 (kin
nu... udahu); 99,3 (so eva 80,
udihu siifio). |

udireti, wb. (sa. ud-yir, caus.)
to utter, speak; pot. 3. sg. ~aye
(giram saccati) Dh, 408. cp. ereti.

udumbara, m, (sa. udumbara
(udumbara)) name of a tree, Ficus
Glomerata; wo, 2,11; acc. wam, 1,26,
— %rukkha, m. voc. we, 2,5.

*Udumbara, f nom. pr. name
of a queen, the mother of Mahosadha
(Eodhisatta), 55,:0 (~devi).

udda, m. (sa. udra) a kind of
uquatic animal, un otter; ~0, 14,10;
gen, wassa, J 5,9.

uddapa, m, (sc, udvapa ?) the
foundation of a wall, °-Adini (wv, adi)
91s. — dalhuddipa, mfn. n. wam
see 90,01 — thire-pakara-pil-
dun 91,20 (ep. dalla).

uddisati, vb. (sa, ud-yVdic) !) to
show, point out, declare; pot. 1. sg.
rveyyam (kam ... ,whom should I

indicate (as my teacher)“) Dh. 353.
2)to explain, teach (cp. next).

“yddisapeti. vb. (caus. II. ud-
disati) to cause to teach or give 10°
struction; ger. ~etabba, who is to be
called upon to give instruction, m.
~0, 84,6. — fut. wetuth, comp. wetu-
kama, mfn. wanting an occasion to
give instruction, m. ~0, 84,6.

uddesa, m, (= 8a.) ') illustration,
enunciation, *) region, place. — udde-
sika, mfn. (at the end of comp., cp.
sa, uddesaka) : solasa-vass’-uddesika,
f. about sixteen years of age, 86,25.

uddham, adv. (sa. irdhvam) up-
wards; ~ulloketva, 76,2. — uddham-
sota, mfn. (sa. irdhva-srotas) whose
stream of life tends upwards, m. ~0,
Dh, 218.

uddhata, mfn. (= sa. fr. ud-
Vhan) lifted up; v. an-uddhata.

uddhana, m. (sa. uddhana, ud-
dhmina) an oven, a fireplace; °-an-
taresu (loc, pl.) ,into the oven“, 9,2
(cp. antara).

uddharati, vb, (sa. ud-\/hr) to
take out or up, to lift up, gather; pull
out, draw out, take away, remove
(ace.); imp, 2. pl. wath(a) (attanam
dugga) Dh, 327; — aor, 3. sg. ud-
dhari (mam amkena) 20,2; — ger.
~witvai 14,23 (macche). 26,1, 34,6 (da-
runi). 40,30, 44,26 (phalitam); — grd.
eitabba, m. ~am (dsanam) 82,22. —
caus. v. next.

uddharapeti, vb. (caus. II, ud-
dharati) to raise, to cause to be pulled
up (out); ger. wetva (milani) 38,2.

uddhum aa ud-Vdhma)
to swell; aor, 3, sg. wayi (galo) 13,11.

unnadati, vb. (sa. ud-ynad) to
cry out, roar, make a noise; aor, 3,
pl. wimsu, 8,91. — caus. v. next,

*unnideti, vb. (caus. unnadati)
to cause to resound, echo, ring (acc.);
ger. wetvii (vanath) 34,96; — part.
med, ~uyamiuna, f. 0a (devatu va-
nah) 5,20.

*unnala, mfn. evildoing, arrogant,
insolent (?); gen. pl. ~Anam (opp.

pamattanam) Dh. 292 (cp. the
oo yakiccam pana kayirati*,
ib.).

upa, prp. (= sa.) prefixed to verbs
and nouns = near to, with (opp. apa).

upakaddhati, vb. (sa. upa-ykrsh)
to draw towards; pr. 3.89. wati (ni-
rayiya ,leads to hell“) Dh. 311.

upakarana, m. (= sa.) instru-
ment, implement; p/. tunnavaya-upa-
karanani, the implements of a tailor,
55,29.

upakara, m, (— sa.) help, use;
bahipakdra, mfn, very useful, m. wo
(sakuno) 18,12; — nir-upakara, mfn.
useless, m. ~0 (manusso) 35,29,

*upakilita. mfn. (fr. sa. *upa-
ykud (cp. ykut. kund)) half-burnt,
almost burnt up; m, w0, 9,32.

upakkama,. m. (sa. upakrama)
1) beginning. #) mode of proceeding,
5) treating, cure, 4) intervention, coo-
peration, influence, action, v, an-
upakkamena, pardpakkamena.

upakkilesa, m. (sa, upakleca)
a bad (depraving) quality, depravity;
acc, pl. we (cetaso) 91,7.

upaga, mfn. (= sa.) approaching;
m, pl, jati-jar’-tpaga (nara) under-
going (again and again) birth and
decay, Dh. 341.

upagacchati, vb, (sa.upa-\//gam)
to go near, to enter, approach (acc.);
aor. 3. 8g. mgaiichi, 40,15, 62,18;
upaigami, v. upagacchati; — inf.
~gantum, 8,22; — ger. upagamma,;
an-upagamma, avoiding, 66,28 = 96,17;
— pp. upagata, m. wo (niddam, fell
asleep) 65,2; an-upagato (ditthiga-
tani) has not adopted them, 93,93, —
cp. upagacchati.

upaghata, m, (= sa.) stroke,
violation, injury, damage; an-upa-
ghata, m. (q. v.).

upaghatin, m/fn. (— 38a.) injuring ;
parapaghatin, m/fn. who strikes others,
m. wi, Db. 184.

upacara, m. (— sa.) proceeding,
practice, custom; m. ~o (sippassa,
nit is the way of the craft“) 65,7; acc,

51

upatta

~wam karohi, ,go through the usual
custom", 55,11.
upacita, mfn. (— sa. pp. upa-
cinati, upa-/ci) heaped up, increased;
mn, wam (kammamh) 76,6.
*upaccaga, aor. 3. sg. (upati-
gacchati) (sa. *upa + ati-/ga) =
to escape, to pass, overcome (ace.) ;
khano ma ~ ,no moment should
escape“ 108,6; safigam ~ (,has over-
come, subdued“) Dh, 412.
upajjhaya, m. (sa. upidhyaya)
a teacher, preceptor; ~0, 82,23. 97,16;
gen. wassa, 83,1; loc. wamhi, 82,16,
upatthapeti& wapeti, vb. caus,
sa, upa-/stha) 1) to procure, provide
acc.); pot. 3, pl, ~apeyyum (bhisak-
karh) 92,8; — ger. ~apetva (dhitim)
41,27 (,summoning his courage“); 23,4
v, corrections, — *#) to ordain (acc.);
inf. ~apetum, 81,17; — grd. ~ape-
tabba, m. pl. ~& (samanera) 81,14.
upatthahati & upatthati
(-titthati), vb. (sa, upa-/stha) to
appear, to come near, to wait upon
(acc.); part. m, wtthahanto (Kosala-
rajanam) 38,22; — aor. 3. sg. upa-
tthasi, appeared as, 23,98, 65,11; — pp.
upatthita, m, pl. (tam, have come
near to thee) Dh, 235. caus, v. above.
*upatthaka, m. (cp. sa, upa-
sthitar) a servant; acc. pl. we, 73,25.
— %kula, 2 vam (Sariputtassa ,a
family devoted to the service of S,“)
81,11.
upatthana, m, (sa, upasthina)
attendance, waiting on, help, service;
acc, ~am kurumana, a waiting wo- —
man, 49,13; tesam war gacchanto,
in order to help them, 35,3; — insér.
wena (kira me evarupena rajin)
nwhy should [ serve such a king 2“
25,11.
upatthapeti, v. upatthapeti.
upaddha, m/fn., (sa. upardha, n.)
half; m. ~o (loko) 90,29. ep. addha,
upatitthati, v. upatthahati.
upatta, mfn. (sa. upasta, up-v/as*)
cast down, thrown down; »v, haritu-

_ patta.

4*

upaddava

upaddava, m, (sa. upadrava)
attack; misfortuoe, calamity; nom,
corapaddavo, attack from robbers,
42,5 (cp. cora). — an-upaddava, mfn.
uninjured, Dh, 338 (qg. v.). — nir-
ie mfn. without mishap, 25,20
gq. v.).

upedduta, mfn. (sa. upadruta,
pp. upa-\/dru) anvoyed, oppressed;
m, ~) (hatthihi) 36,11; ”. wam vata
bho! ,bhow oppressive is it all*, 65,11.
— an-upadduta, mfn, not oppressed,
68,14 (q. v.). — 2p. upaddava.

upadhana, n. (= sa.) the act
of placing upon; para-dukkh'-tipadha-
nena (insfr.) ,by causing pain to
ethers“, Dh, 291.

upadhareti, v4. (sa. caus. upa-
vdhr) to consider, regard; to reflect
er meditate on; pr. 1,59, ~emi, 55,95;
pat. m. ~wento, 86,29,

upadhi, m. (== ea.) ‘adding, eddi-
tion’ (increase, substance ?); pl, pus-
sions, uffections (technically ; the four
upadhis, viz, khandha, kama, kilesa,
kamma, cp. SBE, X 95, Note); pl.
~i, 105,29 (narassa nandana). — nir-
Upadhi, mfn. ,free from all germs
(of renewed life)“, acc, m. xim, Dh.
418. ;

upanayhati, ob. (sa, upa-Ynah)
to tie or bind to, to put on; pr. 3. pl.
upanay(i)hanti (ye tam a) who
harbour such thoughts", Db, 3—4,

upanadmeti, vb. (sa. caus, upa-
ynam) to reach, hand to; to offer,
present; ger, wetva (tassa bherizh
35,13; — part. gen. f. ~entiya (tassa
89,5; — grd. wetabva, mi n0, 83,13.

upanikkhipat:, ob. (sa. upa-
nih-Vkship) to throw, cast down; to
pluce (down before), to procure; grd,
akhipitabba, n. wath, 83,6,

*upanibha. mfn. (sa. *upa -b
nibha, ep. sannibha) almost like;
veluriya-vann’-Upanibha (iva) re-
sembling the colour of Japis-lazuli,
1),19.

upanisa, f. (sa. upanishad) the
secret art of doing or obtaining some-

52

(?) pleading

thing; labhipanisa, m/n. patipada ?)

to wealth“, f. wi (8c.
Dh, 765.

*upanissaya, prp.
ni-ycri) near to (acc.);
~, 84,98. a

upanita-vaya, m/n, (sa. upanita
(brought near, upa-Vni) ++ vayas)
whose life has come to an end; m. ~0,
Dh. 237 (ep. vayas).

upapajjati, vb. (sa. upa-ypad)
to approach, obtain; to appear; to be
produced, esp. to be born again; pr. 3.
sg. ~wati, 94,14; 3. pl. wanti (w. ace.
gabbham, nirayam), Dh. 126; 3. pl.
med. upapajjare (nirayam) Dh, 307.
— pp. upapanna, gq. v.

upapatti. f. (= 8a.) appearing,
the being born again; acc, ~.im (satta-
nam) Db.4J19.

upapanna, mfn. (= 8a, pp.
upapajiati) having approached, reached,
obtained; acc, m,. jati-mant’-ipapan-
nam (brahmanam) possessed cf high
birth and holy wisdom, 30,9.

upama, mfn. (= sa, at the end
of comp.) like, resembling; aggi-sikh’-
tpama, m. no (ayogulo) ylike flaring
fire’, 107,1 — Dh. 308; — indakhil’-
ftipama. Dh. 95; kumbh’-tipama. Dh,
40; nagar’-tipama, Dh. 40; phen’-
fipama, Dh. 46; rajarath’-fipama,
Dh, 171 (v. h.), ep. next.

upama, f. (= sa.) resemblance,
comparison; a simile, example; acc,
ewan (te karissimi) 90,20; attanarit
~am katvil, supposing that it is your
case, Dh, 129; — loc, ~adyam (bhasi-
tussu attham) 90,2, — At the end of
comp. : upama, mfn. (qa. v.), cp
opamma,

uparava, m, sa.) noise (or
bustle); wo (rajafigane attatthdya)
42,30. ,

upardjan, m. (= sa.) a viceroy}
nom, ai, 45,37. cp. oparajja, 2.

upari, indecl, (= sa.) ') prp, =
above, over, upon, against; *) w. gen.
annhassa a, 7,9; coraraifio «a, 40,7;
>) ww. doe. Grakkhitthiya aw, 50,1;

(ger. 8a, upa-
Rajagaham

~muddhani, 77,8. — *) adv, = further,
moreover; 47,17, — 5) comp, °-pasada-
vara-tala-gata, f. ,having ascended
to the roof of the palace“, 64,19; cp,
next & uparima, mfn,

uparibhaga, m, (= sa.) the
upper part or portion of something;
loc, uparibhage (prp, w. gen.) =
above, 13,23 (tassa ~), cp. uparima,

*uparima, m/fn. (fr. upari) upper-
most, topmost; °-bhaga, m, — upari-
bhaga; loc. (prp. w, gen.) we (raniio)
above, 40,25.

upaladdhi, f. (sa. upalabdhi)
supposition, false opinion; sattipa-
laddhi (qg. 2.) 91,13-s9.

upalabhati, vb. (sa, upa-Vlabh)
to find, to perceive; pass, upalabbhati,
pr. 3, 8g. yis to bo found“, 97,3, (u'tipa-
labbbati) 97,7. — upaladdhi, f. (g. v.).

upalitta, mfn. (sa, upalipta, pp,
upa-vlip) besmeared, anointed; an-
upalitta, mfn, (q. v.).

upavana, » (= sa.) o small
‘forest, a grove, garden; °-arajifiesu
(loc. pl. dvandva-comp.) yin the parks
and in the woods“, 73,94.

upavisati, (or upavisati) vb. (sa.
upa-yVvic) to sit down; aor. 3. sg,
upavisi (w. acc, rukkhamulam) 110,29.

*upasamvasati, vb. (sa. *upa-
sam-y/vas) to live together witb, to
keep company with (ace.); pot, 2, sg.
~vase (Sakhath) 7,33,

upasamhita, mfn. (= sa, pp.
upa-sam-/dha) connected with, ac-
companied by; sacc’-Qpasamhita, m/fn.
true, %. ~wam, 9,31.

upasagga, m., v. upassagga.

Yupasamkamati, vb. (sa. upa-
saih-Vkram) to go to, come near,
approach (acc.); pr. 3. pl. ~wanti,
21,2; — pot. 1. sg. ~eyyam, 71,37; —
aor. wi, 68,2; — inf. witumh, 8,19; -
ger. witva, 6,14. 19,95; — pp. m.
~kanto (idh’) 75,25.

upasanta, mfn. (sa. upacanta,
pp. upa-/cam, cp, upa-sammati)
calm, tranquil; m. ~o, Db. 201. 378;
gen. ~assa, Dh, 96,

53

upahata

upusama, m. (— 8a.) becoming
quiet, tranquillity of mind; gen. ~wassa,
Dh, 205; dat. ~fya (samvattati)
66,20, 93,8; dukkh’-tipasama-, ,,quiet-
ing of pain“, 107,20 = Dh. 191 (%~gi-
minam maggamh); nekkhamm’-iipa-
same, Joc, ,in the repose of retirement
(from this world)“, Dh, 181; vitakk’-
Upasame, Joc. yin quieting doubta*,
Dh, 350; samkhar’-iipasamam, ace,
cessation of existence, Dh. 368.

*upasampada, f. (fr. upa-sam-
ad) 1) taking, acquiring; Dh. 183.
acquiring a priest’s order, ordination
of a priest; 70,17. 97,16; acc, wam,
70,15. — laddha-pabbajj’-tpasampada,
mfn, having obtained admission to the
order and ordination, m, ~0, 89,16
(cp. pabbajja).

upasammati, vd, (sa. upa-cam-
yati, cam) to become quiet; pr. 3. sg.
~wati, Dh. 4, (tes'Upasammati — tesarh
upa-°), Dh, 100; pp. upasanta (q. v.),
cp, upasama,

upasussati, vb. (sa. upa-Vcush)
to dry up (by degress); pot, 3, 8g.
ewaye (n’tipa-°) 103,19,

upasevati, v6. (sa. upa-ysev)
to frequent, visit; to serve, worship;
to have sexual intercourse with (acc.);
pr. 3. sg. ~wati, (aiiiath) 9,28.

upasevin, mfn. (= sa.) serving,
worshipping; devoted to, coveting; m,
para-dariipasevi, ,,who coveta his
neighbours wife*, Dh. 309,

upassagga, m. (— upasagga,
8a, upasarga) an accident, misfortune;
acc, ~am (var. upasaggath) Dh. 139.

upassattha, m/fn, (sa. upasrshta,
pp. upa-ysrj) afflicted, plagued; n,
e~am vata bho! ,,how stifling is it all!
aes — an-upassattha, m/fn.
q. v.).
upahaiiati, vb. pass. (sa. upa-
yhan, pass.) to be afflicted, oppressed;
pr. 3. 8g. ~wati (cittam) 97,36; pp. v.
neat,

upahata, mfn. (sa. pp. upa-Vhan)
struck, beaten; injured, afflicted, pained;
m. ~0 (kamso, ,brokea“), Dh, 134,

upahira

upahara, m. (= sa.) ') receiving,
acquiring. *) offering; present, obla-
tion; an-upahara, m. (q. 0.).

upagacchati, ob. (sa, upi-/gam)
to come near, approach (acc.); to re-
turo; aor, 3. sg. wgaiichi, 112,1;
wgami, 103,4, 112,04. 114,82; — pp.
upagata, m. «0, ,rushed at her“,
111,92.

upaiddna, mn, (= sa.) ') taking,
grasping, clinging to existence, the 9th
link of the paticcasamuppada (q, ».),
originating with tanha, 66,9 (tanha-
paccayi sari) aud causing bhava
(~paccaya bhav», ¢b.), — paiie’ upa-
dina-kkhandha (m. pl.) ,the fivefold
clinging to existence“, 67,11 (v. khan-

dha). — upadana-nirodha, m. 66,16 |

(cp. corrections), — upay’-upadana,
96,10-11 (q. ¥ — *) fuel; tina-katth’-
upadinam (a@’c.), the fuel of grass
and wood, 94,36. cp, next.

upadiyati, vb. (sa. upi-da) ')
to take with, include, comprise, *) to
grasp at, cling to the world; pr. 3. sg.
~diyati (uvayupadanaih, g. v.) 96,12;
— part, med, updidiyana, m. an-upa-
Giyina, ycaring for nothing’ Dh, 20
(cp. S3E. X, 8.); — ger. upadiya
{often used as pry. == including, on
account of, iv comparison with, ete.]:
an-upfidaya, having become free from
attachment, 69,23: Dh, 89 (ratii), 414
(nibbuto); anupidiiya is sometimes
shortened to anipiida (adv) = abso-
jutely, completely, 94,12 (vimutto).
[The passive form is upadiyati or
upidsyyati, ep. adiyati.]

upfya. m. (== sa.)' means, expe:
dient, way; 0 1,10. 43,26; instr.
~ena, by some means or other, 25,35.
26,16, 33,23 — eken’ upityena, 4,1;
imina (eten’) upayena, by these means,
55,8, 58,23; ten’eva (eten’eva) upa-
yena, in the same way, 2,94, 23,29;
yena tena upayena, anyhow, at any
pre, 1,9; an-upayena, ,by misguided
means“, 34,17-20, — *upaya-kusala,
mfn. skilful, clever; m. <0, 25,11. 40,16.
— *upayupadiina, n. (cm. pl.) seems

54

to denote the coveting and grasping of
(wordly things), ace. wall (na upeti
na upadiyati) 96,11; upayupadani-
bhinivesa-nibandho (adj. ayam loko
yebhuyyena) 96,10 9: (upon the whole
this existence is only) a chain of cove-
ting, grasping, and clinging to (the
world), cp, abhinivesa. —

*upayasa, m. (cp. sa. iyasa)
despair; pl. (dvandva comp.) ~a,
66,11-17; instr. pl. vehi, 70,30. — sa-
upiydsa, mfr. coupled with despair,
n ~wam, 94,2.

Upali, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of a
thera; °-pandito (aggo vinaye) 109,7;
ace. ~im, 109,15; °thero satima,
1098.

upavisi, ». upa-visati.

upasaka, n. (= sa.) a faithful
layman, a lay disciple of Buddha; wee.
wa, 28,14; acc. cam, 28,3. 69,20; pl.
nwa, 28,15.

upaihana, f. (sa. upinah) a shoe,
sandal; acc. pl. wi, 82,17.

upeta, mfn. (= sa.; pp. fr. next)
who has arrived at, entered into; pos-
sessed of, endowed with (tw. acc, or
instr, ov at the end of comp.); m. ~o
ieeloes yfull of sloth“) Dh, 280,
damasaccena) Dh, 10 (opp. apeto);
— pinupeta, fn. lifelong, v. pana;
vanna-gandha-ras'Upeta, mfn. endowed
with beauty, odour, and flavour, m.
~0(ambo) 37,30; sabbikarayar'tpeta,
mfr, v. dkira.

upeti, vb. (sa. upasyi) to go to,
approach, enter into (acc.); abs. to fit
the case; pr. 3. sg. weti (nirayam)
74.15 (upfiyupadanam) 96,12; (gab-
bham, to the born) Dh. 325; na
upeti, 94,14 (,it would not fit the
case“); pr, 1. pl, ~ema (saranam tar,
take refuge in thee) 105,91; — fut. 2.
sg. upehisi (jatijaram) Dh, 238 =
348; 1. sg. upessam (gabbhaseyyam)
105,20; ~ ger. upecca, 110,30; — pp.
upeta, g. v. (cp. upaya).

uposatha. m. (sa, upavasatha)
fast, fast-day; holy day, sabbath (oc-
curring four times in the month), ~0,

14,17 — *-divaso, 14,16; maha-°,
22,20; punnamuposathadivaso, 22,19
(the fullmoon-holiday); acc. am,
22,20. *°-kamma, 7. the fast-day ser-
vice, mom, acc. wam, 14,13. 22,16,
*O-afigani (pl.) the holy day vows,
61,7 (cp, Sp. Hardy, Eastern Mona-
chism),

*uposathika, mfn. (fr. uposatha)
one who observes the sabbath, fasting;
m. pl, wa, 14,18,

uppajjati, vb. (sa. ut-\/pad) to
arise, originate, begin, appear; to be
be produced, to be found; pr, 38, sg,
~ati, 19,1 (yava~, until he appeared);
25,32; 27,4 (saddo); 35,12 (me duk-
khath, I am annoyed); 53,10 (me
bhayam, I fear); 70,27 (-paccaya,
from); 96,13; 99,2 (is born); part.
med. ~mana, » dukkham uppajja-
manam uppajjati, whenever something
arises, then it is pain that arises,
96,13; aor. 3. sg. udapadi, 8,9, 68,26,
78,31; uppajji, 25,21, 45,1. 78,24, 89,10;
— ger, witva, having been produced,
80,20; — pp. uppanna, q. ¥.; — caus.
uppadeti, g. v. (cp. upapajjati &
next),

uppatati, vb. (sa, ut-ypat) to
fly up, leap up; to rise, ascend; aor,
3. sg. uppati (akase) 11,9; ~ ger,
mitvi, 2,5-21. 21,36, 35,24; — pp. wita,
m. ~0, 3,30; acc. wath (kodhath)
106,33 == Dh. 222,

uppatti, f. (sa, utpatti; fr. uppaj-
jati) arising, origin; thanuppatti, q. v.

uppada, m. v. uppada.

uppanna, mfn, (pp. uppajjati,
sa, utpanna) arisen, produced, born,
m, ~0, 1,23. 2,30 (dohalo); 42,5 (coru-
padauyo): 62,24 (putto); loc, m. ~e
(labhasakkare) 72,28.

uppala, m. (sa. utpala) a lotus-
flower, esp. the blue lotus; ~am, Dh
55; niluppaladi-kusuma-, 47,13.

*"Uppalavanna, m. (sa, *Utpa-
lavarna) nom, pr. of a deva in Sakka’s
heaven; gen, ~assa (devassg) 110,97.

uppada, m. (sa. utpada) arising,
appearance, coming into existence,

55

ubhayattha

birth; ~o (Buddhanam) Dh. 194;
182 (metri causa: uppado); abl. na
(phalitass’) 44,31; — *uppada-vaya-
dhammin, mfn, subjected to genesis
and destruction, a, pl, wino (satb-.
khara) 80,28, — anuppaidadhamma,
mfn, (v. an-uppada, ~ Buddhuppada,
m, (q. v.).

uppadeti, vb. (caus. uppajjati,
sa. utpadayati) to give rise to, to con-
ceive, feel; to bring forward, produce,
obtain, gain (acc.); aor. 3, 8g. ~wesi
(rucith tayi, ,fixed her choice on you“)
10,12; (visam satasahassath, ,,gained
two millions“) 23,9; 57,9; (ruhiram,
nmade to bleed“) 76,1; 2 sg. esi
(id.) 76,4; — ger, ~etva (dohalam,
having conceived a longing for (Joc.))
1,6. 2,28; (karuiiiiam, ,,felt compassion
with“ (oc.)) 16,31; (rucim pabbajjaya)
64,2; (avannam Gotamassa, ,,bring-
ing reproach on G.“) 72,33; — pp.
uppadita, ». ~am (ruhiram) 76,7;
°-dhanam (acc.), the money which he
had earned, 57,35,

ubbigga, mfn. (sa. udvigna; pp.

ubbijjati, sa, ud-y/vij) frightened,
anxious; mm. x00, 75,17; ace, wath,
75,18.

*ubbedha, m. (cp. sa. udviddha,
mfn. & vedha, m. depth) height;
yojana-sahass’-ubbedha, mfn. 1000
leagues high, m, wo, 60,24.

ubbhata, mfn. (sa, udbhrta, pp.
ud-/bhr) carried away or out, drawn
up; ma, a okamokata) Dh.
34; pl. wa (maccha udaka thalam)
15,14 (cp. uddharitva, 14,23).

ubbhijjati, vb. (pass. ubbhin-
dati, sa. ud-\/bhid) to break out, to
sprout; ger. ubbhijja (titthati stands
sprouting“ (lata)) Dh, 340.

ubhaya, mfn, (= sa.) both; instr.
m, ~ena (saiiiamena, on account of
both sorts of abstinence 0: abstinence
and noneabstinence) 85,19; ”, wari,
adv. both, Dh, 404 (c'tbhayam);
comp, ubhaya-nagara-vasinath (gen,
pl.) 62,9.

ubhayattha, adv. (sa. ubhayatra)

ubho

sn both places, in both cases; 107,26
— Dh. 15—18,

ubho, mfn. pl. (sa. ubhau) both;
m. ubho pi, 5,12. 43,18; ubho pi te,
74,2 = Do. 306; ubho (gihi pabba-
jita) Dh. 74;. , udho ,both sides*,
Dh. 269; ace. mt. vbho (ante) 66,28
== 96,17; ubho safigam (puiiai ca
papa ca) Dh. 412, cp. saiga (Tr.
P.M. p. 82); ubho (attham anatthan
ca) Dh, 256; instr. m. ubhohi (hat-
thehi) 27,19; gen. mn. ubhinnam,
43,29. 58,9; loc. smn. ubhosu (passesu)
40,5,

ummara, m. (sa. umbara, cp.
mahratt, umbar&) a threshold (cp,
indakhila); loc. we, 65,15.

ummujjati, vb. (sa, ud-ymajj)
to emerge; pr. 3. pl. wanti, 25,26, =
ummujja-nimujja, m(?) emerging and
diving; acc. ~am karonti (udake)
25,23 (cp. sa. unmrjivamrja).

uyyati, vb. (sa. ud-ya) to go
out (away); imp. 2. s7. ~yahi (magga,
make way!) 44,3-10,

uyyana, . (sa. udyana) a park,
a (royal) garden; acc, wath, 6,17;
gen, ~assa, 37,18; loc. we, 6,4. 36,35;
Makhadev’-ambavan’-9, 45,7. — 9-4-
bhimukha, mfn, turned towards the
garden, m 0, 63,6. —- “*~kila &
-lilika, g. v. — °-pals, m, a garde-
ner, 00, 37,11; ce, wam, 37,8417;
gen, ~assa, 37,14. — -piilaka, m.
id. gen. wass’, 38,5, — *-bhiimi,
¢. the garden-ground, acc. with,
63,2.

nuyyufijati, vb. (sa, ud-Vyuj) to
go away, depart, ‘eave one’s house
and family; pr. 3. pl. wanti (traced
enly once) Dh. 91. — caus. uyyojeti
(gq. v.) ep. next,

uyyoga, m. (sa. udyoga) depar-
ture; °-mukhe, at the threshold of
death, Dh, 235 (cp. mukha).
Yuyycjet:, vb. (caus. uyyuijati,
sa, udyojayati), to setid away, to send
cut for some purpose, to take leave of
(acc.); aor, 3. 8g. wes’, 19,22. 51,1.
59,22; — ger. wetva, 43,18.

56

ura & uras, m. (sa. uras, #.) the
breast; loc. we, 23,31. 89,7. (cp. orasa.)

uracchada, m., (sa. uragchada),
a breastplate, armour ; °.pasadhbanam
(g. v.) a splendid armour, 23,32,

Uruvela, f. (sa. Uruvitva) nom.
pr. of a town in the Magadha country,
near the river Neradjara; loc. ~&yam,
66,2.

ulumpa, m, (sa. udupa) a raft,
a float; ‘ace. wam, 23,13.

ulika, m, (= sa.) an owl; x0,
11,19; acc. ~am, ll,e; gen. ~wassa,
111s, — -jataka, m. 10,25 ff

*ulloka, m. (fr. nert) perceiving,
observing, sight; ab/. ~a pathamam,
as soon as it is seen, 84,18,

*ulloketi. vb. (sa. *ut + ylok)
to look at, look up; aor. 3. sg. ~wesi
(akasam) 33,5; (Bhagavantam) 69,33;
— ger. ~wetva (uddham) 76,2; ~ pp.
~wita, loc. abs, ikase we, 32,11.

usabha}!, m. (sa. rshabha) a bull;
~0, 105,12-19; acc, wath (,,the manly“)
Dh. 422,

*usabha?, ., a certain measure
of length — 20 yatthi (g. v.), about
70 meters; atthisabha-matta, m/fn.,
nm. wath thanarh, a space of eight
usabhas, 27,27, (cp. yojana.)

usira, . (sa, ugira) the root of
@ fragrant grass (birana, g. v.); *%
attha, mfn. wanting usira, m. x0,
108,1 — Dh, 337. (cp. attha! (2)).

usu, m(& f.) (sa. ishu) an arrow.
~ usu-kiira, m. (sa. ishu-ka@ra) an
arrow-maker, a fletcher; ~o, Dh. 33;
pl. wii, 106,27 <= Dh. 80, 145.

usuyyati, vb. denom, (sa, asityati,
fr. usuya, usuyya (= sa. asiya)
envy, jealousy) to envy, to be jealous}
part. m. usuyyam, 14,4 (an-usuyyam,
not envying).

*ussafikin, mfn, (fr. sa, ut -+
Vcoamk) distrustful, anxious; m. a1,
75,17; acc. wim, 75,18.

*ussada, m. (probably fr. ut-y/sad)
*) abundance, swelling, tumor. ®) name
of a certain hell; °-nirayo, 23,28. (cp.
sa, ud-/chad d nezt).

ussanna, mfn, (sa, utsanna, pp.
ut-\/sad) extensive, abundant; », ~am
eae nabundance of gold) 26,9,
cp. sa. hee

ussava, m, (sa, utsava) feast,
merriment; ~o maha, 112,15.

ussahati, vb. (sa. ut-Vsah) to be
able to, to dare, venture (w. inf.);
to bear, endure; pr, 3.89, wati 50,3,
81,17, 83,31.

ussapeti, vb, (sa. ucchrapayati,
caus. ud-\/¢ri) to raise, to lift up
(acc.); ger. wetva (sondam), 76,21.

ussireti, vb, (sa, ut-sirayati,
caus, ut-\/sr) to cause to go away;
ger, wetva (caturafigulamn kannam
wetva civaram samharitabbath, the
robe ought to be folded up so that
a corner of four inches more is hang-
ing over) 83,10 (cp. SBE, XIII, p. 156).

ussisaka, m. (sa, ucchirshaka)
a head-pillow, a bed’s head; loc, we,
41,16.

ussuka, mfn. (sa, utsuka) zealous,
desirous, eager for, longing for, greedy;
loc. pl. ~wesu an-ussuka (pl.) ,free
from greed among the greedy“, Dh,
199; ». ~am (na Tathagatassa hoti,
T. does not care about it, lays no
stress upon that) 91,3, (cp. ossukka.)

*ussuta, m/fn, = avassuta (g. v.).
— an-ussuta, mfn. (q. 2.)

U.

uka, f. (sa. yuka) a louse; ace.
pl. ~a@ (vicinanti, rafifio sise, being
about to louse the king’s head) 46,26.

Una, mfn. (= sa.) wanting, defi-
cient, less thav, minus (w. instr.); n.
~wam (dvihi ~am purisa-sahassam
9: 998 men = 500 + 250 + 125 +
62+311+16-+8-+ 4+ 2, who
had successively been killed by their
comrades) 34,9; loc. pl. ~esu (eken’
Unesu paficasu attabhava-satesu, ip
500 existences but one) 17,7; comp.
ekiinavisati (g. v.).

57

eka

Umi, f. (& m.) (sa. Urmi) a wave;
loc, wiy& uggataya, when the wave
rises, 27,3,

Uru, m. (= sa.) the thigh; Joc,
wumhi, 29,37.

Uhafiiati, vb. (pass. thanati,
uhanti, sa. ud-Vhan) to become de-
stroyed, disordered, soiled; aor, 3. sg.
ma viharo rajena uhaiii, ,in order
that the vihara may nét become dusty“,
84,23; ~ pp. uhata, destroyed, v, an-
bata (cp, (an-)uddhata),

E.

eka, mfn, (num. & pron, indef,
— sa.) ') one; », wath, 56,15, 82,8
(ekan); gen. wassa, 56,16; instr, m.
wena, 81,14; eken’ Unesu, 17,7 (v.
Una). — #) only, single, that one only;
m, ~0 (elako) 30,5; acc. wath (dham-
mam) 106,14; (attanamh, oneself only)
107,4; gen. ~wassa (elakassa) 17,6;
n, ace, ~am (palitam) 46,27; — comp,
ekAparadham, 47,8 (v. aparadha);
eka-panam, 27,23; eka-puttako, 23,6;
eka-purisika, f. (v. separately); eka~
maccham pi na, not one single fish,
4,95; eka-vacanena (instr.), lit. at
the word once spoken o: directly,
immediately, 57,31; — eka-ratti-vasa,
mfn, abiding for one night, m. v0,
104,24; — eka-dvara, mfn, having
only one gateway, ”. wath (nagarath)
90,51. 91.22; — eka-samgahita, mfn,
unified, m. pl. w2, 99,16. — 5) united
continual; comp. pop rele ea
v, pallanka) 66,4; eka-ppaharen’eva,
with one blow, with one voice, 27,14.
40,10. 74,6 (cp. pahara); eka-phali-
phullam, 62,11 to . 4); eka-viravam,
60,11. — *) the same, one and the same;
eka-divase (loc.) 45,4. — 5) alone,
solitary; acc. m. ~am, 106,13 = Dh.
395; gen. ~assa, Dh. 330; ekacara
(q. v.). — ®) some (... or other), one
or other, a certain; pl, some; m. wo

(upayo) 1,10; (bako) 4,1; (Vijayo)

‘

okamesa

110,23; ace, ~am (udumbararh) 1,26;
instr, wena (eken’ upayena) 46,2;
icc, m. nm. wasmim, 3,30, 8,20; ekas-
mith samaye, once upon a time, 30,28
— ekam samayarh, 66,93; comp, eka-
divasamn (acc.), one day, 6,31. 13,22;
eka-bhikkhussa (gen.), 79,17; — pl.
m. eke, 77,13. 104,1.— 7) in the same
seuse used as an indefinite article —=
8, an; m., so (simsumaro) 1,5; (di-
pako) 2,19; acc, warn (assam) 65,16;
gen. f. ekissa, 6,32; comp. eka-pali-
tam, 46,3; eka-mizam (acc.) 6,19;
eka-gandhakutiyam (Joc.) 73,14. — *)
reeated or corresponding w. aiina or
dutiya = the on»... the other; m.,
eko...eko, 33,e4-25; instr. ekena...
ekena, 83,17; comz. eka-divasam...
eka-divasath, 6,25-26; gen. ekassa...
afifassa, 7.9; eko... dutiyo (anto)
G6,16. (cp. an-eka, ekamsa etc.)
ekamsa, 1) mfn. (sa. ekiithga)
“with one shoulder, belonging to one
shoulder’, only constructed with ci-
vara or uttarasafigs, acc, m. vam
uttarasafigam karitva, arranging the
upper robe over one rhoulder, 74,19.
82,18, — 2; m. (sa*ekaiisa) one part,
totality (?); nom. ~o (tava jivitam
,only one part of thee is life* (F'sb.),
but perhaps we have to read ekamse
(adv.)) 103,6, instr, ekamsena, adv.
(& loc, ekamse, adv.) = in whole,
upon the whole, entirely, totally, ab-
solutely, undoubtedly, inevitably, 6,94,
86,3 (cp. atisa).
- ekaka, mfn. (= sa.) single, alone,
solitary; 1. ~o va (quite alone) 33,31;
ace, m, wath, 2228; ace. f. ekikath,

31,20.
*“ekagbann, mfn (sa. *eka -+
ghana) compact, eolid, hard; m. wo

(selo) 106,29 == Dh, 81.

ekacara, mfn. (= sa.) wandering
or living alone, solitary; m. 10, 2,19;
acc, ~am, Dh. 37,

*ekacariya, f. (sa. *eka + car.
ya) walking alone; acc. ~am, Dh,
61 (metri causa read : ekacaryam).

ekacca, infn. (fr. sa. ekatara,

58

*ekatra, *ekatya, cp. Tr. PM, p. 56)
one of two, a single; pl. some
others); m. pl. we, 18,4 (vanija), 90,29
(vinfil purisa); repeated : 225-6; pl.
f. ~a, 65,5=7,

ekato, adv. (sa, ekatas) 1) on the
one side (on the other side), 14,8.
27,4. — ®) together; at once, simultane-
ously; ~vasanta, 14,10; ~sannipatati,
14,12, 72,29; tena saddhith ~, 45,25;
kena saddhim ~ hutva (by help of
whom?) 72,32; — tini pl ~ madditva,
57,28; vacayimsu potthakattayam «,
114,19.

ekantam (& ekantena), adv. (sa.
ekantam) absolutely, exclusively, at
any rate, always; ~ nindito, Dh. 228.
(cp. ekarhsena.)

*eka-purisika, f. (adj.) (fr. eka
+ purisa) true to one man; acc. ~am,
48,15; instr, waya (itthiyd), 48,26.

*ekamantam, adv, (fr. eka +
anta) on one side, apart, aside; by
one’s side, near; w nisidi, 28,11. 35,3,
68,17; w~ thatva, 49,7; ~ atthasi,
87,31; ~ karitva (ace. laid aside) 75.20;
~ nikkhipitabbam (civararh) 83,29.

*ekarajja. m. (sa. *eka + rajya)
sole sovereignty; instr. wena, Dh,
178.

*“ekavaciya, m. (sa, *eka -++ va-
cya) a single remark or objection,
private opinion; acc. warm, 11,11.

ekavaram,. adv. Sa.) once;
50,16 (cp. vara).

ekavisath & ekavisati, num.
(sa. eka-vithgat|i]) twenty. — ekavi-
satima, mfn, (sa, ekavithgatama) the
21th; m. wo (vaggo) Dh. 305.

*ekasadisa, mfn. (sa. *eka +
sadycga) fully alike or resembling,
identical; pl, wa Lee 49,2.

*ekaseyya, /. (sa. *eka + cayya)
lying, sleeping alone; ace.
(eko carat) Dh. 305,

ekadasa, num. (sa, ekadaca)
eleven, — ekadasama, mfn. (sa. eka-
dacama) the eleventh; m. ~0 (vaggo)
Dh. 156.

ekayana, nm (— sa.) a narrow

(adv.) ~am

way, the only way to salvation; mfn.
leading to salvation, m. ~o (maggo)
113,19.

*ekasana, n, (sa. *eka + dsana)
sitting, living alone; acc. (adv.) wath
(eko caramh) Dh. 305. -

ekaha, x. (sa. ekaha[n]) one day,
v. aha; mfn. lasting one day, », ~am
(jivitam) Db. 110,

ekika, f. v. ekaka,

ekunavisati, num. (sa. ekona-
virhgati) nineteen, — ekitinavisatima,
mfn, the 19th, m, wo (vaggo) Dh,
272.

ekeka, mfn, (sa, ekaika) one by
one, several, each; acc, wam, 4,8-94;
w. loc, ~am (amhesu) 4,11.

ekekaso, adv, (sa. ekaikagas)
one by one, severally, 111,14.

*eja, f. (fr. yej) lust, desire,
craving; an-eja, mfn. (q. v.).

etam, pron. demonstr. n. nom. ace.
(sa, etad), 8,27 etc.; etan, 1,21. 16,11;
etad (the original form, used in some
cases of Sandhi before a word begin-
ning with a vowel) 3,3, 23,3. 64,19
(etad-ahosi), 68,13 (etad-avoca), 103,12
(etad-abravi), Dh. 390; — m, esa
(sa, eshas) 1,8. 3.14; 5,1 efe. eso (with
more emphasis) 59,2; 114,6; — f. esa
(sa. esha) 31,6. 87,28, 103,31; — ace.
m(f.) etam, 24,24 ete.; — instr, ae
etena, 4,24. 33,11 (eten’); — gen. (dat.
m(n.) etassa, 1,7. 11,5; f. etissa, 55,5;
— pl. n, etani, 2,1; pl. m. (nom. acc.)
ete, 3,26. yo etc.; f. eta, 21,31; —
gen. (dat.) etesam, 7,17. 60,13, 102,6;
— instr. (abl.) etehi, 2,10. Otherwise
the declension is that of tam (g. ¥.).
~ ')thie, this here (what is nearest
to the speaker) 33,11, — ?) referring
to the preceeding, 66,18. 103,31. 107,21.
- ")referring to the following, 3,20.
23,8. — 4) == such, like that, 31,5;
no h’etam ,not so“, 70,2, — 5) com-
bined w. other pron, (with an empha-
sis): es aharh, 69,19; sometimes plainly
constructed with the 2. pers. of the
verb., esa te sisam chinditva bhi-
miyatm khipissami, 6,12; esa mufijam

59

ettha

parihare, 103,33; — ete te ubho ante,
96,17. — esa ya rati, 47,27. — ep.
ayami (idam), enari.

etarahi, adv. (sa. etarhi) now,
at present; 29,30, 30,04. 56,11 (opp.
atitir: 7 ite, ep. Dh. 228), 94,23. 99,5.
— cp ° rahi, carahi.

etaiisa, mfn. (sa. etiidrga) such,
of this kind; m, wo, 44,3, 80,24. 85,20,
cp. tadisa.

eti, vb. (sa. G-\/i) to go, to come,
go to, reach (acc.); to come back,
return; pr. 3. sg. eti (w. acc. catu-
bhagath, is worth) Dh, 108; (pativa-
tath) Dh. 54; 1. sg. emi, 108,28; 3.
pl, enti (return) 56,18; — imp. 2. sg.
ehi, 1,19. 9,21. 57,31. 68,14. 108,98; 2,
pl. etha, 21,30, 73,2; Dh. 171; —
fut. 3. sg. essati, 56,20; Db. 369;
ehiti, 12,6; 2. sg. essasi, 56,20; ehisi,
Dh. 236. 369; 1. sg. essaimi, 56,20;
3, pl. essanti, Dh. 86; — part. enta,
loc, abs, ente (udake), 56,21; an-ente,
ib, — cp. yati.

etta, mfn, v. ettaka,

*ettaka, mfn. (fr. *etavataka,
cp. sa. iyattaka, Tr. PM. p. 80) 80
great, so much; pl. so many; acc. m.
~wam (kalati, all this time) 46,39;
allapasallapam) 56,22; ». ettaih
contracted fr. ettakam) Dh. 196
im’ ettarh putifiar); instr. n. wenadpi.
notwithstanding this, 39,4; pl. m. 0@
(tumhe, all of you) 88,25; (pana)
90,35; instr. n, wehi (ratanehi) 27,29;
gen. m. ~Anatn (all these) 10,12, 30,5.
54,14. ep. next,

*ettavata, adv. (fr.etta = ettaka,
ep, kittaka & kittavata) thus, so far,
to that extent; ~ sammaditthi hoti,
96,15.

*etto, adv, (fr. etath, through
*etato? cp. ito, tato) from thence,
hence; over there; 104,15; 87,28; 5,5
(opp. ito).

ettha, adv, (sa. atra > “attha,
phonetically influenced by etarh, cp.
etta etc, above) *) here, in this place;
85,20. 88,39 -= Dh. 174 (in this
world); 104,1 (~ pagalha 9; safigame;

etha

Fausball, SBE, X* p, 70: plunged
into this world ?); etth’eva — this
very moment, 46,3. 56,25. — *) there,
in that place; 3,5-19-s2, 65,14, 112,24;
ettha ce te mano atthi, 72,2 (ettha
refers both to yam vadanti and to
ye vadanti: if your mind inclines to
that about which people say ,it is
mine“, or to those who say so, then
you shall not escape me). — 5) there,
to that place; 2,3 (~ nehi math), —
4) in this case, in this matter, in that
particular; 37,7, 73,7, 79,90, 91,1. Y4,21.
96,15. — lf attha — atra can be traced
in the Pali texts (it is found in Abhi-
dhiina), then we could possibly take
‘ttha in the phrace : kaya nu’ttha
bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni-
sinna in the sense of ,here“; but
attha is more likely pr. 2. pl. of the
verb atthi (g. v.) 29,30, 31,23.

etha, imp. 2. pl. v. eti.

eGhati, wb. (sa. Vedh) to prosper,
to succeed in; pr. 3. sg. wati (su-
khamn) Dh. 193; w. instr. (nikatya
susham ~) 5,21.

ena, pron. demonstr. (sa. ena,
substituted for eta, as narit (qg. v.)
for tar) this, that, it; ace. m. tam
enal (,the same“, that person in
question) 100,12; acc. f. tam ena
(mecri causa for enam) 47,21; ace. n.
enam, Dh, 118, 13,

anta, mfn. (purt.) v. eti.

Eravana, m, nom, pr. (sc, Aira-
vana) name of Sakka’s elephant; °-pa-
tibhaga, mfn. equal to E., gen. ~wassa,
45,50. |

ereti, ob. (= ireti, caus, vir, sa.
irayati) to move, to raise one’s voice;
py. <. 8g. ~wesi (sace u’eresi attanar}
Dh. 134 (cp. Tr. PM. p. 76; Morris,
JPTS, 87, p. 146).

elaka, m, (sa. edaka) a ram, a
goat; ~0, 16,27, 29,26; voc. wa, 17,18;
acc, ~wam, 16,04; instr. wena, 17,19;
gen, pl. ~anam, 29,24 (cp. menda).

eva, indecl, (== sa.) just, even,
only (mostly used to strengthen or
limit the idea of a preceeding word

60

and consequently to be rendered diffe-
rently according to its different construc-
tions), Besides eva we find also the
forms yeva and fieva, but their use
in the texts is not strictly conformable
to phonetical principles. ')eva: phala-
phalarh tam eva (those fruits) 2,7;
sariram eva (it is true) 2,8; attano
eva (his own) 2,15; agacchantam
eva (a8 soon as) 2,31; ten’eva (the
same) 2,24; eten’eva, 23,22; 80 eva
id. opp. aiiio) 99,2; tass’eva, 11,25
id.); tass’eva (to him alone) 37,18;
tath’eva (likewise) 2,25. 105,28; tatth’-
eva (on that very spot, that very
moment) 3,6. 9,3 efc.; aham eva (just
1) 29,19. 51,8; imam eva (id.) 65,30;
ti... eva (just therefore) 47,4; ekam
eva (only) 12,20; gunakatham eva
id.) 43,7, cp. 49,1; ujjhayath’eva
(a3 88,26; kocid-eva (only few) 88,34,
but 99,17 (,,ganz beliebig*); yen’ eva
(by which verily) 96,27; a)}’ eva (this
very day) 65,13; atth’ eva kahapane
again, as before) 24,33, cp. 86,25-27
are — but, on the contrary :
96,18-15; 74,30 (Sdriputta-Moggalla-
néva); eva... pana («év—Jdé) 88,23-23.
These examples, indiscriminately cho-
sen, may easily be increased by others,
- *")yeva, most frequently after words
ending with palatal vowels (e, i, 1),
but also often after m and even after
G,0,u. *) after e: 1a, 7,16. 9,3, 12,8
etc, >) after i (i) : 31,26. 39,7, 86,2; 55,20.
©) after ma: 10,21. 1716-21, 23,20, 28,33,
etc. 9) after &: 21,12, 43,23, 48,34.
®) after 0: 43,15 50,31. 88,17. 97,30.
f) after u: 22,7, — 5) iieva, only after
words ending with th, which often,
through assimilation, is altered to ii:
tvam fieva, 28,14. 54,52. 77,6; itthi-
naiit fieva, 48,33; passuntanam fieva,
54,14; tan fieva, 6,10; tasmiii jieva,
45,14; ahaii feva, 99,10. ~ 4) After
long vowels eva is very often (by eli
sion of e) shortened to va (v. he =
5) eva- as the firat part of comp. °-riipa,

mfn. (q. v.), identical with evan (v.
next),

evam, adv. (= sa.) thus, in this
way; *) thus (as follows) : 1,13, 3,15
(evam aha); 66,33, 93,21 (evam me
sutam ,,thus I have heard“); — >) thus
(as mentioned before) : 3,38. 4,29. 6,98,
7,16 efc,; evam hoti, 66,11; evar
passamh, 71,4; yadi evam (if so) 5,15;
evar janahi (,thus I declare thee“)
72,33; evath bhante (yes) 76,14; evam
eva (even 80) 91,3, 68,95 (corresp. w,
seyyatha); na evam (not so, corresp.
w, yath&) 62,96; evam ete (only in
this way and only those) 91,8; evarh
= therefore, referring to a prec, part,
denoting the cause (adinavarh sam-
passamano, because you consider it
dangerous) 93,59.

*evam-gotta, mfn. (sa, *evam
-+- gotra) belonging to that family;
m, ~0, 92,12.

evam-nama, mfn, (sa, evam-
naman) having that name; m, a,
92,19.

*evam-ditthi, mfn. (sa, *evath
-++ drshti) having that view; m, wi,
93,297"31,

evarupa, mfn, (sa. evathriina)
1) such, like that; . wath 51,98; ma
~am karittha (,do not do the like
again“) 39,2; (mukham) 11,6; (pa-
pakammamh) 51,7; abl. wa, 16,28;
loc. m. we, 41,85; instr. f. waya rat-
tiyd (in the dead of night) 41,28;
loc. f. wayath (parisdyath) 87,95, —
*) of such a form, beauty or virtue;
m, ~0, (manavo) 19,11; ace. warn
(matugamam) 51,20; ~am (attabha-
vam, ,such a handsome figure“)
64,16,

esa, pron, (sa, esha) this; m. esa
& eso, f. esa, v. etarh,

esati, vb. (sa, a-vish) to seek,
search, to strive to obtain; part. m.
med, esano (sukham) Dh, 131. 132.
cp. gavesati, gavesaka ¢& neczt.

esin, mfn. (sa. eshin) seeking,
desiring; v. dhanesin, sukhesin; ep.
gavesin & prec,

essati, fut. v. eti,

ehi, ehiti, etc. v, eti,

61

ogha

0.

0, indecl, -= ava (q. v.).

oka!, n, (sa. oka, m. & okas, 7.)
house, dwelliny-place, home, asylum;
abl, ~&%, Dh. 87; repeated ; okam-
okam (acc.) jahanti, ,,they leave their
house and home*, Dh, 91 (cp. nezt).
— an-oka, g. v.

oka?, n, (contracted fr. udaka or
odaka, g. v.) water; okamokata
ubbhato (varijo) 9; oka-m-okato,
with m inserted, abl, ,from his watery
house“, Dh, 34 (cp. oka'),

“okara, m. (fr, ava-Vkr) cp. sa.
apakara) worthlessness; acc, wath
(kimanamh ,,the vanity of desires“)
68,20. cp. vokara.

okasa (or avakasa), m. (sa. ava-
kaca) 1) place, room; acc, ~am (dehi,
give place) 43,21; loc. we, (amukas-
mit, at such and such a place) 75,6;
yamh’ okase (...tattha) 108,20, -—
9) occassion, opportunity, permission ;
acc, ~ami (dento) 40,17; ~am (la-
bhati) 87,19; loc, abs. we laddhe,
87,390; — katokasa, mfn. having got
the opportunity or one’s permission;
m. pl. xi (maya, ,you have my
leave") 49,94; — hatavakisa, mfn,
(q. v.) cp. an-avakiisa, nir-okasa,

okkamati, vb. (sa, ava-Vkram)
to go down, to descend, to enter into;
aor, 3. 8g. okkami (niddam, fell as-
leep) 35,28; nidda okkami (Yasassa)
id, 67,26; — part. f. med, ~mana
(niddam) 61,9; -— ger, witva (id.)
22,25; — pp, okkanta : an-okkanta-
mattath, acc, m. adj, (before he has
passed (the boundary of the kingdom,
rajja-simam)) 39,15,

ogadha, mfn. (= ogialha, sa.
avagadha, fr, ava-Vgah, confounded
with gadh?) immersed, plunged into;
antogadha (q, v.) & amatogadha
(v. a-mata).

ogha, m. (— 8a.) stream, torrent,
flood; ~o, Dh, 25. acc. wath (vineyya
shaving overcome the torrent of pase
sions“) 104,30; ~*°-tinna, m/n, ,saved

ojita

from the flood“, m. ~0, Dh. 370; —
mahogha, m. (sa. mahaugha, m/n.)
a mighty flood, inundation; ~o, Dh.
47, 237; acc, wat, 35.19; °-sadisa,
mfn, like a mighty flood, loc. m. we
(labhasekkare) 72,27.

ojita, mfn, (sa. ava-jita, pp. ava-
yji) won, conquered, recovered; *oji-
tatta, mfn. (fr. attar:) whose life is
secured, instr. wena, 55,2. cp. ava-
jiyati.

ottha, m. (sa. oshtha) a lip (or
jaw); loc. adharotthe ca uttarotthe
ca (between his lower and upper jaw)
13,10; — *varhkottha, mfn. (cp. sa.
vakroshthi) ,whose jaw is wrenched“
m. ~0, 64,20 (v. vatika).

*oddeti, vb. (fr. avae or ude +
Vda (to bind) or dha?) to set up,
arrange (as snares etc.); ger. ~wetva
(pasar) having laid a snare, 11,29.

onamati (or onamati), vb. (sa.
ava-/nam) to bow down, bend down;
ger. ~witva, 62,18.

otata, mfn. (sa. avatata, pp. ava-
ytan) overspread, c.vered; maluva
salam iv’otatam (acc. m.) ,as a
creeper (does with) the tree which it
surrounds” Dh. 162.

otarati, vb. (sa. ava-ytr) to de-
ecend (from ; abl., upon: ace. or loc.);
aor. 3. sg. otari (rukkha@) 12,32;
(ukkiirabhtimivath, doc.) 18,31; (nadir)
28,5; (pasddatalutc) 65,54; — part.
m, wauto, 62,27; — ver, witva (surat)
5,19; — pp. otinna, m. pl. na (na-
vaya bhtmiii) ,lanced*, 112,27; ~
caus, otireti (q. v.) ep. otiira.

otapeti, vb. caus, (sa, ava-\tap)
to dry, evaporate (a3 clothes); grd,
~wetabba, m. wari: (civarati) 83,8,

otira, m. (sa. avatii~a) ‘descent,
point of attuck (for temptations)’,
offence, fault; aco, wat, 104,12,

otireti, vl. (caus. otarati) 1) ‘to
sause to descend’, tuke down, set down
(acc.); imp. 2. pl. wetha, 41,32; —
aor, 3. 8g. weti, 56,24; — ger. wetvi,
8,17, 33,3. 400, ~ *#) to lay down,
expose, wxpluing aor. Uy ay, NOM

62

(sakarh matarh) 113,12; — imp. 2. 89.
wehi (sakarn vadarh) 113,14.

*ottappa, n. (fr. apa-ytrap, 8a.
*ipatrapya > apatrapa (Tr.); this
etymology must be preferred to that
of Childers : *auttapya > uttapa,
ut + tap) tact, decency (in behavi-
our), conscientiousness; ~am (bahi-
ddhasamutthanam, q. v.) 10,7. —
hirottappa, . & bhinnahirottappa,
mfn. v. hiri; ep. SBE. XI. p. 8 &
Dhamma-Sangani, trans). by Caroline
Rhys Davids, p. 20.

ottharati, vb, & otthata, pp.
v. avattharati.

odaka, n. (= udaka, sa. audaka,
odaka, mfn.) water; wari (sitam)
15,25, — an-odaka, mfn. (q. v.). =
khirodaka, gandhodaka, ete. v.udaka.

odana, m.(¢@ n.) (— 8a.) rice,
boiled rice; pakkodana, mfn. one who
has his rice boiled, m. wo, 104,21
- pakka). Suddhodana, nom. pr.
f. Whs
onaddha, mfn. (pp. ava-ynah,
sa, avanaddha) covered, enveloped,
surrounded; m. pl. nd. 37,21 (sa-
khahi sakha), Dh. 146 (andbakar-
ena).

opamma, ». (fr. upama, sa. au-
pamya) a simile, an example; acc,
~am (karohi ,give an illustration*)
99,5; panditabhdvassa C-atthath, io
order to give an example of prudence,
91,24.

oparajja, n. (fr. upardjan, sa.
*auparajyn) viceroyalty; acc, wut
(katvii, ruling as viceroy) 44,21.

opayika, mfn, v. tad-tipika.

*opateti, vb. (fr. ava-ypat) ‘to
throw down’, to interpose, insert; na
... bhanamitnassa antarantara katha
opatetabba (grd. f.) let him not be
interrupted, 83,4

*opunati, vb. (— avapurati, fr.
sa, apa-Vvr (?) but probably con-
founded with y/pli) to uncover, lay
bare (? opp. chideti) or to scatter,
disperse; pr, 8. 6g, xiti (parcsam
vajjini ws yathic bhumai, the faults

of others like chaff) 106,17 =» Dh, 252,
cp. Tr, PM. p. 63; Childers, JRAS,
1871; Morris, JPTS, '87, p, 153;
avapurapeti & avunati above.

obhagga, mfn. (sa, avabhagna,
pp. ava-Vbhaiij) broken, bent down;
*-sarira, mfn, 63,9 (acc. m, ~ath).

obhasa, m, (sa. avabhasa) splen-
dour, radiance; acc, wath (muiicanto)
26,4.

obhisati, wb, (sa. ava-ybhas)
1) to shine forth, to gleam; part. m,
acc, ~wantath, 26,12; part, med, ~ma-
nam (samuddam) 26,18, — *) to light
up, illuminate (ace.); pr. 3. sg, med.
wate (sabba disi) 85,4 —= caus,
obhaseti, 85,8.

*“obhoga, m. (fr. ava-ybhuj,
*avabhoga) a curve or fold, the part
of a cloth where it is folded (perhaps
the inner side of the fold, opp. bhoga);
loc. we, 83,11. cp. Morris, Academy
1882 (July 8. p. 33) and SBE. XIII
p. 156.

omasati, vb. (sa. ava-Vmr¢) to
touch; to prick, pierce; to gnaw off,
gnaw all over (eating only a little);
br. 3, sg. ~anti (gavo bahutinassa
varam varam) 61,33; = khadanti,
52,3.

omufcati, vb. (sa. ava-/muc)
to loosen, take off (aec.); ger, ~itva
(muttabaram) 64,25; (upabana) 82,17.

ora-, (sa. avara, fr. ava) ‘inferior’,
on this side; v, oraparam, orima ¢
next,

orato, adv, (sa. avaratas) on this
side (turned towards the subject); 2,22
(w. gen. dipakassa), 21,16 (opp, pa-
rato); 83,21 (opp. parato).

*oraparam, adv, (fr. sa. avara
-+ para) from one side to the other;
108,26. This word is acc, of the
dvandva-comp, ora-para, n. — this
and the further shore, and consequently
it means ,to both shores“ 9: to and
fro (cp. aparaparam, v. apara).

orasa, mfn, (sa. aurasa, fr. uras)
own, produced by one’s self, legitimate ;
acc, m. wath (puttam) 20,35.

63

ovadati

*orima, mfn. (fr. ora) being on
this side (nearest to the subject);
®-tirato, abl, from this bank (of the
river) 2,21 (v, tira).

oruyha, ger, & oropeti, caus,
v, next,

orohati, vb. (sa. ava-y/ruh) to
descend (from abl.); pr. 3, sg. ~wati
(pasida) 67,21; ger. witva (cafikama
pleft“) 68,10; (suvannapadukahi ,,put
off*) 68,16; oruyha (tato) 6l,is, —
caus, II, oropeti (sa, avaropayati)
to let down, to put away; ger. wetva
(sondam) 76,35.

olambati, vb. (sa. ava+Vlamb)
to hang down, to be suspended, to
hang (on, loc.); pr. 3, pl. wanti

udumbare) 2,2; part, n. santam
se, hadayam) 2,s.

“olarika, mfn. (fr. ulara, sa.
udara, *audarika) large, gross; mate-
rial, corporeal ie a rather consi-
derable greatness ?); m. pl, ~a (pana)
91,1.

*olubbha, ger. (sa. *avalabhya,
Vlabh, but pr. olubbhati (o younger
formation) agrees with ava-ylubh)
clutching, taking hold of, leaning on
(w. ace, or loc.) : Avata-mukhavatti-
yam a, 40,2. cp. Morris, JPTS.
87. p. 156.

oloketi, wb. (sa, ava-Vlok) to
look; to look at, regard, observe,
watch; to look for, search for (w,
acc.); part, med, ~wento, 6,18. 12,25.
87,26; 64,5. 86,23 (lukarh, observing
the world); 33,29 (waiting for); 36,3
(olokento tam disva); f. ~enti, 10,9;
pl, loc. m. wentesu (tumhesu) 50,19;
part, med, pl. ~wayamana, lly; —
pot, 2. pl. weyyatha, 9,18; — fut. 1.
sg. wessami, 46,1; — aor. 3, sg. wesi,
19,14, 87,24; — ger. wetva, 3,1. 14,16.
42,10, 65,31; — pp. wita, m. pl. vita,
11,7; °-akarenéva, 87,25 (v. akara);
°-saiianenéva, 87,33 (v. saiifidna).

Ovadati, vb. (sa. ava-y/vad) to
exhort, admonish (acc.); pr. 2. sg.
~asi (math) 9,23; — part. m. ~wanto
(attanam) 46,81; f. wanti (cp. cor-

ovida 64

rections) 7,82; — pot. 3. 8g. ~weyya,
Db, 77: — wor. 8. 8g. ovadi, 40,8;
— inf. ~itumh, 81.17; — ger. witva,
8,11; — ord, m. witabbo, 79,15.

ovada, m. (sa. avavada) instruc-
tion, admonition; nom. ~o (Bodhi-
sattato laddha-°) 8,1; ace. ~am
dadamano, 12,5); wat datva, 7,38.
44,.3; ~wam dento, 85,24; — oviida-
vasena ,by way of admonition*, 14,13;
= rajovida-jataka, 42,20,

osakkati, v>. (sa. apa-ysrp) to
draw back, give way; -o go back —
to be reduced; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (metri
causa : avasakkati, read : osakkati)
30,13; — par’. acc. m, ~wantam, 30,4;
part, med, ace, m. ~ manam (vamsarh)
45.17; — aor. 3. ¢g. osakki, 29,95. cp.
Tr. PM. p. 60,

osana, m. (sa, avaeana) end; »,
avasana.

osidati, vb, (sa, ava-/sad) to
sink (into, loc.); aor. 3. pl. wimhsu
(udakamhi) 26,7; -- inf. aitum,
28,8; — ger. altva, 36,95. — caus, IT.
gsid@peti, to cauee to sink; pr. 2. sg.
esi (udake mari), 1,21; aor. 3. sy.
wesi, io; fut. 3. pl. wessanti (na-
vath) 265,34.

ossukka, n. (sa. eutsukya) eager-
ness, desire, longing for; appossukka,
mfn. (q. v.) ep. ussuka,

*oharin, mfn. (sa. *ava-harin,
fr. ava-v/hr) dragging down; », ~inam
(bandhanam) Dh. 346. cp. avaharati.

ohareti, vb. (caus. avaharati) to
cause to be taken away, remove; grd.
n, ~etabbam, 84,18.

ohita, mfn. (sa. avahita, pp. ava-
dha) put down, placed into; turned
downwards, downcast; m. wo, Dh,
150. — *ohita-sota, mfn, ,with atten-
tive ears’, m. pl. ~a (bhikkhi dham-
mun sunanti) 7),24, — *ohita-mukha,
mfn, with downcast face, m. ~0, 54,20
(with ii metri causa, cp. Notes).

*ohinaka, mfn. (fr. ohina, sa.
avahina, pp. ava-\/ha) ' remaining,
left; ace, m. pl. we, 22,10.

K.

ka-, base of pron, interr, m. ko,
f. ka ete. v. kim.

kamsa, m(é@ mn.) (sa. karhsa &
karhsya) a basin made of bell-metal
and used like a drum or gong; ~0
(upahato) Db, 134.

iss takes m. (sa, karkataka)
a crab; ~0, 4,25; voc. wa, 4,26; abl.
~a, 5,22,

kakkasa, mfn, (sa. karkaga)
rough, harsh, cruel, violent; a-kakkasa,
mfn. (q. .).

*kakkareti, vb. (caus. sa. khat-
vVkr, cp. kat-/kr) to cough up, hawk
up; ger. ~etva (ambaphalar) 37,25.

kakkhala, mfn. (also written
wala, sa. kakkhata & karkara) hard;
fierce, cruel; instr, m, pl. wehi (yak-
khehi) 41,34.

kamka, m, (= 8a.) a certain bird,
a heron (or a vulture, Burnell: Ind.
Stud, XIIT, 264); gen. ~assa, 92,30.

kamkhati, ob. (sa. Vkanksh) to
doubt; pr. 3. sg. wati, 96,14.

kamkha, f. (sa. kinksha) doubt;
nom, sg. wH, 7917; nom, pl. wa,
66,21.

*kacavara, m. (ep. sa. kaccara
& kavara, mahratt, kacard) sweepings ;
acc, ~am, 50,2. — °-chaddana-pacchi,
f. a basket for removing of sweepings,
48,34. — mala-kacavara-, a dust-heap,
73,20 (°-antara).

Kaccayana, m, (contracted :
Kaceiina, sa. Katyayana) nom. propr,
of a thera, one of Buddha’s chief di-
sciples; voc. wa, 96,6; Kaccino
({aggo] vibhajjanamhi) 109,10, =
*Kaccilyana-gotta, m. (sa. °-gotra}
‘member of the K.-family’, name of
the same person, also often called
Maha- Kaccayana; (ayasma}
96,2.

kacci, indecl, (sa. kac-cid) o
particle of interrogation (latin : atm,
nonne) 28,13; often combined with nu
and sometimes so that the old form
kaccid is preserved by sandhi: kaccin-

~0

6h

nu, 9,28; kacci nu kho (should it
really be ?) 3,5, cp. kim, kiici ete,

kaccha!, mfn. (sa, kaccha, fr.
kaccha, or = *kakshya. fr. kaksha ?)
growing wild, or made of a plant
that grows wild (Tr.), grown in the
water, on marshy ground (?); , wath
(kandam) 92,18 (opp. ropima, q. ».)
cp. next,

kaccha®, m. *) (sa, kaksha) arm-
pit; abl, wa, 1017; loc, we, 67,29,
- *) (sa. kaccha) a meadow, swamp,
fen, marshy ground; loc, we (rijha-
tine ,abounding with grass“) 104,27,

kacchapa, m, (— 8a.) a tortoise;
~0, 11,26; acc, ~am, 11,39; voc. wa,
12,5; instr. wena, 12,20; gen. wassa,
12,96, cp. kaccha?.

kaicana, n. (sa. kaiicana) gold;
°-patta-sadisa, mfn. like a plate of
gold, 46,31; — °-pallamke, Joc. on a
throne of gold, 42,9; ~ °-ripaka-, a
golden statue, 47,14,

kania, f. (sa. kanya) a girl,
virgin; daughter; asura-°, 54,7 (~am,
acc.); khattiya-°, 64,11. 47,15; deva-,
64,30 (wa, pl. ,celestial nymphs“),

kata — kata (q. v.).

katacchu, #.(?) (sa. katacchu,
f. ?) a ladle, a spoon; suvanna-%, a
golden spoon, acc, ~um, 53,39.

katuka, mfn. (= sa.) bitter, of
a sharp, unpleasant taste; °-pphala,
1) n, a bitter fruit (or perhaps name
of a certain plant) 73,11 (-katuka-
pphaladini, cp. phala); *) mfn. with
bitter fruit, 37,31 (m. .o ambo);
Dh, 66 (n. wath, kammam). — *ka-
tuka-pabhedana, adj. having pungent
juice (flowing from the temples, as
elephants), m. wo (kuijaro) Dh. 324,

kattha, m. (sa. kashtha) a piece
of wood, stick; wood in general; —
tina-katth’-upadanam, 94,30. — dan-
ta-°, m. a small piece of wood for
cleaning the teeth, a tooth-pick; ~am,
82,18. — kattha-maya, m/fn., made of
or consisting of wood, wa (vana)
48,6, cp. vana, 7.

katthaka, m. (sa. kashthaka,

Pali Glossary.

kannakita

m, & n.) a kind of plant (probably a
certain reed); gen. ~assa, Dh. 164.

kathala, m, (sa. kathalya & ka-
thalla) gravel; sakkhara-kathala-va-
lika, pl. 97,35,

kathalika (or kathalika), ».
(pada-)kathalika.

kathina, mfn, (— sa.) hard, cruel;
f. pl. wa, 51,34; (= thaddha-hadaya,
hardhearted) 52,5,

kaddhati, vb, (sa. Vkrsh, kar-
shati) to draw, drag, pull (acc.); part.
m. pl, want (matamanussam pide
gahetva) 40,35; — aor. 3, 89. kaddhi
(vemam) 89,7; 3. pl. witiisu, 59,9;
~- inf. ~witumh, 59,8; — ger. witva
(lekhath) 59,7; kaddhitva kaddhitva,
by constantly sucking up, 27,1. — pase,
kaddhiyati, part. m. wiyamano, 59,10,
~ cp. kasati, ai-kaddhati, upa-kad-
dhati & (sam)uk-kamsati.

kanika, f. (= sa.) ‘a small pare
ticle’, meal or flour (of rice)? instr,
pl. wahi (ptivam pacitva) 57,21, cp.
tandula.

kantaka, m, (= sa.) a thorn, a
fish-bone; instr. mandu-kantakena,
37,6 (v. mandu); ace. pl, we, 4,92.
— *-rasi, 5,8 (v. h.).

kantha, m. (— sa.) the neck;
loc. we, 16,95; abl, ~to, 64,95. —
kasava-°, mfn, Dh. 307 (q. v.).

kanda, m. & n, (sa, kanda &
khanda) *)a part, portion (esp. of a
book); acc. ~am (Dhammasaiganiya,
Atthasalinim) 113,25, — *) an arrow
or the shaft of an acrow; acc, ~am,
92,18; insir, wena, 6,24.

kanna, m. (sa. karna) *) the ear;
acc, warm, 22,24. ~ pahattha-kanna-
vala, mfn, 76,21 (g. v.). — ®) a corner
of a room or of clothes); acc. ~am
caturafigulam) 83,10; gehassa kanna-
kannehi (abl. pl.) in the house from
top to bottom“, 49,35; -kanna-bhaga
(m. pl.) the corner of the room*,
84,19. — cp. kannika, k@lakanni.

kannakita, mfn, (sa. karnakita,
fr. karnaka) dirty, musty (on account
of mould or rust e¢c.); f. wa (bhitti)

5

Kannimunda

e

84,20; (bhiimi) 84,91. cp. Vin. IJ, 115,1
fr. b. IIT, 198,5.

*Kannamunda, m. nom. pr. of
a certain (mythical) lake; °-daha, m.
abl, ~to, 36,31.

kannika, f. (as firet part of comp.
also kannika-, sa. karnika) ‘an ear-
ring’; the pericarp of a lotus; *pup-
pba-kannika-sadisa, mfn. ,fair as the
opening bud of s lotus“, acc. m. ~am
(puttam) 7,29.

kanha!, mm. (sa. krshna) black,
dark; metaph, -bad; acc. m. wath
(dhammam, opp. sukka) Dh. 87.

Kanha?, m. (sa. Krsl.na) nom.
pr. a name of Mara (q. v.) ,the black
one*; gen. wassu, 103,91.

kata, mfn. (sometimes also written
kata, pp. karoti; sa. krta, kr) done,
made, performed, prepared efc.; ')
Used es finte tensy: m. wo, 11,10;
45,2 (ratho); 2. ~amh, 1,24. 3,23. 107,27
— Dh, 18; Dh. 74 (kata — katamh).
~ *) adj. as the first part of comp.
(w. instr. of the agens) : kata-kam-
mah, 17,4, 85,2; kata-parakkamena,
12,8; kata-papam, 17,17; kata-papa-
kammam, 73,27 etc, — °) subst. n. gen.
~assa a-ppatikirakam (gq. v.) 14,1;
hatakatam, 2. what nas been committed
end omitted, Da, 50. -- 4) as the last
part of adj.-con'p, : au-a-bhava-kata,
a-vatthu-kata, uv. v,; kdla-kata, dead,
22,15 (v. killa, cy, kala karoti);
kija-vanna-icata, blacked, 84,21 (opp.
a-kata, not prepared, not blacked,
84,22); Cstta-kate, variegated, Dh. 147
(cp. citta*); pirikamma-kata, pre-
pared ; lakha-°, 6,28; gcruka-°, 84,20;
vatta-kata, open, 5,13; sayam-kata,
made by one’s self, Dh, 347; cp.
a-kata, dukkata (or dukkata), sukata
(or sukata). — 5) as the first part of
adj.-comp., v. kata-kicca etc. below,

kata-Kieca, «fn. (ea. krta-krtya)
one who has done hia duty, dutiful;
ace. m, wath, Db, 386; instr, pl.
~wehi (therehi) 109,12.

kataniu, mfn, (sa. krta-jfia)
grateful; a-katafiiium: (uce, m, [se.

66

na seveyya] nirattha tassa sevana)
ingrate, 14,1.

katannuta, f (sa. krtajfata)
gratitude; 14,2.
kata-puia, mfn. (sa. krta-

punya) one who has done good (me-
ritorious) works, virtuous; m. ~0,
107,26 — Db. 18; acc. wam, Dh.
220.

katama. mfn. pron, interr, (—
sa.; fr. the base ka-. v. kim) who,
which (of two or many); m. ~0 (ayala
samuddo) 25,27; ~o ettha Nagaseno,
97,18; acc. ~arh (whom of three) 31,16;
m. pl. we dve (anta) 66,2; — f. wa,
66,90; acc, wam disam, in which di-
rection, 95,4,

*kata-mafigala-sakkara, mfn.
festively prepared; f. loc. 8g. waya
(bhimiya) 61,25. cp. mawgala, sak-
kara.

kata-viriya, mfn. (sa, krta-virya)
energetic; gen. m. ~agsa, 42,13.

kati, pron. interr. (== sa.; nom,
acc. mfn. kati, instr, abl, wihi, gen.
~innam) how many; ~ na kho amha-
kam sikkhapadani (m. pl.) 81,19. ep.
next,

katipayu, mfn. (= sa.) so many,
a certain number, some (latin aliquot);
instr, m. pl. wehi (paharehi) 65,7.

*katipaham, adv, (fr. katipuya
+ aban, by elision of y) a few days,
Te7, 36,15, 112,24 (vasitva); 67,17
(vasi). — kutipahaccayena, a few days
later, 49,22 (v. accaya),

*katokasa. mfn. (sa, *krta +
avakaca] who has got opportunity or
permission, v. okasa.

kattabba, grd., v. karoti.

kattar, m. (sa. kartr) ")a doer.
maker; mom, katta (kamméanari)
97,13, — *) a benetactor; v. a-kattar.

kattarika (or kattari), f. (sa.
ra f.) scissors; instr, wkaya,
sit.

kattha, adv, interr. (by assimila-
tion fr. kuttha, sa. kutra) where,
where-in, where-to, wherefore? ~ al-
hehi sikkhitabbarh, 81,19 (iu what

— kasmim atthe); ~ gamissasi, 87,36
= kaham gacchasi, 88,5. — *kattha-
vasika, mfn. living where? m, pl.
tumhe wa, 21,8, — ep. kuto.

katthaci, adv, (sa, kutra-cid)
somewhere; 52,12,

katva, katvana, ger., v. karoti.

katham, adv, interr, (= sa.
how? jz. 4,98, lljaz ete. katham
nama, how then? 41,30,

kathamkatha, f. (=sa., cp, sa.
kathamkathika, fr. kathamh) doubt,
uncertainty, — vigata-kathamkatha,
mfn. free from doubt; m, ~0, 69,13,
=~ a-kathamkathin, mfn, id, (v. h.).

*katbalika, m, (= kathalika f.?)
probably a foot-stool, or another im-
plement, used by washing the feet (a
towel? Rh. Davids & Oldenberg, SBE.
XIII, 92); nom, pada-kathalikam,
83,6 (cp. the foll, quotation : imesari
yeva padanam candimasuriye pada-
kathalikam katva nisidim, Ps. on MN,
ch, 77; kathalikam (acc.) v. Dham-
mapadatthakatha (Colombo ’98) p, 161,5
fr. b.).

ee: f. (= 8a.) 1) speech, talk,
words; nom, wa, 24,33, 83,4. 86,24
(Buddhanam acchariya); acc, ~am,
4,18. 33,4. 73,9. 89,20 (sammodaniyam,
q. v.); — guna-katha, f. praise; loc.
waya, 31,2; — sarambha-katha, f.
angry speech, Dh, 133, — *) speaking
about, conversation; acc, ~am (sam-
utthdpesum) 29,28; loc, waya, 29,31.
31,4; — *katha-sallapa, m. conversa-
tion, instr, wena, 94,92; — *%samut-
thapana, #, starting a conversation,
54,10 (°-attham). — %) exposition, ex-
planation; dhammi katha, a sermon,
religious discourse, instr. dhammiya
ewaya, 71,22; — attha-katha, anama-
tagga-katha, anupubbi-katha, dana-®,
sagga-°, sila-° (g.v.); cp. Dhatu-katha
& next,

*katha-magga, m. (sa. *katha
-++ marga) way or method of exposi-
tion, explanation; acc, wath, 113,30,

*"Katha-vatthu, mn. (sa. katha
+ vastu). nom. pr., name of a cano-

67

kanaka

nical Pali-book, the 5th part of the
Abhidhamma-pitaka; 102,19.

kathika, mfn. ee sa.) a speaker,
narrator; dhamma-kathika, gq. v.

kathita, mfn. (pp. katheti) spokeao,
told, answered, pointed out; m, ~o
pucchitapanho) 88,2; acc. f. ~am
gathath) 102,94; . sam, 88,26; m.
pl. ~a (guna) 44,5; — taya kathita-
Mmaggena, 56,34.

*kathin, mfn. (fr. katha) at the
end of comp. — kathika, v. vicitra- °
kathin,

katheti, vd. (sa. Vkath, kathayati)
to tell, say, speak of (acc.); to speak
with (saddhimh); to mean, refer to
(acc.); pr. 3. 8g. weti, 24,97. 31,7. 88,4;
2. 8g. wesi, 49,26; 1.589. ~emi, 85,98;
8. pl. wenti, 9,80; — part. m. wento,
3,6; instr, ~wentena, 1,4; gen. wen-
tass(a), 20,28. 30,14; part. med. f.
wayamana (gunam, praising) 29,9;
— imp. 2. sg. ~ehi, 54,33; — pot. 2,
sg. weyyasi, 49,28; — fut, 1. sg, ~es-
yami, 25,33; — aor. 3. sg. wesi, 12,19.
68,19 (anupubbikatham); inf. -
wetum, 49,27. 55,17; — ger. wetva
(rafifio gune) 42,4; a-kathetva, 49,37;
~ pp. kathita (q. v.).

kadariya, mfn. (sa. kad-arya)
‘not liberal’, mean, niggardly, avari-
cious; acc. m. wath (danena jine)
44,0 = Db, 223; m. pl. ~a, Dh, 177.

kadali, f. (sa. kandali & kadali)
1) a sort of deer; *) a flag, banner;
: the plantain or banana tree (Musa
sapientum); °-punna-ghata-, 62,6.

kada, adv, interr. (== sa,) when?
cp. next,

kadaci, adv. (sa, kadacid) 1)
sometimes, 6,19, *) perhaps, 55,24, ep,
kudacanam.

kaddama, m, (sa. kardama) mud,
mire, dirt; °makkhita, m/fn. mud-
stained (wehi padehi) 71,29; apeta-
kaddama, mfn. Dh, 95.

kanaka, n. (— sa.) gold; *-vi-
mana, 7. o golden palace; ~am, 61,15;
loc. we, 23,33. — uttatta-kanaka-san-
nibha, mfn. 85,7.

6*

kanittha

kanittha, mfn. (sa. kanishtha)
the youngest, yonger born; m,a younger
brether or the youngest son (opp.
jettha(ka)); ~0, 35,91. 65,20; gen.
~wassa, 35,18; — %bnatii, 9,7; — jet-
thaka-kanitthe (acc. pl.) an elder
and a younger brother, 32,21. — ka-
nittha-bhagini, f. a younger sister,
instr, wiyd, 56,8¢ (cp. bhagini).

kantati, vd, Gh rt, krnatti)
to spin; part. f. ~wanti (tapasi) 111,6.

kantara, ». (& m.) (sa. kantara)
a forest, wildernesa; ao difficult road;
ditthi-kantaram, 94,1 (q. ee

Kanthaka, m. (sa. Kanthaka)
nom, pr, of the horse of Bodhisatta
(Siddhattna); acc, warm, 65,1920.

kandati, vb. (sa. Ykrand) to cry,
weep; pr. 3. 8g. wati, 30,19; aor. 2,
sg. mi kandi, Dh. 371; ger. witva,
49,10 (~ roditva).

kupanu, mfn. (sa, kppana), mise
rable, poor; “uddhiku, 88,14 (q. 0.).

kapfila, n. (= sa.) @ shell, the
skull; a bowl or pan; tatta-kapile,
loc. ,on a hot plate“, 11,7.

kapi, m. (= sa.) an ape, monkey;
108,94. — *-yoni, f. 1,s. 2,17 (v. h.).
— *-rajan, m. 1,7 (v. h.).

kapila, mfn. (— sa.) brown,
tawny, reddish; °-ga7i, 61,28.

Kapilavatthu, m. (sa. Kapila-
vastu) mom, pr. of a town in which
Gotama Buddha was born (within the
frontier of Nepal, cp, JRAS, 1897 &
1898); abl. wuto, 62,5; loc. wusmim,
81,7; °-nagare, 61,2.

kappa, m. (sa, kalpa) 4) age, any
obe of the azes cf the world; ace.
sakala-kappain, throughout the whole
kalpa, 16,15; loc. pathama-kappe, in
remote antiquity, 10.2. — ®) mfn, (at
the end of comp.) almost like or equal
to; m. pl. Satthu-kappa, similar to
the Master, 109,27, — cp. kappatthiya,
kappika.

kappaka, m. (sd. kalpaka) a
berber; ~0, 44,935 voc. wa, acc, wath,
44,09,

*kappatthiya (& wika), mfn.

68

(sa. *kalpa-stha, w. suff. -ka) lasting
for a whole kalpa; °-rukkha, 59,9.
kappana, f. (sa. kalpana) ‘pre-
paring, arranging’, esp. caparisoning
of a horse or an elephant, tightening
of the saddle-girth; ~@ (atigalha)
65,21-22, 3
kappara, . (sa. kirpara) the
elbow, the forearm; instr. ~ena (sise
pahari) 50,19. 61,1.
kappika, mfn. (sa. kalpaka, &
~wika) at the end of comp. = belong-
ing to a certain kalpa : ~ pathama-
kappika, m. pl. the first people of
this kalpa (g. v.) 10,25; pathama-
kappikato, abl. m. (?) from the be-
ginning of this world, 4,10.
kapptra, m. & n. (sa, karpira)
camphor; -kappira-, 48,30, 73,11.
kappeti, ob. caus. (sa. yklp,
kalpayati) ') to arrange, prepare;
imp, 2 8g. wehi (assari saddle“)
65,17; — inf. wetum (id) 85,20; =
aor, 3, 8g. wesi (id.) ib. (cp. kap-
pani); visamh ~ (,lived*) 1,4, 2,20
(pr. 3. sg. kappeti) lle. 35,27; 3.
pl, wesum, 34,32; jivikarh \esi (,got
livelihood“) 8,15; -- seyyam ~eti, to
lie, to sleep, 465,22 (ekako va); —
pass, part, m, wiyamano (whilst he
was being saddled) 65,21. — *) to trim,
to cut off; part. m. wento (kattari-
kaya kumudanalam) 6,18; — ger.
~wetva (givam) ib, cp. kappaka, m.
kamati, ob. (st. Vkram) to walk,
to go; émtens. cafikamati, q. v.
kabala, m. (sa. kavala) a mouth-
ful, morsel; ace, wam (na bhuijati,
kufijaro baddho) Dh. 324,
kampati, vb, (sa. \karap) to
tremble; part, m. -~amano, 36,3.
kambala, 1, a 1. (== sa.) a
woollen cloth or blanket; *°-ratana,
n. yprecious rug“, 25,5 (ace. wan
mahaggham). — ratta-°, scarlet cloth,
5,7. — pandu-°, 15,3 (°-silasanaih)
q. vs
kamma (& kamman) n, (sa.
karman), nom. acc. sg. wath & ~wa.
‘) what has been done, deed, act; om.

wam, Dh, 67; wa, Dh, 96; ace,
~wam, 51,19, 73,30. — raho-kammam,
54,17 (what is to be done in secret),
- *) doing, action, work, labour; 6,15;
- *kamma-ccheda, m, interruption
of one’s labour, 6,1; — karana-kam-
mam, 9,13 (what she is doing); 7
pana-vadha-°, 60,13 (killing of living
beings); — papa-°, 9,18 (wickedness,
cp. papa); — vicakkhu-kammiya,
dat, in order to make (him) perplexed,
71,27; — milena xam n’atthi, 57,4
(,gratis“ or ,there is no need of
money“ ?); — duty, errand; Dh. 217;
kena kammena (instr.) 21,8; uposa-
tha-°, 14,13 (q. v.); — business, occu-
pation, vocation; kasi-kamma, agri-
culture, tillage, 8,15 (instr, wena); —
tunna-kamma, trade of a tailor, 57,8;
- niyyamaka-kamma, a mariner’s
vocation, 24,14, — 5) (in the dogmatics)
good or bad deed, past deeds, esp, the
influence of past deeds on one’s future
destiny = merit, deserts, karma; wai,
24,1. 100,5; instr. wena, 100,6; gen.
wassa (vipikavasena) 84,32; abl. pl.
~ehi (papakehi) 100,8; gen. pl.
wanath, 97,13; attano pubba-kam-
mam. 16,27 = attana kata-kammam,
17,4 (his own past deeds); papa-
kamma (abl.) Dh, 127; saka-kam-
mani (7. pl.) one’s own deeds, 106,20
— Dh. 240; anantarika-°, 76,5 (q. v.);
yatha-kammam, adv, (g. v.);
*kamma-kilittha, , evil karma, opp.
*kamma-visuddhi, f. good karma,
Dh. 15. 16; — kamma-patha, m. way
of action, acc. pl. we (tayo) Dh. 281.
- ‘)mfn, at the end of comp, nihina-
kamma, suci-kamma (q.v.). — danda-
kamma, parikammakata ¢ nezt.
kamma-kara, m. (sa. karma-
kara) a labourer, a servant; ~o (na-
vikanam) ,a sailor's drudge“, 35,30.
*kamma-karana, f. (cp. sa.
karana) punishment, pain, torture;
°-anubhavanatthanam, 23,97 (v. h.).
kammaja, mfn. (sa. karma-ja)
‘caused by karma’, inboro. — *°-vata,
m, pl. pains, birthethroes; assa w

69

karuna

calimsu (came upon her) 62,19, (cp.
vata).

kammanta, m, (sa. karmanta)
action, work, business; samma-kam-
manto, right conduct, 67,4, .

kammara, m. (sa. karmira) o
smith (blacksmith or goldsmith); ~o,
Dh. 239; gen, ~assa, 78,29. ~ *°-putta,
m. by family a smith, ~0, 77,20. =
*O-gandasa, m, a smith’s tongs; instr,
vena, 5,2.

kammin, mfn. (sa. karmin) acting
(only at the end of comp.); m. pl,
papa-kammino, evil-doers (upapaj-
janti nirayam) Dh, 126.

kayirati, kayira (kayra) ete,
v, karoti.

kara, mfn, (= sa.) doing, making;
v, anta-kara, takkara, dukkara, pa-
bharh-kara, vacana-kara, su-kara.

karana!, mf(i)n. (= sa.) making,
effecting, causing; cakkhu- ~i (pati-
pada) leading to insight, 66,20; fiana-
wi (id.) leading to wisdom, ib.

karana®, n. (= sa.) the act of
making; *°-kammam, 9,19 (v. h.);
a-karana, m. avoiding (q. v.); cp.
dvidba-°, vak-°, vohara-°,

karana, f/f. (cp. sa, karana), »,
kamma-karana.

karaniya, #. (grd. karoti, = 8a.)
‘to be done’, duty, business; katam
~am, ,the duty is fulfilled", 71,16;
instr. kenacid-eva ~wiyena ,on some
business“, 32,13.

karandaka, m. (— sa.) a basket
of burdle-work; *jala-karandaka, m.
probably a fence or enclosure of net-
work, used as a sort of bathing-house
in the river (Tr.), Joc. we kilantassa,
86,30 (,,casting nets and weels in the
river for sport“? Fausbell, Five Jat,
p. 27).

karavira, m. (= 6a.) name of a
fragrant plant, Oleander; *°-patta, .
name of a sort of arrow, wam, 92,94
(cp. patta*).

karisa, m. (sa. karisha) feces;
wah, 82,4 — 97,22.

karuna, mfn. (— 8a.) ') miserable,

karund

pitiable, v. ati-karuna. — *) compas-
sionate; acc. f. ~am (vacam), 103,4.
ep. karuiiiia, nikkarunata & nezt.
karuna, f (= 82.) pity, com-
passion, mercy, imsir, ~waya, 22,2.
karoti, vb, (sa. Vkr) *) w. ace,
to do, make, perform, accomplish,
finish, esp, kilaih w, to die (g. v.);
to execute (vacanam); to effect, pro-
duce, 6,3. 47,4. 89,6, efc,, very often
periphrastically ; koparh aw, 40,7 (to
become angry); satin w, 63,18 (to
think of); saiifiamh a, 5,7 (to imagine)
etc.; to put, place, direct, 6,10, 15,89.
6C,19. 65,15. 71,28, 83,1121; to treat,
57,6. — *) w, double acc. to make
(adj.) 73,6; to elect (subst.) 10,2. —
5) w, adv. to act, behave, 58,5; to
manage, arrauge, 12,9. — The usual
prerant fo: mation is karoti, but besides
ths we find kubbati (1. sg. also
kummi), and even *karati must be
supposed as base for certain forms of
part., imper., pot. (kayirati is found
‘gt the grammarians) : 3, sg, oti
(tath’ eva) 2.45; 2. sg. ~osi (saiiiiam)
5,7. (papakammam) 9,30; 2. sg. ~omi
ont use = fut.y Ble; nan, 74,1
I did not do it); 1. pl, woma, 4,7,
6013 (= fut.); -- pr. med. 3. 8g.
kurute (vasam, subdues) Dh, 48.
(piyam) Dh, 217. — part. *) m. ka:
ronto (voharam) 8,15. (sotthim) 54,31;
loc. ~e, 19,99. (viriyara akaronte)
42,11; ace, pl. we, 21,3; gen. sg.
karoto, Dh. 116; ace. f. with (ana-
caram) 52,31; pl. wiyo (kalaham)
59,3. >) gen. sg. m. kubbato, 13,28.
Dh. 51--52; med. ') kubbana, ace.
m. wath, Dh, 217, *) kurumana, f.
~A, 49,13. 89,6; pl. f. wa, 51,28. °) m.
karam, Dh. 136. — imp. *) 2. 8g,
karohi, 19,28. 73,9. 86,1; 2. pl. wotha
(mama vacanam) 32,25. 75,5. 108,6;
3. pl. wontu, 8,7. ») 2. sg. kara, 22,16.
— pot, *) 3. sg. kareyya (kalam) 92,6;
2. sg. weyyasi, 15,24, 35,8 (aggir).
86,3 (papam); 1. 8g. weyyath, 15,12;
3. pl. ~eyyum, 17,26; 2. pl. weyyatha,
4,3. >) 3. sg. kare, Dh. 42—43; 3,

70

1. (?) 48,7 (perhaps we have here an
aia fb of 3. pl. med., cp. Kuhn,
Beitr. p. 94; but kare is also pr. 1.
sg. med, — karomi, Jat. 11 138,18.).
°) 3. sg. kayira (fr. *karyat), Dh. 42.
53. 105. 117. 159 (kayra); 3. sy. med.
kayiratha, Dh. 25, 117. 313 (kayra-
tha). 4) 2 pl. kubbetha, 29,12, -
fut, *) 3. 8g. karissati (mukham) 11,17.
satim) 63,18; 2 sg, wissasi, 15,31
Mis imper.), 77,6 (id.), 54,92 (cp. the
use of fut. bhavissati. ». bhavati);
1, sg. wissami, 9,21. 12,2, 47,4 (lo-
bhamh inassa); 3. pl. wissanti, 4,6.
7,15; 2. pt, wissatha, Dh. 275. »*) ka-
hami & kassami ete.; 2. sg. kihasi,
103,7 (puniaini), Dh. 154 (geham).
- aor, *) 3-2. sg. akasi, 19,33. 57,26.
60,19. 86,1; 2. sg. akas’ aham, 108,30;
8. pl. akamsu (siham rajanam) 10,3.
13,2. 21,22. 109,5. >) 3. sg. akari, 80,33.
85,5 (—= akasi, 85,13); 2. sg. ma kari,
53,8; 1. sg. karim, 47,4 (karin ti);
3, pl. karimsu, 10,27. 24,12 (ndmath
assa). 58,5; 2. pl. ma evartipam
karittha, 39,2, °) 3, sg. aka (Visud-
dhimaggamh nama, composed) 114,13;
1. pl. med, akaramhase, 13,95. — inf.
katum, 11,8. 27,16. 514 ete, — ger.
*) katva, 4,36 (givam sugahitam).
6,2-10, 40,21 (dalham ~, with a strong
grasp). 68,12 (kusalamh a, se. taya).
65,15 (ummare sisath). 82,1 (nicam
~, holding down); a-katva, 24,17.
34,3, 40,7. 42,15; adirh-katva, v. adi.
>) katvana, 1125. °) karitva, 42,18.
71,28 (nafigalam khandhe, ,having
shouldered“). 73,6. 74,19; vasim «,
q. v. (cp. sakkaccata). — pass. kayi-
rati, Dh. 292 (+= kayrati), ~ pp.
kata, mfn. (q.v.). — grd. *) kattabba,
mfn, what is to be done; , ~am (sa-
hayassa, ya friend’s part“) 12,31. (vi-
riyam) 42,13, 54,13. Dh, 53; °kicca
(v. h.); %yutta. mfn. what ought to be
done, n. ~am, 54,39, >) katabba. mfn.;
m. ~0 (sathsaggo) 29,7; ». war (kin
nu kho ~) 11,33; m. ~o (brahma-
dando, to be imposed) 79,13; yut-
takarh (etesam karissanti, shall do

for them) 39,34. °) kicca, mfn, (v.
separately), ¢) kariya, mfn.; a-kari-
yam, ”, 106,15 «= Dh, 176. °) kayira,
mfn, (= kariya, fr. sa, karya); n.
~ aii ce, Dh, 313. ‘) karaniya, mfn.
(v. separately). ~ caus. kareti (gq. v.).
“= atthi-°. alam-°, dvi-°, manasi-°,
sacchi-karoti (v, h.), cp. kattar,
kamma, kara, karana, kara(ka),
karana, karin, kiriya.

*Kalandaka-nivapa, m. nom,
pr. of a garden at Veluvana near Ra-
jagaha (Jit, ‘an offering to the squirrels’,
Sp. H. Man.? 198); “loc, we, 84,27,

kalala, ”. (= sa.) ')the embryo
a short time after conception; gen,
massa, 99,10, — *) mud, mire; acc.
wath, 46,83; loc. kama-kalale, ,in the
mud of desire“, ib.; githa-kalale
(nimugga-gamasukaro) in the dung:
hill-pool, 2,

kalaha, m. (= sa.) strife, quarrel;
acc, wath (karontiyo) 59,3; ~wath
(aifiamaniam karonti)74,5.—*°-sadda,
m, brawl, acc, wat, 59,4.

kala. f. (= sa.) ')a part, portion
(esp, the sixteenth part of the moon's
diameter), acc, wath (solasim, a six-
teenth part) Dh, 70, — *) any mee
chanical or fine art, 113,s (vijja-sippa-
kala-vedi).

kalapa, ‘m. (= sa.) 1) bundle;
acc, daru-kalapam (sisena adaya) a
bundle of fire-wood, 57,12. — *) a
quiver; acc. dhanu-kalaparh, bow and
quiver, 75,15.

kali, m. (= sa.) the unlucky
die, loss at game, misfortune; sin,
vice; n’atthi dosasamo ~, Dh. 202
‘(= sin? cp. SBE, X, 55); ace. ~im
‘ihe bad die), 10618 — Dh. 252
[kali, opp. kata (sa. krta) v. Jat. VI,
228,19. 282,17. 357,5).

*kalifigara, m. & n, (also spelt
with ], Burm. read, kalifikara) *) a
log ot wood (explained by comm, by
katthakhanda, khinu); ”. ~ath (nir-
attharh) Dh, 41 (cp. Thi, 468, MN.
I, 449,16). — *) (sa. kadafigara & ka-
dafikara) straw, chaff (Abidb, 453). ”

71

kasiva

kalira, m, (sa. karira) the top-
sprout of a plant; ~o (pathamuggato)
47,9.

kalyana, mfn. (— sa.) beautiful,
good; loc. n. we, Dh. 116 (opp. papa);
acc. m. pl. ~e (mitte, opp. papake
mitte) Dh. 78, 375. — *°-ripa, m/fn,
beautiful, m, ~o (catuppado) 30,8.

Kalyani, f. (= 8a.) nom. pr.
of ariver in Ceylon; acc. wim, 21,16.

kalla, mfn. (sa. kalya) healthy,
salutary; able, clever; ready, prepared,
perfect; », wath (kallan nu kho tad
wbhinanditum) 97,5; m. kallo si
bhante, 99,35. — *9-citta, afn. whose
mind is prepared, acc. m. wat, 68,21,

kavata, n. (sa. id. & kapata) a
door (not the aperture, dvara, g. ».,
but that by which the aperture could
be closed, cp. SBE. XX, 160). -
*0.nittha, . the backside of the door
(,door & doorpust*, SBE, XIII, 159),
acc. wath, 84,12 (cp. pittha & Vin,
I, 368,09; SBE, XX, 105).

kasata. mfn, (probably by meta- -
thesis fr, sa. sakata, which also is
found in the mss., cp. sa. cata &
kashta) bad, vile, nasty; a certain
taste: sour, bitter, acrid, or: insipid,
tasteless == niroja, niyylisa; subst.
m, fault, vice; bitter juice, sediment,
dregs (?); — kasata-phalani (». pl.)
1,13; — nimba-kasatam (acc.) bitter
nimba-juice, 37,25.

kasati, vb. (sa. Vkrsh, krshati,
cp. kaddhati & (sam)ukkathsati) to
plough; pr. 3. sg. ~wati, 56,16; 3. pl.
wanti, 30,29. cp. kasi, kassaka &
next,

*kasana, n. (fr. kasati, sa. kar-
shana) the act of ploughing; ~arh,
56,16. °-tthanarh, 2. the place where
one is ploughing, 56,1.

kasa, f. (sa. kag&) a whip; acc.
kasam-iva (= kasam viya) Dh. 143;
acc. pl. wa, 55,14; instr. pl. ~ahi,
77,12, — *°-nivittha, m/fn. touched by:
the whip, m. ~o (asso) Dh, 143>.

kasava, m. & n. (sa. kashaya)
dirt, impurity; fault, sin. — vanta-

kasi

_kasfiva, mfn. one who has thrown
away ain, m. ~[o] Dh. 10, — a-nik-
kasava (g. v.), cp. kasiiva.

kasi, f. (sa. krshi) ploughing,
agriculture; °-kamma, m, id; instr.
wena, 8,15. — %gorakkhadini, 21,s
(ploughing, tending cattle &).

kasma, adv. why? (pron, interr.
abl.) v. kith.

kassaka, m. (sa. karshaka &
krshaka) a ploughman, farmer; pl.
ait, 31,1. — *e-kula, n. the family of
a farmer, loc. we, 8,14. — *°-vanna,
m, the appearance of a ploughman,
acc, ~am, 71,27.

Kassapa, m. (sa. Kagyapa) *)
nom. pr. of the Buddha before Gotama;
gen. ~assa (Bhagavato) 84,28, °-da-
sabala, gen. ~assa, 22,12. °-samma-
sambuddha, 28,18. — *) nom. pr. of
a thera, one of Buddha’s great disciples,
president of the first council; wo
(doutavadinam aggc) 109,6; = Ma-
haikassapathero, 109,17. — 9) Kumara-
kassapa, q. v

*kaham, adv. inierr. (cp. kattha,
kuhim & sa, kuha) where? whereto?
1,25 (~ thapetha), 21,8 (gacchissatha),
34, (kahan nu kno), 49,6 (~ ga-
tisi), 73,13 (gacchasi), 88,5 (id, =
kettba gamissasi, 87,36).

kahapana, m, (& n.) (sa. kar-
slfipana) a certain weight of gold,
silver or copper a coin, a piece of
money, money in general; instr, wena,
18,0; acc. pl. ~9 (attha) 24,98;
dhuttiinam .e datva, hiring some
villains, 73,19; instr. pi, wehi (suram
pivanta) 74,4. — *°-vassa,'2. a shower
of money, instr, wena, Dh. 186. —
%satam, ». 100 k.s, 18,13. — %-sa-
hassena (instr. ».) 1000 k.s, 67,33.

ka, pron. interr. f., vo. kim.

koka, m. (— 8a.) a crow; wO,
11,5. 18,16; ace. wam, 18,8, — *°-sisa,
mfn. neving a head like a crow, m,
mo, 2),24. — *9-stira, m. a crow hero“,
designation of a cowardly or impudent
fellow, instr. wena, Dh, 244, — disa-
kaka, m q. v.

72

*kikacchati, vb. onomat., to
snore; part, f. pl. wantiyo, 65,6.
This word ia said to be akin to ykas,
to cough, cp. Fausbgll, Bem. 1888,
p. 38 (44), but Kern and Trenckner
derive it from Vkrath, ». Mil. 85,29
Note. ,

kaka, indecl, (= sa.), ,caw, caw",
onomat. fr. the cawing of a crow,
18,30.

kaja, m. (sa. kaca) a yoke to
support burdens; v. khari-kaja.

kana, mfn. (— sa.) one-eyed,
blind of one eye; °%mahd-macchan,
acc, m. 4,15.

katabba, grd. & katum, inf,
v, karoti.

kapotaka, mfn. (sa. kapota &
kapotaka) pigeon-coloured, grey, white;
n. pl. wani alee Dh. 149.

kama, m. (— sa.) ') wish, desire;
most frequently pl. — desires, (sen-
sual) pleasures, (sensual) love; acc.
(adv.) ~wam, q.v.; @bl. wato (jayati
soko) Dh. 215; pl. wa, 20,17. 45,5
manusaka, opp. dibba-kame, ace.
i 103,35 (te |Marassa] pathama
senn); acc. pl. we, 46,18. 69,27, 103,24.
Dh, 88. 383. 415; instr. sabba-kam-
ehi, 61,29; gen. wanath, 68,20; Joe.
~wesu, 47,29. 52,24 (atittam), Dh. 48
(id); 65,9 (viratto); 97,11 (miccha
carati, ,commits alee oe Dh,
186 (titti) 218.401. — *-kulala (v.
h,). — *-tanha, thirst for pleasure,
67,14 (in the series : kama-, bhava-,
vibhava-), — *kima-rati (dvandva
comp.), love and lust; °santhava,
m. familiarity with nA, ace, wat, Db,
27. — yattha-kama(m), g.v. — kima-
kama, etc. v. below. — *) mfn, (at the
end of comp.) desiring, longing for,
intending; a-kama, mfn. (qg. v.);
sukha-kama, m/fn. longing for bappi-
ness, 7, pl. ~ani (bhitani) Dh, 131;
very frequently comp. w. inf, in tu-:
aropetu-°, 74,12. uddisdpetu-°, 84,6.
khadipetu-®, 1,23. khaditu-°, 1,7. 4,11.
ganhitu-°, 65,16. gantu-°, 4,18. 22.9.
50,0 (brahmanam paharitva v0,

kama- is here logically to be com-
bined with paharitva). caritu-°, 36,10,
jivitu-°, Dh, 123. datthu-°, 19,12.
(daitu-°, », a-daitu-kaimata). nahay-
itu-°, 83,21. nikkhamitu-°, 65,16,
paripucchitu-°, 84,7. pavisitu-°, 82,94,
83,27. paharitu-°, 29,25, bhuiijitu-,
83,12, maretu-°, 9,20, vaiicetu-°, 5,1,
5l,is, sotu-°, 87,19.

kamam, adv, (ace, sg. fr. kima,
=a.) willingly, readily, with pleasure;
~ cajAma asuresu panath, 60,17.

kama-kama, mfn,(— sa.) desi-
rous of lust, having desires; m, pl,
na «a (lapayanti santo) Db, 83,

“*kima-gavesin, mfn, looking
for pleasures; m. pl, wino, Dh. 99.

kaéma-guna, m, (= sa.) passion,
affection; object of sense, pl. the pas-
sions, taken as five different kinds,
according to the five external senses;
ace, pl. we, Dh, 371; instr. pl. wehi
(paticahi samappitassa) 67,25,

*kamata, f. (cp. kama, *)) in-
clination to; comp. w. inf. in tu-:
kilitu-° (salavana-kilam, deviya uda-
padi) 62,15. cp. a-datu-kamata, 16,14.

*kima-bhava, m., v, kama-
bhava.

*kama-sukha, n, sensual plea-
sure, the pleasure of love; acc. ~am
(pahaya) 47,98 — Dh, 346—47. —-
sRamecukh’allike, mfn, (?), °-anuyoga,
mfn, 66,36 (v. h.).

*kEmabhava,m. (—kama-bhava,
with a lengthened metri causa) 1) sen-
sual existence in one of the eleven
Kamalokas, *) rise or origin of lust;
°-parikkhina, mfm, one in whom lust
can rise no more, acc. m. wath, Dh,
415 (,,in whom all concupiscence is

extinct“), cp, tanha-bhava, nandi-
bhava.
kaya, m, (= 8a.) the body; ~0,

70,82. 107,56 == Dh. 41; gen. ~assa,
7,26; instr, ~ena (saiiato) 84,99;
(sathvuto) Dh. 231—234 (in the
series : kayena, vacaya, manasa);
wena dhammam passati, ,sees the
law bodily“, Db, 259 (cp. SBE, X,

73

karana

65); toc. wasmim, 71,10; acc, pl. we,
112,30. — aru-kaya, m. or mfn. (?)
v. h. — santa-kaya, mfn. whose body
is quieted, m. ~o, Dh, 378. — *°-gata,
adj. f. directed to the body (sati,
q. v.) Dh, 293. — *°-duccarita, n,
the bad deeds of the body, acc. ~amh,
Dh, 231. — *%-ppakopa, m, bodily
anger, ace, wath, Dh, 231, — °-ban-
dhana, », a girdle, wam, 82,25. —
*0_viniana, 2. body-consciousness, the
sense of touch, wat (dukkha-saha-
gatarh, a painful perception) 98,1, ~
*0-samphassa-vilinanayatana, n, the
sense of touch, wath, 72,16 (cp. dya-
tana).

kiyika, mfn. (= 8a.) belonging
to or concerning the body; instr,
m, wena (saiifiamena, satvarena)
85,17-18,

kara, mfn. (— sa.) doing, making
(at the end of comp.), v, andha-°,
ahim-°, unha-°, usu-°, mamim-®,
sadhu-°, cp, purekkhara, sakkara.

ka@raka, m(fn), doing, making;
a maker, doer (at the end of comp.),
v, kitatta-°, gaha-°, pesufiia-°,
bhatta-°, sussa-°, sasana-°.

kirana, ». (= sa.) 1) cause,
reason, motive (means); om. ~am,
3,1. 7,4, 29,1 (tam ~wam, that is why).
37,7. pabbajja-° (tumhadkam), 45,9;
acc, ~am (imam, the cause of that)
15,0. wam katva, giving as cause,
85,24; instr, kena wena, for what
reason? 16,93. 100,17; kin te mama
hasita-karanena, ,what is that to
you why I laugh“, 63,84; a-kara-
nena, q. ¥.; abl, ~, often in comp,
w. kim-°,, why? 9,90, 28,84. 53,54;
manussavasa-karana, ,,because I have
had to do with men“, 112,10. — #)
event, affair, the state of the case,
circumstance, fact; acc. ~am (asal-
lakkhetva) 3,18; (sutva) 24,28; (fiatva)
35,1; kiici war ajananto, unsuspect-
ing, 50,17. — §) doing, making (at the
end of comp.; sometimes written -ka-
rana); asanta-paggaha-°, 29,97 (v.
a-santa).

<Hrand

karana, f. (= 8a.) punishment,
paio, torture (in comp, often shortened
to kirans-); "kirana-ghara, n. & m.
house of sorment, loc, we, 21,15. ep.
(kainma-) karani.

karin, mfn, (= 2a.) doing, mak-
ing (at the end of comp.), v. nisamma-.°,
pipa-°, sitacca-°.

kariya, mfn. (sa. karya) grd. v.
karoti & a-kariya.

kdruiiia, ». (fr. karuna, sa.
karunye,) compassion; acc. war (w.
loc. bréhimane) 16,31; instr. wena
(tayi) 17,13. 58,14. ep. karuna.

karetar, m. (sa, karayitr) one
who causes something) to be done;
nom, sg. ~ti (kammanam) 97,13.
ep. kattam.

kdreti, vb. (caus. karoti, sa.
karayati) to cause to do or to be done
acc,), to cause another (acc.) to be
See , to cause another (acc.) to per-
form (ace.); periphrastically : rajjar
~, to reign, to be king (ep. karoti :
rajjamh karotha, 42,6); part. loc. m.
mente (rajjam) 1,2; part. med, loc.
m. karayamane (id.) 6,24; — imp. 2.
sg. ~weli (id.) 47,10; — aor. 3. 89.
esi (rajjam) 19.6; (mafigalam) 58,20,
a-karayi (yakkhith sapatham) 111,29;
— ger, wetva (danasala) 38,13; (pu-
rohitarn rajanam) 44,16; (abhisekath,
g. v.) 36,22. — subst. karetar, m. (v.
h.); cp. kakkareti.

kiila, m. (= 8a.) time, space or
point of time, right or proper time;
death (in the phrase: kalam karoti,
to die); nom. ~o bhante! the time
has come, sir! 78,3; abhisambujjhana-
kalo, 63,7; nekkhanma-kalo, 45,6;
asc, wam (Arocipesi) 78,2; \.am
(akari, died) 80,33; wart (katvit) 34,55,
84,n0 (cp, kitla-kiutn, kilu-kiriyd),
gen, ~asua (ass'evi, hetimes) 82,17;
abl. ~ato, comp. tass’ agata-kalato
patthaya, ,from the day of his com-
ing“, 18,299; Cotamassa uppanna-
kalato patthaya, 72,50; tassa nikkhan-
tae, Y106; doc, kitly (or kitlambhi) in
time, seasonably (opp. vikale) 9,19;

74

kale gacchante, in the course of time,
14,15. 1024; tasmin kale, 2,26; pac-
chime kale, in the hour of death,
86,18; hemantike kale, in the winter-
time, 100,24; very frequently in comp.
w, verbal nouns or pp.: rajabhiseka-°,
11,6; suriyuggamana-°, 72,29; maha-
janassa nagaram pavisana-kale, 73,135
dhitu marana-kale, 89,13; tava san-
tikarh dgata-kale (mam ganhahi)
3,17; asuka-kale, 88,23 (v. h.); utthana-
kalamhi (time to rise) Dh. 280. —
kalantarena (— sa.), v. antara. —
kdlika. mfn. (q. v.). — a-kala, m.
== sa.) wrong time; *°-pupphani
s pl.) flowers out cf season, 37,16;
*0_yatarh, n. unseasonable wind (con-
trary wind?) 25,a1.

kala (or kala), mfn. (sa. kala)
black; m. ~o (puriso) 92,13; ”. pl.
~ani (kesani) 47,1. — °-pasana-, a
black rock, 24,2. — *°-vanna-kata,
mfn, blacked, f. ~& (bhimi) 84,21.
ep. next & kala-kanni.

kalaka, mfn. (sa. kalaka) black;
subst, n. (?) dirt, speck, stain : *apa-
gata-kijJaka, m/fn. free from dirt or
black specks, m, vam (vattharh
suddham) 68,25.

kaila-kanni, f. (sa. kéla-karni)
ill luck, misfortune; a fatal or ill-
boding person or thing, a fury; —
*~i-sakuna, m. a bird of ill omen,
instr, wena, 12,10; — *~ri-salaka, f.
the lot which points out the guilty
or fatal person, 23,12.

*kala-kata, mfn. (— kata-kila,
sa, *kala-krta, ep. kala-gata) dead;
acc, m. wat, a dead person, 63,35;
loc, we (pitari) 22,15.

kaila-kiriya, f. (sa, kala-kriya
death; puthujjana-kilakiriyarm vate
kutvil, having died like common people,
87,29,

kala, f. (sa, kila) name of a certain
plant, » climbing or creeping plant
(— kala-valli, Comm.); *°-pavala, f.
ree stalk (said of a tender maiden),

420.

kiilika, mfn, (— sa.) ‘depending

on time’, future 9: which will not come
before long (opp. sanditthika, MN.
I 474,6, SN. I 117,36); ». ma warm
anudhavi, 47,10 (cp. bhavitabbam
ev’etam kathesi, 47,11).

kisava, mfn. (sa. kishiya, cp.
kasava) yellow, dark-yellow; ». the
yellow robe of the Buddhist monks;
acc. wath (vattham), Db, 9—10. —
*0-kantha, m/fn, ‘yellow-necked’, wea-
ring the yellow robe; m, pl. wa, Dh.
307. (cp, SBE. X. 6 Note.)

Kasi, m. (pl.) (sa. Kaci) nom.
pr. of a country and its people, whose
capital was Benares (Baranasi, g. v.);
o-rattha, m. the kingdom of K., ace.
wath, 38,21; lec. we, 34,31; °-rattha-
vasi-manusso, m. a man from K, 35,38.

Kasika, mfn. (sa. Kacika) com-
ing from Kasi or Benares; °-vattha,
mn, Benares-cloth, a sort of fine cotton
cloth; loc. we, 62,39 (cp, Fick, Soc,
Glied. p, 176),

kim}, pron,

interr, n. (= sa,
what? mf. ko,

ka, who? which? —
kim, *) nom, n, 13,13 (~dukkham);
16,11 (kim nam’ etam); 93,9 (kif ca,
and what?); constructed w, gen. pers.
é& instr, rei == what is one (gen.)
to do with (imstr.) : 31,31 (kin te bha-
tari); 32,32 (kim me dukkhena),;
49,14. 53,34. 59,95, 79,31. 106,10 e¢c,, or
only w. instr, 20,29. 111,20; — comp,
*kithsaddo nam'esa, ,what sort of
noise is this“, 60,9; kitnsaddo iti
(apucchi) 112,8; kirnkarana (ab/.)
why? 9,90; kinnama, mfn. (q. vt
kimatthath & kimatthaya, v. attha ‘);
- >) acc. , kim (cintento) 4,3; (ka-
rissanti) 7,16; (karomi) 55,6; (maf-
fiasi) 69,84; kin’ti vyikareyyasi, 95,6;
~ °) kith (adv.) v, below. — m, nom.
ko (si tvath) 3,19; (janati) 13,17;
(ettha) 65,14; (pan’ ettha Nagaseno)
97,81; (~ nu dipo) 110,51; (~ nu
haso) Dh. 146; — acc. kam, 25,18.
Dh. 353, — f. nom. ka (nama tvath)
56,10, — instr. *)(m.) n. kena, 16,33.
35,8. 70,98; °) adv. why? 22,20, 54,37.
— instr. (etc.) f. kta, 29,80 (kathiya).

75

kicca

— gen, m. *) kassa, 98,13; >) kissa,
36,33 (phalam, scil, rukkhassa). —
gen. n. (adv.) kissa, why? 101,6, —
abl, n. (adv.) kasma, why? 7,7. 87,28.
~ As to the rest the declension is that
of tam and other pronouns, e, g. instr,
pl. m. kehi, 74,9. An old neuter form
kad- has been preserved in kac-ci &
kad-ariya (9. v.). — kif carahi, ko
carahi, v. carahi. — cp. kiiica, kii-
cana, kificipi, kiiici, koci etc.

kim?, adv, interr, (= prec.; in its
different meanings often combined with
other particles), — 1) —<- how? 1,8 (kin
ti); 70,91 (kii ca sabbam adittam);
74,98 (kim pana, ,how much less“);
86,29 (kin nu kho bhavissati, how is
she now, I wonder?); 87,13 (kin nu
kho); Db. 146 (kim anando), — *)
= why? 1,4. 3,8, 85,32 88,4 (kim
nama, why then?), — °) interr. particle
(introductory of a full sentence) : *) =
latin -ne, num; kith janasi, do you
know? 113,11; kim so sabbarattirmh
dipeyya (pot.) 99,18; kim bhavissati,
Dh, 264; kin nu kho. 38,37 (w. pot,
siya, should he possibly be?); 89,22.
97,18; kim pana (by putting forth a
second question) 89,25. 97,26; kim pana
(expressive of astonishment) 44,4, — >
— latin nonne (w. foll. ‘na’); kin
te,,.navattati, had you not better, ..?
1,15; kim na passasi, 111,19; kif ca
lohitam n’ipasussaye (pot.) 103,19.
-°) kith...na.,. (disjunctive, —
utrum,.an), 9,24 (kim mata vo ana-
ciram karoti na karotiti). — *) used
as a mere interjection, by calling one’s
attention to a question (without full
sentence) = now! look here! halloh!
B11 cn bho vinarinda!); 78,16 (kith
Sundari, kaharh gatasi),

kicca, ') mfn, (grd. karoti, sa.
krtya) to be done or made; », wam
(a&tapparh) Dh. 276; kiccam, a-kiccam,
Dh. 292; kicodkicca, loc, pl. wesu,
Dh. 74. — *) n. duty, service, kindness;
business, purpose, cause, motive, use,
need; nom, tumhakam vinasena ~am
n’atthi, ,there is no need for“ (instr.)

kiccha

55,7; ace, warm, 13,25 (service); sa-
kicca-ppasuta, m/f». intent upon one’s
own business, m. pl. ~3, 86,28; kat-
tabba-kicca, ». pl. ,the objects of
one’s mission*, loc. wesu, 114,91. —
itthi-°, kata-°, kilamana-°, bhatta-®,
q. Vv,

kiccha, mfn. (sa. krcchra) pain-
ful, attended with pain or labour; m.
~o (Buddhanarh uppado) Dh. 182;
n. war (saddhammasavanam) ib.

kifica, . pron, indef. (= 8a. ep.
kifici) avything: afar kijica yathi-
cchiteth, whatever else you might wish,
111,28,

kificana(th), ». pron, indef. (sa.
kim-cana) anything; na ~amh, nothing,
Db. 200, 421. — a-kijicana, mfn.
(q. v.). — cp. dkificaiina, m. & sa-
kijicana, m,‘n.

kificApi, indect. (— sa.) certainly,
although, in spite of; ~ na janati (w.
foll. pana) 63,31; ~ $9 evam vadeyya,
100,97 (i spite of what he might
say“).

kifiei, 1) pron, indef. (sa. kith-
cid) something, anything (whatever);
w, foll, negation = nothing; nom.
ya kifici... sabbath tara (whatao-
ever) 68,27; adj. ~ ditthigatam, 94,6;
ace. ai kitici labhamase (any reward)
1,26; aidiani ~ (v. h.) T1215 ma kitei
vadetha, 55,28; ~ vattum na visahati,
87,2; adj. na kifiol papa, 104,54;
na... anumattarh ~ dubbhasitarh
padamh (not even tho smallest) 110,12;

instr, kenaci, 73,4; kenacid-eva
(karaniyena) 32,13; oe. kismici, Dh.
74, — *) adv, altogether, w. foll.

negation = not at all; sace kifici
Gharam labheyyam, 15,1; na kiiei
abhavissa, 42,1; « karanath a-ja-
nanto, 50,17. — koci, m. (v. h.) ep.
kacci & kifica above.

kinati, vb. (sa, ykri) to buy;
pr. 1. sg. ~aimi (dadhim tava hat-
thato) 101,29 (= I did not buy);
ger. kinitva, 101,28.

kitava, m.(— sa.) a gamester,
gambler; kitavasatho, a fraudulent

76

@ = Dh. 262, which

6, Me ee
gambler ee itten kitava

probably ought to be wr
satho, kitava being nom. (— $4.
kitavah) after the analogy of words
ending with -vat (Tr. cp. Jat. VI,
228,19: kitava sikkhito yatha, in both
instances before ‘s'; gc#. ~assa, SN,
I, 24,4 — Vin. III, 90.) The Comm.
takes kitava — kitavaya, but Weber
Ind, Str, I, 158) and Max Miller
{Sih X, 63) take it for an abl. =
vor dem Spielgegner, from the player.

*kittaka, mfn, (formed after the
analogy of ettaka etc. ‘I'r, PM. p.
80, cp. sa. kiyat), how much? how
many? ®. wath pacami, how much
have I to cook? 67,10. ep. next.

*kittavata, adv. (cp. ettavata &
prec.), how far? to what extent? 96,5.

kinnara, m. (= sa.) a kind of
mythical being, a male tairy, f. «1;
the kinnaras are of extraordinary
beauty, celebrated dancers and musi-
cians (cp. Jat. IV, 252 & 438). =
*O-l]]ha, f. the grace of a kinnara,
instr, waya, 49,12,

kinndma, mfn, (sa. kim-naman)
having what name; m, wo 3i bhante,
what is your name? 96,29.

kipillika, m. (sa. pipilika, cp.
pipilik&) an ant; pl. wa, 60,1.

kimattham & kimatthaya, »v.
kim & attha '),

kira, adv. (enclit, — sa, kila)
indeed, really, probably; namely, often
to be rendered by ,you know“, yyou
see“; ,we hear“, ,it is said“; or in-
dicating what the subject concludes
from facts mentioned or imagined; ~
87,6; evam kir’, 40,3. 51,ae; saccam
kir’ evam, o4,16; na kir’, 31,6; ex-
pressive of astonishment : 64,13; in
interrogative sentences: 51,7, 68,15.
69,7 (kiraham); after a question : 32,17.
87,28; — 3,2. 18,5, 23,26. 29,22, 32,9;
— 88, Lljo. 31,8. 3914. 5418. 60,2.
6l,a-9. 72,21; — ayam pi kira raja
yeva, 43,25,

kiriya, f. (sa. kriya) doing; work,
undertaking; nom. wi (panfavanta-

nam ijjhati) 57,6. — anta-°, kala-°
sacca-°, q. v.

kilanta, pp. vo. next,

kilamati, vb. (sa, Vklam) to
grow weary, to become tired, to be
troubled or exhausted; pr. 3. pl,
wanti, 6,21; 2. pl. kimattham ama
(why weary ourselves) 65,3; imper. 3.
pl. ~wantu, 60,12. — pp. kilanta, m.
pl. wa, 112,98. ep. neat,

kilamatha, m, (sa. klamatha)
fatigue, exhaustion, suffering; instr.
appa-kilamathena, 28,12 (v, h.), =
*atta-° (v, A.)

*kilamana, . — prec, — kic-
cath (n’atthi aiifiesarh, ,none shall
suffer“) 39,16 (ep. kicca).

kilittha, mfn. (pp. vklig, sa.
klishta), impure, dirty; 2. impurity;
*kamma-kilittham, evil karma (opp.
°-visuddhi) Dh, 16, cp. kilissati &
kilesa.

kilinna, mfn. (pp. yvklid, sa.
klinna), moistened, wet; lala-kilinna-
gatta, adj. 65,5.

kilissati, vb. (sa. \/klig) *) to be
tormented, feel pain, suffer; pot, 3. 3g.
~eyya, Dh. 158. — 7) to be impure
(through sin); pp. kilittha (q. v.) ep.
next,"

kilesa, m, (sa. kleca) pain; de-
pravity, passion; acc, pl. wo Cae
44,31; loc. pl. ~esu (virattamannasassa
64,1932; sabba-kilesa-darathesu (Joc.
pl.) ,all passions and torments“, 64,91;
kilesa-vasena, ,under the influence of
passion“, passionately, 20,11; *°-rati,
f. sensual pleasure, love, acc, wih,
46,18; instr, wiyd, 53,24. 73,18. —
*citta-klesa, m. (— °-kilesa), depra-
vity of mind, abl. pl. webi, Dh. 88.

kiloma & kilomaka,n.(sa.kloma
& kloman) any kind of membrana-
ceous tissue, esp. the peritoneum,
abdomen or paunch; mom. «kath,
82,3 — 97,91 (cp. Jat, IV, 292,18. III,
49,s3~25).

kisa, mfn. (sa. ute
ciated; m, wo (tvam asi
‘mam, 106,19 — Db. 395.

lean, ‘ema-
103,5; aco,

77.

kiva

*Kisagotami, f. nom. pr. of a
theri, a relative of Gotama; nom, wi
(khattiyakafifia) 64,1; gen. (dat.)
~wiya, 64,25,

kismici, loc. sg. n., v. kiiici.

kissa, ') gen. pron, interr. *) adv,
— why, 101.6, v. kim!,

kidisa, mfn. (sa. kidrga) of what
kind? what like? m, ~o (silacaro)
43,33; 2. wat (kammam) 85,19.

kilati, vb, (sa, ykrid) to play,
to sport, to amuse one’s self in or by
(w. loc. or ace, of the name of the play,
very often a comp. ending with -kila,
q. v.); pr. 3. 8g. wati (jUtamh T'am-
barajena saddhim, plays at dice) 19,10.
48,5; (nakkhattarh, enjoys the festival)
61,3; 1. pl. ~ama, 48,22; — part, m.
~anto, 48,5; gen. ~wantassa (10. loc,
jala-karandake, g, v.) 36,30; part.
med, m ~ amano, 7,29; — aor. 3,
sg. kili (raiia saddhim) 48,21; (pok-
kharaniyam udaka-kilamn, amused
himself in the lotus tank) 62,98; —
inf. witum (jutam) 20,4; comp. kilitu-
kaimata, f, 62,15. — caus. kilapeti
(q. v.); ep. next & kila, kilika.

kilana, n. (sa. kridana) playing;
kale (amhakath pokkharaniyam)
53,0; juta-kilana-, playing at dice,
20,14,

kilii, f. (sa. kridi), play, sport,
amusement; frequently last part of
comp. (object of the verb kilati) :
udaka-kilarh kili (amused himself by
bathing) 52,28; uyyana-kiladi-gamana,
n, riding in the park etc. 65,22; ku-
mara-kilam ie kilitva] 44,20 (v. h.);
nakkhatta-kilam (anubhavamana, the
festivities) 61,5; salavana-°, 62,15.

kilapeti, vb. (caus. II. kilati)
to cause to play, to play with (acc.);
ger, ~etva (tam, sc. darakam) 58,38.

*kilika, f. (dimin. fr. kila)
pleasure, excursion; acc, uyyana-kili-
kam gacchanto (taking a walk in the
park) 52,18.

*kiva, indecl. (correl, of yava, ep,
sa. kiyat & ved, kivat) how much?
(quanto), w. foll, pi — how much

ka-

soever (quamvis); — °-mahanta, m/n.
how great, acc. mn, ~am pi (papakam-
mam) 51,97

ku-, indecl. (= sa.) prefix, im-
plying deterioration, contempt ete.
(originally pron. base, cp. kuto). —
ku-samudda, m. the dreadful or fatal
sea, ~0, 20,16. (cp. kith, kimmsadda).

kukkuta, m. (= sa.) a cock;
paijare pakkhitta-kukkuto, a cock
in a cage, 46,20.

kucchi, m. & f. (sa. kukshi, m.)
the belly, womb, uterus; acc. ~ith,
61,21; — abl. matu-kucchito, 62,35;
abl. m, ~imha, 42,93; — loc. m. wis-
mim, 38,9; ~imbhi, 61,81; — instr. f.
~wiya (parihariwa) 62,2; — loc. f.
ewiyamh (pakkhipitva, ,even if you
had her inside you*) 50,s4.

kujjhati, vb, (sa. Vkrudh) to be-
come angry; pot. 3. sg. na kujjheyya,
Dh. 224; aor. 2. pl. ma mayham
ewittha, 19,31; ger. witva, 33,16; a-
kujjbitva, 57,25. — pp. kuddha (gq. ».),
cp. kujjhane, kodha.

*kujjhara, o becoming angry,
~ sila, mfn. prore to anger, irascible;
f. pl. nB, 52,6.

kufijara, m. (== sa.) an elephant;
voc. wa, 77,3-4; pl. wa, Dh. 322.

kuti (& kuti), f. (sa. kuti) a hut,
a house; nom. ~i (channa) 104,22-25:
loc. ~wiyamh, 14,29; (eka-)gandha-kuti-
yah (q. v.) 73,17.

kutumba, , (= sa.) household,
family; ace. wath (vicirenti) 22,15;
(santhapetum) 56,6.

kutumbik, m. (— sa, cp, ku-
tumbin) a householder, 'paterfamilias
esp, of the midcle class, cp. Fick, Soc,

1,166); *nahapita-, m. 28,19 (v. .).

kunapa, n. (= sa.) a corpse, a
dead body; vippsvic dhe-nana-kunapa-
bharita, mfn. 65,10.

kundala, ». (— 8a.) a ring, ear-
ring or bracelet; Joc. pl. mani-kun-
dalesu, precious stones and rings,
Dh. 346.

kundika, f. (= sa.) the water-
pot of an ascetic; loc, wayarh, 110,38,

78

kuto, adv, interr. (sa. kutas, cp.
ku-) +) whence? from where? 21,8.
55,8. 59,2. 87,25. — *) how much less?
latin nedum) : na soko kuto bhayam
neither —— nor) Db. 212, — a-kuto-
bhaya, mfn. (q. v.).

*kutta, .(?) at the end of comp.
— acting or performing the part of (?).
— itthi-kutta- ,women's wiles“, 21,13.
(kutta is explained in the commen-
taries by -katam or kiriya, and is
synon, w. kutti, f. (sa. krti?); accord-
ingly it is possibly derived from sa.
suff. krt).

kudacanam, adv, (sa, kada cana}
ever, at any time; w. negation =
never at any time; na a, 106,23 —
Db. 56; ma a, 106,95 — Dh. 210.
cp. kadaci.

kuddha, mfn. (sa. kruddha, pp.
ykrudh, v. kujjhati) angry; m. ~0,
57,28; instr. ~ena, 11,7; gen. ~wassa,
1l,e. — a-kuddha, mfn. (q. v.); cp.
kodha.

kupita, mfn. (= sa.; pp. kuppati,
Vkup) offended; angry; m. 0, 74,30.
cp. kopa.

kubbato, kubbanam, kubbe-
tha, v. karoti.

kumara, m. (— sa.) a son, a
young man, prince; *°-kilath [katva]
(baving amused himself as prince, cp.
kila) 44,20; *°-panha, m. the novice’s
questions, 82,14; deva-kum@ra, a son
of a god, ~ vannin, mfn. 45,26 (v. h.).
— kuniara is often used as last part
of u nom. pr. <= younger, junior, 7.
Ajatasattu-, Brahmadatta-, Siddha-
ttha-, Silava-, Suppdraka-, Susinua-.
cp. kumari.

*Kumara-kassapa, m, nom, pr.
of a thera; ~o (vicitrakathi) 109,9.

kumari. f. (= sa.) a young gir!;
ace. wim (daharim) 47,19, cp. ku-
mara. — dimin, kumarika, f. (= sa.)
id. ~8, 86,36. 112,14; voc. we, 87,35;
acc. ~am, 48,19; instr, waya, 86,30.

kumuda, ». (= sa.) the white
lotus; acc, ~aih (saradikam) Dh. 285.
— *nala, m. a lotus-stalk, acc, am,

51s, — *-patta-vanna, mfn. having
the colour of the petals of the white
es acc, pl, ~e (mafigala-sindhave)

4.

kumbha, m. (= sa.) 1) a jar,
pitcher; *°-"ipama, mfn. like a jar
(fragile), acc, wath (kayath) Dh. 40,
— uda-®, m. a water-pot, ~o, Dh, 121.
*) one of the frontal globes of an ele-
phant; acc. wath (hatthissa) 77,1,

kumbhila, m. (sa, kumbhira)
crocodile (of the Ganges); ~0, 2,36.
108,27 (ruddadassano); gen. pl, ~a-
nam, 3,17, — *-raja, m, 1,16 (voc.)
cp, rajan, :

kuruiiga, m. (sa, kurafiga) a kind
of antelope; *°-miga, m. the k.-deer,
~o0, 1l,es; wjataka, p. 11—13.

kurute, kurumana, ». karoti.

kula, ». (= sa.) a family, house-
hold; class or caste in general (v, Fick,
Soc, Gl, 22, ep. jati), and more espe-
cially designation of a family of the
numerous castes of the middle class
(merchants and tradesmen, v, kula-
dhitar & °-putta below); mom. tam
kulam, Dh. 193; jati-gotta-kula-pa-
desa, m,. 43,30 (v. h.); para-kulesu
(loc, pl.) among other people“, Dh,
73; raja-kula, ”. the king’s palace,
acc, wath (pavisitva) 58,17; abl. ~ato,
48,15; loc. we, 53,30. — kassaka-°,
8,15; vanija-°, 30,2; purana-setthi-°,
55,s1 (v. h.). cp. upatthaka-°, 81,11.
kulin, mfn. (q. v.).

kula-dhitar, f. (sa, kula-duhitr)
the daughter of a respectable family
(esp. of the middle class); acc. ~aram,
87,18. cp. next,

kula-putta, m. (sa. kula-putra)
a young man of respectable family
(esp. of the middle class, cp. Fick,
Soc, Gl. 164); wo (setthi-putto)
67,21; acc, ~am, 68,10; gen. ~assa,
67,95.

*kula-santaka, mfn. belonging
to one’s family; acc, m, ~am (naga-
Br 62,4.

*kulala, m. (cp. sa. kurara & krura)
a hawk or falcon; gen. ~assa, 92,20.

79

kuhin

kulavaka, x. (sa. kulaya, m. +
-ka) a nest; ~ka, f. (or pl.?) brood
of birds (= supanna-potaka, Comm.)
60,16 (cp, SN. I, p, 8,1 ff.) — viku-
lava, mfn. (q. v.).

kulin, mfn. (— sa.) belonging to
a noble family; *a-kulin, of base ex-
traction, 102,4 (g. .).

*Kuveni, f. nom. pr. of a female
yakkha; wi nama yakkhini, 111,5.

kusa, m. (sa. kuga) the Kusa-grase
(Poa Cynosuroides); ~0, 26,20; Dh.
311 (duggahito hattham anukantati);
nila-kusa-tina, ”. dark K,-grass, sam,
26,18.

kusagga, 2. (sa. kucagra) the
sharp point of a blade of Kusa-grass;
instr. wena (bhufjetha bhojanam,
like an ascetic) Db, 70.

*Kusamala, m.(?) nom, pr. of
an ocean; acc. vari (nama samuddam)
26,19. = Kusamalin, m. (?), 26,32 (~
maliti vuccati), cp, Aggimala,

kusamudda, m. vw. ku-.

kusala, mfn. (sa. kugala) good,
rigbt; clever, skilful; m. 10, Dh. 44;
n, wath, 4,89 (sace..., icc-etamh ku-
salath); acara-kusala, m/n. perfect in
behaviour, m. ~o,. Dh. 376; para-
ppavada-°, skilled in disputation, m.
~0, 110,9; gen. pl. kusala-kusalanam
kammananh, good and bad deeds, 97,18.
— subst. n. a good thing, good things,
good deeds, merit; nom. wath, 97,13;
wam bahum, Dh. 63; acc. ~am
katva, 58,19; instr. wena, Dh. 173;
gen. ~assa, Dh, 183. — a-kusala,.
mfn. (gq. v.).

Kusinara, f. (sa. Kuginagara)
nom, pr. of a town in Northern India,
the capital of the Mallas, where Buddha
died; wa, 78,27; acc, ~alh nagaram,
78,32,

kusita, mfn. (sd. kusida) idle,
lazy; m. ~o (synon. hinaviriyo) Dh.
112. 280; acc, wam, Dh.,7, cp.
kosajja.

kusuma, n. (= sa.) a flower;
niluppaladi-kusuma-dama-, 47,18,

*kuhim, adv. interr. (cp. kaharm

kubifici

& ea, kuha) *) whereto? ~ me puttam
neti, 59,1; ~ gantva, 72,1. — *) where?
46,5 (~ me mata); 9413 (~ upa-
pajjati).

*kuhifici, adv. {fr last, ep. sa.
kuhacid) to ary place; naw, nowhere,
Do, 180,

kita’, mfn. (-= 8a.) false, deceit-
fu. — *kitatta, m. false suit (cp.
atia®); °-karaka, m. a falee suitor,
pl. ~8, 42,29,

kuta®, m. & n. (= sa.) summit,
veak; kala-pisana-kita-vanna, m/fn.
24,21; gaha-kttam,.”. Dh. 154; pab-
bata-kuta, m. pl. 75,3c. cp. Gijjha-
kita.

kipa!, m. (= sa.) a hole, — loma-
kuipa, m. a pore of the shia; °mattam
pi, 16,10 (v. matta*.

kiipa® & kipaks, m. (= sa.)
the mast of a ship; kiupagge, on the
top of the mast, 18,6 (v. agga); pl.
kipaka (tayo) 28,29.

tla, m. (= sa.) the bank of a
river; Joc. nadi-kile, 108,24; para-
kule, on the opposite bank, 108,39. —
pamsu-kila, , (v, h.).

kedara, m., (== 8a.) a field; ¢nstr.
pl. ~wehi, 56,30.

kevala, mfn. (= sa.) 1) alone,
only, *) whole, entire, all; acc, m,
~am (dhammam) 109,25; gen. wassa
(dukkhakkhandassa) 66,11°17.

kevalamh, adv. (= 8a.) only,
merely; if only; 88,06; 11,13.

kesa, m. & n. (sa. keca m.) the
hair of the head; acc. ~am (ekam)
46,28; pl. m. wa, §3,11, 82,2, 97,18;
pl. n. ~wani (kalani) 47,1; gen. wa-
nam, 44,24; doc. ~esu (gahetva, by
the hair) 111,24. — palita-kesa, mfn.
63,0; mujfija-kesa, mfn. 21,35; hata-
hata-kesa, mfn. 71,:9 (q. v.) ep. vi-
kesika.

ko, pron. intesy, m., v. kim.

koci(d), pron, indef. m. (subst.
or adj. == sa, kac-cid) [n. kiiici, q.
v.] some, any, anybody; w. negation
== nobody; koci (agunavadi) 43,5;
kovid eva, only some few, 88,34;

80

kocid eva satto, id. 89,1; kocid eva
puriso, some man or other, 99,17.
100,11; koci (puriso) few persons =
nobody, Dh. 143; — na koci, nobody,
8,3, 72,81; koci na, 18,29; ma koci,
68,3; koci kifici vatturn na visahati,

.87,01; — ace. kafici (a-passitva, a-

disva) 13,5. 42,81. 43,6, ma «, Db,
133; — instr. kenaci (asucin@) a-mak-
khito, 62,22; ~ (na sakka pufifiam
samkhatum) Dh, 196; — gen. kassaci
(pi na) 17,18; ~ an-agamanabhavaih,
40,11; naw, 65,25. 105.8; — combined
w. other pron. : na aifio koci, nobody
else, 51,8. yo koci (samano) which-
soever, 110,8; pl. ye keci pana... te
sabbe, 91,1; ye keci pathavitthita,
,any earthly being*, 110,11.

*kofical, m. or n.(?) name of a
certain sound, a cry, roar, esp. the
roaring or trumpeting of an elephant
(also written kunca (& kufija) ep.
ykue & ykij & kufjara; Jat. VI,
581,18. V, 49,15. VI, 538,8); kofica-
nada, m. the trumpeting of an ele-
phant, ace. ~am naditva, 61,19,

kofica®, m. (sa, kraufica) a kind
of heron; pl. jinna-koiica, old herons,
Dh. 155.

koti, f. (= sa.) 1) end, top, point;
loc. ~wiyath thito, last, 17,8. — *atthi-
koti, the end of a bone, acc. wim,
13,20, — vema-°, the part of a loom
that is moved, Joc. wiyari, 89,6 —
*) the highest number 10 millions) ;
asiti-koti-vibhava, mfn. (qg. ¥.).

kotteti. vd. (sa. Vkutt) to crush,
pound, grind; ger. ~etva (tandule)
57,20. (cp. akoteti).

*kottha(ka)!, m. (Birm. read.
kottaka, which is probably the true
spelling, cp. kotteti) a certain bird,
a woodpecker, v. rukkha-kotthaka
(cp. Jat. VI, 539,9; Ind. Stud. III,
128; Five Jat. p. 36).

kotthaka?, m. n. (sa. koshta(ka))
a surrounding wall, any enclosed space,
reservoir, receptacle for, store-room;
dvara-kotthaka, 48,32 (v. h.).

*kotthasa, m. a part, portion;

81

acc, ~arh (ekam. one half part) 58,29;
pl. ~& (dve, two companies) 33,20;
ib. 80 (== two portions); ace, pl. we,
41,18.

*"Kotthita, m. nom. pr. of a thera;
~0 (patisambhida [aggo]) 109,10.

kodanda, m, (= sa.) a kind of
bow; wo, 92,15.

kodha, m. (sa, krodha) anger;
acc. w~am, 44,8, 106,33 = Dh, 222, —
a-kkodha, m. mildness (q, v.). —
kodha-vagga, m,. the XVIJth chapte
of Dh, ep. kujjhati.

kodhana, mfn. (sa. krodhana)
angry, ~ a-kkodhana, mfn, free from
anger (q. .).

kopa, m, (= sa.) anger; ace,
nam akatva, without getting angry
(opp. metta) 40,7. cp. kupita.

kolahala, m. (= sa.) uproar,
turmoil; acc, ~wam (katva) 73,29.

kovida, mfn. (= sa.) skilled,
learned in (gen. or comp.); acc. m.
~wam (maggamaggassa) Dh. 403;
Sambuddha-mata-° (sargharh) ex-
perienced in the doctrines of Buddha,
ees nirutti-pada-kovida, Dh, 352.
q. %).

eae n. (sa, kausidya; cp.
kusita) indolence, sloth; wam, Dh.
241,

Kosala, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a people and its country (north of the
Ganges). — °rattha,.”. the kingdom
of K, loc. we, 30,39. — °-raja, m. the
king of K, 43,15; gen. -raiiio, 31,1.
— %rajja-saimiko, id. 43,23,

kosiya, m. (sa, kaugika) an owl
= ultka); x0, 11,10.

klesa, »v. kilesa.

Kh.

khagga, m., (sa. khadga) a sword;
ace, ~am (gahetva) 33,2; °-talena,
with the flat of the sword, 41,26, —
mafigala-°, a sword of atate, ace,
wall, 41,16.

Pali Glossary.

khanti

*khajjopanaka, m. (akin to sa,
khajyotis, khadyota etc.) a firefly;
%-sadisa, m. pl. like fireflies, 72,29.

khana. m.(sa.kshana) 4)an instant,
moment, the right moment, ~o, 108,6
(m& upaccaga); acc, tara khanar
yeva, just at that moment, instantly,
17,21, 32,30. 53,19; Joc. tasmimn khane,
by this time, 12,20; khane khane, from
time to time, Dh. 239; comp. w. vb,
nouns or part, : vanditva thita-kkhane,
87,35; khanitita, mfn. who allows the
right moment to pass, pl, ~@, 108,7,
— *) leisure, state of rest; acc, ~am
param, 110,18 (synon. santi).

khanati, vb. (sa. khan) to dig,
dig up; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (mulam) Db,
247; imp, 2. pl. ~watha (do.) 108,4;
ger, ~itva (avate) 39,32. This verb is
sometimes written khanati, cp. Olden-
berg, KZ, XXV (1881) p. 326.

khanda, 1)m. n. (= sa.) a piece,
fragment, section of a book; ”, plva-
khandath, a morsel of cake, 53,18. —
*) mfn. broken; *°-danta, mfn, ,,bro-
ken-toothed", acc. m. wath, 63,8.

khandeti, vb. (denom, fr. prec.,
sa, khandayati) to break, to inter-
rupt; — to renounce, to remit (acc.);
ger. vetanam wetva (in steud of),
19,25,

khattiya, m f. (subst. & adj,
sa, kshatriya) one who belongs to the
warrior (or royal) caste; ~0, 92,10.
107,24 = Dh. 387; rajaino khattiye
(ace. pl.), ,Valiant kings“, Dh. 294.
- *kofina, f. a maid of that caste,
64,11; wAdinam, 47,15. — *-sukhu-
mala, m. ya delicate prince’, 97,33.

khattum, indecl. (sa. krtvas) a
suffix of numeral adverbs, implying
multiplication (,times“); v. ti-kkhat-
tum.

khanati, vb., v. khanati.

khanti, f. (sa. kshanti) ') patience,
forbearance, forgiveness; °-mettanud-
daya-sampanno, 7,13, 38,15; mom.
khanti, Dh. 184, — *-bala, m/fn.
whose strength is patience, acc. m.
~wam, Dh. 399. cp. khamati. — *)

6

khandha

acquiescing in, belief, faith, v. afifia-
khantika, mfn. :

khandha, m. (sa, skandha) 1) the
shoulder; loc. we (karitva) 71,28;
(-viranassa) 45,81; hatthi-%, on the
back of an elephant, 102,23. — *) a
stem, a mass, multitude; v. aggi-kkhan-
dha, mani-kkhandha, — °) in the dog-
matics : *) aggregation; dukkha-kkhan-
dha, aggregation of misezy, acc. wath,
108,82; gen. ~assa (samudayo, niro-
dho) 66,11-18; — >) pl. wa, the five
constituent elements of a human being,
viz, rupa, vedana, safiia, samnkhara,
vinhdna (qg. v.) 94,810, 95,9. 15, 18. 19;
99,97 (in one comp.); panic’ upadana-
kkbandha, ,the fivefold clinging to
existence“, 67,11, 82,10; Joc. wesu,
98,31 (santesu, a. v.); gen. ~anamh,
Th. 374 (udayevyayaih); — *khan-
dha-disa, mfn. ‘ike the elements of
the body, pl, wii (dakkha, qg.v.) Dh.
202,

khamati, vb. (sc. Vksham) *) to be
_patient, endure; to fcrgive anything
(tce.); imp. 2. sg. khama (ekapara-
dham) 47,8, — *) tu be fit, to seem
good to (yen.); yatha te khameyya
(pot. 3. sg. ,as8 may seem good to
you“) 94,98. — caus. v. next. (cp.
khaati, f.)

khamapeti, vb. (caus. II. kha-
mati} ‘o vropitiate, conciliate; to ask
on’a (yen.) pardon: ger. wetva (ra-
janam) 41,36,

khaya, n. (sa. kshaya) loss, de-
struction, extinction; acc, wath (tan-
hinam) Dh. 154; a5l, wa (sabba-
maifitanam ete.) 94,12. — dsava-
kkhaya, jati-®, jivita-° (v. h.); tanha-
kkhaya (v. tanba) cp. khiyati.

khara?!, mfn, (= sa.) hard, rough,
sharp, painful; m. ~0 (ibadho) 78,94;
f. pl. w& (vedanad) 13,12; (sakkhara-
kathala-valika) 97,35.

khara?, m. (= sa.) a donkey (=
gadrabha), a mule, — *°-putta, m. a
derisive name of a sindhava (q. v.),
54,19 (voc.); Khara-putta-jataka, n.
p. 52 ff.

82

khalu, indecl. (= sa., generally
contracted to kho, g.v.) indeed, surely;
111,18.

khanu(ka), v. khanuka,

khadaka, m, (= sa.) an eater,
eating (at the end of comp.); instr. pl.
lohita-mamsa-kbadakehi, 41,3.

khadati, vb, (sa. Vkhad) *) to eat.
2) to chew (e, g. tambiilam), to gnaw
(asunder), to grind one’s teeth (dante).
8) to destroy. — pr. 8. sy. wati, 13,33

vana-mahisam); 106,19 = Db, 240
destroys); 1. sg. ~imi, 13,16 (= fut.);

3. pl. ~wanti fara 7,36; — imp,
2. sg. khdda (pivarh) 57,26; 2. pl.
~atha, 6,10 (mamsam), 21,5 (kha-
daniyam); — part. gen. m. ~antassa,
53,18; f. pl. wantiyo (dante) 65,6; —
pot. 3. sg. ciram khadeyya (might long
have eaten) 9,1; 2. sg. weyyasi, 13,15;
2. pl. weyyatha, 14,20; — fut. 1. sg.
wissami, 4,2-12; 3, pl. wissanti, 21,30;
— aor, 3. pl. withsu, 22,11; — inf.
witum, 1,16. 12,7 (camma-varattam) ;
— ger. witva, 2,21 (phalani); 41,14
(tambilam). — grd. *) khaditabba;
tumhehi khaditabbaharato datva,
ngiving food from your own table",
14,19; >) khadaniya (gq. ¥.); — pp.
khadita (q. v.); — caus. khadapeti
(q. v.) ep. khadaka, m.

khadaaiya, n. (sa. khadaniya,
grd. fr. khidati) hard or solid food
(opp. bhojaniya, q. v.); acc. wat
(khadantassa) 63,17; 78,1; khadaniya-
bhojaniyam, 18,s0.

khadita, mfn. (pp. khadati)
eaten, gnawed asunder; m. pl. w&
(maccha) 6,8; f. pl. wa (varatta)
12,2, — *-tthina, m. eating-place,
ace. wath, 52,3.

*khinuka, m. (often written kha-
nuka, fr. khanu or khanu (\/kshan?)
ep. Prikr. khanu, sa. sthanu, Tr. PM.
58. Note 6, Pischel. Gr. § 309.) a
stump or trunk; loc. we, 12,25,

khayati, vb. (pass, Wkhya. sa.
khyayate) to seem to be (nom.), to
have the aspect of, to appear as (viya);
pr. 3, sg. wati (uccataro) 3,1; part.

med, wmana, ace, m, wath (veluva-
nam viya) 26,95; aor, 3. pl. vithsu
(aditta-geha-sadisa viya) 65,11.

khari. f. (= sa.) a certain measure
of capacity (of grain etc.); the provi-
sions of an ascetic, worn by means of
a yoke (*khari-kaja, m. (or -kaca, cp.
sa. kaca)) = *khari-bhara, m. 30,17
(vattito ~o) cp. SBE, XIII, 132,

khitta, mfn, (pp, khipati, sa.
kshipta) thrown, cast; m. ~0 (rajo
pativatam) Dh, 125, ratti-khitta,
a by night, m, pl, wa (sara) Dh,

khipati, vb, (sa. /kship) to throw,
cast; pr, 3. 8g, wati (pisake) 48,8;
(dalbam dalhassa, to repel force by
force) 44,1; — fut. 1. 8g. wisaami
(bhUumiyamh sisam te) 5,13; — aor. 3.
sg. khipi (khuracakkam tassa sise)
24,4; L1ljs-14; 3, pl. wimsu (tam
samudde) 23,14; — ger. witva, 59,32;
— pp. khitta (q. v.); — caus. khepeti
& khipapeti (q. ».) cp, khipana,
khepa.

*khipana, m, (fr. khipati) the
act of throwing or the state of being
thrown; raiia (instr.) pasaka-khi-
pana-kale, when the king was throwing
the dice, 48,93.

*khipapeti, vb. (caus. IZ. khi-
pati) to cause to be thrown or cast;
aor, 3. sg. ~esi (asure Sineru-papate)
59,26; ger. wetva (jalam, lowered a
net“) 26,1,

khippam, adv, (sa, kshipram)
quickly; 27,17. Dh, 137,

khila, m. (= sa.) stubbornness,
obduracy; vigata-khila, m/fn. free from
stubbornness, m. ~0, 104,24.

khina, mfn, (sa. kshina; pp.
khiyati) destroyed; exhausted, sub-
dued; m. wath (mayharn kammam)
24,1; f. ~& (jati) 71,15. — khinasava,
mfn. having subdued the passions (v.
asava). — *°-maccha, mfn. without
fishes, loc. m. ~e (pallale) Db. 155.

khiyati, vb. (pass, vkshi, sa,
kshiyate) to perish, to waste away;
part, med, ~mana, loc, pl, n, wesu

83

Khuddaka-Patha

mamsesu) 103,21; fut. 3, sg. wissati
dhanar) 48,11. — pp. khina, v. above,
subst, m. khaya, q. v. (cp. khepeti).

khira, n. (sa. kshira) milk; nom,
ace, wath, 26,11-13; (matu ~) 24,32;
(duyhamanam) 99,28; 106,2 == Dh.
71; — *duddha-khira, mfn. one who
has milked, 104,21 (m, ~o). — khiro-
daka, », milk-water (v, udaka). —
*0-ghata, m. a pot of milk, acc. w~am,
101,26, — *°-paka, mfn, drinking milk,
sucking, m. ~0 (vaccho mitari) Dh.
284 (var. khira-pino). °-pannin,
m, (sa, kshira-parnin) name of a tree
whose leaves contain a milky sap,
Calotropis gigantea, gen. wino, 92,17.

khila, m. (sa, kila & khiln) a
pin, stake, post; pl, wa (nikhata)
105,17. inda-khila, g. v.

khuda, f. (sa, kshudh & kshudhi)
hunger; v. khuppipasa.

khudda & khuddaka, mfn, (sa,
kshudra(ka)) small, little, low; trifling,
insignificant; gen. masc. ~kassa (mata,
mother of the little child) 99,11. — comp,
S-majicaka, m. a small or low bed,
loc, ~e, 42,1; repeated in a dvandva-
comp. w. anu inserted : khuddanu-
khuddakani (mn. pl.) sikkhipadani
samubantu (sarhgho), the order may
in the course of time abolish some
precepts or other that are of minor
consequence, 79,19.

*Khudda(ka)-Nikaya, m. name
of a collection of canonical books (the
fifth of the five Nikayas) comprising
the foll. books : Khuddaka-Patha,
Dhammapada, (Udana), (Itivuttaka),
Sutta-Nipata, (Vimana-Vatthu),
(Peta-Vatthu) Thera-Gatha, Theri-
Gatha, Jataka, (Niddesa), (Pati-
sambhidai-Magga), (Apadana), (Bud-
dha-Vamnsa), Cariya-Pitaka. Spe-
cimens of these books are found in
the Reader, except those put within
parentheses, The name Khuddaka-
Nikaya is probably due to the title
of its firet section, viz. Khuddaka-
P&tha; nom. Khuddanikayo, 102,16.

*Khuddaka-Patha, m. name

6*

khuppipasa

of the firat section of Khuddaka-Nikaya;
specimens thereof p, 82,1-14.

khuppipasd, f. (sa, kshut-pipasa,
cp. khuda&) hunger and thirst; wi
(tatiya send Mirassa‘ 103,20, *°-Abhi-
bhiita, mfn., v. abhibhavati.

khura, m. (sa, khura & kshura)
1) the hoof of an animal, 7) a razor;
*0.cakka, n. a wheel sharp as a razor,
nom, acc. wath, 23,30-36; — *khura-
nasa, mfn. (cp. sa. khura-nasa) having
a nose like # razor, m. pl. wa (maccha)
25,23; °-nasika, m/fn. id. pl. wa (ma-
nussa) 25,26. cp. next,

khurappa. m. (sa. khurapra &
kshurapra) a kind of arrow; acc, wath,
92,23,

*Khuramala, m.(?) name of an
ocean; °-samudda, m. 25,22 (acc, wai).
- *Khuramali(n), m. (?) id. 25,31
(cp. Aggimala).

khetta, mn. (sa. kshetra) a field;
~am, 100,27 (daddham); ace. ~amh,
8,7; 100,26 (daheyya); pl. ~ani (tina-
dosini) Dh, 356; loc. wesu, 8,9;
sili-yava-khettesu, 8,18. — *khetta-

gopaka, m. a field-watcher; gen.
evassa, 14,2, — khetia-pala, om. id.
gen. wassa, lj, — °-rakkhaka, m.,

(sa. kshetra-raksha) id. pl. wa, 8,18.
— *0-samika, om. the owner of the field,
~0, 100,26.

khepa, m. (sa. kshepa, ep. khi-
pet) ‘throwing, casting’; loss; *citta-
khepa, m. (ep. sa. manal-kshepa)
‘oss of mind, perp:exity; acc, wath,
Dh. 138,

khepeti, ob. (caus, xhipati, ykship)
1) to throw away, to do away with
(acc,), *) to pass or vhile away (kalarh,
aivumh ete; ger. wetva (digham
addhanam), having grown old (?)
ov ong time after, 441-93, In
this sense Trenckner takes it = sa,
xshapayati, Vkshi, PM, 76,2 (cp,
khiyati.)

khema, m,n. (sa. kshema) safe,
Biving tranquillity, security & happie
ness; 7. wari (saranam) 107,91 ==
Dh. 189—92. — subst. m., safety,

84

tranquillity, happiness
yoga-kkhema, #. (v. 4

khemin, mfn. (sa. kshemin) en-
joying security or peace; m. ~1,

258.

khe}a (or khela), m. (sa. kheta,
ep. kshveda) phlegm, saliva; ~0,
82,5 == 97,23; instr. wena, 57,2. —
paggharita~°, mfn. ,with trickling
phlegm“, f. pl. wa, 65,5. — *°-mal-
laka, m. a spitting-box, ~0, 84,15.
— vi-kkhelika, mfn. (q. v.) ep. lala
& next,

*khelapaka, m. (var. kheldsika,
fr. khela + yap or a-\/pa) lit. ‘whose
teeth water’, or ‘eating spittle’ 9: a
covetous person or a lick-spittle (?),
used as a term of abuse of Devadatta;
gen. ~assa, 74,28, °-vada, m. use of
the abusive term khelapaka, calling
one by that name; instr. ~ vadena,

4 Nibbana);

.

74,29, (cp, SBE, XX, 239; Dhp. (1855)

p. 143.)

kho, adv. (before vowels sometimes
khv’-, sa. khalu) an enclitic particle
of ascertainment or emphasis : indeed,
verily, truly; kho ’ti avadharanam,
85,34; abhabbo a, 69,37; pasada a,
79,29; avyakatam ~, 89,23; — after
pron. : mayhath w, 2,29; ete ~, 66,38;
idam a, 67,8; so ca a, 61,31 (et
quidem); yo ~ evam vadeyya, 92,9;
- after a negation: na w, 28,14; no
ca khv’assa, 90,95; ma nw, 32,26;
ma h’evath ~, 90,24; — combined 10,
foll, pana: na sakka kho pana, 7,8;
na ~ pana, 9,31. 79,4; api ca kho
pana, 32,25; yatha ~ pana, 79,6; siya
~ pana, 79,2; — following other par-
ticles (atha, pi etc.) esp. in historical
exposition = now, now further: atha
kho, 66,3, 76,9. 89,19; tatra kho, 66,24;
tapi kho, 22,10; te pi kho, 74,4; Bo-
dhisatto pi kho, 34,1; api ca kho,
97,1; evam bhante ti kho, 76,14; —
in interr, sentences (after nu): kin
nu kho, 1,21, 89,22; kacei nu a, 3,5;
atthi nu a, 14,26; kahan nu a, 34,11
(cp. khaln.)

G.

ga, mfn, (= sa., only at the end
of comp.) going; ». atiga, anuga,
dugga, paraga,

Gafigai, f. (= sa.) nom, pr., the
river Ganges; 1,18; acc, ~am (adho
~, qv.) 14,34; loc, waya, 1,5; para-
Gaiigaya. on the other side of the G.,
1,14; — *-nivattane, loc, in a curve
of the river, 1,4,

gacchati, vb. (sa. gam) to go,
to move, start, go away; to go to (w.
ace, or adv, (tattha etc, or santikam
w. gen.); gahetvii w, to go away with;
— pr. 3, sg. wati, 6,2 (migavam);
6,31 (gahetva); 7,30 (santikath); 47,20
etc,; 2.89. wasi, liz (== fut.); 88,14
(gacchasiti janatha, you know where
1 am going); 7. 8g. ~ami, 1,22. 9,19.
69,19 (Bhagavantam saranam); 78,39
(~am’aham); 3. pl. wanti, 19,24;
104,2 (yena, sc. maggena); 1. pl.
~ama (let us go) 39,14; — part. m.
wanto, 9,11. 34,4 (on his way); ace.
~wantam, 2,97; loc. ~ante (kale) 14,15,
102,4; f. ~wanti, 49,8; m. pl. wanta,
6,14; gen. m. pl. wantainam, 9,16;
part, med. f. ~amana, 87,93; f. pl,
(id.) 23,18; — imp. 2. sg. *) gaccha,
2,13. 7,1 (wtvam); 75,6 (gacchavuso) ;
>) gacchahi, 4,19. 6,35; 2. pl. watha,
4,15, 8,3; — pot. 3, sg. weyya (naga-
‘yam opattharitva (,,would spread
through the town“) 65,24; parinamam
~ (yassa), could be digested (by) 78,17;
2. sg. ~weyyasi, 7,32; — fut. *) 3. sg.
gamissati, 58,14; 2. sg. wasi, 7,26.
77,6 87,86; 1, sg. ~wami, 1,17. 4,36.
23,7 (~am’eva); 101,37 (sve gahetva
~ yl will come to-morrow and take
it“); 3. pl, wanti, 104,10; 7. pl. sama,
6,33. 22,4; — >) 2. pl. gacchissatha,
2lje; — aor. *) 3. sg, a-gama (na-
bhasa-) 111,1; — >) 8. sg. a-gamasi,
2.4. 87,94; 3. pl. a-gamarhsu, 8,30.
23,20; — °) 2. sg. mA gami, 23,7; 2.
pl. ma gamittha, 39,17; — 4) 3. sg.
a-gaiichi (nagaiichi, 20,30, probably
from a-gacchati, g. v.) cp. Tr. PM.

85

ganhati

p. 71—74; — inf. gantum, 35,36. 62,5;
comp. gantu-kima, mfn, desiring to
go; m. w0, 50,0 (cp. kama); pl. wa,
4,18; — ger. gantva, 1,15, 89,7 (moving);
104,10; a-gantva (not going) 39,«.
42,27; — grd. gantabba, mfn. wath
(n.) 83,2; — pp. gata (v. h.) ep. ga,
gati, gama, gamana, gamika, gamin.

gana, m. (= sa.) a flock, com-
pany, multitude, number, (herd, swarm);
mostly at the end of comp. amacca-®,
39,28; go-gane (acc. pl.) 21,4; dasi-®,
21,1; deva-ganena (instr.) 60,23; dvija-
gana (nom. pl.) 7,20; — bhamara-
gana (do.) 62,12; miga-ganam (acc.)
6,11; sakuna-gana (pl) 10,7. cp. next.

ganin, mfn. (= sa.) one who has
attendants; m, mahii-gani, o great
teacher, 109,17 (Anuruddho); m, pl.
gani (thera), teachers, 109,31.

ganeti, vb. (sa. Vgan) to count,
number, reckon; part. m. sg. ganayam
(giivo) Dh. 19.

*ganthika, f. (fr. sa. granthi,
m.) a knot, tie; acc. ~am (patimui-
citva) 82,28, cp. gandika.

ganda, m. (= sa.) ') the cheek,
*) a boil, pimple; a bump; ~0 (utthahi)
50,20.

*vandiki, f. (or gandi, also written
ganthi & ganthika, cp. sa. gandi(ka))
a block; dhainma-gandika, f. a block
for execution, shambles; loc. ~aya
(sisam thapetvd) 6,27; °-tthana, x.
the place of execution, loc. we, 6,25. .

ganhati (& ganhati), (sa. Vgrah)
to take, seize (acc.); to catch, capture,
14,24. 32,20. 39,15; to acquire, obtain,
get, 33,25. 52,17, 65,16; to take pos-
session of, to conquer, win, 35,19. 39,8.
59,92; to keep, retain, 33,59. 49,91;
to receive, adopt, 113,19; to assume,
put on, 58,16; to follow, obey, 9,19,
52,33; to choose, 10,s-6; to take upon
one’s self, 7,10, 17,16. — pr. 2. pl.
ganhatha, 33,9; 1. pl. ~ama (let us
capture) 39,15; — part. m. ganhanto
(macche) 14,24; (gocaram, seeking
food) 62,17; acc. f. wantim (attano
vacapamh a-ganhantim, disobeying)

ganbapeti

52,83; — imp. 2.¢g. ganha, 1,9; gan-
hahi, 3,17; 3. sg. watu, 10,8. 102,25;
2, pl. watha (milena, buy it) 18,10;
3. pl. wantu, 39,17; — pot, 38. 8g.
ganheyya, 12,35; .'. sg. ~ ayyam, 33,82;
- fut. *) 1. sg, geneesami, 39,8; >) 3.
sg. ganhissati, 55,8; 2. sg. wissasi,
4,28, 22,39; 1. eg. wissimi, 2,31. 29,4.
39,14. 65,22; 2. pl. wissdma, 6,8. 36,22;
- ar, *) 3. sg. aggahi, 113,19; 3, pl.
aggabum, 114,30; >) 3. sg. aggahesi,
62,19; °) 3. sg. ganhi (patisdandhim.
was born) 5,95; (manavikam hatthe)
Bl,ai; 40,19. 59,2; 2. sg. ganhi, 59,20;
3, pl. witasu, 18,20, 22,6. 33,8; 2. pé.
~wittha, 18,93. 33,1; — inf. *) gahetum
(sa. grahitum) 4,34. 36,8; >) ganhiturh,
1,9. 18,1. (gocaram, to est); — ger. *)
gahetva (sa. grhitvd) J,23. 4,8. 15. 98.
7,to (tassa suntaketh maranam); 8,20
(nivasam); 12,8; 1716 (arakkham
(te, gen.) to guard); 22,32; 24,27
(hatthinn A agate, those who had
brought the elephant); >) ganhitva,
4,19; — pass. (gayhati), part. gayha-
mana; «ka, mfn. being captured,
loc. pl. wesu (vattakesu) 88,31; —
pp. gahita & gahita (v. h.), — caus.
v, ganhapeti & gahapeti. cp. gaha?,
gahana, giha, gahin.

ganhapeti, wb. (caus, I. ganhati)
to cause to be taken or seized; to pro-
cure (acc.); part. m. ~ento (akila-
phalini) 37,16; ger. wetvd, 39,30. ep,
giihapeti.

gata, mfn. (pp. gacchati) gone
(away), arrived at, directed towards,
fallen into (acc. or ecmp.), pften used
as finite tense = went, has gone; m.
gato, 2,15. 3,8; f. ~% (kaham gatisi)
49,6; upari-pasida-vara-tala-gata,
ascended on, 64,13; ”. wath (patitva
~, fell away) 13,20; subst, m. gatath

86

= gamanam, 51,31. 62,1; éastr. wena |

(kin te afifiattha ~ ,why go else-
where for that?“) 49,15; loc, m. we
(suriye atthath) 32,20; m. pl, wa,
26,0. 109,9 (gunageatam, q. v.); loc.
pl. vesu (parinitthitim, fullfilled)
114,31; — gata-tthana, . == gata-

bhava, 19,18 (v. thana); gata-gata--
tthine (loc.) wherever he went, 8,17;
gata-gata-kale, whenever he went,
20,4. — comp. v, addha-gata, 74,2
(cp. gataddhin below); ujju-%, Dh
108; kaya-°, Db, 293; ditthi-°, 90,25;
nitthaii-gata, Dh, 351 (v. nittha, /.);
para-°, 104,30; péirami-°, 109,21;
Buddha-°, Db, 296; visarhkhara-°,
Dh. 154, — a-gata, mfn, not gone to,
not yet frequented; ace, f. wari disarh
(Nibbina) Db, 323; purisantaram
a-gatamh matugimam ,a maid that
has not seen another man“, 48,11. cp.
duggata, -saha-gata, su-gata, sugatin.

*esataddhin, mfn. (cp. sa. gata-
dhvan) one who has finished his jour-
ney (= addha-gata, v. addhan);
gen. m. ~ino, Dh. 90.

gati, f. (= sa.) going, moving;
course, way, esp. the course of fate
(the five gatis are the several modes
of receiving existence after death, viz,
in hell, among animals, petaa, men, or
devas, cp, next); nom. ~i (sakunta-
nam dkise) Db, 92; atta hi attano
gati, Dh. 380 (refuge); gati papika,
the evil way (hell) Dh. 310; ace.
~im, Dh, 420. — a-gati, f. not ad-
mission; ~ tava tattha, there you
cannot come, 72,8. — varika-gati.
adj. f, 48,0 (v, h.). cp. duggati, su-
gati (suggati).

gatika, mn. (sa. gatika, n.) at
the end of comp. = having a certain
gati (g. v.); niyata-°, mfn. whose
path is certain, f. ia, 87,30; a-niyata-°,
87,20 (v. h,).

gatta, n. (sa, gatra) the body;
acc, ~am, 84,9; abl. wato, 84,3, —
lala-kilinna-°, mfn. 65,6 fv. h.).

gadrabha,-m. (sa. gardabha) an
ass, donkey; A0. 8,24; ace, ~am.
8.17; gen. wassa, ib.; gen. pl. ~anamh,
113,11; — *°-bharaka, m. goods car-
ried by a donkey; instr. wena, 8,16.
— *°-bhava, m. the being an ase (cp,
bhiiva), ucc, Aam, 8,25, — *-rava
(or -raiva) m. the braying of an ass;
ace, wan, 8,25; instr, -ravena, 113,10.

gantabba, gantu-, gantuih,
gantva, v. gacchati.

gantha, m. (sa, grantha) ') a
band, fetter; pl. ~a, fetters (9: desires)
Dh. 211; sabba-gantha-ppahina,
mfn, who has thrown off all fetters“,
gen. m. ~assa, Dh. 90, — *) composi-
tion, text, book; often opp. to attha:
abl. ~ato atthato, 114,30 (cp. attha 5),

*Ganthakara, m. (sa. *grantha
+ akara, lit, a mine of books) nom,
pr. of a vihéra at Anuraddhapura in
Ceylon; loc, we, 114,26,

gandha, m. (= sa.) odour, scent,
perfume; ~0, 20,16; Dh, 56; pl. wa,
70,31; ace. pl. we, 41,5. 53,95; instr,
~wehi, 33,3; loc. ~esu, 71,9; — maccha-
gandham (acc.) scent of fish, 14,95;
catu-jati-°, the four kinds of scent,
41,5; °-dhipa-, 48,30; °-malAdini,
49,14; °-cunnam, 53,26; mala-°, 61,4.
73,n; vanna-°, 106.2. 37,30;
*(sabba-)gandh’apana, m, a perfu-
mery shop, 48,31; — gandhédaka, x.
scented water, instr. wena, 20,8
(dibba-); 38,3; — °-kuti, f. v. sepa-
rately; — °-jata, m, a sort of perfume;
gen, pl, ~anam. Dh. 65; — °-tela, ,
scented oil; instr, wena, 37,9; °-tela-
ppadipa, 65,3. — *°-paficafigulika
(v. h.); — dibba-gandha-puppha, 2.
a flower of heavenly perfume; instr.
pl. wehi, 20,9, — puppha-®, sila-°,
suci-® (q. v.) ep. su-gandha, a-gan-
dhaka, sa-gandhaka & gandhin,

gandha-kuti, f. (sa, °-kuti) ‘a
perfumed house or room’, uame of a
room or house occupied by Buddha,
esp. that made for him by Aniitha-
pindika in Jetavana; Gotamassa ~-
samipe, 73,20; Gotamena saddhim
eka-gandha-kutiyath (loc.) vasitva,
dwelling in private with G., 73,14-17
(cp. eka*), (cp, Jat. J, 92,93. Ind.
Ant. XIV, 140. ZDMG. XL, 65.)

gandhabba, m. (sa. gandharva)
1) a Gandbarva or heavenly musician;
~0, Dh. 105; °manusa, pl. Gan-
dharvas & men, Dh, 420. — *) a singer
or musician in general; ~0, 19,20;

87

gamana

acc. wath, 19,21. — 5) nv. (?) (sa. gan-
dharva) music, song; acc, ~am (ka-
roti) 19,26-es.

gandhin, mfn, (= sa.) fragrant,
odoriferous; f. candana-gandhini,
having a scent of sandal wood, 20,24.

gabbha, m. (sa, garbha) 1) em-
bryo, foetus, child; ~wo (kucchimhi
patitthito) 61,31; itthi-gabbho, a
female child, ib.; purisa-gabbho, a
male child, ib.; paripunna-gabbha,
adj, f. ready to be Uelivered, 62,3; —
*gabbha-parihara, m. ‘protection of
the embryo’, a certain ceremony per-
formed when a woman became preg-
nant; laddha-°, mfn, duly protected
while being in the womb, m. ~o,
42,23 (cp. pariharati); — *gabbha-
vutthana, m. delivery; wath, 62,21. —
*)the womb (cp. kucchi); acc. wam
(upeti, to be born) Dh, 325; (upa-
pajjanti, are born again) Dh. 126;
abl. ~ato (patthaya) 48,13. 50,92; —
gabbha-seyya, f. the womb, ace. wam
(upessarn) 105,20. — §) the interior of
anything; loc. gabbhe, at the end of
comp, : afigara-°, amid the flame, 15,33.
— *) a bed-chamber, any interior cham-
ber; acc. wath. 53,3; loc. anto-gabbhe,
65,28; gabbha-dvara, n. the door of
the bed-chamber, ~wam, 65,27;
sayana-°, siri-® (v. h.) cp. next.

gabbhini, f. (adj, sa, garbhini)
pregnant; acc, wim (duggatitthim)
48,17; °-migi, f. 6,32.

gama, (at the end of comp, =
sa.) 1) mfn. going, able to go; v. di-
raigama, mano-pubbafigama, veha-
safigama. ”) m. going, course; »,
atthagama, atthaigama.

gamana, . (= sa.) going (to or
away); ~warh (== gatam) 52,1; ace.
wath (na labhami) 108,95; instr. wena
(saggassa) Dh. 178; loc. uyyanaki-
ladi-gamane, 65,39; nibbana-gamana,
mfn. leading to Nibbana, acc, m. wath
(maggam) Dh, 289; ~ *°-antaraya,
m, ~0 (me, hindrance to my depar-
ture) 65,98; — *°-bhava, m. the having
departed, going away, acc, wath (aii-

gami

fiassa purisassa) 3,18; — *~magga,
m, way; afifio me no n’atthi, 3,14;
loc. tassa we, along his way, 60,6.

gami, gamitths, gamissati,
ete. ». gacchati.

gambhira, mfn. (sa. gabhira &
gambhira) deep, profound; difficult
to be perceived; m. ~o (dhammo)
94,24; (Tathagato) 95,12; — *°-gho-
satta, n. (sa. *°-ghoshatva) ‘the having
a deep voice’, the being profound in
vredication; al, wi, on account of
his profundity (elocuence?) in prea-
ching the law, 115,90; — *9-paiifia,
mfn, one whose knowledge is deep,
ace, m. wam, Dh. 403.

gamma, mfn. (sa. gramya, cp.
giima) ‘relating to villages’, relating
to common people or to sensual plea-
sures, mean, sensual; m, ~0 (anto)
66,26,

Gaya, f. (= sa.) nom. pr. of a
city in Behar; Jor. ~ayam (viharati)
70,23.

Gayasisa, m. (sa. Gayagirsha
nom, pr. of e@ ‘meuntain near Gaya;
nom, ~wata, 70,21; lee, we, 70,23.

*zayhamanata, mfn. v gan-
heti, pass,

garahati, vb. (sa. Vgarh) to re-
proach, blame; pp. garahita, m. ~o
(pamado, is blamed) Dh, 30 (gar-
hito).

garu, mfn. (sa. guru) heavy; valu-
able; reverend; m, pl. wu, 109,27.
cp. girave. & nex!,

garuka, mfn. (sa. guruka) heavy,

hard, serious; acc, m. warm (abadham)
Dh. 138; (dandati) Dh. 310,
garhita, v. garahati.

gala, . (= sa.) the throat, neck;
~0, 13,11; abl. wato (patthaya) 85,30;
loc. we, 13,11; — *°-pariyosana, mfn,
forming the end of the throat, m. ~am
(mukhatundakam) 18,7; — *°-ppa-
mana, mfn, going up to the neck,
acc, m, pl, we (#&vate) 39,33.

galati, vb. (sa. Vgal) to drip;
part. galanta, mfn. dripping, ». ~am
(lohitamn) 23,32.

88

gava-, base of the subst. m. f.
go, a bull, cow; sometimes used in
comp. (v. below).

gavampati, m. (fr. go, gen. pl.
+ pati, sa. gavampati) ‘lord of cows’,
a bull; 105,12 (usabho ~pati). —

*gavesaka, m/n. (fr. next) seeking,
searching; a-guna-°, m/n. 43,16 (v.h.).

gavesati, vb. (sa. gaveshate)
to seek, search for (ace.); part. m.
~wanto (nibbanath) 64,23; Db. 153;
fut. 2. pl. ~wessatha, Dh, 146; inf.
~witum, 64,21; adj. gavesaka, gavesin

» ts
Oi mfn. (sa. gaveshin)
seeking, locking for (at the end of
vomp.); kima-°, Dh. 99; para-°, Db.
355; suci-°, Dh. 2465.

gaha!, n. (sa. grha, cp. geha &
ghara) a house; loc. ne (,the lay-
man’s life‘) 47,2. — gaha-karaka
etc. v. below; cp. gihin,

gaha®, mfn, (sa. graba) seizing,
holding (at the end of comp.), v. am-
kusa-ggaha.

gaha-karaka, m. (sa. grha-ka-
raka) ‘a house builder’, metaph. the
cause of existence; acc. ~am, Dh.
153 (Comm, imassa attabhava-gehassa
karakath tanhavaddhakith); voc. wa,
ib, 154. (cp. SBE. X. p. 43.)

*gaha-kuta, n. (sa. *grha-kuta)
the peak of a house, rocf, ridge; ~am,
Dh. 154 (,ridge-pole*, SBE, X, 42).

gahattha, m. (sa. grha-stha) a
householder, one who leads a layman's
life; instr. pl. wehi, Dh. 404 (opp.
an-igara),

gahana, ». (sa. grahana) seizing,
catching, getting; grip, bold; w~am
(ambakath su-gahanam, ,,we have
got a very tight grip“) 4,35; "-atthaya,
3,5 (v. attha'); ajjhasaya-gahana-
ttham, ll (vw. h.); — darudaka-°,
20,12; — nadma-gahana-divase, 38,9;
— maccha-°, 25,35; — hattha-®, 61,14.

gahana, n. (= sa.) an impervious
wood or thicket, abyss; mefaph. im-
purities; ~am (abbhantaran te) 106,11
= Dh. 394; ditthi-°, a jungle of

theories or heresy, 94,1; — *°-tthana,
m, ® place or lair in the jungle, abd,
~wato, 6,12; loc, we, 33,24,

gahapati, m. (& gahapatika, sa,
grhapati) a householder, esp. designa-
tion of a man of higher rank within
the third caste (cp, kutumbika);
setthi ~, 68,31; gen, wissa, 69,9;
brahmana-gabapatikesu (loc, pl,
dvandva comp.) 7,25; amacca-brah-
mana-gahapatike (acc, pl. v, amacca)
42,9. cp. Fick, Soc. Gl, p. 165,

gahita & gahita, mfn. (pp.
ganhati, sa. grhita) seized, taken,
captured; m. ~o (hatthe) 28,9; pl,
wO (-i-) 111,18; . pl. gohita-gahi-
tani turiyani, the various instruments
which they held iu their hands, 65,9;
—- *O-arakkha, mfn, carefully guarded
(v. h.); — ”. ® grasp, tug; *°-nimit-
tena, by a tug (v. nimitta) 89,7; -
dalha-°, dugguhita, su-gahita (gq. v.).

guhetum, gahetva, gahessa-
mi, v. ganhati.

gatha, f. (= sa.) a verse, stanza;
~a& (catuppadika) 102,22; acc, ~am,
3,25; osana-°, the final stanza, 27,21;
instr. ~ aya, 42,18; anantara-gathaya,
in the stanza next following, 26,7; pl.
~a (satam) Dh. 102; ace. pl. wa,
2,0. 103,11; wayo, 80,30; instr. pl.
whi, 77,3; — comp. (also shortened
to gatha-) : *%-fvasine, after the
stanza has been ended, 87,1; — *°pada.
mn. a word of a githi, ~am (ekam)
Dh. 101; — gath’-udan’-itivuttukam
(parts of navangarh Satthu-sisanam)
109,33; — *gatha-dvayam, two gathas,
47,23-29; 114,9 (gatha-); — catuppa-
dika-gatha-jananaka, m, 102,37. —
Thera-°, Theri-gatha (g. ¥.).

gama (& gamaka), m. (sa. gra-
ma(ka)) a village; acc. ~am, 82,23;
luddassa vasana-°, 12,8; gen. ~assi_
95,21; loc. ~e, 57,7 (sakala-); 32.
(gamake); ~ambi, 1114; — *°-jana,
m. the people of the v., 101,5 (wo);
— purana-gama-tthana, m. a ruined
v., 35,32 (loc. we); — *-daraka (m.
pl.) the village boys, 52,17; — *°-dvare

89

giha

(loc.) before a v., 8,20; — *°-vara, m.
the best of villages, an excellent v.,
acc, w~am datva, 45,5; ~ -vasin, m,
the inhabitant of a v,, pl. ~ino, 8,23-29;
— *osamipe, near a v, 33,33; ~ °-su-
kara, m. a village pig, ~0, 46,33
(giitha-kalale nimugga-). - dvara-°,
paccanta-°, matu-° (v. 13 cp, gamma,
nigama,

gimika, mfn, (e.c. = sa.) going,
wandering, travelling; m, a traveller;
pl. ~il, (Jambudipa-, ,,passengers
for India“) 28,1. ;

gimin, mfn, (ce. 0. == 8a.) going,
leading to; aoc. m. xinarh (dukkh’-
Upasama-°, Ming BA) 107,290 == Dh,
191; f. «ini (dukkha-nirodha-®,
patipada) 67.17, — apiya-°, nibbana-®,
para-° (q. v.).

gayati, vb. (sa. Vgai) to sing;
recite; pr, 3. pl, ~anti, 77,11; part,
m, wanto, 48,8; ger. ~witvd, 48,23;
pp. gita (q. v.) cp. gatha, geyya,

garava, m & n. (fr. garu, sa.
gaurava, ”.) venerableness; reverence,
respect; Satthu-garavena (instr.) out
of respect to the teacher, 79,24.

galha, mfn. (sa. gadha, pp. gah,
as to the signification confounded
with Vgadh) tight, close, fast; ace.
m. wath (arakkhath) 48,15; *°-pale-
pana, mfn, thickly smeared, 92,7
(~ena sallena); — *°-bandhana, m/fn.
firmly tied down, acc. m. ~am (ban-
dhitva) 39,31; — ati-galha, mfn. (q.
v.) ~ galbam, galhakamh, adv, tightly,
49,6; 40,19,

*gavi, f. (a younger form of go,
pl. gavo) a cow; kapila-gavi-dana,
n, @ gift of tawny cows (to Brahmans),
61,28.

gavuta, n. (sa. gavyilta) a mea-
sure of length, a quarter of a yojana
(g. v.) = 80 usabhas (about 5,6 Kilo-
métres); ti-gavuta-ppamana, mfn.
having an extent of three gavutas, loc,
~e (padese) 63,23.

GAvo, v. go.

gaha, mfn. (e.s. sa. graha) seizing,
holding; v. rasmi-ggaha, m. 106,24.

gabapeti

gihapeti, vd. (caus. IT. ganhati)
to cause to take; to cause to be taken,
seized or feished; to remove (acc.);
aor, 8. pl, ~esum (utum sarire) 62,59;
ger. ~wetva, 16,04. 21,1. 65,14; 59,8
(darakarh mitarai pidesu); w. double
acc, mahajanam tava katham wetvi
(having caused people t> believe your
pe 73,9, cp. ganhipeti.

Bihin, mfn (e. ¢. sa. grain)
grasping after; m. piya-ggahi, Dh.
209.

gijjha, m. (sa. grdhra, cp. grdhya)
a vulture; gen, ~wassa, 92,19.

Gijjhukiita, m. (sa. Grdhra-kiita)
‘the Vulture’s Penk’, mom. pr. of a
mountain near Rajagaha; acc. wath
(pabbatath) 75,31; gen. ~assa, 75,33;
loc. we (Ritjagahe-samipe) 84,a1.

gini, mt. (- agyi, sa. ngni) fire;
nom. wi (iihito, SAG 104,ua-us,

gimbhi, (m.) (ee. grishmn) tho hot
season, summer; doc. p:. hemunta-gim-
hisu (metri causa for -gimhesu?) in
winter and summer; Dh. 286, cp,
next,

*gimhika, mfn. (fr. prec.) relating
to the summer, made for the summer;

sa. gir, f.

m. ~0 (piisiido) 67,y3.
faeces

gira, n. & gira, f.
3peech, words; nom. ~arh
9,31; acc. f. ~wam (saccam ... yaya)
Dh. 408.

giri, m. (= sa.) a mountain; v,
Nalagiri.

gilati, vb. (sa. \/g?) to swallow,
devour; aor. 2. sg. (ma) gili (loha-
gulaih) Dh, 371.

gilana, mfn, (sa. glana) sick, ill;
f. ~@, 46,5; m. pl. wa, 6,22; — *°-dlaya,
m. (v. h.); — °-paccaya-bhesajja-, me-
dicine for the hel» of tae sick, 97,8,

gihiv, m. (sa, grhin) a householder,
one who leads a domestic life; mom,
pl gibi (laymen, 9p. pabbajita) Dh.
74. ep. paha, ge‘a,

gita, mfx. (-= sa, pp. gayati,

jai) sung, reciied) acc, m. vam
_Ckathamaggam, Saripu‘tadi-°, pro-
pounded by S. and others) 113,30, —

90

-rava, m, sound of
song, acc, ~am, 112,7; — "sada,
m, id, ~o (madhura-) 23,83; ~ *°-ssara,
m. id, acc. wath, 19,32; — dvandva-

n. singing, song; *°

comp. rea ies 64,20. 81,2 —
juta-°, 48,8 (g. v.).
giva, a (sa. grivi) the neck,

throat; 10,19; acc, wath, 4,83; (ukkhi-
pitvil) 40,17, 87,21, loc. waya. 14,s2.
40,18, 1l1,as; 17,92 (pasirita-°); —
mani-vanna-°, mfn, ,with @ neck of
jewelled sheen“, acc, m. ~-arh (morath)
10,9.

guna, m. (= sa.) kind, quality;
good quality, advantage; virtue, merit;
~0, 16,18; acc, wath, 29,9. 30,6. 41,38;
abl, ~ato, (,a8 though they were
virtues“) 43,34; pl. wa, 41,84, acc.
pl. we, 42,4; pubbajita-gune, 63,32;
Buddhua, 28,15; foc. pl. wesu (vat-
tixsiimi, to live # good life) 43,4; —
silueguniicura, 28,01 (g.0.).— *ekutha,
f. praise, 31,23 (loc, wayu); 43,6 (ace,
~wath); — anta-°, kima-°, miala- (9.
v.) cp. a-guna, sa-guna.

*“gunaggatd, f. (sa. *guniigrata)
the state of having the best qualities,
perfection; ace, wuth (gatii) 109,2.

gutta, mfn. (sa. gupta) guarded,
protected; m. ~o (dhummassa =
dhamma-gutto, law-protected, one who
is well-guarded with respect to the
law) Dh, 257 (ep. tratthikassa bhin-
no, Jat, I 317,21 and the curious
reading udarassa phaletva, Jat, III
297,97, 0: udaram assa (?). Otherwise
Fausbell & M. Mill-+ who take
gutta = sa, goptr (,,guardian of the
law“ n, wath (cittam) Dh. 36;
(nagaram) Dh. 315. — atta-° (qg. v.)
cp. gopeti & next,

gutti, f. (sa. gupti) guarding,
protecting, protection; mom. indriya-
gutti, Dh. 376 (v. h.).

gumba, m. (sa. gulma) a busb;
a thicket, jungle; the lair of an animal
in a thicket; rukkha-gumbadayo (pl.
v. Adi) 6,1; loc, we, lls. 15,4;
pasanapittham nissaya jata-°, 17,20;
nivasa-°, vasana-°, sayana-°, the

thicket where one is dwelling, 14,15-
7-33; Vana-°, 16,18,

gula, m. (sa. guda) a globe, ball;
ayo-gulo, 107,1 (gq. 0.) = loha-®,
371; mani-°, a jewel, pearl, 5,26,

sts

guha, f. (= sa.) a hiding-place,
cave; the heart; -saya, mfn. being
hiding in the heart, ». vam (cittath
Dh. 37. ep. Sattapanna-guha, 109,31,

gu, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) going; v,
addha-gi, para-gi,

gutha, m. 2, (= sa.) feces, dung;
*0-kalala, n. 46,33 (q. v.).

geyya, m. (sa. geya) a certain
kind of the holy scriptures (navaiigamh
Satthu-sisanam) mixed prose and
verse; ~am, 109,33,

geruka, m. & geruka, f. (sa,
gairika, ~ka@) red chalk; °<a-pari-
kammakata, mfn. ,coated with red
chalk“, f, wa (bhitti) 84,19,

geha, mn. (= sa.) a house; nom,
eam, 48,31; acc, ~am (home) 8,99.
13,6; abl. ~@, 35,29; ~ato (pesakara-°)
88,5; loc. we, 41,98; asuka-°, 58,3;
°-patana-, falling of the house, 19,16;
aditta-geha-sadisa, mfn, 65,11 (q. v.)
ep. gaha, gihin,

go, m. f, (= sa.) an ox, cow; pl,
cattle; gen. gavassa, 92,91; nom, pl.
gavo, 51,33. 104,37; instr. gohi, 105,38;
gen. gavum, v. gavampati. ep, gave-
sati, gavi1 & nezt.

gogana, m, (= sa.) a herd of
cattle; acc, pl. we, 21,4.

gocara, m. (= sa.) ') pasture-
ground, hunting-ground; pasture, food;
nom, ~o (mando) 4,5; acc. wat,
13,1; Dh, 135; — *°-tthana, n. id,
14,11 (loc, ~e); — *°-pasuta, mfn.
intent on seeking food, m. ~0, 13,18;
— jala-°, mfn. 1,8 & thala-°, m/fn, id.
(q. v.). — *) sphere of perception,
object of sense; ~o, Dh. 92; loc. ne
(ariyanam) Db, 22; — ananta-°, m/n.
Dh. 179 (v, an-anta); — miccha-
sathkappa-°, mfn, & samméa-sath-
kappa-°, mfn, Dh, 11—12 (v. h.).

Gotama, m. (sa. Gautama) nom,

91

gopeti

pr. of Gotama Buddha, by non-Bud-
dhists mentioned as samano Gotamo,
71,95. 93,50 efc., and adressed as
bhavath Gotamo (nom, in stead of
the pron. of the second person) 93,27,
or bho Gotama! (voc.) 89,29; instr.
bhota Gotamena, 90,15, His mother
was Maya: Maya janayi Gotamam,
108,21, his father Suddhodana (64,5),
and his son Rahula (64,7). — maha-
Gotama-buddho, 87,7. — *Gotama-
savaka, m. pl, the disciples of G,
Dh, 296; gen. wanam, 74,13, ep.
Bhagavat, Satthay, Sugata.

Gotami, f. (sa. Gautami) nom,
pr., v. Mahapajapati.

gotta, ». (sa. gotra) family, race
(more comprehensive than ‘kula’, but
not so extensive as ‘jati’); instr. wena,
by family, 106, = Dh, 393; 79,9
(by the family name); — evari-gotta,
mfn. 92,19 (q. ¥.); — jati-gotta-kula-,
43,30. — cp. Kacca&yana-gotta, Vaccha-
gotta.

“godharani, f. (adj.) being able
to be paired (said of a young cow)
or: being with calf (?); pl. wiyo (pa-
veniyo) 106,11-14.

godha, f. (= sa.) a kind of great
lizard (which is eaten by poor people);
nom, sg. ~&, 15,30; acc. wam, 14,30-s2.

gopa, m, (= sa.) a cowherd,
herdsman; wo, 104,290; Dh, 19, cp,
gopi, fF.

gopaka, m. (e. c. = sa.) a guare
dian; v. khetta-gopaka.

gopanasi, f/f. eG sa.) the wood
of a thatch; *°-bhogga-sama, mfn.
pbent like rafter-tree“, acc, f, ~am
(narim) 47,93.

gopala(ka), m. (= su.) a cow-
herd; wlo, Dh. 185; gen, ~lakassa,
101,95.

gopi, f. (= sa.) a herdsman’s
wife; 104,s3, 105,95. cp. gopa, m.

gopeti, vb. (sa. gopayati) to guard,
protect; pot. 3, sg. (med, or imp. 2. pl.)
wetha \ Shageern te 315; pp. gopita,
mfn. 58,13 (rakkhita-gopita-vatthu),
op, gutta.

gomika

*gomika, m. (cp. sa. gomin) the
owner of cows; ~0, 105,28.

‘gorakkha, f. (sa. goraksha)
cow-keeping, tending cattle; kasi-go-
rakkhadini, 21,3.

Gh.

ghacva (gid. = aa, ghat ao) to
be killed or destructed; miila-ghac-
cam, adv. (g. v.) ep. ghateti.

*chafita, n. (fr. se. ghana, ep.
hatya & gharya) ‘illing, destruction;
atta-ghanfia (q. v.).

ghata, m. (= sa.) a jar, pot;
acc, warm, 16,29; katali-punna-ghata-,
piantaintrees set in pots, 62,6; *°-ppa-
mina, mfn, as larga aa 9 waterpot;
n. wat (ambapakkarn) 36,33; khira-°,
dadhi-°, yagu-°, q. v.

ghateti, vb. (sa. ghatayati, /ghat)
to connect, unite; ger. netva (anu-
sandhim, q. v.) 32,5; ~etva (vamsam
osakkamanamh, to restore) 45,17.

ghata, mn. (sa. garta) clarified
butter; acc. wath, 99,23.

ghana, 1) mfn. (= sa.) compact,
hard, firm, dense, thick; acc. ~am
(pamsum akotetva) 40,6; °-sataka,
m, @ thick cloth; acc, wam, 60,13;
ekaghana, mfn. (q. v.). — 2) m. (=
sa.) the joetus at « certain stage (the
last before birth?); gen, ~assa, 99,11.

ghara, ». (sa. grha; ep. gaha &
geha) o house; nom, swam, 101,5;
ace, wath, 55,28; abl. wato, 48,50;
loc. we, 23,6, 48129 (we karissami,
-to keep under lock in the house“);
pl. wa (= gharani) Dh. 241. 302;
— °dvara, 7. a houas-door; loc, we,
27,97; — *°-avdsa, m. (v. h.). -- ka-
rana-° (v, karana); - nati-°, g. v=
ep. jantaghara, sayanighara; Maha-
padhana-ghara.

ghasa, m. (= sa.) an eater; v,
mahagghasa.

ghana, v. ghana.

ghata, m. ‘= sa.) killing, murder;
pantha-ghata, m, 32,15 (q. v.).

92

ghaitaka, mfn. (= sa.) killing,
murderer; manussa-°, 76,9 (q. v.).

*phatita ta, “ ata hee ote
hateti; sa. *ghatitatva) the havi
Filed; abl. we (because I had killed)
17,7.

ghatin, mfn, (= sa.) killing,
murderer; pana-ghati, m. 17,29 (q. v.).

ghateti, vb. (caus, yhan, gha-
tayati; cp. hanti) to cause to be killed;
to slay, kill, slaughter (ace.); pr. 3.
sg. ~weti, Dh, 405; imp. 2. 8g. ~ehi
(yakkhe) 112,17; ghataya, 112,19;
pot, 3, sg. waye, Dh, 129; 1. 8g.
meyyam, 33,98; fut. 1. sg. ~essami,
112,18; 3. pl. wessanti, 112,10; aor.
3. sg. aghatayi, 112,91; 3. pl. gha-
tayithsu (aiiiamaifiam) 33,22; ger.
wetva, 16,30; ghaitiya (sabbe yakkhe
ca ~) 112,9, is probably a modern
formation (ep. cintiya, fr. cinteti)
which however more likely ought to
be corrected thus: sabbe yakkha ca
ghatiya (m. pl. grd., sa. ghatya).
cp. ghacca, ghata ete.

ghana, n. (sa. ghrana) smelling,
the nose (as the organ of smelling, cp.
nasa); wath, 70,31; instr, wena (spelt
ghanena) Dh. 360; Joc. ~asmim,
71,8, °-sam phassa - vifiianayata-
nam, the sense of smelling, 72,12 (v.
dyatana),

ghayati, vb. (sa. Vghra) to smell,
scent; ger. witva (maccha-gandhath)
14,25, ghiina, n. (q. 0.).

phuy tis, mfn. (sa, ghushta, pp.
Vghush; cp. ghoseti) proclaimed; n.
om (asalhi-nakkhattam ~ ahosi)
61,2.

ghosa, m. (sa. ghosha) sound
(of speech etc.) v. Buddha-ghosa.

*ghosatta, m. (fr. prec.; sa.
*ghoshatva; only e. c.) the having a
certain sound; gambhira-°, 113,20
(v. h.).

ghosavat, mfn. (sa. ghoshavat)
sounding, roaring; m. «va (kusam-
uddo) 20,16.

ghoseti, wb. (sa. ghoshayati,
, caus, Yghush) to cry aloud, pro-

93

claim; aor, 3. sg. ~esi, 28,31; ger,
~wetva (tikkhattuth) 14,2, cp. ghu-
ttha, ghosa, ec,

Cc,

o', ') = ti (after prec, -i and bee
fore a vowel; sa, -ty-) 74,1; — *) by
elision = ca or co (v, h,),

ca, ind. enclit, (= sa.), by elision
and contraction before vowels: c’ or
ci-. 1) and; also (connecting two
words, whole sentences, or parts of
sentences) : attham anatthai ca, Dh,
256; after a dvandva-comp. pubba-
parani ca, Dh. 352; c’ettha, 3,39;
c’assa, 5,30; only after the third or
fourth word of a series; 2,10; 114,21;
after the third and second word: 4,5;
tato...ca (also) 102,5; in historical
exposition: tad& ca, now at that time,
19,24. — *) ca...ca, both... and,
3,2, 7,13 ete.; cleva... ca, 16,32. 18,14.
30,8. 63,10; 107,17 (thrice); connecting
whole sentences (or parts of sentences) :
ti sampaticchitva ... ’ti ca vutte,
lio; 42,19 etc.; yo ciyam... yo
ciyath, 66,26; hoti ca na ca hoti,
89,30; api ca...api ca kho, 96,31
(v. api); anacoluthic ca... ca. 112,9
(but see corrections), — *) = but, 9,2,
18,34. 108,1 (yo c’etam); often after
a negation : 2,12, Dh. 54, 190. 256.
— +) sometimes = ce, if (g. v.): 96,11
(tai c’ayam). cp. kijica.

cakka, m, (sa. cakra) a wheel;
pl. ~ani, 98,5. — khura-°, n. (v. h.).

cakkavattin, m. (sa. cakra-var-
tin) a sovereign of the world, universal
monarch; nom. sg. ~i (raja) 61,39.

cakkavala, m. (sa. cakra-vala
& -vida) a mythical range of moun-
tuins supposed to encircle the world;
pl. worlds or spheres (thus encircled)
of which an infinite number is-supposed
to exist through the space; abl. pl.
wehi (aiifiehi, from other’ worlds)
60,20.

catu

cakkhu, x. (sa. cakshus) the eye;
sight, insight (esp, e€. c.); nom. sg.
~umn, 70,95. 71,32; instr, ~wuna, Dh,
360; loc, ~usmim, 7J,5; pl. wuni,
24,16; — dibba-®, 2, supernatural vision,
loc, wumhi, 109,82; — dhamma-®, n.
knowledge of the truth, om. um,
68,26; — pafiiid-°, ». intellectual fa-
culty, nom. wuth, 88,27; gen. wuno,
88,81; — *°-karani, adj. f. v. karana!;
— “viiiiana, 2. & *°-samphassa, mm.
(v. h.); *°-samphassa-viniandyata-
path, the sense of sight, 72,1 (cp.
dyatana). vicakkhu-kamma, gq. ».

cakkhumat, mfn. (sa. cakshush-
mat) having eyes, seeing, clear-sighted ;
m. 8g. ~ma, Dh, 273; voc, ~ma
(Buddha) 105,94; pl, wanto, 69,17.
88,28,

caiikama, m. (sa. cafikrama, m.
& wa, f.) walking about; the place
where one is walking, esp. a covered
walk or portico; abl. wa (orohitva)
68,10.

cafikamati, vb. (intens. Vkram,
8a, caiikramyate) to walk about, walk

-up and down; pr, 3. 8g. ~wati, 68,9,

76,33,

Biles, olla m. a casket, box;
suvanna-camgotake, Joc, in a golden
casket, 102,24.

cajati, vb. (sa. Vtyaj) to leave,
abandon, give up, offer; pr. 1, pl,
~ama (asuresu pinam) 60,17; pol, .
3. sg. caje (mattasukham) Dh, 290,
cp, caga, ,

canda, mfn. (= sa.) fierce, violent,
passionate; m. ~o (hatthi) 76,8.

catasso, f. pl, v. catu.

catu (in comp, also catur) base
of the numeral pl, m, cattaro, caturo,
f. catasso, ». cattari (sa. catvaras
(acc. caturas), catasras, catvari) =
four; nom. m. cattaro, 14,10; Dh, 109;
caturo, 3,26; Dh. 273; acc, cattaro,
25,91, 45,15; instr, whi, 3,23; gen.
wunnam, 89,14; — f. catasso, 38,13
fatness —n. cattiri, 61,6. 82,9;
oc, wiisu, 38,12. 86,32. 91,7. The
instr, &@ loc, wUhi, ~wiisu are very

catuttha

frequently spelt ~uhi, ~usu; the base
catur is catur- in comp. w. foll.
vowel, before cons. the r drops through
assimilation, ¢. g. catuddasa (sa. ca-
tur-daga) which generally (through
elision of t) is shortened to cuddasa
(q. v.). — catu-jati-gandha-, the four
kinds of scent, 41,5 (cp. corrections),
- catuttha, mfn. (v. h. ete.).
catuttha, mfn. (sa. caturtha)
the fourth; m. loc. we (vare) 58,7; f.
ma & w1; nom. f. wi (sena) 103,26;
acc. wath (gatham) 15,35; . warm
(adv. == the fourth time) 88,35. —
jjhana, 80,4 ‘v. jhara).
rveatuddisa, adr, (abl. loc, sg. =
fiya, or acc, pl. ? cp. sa, catur-dicam)
in or towards the fcur quarters (of
the horizon); 68,31 (assadute uyyo-
jetva). cp. disa.
catu-dvara, mfn. (sa. catur-
dvara) having 4 doors or gates; n.
eval (nagaram) 23,26; °-jataka, p.22.
*catu-parisa, f. (sa, *catush-
pavishad) the fonrfold assembly, sc.
of male and fersale Fnikkhus and
opasakan; catupsrisa-majjhe, amidst
of an assembly (thus compounded) 86,6.
catuppada, m. {sa. catushpada)
a qnadruped; no, 3),8; pl. wa, 7,18.
catuppadaka, mfn, (sa, catush-
padaka) consisting cf four parts; /.
wikd gatha, a four-line stanza, 102,22;
catuppadika-gatha-jananaka, m. one
who remembers one single four-line
stanza (of the ho! scriptures), ace,
wam, 102,97.
cetu-bhaga, m, (sa. caturbhaga),
the fourth part, cuarter; acc, wam
eti, is worth a quarter, Dh, 148,
catur-afigin, mfn. (= sa.)
‘having four limbs’, comprising four
parts; f. ~ini (send) an army consist-
ing of elephants, chariots, cavalry,
and infantry, 36,23; instr. nwiniya
senaya, 35,14. (cp, Jat. VI, 275,25.
catur-afigula, mfn (=
four fingers or four inches broad; n.
~arh kannam (ussiretva, v. ussareti)
83,10.

94

caturasiti, num. f. (sa. catur-
aciti) 84; °vassa -sahassini,
84,000 years, 44,20. (ep. asiti.)

catu-visati, num. f. (sa. catur-
virhgati) = 24, — catu-visatima, mfn.
the 24th: m, wo (vaggo) Dh. XXIV.

catu-satthi, num. f. (sa. catuh-
shashti) = 64; °-matta, m/fn. (sa.
%matra) being 64 in number; acc.
m, pl. we, 61,23.

cattari, cattaro, v. catu.

cana & canam, indecl. (sa. cana)
a suffix added to interrogatives, mak-
ing them indefinite; v. kificana, ku-
dacanarn; shortened to ca, v. kifica.

canda, m. (sa. ‘sae the moon;
acc, ~am, 14,16; — °-mandala, n. the
moon-disc; wath, 32,31; loc. we, 16,16;
— punna-®, m. ‘the full-moon; ace.
wam, 42,3; °mukha, mfn, with a
face like the full-moon, m. ~o (Go-
tamabuddho) 87,6. cp. candima.

candana, m. & n. (= sa.) sane
dal-tree or -wood; ». ~am, Dh, 64—
55; — *-gandhin, mfn. having a
scent of sandal wood; f. ~ini, 20,24;
— *-vilepana, m. perfumed powder
of sandal wood, ~am, 23,83, — tagara-
candanin, mfn. (q, ¥.).

candima, f. (?) or candimas,
m. (sa. candramas, m. & candrima,
f. ep. purnima) the moon; nom. ~ma,
107,93, Dh. 172. 208, 382. 387. cp.
canda.

capala, mfn. (= sa.) trembling,
unsteady; . war (cittath) Dh, 33,

camara, m. (= sa.) a kind of
oy the Yak; gen, ~assa (valadhi)
28,

camma, n, (sa, carman) !) skin,
leather; nom, wath, 29,93; siha-°, a
lion’s skin, 8,8c; instr, wena, 8,18}
Cjditaka, p. 8; — *=varatta, f. a
leather-thong, acc. wath, 12,7;
*0gitaka, m. an ascetic wearing
clothes of skin; acc, ~am (nama
paribbajakam) 29,92; °-jataka, ib. —
*) a shield; asi-cammam, sword and
shield, 75,15,

cara, mfn, (= sa.) going, wane

96

dering; v. eka-cara, saddhith-cara.
(cp. gocara.)

carana, , (= sa.) acting, be-
haviour; good conduct, virtue; sam-
panna-vijja-carana, mfn, Dh, 144
(v. h.).

carati, vb, (sa. Vcar) *) to go,
walk, wander about (. acc. carikath)
travel; dwell, live, *) to behave, con-
duct one’s self; to practise, exercise,
commit (acc, dhammam, anacaram
etc.). — pr. 3. sg. ~wati (gocaram
ganhanto) 52,17; (viravanti) 53,21;
(kamesu miccha ~, commits immora-
lity) 97,11; 2. sg, wasi, las; 1. 9g.
~Ami (sabbaloke) 105,8; (gavesanto
~, I am looking for) 64,95; 3. pl.
~wanti, 104,97; 1. pl. med. caraimase,
105,25; — part, m. *) carath (nom.)
travelling, Dh. 61 (carai ce); Dh.
305 (eko ~); gen. m. carato, 103,8;
>) wanto (dhammath, walking in
righteousness) 7,25; (samath, q. v.)
7,26; (bhikkhaya ~, wandering about
for alms) 29,24; f. acc. ~antith, 47,22;
gen. pl. ~antanam (amhakam) 1,25;
part. med, m. caramano (carikam,
wandering) 81,8; — imp. 2. sg. cara
(dhammam) 7,24; 47,2 (cara, with
&@ metri causa); (brahmacariyam,
lead a holy life) 70,16; — pot. 3, sg,
*) care (game, dwell) 106,3 = Dh.
49; (eko ~) Dh. 329; (nadiiiesam
pihayam a, let him not envy others)
Db. 365; (dhammam sucaritam «,
practise virtue) Dh. 168; (kayena
sucaritam ~) Dh, 231; >) careyya
(samam) Dh. 142; Dh. 328; — fut.
1, sg. carissami, 92,3; — aor. 3. sg.
*) a-cari (carikam) Dh, 326; °) cari
(anaciram) 9,15; — inf. caritum,
comp. witu-kama, mfn, wanting to
go (m. ~0, akasena, through the air)
36,10; — ger. ~witva, 2,32. 61,18. 86,5
(pindaya); a-caritva, Db. 155; —
pp. v. carita & cinna; — caus. II.
carapeti (g. v.) cp. cara, carana,
cariya; caraka, carika, carin..

carahi, indecl, = tarahi (sa.
tarhi) combined esp, w. interrogatives,

cati

and also other pron. & adv. = then,
in that case; kifi w, 90,15; ko w, 97,7.
The change of t into c is probably
due to the frequent combination with
interrogatives (analogy of kiiica, kiiici,
koci etc.) cp. etarahi.”

carapeti, vb. (caus, IZ. carati)
to cause to move; bherirh «, to beat
the drum; ger, wetvad, 42,2. 102,26.

carita, (= sa.; fr, carati)
acting, behaviour, conduct; living;
ekassa caritam, living alone, Dh. 330,
- duccarita, sucarita (q. ».),

Carima, mfn, (sa, carama) sub-
sequent, last (opp. pubba); a-carima,
min, (q. v.) cp, a-pubba.

cariya, » & cariya, f abe
€.¢.; 8a, carya & cary&) wandering;
conduct; — eka-°, f, (v. h.); — kapi-
raja-°, ».a chapter of Cariya-pitaka
(q. v.) 108,98; — nagga-°, f. naked-
ness, Dh. 141; — brahma-, n. (v. h.),
— sama-°, n. (v. A.).

Cariya-pitaka, mn. nom. pr.
name of the last book of Khuddaka-
nikaya; specimen thereof 108,23 ff.

cala, mfn. (= sa.) moving, trem-
bling, unsteady; a-cala, nic-cala
(v, h.).

calati, vb. (sa. cal) to be moved;
to tremble, to be agitated, excited,
confused, or frightened; fut. 3. pl.
~issanti (macchd) 19,39; aor. 3. pl.
~imsu, 19,33; assa kammajavata a,
62,19 (came upon her), — cala, calana,
cfla (g. v.).

calana, , (= sa.) trembling,
excitement; ~am (macchanam) 19,21.

cavati, vb. (sa. eyu) to fall,
fall away, disappear; to die, esp. to
pass (through re-birth) from any exi-
stence into another; ger. witva (tato)
84,91; pp. cuta (q. v.); caus, caveti
(q. v.) cp. cuti. «

caiga, m. (fr. cajati; sa. tyaga)
leaving, abandoning, giving up; re-
signing, devotedness, self-sacrifice;
~o (tanhaya) 67,16; abl. wa, 94,19;
gen. ~assa, 29,10. .

*cati, f, a vessel, jar, waterpot;

capa

madhu-°, a honey-jar, 53,30, cp. Hindi
ciita.

capa, m. & n, (== sa.) o particular
kind of bow (dhanu); nom. m. ~0,
92,15, abl. ~wato, Dh. 820 (metri
cause Capito); pl. capa (atikhina,
q. v.) Dh, 156..

cara(ka) & carika, mfn. (e. ¢.
== 8a.) wandering abcut; v, vana-
ciiraka, akasa-carika.

*cariki, f. (fr. Ycer) wandering;
acc. ~am carati, to wander about
(said of the mendicant friars) 81,8.
Dh, 326; ~am pakkami (yena Gaya-
sisam tena, weut forth to G.; other-
wise w. acc. Vin. J, 80,2) 70,21.

carin, mfn. (vu. c. = sa.) wane
dering, living; *v. atidhona-®, anu-
dhamma-®, dhamma-®, bala-saiigata-®,
brahma-°, pamatta-°, saiifiata-°.

cala, m. (= 8a.) moving, trem-
bling; ». bhumi-°,

caveti, vb. (caus, cavati; sa,
cyavayati) to cause to fall (acc.); to
drive away from (abl.); aor. 3, 8g.
a-cavayl (ma mam thana «, that
he may not drive me away from my
place) 104,4.

Ci, ind. (sa. cid) suffix to inter-
rogatives, rendering them indefinite;
v. kacci, kadaci, kifici, koci; cp. ca,
cana(m).

zinna, 1) mfn. (pp. carati; sa.
cirna) that has beon wandered over;
practised, performed; cinna-tthane
yeva, ,in this old familiar place‘,
lus. — *) m. deed, good deed; v. sam-
mukha-®,

citaka, m. & sitaka, fi (sa.
cita, citikd) a Leap, pile; a funeral
pile, pyre; acc, ~ath, 34,6, cp. cetiya,
ciyati (yci).

cittat, m (== ea.) thinking,
thought, intention; minu, heart; mom,
~am (pabba‘jaya nami) 65,13; ace.
~am, 96,27; instr. ~ena (mettena)
76,54; 80,34; pl. wani, 71,18. Very
often used at the end of adj. comp.,
v. an-avatthita-°, an-avassuta-°,
udagga-°, kalla-?, {hita-°, tuttha-°,

96

duttha-°, namita-°, nana-°, patibad-
dha-°, pamudita-°, pasanna-®, mudu-’,
metta-°, vadhaka-°, vinivarana-’,
vimutta-°, viratta-°. santa-°, su-
patitthita-°, euddha-°; — sacitta, 7.
(sa, sva-citta) one’s own thought or
mind, acc, wath, Dh. 327; °-pariyo-
dapana, Dh, 183 (v. .) cp. sa-*, =
citta-k(i)lesa etc, (q. v.) ep. cinteti,
cetas, ;

citta® & citra, mfn. (sa. citra)
variegated, manifold; bright, brilliant,
excellent; ace. m, ~ath (imam lokam)
Dh. 171; su-citta, mfn. very brilliant;
m, pl. ~@ (rajaratha) Db. 151; =
*citra-pekkhuna, mfn. having a varie-
gated tail; acc, m. ~ath (moram)
19,10. ep. ati-citra, vi-citra; cittas
kata ete.

*cittakata, mfn. (fr. citta? +
kata) adorned, decorated, dressed up;

acc, ~ath (bimbamh) Dh. 147,
*cittak(ijlesa, m. (fr. citta’)
v, kilesa.

*cittakkhepa, m. (fr. citta!) »v.
khepa.

*Cittapatali, f. (fr. citta® +
patal1) nom, pr. ‘the pied trumpet-
flower, name of a tree (kappatthiya-
rukkha) in the world of Asuras, 59,29;
loc. ~wiya, ib.

*cittarucita, mfn. (fr. citta!
+ rucita) being after one’s heart;
ace. m. ~aim (samikam) 10,5.

*Cittalata, f. (fr. citta®? + lata)
nom. pr. of Sakka’s garden; °-vana-
sadisa, mfn. equal to the C.-grove in
Sakka’s heaven, 62,14.

*cittavagga, m. (fr. cittat +
vaggu) name of the third chapter in
Dhammapada.

citra, mfn. (= sa.), » citta’,

cintana, m. (= sa.) thinking,
reflecting; care, — *cintanaka, mfn,
thinking tor, taking care of; maccha-
nam °-bako, 4,10.

cinteti, vb. (sa. Vcint.) to think,
reflect; to care for (gen.); pr. 2. sg.
~esi (amhakam) 4,4; part. m. ~ento
(nisidi) 4,2; (tumhakam) 4,4; aor.

97

3, sg. ~esi, 3,2; 2, sg. ma cintayi
(etam nissaya) ,,don’t worry yourself,
49,31; 61,30 (be not anxious); 3. pl.
~esul, 6,3; ger. *) wetva, 3,11; >)
cintiya, 111,18, 112,11. — cintana (q.
v.) cp. citta!, cetas.

cira, mfn. (= sa.) long, lasting
a long time; acc, m. ~ ai (addhanam)
110,5; — n. adv, ciram, long, for a
long time; 9,1; 23,34 (long enough);
59,33 (~jiva); Dh. 248; — dat. adv,
ciraya, id. Dh, 342; — *ciragata,
mfn, v. agata; — cira-ppavasin, mfn.
long absent; acc. m. ~ vasim (purisam),
Dh, 219; — a-cira, mfn, (q. v.) cp.
next,

cirassaih, adv. (sa. cirasya, ge.).

after a long time, at last; ~ vata bho
nago nagena samgimessati, at last
we shall see an elephant (sc. of men)
that can fight a fight with (this) ele-
phant! 76,33; na cirass’eva or naci-
rass’eva, shortly after, until in no
long time, 23,3, 89,16,

ciyati, vb. (pass, cinati, sa. V/ci)
to be gathered, heaped up, acquired,
constructed; pres. 3. sg. clyate (=
sa.) 103,9 (pahiitam (te) ~ pufiviam).

civara, m. (= sa.) the robe of
a Buddhist monk; om. ~am, 83,8;
acc. 83,20; patta-civaram, bowl and
robe, 76,16; civara-° 97,8; — *°-rajju,
f. a rope for banging up a robe, acc.
~um, 83,31; — *°-vamsa, m. a bamboo
peg for hanging up a robe, acc, ~am,
83,20,

cunna, !) mfn. (sa. ciirna) pul-
verised, grinded, crushed; cunna-
vicunna, mfn. severely hurted or in-
jured, ~. ~am (hadayam) 1,%5. — °)
n. aromatic powder; ~am, 83,97;
gandha-°, id. 53,26; gandha-dhipa-
cunna-, 48,30.

cuta, mfn. (pp. cavati; sa. cyuta)
fallen; having died or passed from
one existence into another; m. ~0
(tato) 45,16, — a-couto, m/fn. (q. v.).

cuti, f. (sa. cyuti) falling down;
destruction; acc, ~im (sattanam) Dh.
419 (opp. upapatti).

Pali Glossary. °

codeti

cuddasa, mum. (contracted fr.
catuddassa (v. catu); sa. catur-daca)
== 14; — cuddasama, m/fn. the 14*,
m, ~o (vaggo) Dh. XIV,

*Cunda, m. nom. pr. of a smith
(kammaraputta) in Pava, whom
Buddha visited before his death; nom.
~0, 77,390; acc, ~wam, 77,24; gen.
wassa, 77,20.

ce, ind. (sa. ced) if; most frequently
combined with other particles (v. sace,
noce, yatice) and never found at the
beginning of u sentence; ettha ce te
mano atthi, 72,21; tai c’ayam, 96,11
(cp. ca); attha ce patthayasi, 104,22
8q.; pula ce puriso kayira, Dh.118;
passe ce vipulam sukhuih, Dh. 290;
yail ce villi pasarhsanti...ko tam
etc, (si quem,.., quis eum...) Dh,’
229: yah ce = than if, 107,23. Dh.
106, v. yaiice; — api ce or pi ce,
even if; sakalo pi ce... (n’eva) 16,13;
alamkato ce pi, Dh, 142 = alamkato
pi ce or: sace alatikato pi; — tice
(in commentaries = if you ask so)
85,32 (kim idan ti ce ti aha = viz.
with the following words; cp, core
rections),

ceta & cetaka, m. (== sa.) a
servant, slave; acc. pl. ~ke, 55,13.

cetas, m. ”. (?) (= sa.) mind,
thought; instr. ~asa (vippasannena)
Dh. 79; gen. ~aso, 80,35. 91,6. 96,12;
sabba-cetaso, gen. adv. with all one’s
mind, 71,33 (~samannaharitva dham-
mam sunanti). ~ an-anvabata-cetasa,
mfn. (q. ¥.).

Ceta, m. pl. (sa. Cedi) nom. pr.
of a people and its country, south of
the Ganges; ~4, 34,21. cp, next.

Cetiya'-rattha, mn. (cp. sa,
Cedika) = prec.; acc. ~ath, 32,14.

cetiya?, . (sa. caitya) a sepulchral
monument, sanctuary, temple, place of
worship; loc. ~e (Aggalave) 86,12;
pl. ~ani, Dh, 188 (arama-rukkha-°),

codeti, vb. (sa. codayati, caus,
youd) to exhort, correct, punish, re-
prove; to request, ask; imp. 2. sg.
codaya, Dh. 379 (coday’ attanam,

ie!

cora

synon, patimaso, ib. & saifiimaya,
380); pp. m. codito, 113,14.

cora, m. (sa. cor. & caura) a
thief, robber; acc. wam, 36,22; pl.
~a, 30,30; acc. pl. we, ib.; — payut-
taka-°, pesanaka-° (v, h.). — cora-
rajan, m. gen. arshiio (,,the ruffianly
king“) 39,35; — corupaddava, m.
attack from robbers, ~0, 42,5.

cori, f. (sa. cori & cauri) a female
thief; as adj, — thievisa, deceitful ;
pl. miyo, 5,4, 62,. (= prodigal,
extravagant ?); gen, pl. ~inam (thi-
nam) 51,30; — daraka-°, f. a female
kidnspper, acc, wirh, 5,15.

cclaka, m, (sa. coda(ka) & cola-
(ka)) cloth, rag, exp. 1 rubbing-cloth
or mop; ace, ~am, 84,20.

Ch.

cha, :nfn. (mon: ace. pl.) num,
(sa. shash (shat)) <= &; 38,13. 82,11;
the declination is : instr. abl, chahi,
gen, dat, chanoam; loc. chasu or
chassu. cp. next & chattimsati,
ckabbanna, chabbisati, chalabhiiia,
satthi, solasa.

chattha, mfn. (sa. shashtha) the
sixth; 7. ~a (send) 103,37.

chatthama, mfn. (sa, shash-
thama) = prec.; acc. f, ~ath (ga-
tham) 64,35.

chaddana, n. (sa. chardana)
throwing away, ejecting; kacavara-°,
wh,

chaddapeti, vb. (caus. II. ychrd)
to cause to be thrown away; aor, 3.
sg. ~esi (appagghabhandam) cast
overboard, 26,3,

chaddeti, bd. (sa. chardayati,
caus. Vcbrd) to fling, throw away,
eject, vomit; to leave, quit, expose,
reject (acc.); pr. 3. sg. neti (kaca-
varam, tassa upari) 50,2; part. m.
pl. ~enta (matamanussam amaka-
susane) 40,31; aor. 3. sg. ~esi, 50,1;
3. pl. wesum, 40,32; ger. wetva

98

(brihmanarh magge) 33,18; (sirivi
bhavath) 47,22; 52,2-1 (rejecting);
64,23 (gharavasar); 86,21 (dsivisam
dandakena); grd. ~etabba, ». ~am
eiears 84,24; °-bhavam papunl,
42.32 (,was deserted“, cp. bhava). =
caus. II. chaddapeti (q. v.) ep. chad-
dana, 7.

chatta, n. (sa. chattra) a parasol,
umbrella, canopy (ensign of royal
power); gen. seta-cchattassa hettha,
under a white canopy, 42,8. cp. cha-
deti (chad) ete.

chattimsati, f. num. (sa. shat-
trimngat) thirty-six; Db. 339 (Ati
sota).

chadana, n. (= sa.) a thatch,
ruof; loc, pl. ~esu (artlha) 76,29.

chadda, nm. (sa. chadman?) a
thatch, roof (Abhidhana.); only in the
comp. vivatta-cchadda (q. ».).

chanda, m. (= sa.) delight, wish,
will, desire; acc. ~am (na tamhi ~
kayiratha, let him not delight in it)
Db. 117; chandadi-vasena, according
to one’s will etc. (by chandadi is
probably meant chanda, dosa, moha,
bhaya, or the four wrong courses
(modes of proceeding, agati)) 42,27 (0.
vasa); — *chanda-jata, mfn, in whom
desire has sprung up, m. <0 (anak-
khate) Dh, 218.

channa}, mfn. (== sa., pp, chad,
ep. chadeti) covered, thatched; f. va
(kuti) 104,92 (opp. vivata}. — duc-
channa, mfn, &succhanna, mifn. (q. v.).

*Channa®, m 1) nom. pr. of
Buddha’s servant; ~0, 65,15; acc.
~am, 65,26.~”) nom. pr. of a certain
bhikkhu; ~0, 79,14; gen. ~wassa, 79,12.

*chabbanna, mfn. (fr. cha +
vanna,; sa. *shad-varna) six-coloured;
gen. pl. ~&namh (rarsinam, the six-
coloured rays of light emitted from
Buddha’s body) 87,33,

chabbisati, f. num. (sa. shad-
vimcati) == 26; Ati vagga, Dh. p.
94, v. 3. — chabbisatima, mfn. the
265; xo (vaggo) Dh. XXVI.

chalabhififia, mfn. (fr. cha +

b)

99

abhiiiid, sa. shad-abhijiia) possessed
of the six abhijias, v. abhiina.

chava, ') m., n. (sa, gava) a corpse,
dead body, ~ *) mfn, low, vile, con-
temptible; gen, m, ~wassa (khelipa-
kassa) 74,38,

chavi, f. (= sa.) skin, colour,
splendour; *chavi-vanna, m. beauty;
acc, wath, 18,6; — *chavi-santhana,
n, the appearance of the skin; loc,
~e, 85,23 (vannasaddo idha w~ va
datthabbo, the word vanna is here to
be understood as complexion); — man-
gura-cchavi, mfn, (q. v.) op. anu-
cchavika, mfn.

chata, mfn, (= sa., cp, sa. psiita)
emaciated, hungry; m. pl. wa, 111,31
(cp. Pischel, Gr, d. Prakr, Spr, § 328
& next.)

*chataka, nm. (fr. prec.) hunger;
°akara, m, sign of hunger; ace. ~am
(dassesi, gave them to understand
that he was hungry) 41,8,

chadeti, vb. (sa. chadayati, caus.
ychad) to cover, hide (acc.); pr. 3.
sg. ~eti (attano vajjani) 106,18 =
Db, 252; aor. 3. pl. ~esurh (devata
potthakam, rendered the book invisible)
114,16. cp. chatta, chadana, channa,

chaya, f. (= sa.) shade, shadow;
nom, ~@ (anapayini) Dh. 2; gen.
~iaya (abhavena, on account of the
absence of shadow (sign of being a
Yakkha) 59,18; — *sita-cchaya, m/fn.
q. v.).
ine vb, (pass. chindati,
ychid) to be cut off, to be split, torn,
destroyed; pr. 3. sg. ~ati oi
Dh, 284; 3, pl. ~anti (hatthapada
99,13; ger. ~itva 17,32; repeated : 60,7
(being mowed down everywhere); pp.
chinna (q. v.). ;

chidda, m. (sa. chidra) a hole,
leak; fault, defect; acchiddavutti, ».
a-cchidda, mfn.

chindati (& a-cchindati), vb.
(sa. Ychid & a-Vcchid) to cut off; to
tear, split, cleave, destroy (acc.); imp.
2. sg. chinda (pasam) 12,1; 2. pl.
~watha, Dh. 283; — pot, 3, sg. chinde,

ja

Dh. 870; -- fut. 3. sg. checchati, Dh,
350 (esa-cchecchati, probably fr,
a-cchindati); — aor. 3. sg. acchidda
(= acchida, RB. acchindi, fr. chindati
or a-cchindati) Db, 351; — inf. chet-
tum, 105,18; — ger. *) chinditva (givam) |
4,33; (sisam) 5,12; (dvidha ~, to cut
in two) 33,18; a-chinditva (vissasam,
pin unbroken amity“) 13,7; — >) chetva,
83,31, 105,19; Dh, 283, 369; ~ °) chet-
vana, 47,28; Dh, 346; — caus. IT,
chindapeti, pass. chijjati, pp. chinna
(q. v.) ep. chidda, cheda,
chindadpeti, vb. (caus. II. chin-
dati) to cause to be cut off, to let be
removed (acc.); ger. ~wetva, 36,19. 38,1.
chinna, mfn. (= sa., pp. y/chid
cut down, torn, split; m. ~o (rukkho
Dh, 338; acc, wath, 34,5; ”. sam
(miusika-cchinnam thanam) 26,7;
chinna-pasibbaka, 13,5; chinna-tata-,
a sheer precipice, 27,3; chinna-tthana,
n, a crack, fissure, 91,30; vata-cchinna,
mfn, driven away by the wind, °-vala-
haka, mm, 40,28 (v. h.). .
chuddha, mfn. (sa, kshubdha,
Vkshubh) thrown away, rejected; m.
~o (kayo) Db, 41 (Comm, = apa-
viddho; cp. Jat. V, 302,4. 303.4 =
chaddita). Fausbsll (Bem. p. 19) &
Trenckner (Mil, p. 422—23) refer it
to Vkshiv = shthiv; ep. Pischel, Gr,
d, Prakr. Spr. § 66 & 120. ». nitthu-
bhati & nutthubhati below, .
cheka, mfn. (= 8a.) clever,
shrewd; skilful, skilled in (Joc.) ; instr.
m. wena (sakunikena) 88,33; nom.
~0 (afiga-vijjaya) 48,16.
checchati, chetva, chetvana,
chettum, v. chindati. .
cheda, m. (= sa.) cutting off;
interruption, abandonment; asa-ccheda,
m., kamma-°, m., sandhi-°, mfn.,
sisa-°, m, (v. h.).

J.

ja, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) born; v.
atta-ja, daru-°, dvija (dija), pabba-°,

q*

jagati

yoni-®, viri-°, Sihabahu-narinda-°.
ep. jayati.

jagati, f. (= sa.) the earth,
world; OMAR PROS m. a spot in
the world, ~o, Dh, 127,

jacca, instr, == jatiya, v. jati.

jaggati, vb, = jagarati (g. ».).

jajjura, mfn, (sa, jarjara) infirm
from age, decayed, old; jara-°, mfn.
(v. h.) cp, jara ete.

jafifia, mfn, (sa. janya) ‘to be
born or produced’, charming, excellent
(? cp. MN. I p. 528, ad p. 29,19);
v. a-jaiiia & purisajaiifa.

jana, pot. v. janati.

jata, f. (= sa.) the platted or
matted hair (of an ascetic); Dh. 141;
instr, pl. «éhi, 106,83 — Dh. 393.
cp. next,

jatila, m. (= sa.) an ascetic
(wearing matted hair); instr. pl.
urina-jatilehi (who had been Jatilas
efore) 70,29,

janu, m. (+= 8a.) people (coll.
sometimes constructed w, pl, ot the
verb), pl. men, persona; nom. ~0,
106,31 — Dh, 222; Dh. 249 (w. pl.
dadanti); bahu-jano, many people,
a tnultitude of people, the vulgar,
88,32: bahujjano, id. Dh. 320; maha-
jaro, id, 37,23; mahajana-majjhe,
before ell the people, 51,10; loka-
mahZjano — loko (g. v.) 88,31; ace.
janam (unfiam bahukath) 108,19;
maha-janumh, 68,6; jer. janagsa.
110,16; maha-janassa, 73.12. 87,9;
loc. maha-jane (among men) 114,15;
- pi. dve jana, 6,53. 37,45; gen. pl.
tinnamh jandnam, 14,1;; — gama-jana,
puthujiana (v. A.) cp. janapada,
janinds,

janana, mfn, (e, ¢, — ¢a,.) pro-
ducing, causing; bhaya-", m/n. terrific;
m., eo (saddo) 27,4.

janapada, m. (== sa.) ") an in-
habited country, the country (opp.
the town), the continent; acc. ~am,
22,3 (opp. Tambapannadipa); 43,10
(opp. nagara); rattha-janapada-va-
sino, m. pl. ythe country people of

100

the kingdom“, 102.5. — *) a nation,
tribe; subjects, cp, janapada. —
janinda, m, (fr. jana = inda;
sa, janendra) a sovereign, king; voc.
~a, 47,10 (janinda’ti); 55,1.
janeti, vb, (caus, yjan, sa. Ja-
nayati, cp. jayati) to bear, bring
forth (ace.); aor. 3, sg. janayi (Maya
Gotamam). 108,21. cp. jana, Janana.

*jantaghara, n. a bathing place
for hot sitting baths; om. acc. wath,
83,27-31; abl, ~4, 83,358; loc. we, 83,34;
°-pitha, . the chair belonging to the
jantaghara, acc. ~am, 83,28. The
etymology of this word is not clear;
Bihler (& Oldenberg) take it — sa.
yantra-grha (an oil-mill) KZ, XXV
(1881) p. 225, but the prakritizising
of ya (into ja) is upon the whole very
questionable and esp. in this case, be-
cause yanta (sa. yantra) frequently
occurs in Pali-texts, EK, Hardy, (Deut-
sche Litt, Zeit. 1902 p, 339) refers
to sa, jentaka (a dry hot bath) the
etymology. of which is likewise un-
known, cp, SBE, XIII p. 157,

jantu, m. (= sa.) a creature,
man, person; nom. ~u, Dh. 107; ace.
~um, 106,12 = Dh, 395; gen. wuno,
106,11 == Dh. 176; Dh, 105. 341.

jambu, f. n. (= sa.) ') f. the
rose apple tree (Eugenia). *) m, the
fruit of the Jambu tree; instr. pl.
~iuhi, 2,10.

Jambudipa, m, (sa. Jambu-
dvipa, the central one of the seven
continents — the known world) nom.
pr. of India (sa. Bharata-varsha);
ace. war, 114,32; loc. sakala-Jam-
aes 39,11. 98,15; *°-gamika, mfn.
v. hh).

jambonada, », (sa, jambiinada)
a kind of gold (from the Jambi river);
gen, ~assa (nekkhamh) Dh. 230.

jamma, mfn, (sa. jalma) 1) con-
temptible, poor, miserable; m, ~0
(gadrabho) 8,25, °) cruel, fierce; f.
~i (tanha) 107,31; ace. with, 108,1.

jaya, m, (= sa.) victory; jaya-
parajaya, m, victory and defeat, acc.

101

~am, Dh, 201, — jayamh (Dh. 201)
part. m., v. (jinati &) jeti.

Jara, mfn, (only as first part of
comp, = sa, jarat) old (an epithet
implying contempt or vexation); jara-
Sakko, 59,s1. cp. jirati, jinna & neat.

jara. f, (= sa.) old age, decre-
pitude, decay; nom, ~A, 63,13. 67,8;
instr, ~aya. 70,29; — *°-jajjara, m.
a decrepit old man; acc, ~ath, 63,8;
— *jarappatta (sa. *jara-prapta) mfn,
decrepit, decayed; gen, f. pl. ~anam.
47,15; — °-maranarh, ». old age and
death, 66,10-16; — jiti-jara, f., jati-
jarupaga, m/fn., yava-jara, adv, (v.h.).
~ Jarai-vagga, m, the 11t* chapter
of Dh,

jala, n. (= sa.) water; instr,
wena, 110,29; loc, we (samattho.
q. v.) 4,14; — *gocara, mfn. living
in the water; m. pl, ~a, 1,8; — thala-
jala-, 19,22, lona-jala-, 24,16 (v. h.).

jalati, ob. (sa. yjval) to burn,
shine; pr, 3. sg. ~ati (aggi) 94,30;
part, loc. pl. ~antesu (padipesu),
65,18; pot. 3. sg. ~neyya, 94,29; aor.
3. sg. a-jali, 95,7; caus, jaleti & jaleti

qs V.).
salets. vb, (caus. fr. prec.) to set

on fire, light, kindle (a@cc.); ger.
~wetva (aggim) 100,24. cp. jaleti.
java, mfn, (= sa.) quick; Java-

sakuna-jataka, . (the tale of the
dexterous bird) 13,8 (if not java is
the name of a bird; Trenckner refers
to sa, cavy&é — vaca, but this seems
not to agree with rukkha-kotthaka,
13,10, which is = sa, gatapattra,
Jitakamala p. 235,20). — m. speed;
énstr, wena, quickly, 23,14. ;
jaha, mfn. (e€. c. = sa.) leaving,
abandoning; v. sabbaiijaha. cp. next.
jahati (& jahati), vb. (= sa.
yha) to leave, abandon (ace.); pr. 3.
pl. wanti (okamokam) Db. 91; pot.
3. sg. jahe, Dh, 221. 370 (cp. vippa-
jaheyya); 1. sg. jaheyyam (rajjamh)
8,3; fut. 3. sg. jahissati (attanam,
will loose his life) 54,30; inf. jahitum,
44,81. 46,s4; ger. hitva (abalassam,

jataka

leaving behind) Dh. 29; (kame) Dh,
88; Dh. 91. 231, 417; pp. hina (v,
h.); caus, hapeti, pass. hayati (q. v.)
cp. jaha, mfn.

jagarati (& jaggati), vb. (sa.
Vjiigr) to be awake; part. gen. m,
wato, 107,09 == Dh. 60; part, med.
jagaramana, gen, pl. ~anam (sada
~, ever watchful) Dh, 226, cp. pati-
jaggati & bahujagara,

jata, ') mfn. (= sa. pp. Vjan, cp.
jayati & janeti) boro, grown, produced;
become (in this sense often used as
finite tense); m. ~0, 18,28. 34,94. 45,94,
113,2; instr, ~ena (maccena) Dh,
58; gen. ~wassa (,every one that is
born“) 63,13; loc. we (varanarukkhe)
4,1; xamhi (atthamhi) Dh. 331;
f. ~@, 98,8; ace. ~am, Dh. 340;
Yakkhini jatfsi (you have been born
a Yakkhini) 59,1; ” wam, 31,21.
49,04; m. pl. wa (danté) 12,1; x.
pl. wani (kesani, sisamhi) 47,1;
comp, piti-somanassa-jata, adj. f.
filled with pleasure and satisfaction,
64,13; pasdnapittham nissiya jata-
(gumbe) 17,30; — “jata-divasa, m.
birthday, Joc. ~e, 24,31. 45,21; —
chanda-°, mfn., sayath-°, mfn. (q. v.).
— *)n, a kind, sort; gandha-° (v, h.)
cp. jatarupa & nezt.

jataka, *) mfn, (= sa.) born; m.
a child; nahdpitassa ~0, 25,10 (a
bastard). — ”) 7. *) nom. pr. name of
a Pali work, the 10 section of the
Khuddaka-nikdya; ace. wam, 102,16;
loc. ~e, 102,20; comp. jaitak'-abbhuta-
vedallarh (parts of the navafigam
Satthusdsanam) 109,34. The Jataka
is the Book of Birth-Stories, containing
547 tales of the anterior existences
of Gotama Buddha (jatakani) and an
introduction (nidana-katha) about the
legendary history of the Buddhas; cp.
I. Feer, Etude sur les Jatakae, IAs.
(1875) sér. 7. vol. V-VI; a useful
bibliography is given by H. Wenzel,
JRAS. 1893, p. 351. Specimens are
found p. 1-60, 72-74; of Nidana-
kathé p. 61-65. — >) a tale of the

jatariipa

Jataka-book, consisting of two chief
parts, viz. paccuppanna-vatthu (story
of the present) generally in prose only,
and atita-vatthu (story of the ra}
in mixed prose and verses (gatha
together with a verbal commentary
(atthavannana or atthakatha); the
tala ccncludes in a short summary
(samodhina, identification of the ac-
tora in the atita-vatthu). Jataka-tales
are also found in Cariya-pitaka,
Buddha-vamsa and pessim in other
holy scriptures (cp. Rhys Davids,
Buddhist Birth Stories, Introd.), with
the northern Buddhists in Maha-vastu,
Jataka-mala, Divyavadana, Avadana-
cataka etc. ; numerous scenes of Jataka-
tales are figured on the Bharhut-Stupa,
Boro-Boedoer, and Mangala Cheti Da-
gaba (cp. the notes of Part 1), Spe-
cimens of Jatakas in their whole ex-
tent (without commentary) are found
p. 28-32, a little proof of the verbal
commentary p. 52,1¢7, wath samo-
dhanesi (,identifiad the birth“) 29,16,
30,24, 32,5.

jatarupa, nm. (= sa.) gold; jata-
rupa-rajata-patiggahana, n. accepting
gold and silver, abl. ~4, 81,26.

jati. f. (= sa.) *) birth, re-birth,
(former) existence; mom. wi, 66,10.
67,8; instr, wiya (or jacca, v. below
70,99; gen. wiya, 63,13; loc. wiyam
(atita-°) 85,12; — *°-kkhaya, m., end
of births, ac war, Dh. 423; -
*0.jara, f. birth and decey, acc. ~urh,
Dh, 238. 348; °-ja.’-tipaga, mfn. (v.
upagu); — *°-nirodha, m, cessation
of births, wo, 66,16; abl.) wa, ib.;
— *paccaya (v. h.); — *°-marana,
n. birth and death, gen. ~assa, 105,96;
- *snmsara, ri. the revolution of
being, 108,18; — *-sambhava, m.
existence, 17,98; ~ °-ssara- (sa. jati-
smara), remembering one's former
existences; *°-faana, #, the power of
remembering ones former existences,
instr, wena, 17,4; — pafica-jati-satani
(ace. tarough 600 births = 500 times)
17,10. ~ *; age; instr. jacca = jatiya, by

102

age, 47,21. ~ °) caste; acc. wim, 111,11
(mama jatin ti, my royal lineage) ;
instr. jacca, by caste, 106,68 — Db.
393; — °-gotta-kula-padesa, m. posi-
tion with regard to caste, race and
family, acc. ~am, 43,30; — °-mant’-
Upapanna, m/fn. (v. upapanna). cp.
Fick, Soc, Glied. p. 22. — *) kind,
sort; catu-jati-gandha, m. (v. catu,
cp. jata, n.).

jatu, adv. (= sa.) at all, ever
(generally explained by ekamse(na)
or kadaci); tasu ko ~ vissase, 51,4.

*“anana, n. (nom, act, fr. janati)
knowing, knowledge; °-manta, m. a
spell of knowledge, acc. war, 53,36;
sabba-ruta-janana-manta, m. 63,14
(v. ruta).

*jananaka, mfn. (fr. prec.) know-
ing, a knower; catuppadika-gatha-°,
v. catuppadaka, 102,27.

janapada, mfn. (= sa.) living in
in the country; m. pl, country-people;
ace, pl. we, 6,2 (negama-°); — *jana-
paditthi, f. a country-woman, ace.
~im, 30,28.

janati, vb. (sa. ja) to know,
understand, learn (acc.); perceive, ob-
serve; recognize; be aware, find (find
out); experience (suffer); pr. 3. sg.
~ati (ko ~ kim karissati) 13,17:
30,6. 32,9, 72,24, 102,25; 2. sg. wasi,
5,11; 1. sg, wami, 41,33. 51,10. 87,36.
92,10; 1. sg. med. jane, 118,19; 2. pl.
~atha, 59,15; 3. pl. wanti, 51,35.
59,30, 104,2; — part. *) (janath) gen.
m. janato, Dh, 384; a-janato (te)
101,30; >) m. jananto, 67,3; pl. wa
(nama nahesuri, no one knew) 19,19;
a-jananto, not knowing, unaware, un-
suspecting, 5,1. 50,17; pl. wa, 21,6;
f. ~anti, 57,24; °) med. pl. m, jana-
mana, 17,26; — imp. 2. sg. janahi,
46,8, 72,29 (evar); Dh, 248; 2. pl.
~watha (find out) 74,3; — pot. 5) 2.
Sg. Janeyyasi, 94,29; 1. sg. janeyya
(~ahath) 94,31; 3. pl, eweyyum, 17,38;
2. pl. weyyatha, 9,14; >) 3. sg. jaina,
Dh. 157. 352; — fut. 3. sg. ~issati,
56,8; 2. sg. ~issasi (tuyhar pattam,

103

suffer) 6,35; 1. sg. ~issimi (paccha,
see to it afterwarda) 15,16; ~ aor. 4) 3.
sg. annasi, v. ajanati; ») 3. pl. ja-
nimsu (tam karanam) 37,8; — ger. *)
Hatva, 3,20. 8,95. 12,9-96. 33,5, 34,14
(sabbar). Dh, 12, 22 ete.; ») janitva,
50,31; a-janitva, 53,1; — pass. fayati,
pp. hata, caus, apeti & janapeti
(q.v.) cp. ana, fdtaka, nati, -nfd,
& janana(ka).

janapeti, vb. (caus, II. janati)
to let know, to inform any one (acc.);
imp. 2. sg. wehi (nath) 55,23; ger,
~wetva (tam) ib. cp. iapeti.

jani, f. (sa. jyani; fr. japeti, yjya
') loss (of property), amercement, ?
growing old, infirmity; acc, ~im, Dh,
138.

jayati, vb. (— sa. yjan) to be
born; pr. 3. sg, ~ati, Db. 193; ~ati,
Dh. 212 foll, Dh, 282 foll, (birm.
read, wte); pot. 3. sg. med. ~etha,
Dh. 58; aor. 3. sg. jayi, 45,32; pp.
jata, grd. jaiia (v. h.); caus. janeti
(q. v.) cp. jataka, jati, jana ete,

jara, m. (= sa.) a paramour, lover;
acc, ~am, 61,1.

jala, m (— sa.) a net, snare;
cob-web; wire-net, lattice; acc, ~am
(khipapetva) 26,1; Dh. 347 (cob-web);
antojalam, 88,35 (v. anto); suvanna-°,
a golden net, 62,22; instr. ~ena, 88,34;
62,23 (suvanna-°); 88,35 (Mara-°);
abl. ~ato (muccati) 88,31; °-mutto
(sakunto) 88,30; — *iana-jala, n. the
limits of one’s perception; gen, ~assa
(anto pavittham disva, calling her
into his mind) 86,38; — *°-karandaka,
m. (v. h.).

jalin, myn, (— sa.) ‘having net’,
ensparing, deceptive, fascinating; /f.
~wini (tanha) Db, 180.

jileti, vb. (caus, jalati) to cause
to burn or shine (acc.); pr. 3. pl.
wenti (dipam) 37,9 (cp. jaleti).
ji, mfn. (e.c. — aa. jit) winning,
victorious; 0. saigamaji (cp. jinati).

jigaccha, f.(sa. jighated) hunger;
Dh, 203 (var. B. digaccha). _

jinna, mfn, (pp. jirati; sa. jirna)

jiva

old, decayed; m. wo, 74,0; acc. ~am
(purisam) 63,15; — °-koica, m. pl.
Dh. 155. — mogha-°, m. Dh. 260
(v, h.) ep. parijinna.

jinnaka, mfn. (sa. jirnaka) old,
worn out; #, pl. wani (pilotikani)
57,5.

jita, mfn. (pp. jeti & jinati; =
sa.) conquered; atta jitam. seyyo
(,one’s own self conquered is better“)
Dh, 104 (where jitam is an old
nasalized form instead of m, jito, cp.
Dhpd. (1855) p. 287; Kuhn, Beitr,
p. 59); ace. m. wath (Maram) Dh.
40; — subst. n. victory; Dh, 179;
acc. ~ath, Dh, 105 (opp. apajitarh).

Jina, m. (= 8a.) ‘victor’, epithet
of the Buddha; °-sisana, 7. the doc-
trine of Buddha; ace. ~am (navafigarh)
109,22 (= Satthu-sasanam, 109,32);
loc. we, 109,86.

jinati (& jeti, g. v.) vb. (sa. Vjya
& yji) to win; to conquer, overcome
(acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~nati (niccam)
48,9; Dh, 354 (sabbadanam, exceeds);
103,32 (nam); — pot. 3. 8g. jine
(kodham) 44,8; 107,35 = Dh, 103;
aor, 3. sg. a-jini, Dh, 3; pass, jiyati,
v, parajiyati.

jiya, f. (8a. jya) a bow-string; acc,
wan, 92,16,

jivha, f. (sa. jihva) the tongue;
70,31, Dh. 65; instr. ~aya, Dh. 360;
loc. waya, 71,9; — °-samphassa-viii-
nanayatanam, 72,15, the sense of taste
(cp. ayatana),

jiyati, vb, ') = jirati (q. v.) -
*) pass. jinati & jeti, v. parajiyati.

jirati, vb. (sa. yjf, jiryati) to
grow old, become decrepit; pr. 3. sg.
~wati, Db. 152; 8. pl. ~anti, Dh.
151 (are destroyed); pp. jinna (q. v.)
op, jara, jara, jajjara.

jiva, mn. re ) n, life, soul;
nom. wath, 89,s8-29 (opp. sarirarh);
acc, wath, 108,17; — ydvajivam, adv.
all the life long, 13,7 Db. 64; —
dujjiva, sujiva, mfn. (g. v.). — *) m,
a living being; °-loka, m. living beings;
~0, 47,17.

jivati

jivati, vb. (sa. yiiv) to live; to
live by, subsiez on (nissitya); pr. 2.
8g. ~w8i, 13,29; 1. 2g. med. (or pot.)
jive, 103,31; 1. pl. wma, Dh. 197;
part, m. jiwamn, 103,7; f. med. jiva-
mana, 31,17; pot. 3. sg. jive, Dh. 110
(1. sg. 103,35 ?); imp. 2. sg. jiva
(cirem) 59,93; jiva bho, 103,7; fut.
1. sg. ~wissami (rajanam nissaya yin
ths king’s service“) £4,138; inf. witum
(asakkonta) 39,1, jivitu-kama, m/fn.
loving life, m. wc, Dh, 123. cp. jiva,
jivika, jivita, jivin.

jivika, f. (=:’sa.) livelihood; ace.
wait (kappesi, kasikammena) 8,15.

jivits., 2. (= sa.) life; nom. ~am,
86,15; aco. wam, 4,33; abl. na, 76,3;
— °-kkhaya, m., dzath; acc. wam, 4,22;
- **-daina, n. saving one’s life; acc.
warn (dassami) 12,26; 42,12, — *°-pa-
tilabha, m. rescue, escape, 00, 42,10;
— *yariyosina, ». the end of life,
tec. we, 34,99; — *-samkhaya, m. =
jivita-kkhaya; loc. ~amhi, Dh. 337.

jiviit, fn. (e. c == sa.) living,
v, dhamma-jivin.

juti, f. (sa. Gyuti) splendour; —
*jutin-dhara, m/fn. bright, splendid;
m. pl. ~& (pakkbi) or voc. wa (?)
11,143 — jutimat, mfx. (= sa.) id.,
m. pl. ~manto, Db. 89. ep, jotati.

ge & juihati, vb. (sa. yhu,
juhoti) to offer; to sacrifice to, wor-
ship (acc.); part. gen. m, jihato
(aggihuttam) 103,8; pp. huta (2. v.).

jiita, n. (& m, ?) (sa, dyiita)
game at dice; ace. war. kilati, plays
at dice, 19,10. 48,5; — *gita, n. a
verse sung for luck in game: acc. warn
(gayanto) 48,8; 50,20; — °-mandala,
m, a game-chamber or dicing-table;
acc, ~am, 19,1:; 50,28.

juhati, vb. = juhati (¢. ».).

jettha, mf(n). (sa. jyeshtha) first,
chief; first born, elder brother or sister;
m. gen, (dat.) ~wassa (yakkhassa)
112,13; niyydmaka~°, 24,10; °-putta,
m. ace, wam, 45,3; °-bhata, 34,33;
°-yakkhini, f. 21,21; °-vanija, m. acc.
~wam, ib.

104

*jetthaka, mf(n). = prec.; m.
niyyamaka-jetthako, 24,14; °-kanitthe,
acc, pl. m, two brothers, 32,31 (cp.
kanittha); °-tapasa, m. ace. ~am,
35,2; °-bhatika, m. acc. ~am, 32,21.

Jetavana, n. nom. pr. of a garden
near Savatthi, bought from prince Jeta
(a son of Pasenadi) by Anathapindika,
who built a monastery there and pre-
sented it to Buddha (Jat. I p. 92.
IJ, 216); acc. ~am, 86,26; abl. ~a,
87.3; loc. we, 28,2; — %Abhimukhi,
f. 73,13 (v. abhimukha); — °-magga,
m, the road from J., ace. wath, 73,15.

jeti, vb. (sa. jayati, Vji; ep. jinati)
to win; to conquer, overcome, exceed
(acc.); pr. 3. sg. jeti (sadhum sadbuna)
ppays good with goodness‘, 44,2; part,
m, jayath (the victor) Dh. 201; pot.
3. sg. jeyya (jeyya-m-attinam, con-
quers himself) 107,41 == Dh, 103; ger.
jetva, 103,32; pp. jita (v. h.) cp. jaya,
m. ji, mfn, & Jina, m.

jotati, vb. (sa. dyotate, /dyut)
to shine; part. m. ~anto (manirata-
nam viya) 62.30. cp. juti, f.

Jh.

jhana, n. (sa, dhyana) abstract
religious meditation, ecstasy, divided
into four stages, through which the
mind comes into a state of complete
indifference; nom. warm, Dh. 372;
ace. pathama-, dutiya-, tatiya-, ca-
tuttha-jjhinath, 89,s-s; abl. wa, ib.;
loc. a-parihina-jjhdne, 45,15; — *jha-
nabhinind, f. (v. abhififid); - *-pa-
suta, mfn. given to meditation, m. pl.
~a, Dh. 181; — *samadhi-jhana,
n. the ecstasy of self-concentration,
ace, ~wam, 109,21.

jhapeti, ob. (caus. jhiyati!) to
burn, set on fire (acc.); pr. 2. sg.
ewesi (gimami) 101.6; 7. sg. ~emi
(niham khettam 2, I did not set the
field on fire) 100,28; pot. 3. sg. weyya,
101,14; aor. 3. sg. nesi (ayam aggi

105

ma math ~) 51,18; ger, wetva, 34,6;
pp. jhapita, m. ~o (gamo) 101,38.

jhayati}, vd. (sa. kshayati,/kshai)
1) to, burn (intr.); pr, 3. sg, ~ati,
65,28; 3. pl. wanti, 65,3; part. med,
~mana, m ~0, », ~am, 1014, —
*) to waste away, dry up, to be
emaciated, perish; pr. 3. pl. ~wanti,
Dh, 155, cp, Bollensen, ZDMG,
XVIII, 834; Weber, Ind, Str, I, 143;
Pischel, Gramm, § 326, Fausdell,
Dhpd. (1855) p. 323 refers to y/jya,
Trenckner to dah (cp, PM. p. 65,95),
but jbama, mn, (burnt, scorched)
must be identical with sa, kshama. —
caus, jhaipeti (sa. kshipayati) v. h.

jhayati®, vd. (sa, dhyayati,/dhyai)
to contemplate, meditate; part, m, *
acc, ~antam, 103,8; 106,18 — Dh,
395; gen. ~wato, 66,30; a-jhayato,
Dh, 372; — >) nom. ~wanto, Dh. 27;
— imp. 2. 8g. jhiya, Dh. 371. jhana,
n, (q. v.) ep. next.

jhayin, mfn. (sa, dhyayin) re-
flecting, thoughtful, absorbed in medita-
tion; nom, m. ~i (brahmano) 107,24
= Db. 387; acc. ~im, Dh. 386;
gen, ~ino, Db. 110; m, pl. wino,
Dh. 23, 276,

N.
fiatta, n. (sa. jiiatra) the intellec-
tual faculty; mom, wam (balassa
jayati) Dh. 72. (cp. Dhpd. (1855)
p. 262 = jananabhava; it can hardly
be sa, jnapta, Max Muller, SBE. X,
p. 22; iiatte (loc.) Jat. V, 26,6 &
486,13 (= santike, near) stands for
flante, sa, ny-ante).
fiatva, ger. v. janati.
fiana, n. (sa, jfiana) understanding,
knowledge, intelligence; nom. ~am,
71,15; 79,30 (opp. pasdda); 90,35 (assa
evath ~ hoti, he reasons that); 96,14;
instr. ~ena (sekhena) 69,8; jatis-
sara-°, 17,4; — *°-karana, m/n., *°-jala,

n. (q. v.); — *%-sampanna, mfn, full

thapapeti

of intelligence, m.
a-iiana, n. (v. h.).

*Nanodaya, m. (*sa, jnana +
udaya) nom. pr. of a work by Buddha-
ghosa; acc. ~am (nama pakaranam)
113,23,

fata, mfn (pp. janati; sa. jidta)
known; pl. m. wa (guna) 41,31; gen,
~anam, 90,33, a-fiiata & a-ffataka,
mfn. (v. h.),

*Rataka, m. (fr. *hatika, cp. sa,
jiati & next) a relative, kinsman; pl.
wil, Dh, 48; raja-°, 76,1. (cp, Tr,
PM. p. 76,1.)

haiti, m. (sa, nae) a relative,
kinaman; pl, nom, wi, Dh, 204; instr,
ewihi, 11,10; gen. ~inam, Dh, 139,
207; loc, wisu, Dh. 288; fati-mitta-
ete, 47,31; Hati-mitt&, m. pl. kinsmen
and friends, Dh. 219; — *°-gharam,
yhome to her relatives“, 62,3; — °-sa-
lohita, m. pl. 92,8 (v. h.).

apeti, vb. (caus. janati, sa.
jiapayati) to make known, explain;
part, m. wento (iti ~) 9,30. cp.
janapeti.

flaya, m. (sa. nyaya) 1) method;
*) right manner, fitness; the right path
(= ariyo atthaigiko maggo, 67,3);
gen, ~assa (adhigamaya) 90,18 (cp.
Tr. PM. 58,18).

idyati, vb. (pass. janati) to be
called, named; pr. 3. sg. wati (katham
bhadanto ~) 96,20; 1. sg, ~ami,
(Nagaseno ti “i 96,30,

fieva, indecl, (after a nasal — yeva),
v, eva),

°-AT, mfn. (e.c., sa. jiia) knowing;
v. a-katahit, mattanhiu; cp. viiiu.

24,14;

~0,

Th.

thatva, ger., v. titthati.
thapapeti, vd. (caus. IT. titthati)

.to cause to stand, to cause to be placed;

ger. ~etva (matamanussaih ujukarh,
setting the dead body upright) 41,17;
102,34.

thapita

thapita, mfn. (pp. thapeti; ep.
sa, sthapita) placed; left at one’s
disposal, prepared for; mukhe thapita-
matta (yagu, as soon as :t had come
into her mouth) 57,22 (cp. matta*);
°-vasita-udakam, 41,2: like thita this
word is often combined with a pre-
ceeding ger, : sammbaritva thapite (si-
take, acc. m, pl., the clothes that were
lying folded up) 41,4.

thapeti, vb. (caus. titthati; sa.
sthapayati) ‘to causy to stand’, to
place, set, lay (acc. & loc.); to fix,
make firm (acc.); to appoint (to any
office, loc.); to place aside, save, except
(ace.); pr. 2. sa. kith thapesi (why do
you except her?) 50,31; 2. pl. ~etha,
1,20; ~ imp. 2. sg. wehi, 44,26; —
aor, 3, 8g. ~2si, 5,17, 75,8; 3. pl.
weyum, 16,27; — inf. weturh (nica-
thaniyam ucce thai:e) 76,11; — ger.
~etva, 1) 6,27. 9,10 (te putta-tthane) ;
13,19; (pitv. yaguia ~, having saved
a portion for her father) 66,31; 57,33,
65,s0-91; 87,27 (laid aside); (cittam
idam ~, making firm) Dh. 40; a-
thapetva (hatthe) 56,27; — *) used
like a prp. w. acc. (vefore or after)
— except, but; ekam eva vaddhari
~, 12,20; ~ mam (exceyt me) 27,15;
-~ Mama manavil.am, 48,24; tumhe
~~, 51,9; Savatthi-vasino ~, 73,33; —
grd, *) thapetubba, °-yuttakam (acc.
m,, rija-tthane) 11,1; —») thapaniyam
(paiihayh, acc. m., » question not to
be iskec) 91,51; — pp. thapita (q. v.)
cp. thapapeti.

thassati. fut. v. tittnati.

thahati &thati, ob. — titthati;
v. utthahati, adhitthati.

thana, mn, (sa. sthina) *) place,
spot, locality, dwelling-place; om.
~am, 25,7; abl. ~a, 104,4; loc. we,
17,24, cinna-tthane, laa (v. A.);
phasnka-°, 35,26; a-vijjamina-°, 18,15
(v. vijjati) loc, pl. saka-saka-tthanesu,

22,9; paficasu ~nesu, 30,26; — apa-.

gata-°, Ql,a9 (g. v.); — arafina-,
32,14; — gata-°, gata-gata-°, gahana-°
(q. v.) — chinna-° (= vivara) 91,30:

106

— dhamma-gandika-°, 6,25 (v. gan-
dika); — nivesana-°, 2,15; — purana-
gama-°, 35,95 (v. gama); — yujjhana-°,
29,04; — vasana-°, 2,94. 6,10. — °
place or room for; rathassa ukkamana-
tthanarh, 48,19. — °%) space, extent;
ace, wath (yojanamattam) 6,9; (atthi-
sabhamattarh) 27,37. — *) case, circum-
stance, point, occasion; Joc, pl. catusu
~wesu, 86,82. — 5) state, condition (e.
c. = bhava); acc, ~am, Dh, 137;
ace, pl. ~ani (cattari) Dh. 309;
—- Agata-tthanam va gata-tthanam
va (her coming or going) 19,18; —
loc. (e. c.) = instead of : putta-tthane,
9,9. — ©) position, office, rank; Joe.
raja-tthine, 11,1; ucce thane, 76,11
(cp. nica-thaniya, mfn.). — 7) cause,
object, thing, means (e. c, == things
that serve to or cause); instr. pl.
tihi thanehi, Dh. 224. 391; °-pamada-
tthana, ab/, (veramani, which cause
indifference) 81,23; °-vibhiisana-tthana
(id, which serve to decoration etc.)
B12. — a-tthdina, n. (g. v.) cp. nezt,

thaniya (or thaniya) mfn. (sa.
sthanika & sthaniya) e. c. = having
@ certain position; v. nica-thaniya.

*thanuppatti(ka), mfn. (fr.
thana + uppatti) ‘arisen on the spot’,
immediate; (or: resulting from one’s
office (9; practice or competence ?));
instr, f. wiya (medhaya samanna-
gato, comm. on ‘medhavi’) 91,37. ep.
Jat. VI, 304,16 & 308,23,

thita, mfn. (pp. titthati; sa. sthita)
standing; m. ~o (dipake) 2,32; (ko-
tiyam, g. v.) 17,8; kimattham .0’si,
why do you stand there? 15,11; ace.
wari, 65,19; loc, ~e (sarath nissaya)
3,31; acc. m. pl. ~e (mige) 6,8; often
combined with a preceeding ger. (cp.
thapita) : nahatva ~assa, gen, m. sg.
(when he had finished his bathing)
41,3; nivasetva A, 41,1 efc.; also
comp. w. kile, khane : 41,7-14; 87,35;
darakam gahetva ~a, f. (she who
has taken the child) 59,11; ~puriso,
86,21 (like a man who, having seen a
snake from afar, has cast it away by

107

means of a stick), — *0_citta, mfn.
whose mind is firm or constant, gen,
m. ~assa, 80,39; — pathavi-9, yattha-°,
mfn. (q. v.).

“thitaka, mfn. (= prec.) standing;
m. ~0 (pide pasiretva) 62,28; 65,31.

thiti, f. (sa. sthiti), ‘standing,
remaining’; continuance, steadfastness;
Dh. 147.

“thitika, mfn. (e. ¢., fr. prec.)
standing, remaining, lasting; existing
or living by, depending on; v, ahara-°.

°-ttha, mfn. (e. c. = sa. stha)
standing; v. gahattha, dhamma-®,
nava-°, pabbata-°, bhaya-°, samipa-®,
cp. kappatthiya,

D.

dayhati, vd, pass, dahati (¢. wi),

dasati. wb. (sa. dacati, vdarn¢)
to bite; part. ace, m, (med.) ~minam
(givdya) 40,18; inf. witumh, 40,17;
ger, witva, 4,28; 14,97 (valliyam);
35,24 (manikkhandhath mukhena),
cp, sandasa,

dahati, vb, (sa, dahati, dah)
to burn (trans.); pr. 3. 89. ~wati
(oeeany Dh, 140; part, nom. m.
aham, Dh. 31; nom, n, «wantam
(papam kammam) 106,22 = Dh. 71;
pot. 3, sg. ~eyya (khettam) 100,36;
pp. daddha (always spelt with initial
‘d’, which occurs also in the other
Mae v, aggi-daddha; pass, dayhati
(sa, dahyate & wti); part, m. ~mano,
Dh. 371, cp. next, (Pischel, Gr,
§ 222.)

daha, m, (sa. diha) burning,
heat; v. anto-daha.

T.

tam!, pron. demonstr. (sa. tad),
mn. tam, 13,39. 22,31 etc.; by sandhi :
tam, 26,16(tam pi); 97,29 (tam aham);
tan t’aham, 85,95; tai fieva, 5,10;

tam

the older form tad is also to be found
before vowels: tad avasari, 81,9; tad
eva, 91,10; tad abhinanditurh, 97,5;
tad ajj'aham (cittam) Dh. 326, and
in some comp. (v. below; cp. takkara) ;
—m. so or sa: 1,18. 2,4. 7,9 (sv-aham
== so aham); 106,7. 107,4. 114,8 etc.;
— f. 8&8: 2,97 etc.; — except the nom.
sg. the declension is a regular pron,
inflexion of the base ta- : acc. m. tam,
1s. 51; f. tarh, 58,17; — instr. m. n.
tena, 1,9. 2,24 (ten’eva); 50,1; f. taya,
19,19; — gen. (dat.) m. n. tassa, l,e-11
etc.; f. tassa, 2,19. 7,10 ete.; — abl.
mon. tasma, 17,1; tamha, 14,4.
108,2; — loc. m. n, tasmim, ¥,2 e¢c.;
tamhi, Dh. 117; — plur. m. nom. ace.
te, 3,21. 21,30 etc.; f. mom. acc. ta,
20,33, 59,3-4; — instr, m. n. tehi,
25,98; f. tahi, 21,6; — gen. m. n.
tesam, 4,17 etc. Dh. 4 (tes’); f. tdsarh,
21,17; — loc, m, n. tesu, 14,91; f,
tasu, 51,4. — 1) = it, that, this; m.
he; f. she; (subst. & adj.) : 25,97, 29,27.
58,17 etc, — *) corresponding w. prec,
pron. rel. (cp, yam); 68,23 (ya...
tam); 84,7-s (yasmim ,, . 80); 99,80;
107,4; and sometimes combined w,
pron, rel, in the sense of a pron,
indef. = whichsoever, whatsoever; 1,
yan tam, Dh. 42 (quicquid); instr,
yena tena upayena, 1,9; pl, m. ye
te manussa, 76,30. — %) repeated :
acc, m. tama tath (bhaccath, each)
112,23; loc. m. pl, tesu tesu (kathen-
tesu, all of them constantly) 49,9;
tarh jivam tath sariraih (= the same,
opp. aiitiam ... ajifiam) 89,28, — 4)
emphatically, *) before subst, or nom. |
r,:tassa s& bhariya, 2,97; ayam
ho sa majjhima patipada, 67,5;
so Kassapo, 109,0; — >) before pron,

1, pers, : sv’aham, 7,9; acc. tam mam,

103,2; gen. tassa me, 103,23; — °)
before pron. 2. pers. : tassa te, 97,34;
ep. so karohi, Dh, 236, — 5) pleonasti-
cally: m, pl. te (pamatt&) 77,5 (or
corr. w. a prec. ye that has dropped),

‘— %) several cases are used adverbi-

ally : tath (acc. n.), tena (instr. n.),

tam

tasma (adl. n.) . separately. — *)
com». t. tud-, takzara, tarh-namaka.

tam, adv. (by vanchi tad = tanh},
acc. n.) 1) = there, to that place:
tad avasari (corr. w. yena = where)
77,19. 81,9. — *) = now, then, in that
case; thereafter; tad eva, (corr. tw.
yad eva) 91,10; tam kim majiiasi,
$4,290. 99,4; tam aham, 97,29. 98,10;
tam evarh, 47,91. 100,12. — °) there-
fore; tai c’ayam, 96,1:.

tam’, pron. 2, pers, acc.; v. tvam.

takka, m. (sa, tarka) reasoning,
speculation; v. a-takkévacara, m/fn..

takkara, mfn, (sa. tat-kara)
doing that; m. ~o (naro) Dh. 19.

Takkasila, f. (sa. Takshagila)
nom, pr. of a city in the Gandhara-
country (Taftda in Panjab); ace.
~wam, 42,25; loc. waya, 45,26.

takkola(ka), m. (sa. kakkola,
cp. takkola) a sort of perfume, Bdel-
lium; tambula-takkolakidini, 49,16.

tagara, m. (= sa.) a kind of tree
and a sort of perfume or fragrant
powder prepared from it; ~am, Dh.
55; — *°-candanin, mfn, prepared
from Tagara and Candaua (q. v.); m.
~i (gandho) Dh, 5f; — *-mallika,
Tagara and Malliki (g. v.) Dh, 54
(cp. SBE, X p. 18),

tuca & tacas, md n, (sa, tvac,
tvacd, f. & tvaca (comp. -tvacas) n.)
1) skin; nom. ~0, 82,2 = 97,20. *) bark;
*-papatika, pl. f. yloose shreds of
bark“, 95,22; epagata-°, mfn. free from
that, wm. ~o (sdlarukkho) 95,3-24.

tacchaka, m, (sa. takshaka) ao
cerpenter; pl, ~a, 106,28 — Dh. 80.

tajjita. mfn. (sa. tarjita, pp.
tajjeti) frightened; m. pl. ~@ (marana-
bhayena, struck with horror of death)
6,21; marana-bkaya-tajjito, m. 5,14;
bhaya-tajjita, m. pl. (,driven by fear“)
Dh, 188.

tajjeti, vb. (sa, tarjayati, /tarj)
tc threaten, frighten, scere; ger. wetva
(niraya-bhayena) 17,30.

tata, m. (= sa.) a shore, bank,

108

slope; precipice; chinna-°, sheer
precipice; 27,8. ; '

tandula. m, (— 8a.) rice-grain;
uce, wat, 57,18; pl. ~a, 16,1; ace,
pl. ~e, 33,25. 57,20; instr. pl. miila-
tandulehi, the most coarse-grained
rice, 57,20; majjhima-°, the middle-
sort of the rice, ib., opp. kanika, the ©
finest grains or flour, 57,21; — tan-
duladi, adj. n. (navattharh) consisting
of rice efc. 111,91; tila-tanduladayo,
15,6,

tanha, f. (rarely tasina, sa.
trshna) ‘thirst’, desire, craving; ~a
(vedana-paccaya, originating from
vedana& and causing upadana, g. v.)
67,13; 107,29; Db. 180; catutthi
(sena Marassa) 103,26; acc. ~ath,
108,13 gen. ~waya, 67,15. 108.4; abi.
~waya, Dh, 216; gen. pl. ~anam
(khayam) desires, Dh. 154; — *°-anu-
saya, m, the attachment to desires,
loc. ~e, Dh. 338; — tanhakkhaya,
m, (tanha + khaya) destruction of
desire, loc. ne, Dh. 353; Arata,
mfn, delighting in that, m. ~o, Dh.
187; — *°-bhava-, Dh. 416 (cp. kama-
bhava); — *°-vasika, mfn. being in
the power of desires, enslaved by
desire, m. ~0, 23,20; — *°-vagga, m.
the XXIV‘> chapter of Dh.; — kama-®,
bhava-°, vibhava-tanha, f. 67,14;
hetu-°, /. 108,13 (v. 4.); — vita-tanha,
mfn. who is without desire, Dh, 351
—52 (mm. ~0). cp. pipasa.

tatiya, m/fn, (sa, trtiva) the third;
ace. f, ~am, 11,15; Dh. 309 (tatiyamh);
loc. m, we (vare, for the third time)
114,17; ace. n. adv, ~ath, thirdly,
for the third time, 74,25, 79,22 (~am
pi kho); yava-tatiyath, up to the
third time, 3,7 (cp. 102,26); — °jjhana,
n. 80,t (v, jhana); — -savana, f.
(v. h.) ep. addhatiya, addhateyya,
& ti? (tayo, tini).

tato, adv. (sa, tatas) *) thence,
from that place; 2,23. 3,21; ~ yeva,
from the same source, 101,13. — *) there-
upon, then, afterwards, further; 6,18
(~ patthdya, q. v.); 63,14 (~ va);

109

101,16. 103,16; Dh, 42 (papiyo ~)3
tato tato (corr. w. yato yato, as soon
as, the more...the more) Dh, 390,
~ 5) for that reason; 112,30 (corr. 1,
yato).

tatoparaih, adv, (sa, tatahparath
& tato ’param) then, afterwards, im-
mediately after; 55,15 (cp, itoparam,
para & apara).

tatta, mfn. (sa, tapta; pp. tapati
heated, hot, red-hot; m. wo ny
1071 — Db. 308; Joc. f. naya
bhimiya) 97,31; ~— °-kapala, 2.
v. h.).

tattato, adv, (sa. tattvatas, fr.
tattva) according to the truth, really,
accurately; ~ ajanitva, ,not knowing
the truth“, 53,1.

tattha (& tatra, ». next) adv.
(sa. tatra) 1) there, on that (this)
place; 2,23-25, e¢tc.; 108,27 (tatth’);
tatth’eva, *) on the same place, 3,6.
12,34, >) on that very spot, straightway,
72,25. 104,18; — tattha tattha, here
and there, 21,3; yattha.. . tattha,
72,7-8; tattha idhapi, both there and
here, 112,15; — very frequently used
at the begin of commentaries : 85,s-
17-27. — ?) there, to that place; 1,15
(~ gantva) 1,17, 2,4; 111,14; tatth’-
eva, to the same place, 58,15; tattha
tatth’eva (bhijjissima, in all direc-
tions) 11,8, — *) then, therefore, thence;
Dh, 249; 112,16 (tattha saddo’yam).

tatra, adv. (— prec.) 110,21;
tatr’assa, 73,23. 90,32; tatrapi, 43,8-9;
tatrayam, 62,17; tatra kho, 66,s4.
70,23; — tatra-tatrabhinandin, mfn.
67,13 (v. abhinandim).

tatha, adv. (= sa.) so, thus;
tath’eva, in the same way, likewise,
2,25. 39,5. 105,28; 44,20 (id. without
eva); tatha...c’eva...ca, 10,30;
tatha ... ca... na, nor, 113,37; often
corr. w. yatha, so... that, 12,3-6;
Dh, 282; yatha... tath’eva, as...
80 also, 5,8; corr. w. yena, so... that,
77,6. comp., v. next,

Tatha-gata, m. (= 8a.) ‘who

comes and goes in the same way’ [as

tad-utthdya

the Buddhas], probably orig. a designa-
tion of an Arhat, afterwards esp. of Go-
tama Buddha (as Sammasambuddha,
while still living as a human being,
preaching the truth), used in the holy
scriptures when Buddha is represented
as speaking of himself in the third
person; hence pl, ~a appellatively =
the Buddhas (cp. the most important
note by Rhys Davids & Oldenberg,
SBE, XIII, p. 82; HE. Sénart, JRAS.
1898 p. 865; R. Chalmers, ib. p. 103;
Bohtlingk, Ber. d. Sichs, Ges. 1898
p. 78; Dhammasangani, transl. p. 294).
— nom. ~0, 80,25. 94,10; hoti wo
parammarana, does ‘T exist after
death? 89,29; rupasamkhavimutto
T-o, gambhiro appameyyo duppa-
riyogaho seyyatha pi mahasamuddo,
95,12; acc. wam, 76,27; inst. wena,
66,29. 94,8; gen. ~wassa, 76,1. 94,7.
110,28; pl. w& (anupakkamena ~
parinibbayanti) 76,28; aggadhamma
~G, 109,28 (v. h., otherwise Geiger,
Dipavamsa u. Mahivamsa, 1905, p. 5);
akkhataro ~a, Dh, 276 (the T.s are
only preachers); nippapaiica ~a, Dh,
254 (,,free from vanity“).

tatha-bhava, m, (= sa.)
being 80; acc, wath (fiatva) 3,20.
Vtatha-ripa, mfn. (= sa.) such,
like that; pregnantly = so great, im-
portant, efc.; acc, m. ~am, 68,35 (w.
foll, yatha); gen. m. ~assa, Db. 105;
gen. f. ~aya (parisaya) 87,31. (cp,
eva-rupa).

tad-, pron. demonstr. n., used by
sandhi instead of tam (v. tam’) &
comp. (v. tad-anuripa, tad-utthaya,
tad-tipika).

*tad-anurupa, m/fn. conformable,
suitable to that; acc. m. wam (vyai-
janath) 57,21.

tada, adv, (= sa.) at that time,
then; 1,5; 29,18. 30,24 (cp. tena sam-
ayena, 32,6); tadasi, 8l,s (= tada

the

asi),

tad-utthaya, (fr. ger. utthahati)
== having sprung from that, 106,19
== Dh, 240; tad- stands possibly for

1

tad-iipika

tat’ (Comm, tato utthahitva, Dhpd,
(1855) p. 870).

*tad-tipika (or °-tipiya) m/n.
(fr. tad- -+- opityika =: sa, aupayika)
conformable, suitable to that, answer-
ing; f. ~& (paid) 2,12. (Trenckner,
PM. p. 78, takes it =: sa. *tadopya,
fr. & -+- \vap).

tanaya, m. (= sa.) a son; nom.
raja-tanayo, 112,4 (a prince).

tanu, mfn. (== sa.) thin, little,
small; *-bhiita, mi. id.; °-soka,
mfr. whose mind has been relieved,
light-hearted, comforted, m. ~0, 89,15.
cp. su-tanu.

tanuka, n/n, (= sa.) = prec.;
mt, ~0 (tanuk’ ettha vipassati, few
only} 83,2 == Dh, 174; 88,82 (= na
bahujano).

tanti, f. (= aa.) a string (of a
lute); *°-ssara, m, the sound of the
strings; instr. wena, 19,39 (cp. sara’),

ae m. (== 8a.) a thread;
tesara-° (q. v., cp. correztions).

tandita, mfn, (se. tandrita; fr.
tandi, drowsiness, lassitude, slotb, =
sa. tandra & tandri) only comp. w.
the negative prefix a- (v. h.) ep.
dandha.

tam-namika, mfn. (sa, tan-na-
mika) named thus; f. wika, 56,11.

tapa, m. & tapas, n. (sa. tapas,
n.) +) religious austerities, penance,
devotion; nom. ~o (sukho) Dh, 194;
~o (paramam) Dh, 184. — ”) virtue,
chastity; <0 (bhinno, manavikaya)
50,32; gen. ~assa, 50,29. cp. tipasa,
tapasi. |
tapati, vb. (sa. tap) ') to shine
(as the sun), to be bright; pr. 3. 8g.
~ati, 107,23-2 = Dh, 387. — 2) to
burn = to cause pain or repentance;
paccha tapati dukkatam, Db. 314.
— pp. tatta, pass. tappati (q. v.) ep.
tapa ete.

tappati, vb. ') (ass, tapati; sa.
tapyate) to be burnt, tormented; to
suffer; pr. 3. sg. wati, Db. 17. 136
(sehi kammehi dummedho). — *) (sa,

110

vtrp) to be eatieed or weary; PP.
titta (v. A., ep. titti.)

tamba, mfn, (sa. timra) red,
copper-coloured; =bhiimi-, 112,29; —
tamba-panni, 112,22, is probably a
pun (= tamba-pdnayo, adj. m. pl.
with red hands, cp. pani) in order to
make the etymology of the mom. pr.
Tambapanni to agree with the tale.

Tamba, m. nom. pr. of a king;
voc, wa, 20,175 xraja, 19,6; Instr.
arajena, 19,10.

Tambapanni, f. (sa. Tamra-
parni) nom. pr. of a city in Ceylon
and of the island itself, 112,30; ace.
~im == %-nagaram, 112,24-25; —
%-dipa, m. the island C., loc. ne,
20,02; — Si-sara, m. nm. a lake in C.,,
loc, ~e, 21,36, ep. Laika.

tambila, n. (sa. tambila) betel
or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal);
acc. nam, 41,14; °%-takkolakadini,
49,16; — *°-pasibbaka, m. a betel-sack;
toc. we, 57,33,

taya, ». (sa, traya) a triad; e.¢.
-ttaya, v. Pitaka-°, potthaka-°, Sai-
piti-®,

tayo, num, mf. (sa. trayas) v. ti?

tarati, vb. ') (sa. ti, tarati) to
cross over (acc.); ‘aor, 2. sg. atari
(samuddarn) 20,19; pp. tinna (q. ».
cp, su-duttara, mfn. — *) (sa, ytvar
to make haste; v. abhi-ttharati.

tarahi, adv, (sa, tarhi) then, at
that time; 74,81; cp. carahi & etarahi.

taruna, mfn, (= sa.) young,
tender; new, fresh; m. ~0, 46,99.
99,4; f. wi (darika) 101,19; taruna-
kale yeva, while (they were) yet quite
young, 9,8; °-dabba-tina, m. young
Kusa-grass, 16,17.

taro, v. itara.

tala, mn. (= sa.) level, surface,
bottom; side, end, flat, roof etc.; loc.
imasmim ae, on this side, 35,13;
pathavi-°, 28,7; pasana-°, 10,7; bheri-®,
35,21; Manosila-°, 61,1; mabi-°
113,21; bhetthima-°, on the lowest
level, 59,27; — instr, khagga-talena,
with the flat of the sword, 41,26; —

1l1

abl, pisada-talato, down from the
palace, 65,34; — pasidavara-tala-,
the roof of the palace, 64,12; — maha-
tala, x. (v. h.),
tasa, mfn. (sa. trasa) moving,
trembling; feeble; Joc, pl, wesu
(bhiitesu) Dh, 405 (opp. thivara),
tasati, vb. (sa, Vtras) to tremble,
to be afraid of (gen.); pr. 3. sg. wanti
(dandassa) Dh, 129; tasa, mfn. (q.v.).

tasara, m, (sa. id, & trasara) a
shuttle; acc. ~am (vaddhetva) 87,19;
- *°-tantuka, m. 87,11 (v, corrections) ;
— *pacchi, f. a basket or box with
a shuttle, 89,5; acc, wim, 87,97. 89,3.

tasina, f. (= tanha, gq. v3 8a.
trshn&) ace. ~am, Dh, 343; instr,
waya, ib,

tasita, mfn. (pp. tasati; sa.
trasta) trembling, frightened; m, pl,
bhita-tasita, 27,5.

tasma, adv, (abl. n. pron. tam;
8a, tasmat) on that account, therefore;
12,35. 86,92. 110,29. Dh. 211 ete.;
whi, Db. 356; — tasma ti ha, ‘there-
fore just so’, accordingly (pointing to
the following) 93,s.

*tahim (or *tahari), adv. (formed
after the analogy of kuhim, kaham)
== there, thither; 112,35 (~ vasi);
114,18 (~ santhapesum).

tana, m. (sa, trana) protection;
dat. ~aya (na santi putta, ,are no
help*) Dh. 288,

*tanata, f (fr. tina w. suff. -ta)
protection; Dh, 288.

tata, m. (= sa.) a father; voc.
tata & pl. tata is very frequently used
as a term of affection to one or more
persons (esp. to younger or inferior
persons) = friend, my dear etc.; tata,
9,21. 16,82. 69,91 (tata Yasa); to two
persons : 9,12; — tata, 16,94. 25,18. 38,33.

tadi, adj. m. (sa. tadrg) such,
like that; often pregnantly said of
Buddha’s holy disciples (‘like him’)
and even of the Buddha himself; gen.
m. ~ino, Db. 94. 95. 96; 80,82.

tadisa, mfn. (sa. tadrga) such,
like that; m, ~0, 7,19. 55,1; 85,16

tavata

(vanno); acc, ~am, Dh. 76. 208;
acc. m, pl, ~e, Dh, 196. cp. etadisa,

tapasa, m, (= sa.) a hermit,
ascetic; ~0, 35,6; panduroga-°, 35,4
(v. h.); ace, jetthaka-tapasam, 35,9;
gen, ~assa, 36,7.

tapasi, f. (= sa.) a female ascetic;
1ll1,6; acc, wim, 111,7,

tala, m. (— sa.) the Palmyra or
fan-palm; °-vanta, . (sa, °-vrnta),
the leaf of P, used as a fan; loc, pl,
~esu (mani-, ,upon jewelled fans“)
41,6; — %vana, 7, (— 8a.) a grove
of P,-trees; acc. ~am, 60,7; — *tala-
vatthukata, m/fn. (— tila + a-vatthu-
kata) ,pulled out of the ground like
; a n, wath (ripam Tathigatassa)
95,11,

taleti, vb. (sa. tadayati, tad)
to beat, strike (acc.); ger. ~wetva,
61,21,

tava, adv, (before vowels sometimes
tavad-; sa. tavat) ') so much (before
adj.); ~ mahato, 10,14. — *%*) 80
long, until; pato va ~, until to-mor-
row, 15,16; ajjipi ~ na, never before
to-day, 10,13; often corr. w, yava:
33,21; 102,3, Dh. 284; naw,... yava
na, not ,., until, 92,2. — >) mean-
while, 37,22, — °) now, first (w. fut.) :
vimamsissami ~, 3,6, 38,31; 41,9,
65,36; likewise ww, pr. 1. sg. 55,95,
— 4) tavad-eva, at once, immediately,
straightway ; 7,5. 23,14. 33,5. 62,19. 64,29,
105,31. — *) well, indeed, really; well
and good, be it then (often tw. imp.
or fut.) 7,18-21. 44,6; w, foll, pana:
aham ~... ayam pana (quidem, mév)
17,10; — yasma taya ~ dittham,
tasma.. 85,31; yakkhini ~ janati,
111,s1. — +) emphatically in exhorta-
tions (w, imp.): ehi ~, 9,99; tittha
~, 11,5; gaccha ~, 19,91; tam tava
me detha, 22,31; adhivasehi ~, 53,35;
kathehi ~, 54,39. cp. next.

“tavataka, mfn, (fr. prec.) 80
much; pl. so many; acc, pl. m. ne
(corr. w. yavatake) 81,18.

tavata, adv, (— sa, tavata, instr.)
1) so long; 110,5 (corr, w. yava). —

tavatimsa

*) on that account, for that reasou;
106,5 (na tavata, scil. yavata bhik-
khate pare = Dh. 266).

tdvatimsa-°, ') num. (sa. trayas-
trimcat) 33, only at the beginning of
comp. == the 33 gods, whose chief is
Sakka (while the num. 33 always is
tettimsa); *°-bhavana, n. Sakka’s
devaloka on the mount Sineru (Meru),
loc. we, 59,24; — *°-devaloka-ppa-
mana, mfn, ,equal in extent to the
realm of the Thirty-tree“, . ~am,
59,28, — *) mfn. id., frequently m. pl.
nwa (deva). cp. Pischel, Gr. § 254
& timsa below.

tit, indecl. (sa. iti) thus, so; besides
ti we also meet with the full form iti
which is contracted to -iti with a prec.
i, 1,16-17, and before a vowel is changed
into icc’, 4,32; but generally the first
i drops by elision, and a prec. short
vowel (a, u) is lengthened, 1,9-18-19
etc., while prec. 1h is changed into
n, 1,321. 3,1 etc.; instead of the final
i we find also y: ty’aha, 111,20 (=
c’ after grec. i: ns karomi c’aha,
74,1 = Dh. 306) and even v: tv’eva,
42,04. 60,95, or the i drops before
ce: ‘s'eva, 32,18, — ') The full form
iti is used *) at the beginning of a sen-
teuce = thus, in this manner (as told
before) 30,23. 47,23, 88,2. 110,33. 112,11.
Th. 62. 74. 186, 286; dittham h’etam
Tathagatena : ici ruipam etc, thus
(is) form = chis is the nature of form,
94,3. — >) after evan, 47,26, cp.
evamgot‘o iti, 92,:3. — °) after an-
other (ijti: mozham affan ti iti
pattho (iti perhaps = etc., cp. °)
below) 90,4. — 4) in the apodosis :
sace..., icc’etarn kusalam, 4,33. — °)
metri causa like the ordinary ti: 98,0.
i1),1. 112,81 (v. Below), — *) ti (iti)
is most frequently used by quoting in
oratic diresta one’s words uttered or
the couients of cne's thoughts, emo-
tions, or judgemeris, preceeded or
followed by a verbum sentiendi et
declarandi : l,s-is (after aha); 3,5
(after ten’assa etad ahosi); 1,19 (ti

112

sampaticchitva); 1,19 (ti vutte); 1,21
(ti aha); 3,1 (ti cintesi), but also
without a such word preceeding or
following : 3,6-9-12. 35,29. efc. ete.
Of such quotations we find often one
included within another : ti safil
ahosi, 2,6 etc. Verses quoted end
always with ti which stands without
the metre : 2,13, 3,97 e¢fc., but in poetic
style it is often omitted, 103,10 (followed
by ima gatha bhanam); 104,16 efe.
(cp. 111,4. 113,17, where iti forms the
half of the last foot), and even in
prose ti may be omitted by very
abort sentences (questions and answers)
and generally before majiiie (gq. a
3,25. 5,7. 35,35 (cp. 50,33. Dh. 74).
Useful examples illustrative of the use
of ti are also found on p. 88. — °) ti
after single words or names (in 70m.) :
mata ti, such a thing as a mother,
99,7; pita ti, 99,8; ditthigatan ti.
94,7; saddo ratho iti, the sound
(word) ‘ratha’, 98,30; satto ti sam-
muti, the phrase ‘a living being’ 98,31;
Nagaseno ti, 96,29 efe.; balo ti
vuccati, Dh. 63. cp. Dh, 218. 257.
367, 370. 388; likewise by glosses in
commentaries : ‘me’ ti mayham, 85,20;
‘tan’ ti tasma, 85,97 etc.; cp. above
under iti '). — ‘) ti is sometimes used
to connect two sentences (coordinate)
== in this way, by means of, for this
reason, efc,: atth’ eko upayo ti kha-
dapessami tam..., 1,10; abhirapa
ahositi so tass& varam adasi, 10,1:
puifiam me katan ti nandati, 107,97
= Dh. 18; so siham adinnava iti
Sihalo, for that reason (he was called)
Sihala, 112,31. — §) = and, and 80 on
(w. foll, adi) : 73,30 (ep. adi 5));
ti anukkamena, and so on by degrees,
34,8; ti iti, 90,4. % above '°), =
°) ti is sometimes strengthened by a
foll, eva or evam : 32,18, 42,2.
60,25; 86,17. — *) emphatically after
other adv. : kin ti, how? 3,8 (=
kim*); tasma ti ha, accordingly, 92,3
(v, tasma). cp. Franke, ZDMG, vol.
48, p. 87.

113

ti®, mum. (sa. tri) three; . tini,
nom. 21,11. 82,9; acc, 28,95 (saranani);
57,28. 86,36; — m. tayo, nom, 14,9
(sahaya); 65,1. (bhava); acc. 6,21
(pahare); —/. tisso, nom. 82,9(vedana);
acc, 20,2 (gatha); — instr. tihi, Db.
224. 391; — gen. tinnath, 14,18. 28,26
(rataninam); Dh. 157; — Joc. tisu,
31,16. 114,99. — comp. v. ti-kkhattum
etc., tiha, te-pitaka, etc., cp. tatiya,
taya, tavatirhsa (tettimsa), tirsa,
terasa.

tithsa (& timsati), num. (nom,
tirhsam or timhsa; sa. trimcat) thirty;
timsa-yojana-maggamh, acc. (agato)
87,19. cp. tavatitnsa (tettimsa), dvat-
timasa & chattithsati.

ti-kkhattum, adv. (sa. tri-krtvas)
three times; 11,4.

tikhina, mfn., v. tinha,

ti-gavuta, v. gavuta.

titthati (& thati, comp. w. prp.
also thahati; sa. tishthati, \/stha),
to stand; to stay, remain, stop; to be
present, be alive; to abide by, acqui-
esce in, etc.; pr. 3. sg. wati, 102,3
(pali, is extant); 103,32 (bhiyyo ~,
“gets more steadfast’); 110,5, Dh.
340; 2. sg. wasi, Dh, 235; 3. pl.
wanti, 110.4; — part. med. gen. f.
titthamanaya(sakham gahetva) 62,20;
— imp. 2. sg. tittha, 11,5. 16,13, 111,10;
— pot, 3. sg. tittheyya, 98,33; — fut.
2. pl. thassatha (mama vinicchaye)
59,6; 1. pl. ~ama, ib.; — aor. 3. sg.
*) attha, 103,11, >) atthasi, 3,22, 15,10,
26,4. 41,20; pharitva ~, pervaded,
57,23; 3. pl. ~wathsu, 22,7, 87,18; —
ger. thatvad, 3,6, 8,13 (Bodhisattassa
ovade); 17,83 (id.) 34,99 (yavatayu-
kam); 36,20. 46,1. 108,20; — pp.
thita; caus. thapeti & thapapeti (v.
h.) cp, -ttha, mfn., thana, ., thiti,
f. ete. ;

tina, ». (sa. tryna) grass, straw
of a thatch); herb, weed; acc, ~am
the thatch) 101,4; gen. bahu-tinassa,
5ljss, 52,2; pl. wani, 15,5; comp.
tina-°, 94,36; tina-dosa, mfn, “damaged
by weeds”, n, pl. ~ani (khettani)

Pali Glossary.

tibba

Db. 356; dabba-°, nivapa-°, nila-
kusa-°, riilha-° (v. h.).

tinna, mfn, (pp. tarati, sa. tirna)
who has crossed, gone through, passed
over to, overcome; m, ~o (“I have
passed over to Nibbana”) 104,30;
*0_vicikiccha, mfn, having overcome
uncertainty, m. ~0, 69,13; *°-soka-
pariddava, mfn. “who has crossed the
flood of sorrow”, acc. m. pl. we. Dh,
195; ogha-° (q. v.).

tinnam, gen. pl., v. ti?.

tinha, mfn. (generally tikhina,
sa, tikshna) sharp; instr. m. wena
(asina) 33,17.

titikkhati, vb. (sa. titikshate,
desid. y/tij) to bear, endure (acc.);
pr. 3. sg. ~ati (ativakyam, akkosam)
Dh. 321. 399; cond. 1. sg. ~wissamn
(I had to endure) Dh, 320 (cp. adhi-
gacchissam, sandhavissam etc.).

titikkha, f. (sa. titiksha) endu-
rance, forgiveness, long-suffering; Dh,
184 (synon. khanti).

titta, mfn. (pp. tappati?; sa,
trpta) satisfied; v. a-titta, cp. titti.

tittaka, mfn. (sa. tiktaka) bitter;
*O-bhava, m. a bitter flavour, acc.
~alh, 37,9.

titti, f. (sa. trpti) satisfaction;
Dh, 186 (kamesu).

tittha, ~. (& rarely m.) (sa. tirtha)
a landing-place (on the shore of a
river), a bathing-place; a ferry or
harbour, metaph. religious persuasion;
loc, we, on the shore, 28,5. —*paniya-°,
a watering-place; Joc. we, 11,28. cp.
next,

titthiya, m. (sa. tirthya & tir-
thika) an adherent of another sect,
a heretic; pl. ~a, 73,21; gen. ~anam,
19,4. — “aiiia-°, v. kh. — *titthiyarima,
m., v. arama.

ti-pitaka, m. (sa. tri-pitaka)
‘the three baskets’, the three collections
of the Buddhist sacred books (cp.
pitaka etc.). ~ tepitaka, mfn. (v. h.).

tibba, mfn. (sa. tivra) sharp,
strong, violent; *°-raiga, mfn. full of
strong passions, gen. m, ~assa, Dh, 349,

8

ti-bhaga

ti-bhaga, m. (ea. tri-bhiga) the
third part; n.0, £0,229.
*ti-mandala, av. (sa. *tri-man-
dala) ‘the three circles’, viz. the navel
and the two knees; acc, wam, 82,37
(ep. SBE. XIII, 155).
timira. m. (= sa.) pame of a
tree; gen. pl, wainam (gendho) 20,16.
*ti-yojana-satika. mfn (sa.
*tri-yojuna-cataka) 300 yojanas long
(cp. yojana); gen. %. ~assa (rajjassa)
3,31.
tila, m. (= 82.) sesame, sesame
seed; pl. wa (taita-kapale pakkhit-
ta-°) 11,7; %tandulicayo, l6,«. cp.
tela.
tisso, tini, v. ti,
tira, mn. (= sa.) a shore, bank;
acc, ~amh, Dh. 85 (anudhavati, “runs
up and down the shore”, /, e, without
reaching the other shore (Nibbana));
4,20 (sara-°); 21,17 (samudda-°); 28,1
Aciravati-°); lee. ne, 66,3; 1,2
Gueee 2,19 (nadi-°); 3,21 (para,
on the opposite bank); abl. orima-
tirato (v. h.) cp. anutire.
tiha, n. (sa. tryaha) three days;
dviha-tibam, two or three days, 36,6
(cp. aha).
tihi, instr, v. ti
tuccha, mfm {== 8a.) empty;
°-paitim (acc.) the empty bowl, 56,97.
tuttha, mfn. (pp. tussati; sa.
tushta) pleased, sstisfiled; m. ~0.
24,28; *-citta, mfn. id.; m. r0, 32,1;
pl. wa, 41,91; — *°-manasa, mfn. id.;
m, ~0, 65,28; f. ~8, 87,7; — *°-hattha,
mfn, pleased and rejoicing, m, wo
(samgho), 1°.4,93,
tutthi, f. (sa, tushti) joy, enjoy-
mens; nom, tuttbi, Dh. 331; ace,
mim (“the glad news") 64,6; instr.
ati-tutthiya (“by ‘ais extreme joy”)
10,13,
tunda, #. (= =a) a beak; instr.
wena, 4,21. — *tundaka, n.(?) id;
rmoukha-®, 4,8, 18,7.
tunhi, indecl. (sa.tiishnim) silently;
ev abosi (Bhagava, remained silent)
90,93; ~ ahesua, 79,1; by sandhi:

‘ sutta-°),

114

tunhim dsinarh, Dh. 227; — comp.
tunhi-bhava, m. the being silent;
instr. wena (adhivasesi Bhagavad)
70,1. = 77,20; — tunhi-bhita, m/fn.
silent; m, ~0 (nisidi) 87,20; acc. ~am,
87,21.

tudati, vb. (sa, ytud) to strike,
torment; pr. 3. pl. ~wanti (mam,
kama) 20,17; pp. v. neat.

tunna, mfn, (pp. tudati) etruck,
hurt; gen. pl, vyadhi-marana-tuona-
num, suffering from disease and death,
108,33.

*tunna-kamma, ». the trade of
a tailor; acc. wam, 57,8

tunna-vaya, m. (= sa.) a tailor;
~0, 57,3; °-upakaranani, n. pl. 55,29
(v. upakarana); %vesam gahetva, in
the disguise of a tailor, 68,16,

tumhe, pron. pl. & tuyham,
gen. sg., v. tvam.

turiya, m. (sa. tirya) any musical
instrument; pl, ~ani (gahita-gahitani)
65,2; nana-°, all kinds of musical
instrumente, 64,30; instr, wehi (nip-
purisehi) 67,33; *°-bhandani, m. pl.
musical instruments or implemente,
65,4; *°-sadda, m. sound of music,
ace. ~wam, 112,7,

tuli, f. (= sa.) a balance; ace.

~am va paggayha (“as with a ba-
lance”) Db, 268; a-tula, m/fn. (v. h.).

tuvam, pron, in the githis =
tvamh, 47,9, 64,19. 105,24.

Tusita, m. nom. pr. (sa, Tushita)
pl. ~i (deva) a class of celestial
beings; °-vimana, n. the residence of
the T.-angels (the fourth devaloka),
loc. we, 87,01.

tussati, wb. (sa. tush) to be
satisfied or pleased; ger. witva, 24,33.
55,3; pp. tuttha (v. h.) cp. tutthi, f.

te, pron, 1) gen. sg. o tvam;
*) m. ply v. tam},

teja & tejas, m(n). (sa. tejas)
splendour; power, efficacy; instr. ~ asa
(tapati Buddho) 107,25 = Dh, 387;
vena, 16,7 (sila-°); 111,11 (paritta-

116

tejana, m. (= sa.) an arrow;
acc, wan, 106,27 = Dh, 80. 145.

tena, adv. (instr, fr. tara!; = sa.)
1) in that direction, there (corr, w,
yena): 68,2 (yena nivesanadvaram
ten’ upasamnkami); 68,5 etc. 74,20.
*) for that reason, therefore, now then
(in this sense often comb. w. hi):
3,3, 7,13, 54,30. 106,4; tena hi: 1,10-19,
Q,s, 19,81. 22,30, 41,91, 118,14,

*tepitaka, mfn. (fr. tipitaka)
belonging to ‘the three baskets’ (op,
pitaka); ». loc, ~e Buddhavacane,
the word of the Buddha contained in
the holy scriptures, 102,s,

*temeti, vb. (caus, tim) to wet,
moisten; grd, temetabba, f. ~& (mat-
tika) 83,98,

terasa, num, (sa. trayodaga) 13;
terasama, mfn. the 13; m. wo
(vaggo) Dh, XIII.

tela, m. (sa. taila) oil (prepared
from the seeds of the sesame plant);
acc, ~ath, 50,24; instr. wena (gan-
dha-°, with scented oil) 37,2; — °-ppa-
dipa, m, an oil-lamp; ~0, 67,97; pl.
~& (gandha-°) 65,3; — -pajjota, m,
id. acc. ~am, 69,17. ep. tila.

*tevacika, mfn, (sa. “traivacika,
cp. trivacika) effected by the three
words or the triple formula, viz, Bus
ddhath saranarh gacchami etc. (v.
sarana); m. <0 (upasako, a lay-
discipel by the triple formula) 69,21.

tevisati, num, (sa. trayovithgati)
23; ~ima, mfn. the 23°; m. nO
(vaggo) Dh, XXIII.

torana, m. (= sa.) an arch, portal,
gateway; dalha-pakara-°, mfn. 90,31
(m, ~wam, nagaram); 91,21 (dalha-
toranam = thira-pitthasarhghatakam).

ty’, *) == ti* (iG), TT 1jo} ap, co’,
74,1. — *)= te (gen, tvam) 13,26.

tv’, = ti! (iti); 42,2. 60,95. 64,9.

tvam, pron. 2. pers. (= sa.) thou;
nom, *) tvam +(tath) 1,14. 3,12 (tvan
ti); >) tuvam, 47,0. 54,19. 105,%; —
ace, turh (tvarn) l,ta-1t-91, 2,8. 4,97
(tan) pi); 5,10 (tafi leva); 94,e7 (tum
yev'); 94,99, 105,90; — instr, (ab/.)

thala

taya, 4,20. 5,0; — gen. dat. *) tuyham,
3,16, 3,25 (~ abbhantare); 7,13; >)
tava, le, 3,16 (~ santikam); 12,1,
55,4; °) te, 1,15 (vattati); 2,3 (das-
sami); 2,8 (atthi); 7,13 (pasanno);
18,26 (ty’ atthu); 78,13, 85,4 e¢c.; te
may also be used for instr, (and acc.) :
kathentena te sundaram katam, 1,34;
78,7 (?); cp. taham = te aham
(ace,?) 85,27 [Pischel, GGA. 1877,
p. 1066; ZDMG, 85, p. 714]. — loo,
tayi, 10,19, 17,14; — pl. nom. tumhe,
1,96; to a single person : 25,17. 85,18;
- ace, tumhe, 4,11, 12,98; 97,15; —
instr, tumhehi, 12,93; — gen. dat.
*) tumhakam, 4,4. 6,15. 35,18. 97,7;
>) vo, 9,25. 108,8; dat. ethicus : 42,16;
47,19 (id. or gen. partitivus); vo may
also be used for acc, 4,8. 108,5; —
loc, tumhesu (= sg.) 50,10,

Th.

thandila, ». (sa. sthandila) an
open place, bare ground; °-sayika, f.
the act of lying on the bare ground
(as a penance), Dh, 141.

thaddha, mfn. (sa. stabdha) firm,
hard; m. ~o (paharo) 50,92 (opp,
muduko); — *°-hadaya, m/fn. hard-
hearted; f. pl, wa (comm, on kathina)
52,5,
thambha, m. (sa, stambha) a
post, pillar; metaph. insensibility, stue
por; ~0, 103,98; acc, ~am, 60,2,

tharana, n, (sa. starana) the act
of spreading, » bhumma-ttharana,
which is probably °-attharana (sa.
astarana, a@ + vetr) = a carpet,
84,17.

thala, m. (sa. sthala) the land,
dry land, firm earth; acc. ~am, 15,14,
105,21 (opp. ninnath); loc. we (opp.
jale) 4,14; 27,97. 52,16; Dh, 98 (opp.
ninne); *°-gocara, m/n. living on land,
m, ~0, 1,8; — %patha, m. a road by
land; acc, “=jala-pathath, everywhere
by land and water, 19,22.

g*

thavika

"thavikd, f. a purse; acc, sahassa-
thavikazh, a purse containing « 1000
pieces of money, 102,94.

thavira, v. thera.

thaima, *. (sa, sthiman, *.)
strength, power; “-sanipanna, m/n.
strong; m. ~0, 1,3. 40,37.

thivara, m/n. (sa. sthavara) im-
moveable, firm, strony; Joc. pl. wesu
(bhitesu) Dh. 405 (opp. tasa).

thira, m/fn, (sa. sthira) firm, hard,
solid, s:rong;- m. pl. ~ani (uddapa-
dini) 91,18 (opp. dubbalani); *thira-
pakara- etc. mfn, 91,20--1 (comm, on
dalha-°).

thi, f. (sa. str!) = itthi, a woman
(v. h.); gen. pl. Shinarh, 51,21.

thina, n, (sc, styana) sloth, in-
difference; *°-middha, ». “sloth and
drownivens" (paticand send Miiragsa),
103,37.

titila (& thulla), m/n, (sa, sthiila)
large, thick, coarso; t. anumthila.

thera, m. & (-j) f. (sa. sthuvira)
old, venerable; an ‘Elder’ (said of
venerable bhikkhur); mm, nom, wo,
S1,12, Dh, 260; Dh. 261 (to be scan-
ned thaviro); mahna-thero, 113,8;
instr. wena, 86,13; pl. ~a, 109,22;
maha-*, 109,11; ace. we (bhikkht)
83,05; enstr, wcki, 109,19; gen. ~ainam,
109,53 added to a nom. pros Upiilt-®,
109,18; Muhiikassupa-°, 109,17; —
dhamma-kathika-°, m. (v. h.) — com-
par, theratara, m. wo (thikkhu) 79,10;
instr. wena, 79,8. cp. next,

Thera-gitthad, f. pl. name of a
canonical book, u section of the Khud-
daka-Nikaya; specimen thereof ; 107,2a
sequ.

*thera-vaida, m, the doctrine
of the Tkeras, the urthodoxe Buddhist
doctrine; ~o, 109,14 (therehi kata-
srihigaho); 4 aggaviida, 109,00; ano,
war, Ll4,n; duster. pl. wehi, 114,91.

*theriya, mfn. (fr. thera) be-
longing to the theres; m. pl. °-Acariya,
the old teachers or, the propounders
of the thera-vada, 114,30.

Theri-gaitha, f. pl. name of a

116

canonical book, a section of the Khud-
daka-Nikaya; specimen thereof : 108,10
sequ. ;

thoka, mfn. (sa, stoka) little,
small, short; acc. wath (adv.) a little:
~ netva, 1,20; ~ gantva, 36,11; ~
sayitva, 12,1; ~ kildpetva, 58,3;
f. wa (yagu) 57,1; — *thoka-thokam,
adv, little by little, Dh. 121—22
(~am pi); Db. 239.

*thokaka, mfn. (fr. prec.) small,
short; /. ~ika (rati, a short pleasure)
Dh. 310.

thometi, vb. (denom. fr. *thoma,
sa, stoma, stomayati) to praise (acc.);
ger. wetva (panditam) 59,23,

-d-, sandhieconsonant, inserted in
attadattha, sadattha-pasuta (q. v.
likewise in samma-d-eva ete.
sanimi), On account of sandhi ao
old ‘d’ is often preserved in some
pron,:tad-, yad- (v. tara, yar),
kocid- (= koci) ete. (Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 62—63; Tr. PM. p. 82; Windisch,
Ber, d. siichs, Ges, 1893, p. 228 seqv.]

*“dakkhati & dakkhiti, wb,
(Vdr¢) to nee, perceive; pr, (fut) 2,
8g. ~asi (na me maggath x, “the
path [ tread you never can fiad”
72,93; 3. pl. winti, 69,18 ae
maunto rupani ~); — aor. addukkhi,
3. 89, 77,8; 2. 9g, 20,10. Formally
dakkhuti & dukkhiti look like fut,
fr. Vdr¢ (sa. drakshyati), but really
these forms may have sprung either
from aor, addakkhi (sa, adrakshit)
or from an old base *drksh-° [Kuhn,
Beitr. p. 116; Tr. PM, p. 61; Pischel,
Gr 3 B64] cp, dismntis

dakkhinu, mfn, (sa, dakshina)
‘) right, on the right hand; instr. m.
wena (hatthena) 77,1. 11),24 (opp.
vama-hatthena); °-passam, the right
side, 61,21. — #) southern; ace. f.
wu (disath) 95,5; samudda, m.

.
’

117

the southern sea, gen, ~wassa, 60,4,
cp. padakkhina,

dajja, pot., v. dadati.

datthabba, grd, & datthum,
inf., v. dissati.

daddha, mfn. (pp. dahati, g. v.)
burnt; . xam (khettam) 100,27;
aggi-°, mfn. (v, h.).

danda, m. (= sa.) 3) a stick,
staff; a handle; acc, wath (gahetva,
“staff in hand’) 47,92; instr. wena,
77,13; loc. we (the handle) 35,5; —
°-hattha, mfn, leaning on ao staff;
acc. m. ~wam, 63,9; — a-danda, atta-
danda (q. v.). — *) punishment; ace.
wan, Dh. 310. 405; instr, wena,
Db, 131; purisa-vadha-°, punishment
for murder, 74,14; gen. wassa, Dh.
129; — %~kamma, n. fine, mulct,
penalty; idam me wai, “in this way
I make amends”, 53,13; — *°-ppatta,
mfn. liable to punishment; m. ~o,
100,15; — patidanda, brahma-danda
(q. v.). — Danda-vagga, m. the 10%
chapter of Dh,

dandaka, m. (= sa.) a stick,
staff; acc. ~amh, 13,19; 36,1 (a twig
from a tree); instr. wena, 86,21; —
*ratha-°, m. (q. v.).

datta, mfn, (e. c. = sa.; pp.
dadati, cp. dinna) »v. Devadatta,
Brahmadatta. cp. atta}.

datva, ger., v. neat.

dadati, vb. (sa. da) *) to give
(w. gen. pers. & acc. rei) 29,3. 31,16
etc,; to hand, deliver, give in charge,
pay (do.) 82,18; 31,2; 39,90. 111,19;
37,18; 102,8; to offer (an oblation,
acc.) 17,6 (elakam); — *) variously
constructed w. acc, : okasarm ~, to
give an opportunity to (inf.) 40,17;
ovadamh, to admonish, 85,2; danarh,
to make ‘gifts, give alms, 14,12. 86,14;
jivita-danam, to spare one’s life, 12,26;
pativacanam, to answer, 3,9; phalam,
to bear fruit, 36,36; maggam, to give
place to, 44,12; matakabhattam, to
offer an oblation to the dead, 16,23;
saiifiam, to make a sign, communicate,
55,29; sadhukaram, to applaud, 5,19;

dadhi

— 5) to permit, allow (acc, & inf.)
5,10. 12,17. 17,19. 39,24. 48,19. 52,20;
— *) constructed w. ger. of another
verb = to do that to any one; daruni
aharitva ... dassati, 35,9; rajjam
gahetva datum. 35,19; &Aharitva
adamsu, 41,4; vibhajitva adasi, 41,19.
— ")pr. 1. sg. dadami, Viv; 3. pl.
dadanti, Dh. 249; part. on. m, da-
dato, Dh, 242; part. med. m, dada-
mano, 12,38; f. ~&, 5,20; pot. 3. sg.
1) dadeyya, 98,54; 2. 89. nasi, 53,15;
1, 8g. ~am, 33,18. 41,1; *) 3. sg. dajja,
Dh, 224; — ») pr. 1. 8g. dammi,
7,14, 15,24, 29,3; — °) pr. 3. sg. deti,
12,17, 28,04. 98,8; 2. sg. desi, 3,9; 2.
8g. demi. 31,16; 3. pl. denti, 37,2;
2. pl, detha, 18,11. 52,20; 1. pl. dema,
18,11. 39,94. 114,10 (dema’ti); imp.
3. sg. detu. 36,21. 39,20; 2. sg. dehi,
5,15. 69,93. 101,98. 111,97 (read : jivi-
tam dehi); 2. pl. detha, 18,9. 31,9.
114,8; part. m. dento, 40,17. 85,94;
— [*) rare or ficticious present-forma-
tions are: dajjati, (cp. pot. dajja) &
dati]; — fut. 3. sg. dassati, 3,8. 30,13;
2. 8g. ~asi, 2,2; 1. 8g. 2,4. 5,10; 15,12
ete.; 1. pl. ~ama, 17,19. 60,14; —
aor, 3. sg, *) adasi, 3,11. 6,18. 36,36;
dasi, 114,9; 2. sg. adasizh, 17,6. 42,13;
3. pl. adamsu, 4,15, 31,s. 41,4 e¢e.;
>) ada (3. sg.) Llljs (mada), 114,25;
— inf. datum, 15,5. 31,30. 102,98;
a-datu-kamata. f. (g. v.); — ger.
datva. 7,28. 16,26; a-datva, 48,19. 55,90;
— grad, *) databba, . ~am. 14,19.
82,18; >) deyya, m. ~am. 112,9; —
pp. dinna (& datta, ec.) v hy -
[pass, diyati, cp. a-diyati]; — caus,
dapeti (v. h.) cp. dina, diya, dayaka.,

adhi, ». (= sa.) sour milk, curd?
nom. dadhi, 99,ss-s0, 101,27; dadbim,
26,18; acc, with, 26,11. 35,22. 101,28;
instr. wind, 35,17; loc. ~imhi, 36,35;
— *-ghata, m. a milkbowl, acc. warn,
35,17; — *-mala, m. m. pr. of an
ocean; acc. wath, 26,12; malin, id.
26,15 (°-maliti) cp. Aggimala; —
*0.varaka, m. a pot of milk-curd, acc.
wath, 14,30; gen, ~wassa, 14,81; =

danta

°-vihana, m. 2. pr. of a king; ~0
pama raja, 36,29; °-jitaka, n. 34,50.

danta?, m, (= 8a.) a tooth; nom.
pl. ~f, 12,1. 82,2 == 97,20; ace. pl.
we, 65,6; instr. pl. wehi, 12,5;
khanda-®, mfn. (q. v.); dantantara-
gata, v. antara; — °-kattha, n. (0. h.).

danta’, mfn. (pp. ydam, 84.
dinta) tamed, suydued; tame, mild,
patient; m, ~0, 77,10-13; Dh, 321;
ace, m, wath, ib; n. swam (cittam)
Dh, 35; pl. m. wa. Dh, 322; — *atta-
dauta, mfn, & sudanta, mfn. (v. h.)
cp, dameti,

*dandha, mfn.,slow, slothful, in-
docible; warm, adv. slothfully, Dh.
116. ‘The etymology of this word is
doubtful; Fausball & Weber, ZDMG.
14, p. 48 refer to sa, *tandra (cp.
a-tandra); Trenckner, PM. p. 65 to
drdha (& dhandha), but cp. tandita
& dalha. According to Miller, PGr.
p. 22 we ought to look for something
like *dardhra or drdhra (cp. Liders,
ZOMG. 58 p. 70C).

dabba (& dab»ha), m. (sa. dar-
bha) the Kuca-grass; — *°-tina, n.
id, pl. nani, 15,4; sayana, nao
lair of K.-grass, abl, ~to, 16,4.

dabbi & dabbi, f. (sa. darvi &
~i) a ladle, spoon; nom, wi, Dh. 64.

dama, m. (= 8a.) moderation,
self-command (synon. saifiama); ~0,
Da. 261; instr, wena, Dh. 25;
S-yacca, m. temperance and truth,
instr, ~ena, Dh. 9; duddama, mfn.
(g. v.).

damatha, m. (:= sa.) self-com-
mavd; ~9 (ettassa’ Dh. 35.

dameti (& damayati), vd. (sa.
deniayati, caus. dat) to tame, sub-
due; to conveft (acc.); pr. 3. pl,
damayanti (dandena) 77,12; (attanam
pandita) 106,38 == Dh. 80; part.
nom. m. damayaih (uttanam) Dh.
304; inf. demeturh (vattati, g. v.)
to convert, 113,9; cp. danta & prec.

darnmi, pr. 1, sg, v. dadati.
dara, »3, (=: 8c.) fear; v. niddara
& vita-ddara.

6

tS)

118

daratha, m. (= 8a.) pain, euffer-
ing; Joc. pl. sabba-kilesa-darathesu,
64,21.

dari, f. (= 8a.) a cave, hole,
cleft; *°-saya, m.a lair in a hole or
cleft, Joc. we, 108,24 (if not to be
corrected into darisayo (mfn.) ‘having
my lair in a hole on the bank of a
river’, ep. Jat. I. p. 18. v. 106, &
daricara, mfn, Jat. V. p. 70,15).

dalla, mfn. (sa, drdha) firm,
hard, strong, fast; f. ~@ (bhiimi)
110,73 ”. ~am Ue Dh, 112;
~wam dalhassa khipati (». A.) 44,1;
%ppahadra, m. a violent stroke, ace,
~wam, 30,13; — *°-parakkama, m/fn.
undaunted, firm, energetic; m. pl. ~4,
Dh, 23; acc, we, 108,19; ~— *°-pa-
kara-torana, mfn. having strong walls
etc., strongly fortified; m. wath (na-
garam), 90,31. 91,21; — *°-uddapa.
mfn, havidg a strong foundation; .
wam, 90,31. 91je0. — daihath, adv.
firmly, strongly; Dh. 61. 313; vam
katva (gahita-sigale) with a fast hold,
40,24; dalha-gahita-, 40,2. (cp.
dandha).

dasa}, num. (sa. daga) ten; 31,13
(bhataro); 81,21 (sikkhapadani);
°-mase (acc.) 62,3; insir, dasahi,
18,16, 82,14; gen. dasannam, Dh. 137
(dasann’). At the end of comp. num.
‘d’ is often changed into ‘r’ (or 1)
cp. atthirasa, ekaidasa, cuddasa,
terasa, pannarasa, solasa.

dasa’, mfn. (e. ¢., sa. drca), ».
duddasa, sududdasa. (cp. dassa).

dasabala, m. (sa, daga-bala)
‘possessing 10 powers’ —= Buddha;
Kassapa-° (q. v.). o.

dasama, mfn. (sa. dagama) the
10; ~o (vaggo) Dh. X.

dassa, mfn. (e. cy sa. darca), v.
sudassa, (cp. dasa*),

dassati, fut., v. dadati.

dassana, m. (sa. dargana) seeing,
looking; perception, intelligence, in-
sight; religious persuasion; ~ar
(appiyanam, to see what is unpleasant)
106,236 = Dh, 210; (ariyanam, “the

119

sight of the elect”) Db. 206; instr.
~cena (sekhena) insight, 69,35; ittara-°,
30,12 (v, h.); abl. wa (°-visiika-,
se-ing spectacles etc.) 81,24; gen.
mussa (visuddhi) Dh, 274; — sila-
dassana-sampanna, mfn. (g. .); cp,
a-dassana,

dassaniya, mfn, (sa. darcaniya)
visible, fair to see, beautiful; m, wo
(raja) 47,9,

dassayati, vb., v. dasseti.

dassin, mfn, (e. c, sa, dargin)
seeing, finding; v. bhaya-°, vajja-°,

dussivas, mfn, (e. c., sa, dargi-
vas) seeing; v. bhaya-°,

dasseti, wb. (caus. dro, ep,
dissati) to cause to be seen or to
appear, to show, point out, produce,
manifest, give to understand (acc.);
to show to, present to, to bring be-
fore (acc, & gen.); pr, 3, 8g. neti
(mayhath apacitim) 29,96; 3. pl.
wenti, 21,4; dussayanti (uccivacam,
q.v.) Dh. 83; part, m. dassento, 2,1;
imp, 2, 8g. wehi, 114,10; 2. pl. wetha,
24,28; pot. 3, sg. weyyu, 100,19; fut.
1. pl. ~essima (pubbanimittam) 63,8;
aor. 8 8g. “) wesi (attinath) 12,97;
(unhakaram) 15,8; (chatakakaram
41,8; (paharam, g. v.) 52,33; (soni-
rupena, sezl. attanarh, presented her-
self) 111,2; >) dassayi, 113,18, 3. pl,
mwesuth, (core raiifio) 38,33. 74,8;
63,10; inf. dassetum, 91,25; ger,
wetva, 4,16, 36,9.

daha, m. (sa. draha, by metathesis
= hrada) a lake, pond; acc, Ano-
tatta-daham, 61,18; ab/. Kannamunda-
dahato, 36,31,

dahati, vb. *) ie dadhati, dha
to put, hold, consider; pp. hita (g.v.
ep. dheyya; antaradhayati, pidahati,
sarnvidahati, saddahati, sandahati.
- *) = dahati (g. ».).

dahara, mfn. (= 8a.) young; m,
m0, 46,92, 99,4; (bis pou) Dh. 382;
pl wa (pakkhi) lls, f ~i (darika)
101,19; ace, wim, 101,10; 47,19 (ku-
marim); — daharitthi, a young wife,
gen. ~iya, 49,18; — compar, dahara-

daraka

tara, mfn, the younger of two, gen.
m, wassa, 43,26.

daitabba, datum, v. dadati.

dana, n. (= sa.) giving, gift,
esp. alms, almsgiving, liberality; mom.
~wam (daitabbamh) 14,13; Db. 177;
(dinna-°, almagiving, 14,18; acc. warm,
86,14 (Satthari Alavirh anuppatte ni-
mantetva ~ adamsu); mahd-°, 61,6;
instr, wena, 16,13. loc. we (uttanad
dinna~-°) 29,2; — danadini puiiani,
17,33; danadihi, 22,17; — *dana-katha,
f. talking about (the duty and profits
of) almsgiving, acc, ~am (pakasesi)
68,10; — %sala, 7, » ball for alms-
giving, pl. ~@, 38,13; — jivita-®%
dhamma-° (», h.).

dani, adv, = idani (q. ».).

dapeti, vb, (caus, dadati, sa.
dipayati) to cause or order to be given
(acc. & gen.); aor, 3. sg. wesi (tassa
attha kahapane) 24,98; fut, 1, sg.
~wessami, 43,97; pp. daipita, m. wam
(aggam) 111,85.

dama, n, & m, (sa, diman, ».)
& rope, cord; a chain, wreath; m. pl,
~i (muijamaya) 105,17; 2. pl. wani
(mala-°) 37,2; kusuma-dima-sadisa-,
mfn, 47,13; rajata-dima-vanna, mfn.
61,19 (v. h.).

daiya', m. (= sa.) a gift, dona-
tion; wo, 25,10; nahapita-°, ib, (a
barber’s fee),

daya*, m. a diva) a forest,
grove; », miga-daya,

dayaka, mfn. (= 8a.) giving; v.
paccaya-dayaka.

dara, m. sg. (sa. daira, m. pl.) a
wife; loc. pl. wesu, Dh. 345; para-°,
another man’s wife, acc. ~am, Dh.
246; paradardpasevin, mfn, one who
covets another man's wife, nom. m,
~i, Dh, 309; puttadara, m. sg. wife
and children, ace. wam, 38,30.

daraka, m. (= sa.) a child, son,
boy; «0, 58,83; acc. wath, 58,80.
81,11; Joc. we, 59,12; pl. wa aera
52,17; ace. pl. we, 21,1; *-cori,
(q. v.); %matar, f. nom, wa, the
child’s mother, 59,93.

darika

darika, f. (= sa.) a daughter,
gir), young msid; Aa, lOljs; ace.
wam, 55,27, 1C1,15.

dru, ”. (= sa.) wood, timber;
a stick, log of wood, pl. fire-wood;
ace, wum, 106,23 = Dh. 80; pl. ace.
awlini, 15,32. 35,6. 57,13; instr. ~thi,
35,7, *Y-kalape, m. (g. v.); *-rasi,
m.(q.v.); dirtdaka-, 20,13 (fire-wood
und water),

daruja, mfn. (= sa.) made of
wood; m. ~aih (bendhanam) Db. 345.

diruna, mfa. (== sa.) horrible,
dreadful; acc. mn. wath (abbhakkha-
nam) Dh, 139,

daieti, vb. fsa. dilayati, dal)
to cause to burst, to break through
(acc.); ger. Galayitva (pitilatam),
105,19.

dasa, m. (= sa.) a slave, servant;
~0, 5,7.

dasi, f. (= sa.) a female servant
or slave; voc. ~i (term of abuse)
111,25; d&si-gana-, 21,1 (a troop of ~).

di-°, at the beginning of comp.
== dvi (two, double), v. dija, dipada,
diyaddha.

digaccha = jigaccha (gq. ».).

dija, m. (sa. dvija) a bird; pl.
wa, 60,17, ep. dvija.

dittha’, mfn. (pp. dissati, y/drg;
sa, drshta) 1) sean, perceived; m. ~0,
12,14. 108,17; ”. \am, 85,95; instr,
mena (imina, what we have seen here)
54,15; °-pubba, m/n.; yatha-, mfn.
(v. h.); — *) known, understood; 1,
wath (h’etatn Tathagatena) 94,8;
— 5) belonging to tunis world (cp. di-
ttha-dhamma below); loc. we va
dhamme, in the present life, 92,39.
dud-dittha, mfn. (v. h.).

dittha’, m. (sa. dvishta, mfn.)
an eunemy; acc. ~arh, 3,27.

dittha-dhamma, (sa. drshta-
dharma) 1) mfn, having seen the truth;
m, ~0, 69,12, — 7). this world, the
present life; -sukhaviharam anuyutto,
“in the enjoyment of happiness reached

even in this world”, 74,223; cp, dhamma
& dittha! above,

120

ditthi, /. (ea. drshti) view, belief,
doctrine, theory, esp. false theory;
acc, ~im Kuoikan) 91,16. Db. 164;
loc. (i)ti ditthiya sati, even if we
suppose that, 92,97; — °-gata, n. (an)
theory or doctrine; wam Lg sae
90,24; (sassato loko ti) 93,33; (uppan-
na-°) 91,17; 94,7 (apanitam etam
Yathagatassa); pl. ~ani, 93,33; —
*O-cahana, -kantara, -vistika, -vi-
pphandita, -samyojana (v. h.) 94,1-a;
—samma-, f. right belief, right views,
67,4. 96,5; — miccha-°, f. false doc-
trine, acc, sim, Dh. 167; °-samadana,
mfn. (q. v.) Db. 316. — ep. evame-
ditthi, mfn. & aiia-ditthika, mfn.

*dinna, mfn. (pp. dadati) given,
presented; m. ~am. 21,6 (tahi); 49,2
(milam); Dh. 356 (vitaragesu, a
gift bestowed on ...); as finite tense:
m. ~o, 82; f. ~8, B71; 2. ~am,
7,1; — dana, nm. almsgiving, 14,18;
°-sunka, f. (maya) 101,s: (v. sunka).
ep. a-dinna,

dipada, m. (sa. dvipada) a biped,
a man; gen. pl. ~anamh, Dh. 273.

dibba, mfn. (sa. divya) heavenly,
divine; charming, beautiful; acc. m.
warn (vogarh) Dh. 417; f. ~am
(ariyabhimim) Dh, 236; loc. pl. m.
~esu (kamesu) Dh, 187; comp. dibba-
kame (acc. pl, m.) 45,5; °-gandha-,
20,8-0; -cakkhumhi (Joc,) 109,8; -pa-
nam, 59,25; -pupphani, 61,14; “tli
janam, 20,7; -vattha, ». 2U,8. 61,13;
“sampatti, 23,17; -sayana, . 20,9.
61,16.

diyaddha, mfn. (sa, dvyardha)
11/5; °-yojana-satika, mfn. 150 yo-
janas long, instr. m. wena, 60,4. cp.
addha.

divasa, m. & n, (= ea.) a day;
nom. m. ~O (uposatha-°, fustday)
14,16; acc, ~am, by day, in the course
of the day, 2,32; tarh ~ath, on that
day, 87,51; ~am pi, ‘all day long’,
42,30; ~am pi sapathamh kurumana
nanacitta va honti, even on that same
day they will change their minds and
take their oath,.., 51,28; eka-°, one

121

day, 13,22. 63,2; instr. wena (eka-®,
on one and the same day) 64,3; adi.
mato (sattama-° patthiya) 61,3;
(dhammadesanam suta-°, from the
day on which she had heard) 86,30;
loc. ~e (puna-®, next day) 2,35; (jata-°,
on his birthday) 24,31, 45,21; eee
on the same day) 45,2; acc, pl, m.
ime we, “the last few days”, 73,23;
n, ~ani, 25,30; loc, wesu (afifiesu,
q. v.) 3,10, 65,2. ep, devasikarh,
adv. & next,

diva. adv, (= sa.) by day; w
tapati ddicco, 107,38 = Dh, 3887;
rattim pi divapi, night and day, 9,16;
~ va rattim va, Dh, 249; w ca
ratto ca, Dh, 296. cp. rattindivam,
adv. 86,25.

disa!, mfn. (e. ¢.; sa. droa) like
that; v. idisa, eta-°, ki-°, ta-°, sa-9;
khandha-disa, v. khandha, cp. dasa?.

disa?, m, (sa. dvisha) an enemy;
~0, Dh, 162; acc, ~am, Dh. 42.

disa, f. (sa. dig & diga) quarter,
direction; region, country; acc. ~am
katamam, in which direction) 95,5;
aa ~, “the untrodden country”
= Nibbana) Dh. 323; adil. nato
uttara-°, g. v.) 61,18; acc. pl. wa
sabba) 85,4. Dh. 54; loc. pl. wasu
sabba-°, in each direction) 63,19. cp.
catuddisa & next,

*disa-kaka, m. a crow kept on
board ships in order to search for land;
acc. wath, 18,4. (cp. Fick, Soc, Gl.
p. 173; E. Hardy, Buddha, p. 18.)

*disi-pamokkha, mfn, world-
famed, very celebrated; m. wo (aca-
riyo) 16,33.

*disva, *disvana, ger., v. next.

dissati, vb. (sa. dro, pass,
drgyate) 4) pass, to be seen, appear;
pr. 3, sg. wati, 44,25. 52,11; na ~wati
has disappeared) 68,30; 3. pl. ~wanti
na, are not seen, opp. ane
Dh. 304; 104,1 (ettha [scil. saigame
na ~, don’t devote themselves to this
battle, ep. Windisch, Mara, p. 27; the
‘na’ is perbaps interpolated); part.
dissamana, acc, pl. m. we (= a-

Dipavamsa

dissamane, invisible) 112,18; pp,
dittha, seen (v, h.); grd. datthabba,
mfn. to be regarded or understood,
m, ~0 (attho) 85,10-23, n. wam, 79,4.
— *) act, to see, regard, understand
(acc.) (the suppletive verb is passati,
q. 1); aor, 3. sg. *) addasa, 4,25
n | ‘asa); 23,16; addasa, 75,18. 76,20
~ iho); 2 sg. addasa or addasa,
71,9: (addasa ti); 3. pl. addasasum,
76,18; 1. pl. addasama, 105,23; "1 ad-
dakkhi, v. dakkhati; fut. v. dakkhati;
inf. datthum, 48,19. 87,0; comp.
datthu-kama, mfn. wishing to see, f.
w& (tam) 19,19; ger. *) disva, 1,6 ete.;
>) disvana, 67,81, 68,10, 76,19 (at the
heginning of a sentence). cp. dasa,
dassa etc.; ditthi, disa’.

digha, mfn. (sa. dirgha) long;
m. ~0 (puriso, tall) 92,13 (opp. rasso);
f. ~a, 107,7 = Db. 60; n. wam,
Dh. 409; acc. ~am (addhanamh) 44,21;
(pacanayatthimh) 71,39.

*Digha-nikadya, m. name of a
Pali work, the first of the 5 Nikayas
(q. v.); ~0, 102,15, Specimens thereof :
p. 77,14-81,4.

*Digha-bhanaka, m. a repeater
(expounder or follower) of Digha-
nikaéya; pl. wa, 64,2.

digha-rattam, adv, (sa. dirgha-
ritram) for a long time; 90,27. 104,33,

dipa?, m. se sa.) a lamp; ace.
wath, 37,3; dipdlokena, 4l,az (v.
aloka). cp. padipa.

dipa?, m. (& n.) (sa. dvipa) *)
an island; land, continent; ~o, 110,s1.
112,30; acc. wam, 114,82; loc. we,
19,9; sabba-dipamhi (over all Jam-
budipa) 113,5.-—?) metaph. a support,
refuge; karohi dipam attano, Dh.
236. cp. Jambu-dipa, Naga-°, Laika-,
Seruma-, x. pr.

“dipaka, m. (fr. prec.) a little
island; ~0, 2,90; gen. ~assa, 2,99;
abl, ~A, 3,20; wato, 2,81; loc, we, 2,93,

dipana, mf(~i)n. = 8a.) ex-
plaining, illustrating; v. Paramattha-
dipani. .

“Dipavamsa, m. (fr, dipa*)

dipin

name of a Pali work, the oldest chronicle
of Ceylon; Specimen thereof: p. 109—
110,16,

dipin, m. (sa. dvipin) a panther
or leopard; gen. ~ino, 8,37.

dipeti, vb. (caus, dip) 1) to
ilustrate, explain, teach (acc.); pr.
3. sg. ~eti (atthath dhammafi ca)
Dh. 363; -- *) intr, to emit light,
uhine; pot. 3. 8g. --eyya (sabbarattim)
99,:8.

du-, indecl. (83. dus-) prefix to
nouns (subst. & adj.) implying ‘evil,
bad, difficult’ (opp.su-). Before vowels
the old form dur- is preserved, e. g.
dur-accaya, elc.. before consonants
du- with the foll. cons, doubled, e. g.
dukkata, ducchanra, dummana, ete.
<¥ becomes bb: dubbaca, dubbanna),
except before r, where the u is length-
ened, ¢. g. du-rakkha. By vrddhi
we have do-°, e. s. domanassa (cp.
debe da).

dukxata & dukkata, m (sa,
dush-kyta), evi: deed, sin, offending;
wath (akatam) Dh. 314: (-t-, manasa)
Dh, 391; sukate-dukketa, mfn. good
and evil, gen. pl. ~anam (kamma-
nam) 97,14.

cukkara, mn. (sa, dush-kara)
Gifficuli to do, difficult; m. ~o (maggo
padhanaya) 103,10; ». parama-dukka-
ram, vary d. Dh. 163.

dukkha, +) mj. (sa. duhkkha)
unpleasant, painful (app. sukha); m.
~0, 66,27. 67,10. Dh. 117; f. wa, 67,3;
mn. wath, 67,0; 70,s7; a-dukkham-
asukhar, neither plessant nor painful,
70,27; — dukkham, adv, Dh. 201
(~ seti, “is unhappy”). — *) n. (some-
times written dukha metri causa, Dh,
83. 203) pain, misery; grief, eutfering;
nom, ~am, 36,19. 77,8; kin te a,
“what aile you?” 13,13; dukkh’, 17,98;
~ ariyasaccamh (q. v.) 57,8; sabba-°,
108,13; acc. wari, 16,30. 23,16. 107,19;
(marana-°) 7,9; (sisaccheda-°) 17,19;
instr, wena (-kh-) Dh. 83; dat,
waya, Dh, 248; gen, wassa, 70,17.
107,19; abl. *) -.B, 16,28, 107,22 =

122

Dh. 192 (sabba-*); ») ~ato, 31,20;
loc. we. a 2 Db. 277; pl. wi
(— rani, cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 72)
Dh, 202, 203 (-kh-). 221; instr. pl.
wehi, 70,80; — comp. *dukkhanupatita,
mfn. “beset with pain”, Dh, 302; -
*0-Anubhavana-, 28,18 (y. anubha-
vana); — *%-fipadhina, , causing
pain; Dh, 291 (para-°, v. upadhina),;
— *-Apasama-gamin, mfn. leading to
quieting of pain, acc, m. ~inam (mag-
garh) 107,20 = Dh. 191 (v. upasama);
—- *%kkhandha, m. (v, khandha); ~
°domanassa, 1. pl. \ cea comp.)
90,18; — *%nirodha. m. cessation or
destruction of misery; ~am (ariyasac-
cama [g. v.] adj. ., a scholastic ex-
pression <= concerning the cessation
of misery) 67,18; °-nirodha-gamini
(adj, f. leading to that) 67,17; -
*O.ppatta, mfn. afflicted by pain, m.
~0, 59,10; — *°-samudaya, m. (v. h.);
~wam (adj, mn. ep. dukkha-nirodha
above) 67,19; — *-samuppada, m.
107,19 (v. h.) cp. sasdukkha, mfn. &
next,

dukkhin, mfn. (sa. dutkhin)
pained, afflicted, sorrowful; m, wi,
2,14. 72,95,

dukha, nm. — dukkha.

dugga, mfn. (sa. dur-ga) difficult,
impassable; painful, evil; m. Ao
(maggo) 103,10; acc. sam (samsa-
ram), Dh, 414; abl. n. wa (“out of
the evil way’’) Dh. 327.

duggata, mfn, (sa. dur-gata)
unfortunate, miserable, poor; *~itthi,
f. @ poor woman, acc. with, 48,16;
7 *°-bhava, m, poverty; acc, wath,

AF

duggati, f. (sa, dur-gati) ‘evil
path’, hell, unfortunate existence; acc.
~im. Dh. 17; 106,90 — Dh. 240,
(cp. suggati).

*duggahita, mfn, badly grasped;
m. ~0 (kuso) Dh. 311.

duccarita, *) He dug-carita)
evil; acc. m. ~wam (dhammam, —
sin) Dh, 169; — *) n. ill-conduct, sin;
kaya-°, mano-®, vaci-° (v, h.).

123

*ducchanna, mfn, ill-thatched;
nm, ~amh (agdramh) Dh, 13,

*dujjina, mfn. (cp. sa. dur-
jfiana & j€nana above) difficult to be
understood; m, ~o0 (dhammo, taya)
94,96,

dujjiva, mfn, (sa. dur-jiva) dif-
ficult to live; m. ~am (jivitam) Dh.
245 (tw. instr.).

duttha, mfn. (sa, dushta) bad,
evil, malignant; f. pl, wa, 52,6;
°-brahmana, voc. 33,16; *-citta, mfn,
evileminded, with evil intention; m,
~0, 76,24 op, a-duttha, paduttha &
dussati.

dutiya, mf, (sa. dvitiya) the
second (cp, afifia, itara) acc, m. wath,
35,10; f. ~um (gatham) 8,31; °~jjhina,
n, (v. jhina); — dutiyarh, adv. for
the second time, ~am pi (kho) 74,28,
79,21. 88,17; yava ~am pl, up to the
second time, 102,26. cp. dvi (dva).

duttara, mfn. (sa. dus-tara) dif-
ficult to be passed; v, su-duttara.

duddama, mfn. (sa. dur-dama
difficult to be subdued; m. wo (attaé
Dh. 159.

duddasa, mfn, (sa. dur-dr¢a
difficult to be seen; m, ~o (dhammo
94,25; m. wam, 106,16 — Dh. 252
(opp. su-dassa); su-duddasam, Db. 36.

duddittha, mfn., (sa. dur-drshta)
confused, misguided; acc, m, am,
Dh. 339.

duddha, mfn. (pp. dohati, duhati
(-i-); sa. dugdha, duh) milked;
*O.khira, mfn. (v. h.) ep. duyhati,
pass,

dundubhi, m. (= sa.) a kettle-
drum; deva-°, m. & f, thunder, pi.
~iyo (f.) 80,30.

dunniggaha, mfn. (sa, dur-ni-
graha) difficult to be restrained; gen,
mn. ~assa (cittassa), Dh. 35. ;

dunnivaraya, mfn. (sa. dur-ni-
varya) difficult to be kept back or
restrained; ». wala (cittam) Db,
33; m. ~o (kuiijaro) Dh, 324, cp.
nivareti. ;

duppaiifia, m/n. (sa, dush-prajiia)

dummana

stupid, foolish, ignorant; m, 10, Db,
111, 140.

*luppabbajja, . the painful
life of a pabbajita (q. v.); nom. warm
(durabhiramam) Dh, 302 (differently
Max Miller, SBE, X, 73). -cp. pab-
bajja, Ff.

*duppamuiica, mfn. difficult to
be loosened; m. war (bandhanam)
Dh, 346, (cp, pamuiicati).

*duppardmattha, mfn, badly
practised; m. ~am (simaiiam) Dh,
811. (cp. puraimasati).

*“duppariyogaha, mfn, difficult
to get at the bottom of, unfathomable;
m, ~0 (Tathigato) 95,13, (op. pari-
yogaha).

dubbaca, mfn. (sa, dur-vacas)
abusive, unruly; difficult to reason
with, self-willed; *°bhava, m. self-will,
instr, wena, 34,16, (cp. vacas),

dubbanna, mfn. (sa. dur-varna)
of a bad colour, ill-favoured; m. 0,
103,5.

dubbala, mfn. (sa. dur-bala)
weuk, feeble; m. 0, 12,27; acc. ~am,
Dh. 7; n, pl, ~ani (uddapadini)
91,19.

*dubbalatta, m. (sa. *dur-ba-
latva) weakness; abl. wa, 12,21.

*dubbali-karana, mfn. who
causes weaknees; acc. pl. mn. ne (w.
gen, paiiiaya, scil. paiica nivarane)

91,7.

dubbuddhin, mfn. (sa. dure
buddhi) foolish, without insight; m,
pl. wino, 76,80.

dubbhati, vd. (sa. Ydruh, druh-
yati) to be hostile to, plot against
(loc.); fut. 1, 8g. wissimi (tayi) 41,36.
ep. dubha.

dubbhasita, mfn. (sa. dur-bha-
shita) badly spoken; », ~am (padam)
110,13.

duma, m, (sa. druma) a tree;
dumagga, 7. the top of a tree, abl,
wamhi, 13,4 (ep. agga*).

dummati, m. (sa. dur-mati) a
fool; nom. ~i (aham) 30,39.

dummana, m/fn, (sa. dur-manas)

|

dinimedha

dejected, in bad spirits; m. ~0, 2,14.
72,98, 104,18.

dummedha, m. (sa. dur-medha)
a fool; nom. ~0, Db, 136; voc. wa,
106,10 = Dh, 394. cp. next.

*dummedhin, mfn. foolish, stu-
pid; m, pl. ~ino Ue) Dh. 26.

duyhati, vb. (pass. dohati, vduh)
to be milked; part. n. ~ manam
rk new milk, 99,28; pp. duddha
q v.).

d . accaya, mfn, (sa. dur-atyaya)
difficult to be conquered; ace. f. ~am
(tanham) 108,1 = Dh. 336.

duranubodha, mfn. (= sa.)
difficult to be comprehended; m. ~0
(dhammo) 94,35.

durannaya, mfn. (sa. sealed is
difficult to be fathemed; f. ~a (gati
Dh. 92.

*durabhirama, mfn., difficult to
be enjoyed; mn. ~ati (duppabbajjam)
Dh. 302.

durabhisambhava, mfn. (=
sa.) difficult to reaca or enter upon;
m. ~o (maggo) 103,10.

“durajanoa. mn. difficult to be
understood; m. -.o (bhavo thinam)
61,31.

*duravasa, mn, difficult to dwell
in, d. to be lived or led; pl. (n.)
~& (ghara, the houeehold life) Dh. 302.

dullabha, mfn. (sa. dur-labha)
difficult to be ‘ound or obtained; m.
~0, 31,18, Dh. 193; ace. wam, Dh,
160; ». su-dullabham (saccam) 51,30;
~ "-manussattem, . the state of man
which is one dificult to obtain, 22,15.

dussa, 1510, according to the
Comm. gen. ron. demonstr, = amussa
fep. asu, apuka), but this can hardly
be correct; the reading dussam which,
in spite of the Comw., has been main-
cained by the Cingalese Mes., ought no
doubt to be preferred; dussa, #. (sa.
dushya, diicya or durga) a kind of
woven stuff, occurs frequently in the
Pali texte; hence *dussika, m. a ma-
nufacturer of that stuff, or a cloth-seller
(Jat. VI, 276,25. Mil. 262,14, 333,13);

124

but 1 think that in this case dussa
must be adj. = 8a. dushya, corrup-
tible, easily to be spoiled or damaged,
n. ~am (khettapalassa rattibhattam).
Francis & Neil, Jat. III, p. 16, trans-
late “wrongfully” (dussam, adv., cp.
dussati below) and it is perhaps in
order to avoid this interpretation
(which does not agree with the ten-
dency of the prose tale) that the Comm.
has taken it for gen. pron. Trenckner
accepts the gen, dussa (= amussa)
although that form is not found else-
where. Henry (Précis de gramm. Palie,
p. 94) corrects dussa into amussa.

dussati, vb. (sa. dushyati, /dush)
to sin, offend (against, gen. or loc.
pers.); pr. 3.sg.~ati (appadutthassa)
Dh. 125; (appadutthesu) Db. 137,
pp. duttha e h.); caus, diseti (q. v.)
ep. dussa above.

dussila, mfn. (sa. dul-cila) ill-
patured, bad, wicked, vicious; m. x0,
107,2 = Dh. 308; Dh, 110. 320; f.
~8, 9,11; instr. f. ~aya, 20,29.

*dussilya, n. (fr. prec.) wicked-
ness; nom. ~am (accanta-°) Dh. 162.

duhati, vb., v. dohati (dthati).

dita, n. (= sa.) a messenger;
pl. ~a (deva-°) 45,12; acc. pl. ne
ee 68,21.

*dibha, m. (fr. dubbhati, /druh;
base of diibhati, vb. = dubbhati; ep.
sa. droha) malice, perfidy, treachery;
only in comp. a-dtibha (qg. v.) cp. a-
diibbaya (dat.) Jat. I, 180,92; a-drii-
bhaya, Vin. I, 347,21».

dtira, mfn, (= sa.) distant, far
(opp. viditira); — duUrath, adv. far
away, 12,99; durafi-gama, m/fn. going
far away, acc.m, ~am, Dh. 37; - di-
rato (abl.) adv. from afar, 68,10. 76,20.
86,20. Dh. 219; — dure (loc.) adv. &
prp.w.abl., far, far away; ~ thito,
56,8; ~ pakasenti, Dh. 304; dumag-
gamha ~, 13,4; ~ito, 20,17; ep. atie
dira.

durakkha, mfn. (sa, di-rakshya)
difficult to be guarded; n, wath (cit-
tam) Dh, 33,

125

duraigama, mfn. (=sa.) v. diira.

*dirama, mfn. difficult to be en-
joyed; yattha ~am (n.), where enjoy-
ment is difficult,

diseti, vb. (caus, dussati, sa,
dushayati) to spoil, destroy, infest
(ace,); aor, 3. sg. dusayi, 9,2 (without
obj. = spoiled the game; — attanam
diisayi, Comm.),

deti, vb. & deyya, grd., v, dadati.

deva, m. (= sa.) !)a god, deity;
mostly pl, the gods, esp, the Devas
(opp. Asuras) or inhabitants of the
Devaloka, whose chief is Sakka; nom,
~0, 110,12; Dh. 105; gen. ~assa,
110,37; pl. ~a, Dh. 94, 181. 230. 366.
420; ~a abhassara (v. A.) Dh. 200;
gen. pl, ~anam, 59,28, 80,36; Dh, 30.
224 (devana); loc. ~esu, Dh. 56; —
comp. (often implying the sense of
‘celestial, superhuman’, etc.) : *deva-
nubhavena (instr.) by the power of
the gods, 63,32 (v. inubhava); devinda,
m. the lord of the Devas (Sakka),
110,s4-s6; °-kaiifia, f.a celestial nymph,
pl. ~8, 64,80; *°-kumara, m. a son of
a god, %vannin, mfn, beautiful like
that, pl. m. wino, 45,96 (ep. °-putta);
°-gana, m. o class or troop of gods,
instr, ~ena, 60,93; %-tthana, ». place
or seat in heaven, 16,18; *°-nagara,
n. = %-pura, », the city of the Devas,
17,34. 59,38; 27,31; °-putta, m. (=
°-kumara) acc, ~ath, 63,8 (cp. putta) ;
%-rajan, m. (= devinda), nom, ~a,
45,80; loka, m. the world of the
Devas or any superior world, heaven,
nom, ~0, 59,30; acc. ~am, Dh. 177;
loc. wasmim, 59,30; loc. pl. ~esu
(dvisu, viz, Sakka’s and Brahma’s
worlds) 60,23; °-Abhimukha, mfn. (v.
abhimukha); tavatimsa-°, 59,28 (v. h.);
— *yimana, n. the palace of the gods,
°-sadisa, mn. like that, acc. m. ~am
(rathath) 63,6; — *°-samnkhalika, /f.
a magic chain, instr. ~aya, 21,14. —
*)the sky, atmosphere; the rain-god;
~0 (na vassati) 102,6; voc. wa, 104,29;
gen. ~assa (vassato) 105,29; %dun-
dubhi (v. 4.), — °) the god of death;

desana

deva-diita, m. a messenger of death;
pl. ~a (uttamafigaruha) 45,19. — ¢) a
lord, voc, deva frequently used in
addressing a king (‘sire, your majesty’)
6,14, 31,9-19. 65,17; Makhadeva, m.
nom. pr. (q.v.). cp. dibba, mfn., devi,
f., sadevaka, mfn. & next,

devata, f. (& m.), (= 8a.) a god,
deity; a spirit, ghost; in sg. often
used instead of deva (cp. deva-putta);
nom, «i (varanarukkhe adhivattha)
5,19; pl. wa, 63,7, 65,24. 114,15; instr.
wahi, 63,20; loc, wasu, 34,96; —
rukkha-®, a dryad, 3,31; — samudda-®,
a spirit of the sea, 28,28; ~ devatanu-
bhavena, instr. 17,25 (v. Anubhava) ;
— *°-paribhoga, mfn. fit to be enjoyed
by the gods, ». ~am: (ambapakkam)
36,31; — *°-sannipata, m. an assembly
of gods, loc. ~amhi, 110,30,

Devadatta, m. (= sa.) nom. pr.
of a relative (cousin) and enemy of
Gotama Buddha; wo, 74,19, sequ,

“Devadaha, n. nom. pr. of a
town, near the Lumbini-Grove, be-
longing to the family of Gotama Bu-
ddha’s mother; °-nagaram, 62,56.
[cp. Lassen, IA. II. p. 66 & XXXIII.]

“devasikam, adv. (fr. divasa,
ep. sa. daivasaka, mfn.) daily, every
day; 6,2.

devi, f. (= sa.) 1) a goddess;
pl. wiyo, 61,12. — #) a queen; nom.
~i, 61,33; voc. devi, 55,26; acc, with,
19,14; gen. ~wiya, 19,21. 61,30; comp.
w. nom. pr. Amara-°, the wife of
Mahosadha, 55,32. 56,22; = Amara,
56,12; — Udumbara-° (gq. v.).

desa, m. (sa. dega) region, place,
country; part, portion; nom, ~0, 82,33.
112,30; acc. wat, 31,35; loc. we
majjhima-°) 91,18, cp. padesa, vi-

esa.

desana, f. (sa, degana) a sermon,
discourse, lesson; nom. ~@, 86,9. 87,2;
acc. ~wam, 30,94; %dvasane, at the
end of the discourse, 89,2; — dham-
ma-°, f. id.; instruction in the sacred
doctrine; 68,33 (buddhanam); acc.

desita

~am, 17,81. 29,16; ~ saddhamma-°,
* id. Dh, 194,

desita, mfn. (pp. deseti, sa. de-
gita) shown, set forth, taught; m. ~0
(dhammo) 79,5, ". war (nibbanam)
Dh, £85; ace. m. wan (Buddha-°,
taught by the B.) 109,25; (Samma-
sambucdha-~®, kuthGmaggath) 113,39;
m. pl. wa (vaggay Dh. p. 94. v. 3.
suedesita, snfn. (q. v.).

deseti, vb. (sa, degayati, caus,
/dig) to show, set forth, teach, preach
ae. pr. 1. sq. ~emi (dhammaih
90,12; part, m, ~enio (dhammam
17,27. 47,18. 74,18; aor. 3. sg. wei,
17,30; fut. J. eg. wessimi, 68,15; ger.
wetva, 7.47; part, pass, desiyamana,
loc. m. we (dhamme) 69,22; pp.
desita (g. v.), cp, desana,

deha, m. (== 8¢.) the body; nom
~0, 88,6 (comm. on kaya).

domanassa, m. (sa. daurmana-
sya) dejectedness, despair; grief; instr.
pl. wehi, 70,30, gen. pl. ~anam
(dukkha-° dvandva-comp.) 90,18;
66,10-17 (do.); °-ppatta, m/fn. sorrow.
ful, m. ~o, 13,6. cp. dummana, mfn.

dovarika, m. (sa. dauvarika) a
door-keeper, porter; ~9, 90,32; acc.
nam, 91,25; gen. ~assa, 58,1; ace.
pl. we, 58,2 (cp. Fick, Soc, Gi. p.
102); instr, pl. ~wehi (pandita-°)
91,as, cp, dvara.

dosa', m. (se. dosha) fault, guilt;
~0, 74,133 @ ¢. min. ance by)
v. iccha, tina, dosa?, moha, raga.

dosa*, m, (sa. dvesha) hatred;
ace. wath, Dh. 2G (in the series :
raga, dosa, moha): *-aggi, m, the
fire of hatred, 64,20 (do.); *%-dosa,
mfn, (sa. *dvesha-dosha) damaged
by hatred, f. ~@ (ayath paja) Dh,
357; *°sama, mfn. like hatred, m.
~o (kali) Db. 202; vanta-°, vita-°,
wfn, free from hatred, Dh, 263. 357.
(cp. Pischel, Gr, 3 129).

dohati (& duhati) vb. (sa.\/duh)
: milk; pass. duyhati, pp. duddha
(gs v.). ;
dohala, m. (sa. dohada, m., cp.

126

sa. daurhrda, m.) wisk, desire, esp.
the morbid Jonging of pregnant women
(w. loc.); nom. ~0, 1,88; acc. AM,
1,e (hadayamerhse); hence the fre-
quently occurring adj. f. dohalini,
1) pregnant, 7) desiring, longing for
(w. loc. or comp.) : Jat. IV, 334,21.
VI, 484,26; III, 27,22. VI, 326,13 ete.
The sanskritic etymology dohada =
daurhrda has been called in question
by Liders (Gitt. Nachr. 1898,1: fr.
*dvibrd); likewise Jolly, Idg. Forsch.
XK, 213 and Pischel, Gr. § 436; but
Béhilingk, ZDMG. Vol. 55,98 takes
it == doha-da (“das Verlangen nach
dem, was Milch erzeugt”, scil, kdma?)

dva-, dva-, in comp. = 2;
next (cp. dvi (dve)).

dvattimsa, num, (sa. dvatrime-
gat) 32; 23,93 (petiyo); *°-akara, n.
name of a chapter of Khuddakap&tha
(the 32 parts of the body) 82,6.

*dvattikkhattum, adv. (sa.
*dva-tri-krtvas) for a second and third
time; 114,16 cp. khattum & tikkhat-
tum.

dvaya, ') mfn. (= sa.) twofold,
double; loc, pl. ~esu (dhammesu)
Dh, 384. — #) ». a pair, couple; two
(opposite) things; acc. ~am (nissito
loko) 96,6; gatha-dvayam, two gathas,
47,23. 114,0; potthaka-°, 114,18 (two
copies).

dvadasa, mum. (sa, dvadaca)
twelve; dvidasama, m/n. the twelfth,
m, ~0, Dh. XII.

dvara, m. (= sa.) door, gate,
entrance; nom, wut (nivesana-°,
nagara-°) 68,2-5; acc. ~am, 6,5. 68,3;
instr, wena, by the door or gateway,
12,10 (pure~°, the front door); 12,13,
57,13 (pacchima-°, the back door);
55,30 (uttara-°, the northern safest
59,3 (sala-°, g. v.); Joc. we, 57,13
(pure-°); often e. c, = at, before:
gama-°, 8,20; ghara-°, 27,27; acc. pl.
~Ani (nagara-°) 39,95; loc. pl. wesu,
38,12. 43,9; comp. gabbha-? (q. v.);
°-samipamh (v. h.); — dvara-kotthaka,
m. a gateway; loc. pl. wesu, 48,32;

127

satta-dvara-kotthaka, mfn. having 7
gateways, acc, ~am (geham) ib.; —
*dvara-gima, m. a suburb; abl. ~ato,
19,93; °-gamaka, m. id., acc. pl. we,
43,9; — aparuta-dvara, mfn. (v. h.);
eka-dvara, mfn. (v. eka*?); catu-°,
pihita-°, bahu-°, mfn. (q. v.) ep.
dovarika,

dvavisati, mum. (sa. dvavimeati)
22; dvavisatima, mfn. the 22; m,
~o (vaggo) Db, XXII.

dvi-, (= sa.) base of the num.
dvo (nom. acc, mfn.) = two; nom.
6,83 (jana); dve pi, both, 19,14; 2416
Rane: ace, 6,18 (mig); 62,98
hatthe); ekarh dve karoti (= ka.
sati) 56,15; instr. dvihi, 7,14; 12,9;
gen. dvinnamh, 12,82; 40,81; Zoc. dvisu,
60,22. ep. di- (dija, dipada, diyaddhba);
dutiya, mfn.; dva-, dva-; dvaya,
mfn, & next,

dvija, m. (= sa.; cp. dija) a bird;
*O-gana, m. a flock of birds; pl,
~a. 7,20.

dvidha, adv. (= sa.) twofold,
divided in two; 33,18 (chinditva);
58,22 (bhinditva); — °-karana, n. the
dividing in two (= kasana), 56,16.
ep. dvedha.

dviha, mn. (sa, dvy-aha, m.) a
period of two days; v. aha, cp. tiha.

dve, num. nom. ace., v. dvi-.

dvedha, adv. (= sa.; ep. dvidha)
twofold, divided in two; *®-patha,
m. a double path, cross-way; doubt;
acc,,~am, Dh, 282.

Dh.

dhamsin, mfn, (rather = sa,
dharshin than sa. dhvarsin (Tr.); ep.
Dhpd. (1855) p. 372-3) audacious,
obtrusive, importunate; instr. m.
~ind, Db, 244 (cp, MN.I p. 236,1).

dhaja, m. (sa. dhvaja) a banner,
flag or standard; °-patakadihi, 62,7.

dhajini, f. (sa. dhvajini) an army
(arrayed); acc, wim, 104,s.

dhamma

dhana, n, (= sa.) wealth, pro-
perty; money; nom, wath, 23,6. 48,11;
acc. ~am, 29,6. 38,20. 48,18; gen.
~wassa, 62,5; — “dharanatthaya, 32,17
(v. aharana); dhanatthaya, 32,29 (v.
attha!); °-lobha, m. desire of money;
instr, wena, 22,23; *°-vassa, n. &
*0_vasapanaka, m/fn. (v. h.); °-santike,
33,36 (g. v.); — mahad-dbana, m/fn.
(2. v.); cep. nid-dhana, sa-dhana &

hanesin,

*“Dhanapalaka, m. nom. pr. of
an elephant (said to be identical with
Nalagiri, g. %.); nom, xo nama
kufijaro, Dh, 324 (op, Jat, V, 337,1).

*“Dhaniya, m, nom. pr. of a
herdsman; ~0 (gopo) 104,20.

dhanu, » (& m.?) (sa, dhanus
& dhanu, m.) a bow; acc. ~um, 61,30.
92,15; asi-satti-dhanu-adini (d@vudhani)
6,12; dhanu-kalapa, (m. ?) bow and
quiver, 75,15,

dhanesin, mfn. (sa. dhanaishin)
longing for riches; gen. pl, ~inam
(vanijanam) 20,22 = 25,s0.

dhamani, f. (= sa.) a vein, nerve;
°-santhata, mfn. (g. v.) covered with
veins (said of an emaciated person);
nm ~am (jantum kisam) 106,13 =
Dh, 395 (cp. Weber, Bhag. II. 289,2-s).

dhameti, vb. (caus, dhamati, to
blow; sa, Vdhma) to blow (any in- -
strument, acc.); part. m. pl. wenta
(surnkhe) 8,33.

dhamma!, m. (rarely x.) (sa.
dharma) *) ordinance, law; right,
duty; nom. ~o (sanantano) 106,24
= Dh. 5; acc, ~am (ekam) 106,14
= Dh. 176; (vissam, the whole law)
106,5 — Dh. 266; gen. ~assa (anu-
dhammacari, q, v.) Dh. 20; 1», pl.
~ani, Dh, 82; samana-°, priestly
duties, 15,12; often opp. attha (v. h.).
~ *) righteousness, morality; virtue,
good quality; ~o, 106,9 — Dh. 393;
3,21; Dh, 261; wam (cara) 7,24, cp.
Dh, 169; instr, ~ena, righteously,
36,29. 42,96, Dh. 257; ~assa (gutto,
g.v.) Dh, 257; loc. we (with honour-
able intentions) 1,2; pl. wa (caturo)

dhamma

3,26; (cattaro) Db. 109; (papaki, sins)
Dh. 242; instr. wehi, 3,34; gen.
e«anam, Db, 273. cp. a-dhamma,
m, — *) “the truth’; *) any religious
doctrine or philosophical system, esp.
that taught by Buddha (the Four Truths
etc.); preaching of that doctrine; ~0,
94,95; wath (sunahi) 22,17; (sossami
87,:6; (deseti) 7,97. 51,5; (uttamam
Dh. 115; (kanhath, g. v.) Dh. 87;
vara~°, 87,9; Satthu -varh, 87,13; lve.
~e (desiyamine) 69,23; — »%) the
second great collection of the Buddhist
sacred books (tipitaka, also named
sutta-pitaka) opp. vinaya (qg. ¥., cp.
abhidhamma) : ~o ca vinayo ca,
79,5; ~am, 109,15; °-vinaya-samgaha,
m. 199,33; — °) ix. the triple formula:
Buddha, dhamma, samgha, 69,19.
107,17 = Dh. 190 (ep. tevacika &
sarana). — cp, sad-dhamma, a-sad-
dtamma (v. a-sat); 0: the end of
adj, comp. v. aggs-dbamma, dittha-®,
patta-°, pariyogilha~°, vidita-°, sam-
khata-”, — 4) In the psychology =
nature, character; coadition of being,
condition cf life; thing: in pl. dhamma
is often == menta: objects in general,
phenomena (just as riipa are the objects
of sense to the eye, 70,95), sometimes
taken as identical with sarkhara (q.
v.\; loc, ditthe va dharmme, in this
world, in the present life, 92,32 (ep,
dittha-dhamma); sahetu-dhamma,
m, the effect together with its cause,
Gcc, ~arii, 66,21, pl. na, 66,20; 70,59;
sabbe w@ anattd, 107,15 == Dh. 279;
manopubbafigama A@, the states of
mind are the result of thought (?)
Db, 1 (cp. manag); loc, pl. wesu
eines Dh, 353; dvayesu vesu
in two things; #.¢, samatha & vipns-
sun, Comm.) Dh, 384, — Thu dono.
tion of “nature, state, condition” may
be seen in many comp. (subst. & adj.) :
mitta-dhamma, m. friendship, 14,3;
methuna-°, m. love, 64,11; more fre-
quently at the end of adj, comp, ==
having the nature of, boing subject tos
a-nivattana-dhamina, a-vinipita-9,

128

an-uppada-*, nirodha-°, papa-°, ma-
rici-°, vaya-°, samudaya-°, mfn. (v.
h.). As to the different explanations
of the meaning of the word dhamma
ep. Maz Muller, SBE. X. p. 3-4;
Caroline Rhys Davide, Transl. of
Dhamma-Saigani, Introd. p. XXXII
seqv., p. XLI. cp. next, ete.
dhamma’, m/f(i)n. (sa. dharma)
belonging to dhamma®; instr. f. siya
(kathaya, by a sermon or religious
discourse) 71,22 == 77,25,
dhamma-kathika, m. (sa. dhar-
ma-kathaka) a preacher or propoun-
der of the dhamma; ~0, 22,99. 62,27;
instr, ~ena, 22,30; gen. pl. ~anam,
109,9; *thera, m. the elder who
preaches the dhamma, acc, ~am, 22,27,
“dhamma-gandika, f. a block
for execution; 6,25-37 (v. gandika).
*dhamma-gata, mfn. directed
so the law; f. wa (sati) Dh. 297.
dhamma-cakkhu, », (sa. dhar-
ma-cakshus) the eye of the truth;
nom. ~um (udapadi, Yasassa) 68,36.
dhamma-cairin, mfn, (sa. dhar-
ma-cirin) observing the law, virtuous,
dutiful; nom, m. wi, Dh, 168 (cp,
anudhammacarin).
*dhamma-jivin, mfn, virtuous,
dutiful; gen. m. wino, Dh, 24; gen,
pl. ~inam, Dh. 164.
dhamma-ttha, mfn. (sa. dhar-
ma-stha) just; m. 10, Dh, 256, 257;
acc, m. wam, Dh, 217, — °-vagga,
m. Dh. ch, XIX,
dhammatad, f. (sa, dharmata)
inherent nature; manners, practice,
habit; 21,17, cp. su-dhammata, f,
dhamma-dina, n. (sa, dnharma-
ditna) the gift of the law (or the truth);
Dh. 364,
dhamma-desand, f, (sa, dhar-
ma-degand) instruction in the truth
(or in the four truths): a sermon,
religious discourse; wil (eadahanen?
O8,95; ace, wat, 17,01.
dhammied tara, m, (sa, Uharnias
dhara) ‘a supporter of the dhamma’,

129

one who knows the sacred doctrine;
m0, Dh. 259; pl. 08, 109,26,

*dhamma-pada, ». a word or
verse of the sacred doctrine, also nom.
pr. of a canonical book, being a col-
lection of moral sentences; nom, & acc,
wath, Dh, 102; 44. 45 (sudesitam);
ekam pi ~ath, one single word of the
sacred doctrine, 22,23. cp, Max Muller,
SBE. X, Introd. p. LIII; Weber, Ind.
Str. I, 125; Franke, ZDMG, XLVI,
734. Specimens thereof p. 106-107, —
Dhammapadatthakatha, f. the Com-
mentary on Dh,; specimen p. 86,12—
89,17.

*dhamma-pitin, mfn. drinking
in the law; m. v1, Dh, 79. — °-rasa,
m, the sweetness of drinking in the
law; acc, ~am, Dh. 205,

dhamma-rata, mfn. (sa. dhar-
ma-rata) delighting in the dhamma,
virtuous; m. ~0, Dh. 364.

dhamma-rati, f. (sa. dharma-
rati) delight in the dhamma; om.
~i, Dh. 354,

*dhamma-rasa, m. the sweetness
of the dhamma; wo, Dh. 354,

dhamma-raja(n), m. (sa. dhar-
ma-raja) a righteously ruling king;
‘the king of truth’ (epithet of Buddha) ;
nom. ~3, 38,12; Buddho wa, 19,1.

*“dhamma-vinicchaya, m, in-
vestigation of what is right, righteous
decision; instr. ~ena, Dh, 144.

dhamma-samgaha, m. (sa.
dharma-samgraha) the collection of
sacred books, called Dhamma-, or
Sutta-pitaka; acc. wath, 10916 ~
dhamma-vinaya-samgaho, the collec-
tion of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,13.
ep. dhamma 3,

*Dhamma-saigani, f. nom. pr.
of a canonical Palibook, the first part
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka, being a
compendium of psychology; 102,13;
gen, ~iya, 113,23 (commentary there-
on: Atthasalini, gq. ».).

*dhamma-santati, f., the con-
tinuity or serial succession of the liv-
ing beings, 99,25 (~ sandahati).

Pali Glossary.

dhituka

dhamma-sabha, f. (sa. dharma-
sabha) a place or hall of religious
meeting; loc. wayam, 29,28.

dhamma-savana, , (sa. dhar-
ma-gravana) the hearing of a sermon,
attending divine service; °-atthadya
(gate), in order to attend service,
28,5.

dhammassami(n), m. (sa. dhar-
ma-svamin) ‘lord of Dhamma’, 7, e,
Buddha; gen, ~wissa, 114,6,

*dhammanuvattin, m/fn., follow-
ing the law (cp. anuvattin); m. pl,
ewino, Dh. 86.

*dhammarama, mfn. ‘one who
has Dhamma for his pleasure garden’,
dwelling in the law; m, ~0, Dh, 364
(cp. arama).

dhammasana, ». (sa, dharma-
sana) a cathedra, preaching-seat; abl,
wato, 62,27.

dhammika, mfn. (sa. dharmika)
righteous, pious, religious; m,. ~0
ela 38,12; 39,8. cp, aq

hammika, a-dhammikata.
°dhammin, mfn. (sa. dharmin)

having the nature of, subject to; uppada-

vaya-° (v, uppada, cp. dhamma’),

28.

dhammi, adj. f., v. dhamma?.

°dhara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) holding,
wearing; possessing; jutin-° (v. juti);
dhamma-°, pamsukula-°, vinaya-°
(gq. v.); uttama-rupa-° (v, rupa) ep,
dhiareti.

dharani, f. (= sa.) earth, land,
kingdom (orig. adj. f. bearing, sup-
porting); godharani, f. (v. &.).

dhati, f. (sa. dhatri) a nurse;
acc. pl. wiyo, 45,35.

dhatu, f. (€m.), (= sa. dhatu,
m.) @ primary element (e, g. a verbal
root); the property of a primary ele-
ment (colour, efc.); any constituent
part (esp. of the body); a sacred relic;
*pacina-loka-°, the eastern quarter
(or Tenet abl. wto, 32,30.

°dhatuka, mfn. (ec. = sa.)
having the qualities of, affected with;
panduroga-°, having jaundice, m, wo,

9

Dhatukatha

35,16; — vamanaka-°, “having the
qualities of one that is deformed”, m.
wO (pacchd-°) 24,24,

Dbatukathna, f% mom. pr. of s
canonical book, the third part of the
Abhidhamma-Pitaka; 102,19.

dhana, n. (= sa.), only e. ¢. =
a receptacle for, a heap of, v. sarh-
kara-’,

dharana, m. (= sa.) holding,
wearing (of ornaments); mala-gandha-
vilepana-°, 81,35.

dhara, f. (= sa.) stream, current;
udaka-, 62,82 (gq. v.).

dhareti, vb. (caus. ydbr; sa.
dharayati) ') to hold, bear, wear;
carry, bring (acc.); pot, 3. sg. weyya
(andhakare telapajjotamh) 69,17; pp.
~wita, 2. ~am (vadumam) 23,35. —
*) to hold back, restrain (acc.); pot.
3. sg. dharaye (kodham) 106,33 =
Dh. 222. — 3) to bear in mind, re-
member (by tradition); to hold, con-
sider, understand (ac. or acc. & abl.);
aor, 3. pl. wesum (Jinasisanam)
109,23; fut. 3. pl. wayissanti (Jata-
kath) 102,17-213 inf. wayitum, 102,18;
— imp. 2. pl. wetha (vyakatam me
vydkatato, consider only that elucidated
what has been elucidated by me) 93,9-a.
~— +) to admit, receive, tuke up, sustain
(a cause, acc.); imp. 3. 8g, ~etu
(apisakam mam) 69,20; pot. 2. sg.
neyyasi (kassa Pane 101,9. ep.
dhara, dharana, ete.; dhiti.

dhavati, vb, (sa, Vdhiv) to run;
pr. 3. 8y. wati (vanam, gq. v.) Dh,
344; part, gen. f. dhavantiya (pathe)
Bi,s4; ger. witva, 69,1.

dhi (or dhi), indect, (sa, dhik)
interj, of reproacn or displeasure : fie!
share on, woe upon (commonly w.
acc. or gen.); dhi Goin.
hantaram) -Ob, 369; dhi (yassa
muiicati) %b.; very »ften combined
with imp. atthu before which an
e1phonic ‘r’ it inserted ; dhi-r-
aithu (idha jivitam) 103,33; ~ (ja
tiya) 63,13.

dhiti, fi (sa. Abyti) firmness, for:

130

titude, courage; nom. wi, 3,37; ace.
~im (upatthapetva) 41,97.

dhir- & dhi, v. dhi.

dhitar, f. (sa. duhitr) a daughter;
nom, dhita, 10,4; 10,11 (rija-°); 86,24
(pesakara-°); acc. ~ararh, 10,0; 86,13;
gen. dhitu (later dhitaya, v. below.)
57,1; pi. waro, 32,20 (matu-°, 7. e.
mother and daughter), Besides dhitay
we find also the base dhita (esp. in
younger texts & at the end of comp.):
gen. ~aya (pesakara-°) 89,17; loc. pl.
~asu (putta-°, dvandva-comp.) 7,25.
~ kula-dhitar, f. (v. h.).

dhira, mfn. (= sa.) constant,
firm, energetic; wise, thoughtful; m.
~o (i, €. Buddha) 78,30; Db, 28 ete.
m, pl. w&, 47,28, 109,20; Dh, 23 ete.

dhuta, mfn. (sa. dhuta & dhita,
‘shaken’) ‘one who has shaken off his
sins’, dutiful (?) cp. Vin, I, 197.1;
dhuta, ». = dhutafiga, x, is a desig-
nation of certain priestly duties; lence
dhutavada, m., 1) the doctrine of
Dhutanga, the Dhutaiga precepts, cp,
Dh, (1855) p. 259,7; #) @ teacher or
propounder of those precepts (= dhu-
tavadi(n), Jat. I. 130,92), gen, pl.
~inam (aggo, Kassapo) 109,6, cp.
AN. I. p. 23; 5) adj. = dhuta (Mil.
380,20, “puce in speech”) cp, dhona
below,

dhutta, m. (sa, dhiirta) a frau-
dulent fellow, gamester; scoundrel,
villain, scamp, rogue; ~0, 49,92; ace.
wath, 48,27; gen. wassa, 49,3; pl.
wa, 74,4; ace, we, 74,7; gen. winam,
73,19,

dhura, m. (= sa.) the foremost
or chief part of anything, a yoke, the
fore end of a ship; loc. ~e (navaya),
18,19. 27,19. cp. dhorayha.

dhuva, !) mfn, (sa. dhruva) fixed,
permanent, certain; m, wath (mara-
nam), 86,16, a-ddhuva, mfn. (v. h.).
*) m. permanence, durability; «am.
Db, 147,

dhiipa, m. (= sa.) incense; gan-
dha-dhupa-° ete. (dvandva comp.)
48,30.

131

dhenu, f. (= sa.) a milk-cow;
Sal a female deer, hind, doe;
29,

*dhenupa, m,
105,11.

°dheyya, m. (sa. dheya) realm,
region; ». Maccu-°, Mara-, |

*dhona, m/fn. (probably = dhota,
pp. dhovati, to wash; sa. dhauta,
Vdhav*) pure, purified from sin, The
commentators agree in explaining this
word by dhuta-papa (v. dhuta, Vdhu,
dhunati) or by Aliwha-lileen =— bud-
dha (Pj. ad Sn. v, 834 & Ps, ad MN,
ch. 56). Fausbsll, Gloss. So. p. 203
refers it to V/dhu, to shake, which
after all may be closely related to
dhovati; but it is questionable whether
this word is contained in the comp,
ati-dhona-carin (q, », Dh. 240), I
think it better to take atidhona =
sa, atidhavana fr, vb. atidhavati, to
transgress, A subst. m. dhona is men-
tioned in the Comm, on Dh, v. 240
(= the 4 paccayas, v. Childers) and
on MN, ch. 56 (= ana; hence dhona,
mfn, ‘tena samagato’).

*dhorayha, m. (fr. *dhorvayha,
sa, “dhaurvahya, abstr, fr. dhiirvaha)
a beast of burden, — °-sila, m/n, having
the virtue of a (good) draught:-cattle,
“much enduring”; acc, m, warm, Dh,
208.

dhovati, vb. (sa. dhavati, V/dhav*)
to wash, to clean by rinsing or rubbing
(acc.); aor, 3. sg. dhovi (pade) 57,16;
ger. witva, 22,2 (mukham); 41,19
(khaggam); 82,2 (bhajanam); a-
dhovitva (patim) 56,35; pp. dhota
or (more rarely) dhovita : hatthe
dhovita-kale (“when he was washing
his hands”) 41,13. cp. dhona & nezt,

dhovana, x. (sa, dhavana) wash-
ing; mukha-dhovanatthaya gantva
(“when he went to wash his face’)
21,98; hattha-°, 56,95 (washing the
hands, or ; water for washing?).

a calf; pl, wa,

nam

N.

na, adv. (= sa.) not; before vowels
‘a’ may be dropped (n’atthi, 1,15;
n’etamh, 8,27) or contracted with a foll,
‘a’ (néhama, 1,21); before ‘i’ we find
sometimes ‘y’ inserted (na-y-idam,
23,35). — 1) na is the usual negation
before verbs: 1,9, 16, etc., but it occurs
also often before other words : na
Sakhamh upasamvase, 7,33 (cp. ma);
na gahe rame, 47,26; natidure, 83,2;
na tavata, 106,5, and especially at
the beginning of a sentence: nahath,
1,21; na koci, 8,3 efce, — *) in questions,
used like the English ‘not’: *) kith na
passasi (have you not seen?) 111,19;
kaccin nu... na, 9,38; >) im disjune-
tive questions : kim ,.. karoti na ka-
roti (= or not) 9,25. — 5) repeated ;
e)n. «aT. na (neither .., nor « .
nor) 8,27, 94,3, Dh. 127; n’eva ,.. na,
3,3. 10,16. 74,12 (id.); n’eva upapajjati
na na upapajjati, 89,31. 94,18; cp,
neva-sannhd-nisanfayatana; naca..,
na ca (id.) 99,3; >) na kiiici na (all,
every) 51,35, cp. na... akiiici (“not
a little’) Dh. 390, — *) comb, w,
other particles : *) n’eva, not for all
that (after ‘pi ce’) 16,14; n’eva... na
(v. above); ») na kho (pana), verily
not, 9,31. 93,27; “) na ca == than, 8,3
(rajjam jaheyyam na ca tam patii-
ham); ca na ca (both... and not)
89,30. 94,16; na ca... na ca (neither

.. nor, v. above); %) na hi (non
enim) Dh. 5; in answers — no, nay
verily, 97,19. — 5) negative prefix in
comp. = a- (cp. nir-, vi-) v. na-cira,
na-nikima-seyya (natthita, f. (q. v.)
is abstr. fr. the phrase n’atthi). cp,
nanu, nina, no & ma.

*nath, pron. demonstr, (in several
cases besides nom. substituted (encli-
tically) for tam, cp. enama & the base
ana-, 8a, instr. anena etc.) him, her,
it; acc. mfn. nam : m. 4,88. 7,80. 16,15
etc, 103,92. 113,20; nan (ti) 3,6, 12,98;
f. 55,16. 88,9; nan, 9,18; m. 94,98; —
ace, pl, ne, 74,8; gen. pl. nesam,

9*

nakkhatta

8.10. 73,1. — nath is aleo sometimes
pleonastically inserted, e.g. 73,18 (cp.
tam, 9,:; Cinghalese reading : nam).
in such cases the vommentaries explain
it as a particle (nipata) or as a
shortened form of nama (?); cp.
Pischel, Gr. § 160, (431).

nakkhatta, #. (sa. nakshatra)
1) an asterism or corstellation, a con-
junction of stars (esp. that of the moon
with soy constellaticn, a lunar man-
sion); acc. ~am (olcketi, to read
the —) 32,81; — %-yoga, m. id.,
lor. we laddhe, (“a> a certain con-
junction of the planets”) 32,10. — *)
a festival; sam (hilati, to enjoy the
festival) 61,3; — *9-kila, f. “the festi-
vities” (v. h.) 61,5; °-patka, m, ‘star-
path’, the starry sky, aec. ~am, Dh,
208. -— asalhi-°, 61 (v. hh.) ep.
asalhe.

nakha, m. («= 3a.) a nail; pl.
ai, 82,2 = 9F,2).

nagara, 7. (= sa.) a town, city;
a fortress; mom. war (yakkha-°)
20,32; (atthinam, “a stronghold of
the bones”) Dh, 150; acc. ~am, 58,24
the inhabitants of the city); anto-°
. h.); saka-°, to his own city, 44,16;
loc. we, 19,15; 61,2 (Kapilavatthu-°) ;
77,15 (Bhoga-°); comp. °-Abhimukha,
mfn. (v. abhimukia); nagaripama,
mfn, like a fortress, ». ~am, Dh. 40
(cp. upama). °%-dvara (v. h.); %-sa-
mipe, 21,18; °-vithisu, 73,29; °-vasin,
mfn, (v. h.); — *deva-° = deva-pura,
n.(q.v.); anto-nogare & bahi-nagare
(inside & outside the town) g.v. cp.
nagara.

nagga. mfn. (sa. nagna) naked;
f. wa, 310-13; 2. wath, 312. —
°-cariya, f. going naked; Dh. 141.

nafigala, . (sa. lafigala) a plough;
acc. ~am (mahantath) 71,28,

nacira, mfn. (= sa.) not of long
duration; nacirass’eva (adv.) v. ci-
rassam.

nacca, mn. (sa. nrtya) dancing;
instr. wena, 10,20; %~jitaka, 2. 10,1;

132

dvandva-comp. ~Adini, ~wAdisu, 65,1.
64,32; Sgita-, 64,99. Sls. ;

naccati, vb. (sa. nrtyati, ynrt)
to dance; pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 18,18; part.
m. wanto, 10,15; imp. 2. 8g. wassu,
50,1; fut. 1. sg. wissami, 50,18; aor.
3. sg. nacci, 18,20; inf. witum, 10,15;
comp, naccitu-kama, mfn. wishing to
dance, 50,35 (°-kam’amhi, I (f.) wish
to dance). cp. nacca & nataka.

nattha, mfn. (pp. nassati; sa.
nashta) lost, perished; acc. m, ~am
(yasam) 42,13.

nattar, m. (sa. naptr) a grandson;
gen. nattu, 64,9.

natthita, f. (sa. nastita; fr.
n’atthi) non-existence, non-reality;
acc. ~am, 96,7 (cp. atthita).

nadati, vb. (sa. ynad) to cry,
roar; to make a noise (ace.); pr. 3.
sg. ~wati, 8,28; part. m. pl. ~wanta
mahanadam) 6,13; aor, 3. sg, nadi
tenet 16,143 ger. witva (kofica-
nadam) 61,20; pp. nadita (v. next);
cp. nada,

nadita, n. (pp. fr. prec.; ep. sa.
nadita) roar, noise; war (sihassa)
8,97.

nadi, f. (= sa.) a river; nom.
~i, 14,9; 35,18 (maha-°); acc, nim,
16,25. 103,2; instr. ~wiya (“upstream’’)
29.5; gen. wiya, 2,19-21; tassa nadiya
vasati, 2,26 (tass&é must here be taken
as loc. f., cp. Jat. 1. 170.1; MN. I.
385,9); loc, wiyam (maha-°) 36,30;
gen, pl. winam, 103,18; 72,27 (maha-°);
— killa, ». = °-tira, . the bank of
a river, loc, we, 2,19. 108,24; — °-pare,
on the opposite side of the river, 56,31;
— °-majjhe, in the middle of the river,
2,22,

naddha, mfn. (pp. nayhati (nan-
dhati); sa. naddha, \/nah) tied, bound,
put on; °-paficayudha, amfn. 111,16
(v. ayudha). cp. onaddha, sannaddha.

*nanikama, mfn. (fr. nikima,
m.) disagreeable; °-seyya, f. “an un-
comfortable bed”, Dh. 309 (ace, wat).

nanu, indecl. (== sa.) 1) particle
of interrogation (dutin ; nonne); ~

133

maya tuyham abhayam dinnam, 7,6;
~ brahmacariyassa te kalo, 46,34;
~ so mutto bhavissati, 100,7. — *)
particle of affirmation : surely, cer-
tainly; ~ na sakka, 91,16.
nandati, vb. (sa, Vnand) to re.
joice; to delight in, to be glad of
(instr.); pr. 3. sg. wati (puttehi)
105.28; 107,26 = Dh, 18, cp. next.
nandana, f. (= sa.) delight;
105,39, — raja~nandana, m, a prince
(poetically); acc. ~am, 112,11.
nandil, m, & nandi, /. (sa. nandi,
m,) joy, pleasure; °-rdga-, pleasure
and lust, 67,13 (-sahagata); *nandi-
bhava, m, rise of pleasure; °-parik-
khina, mfn, “in whom all gaiety is
extinct”, Dh, 413 (ace. m. wath) cp,
kamabhava, — nandi?’, f., v. neat,
nandhi, f. (sa. naddhri) a leathern
satrap or thong (often spelt nandi);
acc, ~im (chetva) Dh, 398.
nabha(s), . (sa. nabhas) sky,
atmosphere; instr, ~asa (°-Aigama,
“departed through the air”) 111,1.
namati, vb. (sa, ynam) to bend
or bow to (intr.); aor, 3. sg, nami
(cittazh, pabbajjaya) 65,13; pp. na-
mita, bent; °-citta, mfn. 46,18 (m.
~0, pabbajjaya, one whose mind has
turned to retiring from the world), —
caus, namayati (& nameti), to bend
(acc.); pr. 3, pl, wayanti, 106,97 =
Dh, 80. cp. an-amatagga.
namassati, vb. (denom. fr. na-
mas (v. namo below); sa, namasyati)
to pay honour to (ace.); pr. 3. sg.
ewati (apujjam) 30,91; pot, 3. sg,
~weyya, Dh. 392.
namita, mfn. (pp. namati, q. v.).
Namuci, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a demon (identical with Mara,. q. v.);
nom, wi, 103,4; voc. wi, 103,31.
namo, éndecl. (sa. namas, 7.) an
exclamation of adoration or homage
(w. gen. pers.; also often combined
with verbs, as karoti, dadati); ~
ty’atthu (“homage to thee”) 13,26.
108,11; ~ tassa Bhagavato Arahato
Sammasambuddhasasa, 81,5 (the usual

navanita

formula at the beginning of a Pali
book).

naya, m. (= sa.) ‘leading’, in-
struction, plan, method; way, manner;
instr. ~ena (Mahapadane agata-°,
“in the manner related in M.”) 63,19;
ti Adina ~, 91,81 (v. ddi>); purima-
nayen’eva, in the same manner as
before, 26,10, 63,21; hetthavutta-°, id,
63,22.

nayati, vb, (sa. yni) ». neti,

nayhati (or nandhati), vb. (sa,
ynab) to bind, tie; only comp. w.
prep., v. upa-nayhati, pilandhati;
ap naddha (q. v.) cp. nandhi (nan-

1) f.

an m, (= 8a.) a man; nom,
~0, 111,10; ace, wath, Dh, 473 gen,
wassa, 105,29; foc, pl, wesu, 47,20,
— f. nari (v. h.) = narinda, m. (sa,
narendra) ‘man-lord’, king; ~0, 112,31;
voc, wa, 7,15; Sibabahu-narinda-ja,
m, son of 8, (Vijaya) 110,23 (nom,
~jo).

nala or nala, m. (sa. id. & nada)
bame of a species of reed; a reed or
stalk in general; som, w0, 26,27;
acc, ~am (-l-) 108,5 = Dh, 337;
5,18 (kumuda-°); —. %vana. 7». @
thicket of reeds, 26,25, cp. nalika, f.

Nalamala, m. (sa. Nalamalin)
‘reed-garlanded’, nom. pr. of an ocean;
ace, ~ath, 26,25, — Nalamiali(n), m,
id, 26,80.

nalata, n. (sa. lalita) the forehead;
loc, ~e (sedi muccimsu) 46,31.

nava?, num. (= sa.) nine; 82,13,
— *navafiga, m/fn. ninefold (v. afiga).
navama, mfn. the ninth, m. ~o (vaggo)
Dh, IX. cp, nayuti, navutika,

nava’, mfn. (= sa.) new, young;
m, pl, ~& (dama) 105,17; (bhikkha)
83,33. cp, abhinava & next,

navaka, m/n, (= sa.) new, young;
compar. ~tara, younger (opp. thera-
tara), m. ~o (bhikkhu) 79,8; insér.
wena, 79,9.

navanita, ”. (= sa.) fresh butter;
nom, wam, 99,90; abl, wato, ib.

navuti

navuti, num. (sa. navati) 90; v.
navutika, mfn.

nassati, vb. (sa. nacyati, y/na¢)
to perish, to be destroyed; pr. 3. sg.
wanti, 6,24; aor. 3, pl. ~withsu (tassa
cakkhiini a, “lost their sight”) 24,16;
cond. 3. sg. nassis8u, 29,8 (he would
have perished); pp. nattha & caus.
naseti (q. v.) cp. nasa, m.

nahata, mfn. (pp. nahayati, q. v.).

nahataka, m. (sa. snataka) ‘one
who has bathed’, a Brahman who has
finished his studies; acc, war (metri-
enlly = nhatakam) Dh. 422 (“accom-
piished”, SBS, X, 96). cp. MN. I,
280,19 & Sp. v. 521 (who has washed
away all sins).

nahana, m. (sa. snana) bathing,
bath; ~wam. 83,25; °-atthaya (raiifio,
for the king's bath} 41,3,

nahdpita, m. (sa. napita) a bar-
ker; gen. wassa (jitako, “a barber's
brat”, é. e. bastard) 25,10; — *°-ku-
tumbika, m. & *°-daya, m. (v. h.). -
In the ancient times the barbers be-
longed to the lewert castes (cp. Fick,
Sos. Gl. p. 211); there cannot in
my opinion be doubt about the iden-
tity of sa. napita anc nahapita, but
if the latter is not a mere literary
form (it is not rarely spelt nhapita
and even napita), thea it must be
derived from nahapeti (v. newt)
through “nahapitar (23 salla-katta
from calya-kartr}. ep. Pischel, Ge.
§ 210. |

nahapeti, vb. (caus. nahayati;
ga. snipsyati) te cause to bathe, to
wash ; ger. wetvé, (elakam) 16,35.

nahayati (or nhayati), vb. (sa.
‘gndyati, sna) to bathe; imp. 2. sg.
nahaya, 111,30; fut. 1. sg. issami,
41,1; inf. wituh, 68,30; nahityitu-
kama, mfn. wishing to bathe, m. ~0,
83,04; ger. nahatva, 41,3. 53,25. 111,38;
nahayitva, 57,34. 61,6; pp. nahata,
one who has bathed, instr. m. wena,
84,1: dvandva-comp. °-Anulitto, 41,9
(bathed and scented); caus. v. naha-

134

peti, cp. nahataka, nahana & naha-
ita.
‘ naharu, m. (& . coll?) (sa.

snayu, f. ». Pischel, Gr. § 255) a
sinew, tendon; wu, 82,2 = 97,20;
instr. ~und, 92,81; gen. ~ussa, 92,17.
naga, m, (= sa.) ') a Naga or
serpent-demon; *°-bhavana, %. (sa.
nagaloka) the world of serpents; abl.
~a, 52,16; — *°-manavaka, m., a young
Naga; pl. ~a, 53,10; acc. pl. we, 53,1;
— *O.manavika, f., » Naga girl; 52,97
ete.; — °-raja(n), m., a serpent-king;
nom. ~a, 28,27. 52,10; instr. wena,
52,15. — 2) an elephant (with the
Buddhists the emblem of endurance);
metaph. a preeminent man; om. ~0,
Dh. 320; 105,19; acc. ~am, 77,3;
instr. ~ena, 76,31; — *naga-m-asada,
m. attacking an elephant, 77,3 (v.
asada); — °-bala, mfn., strong as an
elephant; m. ~0, 1,3; instr. wena
(rania) 40,19; — *-vagga, m. the
23 chapter of Dhpd.; — °-vana, m.
the elephant grove, gen. ~assa, Dh.
324; — naga-hata, m. “he who strikes
the elephant (of men, ¢. e. Buddha)”
= *hata-niga; gen. wassa, 77,4. cp.
maha-naga, hatthi-naga. (Rhys Da-
vids, Buddhist India, p. 220).
Niigadipa, m. (sa. Nagadvipa)
nom. pr. of an island (7, ¢, the north-
western part of Ceylon?); ~o0, 19,8
(formerly called Seruma-dipa, q. v.)
cp. Lassen, 1A. I.? p, 241; Tennent,
Ceylon J. p. 331,
nagara, m. (fr. nagara; = sa.)
a citizen; acc, pl, we, 6,7.
Nagasena, m, (= sa.) nom, pr.
of a Buddhist sage (thera), in the
philosophical work Milinda-paiha dis-
puting with King Milinda (gq. 0.);
nom. ~o (@yasma) 96,24; voc. wa,
98,33, etc. cp, SBE, vol, XX XV, p, XXV,
nataka, m. (= sa.) a play or
drama; acc. pl. wani, 63,17.
natha, m, (= sa.) refuge; protec-
tor, lord; wo, (atta hi attano ~)
Dh. 160. 380.

nada, m, (= sa.) roaring, crying,

135

noise; acc, ~am (maha-°) 6,13; ~
kojica-°, m. (v. h.).

nana, indecl, (= sa.) separately,
differently, variously; this word is mostly
used at the beginning of subst. or adj.
comp., where: it may be translated by
‘different, divers, various, many’ efc.;
before double cons, the final a is
shortened ; *nanaggarasa, m. (or m/n.)
(= nana -++ agga-rasa) all the choi-
cest delicacies (of food) : acc, pl. we,
57,14; °-bhojanam, 41,10; — ninappa-
kira, mfn. various, of all kinds (-P,
pakara); m. pl. ~& (sakuna-sarigha)
62,12; m, pl. xani (phalani) 2,29;
instr, pl. ~wehi (phalarukkhehi) 2,20;
- “nana-kunapa, n. (v. h.); *nana-
citta, amfn, of different mind, false-
hearted; pl. f. wi (itthiyo) 51,9, —
*nina-turiyani, 7. pl. 64,30 (v, turiya);
~- *nana-pupphani, », pl. flowers of
divers kinds, 41,6, 49,16;—*nanavudha,
n, 6,7 (muggaradi-°) v, avudha,

nima!, indecl, (fr. next; = 8a.)
1) by name (after nom. pr. or in inter-
rogative sentences) : Tambaraja «~,
19,6; cp. 44,13. 102.2; namena N.
nama, 5,30; kissa phalam ~, 36,34;
ki ~ tvara (what is your name?)
56,10; kimsaddo nam’ esa, 60,9; ko
nam’ esa puriso, 63,11 (who is this
man?). — *) particle of affirmation or
emphasis after subst. (adj.) pron. ete.
= just, indeed, certainly; 2,6, 4,10.
9,29. 88,23 efc.; tvarh ~, 9,21; ekan
~, 82,8; — app’eva nama (perhaps,
v. api) 17,:6. 69,5; seyyatha pi ~
(just as) 68,21. — °) in exclamations :
aho punfanam phalamh a», 58,12;
86,24, cp. 63,18. — 4) after interr, =
‘then’; katharh ~ (how then?) 41,30;
kith w, 4,6. 16,11, 88,4. — 5) in an-
swers:imaya ~, 29,31. 31,4. — °)
with negation = not at all; ... nima
n’atthi, 4,39. 8,10. 10,31. 18,5 (cp. 18,94).
19,81 (cp. 19,19). 87,89.

nama’, n, (sa. naman) name,
appellation; nom. ~am. 9,7. 98,24;
acc. ~am (akamsu, called) 38,10. 60,35 ;
96,81; (the old acc, nama is used

nava

adverbially, v, above); instr. ndmena,
by name (often combined with nima,
before the nom, pr. or after nama,
5,30) 112,123 — nama is often opp.
to rupa (q. ¥.) cp. namartipa below;
- comp, ; °-gahana-divasa, m, name-
day, loc, we, 38,9; °-matta, 2. a mere
name (cp, matta®) wam, 97,2; ~
evam-nama, kin-nama, tam-namika,
mfn, (q. v.); Sa-nama, n, (his name)
lll,s2, v. sa‘. cp, next,

namaka, mfn, (= sa.) named,
called (e. ¢.); anupariyaiya-° (q. v.)
91,28 (~am maggam), cp, tam-na-
mika.

n&ma-ripa, ». (= sa.) ‘name
and form’ = individual being; om.
wath, 66,7 (vifiana-paccaya, origi-
nating from vifiiana and causing
salayatanam); 100,8; Joc. wasmir,
Dh. 367 (“mind and body”, cp. SBE.
X. p. 87); %-nirodha, m. 66,13 (v. h.).

nayaka, m. (= sa.) a leader,
chief, lord; loka-°, m. ‘lord of the
world’, i. e, Buddha, wo, 110,19.

Narada, m, (= sa.) nom. pr. of
several persons; nom. ~o (ayasma,
a thera living at Gijjhakiita) 84,34;
voc, ~a, 85,10.

naraca, m, (= sa.) a kind of
arrow, an iron arrow; acc, ~am, 92,04;
— *yalaya, m, ”. an iron ring or
collar, inst*., wena, 111,23.

nari, f. (= sa.) a woman; mom.
~i, 64,15; ace, with, 47,21; loc. pl,
~isu, Dh. 284, cp. nara.

Nalagiri, m. (= sa.) nom. pr.
of an elephant; nom. ~i (nama hatthi)
76,8; acc, ~ith, 76,18; gen. wissa,
77,1. cp. Dhanapalaka.

najika, f. (sa. nalika & nadika)
1) a small tube or pipe, a hollow stalk
or stick; *)a small measure (of capa-
city) : addha-nalika-matta, m/fn. con-
taining as much as a half nalika, ace,
m. warn (tandulam) 57,18.

*ndvattha, m. (sa, *nava-stha)
“articles from ships”, wat, 111,33.
(cp. Vin, III 49,11.)

nava, f. (sa. nau & nava) a ship,

nivike

boat; nom, ~8, 28.10; acc, warm, 19,27;
Dh. 369 (metaph, == the human body);
instr, gen, abl. lev. mdya, 18,4; 19,
6-27; 23,65 112,97; 20,1; 25,19; 24,15
(artjha-°, ». arohati); — bhinna-
nava, ivf. shipwrecked (v. A.) cp.
meat & navatthar

pavika, m. (== sa.) 1) a mariner,
sailor; gen. ~assa, 27,27; gen. pl.
minam, 35,30. — *)# ferryman; loc.
we, 28,5.

*navutika, mfn. (fr. navuti) 90
years old; acc, f. wam (narim) 47,2.

nisa, m. (sa, naca) destruction,
ruin, death; acc, ~am (maha-° pa-
punissanti) 34,18.

nas, f. (= sa.) the nose; *°-vata,
m, the breath from the nostrils, instr.
wena, 53,2; ~ khura-nasa, mfn. &
°naisika, mfn. (v. khura).

naseti, vb. (caus, nassati, sa. na-
cayati) to destroy, spoil; to kill (aec.);
pr. 2. sg. ~esi (mama tandule) 57,24;
2. pl. wetha (amhakam kammam)
6,15; 63,17; ger. wetva, 37,9; inf,
netum (attanam) f4,94.

ni-, indecl. 1) (= 8a.) prefix to
verbs and nouns, implying ‘in, into;
down’, sometimes confounded with next.
— *) before double cons, — nir-, ni-
(sa, nis (nir-)) prefix implying ‘out,
away’, v. below,

nikati, f. (sa. nixrti) wickedness,
fraud; instr, wiyi (metri causa: ni-
katyd) 5,21; — -ppatitia, m/n. versed
in fraud; mt. ~0, 6,21,

nikama, m. (— sa.) desire,
pleasure; v, nanikiima, mfn.

nikiya, m. (= 8a.) a collection
of Buddhist Su:tas, name of the 5
sections of the Sutta or Suttanta Pi-
teka, viz. Digha-°, Majjhima-°, Sam-
yatta-°, Afiguttera-°, Khudda(ka)-°
102,14-16 (g. ¥.).

nik2ta, m. («= si.) a house, abode;
loc. we, Dh, 91.

nikkaddhati, vd, (sa, nish-y/krsh
to drive cut, expel; yp. ~ito, m. ne
35.29.

nikkarunats, f. (sa. nish-karu-

136

nata) unmercifulness, hardheartedness;
instr, ~aya, 59,18. :

iil mecare, mfn. (sa. nish-kash-
Aya) free from dirt or sin; ¥. a-nik-
kasava. ; ;

*nikkujjati, vb. (fr. ni -+ kubja?
opp. ukkujjati, g. v.) to overturn;
pp. n. witath, 53,20. 69,15 (Comm.
adhomukha-tthapitam hetthamukha-
jatam).

nikkhanta,
mati, g. ¥.).

nikkhamati, vb. (sa. nish-y/kram)
to go out, go away, depart, get out,
issue (w. abl.); pr. 3. pl. wanti (ma-
tukucchito) 62,26; 90,36 (nagarar
pavisanti vi ~ va); part. m. ~anto
(mukhato) 13,21; acc. ~antam (pure-
dvarena) 12,10; instr. ~antena, 12,14.

mfn. (pp. nikkha-

83,35; pl. m. manta, 62,25; — aor.
8. sg. nikkhami, 12,8. 36,93; 3. pl.
~wimsu, 19,16; — fut, 1. sg. ~issimi,

12,15; 3. sg. wissati, 12,13; — ger.
*) nikkhamma (agara, leave the house-
hold life) 61,33. 64,23; >) nikkhamitva,
13,21. 40,99, 45,2 (to retire from the
world); 86,26 (tate), 114, (id.); =
inf. witumh, 12,17. 36,25; 65,13 (ma-
habhinikkhamanam, v. abhinikkha-
mana); comp, °ritu-kama, mfn. 65,16
(m. x0, id.) — grd, witabbam, 2,
83,38; — pp. nikkhanta, m. ~0, 5,35.
12,12; °-kalato, 9,15 (v. kala); — caus.
nikkhameti (& Aameti, v. h.) cp.
next & nekkhamma.

nikkhamana, m. (sa. nish-kra-
mana) going out, departing; °-bhava,
m. 12,9 (wv, h.).

nikkhameti (& nikkhameti), vd.
(cavs. nikkhamati; sa, nish-kramayati)
to cause to go out, to bring forth or
away (acc.); aor. 3. pl. ~amesum,
39,36; ger. ~etva (ubho pi jane sa-
mudd, “conveyed them oversea’) 29,4,

*nikkhittaka, m(fn). (fr. nik
khitta, pp. nikkhipati, q. v.) one to
whose charge anything has been com-
mitted; om. pl. agga-nikkhittaka
(thera) 109,11 (v. agga).

nikkhipati, vb. (sa. ni-ykship)

137

to throw, lay down or away, loose,
drop (ace.); to give in charge of (acc.
loc.); part. instr. m. wantena, 83,17;
- aor, 3. sg. nikkhipi (nahapitam
upasakassa hatthe) 28,21; 36,37; 3.
pl. ~withsu, 73,28; — fut. 3. pl, wis-
santi (samussayam) 80,2; — ger.
~itva, 57,13. 73,20, 75,91. 101,26; —
grd, witabbath, m. 83,16; 0, m.
83,18; — pp, nikkhitta, acc. m. ~am
(mafigalakhaggamh, ussisake, lying)
41,15; comp. °-maniratanam (Kasika-
vatthe) 62,99. cp. nikkhittaka & neat.
vnikkhepa, m, (sa. ni-kshepa
1) throwing away, laying down; :
mark, footprint; acc, wath (suvannas
padukanam) 68,33,

nikhanati, wb. (sa. ni-Vkhan)
to dig into, bury (acc.); imp. 2. sg.
wahi (tam sobbhe) 78,14; 2. pl,
watha, 39,93; ger. witva, 78,19; pp.
nikhata, rammed down, m pl, na
(khila) 105,17.

nigacchati, vb. (sa, ni-gam)
to enter, undergo, come to (ace.); pr.
3. sg. ~ati (dukkham, suffers) Dh,
69; (dasann’ aifataram thanam)
Db. 137,

nigama, m, (= sa.) a little town,
or market-place; ge, ~wassa, 95,21;
loc, we, 92,14. cp, negama, (Fick,
Soc. Gl. p. 104.)

nigala, m. n, (sa. nigada) an
(iron). chain for the feet; loha-nigala-
sadisa, mfn. 11,99 (v. h.).

nigtthati, vb, (sa. ni-/guh) to
hide, conceal (acc.); pr. 3. pl, wanti
(itthiyo rahassam na ~) 46,9,

nigganhati, vb. (sa, ni-/grah)
to hold back, restrain; fut. 1. sg.
~gahessami (cittam) Dh. 326; grd.
niggayha (sa, ni-grhya) v, next; cp,
dunnigaha, mfn,

*niggayha-vadi(n), mfn. (fr.
8a, nigrhya, grd. ni-/grah) ‘resenting
what is to be blamed’, censuring, re-
proving; acc. m. ~im, Dh, 76.

nigrodha, m. (sa. nyagrodha)
the Banian-tree, Ficus Indica; °-ruk-
kha, m. 20,8 (gen. wassa). — Nigro-

nitthubhbati

dha, m. nom, pr. of a deer; acc. ~am,
7,83; Joc, wasmim, 7,s14; = °-miga-
raja, 5,30.

nighadta,’ m.. (= sa.) striking
down, suppression, destroying, extinc-
tion; acc, ~am (yes{am] 3%, e, jati,
jara, maranam, etc.) 92,32.

niccam, adv. (sa. nityam) always,
constantly; ~ luddani kubbato, 13,28;
~ candanagandhini, 20,24; ~ jinati,
48,0. a-nicca, mfn, & a-niccata, f.
(g. 0).

“niccamma, mfn, (sa. *nig-carma)
excoriated, scourged; acc. f. ~am
(pitthim karetva, “flogging the skin
of her back”) 55,17,

niccala, mfn, (sa. nig-cala) im-
movable; f. ~& (nava atthasi) 23,11.

nicchareti, vb. (caus. niccharati;
sa. nig-/car) to cause to issue or
come forth; ger. ~etva (madhurassa-
ram) 18,20.

[nicchinati], vb, (sa. nig-yci)
to decide, fix upon; to discriminate
(acc.); to persuade oneself, be con-
vinced, consider (tw, prec, ‘ti’); pot.
3. sg. niccheyya (attham anatthai
ca) Dh. 266; ger. nicchiya (ti ~)
convinced, 114,6; pp. nicchita, do.
lle: (m. ~0).

nittha, f. (sa. nishtha) firm per-
suasion; completion, perfection; con-
clusion, end; nitthafigata, mfn. (sa.
nishtha-gata) who has reached pere
fection, m. ~o, Dh. 351.

*nitthapeti, vb. (caus. nitthati,
nitthayati, sa. ni-/stha) to accom-
plish, complete, finish, make ready;
imp. 2. sg. wehi, 48,29; aor. 3. sg.
~esi (ahatahatam) 57,6; fut. 1, sg.
wessami, 87,11-12. cp. next.

nitthita, mfn. (sa. nishthita, pp.
ni-/stha, cp. prec.) finished, come at
an end; completed, ready, prepared;
mn. wat (jatakam ete.) 62,11. 71,18;
(bhattam) 78,3; Joc. we (bhatte)
33,92. a-nitthita, mfn. (g. v.) op.
pari-nitthiti, /.

nitthubhati & nutthubhati,
vd. (sa, *nih 4+ Vstubh, but as to the

nidda

signiication equal to 84. nih-shthiv°)
te spit out; aor. 3. sg. nutthubhi
(kakkaretva ~) 37,95; ger. nitthu-
Lhitva (yagum) 57,s. [Pischel, Gr.
§ 120.]. ep. chuddha.

nidda (& other varr, niddha, nidha,
nida = nila, sa. nida) , a nest;
place, seat; roga-niddam (idath riipam,
“full of sickness”) 107,27 = Dh, 148.

nidahati, v. (sa, ni-ydha) to

lsy down, deposi!; to lay aside; grd.
~itabbath, ”. (civaram, unhe) 83,9;
ger u'dhaya (dandah (q. v.) sabbesu
bhittesu, “without hurting any crea-
tures”) Db. 142. 405. cp. nidhi.

nidagha, m. (== 8a.) heat; ~o
(mahanto) 4,5, *°-3amaya, m. the
hot season, loc, we, 3,32.

niddara, mfn. (sa. nir-dara) free
‘rom fear; m, ~0, Dk. 205. cp,
dara & vita-ddara.

nidda, f. (sa. nidri) sleep; wa
Yasassa okkami) 67,28; acc. warm
gate, being asleep) 21,23; (okkamitva
okkami) fell asleep) 22,24. 64,39;
upagato, id.) 6b,9. cp. next.

niddaiyati, ob. (3a. ni-drayate,
ydri) to sleep; pr. 3, sg. wati, 41,95.
65,30; part, m. acc, wantamh, 35,53;
gen. ~antassa, 41,96; f. pl. ~wantiyo
(itthiyo) 65,5; aor. 3. sg. niddayi,
89,4.

*niddadyitar, m. (fr. prec.) a
sleepy person; nom. wta, Dh. 325,

niddhana, m/n, (sa. nir-dhana)
without property, poor; ucc. m. ~ah,
524.
niddhanta, mfn. (pp. niddha-
mati, q. v.) blown off, driven out;
*0-mala, mfn. one whose impurities
are blown away, free from sin; m,
~0, Dh, 236, 238 (synon. an-afigana).

niddhamati, vb. (sa. nir-\/dhma)
to blow off; to drive out, expel, re-
move (acc.); pot. 3. sg, niddhame
as Dh, 239; pp. niddhanta
v, h.).

nidhaya, ger. nidahati (q. v.).

nidhi, m. (= sa.) a treasure;
gen. pl. ~winam, Dh. 76,

138

nindati, vb. (= sa. yaind) to
blame (acc.); pr. 3. pl. want (bahu-
bhaninarh) Db. 227; inf. ~itum, Db.
230; pp. wita, mfn. blamed, *. ~0
(poso) Dh. 228; a-nindita, mfn. Dh.
227; cp. next.

ninda, f. (= sa.) blame, reproach,
reproof; ace. warm, Dh, 143. 309;
%pasamsaisu (loc. pl.) blame and
praise, 106,30 == Dh, 81.

ninna, mfn, (sa. nimna) deep;
loc. m. we (sakata-magge, @ sunken
road, defile) 43,18. — #. low ground,
depth (of the sea); acc. ~ath (opp.
thala) 105,21; loc. we (do., “on sea”
Dh. 98.

*nipaka, mfn. (sa, “*nipaka) in-
telligent, prudent; acc, m. ~wam (sa-
hayarh) Dh. 328. .

nipajjati, vd. (sa, ni-V/pad) to
lie down; pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 6,30; imp.
3. sg. watu, 6,28; aor. 3. 8g. nipajji,
2,31. 3,19. 12,24. 30,18; 3. pl. *) wimsu,
65,3; >) wisum, 112,6; ger. ~itva,
42,1; pp. nipanna (g. v.); caus, 0.
next,

*nipajjapeti, vb. (caus. nipajjati)
to cause to lie down, lay down, deposit
(ace.); aor, 3, pl, wesuth, 32,30. 61,16;
ger, wetva, 13,17, 16,18. 20,7, 41,38,
59,7.

nipatati, vb. (sa. ni-pat) to fly
down, descend on, fall down on (loc.);
pr. 3.8g. wati, 2,32; ger. witva (Bha-
gavato padesu sirasa, “falling at his
feet”) 75,22, ep, nipata ete,

nipanna, mfn. (pp. nipajjati)
lying; m. ‘~0, 3,5-13, 7,4. 35,31 (pha-
lake, floating on a plank); 65,15
(sleeping); 110,19; comp, tassa ~ttha-
nam (where he was lying) 49,94;
°-kale (while he was sleeping) 53,3.

“nipannaka, mfn. (fr. prec.)
lying; acc, m. wath, 6,31.

nipata, m, (= sa.) 2 falling;
instr. udabindu-nipatena, “by falling
of waterdrops”, Dh, 121. ~ *)a par-
ticle or indeclinable word; nom. ~o
(‘ma’ti) 85,33. ~— %) a section of a
book (esp. of Jataka or Aiguttara

139

Nik., whose single books are arranged
according to their length or number
of stanzas); Sutta-°, m. nom. pr, (0,
h.) ep, next,

*nipataka, mfn, (fr, nipatas)
divided into nipaitas (as Aiguttara-
Nikaya); acc. m. ~am ts
pavibhajja) 110,s.

nipatin, mfn, (= 8a.) flying or
falling down; yattha-kama-9, mfn.
“rushing wherever it listeth”, ace. n,
~inath (cittam), Dh, 36; gen, ~ino
(cittassa) Dh, 35,

nipuna, mfn, (= *) clever,
skilful ; fine, subtile; m, +o (dhammo)
94,25; su-nipuna, mfn, (q. v.) cp.
nepunna.

nippapatica, mfn, (sa, nish-
prapatica) free from diffuseness, calm,
undisturbed; m, pl, wa (Tathagati)
Dh. 254.

nippabha, m/fn. (sa. nish-prabha)
without splendour; m. pl. wa (aiiiia-
titthiyd) 72,20; cp. pabha, f.

nippipa, mfn. (sa, nish-papa)
free from sin; m. ~o, Dh. 205.

nippileti, vb. (sa. nish-pidayati,
ypid) to press, squeeze (acc.); aor,
3. sg. ~esi (tassa givam) 5,13.

nippurisa, m/fn. (sa. nish-purusha)
without men, female; izstr. n. pl.
~ehi (turiyehi, “a female orchestra’)
67,23 (cp. Speyer, Rem. on Divyavadana,
Wien, Zeitschr, XVI p. 105.)

nipphatti, f. (sa. nishpatti) com-
pletion, perfection; acc, wim (niyya-
makasippe) “complete mastery”, 24,13.

nibaddha, mfn. (pp. nibandhati;
= sa.) 1) bound (on or to), fixed;
*“~am, adv, constantly, 6,14. — ®) asked,
pressed; m. ~0 (punappuna, “being
asked again and again”) 63,35.

nibandha, m. (= sa.) binding,
chain, attachment to; continuance,
continuity; upayupadanabhinivesa-®,
96,10 (g. v.).

nibandhati, vb. (sa. ni-/bandh)
1) to bind on; *) to press, urge, im-
portune; aor. 3. sg. nibandhi, 54,1;
pp. nibaddha (q. v.) ep. nibandha.

nibbina

nibbattati, ob. (sa. nir-y/vrt) to
become, come forth, be born (again),
sprout up; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (dukkham)
Dh. 338; fut. 3. sg. wissati (Tusita-
vimane) 87,31; 2. sg. ~issasi, 88,15;
1. sg. wissimi, 88,16; aor. 3. sg,
nibbatti (rukkhadevata hutva) 3,31;
ger. ~witva (kapiyoniyarh) 1,8; (ruk-
kho) 36,36; pp. nibbatta, m. ~0o,
17,24. 28,97, 84,30 (niraye), 101,11
(aggi); nibbatt’amhi, 88,10; f. nib-
battasi, 88,9. caus. nibbatteti (q. v.).

nibbattana, x. (sa, nirvartana)
the coming forth, being born, growing,
sprouting; rukkha-nibbattana-bhay-
ena, for fear thut a tree would grow
up, 37,5; amkura-°-tthina, 2. (g. v.).

nibbatteti, vd. (caus. nibbattati)
to bring forth, produce, complete, per-
form; ger, wetva (jhanabhifiiam)
47,33,

nibbana, mfn, (sa, nir-vana) }
without forest, woodless (Jat. IT, 358,8),
- *) free from desires; m, pl. wa,
Dh. 283 (cp. vana’).

*nibbanatha, mfn. (fr. nir +
vanatha, g. v.) free from lust; mm,
~o0 (synon. yana-mutto) Dh. 344,

nibbana, x, (sa. nirvana) ¢ ex
tinction, the being extinguished (as a
fire or oa lamp); ~am (pajjotassa)
80,35 (cp. Jat. I, 212.8). — *) the
Buddhist Nirvana : *) absolute extinc-
tion of all desires and passions, com-
plete sanctification or Arhatship (cp.
arahat); >) absolute annihilation of
individual existence (7%. e. in the Sam-
sara), release from every conceivable
attribute of being (cp. an-abhavakata),
the eternal happiness attained after
death by an Arhat or a Buddha (ta-
thagata), whereafter he shall not be
born or die again; .~am (Sugatena
desitamh) Dh. 285; acc. wath, 64,93.
89,2. Dh. 23, 134. 184. 203. 226. 369;
dat. ~aya (samvattati) 66,30; gen.
~wassa (sacchikiriyaya) 90,18; ~ass’-
eva santike, near to N.. Dh. 32 =
“santike, Dh. 372; — *°-gamana,
mfn. leading to N., acc. m. wam

nibbapeti

(maggath) Db. 289; *%gamin, mfn.
id., f. -inl (scil. patipada) Dh. 75;
*-patisamyutta, mfn. 71,22 (v. h.);
— magga-phala-nibbanani (n. pl.,
dvandva-comp.) “the paths, the fruits,
and the N.”, 97,10; — The transition
into N. is described as vimokho ce-
taso, 80,35, which is compared with
the extinction of a lamp (pajjotasséva
nibbanam, cp. AN. I, p. 236; epithets
of N. are a-kata, a-mata, para etc.
cp. nibbayati, nibbuta, parinibbana.
[D’Alwis, Buddhist Nirviina; a review
of Max Miiller’s Dhammapada. Co-
lombo 1871; Childers, Dictionary
(sub voce) 1875; Dahlmann, Nirvana.
Berlin 1896; Eklund, Nirvana. Up-
sala 1899; 2Pfungst, Was ist das
buddk istische Nirvara in Wirklichkeit?
(Aus der indischen Kulturwelt. Stutt-
gart 1904, p. 56); Olcenberg, Buddha,
3. Aufl, p. 310; Zrenckner, Mil. p.
424]

nibbapeti, »b. (caus. fr. nezt;
sq, nir-vapayati) to extinguish, annihi-
late; to cool, refresh; imp. 2.pl. ~etha
(sckam me) 89,18; inf. ~etum (do.)
89.10.

nibbayati, td. (sa. nir-\/va) to
be blown out or extinguished; to be
vefreshed, to feel happy, attain the
Nirvans; or. &. sg, «ati (matuhada-
yam) 64,17; pot. 3, sg. ~eyya (aggi)
95,1, cous, nibbapeti (gq. ».); pp. v.
nikbuta, cp. nibbana.

nibbijja, ger. (fr. nibbindati;
sa, nir-vidya) having become despon-
dent, depressed, or disgusted with
{ebl. or ace.\; ger. nibbijjipema
(Gotamam, cp. apeti, vb.) 104,13 [or
have we to take nibbijjapema as pr,
1. pl. teom *nibdijjapeti, to give up
(on account of deepoudency)? cp.
*nibbejaniya, f. pl. cr gen. sg. nir-
vij° ?) SN. I, p. 124,3],

nibbittha, mfn. (pp. nibbisati;
sa. nir-vishya) gained, earned; instr.
nm. wena (carami, “with what I have
gained I wander about’) 105,s.

nibbida, m, (or nibbida, f. (?);

140

sa. nirvid, f. & nirveda, s., cp. Jat.
IV, 471,25. 473,83) aversion, disgust,
weariness; daft. ~aya (cittam santhasi,
“his mind became weary’) 67,31; ~aya
(sarnvattati) 93,7 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 70). oe

nibbindati, vb. (sa. nir-yvid,
nirvindati & pass. nirvidyate) to be
indifferent, to become weary of or dis-
gusted with (Joc.); pr. 3, sg. ~wati
(ripesu) 71,5-14; (dukkhe) 107,12 =
Dh, 277 (metri causa ~wati); part.
m, wam, 71s; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya
opp. asitnsetha) 42,16; ger. nibbijja
2 h.); ep. nibbida.

nibbisati, vb, (sa. nir-Vvic) lit.
‘to enter into’; to earn, gain; part,
m, nibbisam, v. a-nibbisam.

nibbuta, mfn. (sa. nir-vrta) ‘)
happy, content, free from passions;
*) extinguished (through false etymo-
logy combined with nibbayati, nib-
bana); m. ~o (pita) 64,14; (gini, «. e.
the fire of passions) 104,25; (anupa-
daya) Dh, 414; acc. wath (opp. atta-
danda; “mild’’) Dh. 406; acc. pl. re,
Db. 196; f. wa (mata) 64,14; loc. n.
kasmim nu kho ve hadayam wan
nania hoti, after what having become
extinguished does the heart feel happy ?
64,18,

nimanteti, wb, (sa. ni-Vmantr)
to invite; aor, 3. sg, wesi, 56,23; 3.
pl. ~wayithsu, 87,5; ger. wetva (da-
nam adarisu) 86,14.

Nimi, m. nom. pr. of a king (=
8a.); ~ nama raja (Mithilayai)
45,16,

nimitta, n. (= sa.) ') sign, omen;
rl, ani (cattari) 64,3; pubba-°, id.
acc, wat, 63,7; pl. vani, 63,1. =
*) cause, reason; gahita-nimittena,
tnstr. ‘on account of his having taken
hold of it’, i. e, by a tug, 89,7; a-ni-
mitta, mfn. (v. h.).

nimisa, m. (sa. nimisha) winking
or twinkling of the eye; a-nimisa,
mfn. not winking; subst, f. a-nimisata
(v. 4).

nimilati, ob. (sa. ni-y/mil) intr.

141

to shut, close (us the eyes); pr. 3. pl.
~anti (akkhini, kumbhilanara mu-
khavivate) 3,18; caus, nimileti, to
close (the eyes, acc.); ger. wetva
(akkhini) 3,19.

nimugga, mfn. (pp, nimujjati;
sa, ni-magna) sunk or plunged in
(loc.); guthakalale °-gamasikaro,
46,33.

nimujjati, vb. (sa, ni-ymajj) to
sink, dive in (loc.); pr. 3. pl. wanti,
25,26; ger, witva (kimakalale) 46,33;
pp. nimugga (qg. v.); caus. IZ. nimuj-
japeti, to cause to sink (acc.); ger.
~wetva (navam) 27,13; ummujja-ni-
mujja, m. (v. ummujjati).

nimba, m. (= sa.) the Nimb tree,
Azadirachta Indica (with bitter fruits);
pl, ~a, 37,20; acc. pl. we, 38,19 =
pucimanda, 37,33. 38,1, ~ *°-kasata,
n. (v. h.). — °-panna-sadisa-rasa, mfn.
having a (bitter) taste like the leaves
of a Nimb tree, m, ~0, 37,93.

nimmakkhika, mfn. (sa. nir-
makshika) free from flies; °-madhu-
patula-°, 38,93 (v. h.).

nimmala, mfn. (sa. nir-mala)
spotless, taintless, sinless; m. pl. wa
(bhikkhavo) Dh, 243.

nimmita, mfn. (sa. nir-mita,
yma) constructed, built, fashioned,
created; acc. n, ~wam (uyyanaih de-
vatahi) 63,20.

niyata, mfn, (= sa.; yam) ')
held back, restrained; m, ~o (synon.
danto) Dh, 142; — ?) fixed, certain;
sure, insured; limited; mm. ~o (bhik-
khu) 79,34; ». war (maranam) 86,17;
*0-catika, mfn. (q. v.); a-niyata, mfn,
uncertain, unlimited (v. .).

niyama, m. (sa. niyama & niyama)
1) restraining, determination etc. —
®) practice, way, method; instr, wena
(imina@) 2,25; maccha-gahana-° (,a8
if to catch fish”) 25,35.

niyyati, vb. (sa. nir-Vya) to go
out, depart; to get out (esp. from the
samsara); pr. 3. pl. ~anti (lokamha)
91,6; aor, 3. sg. wasi, 39,9; 3. pl.

niraya

~wimsu, 91,5; fut. 3. 89. wissati, 90,29;
3. pl. wissanti, 91,6.

niyyadeti, vb. (also niyyateti;
sa, nir-yat, caus. niryatayati) to
deliver, to give anything (acc.) into
one’s charge (gen.); pr. 1. pl. ~ema
(-mige raiifio) 6,5; ger. wetva (brah-
mani amhakam) 9,18; 38,5.

niyyanika, mfn. (sa, nir-yanika)
conducing to blessing, salutary, pro-
fitable; *a-°, mfn, (q. v.).

niyyama(ka), m. (sa, nir-yama-
(ka)) a navigator, master, mate; ~ko,
25,16; ace, ~kam, 25,13; *niyyamaka-
kamma, ». “the mariner’s calling”,
acc. ~am, 24,14; *°-jettha, m. “master
mariner”, gen. ~wassa, 24,10; *°-jet-
thaka, m. id., ~ko, 24,14; *°-sippa,
mn. “the art of seamanship”, loc, we,
24,18; *-sutta, ~. “mariner’s lore”,
instr, wena, 25,38.

nir- (before vowels) indecl. prefix
(sa. nis) to verbs or nouns, implying
“out, away’, or ,“without, free from”
(cp. a-, an-, nas, vi-); before cons.
it is always shortened to ni- (v. h.)
and the foll, cons. is doubled (nik-
kaddhati etc.; nutthubhati), but be-
fore r, h it is lengthened to ni-
(niroga, nibarati, cp. nibbana, niva-
rana).

niramkaroti (or nirakaroti)
vb. (sa. nir-a-/kr) to throw away,
repudiate; to ruin, destroy; ger. ~atva
(attam) 55,1.

nirattha, mfn. (sa. nir-artha
useless, vain; f. ~@ (tassa nee
14,3; » ~am (kaliigaram) 107,6 =
Dh, 41, — niratthaka, mfn, id. (sa.
nir-arthaka); °-lapana, . 52,6 (v. h.).

niraparadha, mfn. (= sa.)
unoffending, guiltless; acc, m, ~am,
39,29.

niraya, m. (= 98a.) hell; ace.
~wam, 58,14. 74,1; dat, ~aya (upa-
kaddhati) Dh.311; loc, we (nibbatto)
84,30; wamhi, 108,7; ussada-°, 23,26
(q. v.); — *%bhaya, #. fear for hell,
instr, wena, 17,30; °-bhaya-bhita,
mfn, fearing hell, m. pl. wa, 17,31;

virasamkata

*C.vagga, m. name of the ch, XXII
of Dh. (ep. nerayika).

*nirdsamkats, f. (ep. sa. nir-
figafika, mfn.) the no’ hesitating;
instr. wHya, 59,18 (op. Asatka, f.).

nirasaya, mfn. (sa. nir-acraya)
standing alone, sunportless, who has
no invlina‘ions, acc. m., vam, Dh.
410 (cp. asaya).

nirujjhati, vb. (pass., sa. ni-
yrudh) to cease, end, ‘o be dissolved ;
pr. 3. pl. wanti, 66,17. 80,29; part.
mana, 2. sam (dukkham nirujjhati,
opp. uppajjati, (¢. v.)) 96,13. (ep.
nirodha).

nirutti, f. (sa. nirukti) gramma-
tical analysis, etymology; pronuncia-
tion, diction, dialect; instr. (or abl.?)
wiya (Magadhanaih) 113,32; (Maga-
dhaya) 114,28; °-pada-kovida, mfn.
skilled in the [interpretation of] words
of the nirutti, i. ¢, the old dialect or
the original language of the holy
scriptures, m. ~0, Dh. 362. (cp. SBE.
X. p. 84.)
*nirupakara, mfn. (cp. sa. nir-
upakarin) useless; m ~0, 35,28.

nirupaddava, mfn, (sa. nir-
upadrava) without afftiction or mishap,
happy, secure; f. wa (nava) 25,20.

nirumbhati, vb. (sa. ni-\/rudh)
to stop, suppress; to hush, silence
{acv.); yer. witva (saddam) 65,25,
(cp. Tr. PM. p. 59.)

nirupadh:, mfn, (sa. nir-upadhi,
with n lenghtened nietri causa ()), cp.
Fausvoll, Dhpd. (1855) p. 433 &
Tr. PM. p. 78) free from’ passions;
105,29. Dh. 418 (v. upadhi),

nirokiisa, mfn. (sa. nir-avakaca)
inaccessible, impossible, inconvenient;
loc. a. we (thane) 41,29 (cp. an-ava-
kasa & okasa).

nirodha, m, (= 6a.) cessation,
destruction; nom. ~0, 66,18. 108,14
(scil. sabba-dukknassa), sarnkhara-°
etc, 96,12 etc. (v. h.); a-sesa-viraga-°,
5715 (v. h.); acc. wam (safiia-ve-
dayita-°) 80,1c; dat, ~aya, 93,8; abl.
na, 94,12; *-dukhkbu-°. mfn. (q. 0);

142

— *°.dhamma, m/fn. subject to destruc-
tion, m. wath, 68,37 (cp. dhamma ‘)).

nilina, mfn. (pp. niliyati; = 8a.)
sitting on (Joc.); hidden, concealed ;
m. w0 aakhey 13,13; Loc, we, 50,28.

niliyati, vb. (sa. ni-yli) to sit
down (esp. in order to hide one’s self);
pr. 8, sg. wati, 60,7; aor. 3. sg. niliyi
(sakhagge, Joc.) 13,22; 50,23; ger.
~witva (rnkkhe) 4,21; — caus. IL.
*niliyapeti, to cause one to hide one’s
self, to conceal (acc.); ger. ~wetva
(dhuttam) 50,9. ;

nivattana, m, (sa. nivartana)
turning back, fleeing; a bend or curve
of a river; loc, we (Gaiiga-°) 1, —
a-nivattana, mfn, (q. v.).

nivattati, vb. (sa, ni-/vrt) to
turn back, return; to flee, disappear,
vanish; pr. 3, sg. ~wati (himsa-mano)
Dh, 390; part, instr, m. wantena,
83,5; imp. 3. sg. watu (sotthim nava,
“return to safety’) 27,24; aor. 3. sg.
nivatti (nagarabhimukho) 43,15; inf.
witum, 27,115 ger. witva, 6,16. 12,11;
pp. nivatta, m. ~o (bhavissati) 60,21.
~ caus. nivatteti & nivattayati, to
turn, lead back; part, acc. m. ~aya-
manam, 60,19; imp. 2 sg. waya
(nivattay’etam ratharh) 60,14; ger.
wetva, 60,18,

nivattha, mfn. (pp. nivasati; sa.
nivasita) 1)dwelling, living, inhabiting;
7) clothed, dressed in, wearing (acc,
or €. ¢.); f. ~& (satakam) 31,10; m.
~0 (siina-sati-°) 71,29; su-nivattha,
mfn. carefully dressed; acc. m, wam
(pabbajitamh) 63,20.

nivata, mfn. (= sa.) sheltered
from the wind, low (opp, paviita, sa.
praviita); — *nivata(ka), m. a place
sheltered from the wind, calm, stillness;
loc. ~e (labbhamane) 48,7 must be
understood in the sense of “opportus
nity’, if we have not here an old error
for nimantaka, m. (sa. nimantraka,
ep. nimanteti) an inviter, é. e€, a wooer
or seducer, cp, the comm. Jat. V,

437,18 (raho nimantake paribhedake)
& Mil. p. 205,

143

nivapa, m. (= sa.) seed; food, a
portion of food, gift of food; acc. ~am
(vapitva, miganam) 6,4; — *°-tina,
n. “grass to eat”, acc. ~am (ropetva)
6,6; *%puttha, mfn, “fed on grains’,
m. ~0 (maha-varaho), Dh, 325,

*nivaretay, m, (sa, *nivdrayitr)
one who holds back, who refuses to
admit any person; xom. wa (a-fiia-
tiinam) 90,32 (opp, pavesetar).

nivdreti, vb. (caus, ni-Vvr, sa,
nivirayati) to keep back or away from
(adl.); to prohibit, forbid; pot, 3, ag.
wiraye (asabbha) Dh, 77; (papa
cittam) Dh. 116; aor. 3. 89. ~wesi,
39,17-19; grd. wetabba, m. wo, 83,4;
nivaretay, m, (q. v.) cp. dun-nivaraya,

nivaisa, m. (= sa.) dwelling,
abode; acc. ~am (gahetva, “stopped”’)
8,20, — pubbe-°, m. (v. h.).

nivasana, m. (= sa.) an under-
garment; nom. am (opp. parupanam)
29,23; 82,24 (cp. patinivasana).-

*nivasapeti, vb. (caus, II. ni-

vas, cp. next) to cause to be dressed
at double acc.); ger. ~etva (mam
ahatavatthani) 27,18; (devimh dibba-
vattham) 61,18.

nivaseti, vb, (caus, ni-y/vas, sa.
nivdsayati) to put on (clothes, acc.),
to dress one’s self; ger. wetva (te,
scil. stake) 41,4; 76,16, 78,4 (having
dressed himself); parimandalarh a,
82,27 (q. ¥.) ep. nivasana & pree,

nivittha, mfn, (pp. nivisati, sa.
ni-/vig, nivishta) entered, settled
down, founded, situated; married;
kasa-°, mfn. touched by the whip, m.
~o (asso) Dh, 143° (lit, “married
to the whip’’?).

nivedeti, vb. (caus. ni-y/vid, sa.
nivedayati) to communicate, report,
announce, proclaim (acc.); imp. 2. pl.
wetha (tutthim) 64,6; aor. 3. pl.
~wayimsu, 31,6.

nivesana, . (sa. nivecana) ')
‘entering’, dwelling, mansion, house,
home; nom. ~wam, 78,5; acc. wath
gantva, “went home”) 51,6; loc. we
sake) 78,1; — *-tthana, n, id, 2,15;

nisidapeti

~ %~dvara, », the entrance or gate of
a house, 68,2. 73,31; loc. we, 38,13;
— raja-°, the king’s palace, abl. ~a,
19,16. — ?) metaph, attachment of mind
or false opinion (Comm, = ditthi),
v, a-nivesana, mfn, Dh, 40.

niveseti, wb. (caus, ni-Vvig, sa.
nivegayati) to cause to enter; attanam
~, to place or direct one’s self; pot,
3. 9g. waye, Dh. 158; ~eyya, Dh,
282, cp. nivittha, nivesana.

nisamma, indecl. (ger. nisameti,
to observe, attend to; sa. ni-camya,
V¢am) carefully, considerately; *°-ka-
rin, mfn. acting considerately; gen.
m, wino, Dh, 24.

nisificati, vb. (ni-Vsic, sa. ni-
shijicati) to sprinkle, besprinkle (acc.);
ger. ~iya (te jalena) 110,33.

nisinna, mfn. (pp. nisidati; sa,
nishanna) seated, sitting; m. ~0
(dhanasantike) 33,26; acc. warm (ku-
pagge) 18,6; gen. ~assa, 86,6; pl.
~a (assembled) 109,32; gen. pl. ~wa-
nam, 61,25; comp, °-kale, while sitting,
1,12; °pallarnkato, 65,27 (q. v.);
rukkhe °-puriso, 36,3; as finite tense:
nisinno’si (cintento), 4,3. cp. san-
nisinna, — nisinnaka, mfn, (sa. ni-
shannaka) id, m, ~o (va niddayi)
89,4.

nisidati, vb. (ni-y/sad, sa, nishi-
dati) to sit, be seated, sit down; to
dwell; part. m. ~anto (ekato), 45,28;
imp, 2. 8g. nisida (dvare) 57,29; aor,
3. sg. nisidi, 11,36 (rukkhagge); 12,13,
66,4; 3. pl. *) ~witmhsu (tassa guna-
kathaya, were lauding) 31,23; >) isum,
112,38; ger. *) nisiditva (rukkhe) 2,5;
42,31. 87,34; >) nisajja, 78,6; pp. ni-
sinna (q. v.); grd. nisiditabba, n.
~ail, 83,33; caus. nisidapeti (g. v.)
cp. next,

*nisidana, ”., a mat to sit on;
°-paccattharanam, 84,10 (v. h.).

*“nisidapeti, vb. (caus. II. nisi-
dati) to cause to sit down or take
place, to cause to remain, leave; ger.
wetva (Bodhisattam hatthipitthe)
45,89; 58,2-19,

nisedha

nisedha, m. (sa. aishedha) keep-
ing off, holding back, restraining, pro-
hibition; ~o (manaso piyehi, “holding
tke mind back from the pleasures of
life’) Dh, 390; — *hiri-°, mfn. re-
strained by shame, m. wo (puriso)
Dh. 143,

nisedheti, vb, (caus. ni-/sidh,
sa, nishedhayati) to kee> off, restrain,
prohibit, warn (acc.); part, m. ~ento
(yaribbajakar) 30,10. ;

nisevati, vt. (sa, ni-/sev, ni-
shevate) to attend, follow, practise,
cultivate; (acc.) pr. 3. pl. med. nisevare
(sixhii sikha, wind round one another)
37,34.

nissamnsayash, adv. (sa. nih-
stmngayam) undoubtedly, surely; 114,24.
(cp. sathsaya).

*nissakkana, n. (fr. nissakkati,
va, nih-Vsrp) creeping out; bilara-
nigsakkana-matta, ijn. 90,35 (v. A).

nissajjati, »b. (sa, nih-ysrj) to
jet locse; give up. give over (acc.);
imp, 8, sg. ~atu (mama bhikkhusam-
gham) 74,23; poi. 7. sg. ~eyyam,
74,27,

nissadda, mfn. (sa. nih-gabda)
noieeless, silent; acc. m:, ~am (maha-
janam) 8§,s.

*nissaya, prp. w. ace. (ger. nis-
sayati, sa. *nicraya, yori, lit. ‘leaning
on’) 1) near to; padumasaram ~w, 3,31;
pasanapittham, 17,s0; — *) by means
of, by one’s support; tumhe w, 12,33;
rajanam ~ (“in the king's service’)
24,18; tam ekikam ~, 31,2; tam a,
87,2; imam kayatha, “through con-
nection with”, 99,16; — °) because of,
by the reason of, for sake of; Mitta-
vindakam a, 23,11-13; dhanam a,
83,36; mam ~, 39,16; etarh w, 49,21;
amhe a, 60,12; issaviyamh ~, 60,13;
ditthim ~ papikama, Dh. 164. cp.
next,

*nissita, mfn. (pp. ni-Yori} cp.
sa, a-grita) depending on, devoted to
(ace, or comp.); m wo (dvayam,
aya loko) 96,6; raga-°, mfn. devoted

144

to passions, m. pl. ~a (sarhkapp&)
Dh. 339. ep. a-nissita, san-nissita.

nisseni (or ~i), f. (8a. nih-creni)
a ladder, stairs; abl. ~ito (otaranto)
62,97. ;

nihata, mfn, (= sa. pp. ni-yhan)
‘slain’, dejected; humiliated, humble;
m. ~o (seti) 30,2; *0-mana, mfn.
whose pride is defeated, humble;
~mina-bhava, m. humility, acc, sar,
57,30. ;

nihina, mfn. (= 84., pp. ni-/h3)
low, vile, mean; *°-kamma, mfn., pl.
m, ~& (manuja) “men of evil deeds”,
74,2.

*nigha (or nigha), m. (cp. sa.
nigha, sin) suffering, pain; *a-nigha,
mfn. (q.0.).

nica, mfn. (= sa.) low (opp.
ucca); acc, m,n. war (katva, “hold-
ing it down, turning it downwards’)
82,21. 84,11; *°-thaniya, mfn. occu-
pying a low position, acc, m. ~am
(ucce thane thapetum) 76,11.

nita, mfn. (= sa.; pp. neti) led,
brought; acc. pl. m. ~e (attano san-
tikarh) 38,30,

niyati,
neti.

niroga, mfn. (= sa.) free from
sickness; m, ~0 (siho) 13,22.

nila, . (sa, nida) s nest; w.
nidda.

nila, mfn. (= sa.) dark, blue,
green; °-vanna, mfn. id. ace. m. war
(samuddam) 26,18; — nil'uppala-,
47,13 (v. uppala); — °-kusa-tina, .
26,18 (v. kusa); — mani & inda-nila
(v. h.).

nivarana, ». (& m.?) (sa. nivas
rana & nivirana, 7.) an obstacle,
hindrance; acc, pl. paiica we, 91,6
(the five obstacles to a religious life,
i, e, lust, malice, sloth, pride, and
doubt, v. Childers, Dict.); vi-niva-
rana-citta, m/fn. (q. v.) ep. nivdrana,
n, fr. nivareti (q. v.).

niharati, wh (sa, nir-yhr) to
take out, to pull or drive out (acc.);
aor, 3. sg. nihari (kacchapath) 12,59;

niyamana, pass. v.

145

50,25; ger, ~witva (migaganamh gaha-
natthanato) 6,12; 14,26; 37,17, 57,33,
84,9,

nu, indecl. (= sa.) 1) a particle
combined with interrogatives, very
frequently followed by kho (gq. v.);
kin nu kho, 1,21. 86,29 ete. (v. kith®);
kin nu kdranam, 3,1; kacci ~ kho,
3,5; kaccin nu, 9,28; kaya nu... ka-
thaya, 29,30; ko nu dipo, 110,s1;
kahan ~ kho, 34,113 kathamh ~ kho,
81,15; kati ~ kho, 81,19; api nu,
73,4. — *) particle of interrogation
(generally = ne, num); atthi nu kho,
14,26; bhabbo nu kho, 70,1; saddo
yeva nu kho Nagaseno (“is N. any-
thing but a mere sound”’) (= nonne)
97,30; sometimes pleonastically inserted
after a relative before the following
interrogative sentence ; yan nu aham
bilo, atha kena... 64,96; yo nu kho
evath vadeyya..., samma nu kho
so vadeyya, 99,30-s1. — °) particle of
asseveration; at the end of a sentence;
nii ‘ti cintiya (certainly, surely) 111,18,
cp. nanu & nina,

nutthubhati, vb. = nitthubhati
(q. v.).

nudati, vb. (sa, \/nud) to push,
drive away (acc.); pr. 3, sg. ~wati
(pamadath) Db. 28,

nina, indecl, (sa. niinam) 4) inter-
rogative (comb, w. yam): yan nina,
“what if?” (w. pot.) 6,4. 33,27. 46,23.
68,35. — ?) affirmative : certainly, surely ;
na nina visahati, 90,26; nibbuta niina
sa mata, 64,14. cp. nu.

nekkha, m. (or nikkha; sa. nishka)
a golden ornament; a certain coin of
gold; acc. ~am (jambonadassa) Dh.
230.

nekkhamma, w.(sa. naishkramya,
fr. vish-Vkram, cp. nikkhamati) re-
nunciation of the world, abandonment
of desires; loc. we, 68,20; °-kalo,
45,6; °-sukham, Dh. 272, “the happi-
ness of release’, cp. SBE, X, 67;
°-fipasama, m.(v. upasama) Dh, 181.
As nekkhamma frequently occurs in
the phrase ~am nikkhamati and the

Pali Gloseary.

nerayika

Burmese often write nikkhamma, it
seems to be advisable to derive it
from sa, naishkramya, The northern
Buddhists write generally naishkarmya
(fr. karman), but this is surely due
to false etymology; nekkhamma is
often opp. to kama, wherefore Rhys
Davids & Oldenberg (SBE, XIII, 104)
have preferred to derive it from sa.
*naish-kamya,. cp. abhinikkhamana.

negama, m, (= =a a citizen,
townsman (opp. janapada); °-jana-
pada, m. pl, “townsmen and country-
folk”, acc, we, 6,2; loc, wesu, 7,33,
cp. nigama,

neti (& nayati), vb. (sa. y/ni)
1) to lead, guide; to bring, carry off,
take, take with (acc,); pr. 2. sg. nesi,
5,5; 101,18 (tava bhariyam); J. sg.
nemi, 101,19; 3. sg. wati (metri causa:
mati) Dh, 257; 3. pl. wanti, 106,20-a7
== Dh, 240; 80; imp. 2. sg. nehi
(mam) 2,3; 2. pl. netha, 19,26. 58,15;
pot, 3. 8g. naye (atthamh sahasa, “to
carry a matter with violence”) Dh, 256;
fut. 1. sg. nessami, 1,18; 2. pl. nes-
satha, Dh. 179-80; aor. 3. sg. nayi
(s& nayi, perhaps = sanayi, fr. aneti)
llljso; 3. pl. nayithsu, 24,33; inf.
netave (= netum) Dh. 180; — pass.
biyati, 3. pl, ~anti (lokamha, abl.)
Dh, 175; part. loc, pl. niyamanesu,
40,2; pp. nita (qg. v.) ep. naya, nayaka
& next,

*nettika, m. (fr. sa. netra) one
who makes conducts for watering;
pl. ~& (udakam nayanti) 106,27 =

“Dh, 80.

nepufifia, #. (sa, naipunya, /r.
nipuna) experience, skill, wisdom;
acc, ~am, 114,15. i

Neraijara, f. (sa. Nairaiijana)
nom. pr, of a river in Magadha, near
Uruvela; acc, ~am, 103,3; gen. waya,
66,3.

nerayika, mfn, (sa. nairayika,
fr. niraya) belonging to hell, suffering
in hell; *°-satta, m. an inhabitant of
hell or condemned to hell; nom, wo,
24,1; gen. pl, w~anam, 23,27.

10

neva

neva, tndecl, (sa. naiva, fr. na +
eva) v. na®,

neva-saffd-nasanfia, f. (sa.
naiva-samjia-nasamjid) neither per-
ception nor not perception, only comp.
S-ayatana, n. 80,8-9 (v. h.).

not, gen, pl. pron., v. aham.

no*, adv. (= sa.) a negative pars
ticle, equal to ‘na’, but with more
emphasis : 1) not ,non) 10,20. Dh. 95;
no h’etam, “certainly not 80”, 70,3
(cp. h’); no ca kho, “and certainly
not”, 90,35 (followed by atha kho);
ti evam no, “in this way you cannot
reason”, 92,28; ‘ti evam pi no, “nor
ro’, 92,90; no yati koci, Dh, 179
(Comm, = na uyyati?); — *) and not
ae : samsadeti no vissajjeti,
90,26, ep, nex’.

node, adv. (fr. no + ce g. v3
sa. no ced) if not (opp. sace); 4,3.
56,20 (20. foll. fut.); no ce paragave-
sino (wv. A.) Dh. 355.

P.
*pal, indecl., a syllable indicating
abbreviation == etc,, sometimes used

instead of pe (¢. ».)3 102,19 (ep, la).

pa-?. imdecl, (sa. pra) prefix to
nouns and verbs, sonietimes implying
‘on, forth, away’, otherwise giving the
verbs a certain perfective meaning or
making them inchoative (cp. parodati)
or intensive (cp, pamoduti); in comp.
after vowels the p ic sometimes doubled,
€. g. a-ppamiida ete. \

~pa®, mfn, (== sa.) only e. ¢. 4)
drinking; v. dhenu-pa; *) guarding,
protecting; v. gopa.

paiksu, m. & n, (sa, pamsu, m.
soil, dust. earth; mom, m. wu (sithilo
40,24; acc, wum (madhuram) 38,9-3;
gen. ~wuno, 40,26! nm. pl. uni (ace.
pida-°, “the dust at his feet?) 77,1.
~ killa, m. ‘a dust-heap’, a certain
uscetic dress made of rags; *°-kula-
dhara, mfn. “wearing dirty raiments’’,
acc, m. wam, 106,12 = Dh, 395.

146

pakati, f. (sa. prakrti) nature,
natural state; at the beginning of comp.
= natural, real; usual, ordinary; what
has been hitherto, former; *°-samudda,
m. (opp. the mythical or supernatural
ocean) 25,21; *-uyyanapalaka, m.
(“his former gardener’’) gen. ~assa,
38,6.

pakarana, n. (sa, prakarana)
‘production’, a literary work, book,
treatise; Nanodayam nima am,
113,22; Maha-°, Ss h.).

pakara, m. (sa, prakdra) kind,
sort; nana-ppakara, m/fn. (v. nana).

pakdseti, vb. (caus. pra-Vka¢,
sa. prakagayati) ') to illustrate, ex-
plain, declare, preach, make known
(acc.); part.m, wento (imam attharh)
2,9; 30,16. 43,35. 47,94; aor. 3. sg.
~wesi (saccini) 52,9; (anisarhsam)
68,21; inf. wetum, lle. 114,15; ger.
metva, 29,16. 47,30; pp. pakasita, m.
~o (dhammo) 69,18. — *) intr. to
shine; pr. 3. pl. wenti (dire santo.
opp. na dissanti) Dh. 304.

pakinnaka, m/fn. (sa. prakirnaka)
mixed, miscellaneous; °-vagga, m. the
XXII" chapter of Dh.

pakopa, m. (sa. prakopa) anger,
rage; *kaya-ppakopa, *mano-®, *vaci-,
Dh, 231-33 (v. h.).

pakka, mfn. (sa. pakva) 1) boiled,
roasted; acc. m. ~am (agginad) 16,2;
loc, nm, we (sarire) 15,33; “pakkodana,
mfn, (v. odana), — *) ripe, mature;
pakka-phala-, 2,1; ”, wath, fruit (=
phala); amba-°, mango fruit, 16,95
(ambapakk’); 36,31. cp. paripakka,

pakkamati, vb, (sa. pra-Vkram)
to go forth, go away; pr. 3. pl. wanti,
42,32; pot. 3. sg. weyya, 100,25; aor.
3. sg. pakkami, 9,4. 59,23; carikam
wn, 70,21 (v cirika); 3. pl. pakka-
mizisu, 6,17; pp. pakkanta, f. ~a,
went away, 73,10; loc. m, acira-ppak-
kante, 70,13 (v, a-cira).

pakkosati, vb. (sa. pra-ykrug)
to call, call upon, invite (acc.): aor.
3. 8g. pakkosi (nabapitarn) 28,33;
ger. witva, 9,99. 19,28. — caus. II.

147

*pakkosapeti, to send for (acc.); aor,
3, sg. ~esi (dhitaram) 10,9; ger,
wetva, 6,23; pp. m. wito (tena), 37,19.
pakkha, m. (sa. paksha) a wing;
acc. pl. ~e (pasaretva) 10,14; (vi-
dhunitva) 18,19, ep, pakkhin & pek-
khuna.
pakkhandati, vb.(sa. pra-/skand)
to make off, spring forth (out) or over
(ace.); aor, 3. sg, pakkhandi-(nivaya
samuddamh, went to sea) 23,10; (nava
samuddam ~) 23,14; 3. pl.’ wimsu,
25,20; ger. witva (thanam) 27,27;
pp. pakkhanta, m. wo (Simbalivanam)
60,6; f. ~@ (videsarh) 27,25, cp. next,
pakkhandika, f. (sa. praskan-
dik&) diarrhoea; v, lohita-°.
pakkhandin, mfn. (sa. praskan-
din) ‘springing forth’, attacking, in-
sulting; instr. m. wina, Dh, 244,
pakkhitta, mfn. (pp, pakkhipati;
sa. prakshipta) thrown, cast or put
on & so) comp. °-tila (tattakapale)
11,7; %kukkuto (paiijare) 46,20,
pakkhin, m. (sa. pakshin; fr.
pakkha) a bird; nom, pl. wi, 11,14.
pakkhipati, vd. (sa. pra-y/kship)
to throw, cast, place (acc.) on or into
(loc.); pr. 3, pl. wanti (te karana-
ghare) 21,15; aor. 3. sg. pakkhipi,
9,24; inf. witum (maranadukkham
Aiiiiassa upari) 7,9; ger. witva, 4,21.
18,14. 39,33 (pamsum); 40,18, 50,34.
- caus, II, *pakkhipapeti, to cause
to put into; aor, 3, sg. wesi (tam
navaya) 26.17; ger. wetvd, 38,3.
pagabbha, mfn. (sa. pragalbha)
bold, arrogant; m, instr. ~ena, Dh,
244, — a-ppagabbha, mfn, (v. h.).
pagadlha, mfn. (pp. pra-/gah;
sa, pragadha) sunk or plunged into,
devoted to; m. pl, wa (ettha, v. h.)
104,1.
pagganhati (or ~ati), vb. (sa.
pra-//grah) to stretch out, raise, lift
up; to take, seize etc, (acc.); ger.
*) paggayha (anjalith) 22,4; (bahia)
30,19; (tulath) Dh. 268; — >) pagga-
hetva (afijalim) 22,6; — °) paggan-
hitva (aijalimn) 30,6. cp. paggaha.

paccati

paggayha, ger.; v. prec,

*paggava, m.a kind of creeping
(bitter) plant (probably = phaggava,
“a sort of pot herb’, Abhidhanap.,
ep, Vin, 1 201,14 & 381,17 (pakkavan
ti latajati)); ace. pl, we, 381. —
valli, f. id.; acc, pl. wiyo, 37,19,

paggaha, m, (sa. pragraha)
‘atretching forth, seizing’, assuming,
accepting, friendly reception; *asanta-°,
v, aesanta.

paggahetva, ger., v. pagganhati,

paggharati, vb. (sa. pra-Vghr)
to flow, trickle or ooze forth; part,
instr. nm. wantena (assuni) 5,14; pp.
~wita, m. ~am (assum) 89,13; °-khela,
mfn, 65,5 (v. h.).

pamka, m(én), (= sa.) mud,
clay; dirt, sin; Joc. ~e (sanno) Dh.
327; °-pitthe, on the mud (». pittha)
5,17; pl, ~@ (dirt) Dh. 141.

pacati, vb, (sa. pac) 1) to cook
(ace.); pr. 1. sg. ~ami (kittakarn)
57,10; imp. 2. sg. ~ahi, 57,19; aor.
3. sg. paci, 57,11; inf. witum, 57,24;
ger. witvi, 28,93. — *) intr. to burn,
to be tormented (in hell); ger. witva
(cp. pass. paccati, g. v.) 84,80. — caus,
IT. *pacipeti, to cause to be cooked
(ace.); part, m. ~ento (patarasam)
8,20; inf. ~wetum (bhattam) 33,25.
cp. pakka.

pacinati, vb. (sa, pra-y/ci) to
collect, pluck (acc.); part. acc. m.
~antam (pupphani) Dh. 47-48; fut.
3. sg. pacessati (puppham iva-ppa-
cessati) Dh, 44.

paccakkhato, adv. (abl. fr.
paccakkha, mfn. visible, perceptible;
sa, pratyakshatas) before the eyes,
visibly; attana a, fatva, 38,18; ~
passasi, 85,21.

paccakkhati, vb. (sa. praty-a-
vkhy@) to refuse, deny, abandon (acc.);
ger. ~aya (purimam ambath a-pac-
cakkhaya, not being able to deny the
first mango) 100,18.

paccati, vb. (pass. pacati); +)
to be cooked, ripen (metaph. of actions
which are ripe for retribution); pr. 3,

10*

piccattam

sg. ~ati “piparh) Dh, 69. 119. — *)
to burn, be tormented (in hell); part.
paccamana, acc. m, wari (nerayika-
sattam) 23,90; m. pl. wa (satta,
Avicimhi) 27,14.

paccattam, adv.(sa, praty-dtmam)
singly, by one’s sel’; suddhi asuddhi
~, “one is pure or impure by him-
self”, Dh. 165.

*paccatthzraaa. n. (fr. praty-
a-ystr, cp. sa. asturana) a carpet or
sheet (to lay on a bed); nisidana-”
wath, 84,10 (“the mat and the sheet’).

paccanta, mfn, (sa. pratyanta)
bordering on; m. wath (nagarat,
“frontier fort’) Dh.315; comp.°-gima,
m, & °-gamaka, m. a border-village,
38.29. 14,9; %bhumi, f. a bordering
country, ace. wim, 43,13; -simato,
abl. from the frontier, 43,14. (ep.
sima, f.)

paccantima, m/fn. (sa. pratyan-
tima) = pree.; m. wath (nagaram)
90,1.

paccaya, m. (sa. pratyaya) 1)
belief, trust, confidence; #) requisite,
means, help, reliance; acc. pl. ne,
102,8; gilana-° -thesa)ja, 97,8 (v. h.);
°.dayaka, m, “one who gives the re-
liances (to the priests)”, pl. wa, 102,8;
5) cause or concurrent occasion (cp.
hetu); vinasa-°, 34,21 (q. ».); abl.
paccaya (e. c.) = depending on, on
account of, avijja-° [etc.] 66,6 efc.,
cakkhu-samphassa-°, 70,27 (q. 0.);
a-pura-ppaccaya, mfn. (v. h.) ep. pa-
ticca; Waddel’, Lanuisn, p. 118.

pascavekkhati, vb, (sa. praty-
ava-viksh) to look at, consider, con-
template; part. gen, m. wantassa
(yathividitarh bhtimim) 69,23.

paccassosulk, aor, 3. pl, v.
patisuniti,

paccigacchati, vb. (sa. praty-
a-:/gam) to come back again, return;
ao. 3. sg. ~agami, 26,12; 3. pl. wa-
gamimsu, 40,12. 45,97, op. ert,

paccagan.ana, nm, (sa. pratya-
gamana) coming back; na °-tthanam,

148

the place from where one does not
return, 56,18. :
paccamitta, m. (sa. praty-amitra)
an enemy, adversary; pl. ~8, 35,14;
ace. pl. we, 3,24. On account of false
etymology the ‘a’ has been lengthened,
as it were derived from pacca (sa.
praty-i) ++ mitta (sa. mitra), ep.
mitta & a-mitta. .
paccasimsati, vb. (sa. praty-a-
Vo¢aths) to expect (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
~wati (mamigamanam) 87,26-37.
paccuggacchati, vb. (sa. praty-
ud-\/gam) to go out (towards), go to
meet; pr. 1.89. ~ imi (w. dat. yuddhaya,
to battle) 104,14; ger. ~gantva, 83,6.

paccuttheti [or paccutthati], vd.
(sa. praty-ut-stha) to rise, arise;
ger. ~tthaya, 68,9.

pacctsa, m, (sa. pratyUsha) dawn,
daybreak; °-kile (Joc.) at dawn, 12,8;
°-samayaih (acc.) & °-samaye (loc.)
id, 68,8. 86,97,

pacceti, vb. (sa. praty-(a-)yi)
to go back, return; to fall back (upon,
acc.); pr. 3. 8g, ~weti (papath; to be
scanned : pati-eti) Dh, 125,

*pacchato, adv. (& prp. w. gen.)
(abl. fr. sa. pagca); behind; 83,32 (opp.
purato); Dh. 348 (opp. pure); tesath
~ agamiasi, 33,7; ~ nisinnam, 46,9;
~ kassaci andgamanabhavam fatva,
“having observed that nobody pursued
them”, 40,1. cp. next.

paccha, adv, (sa. pagcat) 1) be-
hind; Db. 421 (opp. pure); cp. pacchi-
hahah, e¢c,; ~ *) afterwards; ~ janis.
sami, 15,27; w piviss&mi, 22,32; 35,365
55,2; 113,19; paccha-bhattam (v. h.),
cp. pacchima,

*paccha-bahath, adv, (fr. baha
or == paccha-baddham?) with the
hands tied behind the back; ~ ban-
dhitva, 39,s1.

*paccha-bhattam, adv., after
the meal, in the afternoon; 86,5.

*paccha-vamanaka-dhatuka,
mfn, deformed behind; m. wo, 24,34
(cp. dhatu & dhatuka).

*paccha-vippatisarin, mfn.

149

feeling regret or remorse afterwards;
m, pl. wino, 79,18.

pacchaya, f. (sa. pracchaya, ».?
cp. chaya) a shadowy place; loc,
wayam, 75,33.

*pacchasana, m. a back seat (on
an elephant); loc. we (hatthipitthe)
45,32,

paccha-samana, m. (sa. pagcac-
chramana) a junior Buddhist monk
who accompanies a senior monk, walk-
ing behind him at some distance; an
attendant priest; acc. ~am, 82,26;
instr, wena, 70,10. 83,1.

*pacchi, f. (cp. sa. pragna, m.
(?) & pastya (Tr.); Prakr. pacchi.
ep. Pischel, Gr. § 293) a basket;
loc. wiyam, 50,25; puppha-®, flower-
basket, instr. wiyd, 49,36; loc, 50,4.
— kacavara-chaddana-°, 48,34 (v. ka-
cavara). — tasara-°, 87,97 (v. h.).

pacchindati, vb. (sa, pra-y/chid)
to cut off, break off, discontinue, leave
(acc.); ger. ~itva (aharam) 46.4. -
pass, pacchijjati, to cease; aor. 3. sg,
pacchijji, 42,30,

pacchima, mfn, (sa. paccima,
cp. pacchad) 1) being behind or at the
back of; °-gehe (loc,) behind the house,
12,13; °-dvadreya (instr.), by the back-
door, ib.; °-padehi (instr, pl.) “in his
hind feet”, 24,26, — ®) last, latest; Ana
(vacé Tathagatassa) 80,3; Joc. m,
we (kale) 86,18; (yaime) 99,93; °-vili-
hana-samgaha (q. v.) 99,20. — 9) western;
acc, f. wam (disatmh) 95,5.

*pacchimaka, mfn. (fr. prec.)
back, last; m, ~o (bhikkhu) 79,33.

pajahati, vb. (sa. pra-ha) to
leave, abandon, give up, eschew (acc.);
fut. 2. pl. pahassatha (metri causa
~a, B. jahissatha) to get rid of,
overcome (dukkham) Dh, 144; inf. *)
pahatuth (yasam) 54,35; >) pahatave
(in order to escape, maradheyyath)
Dh, 34; ger. *) pahaya, 9,4 (tam);
43,4; 91,6 (paiica nivarane); Dh, 329;
>) pahatvana, Db. 243. 416; pp.
pahina (v. h.) ep. pahana,

paja, f. (8a. praji) offepring, race;

paicangulika

creatures, men, people; nom, ~a, Dh.
85, 254, 342; acc. warm, Dh. 28;
loc. maya, 78,16, ep. pajapati.

*pajana, mfn, (nom, ag. fr, next)
possessed of knowledge; sammap)pa-
jana, mfn. Dh. 20 (v, h.) cp. patina,

pajanati, wb. (sa. pra-yjna) to
know, understand, perceive (acc.); pr.
3. sg. ~ati (sahetudhammamn) 66,21;
71,16; Dh. 402 (dukkhassa khayam);
pass. pannayati, caus. paniapeti (q.
v.) ep. pajana, paiina, panna ete.

pajapati, m. (f. wi) (sa. praja-
See lord, husband (f. lady, wife);
~i-hadayam, the heart of a wife,
64,18; — sa-pajipatika, m/fn,. being
together with one’s wife or husband;
m. ~o (kumbhilo) 2,26. — Pajapati,
f. nom. pr., v. Mahapajapati Gotami.

pajjalita, mfn. (pp. pajjalati,
pra-y/jval, sa, prajvalita) flaming,
blazing, burning; loc. we sati (nic-
cath, “as [this world] is always burn-
ing”) Dh. 146; °-aggikkhandha, m.
26,3 (v. h.).

pajjota, m, (sa. pradyota) light,
flame, fire; gen. wasséva nibbanam,
80,35 (“even as a flame dies away”);
tela-°, m. (v. h.).

pajjhayati, vb. (sa. pra-ydhyai,
ep. jhayati?) to muse, mourn, to be
afflicted; part.m, ~anto (parajito viya
dukkhi dummano) 2,14,

paiica, num, (= sa.) five; nom,
acc, ~a, 82,10; 67,11 (paic’ upada-
nakkhandha); 91,6 (~ nivarane); ~
(scil, safige) Dh. 370 (ep. paticas
safigitiga); instr. (abl.) ~ahi (kama-
gunehi) 67,25; gen. (dat.) ~annam
(mahanadinamh) 72,37; (bhikkhu-sata-
nam, cp. paiicasata) 79,33; loc. ~asu
(silesu, g.v.) 7,24; (thanesu) 60,96;
— comp. paiica-vanna-, of five colours,
4,9. 62,12; -sugandhika-parivara, mfn.
4ljis (v. h.) ep. next etc., paniasa
papnarasa & pannarasa. :

paiicaigika, mfn. (= sa.) having
five parts, five-fold; °-bandhana, n,
23,91.

*paficafigulika (or paficafigula,

paficama

wli), ”. (cp. sa. paficangula & ~/i)
‘a mark of five fingers’, *) an ornament
in the shape of w spread hand used aos
a symbol to avert misfortune; gandha-
paficafigulika’h (acc.} “nerfumed gar-
lands with five spreys”, 37,1 (cp. Jat.
III 303,21; III 23,20 & 160,83; 1V
153,27; Vin, II 123,18); — ») an
innugural mark (cons:rting of perfumed
Kurlunds) to be placed on the neck
of the victim; acc, wath, 16,25 (ep.
Jat. 1 192,3). (Morris, JPTS, 1884
p. 84; Jat, transl. by Jeuse, If p. 72;
SBE, XX p. 116.]

paficama, mfn, (= sa.) the fifth;
acc. f. wam (ga‘ham) 54,28; nom. f.
~i (send) 103,21; Joc. we (é. e. in
the fifth chapter of Upasaka-vagga of
the AN) 91,19; veyyaggha-°, Dh. 295
(v. h.).

*pafica-vaggiya, mfn. (cp, sa.
piufica-varga) beonging to a group
of five; acc. m. pi, we (bhikkhu) the
five mouks (é, e, Kondaiia, Vappa,
Bhaddiya, Mahindma & Assaji, Vin.
i 12+13; Jat. I p. 82) 66,34.

paicer-visuti, sum, (sa, pafica-
vimeati) 25; °-visatima, mfn. the 26',
m, wo (vaggo) Dh, XXYV.

*jyaticn-saigatiga,m/fn.,“ escaped
from the five fetters’, a, 20, Dh, 370;
vw, safiga & atiga,

pafica-sata, num, mfn. pl. (sa,
prtica-gata) 500; m. pl. wa, 21,18,
32,15; ace, we, Ql; f. wa, 21,213
instr, wehi (therehi) 109,12; gen.
rwanam, 109,5; comp. -miga-parivara,
mfn. 5,29; sata is often separated from
paiica, forming the last part'of a subst,
comp., paiica-jati-satani (n. pl.) 17,10;
paiitasu attabhava-satesu (¢oc.) 17,7;
paficannam bhikkhu-satanam (gen.)
79,33. — pafica-satima, m/v. the 500;
m. ~0, 37,8.

*naficinantariya-kamma, n,
v. dnantariya,

paniciyudho, , (= sa.) five
sorts of weapon; naddha-°, mfn., v.
ayudha.

panjara, 2. (& m.) (== sa.) a cages

150

loc. we, 18,2¢. 46,30; 18,14 (suvanna-°) ;
— *ratha-°, », the body of a chariot,
wath, 98,5; — “siha-°, ». a window,
loc. we, 46,1. : :

patina, mf. (sa. prajiia) wise,
prudent, intelligent; acc. m. ~am,
Dh. 208; nikati-°, mfn. (q. 0.) cp.
a-paiifia, duppafiia & panha, f.

Datifiattn, mfn, (pp. paiiipett,
aa, prajiapta, cava, prucyiiti) made
known, ordered, appointed; prepared,
arranged, laid down; m. ~o (dham-
mo ca vinayo cn desito ~) 79,5;
mn, vam (sikkhipadam) 81,13; Joc.
~e Caen 68,11; yathapaiiattarm
(bhummattharanam) 84,17 (“how it
was spread out’).

paniatti, f. (sa. prajiapti) ')
declaration, ordinance; 7) name, desig-
nation; nom. wi (synon. voharo) 97,2.
~ puggala-° (v. h.).

patifiapeti, vb. =
(q. v.).

paifiavat & pafifiavanta, mfn.
v% pafhaval,

panna, f. (sa. prajia) wisdom,
intelligence, knowledge, understanding;
nom. x4, 2,8. 103,16; Dh, 372; instr,
~waya, 91,24. 104,6, 107,11 = Dh, 277;
gen. ~iya, 91,7, Dh, 280 (maggam,
“the way to knowledge”); — °-cakkhu,
n. (q. v.). — *-pisada, m, ‘palace of
wisdom’, ace. wath (aruyha, “climbing
the terraced heights of wisdom”) Dh,
28; — *-fAvudha. », (v. aivudha); =
°-sila-samahita, mfn, rich in knowledge
and virtue, ace, m. vat, Dh. 229;
~ *-samkhata, mfn, named pana,
instr, f. ~waya (medhaya) 91,7. =
gambhira-paiiiia. mfn., maha-paiifia,
mfn. (q. v.), Sammappanna, f. (v.
samma) cp. pafiiia, mfn. ete,

pahtapeti (& paiiapeti) vb.
(caus. pajanati, pra-yjia, sa. pra-
jiapayatt & prajiapayati) to make
known, declare, prescribe; designate,
predicate; to prepare, arrange, lay
down (acc, as a seat, carpet etc.); pr.
1. sg. ~upemi (nighitam, g. v.) 92,9;
yena rupena ‘T'athigatama ~apaya-

pannapeti

151

mana (part, med. m.) pafiapeyya
(pot. 3. sg.) “all form by which one
could predicate the existence of the
saint”, 95,10; ger, «etva (asanam)
22,38; (dibbasayanam) 61,16; grd. n,
~wetabbaih (asanam) 82,19; pp, paii-
fiatta (q. v.).

pahnayati, vb, (pass, pajaniti)
1) to be known or seen, to be visible,
appear, look like; pr. 3. sg. wati
(maha hutva) 3,4; (mabasobbho viya
27,3; 3. pl. wanti (sise me palitani
46,23; — *) to be, exist, be found;
pr. 3, sg. wati (raja) 10,30; fut, 3,
sg. vissati (jard, “old age must come”)
63,13,

painadvat (or paiiavat) & pai-

favanta (or paiiavanta). mfn. (sa..

prajfiavat) wise, intelligent; nom. m.,
~vVa (-a-) 99,9; pl. m. ~anto (pakkhi)
11,14; — gen, m. ~antassa, Dh, 111;
gen, pl. ~antanam, 57,6.

painhdsa(th), num. (sa. paiicicat)
50; 7. a collection of 5U suttas in the
Majjhima-Nikdya; patiidsaka, mfn.
om paiicicgaka) divided into paiiisas
as M.N.); vagga-paihadsakam (sad-
dhammam, acc.) according to vaggas
and paiidsas, 110,9.

patha, m. én. (sa. pragna, m.)
& question; nom. ~o (maya pucchita-°)
88,11; acc, warm (puttho) 90,26; ace.
pl, ~e (cattdro) 86,32; ”. kumara-°
(v. h.); *-patibhana, x. (g. v.) ep.
Milinda-°,

pata, m, & n. (= sa.) a sort of
cloth, dress; *°-saini, f. a curtain, veil
or screen of fine cloth, instr, wiya
(parikkhepo pan’assa ~ ahosi) 37,3.
cp. patta.

patala, n. (= sa.) a layer, cover,
membrane; a heap, mass; madhu-®,
a honey-comb, 38,24 (nimmakkhika-
wadhupatala-sadisam).

pati, indecl. (= pati, g.v.; 8a.
prati) prp. (w. ace., cp. pati-lomam,
pati-vatain) & prefix to verbs and
nouns implying ‘towards, near to,
against, back, in return’ efc.; it is also
used distributively, esp. inserted in

patiganhati

dvandva comp, like vatta-pativatta
(q.v. cp, anu), Before the vowels a,
u, @, oO it is always contracted to
pacc- (v. above), which still some-
times may be metrically equivalent to
pati, Dh, 125 : pacceti = pati-eti.

*patikujjeti, oh, (denom. fr,
*patikujja, mfn. (sa. *prati-kubja)
lying flat with the face downwards,
Jat, I 456,s6; V 145,27) to cover (acc.,
as a bowl or a dish); ger, wetva
(-patiyo) 61,97; cp. ukkujjati, nik-
kujjati; Pischel, Gr, § 206. :

*patikutati, vb. (sa. *prati +
Vkut) to bow, bend (towards or back);
pp. ~ita, bowing, m. wo (patisakki)
77,8; (cp. Mil. 297,15 : patikutati).

patikkamati, vb. (sa. prati-
Vkram) to retire, turn back; imp. 3.
sg. watu, 76,95; aor. 3. sg. ~ami,
29,26. 62,20; ger. a-patikkamitva, 30,5;
pp. m. patikkanto (pindapata-°, q.
v.) 86,0.

patikkila (& patikiila) mfn. (sa,
pratikiila) ‘against the bank’, contrary,
disagreeable; instr, n, ~ena (a-sucina)
62,25. The form with ‘kk’ relates to
sa, *prati-kiila, cp. Kuhn, Beitr,
p. 19, a, ,

*patikkosati, vb. (sa, prati-
ykruc) to contradict, reject (acc.);
pr. 3. sg. ~wati (sasanamh arahatam)
Dh, 164.

patikkhipati, vb. (sa. prati-
vkship) to refuse, reject, repulse; ger.
~itva, 46,15; pp. patikkhitta, f. wa
(pi puna nibandhi) 54,1. ep, neat.

*patikkhipana, m. (cp. sa. pra-
tikshepana) refusing, rejection; nom.
~alb, 56,23,

*patigacca, indecl., only in the
phrase patigacc’eva, previously, 67,26
(i. e. “sooner than usual”); patigacca
ger.) derives from sa, pratikaroti
vkr; the Birman spelling is often
patikacc’eva) == ‘to provide against
future events’, Tr, Mil, p. 421-22.

patiganhati (& -ganhati), od.
(sa. prati-grah) to take, receive,
accept (acc.); pr. 3. pl, wanti (pati-®,

patiggahana

C; pati-° B.) Dh, 220; imp. 3. ag.
nwtu (accayam accayato, »v. pent
75,25; pot. 3. sg. ~weyya (rajanam
68,25; ger. patiggahetva (with the ‘g’
doubled before the weak form of the
root) 82,21. 109,24; grd. m. ~ggahe-
tabbam, 82,94. cp. nezt.

patiggahana, m. (sa. pratigra-
hana) accepting; abl. ~a (jatariipa-
rajata-°) 81,26.

paticodeti, vb, (sa. prati-/cud,
caus. ~codayati) to exhort, admonish,
reprove (acc.); imp. 2. pl. wetha
(manusse) 73,34.

paticca, prp. (orcg. ger. from
prati-y/i) resulting trom, depending
on, on account of (ty. acc.); kim ~,
94,33; isam [ete.].. paticca. . ratho
ti. . nimam pavattati, “the word
‘ratha’ is but a name for pole” (etc.]
98,22, — °-samuppada, m. ‘origination
by dependence’, the Buddhist chain of
ciusation, or the formula explaining
the {welve causes of existence, begin-
ning with a-vijja (v, 66,6 efe.); ace.
~arh, 66,5. ep. paccaya,

paticchati, vb. (sa. prati-vish)
to take, receive (acc.); inf. aitumn
(etam, amsena, v. amsa) 24,25; caus.
v. paticchapeti.

paticchanna, mfx. (pp. pati-
cchadeti; sa. praticchanna) covered,
hidden, concealed; protected; ». wath,
what has been hidden, 69,16; loc. ne
(thine, a secluled or private place)
33,31; paticcl.anna-tthine, 36,14, 64,13;
a su-paticchanna, mfn,
v, h.). ’

pajicchdde:i, vb. (sa. prati-
ychad, xcchadayati) to cover, cons
ceal (acc.), to hid or cover one's self;
part, instr. m, ~eutena (timandalath)
RQ,07; fut, 1, pl. wessuma (-pipa-
kammam) 73,97; ger. ~etva (rohita-
macche valik&ya) 14,21; 20,10. 83,32.

*patiechapeti, vb. (caus. IT. pati-
cchati) to deliver over, to toe with,
intrust to (w. double ace.); ger, wetva
(brahmanim sukapotake, “leaving hos
wife in charge of the young parrots’’)

152

9,14; (rBjanath rajjath) 42,5. 47,81;
(amacce rajjama) 43,11. sage:

patijaggata, vb. (sa. prati-yjagr)
to watch over, take care of, look after;
to feed (acc.); intr. to be awake, be
watchful; pr. 3. pl. wanti (uyyanam)
37,18; part. med. f. ~mana, 20,10; pot.
3. sg. weyya, Db. 157 (intr.); aor.
3. sg. patijaggi, 9,10; 3. pl. ~imsu
(tam, phalaphalena) 18,15. — caus. EL.
*patijaggapeti, to cause to be carefully
tended (or fed; acc.); aor. 3. sg. ~esl
(gandhodakehi ambam) 38,4. ep. nezt.

patijaggana, m. (sa. pratijaga-
rana) watching over, attending to;
*garira-°, 2. care of the body (washing
one’s self, etc, ep. sa. garira-cinta)
acc. wath (katva) 85,1.

*natijinaipeti, vb. (caus. pati
janati, sa. prati-yjfid) to cause to
consent (promise or believe, acc.);
ger. ~etva (rajdnarh, “make him be-
lieve it”) 46,21 (cp. Dhpd. (1855) p.
164,9 tr.)

patinna, f. (sa. pratijiia) promise,
agreement; ace. ~am, 8,3.

patidanda, m. (sa. prati-danda,
mfn.) retribution; pl. 7a (“blows for
blows”) Dh, 133.

patinivattati, vb. (sa. prati-ni-
yvrt) to return; aor. 3. sg. wvatti,
63,15; ger. Aitvd, 63,14.

patinivasana, n, (sa, pratiniva-
gana) a kind of garment, a second
under-garment (used only as a house-
dress); acc, wat, 82,24 (cp, SBE.
XII], p. 155),

patinissagga, m, (sa. prati-nih-
sargi) giving up, abandonment, doing
away with; nom, wo (tanhaya) 67,16;
abl. wa, 94,12; Adana-°, m. (q. v.).

patipajjati, vb. (sa. prati-ypad,
~padyate) ') to go to, arrive at, reach;
to walk on a path (acc.); aor. 3. sg.
~pajji (tam eva maggath) 66,2; 76,17;
imp. 2. pl. watha (etarh maggath) Dh.
274; pp. m. patipanno (imath raccham)
76,13; m. pl. ~a, Dh. 275, — #) to
undertake, take upon one’s self (acc.);
imp. 2. sg. patipajja (rajjam) 45,6 —

153

8) to proceed or deal with (Joc.); to
behave; ger. ~itva (bhatte pi tath’eva)
57,27; grd. nm. witabbam (katham nu
kho maya a, “now what am I to
do?’’) 81,15, — caus, patipaideti (q. v.)
cp. next,

patipada, f. (sa. pratipada) the
path to be walked; nom. ~ 2 (majjhima,
the middle path) 66,20; (dukkhaniro-
dhagamini, g. v.) 67,17; loc, ~waya,
79,18 (the right path, the right course
of conduct, synon, w, magga (?) or
== the first steps on the right path (?)),

patipanna, mfn, (pp, prati-/pad)
v. patipajjati.

*patipati, /. (sa. *prati-pati, cp.
paripati) order, row; instr, (or loc.)
wiya, “in a row”, 34,39,

*patipada(ka), m. (sa. *prati-
pada) that which supports the bed-
stead; maiica-patipadaka, pl, (“sup-
porters of the bed’) 84,14,

patipadeti. vd. (caus. patipajjati,
sa, pratipadayati) to cause one (ace.)
to go on a road or in a certain direc:
tion (acc.);. imp, 2. pl. ~wetha (ha-
tthim, imam raccham) 76,14; aor, 3.
pl. wesuth, 76,19.

*patipuggala, m. (sa. *prati-
pudgala) one who is equal to-another,
a rival; a-ppatipuggala, m/n, unequal-
led, 80,24.

patipucchati, vb. (sa. prati-
yprach) to inquire, ask in return

‘(ace.); fut, 1. sg. wissami (tath yeva)
94,08; inf. witum (Bhagavantam)
79,20.

*patippassambhati, vb. (sa.
*prati-pra-//grambh) to cease, to be
dissolved or dispersed; caus, ~weti, to
cause to cease, put an end to (acc.);
pot. 1. sg. ~eyyam (iddhabhisam-
kharath) 69,29; aor. 3. sg. ~wesi, 69,30.

patibaddha. mfn. (sa. prati-
baddha, pp. prati-bandh) bound to;
®citta, mfn. whose mind is turped to,
fallen in love (with Joc.), m. vo (mayi)
64,96; pl. wa (afifiamaiiiom) 19,14;
-*0.mana, m/fn, whose mind ia bound,
m, ~0, Db. 284,

patiyadeti

patibala, mfn. (sa. pratibala)
uble to (inf.), competent; m. pl. ~a,
76,11; m, instr, wena (bhikkbuna)
81,16.

*patibaheti, vb. (caus, “pati-
bahati; sa, prati-/vrh, cp. prati-
ybidh) to repel, dislodge (acc.); grd.
m. pl. nvetabb& (nava_ bhikkhi;
asanena, with regard to their seats)
83,34.

patibujjhati, ob, (sa, prati-
Vbudh) to awake; ger, witva, 67,28,

*patibhiga, mfn. (sa. “prati-
bhiiga) like, equal to; m, pendant,
counterpart; Kravana-°, mfn, equal
to E., gen, m. wassa, 45,91; kaiicana-
rupaka-°, mfn. like a golden statue,
gen. pl. ~anamh, 47,14,

patibhana, n, (sa, pratibhana)
intelligence, sagacity, presence of mind,
readiness of speech; *pafha-°, 2. a
difficult or intricate question, pl, ~ani,
98,33.

patibhadnavat, mfn, (sa. prati-
bhanavat) endowed with intelligence
& presence of mind, quick-witted; m.
~via (Vaiigiso) 109,s,

patimandita, mfn. (sa, _prati-
mandita) decorated, adorned; f, pl,
wa (sabbalamhkara-°) 64,29.

*patimasati, vb. (sa. *prati-
Vmrg, cp. pari-/mr¢) to examine,
explore; pot. 2. (3.) sg. (2?) patimase
(sa. *prati-marcges > °mrces) Dh. 379;
cp. Pischel, Gr. § 486 (sarnphase);
Dhpd. (1855) p. 424; Childers & Ed.
Miller take it for imp, 2, sg. from
caus, *patimaseti (not yet traced in
Pali).

patimuficati, vb. (sa. prati-
Vimuc) to put on (clothes, acc.); to
tie; ger. ~itva (ganthikam) 83,1.

patiyatta, mfn. (pp. prati-yyat,
cp. next) made ready, prepared ; adorned,
decorated; ». ~am (sukaramaddavath)
78,8; alamkata-°, mfn. splendidly
dressed (or decorated), acc, m. & n.
wam, 39,20. 61,8, 65,9; f. pl. wf, 21,1.

patiyadeti, vb, (caus. prati-
Vyat, pratiyatayati) to prepare, make

patilabhati

ready facc.); ger. ~etva (bhojaniyam
22,28; grd. :. wetabbam (nahadnam
83.25; — caus. IT. *patiyadapeti, to
cause te be prepared (ace.); ger
wotva, 78,

pasilabnati, 9b. (sa. prati-
‘labh) +) to receive back, recover
lacey; aor, 1, 8g, wlabhith (nattham
yasath) 42,19; — *) to take, form (as
a dislike, or a resolution); pr. 3. sg.
wAti (pipakath ditthigatam) 90,25.
cp. next,

patilabha, m. (sa, pratilabha)
fecovering, cbtaining, attainment;
20m, ~0 (panfiadys) Dh. 333; jivita-°,
42,0; manusga-? (the conception of
meu) Dh, 182.

patilomam, ad». (sa, prati-loma)
‘against the hairs’, contrarily, obsti-
nately; in reverse order, backwards;
anuloma-°, 66,6 (v. 2.).

pativacana, vm. (sa. prativacana)
answer; acc, wath (alabhanto) 3,7;
73,4.

pativatta, » vatta!,

putivatteti, vb. (caus, prati-
yvrt) to overturn, subvert; inf, ~etum,
110,10; grd. pativattiya, v. u-ppatie
vattiya, mfn.

pativadati, vb. (sa. prati-yvad)
to answer, reply; pot. 3. pl. weyyu
(tari, ‘will answer thee in the same
way’) Dh, 133,

pativasati, vb. (sa. prati-yvas)
to live, dwell; pr. 3. pl. wanti, 59,94.

pativatam, adv, (sa. prativatam)
against the wind; ~wam (khitto) Dh,
125; ~am (eti) Dh. 64. °

pativedeti, ob. (caus, prati-/vid)
to make known, announce; aor, 3. 8g.
~csi (Bodhisattassa) 63,5.

patisathyutta. mfn. (sa. prati-
sath-yukta) connected with, concerning;
resulting from; instr. fi wilya (nib-
baina-°) 71,22; acc, nm. wat (vacisu-
carita-°) 86,8

patisamvedin, mfn. (sa. prati-
samvedin) feeling, experiencing; nom,
m. ~1(vimutti-sukha-°, “experiencing
the bliss of emancipation”) 66,4,

154

patisakkati, vb. (sa. prati-y/srp)
to go back, retire; aor. 8. sg. pati
sakki, 77,8.

patisattu,
an enemy, adversary;
39,297, 2 ,

*patisanthdra, m, (sa. “prati-
satistira, str) friendly greeting,
conversation; acc, ari yaar
21,17; 28,11. — °-vutti, mn. (sa. *°-vrtti
friendly, kind; °-vutt’assa (varr. o-vU-
ttyassa, -vuttissa) “let bim live in
charity”, Dh, 376. ;

patisandahati, vb. (sa. prati-
sam-\/dha) to be re-born (into a new
existence); pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 100,2-5;
pot. 3. sg. ~weyya, 100,9. ep. sanda-
hati d& nezt. :

patisandhi, m, & f. (sa. prati-
samdhi, m.) re-birth, transmigration ;
acc. wim (ganhi) 5,25; 42,22; Joc.
~ismim, 101,12.

*patisambhida, f. (cp. 8a. prati-
samvid, f.) analytical science; loc. wa
(i, « wfyu) 109,10; patta-°, adj, pl.
m., possessed of analytical knowledge,
109,20, The four patisambhidds are:
attha-°, dhamma-°, nirutti-°, pati-
bhina-°, ¢. e. expertness in the Bud-
dhist theory and practice, etymology,
and dialectics, Mil, 339,7-8; cp. Chil-
ders sub voce.

patisammodati, wb. (sa. prati-
sam-y/mud) to exchange friendly greet-
ings, to return one’s greeting; aor. 3.
8g. ~niodi, 96,27,

patisameti, wv (caus, prati-
Vcam) to arrange, put in erder; to
put by, keep safe, lay away (acc.);
grad. n. wetabbam, 82,22.

patisunati, vb. (sa. prati-V/gru)
to promise, assent (gen.); aor, 3, sg.
paccassosi (Bhagavato), 77,18; 3, pl.
~wosur (Devadattassa) 76,15; ger. *)
patissutvi, 78,10-18; >) patisunitva
(sadhu’ti) 16,20, 63,3; pp. n. patisu-
tam (tumhehi mayham sahassam)
22,51.

patisedha, m. (sa. pratishedha)
prohibition, denial; loc, we (nipato,

m. (8a. prati-catru)
acc, wuMm,

165

“mati, a particle implying probibi-
tion) 85,33.

patisedhana, », (sa. pratishe-
dhana) warding off, warning against;
phala-patisedhana-mukhena pi hetum
eva patisedheti, by warning against
the results he even warns against the
cause, 86,4.

patisedheti, wb, (caus, prati-
ysidh) to prevent, prohibit, warn
against (acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti (hetum)
86,4. cp. patisedha, ~sedhana.,

patisevati (& patisevati, ¢.v.)
vb, (sa. prati-\/sev) to practise, pursue;
feel, undergo, suffer (acc.); pr. 3. 8g.
ewati (vipikam) Dh. 67,

patissutva, ger, ». patisunati.

patihatiiati, ob. (pass. pati-
hanti, sa, prati-Vhan) to knock to-
gether, strike against (/oc.); ger. witva
(vemakotiyam), 89,s.

patta, m. (= sa.) ') a tablet or
plate (of gold ete. for writing or pain-
ting upon); kajicana-patta-sadisa,
mfn. 46,31 (q. ¥.) — ?) @ strip or slip
of cloth (cp, pata); sumana-patta-
vitina, mn. 65,18 (q. v.).

pattana, x. (sa. pattana & pattana)
a port, seaport; acc, ~ath (Bharu-
kaccha-°) 25,12; *°-gama, m, a sea-
port-town, ~0, 24,10.

patthana, . (sa. prasthana)
1) origin, cause; “sati-patthana, 2.
(v. kh.) — *) nom, pr, name of the
seventh (last) book (pakarana) of
Abhidhammapitaka, also called Maha-
pakarana, 102,11.

patthadya, prp. (ger. patitthati,
sa. prasthaya) beginning from, from
(w. abl.); *) dvira-gimato p., 19,93;
sisato p., 57,29; millato p., 62,10;
galato p., 85,30; — >) pathamakappi-
kato p., 4,10; tassa nikkhanta-kalato
p., 9,15; dhammadesanam suta-diva-
sato p., 86,30; ito p., henceforth, 6,16;
ito dani p., id. 39,2; tato p., thence-
forth, 6,18.

pathama, mfn. (sa. prathama)
1) foremost, first, former (cp. purima);
f. ~@ (seni) 103,95; acc. f. ~am

pandicca

(gatham) 8,26; pathama-jjhana, ».
80,3 (opp. dutiya etc.); pathama-
kappa & -kappika (v. h.); pathama-
gahita (m. pl.) “others already caught”,
21,14-19; — acc. nm. wam (adv.) at first,
for the first time, 4,19, 12,19, 15,9,
18,99. 69,21, 102,14. Dh, 158; w~am
eva (opp. pacchai) 35,36; 102,11 (first
of all). — *) comp, = just, newly;
*pathamabhisambuddha, mfn., having
just attained Buddhaship, m. wo, 66,3;
*pathamuggata, mfn., newly-blown,
m, ~0 (kaliro) 47,9.

pathamaka, mfn, (sa. pratha-
maka) = prec.; -bhainavara, n, (v.
h.) Dh, I-XIV.

pathamataram, adv, (sa. pra-
thamataram) before, first (of two)
82,5 == 84,104.

pathavi (or pathavi [puthuvi,
mavil), f. (sa, prthivi) the earth; ace,
with (maddanto) 28,14; with (adhi-
sessati) 107,5 = Dh. 41; gen. (or
loc.) ~iya, Dh, 178 (pathavya); pa-
thavi-tale (on dry land) 28,7; “pa-
thavi-tthita, mfn. living on the eartb,
m, pl. ~@ (earthly beings) 110,11;
*pathavi-sama, m/fn, like the earth,
m, ~0, Dh. 95,

panameti, vb. (caus. pra-\/nam)
to bend forwards, stretch out (acc.);
ger. ~wetva (anjalim) 74,20,

panihita, mfn. (sa. pra-nihita,
pp. pra-ni-/dha) laid on, applied;
miccha-°, mfn, wrongly directed, x,
wam (cittam), Dh. 42; samma-°,
mfn, well-directed, Dh, 43.

panita, mfn. (pp. paneti, sa.
pranitu) ‘performed, fifished’; excellent;
m ~0 (dhammo) 94,95; ”. wath
(khadaniyam) 78,1.

paneti (& paneti), vb. (sa, pra-
Vni) ‘to lead to’, perform, execute,
apply (ace.); pr. 3. sg. ~eti (dandam
‘ap a Db, 310; pp. panita
v, h.). ;

pandara, mfn. (sa. pandara)
white, pale; instr. pl. n. wehi (-ke-
sehi) 47,13.

pandicca, m. (sa. panditya) erudi-

pandita

tion; cleverness, skill;
91,26,
pandita, mfn. (= sa.) wise, in-
telligent, clever; m. ~0, 57,35; gen.
~assa, 24,22; m. pl. wi, 9,29; (to.
loc. appamadamhi) Dh, 22; f. wa,
5S,8; often e.c.: Sasa-pandito, 14,12;
Supnaraka-°, 25,4; Upali-°, 109,7;
— “.dovirika, m. 91,33 (q.v.); *°-bhava,
m. cleverness, skill, gen. ~wassa, 91,24;
%manin, mfn. one who thinks him-
self wise, m. ~1(balo) Dh.63; *°-vagga,
m, the sixth chapter of Dh.; *°-veda-
niya, mfn, “intelligible only to the
wise”, m. ~o (dhammov) 94,36; *°-sarh-
8ayga, m, company or intercourse with
wise men, gen. ~assa, 29,8.
pandu, mfn (sa. pandu) yellow,
pale, white; °-kambala, mm, a white
woollen blanket : °-siJ@sanath, 15,8 (v.
h.y; P-palass, m. a withered leaf, nom.
~0, Dk. 235; %roga, m, jaundice :
°apaso, m. 35.1, *%dhatuka, mfn.
euflering from jaundice, 35,16.
panna, nm. (sa. parna) ') a leaf
(esp. betel leat); acc. pl. ~ Ani, 17,21;
nimba-panna-®, 37.22 (g.v.); *°-sanna,
7. a mark of leaves (tied up in order
to indicate the boundary of a field),
ucc, wan, 8,8; *panna-bandhana-
saiia, »./=panna-saini-bandhana?)
tying up leaves, nom, -.aih, 8,9; panna-
sali, f. w hut cf leaves and grass,
hermitage, ace, vai faditta-°) 44,90;
lov. wiiya (by the but) 35,11; ace. pl.
mii, 34,93, Satta-, som. pr. (v. A.)
- *)a leaf for writing upon, a letter;
n bond, deed of gift, donation; acc,
nam (pahesi) 36,22 (cp. next), — 5)
u feather, wing (only e.c.) v, supanna.
*pannakara, m., a present, dona:
tion; acc. wam, 58,21-24; acc. pl. ne,
68,22. ep. panna?) & akara.
Patuinjali, m. (= sa.) nom pr
of a philosopher (propounder of the
Yoga philosophy); v. Pitanjali-.
patati, wb, (s2. \/pat) to tly, jump,
fall; to fall down (upon, loc, or ace.) ;
pr. 3. sg. wati (dipake) 2,25; 1. sg.
mimi (yamh’okdse thatva oraparam

instr, wena,

156

patdm’aharh, standing where I use to
jump over, cp. oraparath) 108,26;
part. m. ~anto (navaya) 20,1; loc.
f. wantiya (asaniya) 39,16; part. med.
~mana, loc. n. ve (pitthiyarh paha-
rasate) 55,12; — fut. 3. sg. ~issat,
53,26; 112,20 (tesam kaye, ace. pl.);
1, sg. ~issaimi (aigaragabbhe) 15,33;
— aor, 3. sg. pati, 16,7, 89,6; (tassa
hatthe, fell to his share) 23,12; 3. pl.
~imsu (poured down) 33,6; — perf.
3. sg. papata (kadlam katva) 89,8
{but here the reading of the Colombo
edition ; papata, aor. 3, 8g. (from
papatati, g. .) undoubtedly ought
to be preferred, because this formation
is generally found elsewhere, €. g.
Jat. VI, 566,38 (= patita); Vin. IL,
17,23 (cp. 1], 126,3)}; — ger. witva,
13,20. 49,5. 89,9; — pp. wita, fi v2
(asani), 17,22; acc, m. wath (cipato
garam, “sent from the bow’) Dh,
320; — caus. pateti (qg. v.) cp. patana,
pata.

patana, m. (= sa.) falling, ruin;
*0-akadra-ppatta, m/fn. being on the
point of falling out, m. pl. ~& (danta)
12,21; 2. pl. ~ani (akkbini) 50,19;
~— geha-°, 19,16 (¢. .).

pataka (& pataka), f. (= sa.)

a flag, banver; dhaja-patakadihi,
62,7 (cp. adi).
pati', m. (= sa.) husband; lord,

muster; nomt, wi, 31,34, 64,15; comp. v.
gavampati, gubapati, Sabampati.

pati*, indecl, (sa. prati) ') prp,
w, ace, near to, towards; nadim
Nerafijaram a, 103,2; *) prefix to
verbs & nouns, generally spelt pati-
(q. .) cp. next ete,

patikara, m. (sa. pratikira) re-
ward, return, retribution; *a-ppati-
karaka, mfn. (q. v.).

patitthati, ob. (sa, pra-ystha)
to depart from, originate; ger. pa-
tthaya (prp. tv. abl.) v. h.; caus. pa-
tthupeti, to set forth, propound, exe
plain; cp. patthana, n.

patitthahati & patitthati,
vb, (se. prati-ysthi) to stand firm,

157

to be established; aor. 3, sg. ~tthahi
(sotapattiphale) 89,3; (sakadagami-
phale) 29,17; 1. sg. ~tthahim (para-
kule) 108,29; — fut. 3. sg. *) ~ttha-
hissati, 87,3; >) ~tthissati (Lankayam
mama sasanam) 110,94; — ger. ~tthaya
(sile, “standing fast in moral practice”)
14,18; (rajje, “became king”) 42,26;
— pp, wtthita, m. wo, 38,11 (rajje),
61,31 (gabbho kucchimhi), 95,94 (sare,
“standing in its strength’); su-pati-
tthita, mfn. (q. v.) — caus, patittha-
peti, to set or lay down, establish
(acc.); aor, 3. sg. wesi (phalitam
raifio panimhi) 44,97; ger. ~etva,
22,0, 29,6; (rajanam paiicasu silesu)
7,24; 17,32, 59,29,

patittha, f. (sa. pratishtha) *)
resting-place, support; acc, ~am (la-
bhitva, to get footing) 28,13-16, —
*) security, refuge; nom, ~@, 28,25,

patidissati, vb. (pass. patipas-
sati; sa. prati-\/dr¢) to appear (as),
to look like; pr. 3. sg. wati (yatha
aggiva suriyo va) 26,5 etc.

patimaneti, vd. (sa. prati-/man,
caus.) to honour; to await, wait for
(ace.); part. f. ~enti (tassigamanara)
22,28.

patirupa, mfn. (sa, pratirupa)
like, similar; suitable, fit; loc. m. we
(“what is proper”) Dh. 158,

patisevati (& patisevati, q.
v.) vb. (sa. prati-/sev) to practise, pur:
sue (acc.); part. m. ~anto (methuna-
dhammam, making love) 54,11; aor. 3.
sg. ~sevi (asaddhammam, id.) 52,29,

*patissata, mfn, (sa. *prati-
stmyta) recollecting, thoughtful; m, pl,
~a, Dh. 144,

patissaya, m. ') (sa. praticraya)
refuge, house; **) (sa, pragraya) obe-
dience, respect; v, next.

patissava, m. (sa. pratigrava,
Gru) obedience, respect; *a-ppatisava,
mfn, (also spelt a-ppatissaya and some-
times shortened to a-ppatissa) dis-
respectful; hence “a-ppatissavasa, m.
anarchy, 10,81.

patita, mfm, (sa. pratita, pp.

patti

prati-v/i) pleased, glad; m, wo (synon.
sumano) Dh, 68.

patoda, m. (sa. pratoda) a goad;
ep. °-patodamh (7, “pole, axle [etc.]
and goad unitedly”) 98,7; °-latthi,
f. (sa. pratoda-yashti) “the goading-
stick”, 98,6,

patta!, . (sa. pattra) a wing,
feather; a leaf; karavira-°, ». (q. v.),
instr, pl. ~ehi (vajitam, kandath)
92,19; kumuda-patta-vanna, mfn. (v.
h.); pokkhara-°, », w lotus leaf, loc,
~we, Dh, 401,

patta’, m, (sa. patra, 7.) a vessel,
pot, bowl, esp. the alms-bowl of a
Buddhist monk; nom. wo, 82,26; acc,
~wam, 87,18; (€amam) 104,6; énstr.
wena, 62,2; — *%civara, 7. bowl
and robe, 76,16, 83,7; — *pariya-
panna, . (v. h.).

patta®, mfn. (pp. papuniti; sa,
praipta) 1) pass, attained, reached,
acquired; *) act, one who has attained
to, reached, etc. (1. acc. or @. ¢., also
used as finite tense); m. wo (jatik-
khayam) Dh, 423; patto si nibbanam,
Dh. 134; f. ~a& (Khuramala-sam-
uddath) 25,23; ». wath (vinadsath)
34,0; tuyhatm pattata (pass, “the
consequences of your own fortune”’
6,35; gen. m. ~wass’ ierluades
103,23; acc. pl, m, patte (jivitakkha-
yam) 34,8; — comp. (mfn.) apaneta-
bbakdra-ppatta, 45,1; jara-°, 47,15
(v. jara); danda-°, 100,15; dukkha-®,
59,10; domanassa-°, 13,6; patana-
kara-°, 12,21; bala-°, 80,25; rupa-°,
64,30; ripagga-°, 49,12; labhagga-
yasagga~°, 18,16; vajjha-°, 40,14;
vaya-°, 8,15; vara-°, 6,27; vesdrajja-°,
69,13; vyasana-°, 8,30; samvega-°,
53,11; santasa-°, 86,19; somanassa-°,
15,90; hattha-°, 67,30; — “patta-
dhamma, m/fn. “having mastered the
truth”, m. ~0, 69,19; *°-patisambhida,
109,20 (v. h.); a-ppatta, mfn. (q. v.).

patti, f. (sa. prapti) acquiring,
gain; share, part, portion; ace, win
Sl ... bhivita-bhavanaya, etassa
ammi) 29,3; dat, wiya (yogakkhe-

patthaddha

massa, “for the suke of acquiring’’)
103,s.
patthaddha, mfn. (sa. prastab-
dha) stark, stiff (as a pillar); instr.
m. weno, (kiyena) 76,17.
patthayati, vb. (sa. prirthayate)
to wish, desire (ace.); pr. 2. 8g. ~asi
(atha ce wasi, if you like) 104,22
etc.; part. med. m. wmano (tava
hadayamamsam) 3,18; pl. wmana
(vaddhim) “seeking gain”, 34,18.
pattharati, vb. (sa. pra-ystr)
to spread, extend (trans. & intr., tw.
acc.); ger, witva (sakalanagaram,
“through the whole tewn”) 65,34.
patvd, ger., v. papunati.
patha (or partha, g. v.), m. (=
sa,) road, path, way; loc. we, 31,34;
maha-® (“on the highway”) Dh. 58;
comp, v. *anupariydya-°, adicca-°,
kamma-°, thala-jala-°, *dvedha-°,
nakkhatta-°, sagga-°, *hattha-°, ep.
pada, palipatha, piatheyya,
pathavi, f. (= pathavi, g. 0.)
the earth; gen. avya, Dh, 178.
pada, m. dn. (= sa., cp. pada)
‘) foot: v. catuppade, m., dipada, m.
- *)step, footstep, trace, track; ace.
wan (vaiiceti, g. v.) 12,30; uttinna-°,
111,17 (v.h.); pada padam (abl. dace.)
“step by step’, 104,11; instr. wena
(kena, “by what track”) Dh, 179;
“vaiafja, m. footprint, acc, wath.
11,28, — °) way, path; position, stand-
point; place, abode, home; nom. (n.)
eam (maccuno) Dh, 21; Dh. 93,
254; acc. ~am (siantam = Nibbana)
Dh, 368 = amatamh padam, Dh, 114,
cp. amuata-padu. (v. a-mata) & a-pada,
mfn.: arsama-9. n., iara-, m., sagga-°,
n, (cp, sagga-patha) ¢.v — *) a word,
verse (ov quarter of a verse), sentence;
mn. idamh wath, 85,8; acc. wath (dub-
bhasitam) 110,12; ». pl. --a (caturo,
saccanam é. e. cattari ariyasaccani)
Db. 278; attha-°, n. (v. b.); *gatha-®,
n, (v. gatha), *dhamma-°, 2, nirutti-
pada-kovida, mfn., *sampunna-®,
min, sikkha-°, n. (v. h.).
padakkhina, mn. (sa. pradak-

158

shina) ‘moving to the right’; clever,
good, auspicious; wath, indecl, (constr.
w. karoti, to walk round persons or
objects, keeping the right side towards
them as token of respect, to salute
respectfully (acc.); to go round (a
city, acc.) in procession; wath katva
(matu sayanam) 61,21; (Bhagavantam
abhivadetva) 70,12; ~am kuruma-
nassa (nagaram) 64,12; wath akasi
(do.) 45,33.

padadati, v. padeti.

padara, mn, (sa. pradara) ') m.
‘splitting’, a cleft (in the earth); —
*)n, a piece of wood, a plank; nom.
pl. ~ani, 28,30,

padeti (padati & padadati) vd.
(sa. pra-Vda) to give away (acc.);
fut. 3. sg. padassati (uttamattharh
bhariya) 54,29.

padipa, m. (sa. pradipa) a lamp,
light; mom. ~0, 99,22; 101,38; ace.
wam, 99,18; Saggi, m. & tela-°, m.
(v. h.).

padipeti, vb. (caus, sa, pra-di-
payati) to light, kindle (acc.); pot.
3. sg. weyya (padiparh) 99,18; pp.
padipita, m/fn. burning, shining; m.
~o (sabbarattizh) 99,24.

paduttha, mfn. (sa. pradushta)
corrupt, wicked, malignant; instr,
~ena (manasa) Dh. 1 (opp. pasanna);
u-ppaduttha, m/fn. (g. v.) cp. dussati.

*padubbhati, wb. (sa, *pra-
ydruh) to do wrong, offend, commit
treachery; ger, witva (antopure) 38,17
(cp, dubbhati),

paduma, m (& yf (sa. padma)
a lotus; nom, wath (hutva) like @
lotus, 23,81; 23,34; acc, wath (seta-°,
a white lotus) 61,19; pafica-vanna-?
(of five different colours) 4,9; *°-punja,
m.a cluster of lotuses, Joc. ve, 16,65
°-gara, mn. a lotus-lake, ace. wat,
3,30.

padesa, m. (sa. pradeca) +) spot,
place, region, district; mom. ~0 (ja-
gati-ppadeso) Db. 127; ace, ~am,
43,18. Dh, 303; loc, we, 22,21; (Hi-
mavanta-°) 1,2, 13,9; — *) extent,

159

distance; loc. ~e (tigavuta-ppamane,
yojana-ppamane) 63,2s-28; yatha-
padese, adv. (cp, sa. yatha-pradecam)
all over, at all sides, 47,1; — 5) posi-
tion, rank, order (?); acc, ~am (jati-
gotta-kula-°, q. 8 43,30; samana-
bal(iidi)-°, mfn, having equal position
with regard to military force efe., m.
pl. ~a, 48,31. ep. neat,

*padesika, mfn. (fr. prec.) ‘being
in the region’, in the neighbourhood
of (only e, c.); solasa-vassa-°, mfn,
about 16 years old, m, ~0, 38,10,
cp, uddesika.

padhana, x. (sa. pradhina, as
to the meaning = sa. pra-ni-dhana,
ep. also buddh, sa. prahana) exertion,
profound religious meditation; instr,
wena (kim kahasi, “what do you
want with exertion?) 103,9; dat.
~waya, 103,10; *ukkutika-ppadhana,
n, Dh. 141 (v. h.); *°-pahitatta, mfn.
whose mind is intent upon meditation,
acc. m. ~am, 103,2; *°-sutta, ». nom,
pr. of a chapter of Sutta-nipata, p, 103
—04; cp. Mahapadbana-ghara.

pana, indecl, (the enclit, form of
‘puna’, q. v.; sa. punar) ") now! welll
(in the continuation of a tale): 2,19;
2,26 (tasmim ~ kale, “now, at that
time”); 10,3 etc, — *) but (adversative,
often combined with other particles) :
l,es. 4,12. 8,8 (the preceeding sentence
negative); 5,5. 50,22. 66,25 ete. Dh.
252. 292; ca pana (but) 7,35. 71.17;
atha ca ~ (nevertheless) 3,4; na kho
pana (but certainly not) 7,8, 9,31;
eva pana (on the contrary) 5,10;
corresponding with a preceeding eva
(it is true, no doubt... but, ep.
greek wey... 5€) : maranabhavam
eva janami [maranadivasam] pana
na janami, 88,22-23; sometimes repeated
in both sentences : eva pana... pana
na, 2,8; — va pana (or else) 81,17; cp.
Dh. 42 (veriva pana = veri va
pana ?); — 5) then! (in interrogative
sentences, often expressive of surprise):
kaham a, 1,96; kim a, 44,4; aguna
pana kidisa, 44,5; katamo ~, 79,13;

papatati

in a second question : kit ~, 89,25;
ko w ettha N., 97,31; after a negative
sentence : kith ~ (how much less) 74,28,
cp. Pischel, Gr. § 342.

panasa, m. (= sa.) the bread-
fruit tree; instr. pl, wehi, 2,10; amba-
panasiidihi, 2,20.

panudati, vb. (sa, pra-Vnud) to
drive away (acc.); imp, 2. sg. panuda
(kame) Dh, 383,

paneti, vb., var, lect, for paneti,
Dh, 310 (wv. h.),

panta, mfn, (sa, printa) distant,
secluded, solitary; m, wath (sayana-
sanam, “sleeping and sitting alone’’)
Dh, 1865.

pantha, m, (= patha; ep, sa,
panthan) way, road; *-ghita, m,
murder and robbery of highwaymen,
brigandage; acc, wat (karonti) 32,15,

panna, mfn, (= sa., pp. °-pajjati,
vpad) fallen, gone; *°-bhira, mfn.
“who has put down his burden”, acc,
m, ~am, Dh, 402,

pannarasa, num. (sometimes writ-
ten pannarasa = pajicadasa, sa,
pajicadaga) fifteen; wma, mfn, the
fifteenth, Dh, XV.

papaiica, m, (sa, prapaiica)
abundance, diffuseness, error, vanity;
this word may also often be translated
by ‘detriment, decay; delay, omission,
waste of time’ efc.; it is generally
explained in the commentaries by
tanhi-ditthi-mana-°; *°-abhirata,
mfn, “delighting in vanity”, m. pl. ~a,
Dh. 254; *°-samatikkanta, m/fn. “who
has overcome the host of evils’, acc.
pl. m we, Dh. 195. — *Papaiica- -
sidani, f. nom. pr. of a commentary
on Majjhima-nikéya by Buddhaghosa;
specimen p. 61,

*papatika, f. (rarely papatika)
1) a splinter, piece, fragment; nom.
~a& (-t-) 76,1; — *) the outer dry
bark of a tree, falling off in loose
shreds; taca-°, 95,s9-23 (v. h.).

papatati, vb. (sa. pra-ypat) to
fall off; pr. 8. pl, wanti Gsokn tamha)

papatika

108,2; aor. 3. sg. papata (Ed. papata)
88,8 (v. patati).

*papatika, f, v. papatikd.

papata’, pf. (fr. patati, to be
corrected to papata, 39,8) v. papatati.

papata’, m. (sa. prapita) a steep
rock, precipice; ~o, 27,7; loc. we
(Sineru-°) 59,36; °-sasdisa, mfn. like
a wall, m xath, 274.

*papupphaka, m (se. *pra-push-
paxa) ‘flower-pointed’, p:. the flower-
arrows of Mara; pl. ace. wani, Db,
46 (aaa§ dey.).

pappotheti (ce papphoteti), vd.
(caus. pra-ysphut) to beat, slap, shake
as clothes, in order to dust them,
ace.); tv dap the wings (acc.); ger.
~wetvad (pakkhe) £2,3.

pappoti, vd., ». papuniti.

papphasa, m. (sa. pupphusa, m.
& phupphusa, #.) the lungs; om.
main, 82,:. 97,21.

*pabalha, mfn. (cp. sa. badha,
ybamb) strong, sharp; f. ~a (vyadhi)
78,31; pl. ~a@ (vedana) 78,21; acc. m.
wan (abadhath) 78,30,

pabujjhati, vb. (sa. pra-budh)
to wake up, awake (intr.); pr. 3. pl.
wanti, Dh. 296; fué. 3. sg. ~issati,
65,32; ger. witva, 36,1. 65,4. 89,6;
pp. pabuddha, f. na (devi, awoke)
G1,23. cp. su-pabuddham. ado,

pabbaja, m. (== babbaja, sa.
balbaja) a sort of coarse grass; *pab-
baja, mfn. (= pabbaja-maya) made
of grass (hemp), x. ©am (bandhanam)
Dh, 345. cp. Weber, Ind. Str. 11], 394.

pabbajati, vb, (sa. pra-yvraj)
‘to yo forth’, esp, to leave the world
in order to become a hermit, or to
enter the order of Buddhist monks;
fut. 3. sg. ~issati (agara nikkhamma)
61,33; 63,16; inf. nitum, 45,2; comp.
witu-kaima, sfn. “bent on retiring
from the worla”, ace, m. wath, 45,8;
ger. *) pabbajja, 113,17; >) pabbajitva
(w. ace. isi-pabbajjatn) 34,32. 45,13;
64,21 (nikkhamma); 1i3,18; — pp,
pabbajita (m.) g.v. — caus, pabbajeti
(q. t.) cp. next & “duppabbaja.

160

pabbajana, ™ (sa. pravrajana)
passing over to a religious life; a-
pabbajanatthaya, 47,5 (v. a-pabba-
ana). aoa
‘ rob iagaias m. (pp. pabbajati)
a monk (or hermit); ~0, 63,33;
184; acc. ~wamh, 63,30; instr, wena,
66,25; pl. wa, Dh. 74; °-guna, m.

q. v.). a

pabbajja, f. (sa. pravrajya) re-
tiring from the world, the ordination
of a layman wishing to become a
Buddhist monk; acc, ~am (labheyya-
hath) 70,15; (ydcitva) 89,15; (isi-®,
g. v.) 34,32. 45,18; gen. (dat. & abl.)
~iya (namitacitto) 46,18; (satim
na karissati) 63,18; (cittarh nami)
65,12; (antarfyam, agdrasma ana-
gariyam) 68,4; — °-karana, ». &
°-samaya, m. 45,9-12 (v. h.); laddha-
pabbajjipasampada, mfn. (v. upa-
sampada).

pabbata, m. (sa. parvata) a
mountain, hill, rock; nom. ~o (Hi-
mavanto) Dh, 304; acc. wam, 16,16;
gen, wassa, 75,33; pl. wani (with
neuter termination by attraction to the
foll. vanaini (?) or adj. m, = sa. pir-
vatani (?)) Dh, 188; gen. pl. ~anam,
Dh, 127; — *°-kiita, m. a mountain-
peak, pl. na, 75,96; — *°-paida. m.
the foot of a mountain, wo, 14,9;
loc. ne. 84,31; — *-rasa, m, “the
essence of the mountain”, acc, wath,
16,16; Rajata-°, Suvanna-°, m, nom.
pr. (q. %.).
pabbata-ttha, mfn. (sa. par-
vata-stha): standing on a mountain;
m. ~0, Dh, 28 (opp. bhumattha).

pabbajeti, vb. (caus. pabbajatis
$a, pravrajayati) ') to send or drive
away (acc.) aes abl.); part. nom.
m. ~Ajayam (attano malam) Dh.388;
aor, 3, sg. wesi (rattha}. — #) to or-
dain (ac¢.), admit to the Buddhist
monastic order (through the pabbajja, .
q. v.); imp, 3. sg. wetu (imam da-
rakam) 81,12.

pabhamkatra, m., v. pabha,

pabhaiguna (& pabhangu), mfn.

161

(sa. cree fragile, brittle;
frail; m, wath (idam riparh, var.
~guram) 107,75 = Dh. 148; — *pa-
bhafiguna, x. subst, fragility; destroy-
ing, destruction, wath (bhoganar)
Dh, 139.

pabha, f. (sa. prabhi) light,
splendour; instr, ~aya, 85,7; — pa-
bhamkara, m. (sa, prabhakara) ‘light
maker’, the sun; epithet of Buddha;
~o (Buddho dhammaraja) 19,1; -
nippabha, mfn. (q. v.).

pabhata, mfn. (sa, prabhata)
begun to become light, loc, f. waya
(rattiyd) “at daybreak”, 42,1, — subst,
nm, == daybreak, morning,

paces vb, (caus, sa. pra-
Vbhas) to illuminate, enlighten (acc.);
pr. 3. sg, ~eti (sabba disd; tassa

abhaya = attano pabhaya ?) 85,8;
Tees lokam) Dh, 172.

pabhinna, mfn, (sa. prabhinna,
pp. pra-ybhid) ‘burst open’, flowing
with juice, esp. m. said of an elephant
in rut; *hatthi-prabhinona, m, a furious
elephant, acc. wath, Dh. 326. cp. next,

pabhedana, », (sa, prabhedana,
cp. prabheda) the flowing of juice
from the temples of an elephant; *ka-
tuka-pp°, m/fn, Dh, 324 (v, h.).

pamajjati4, vb, (sa. pra-/mad)
to be careless, negligent, or idle;
trans, to neglect (acc.); pr. 3. 8g.
ewati (na-pp®) Dh. 172. 259; pot. 3.
sg. ~eyya (do) Dh. 168; ger. witva,
Dh. 172; aor. 2. 8g. pimado (mi ~)
77,5 (cp. Notes); Dh. 371; pp. pamatta
(q. v.) ep. pamada, m.

pamajjati®, vb, (sa, pra-/mr))
to sweep, rub, scour, wipe off (acc.);
to stroke (along with the hand); ger.
~itva (hatthena civaravarhsam) 83,91;
grd, n. ~itabbam (udakamh gattato)
84,8; f. ~& (bhitti) 84,20; m. pl. na
(-kannabhaga) 84,19.

pamatta, mfn. (pp. pamajjati;
sa, pramatta) careless, inattentive,
negligent, thoughtless, indolent; m,
~0, Dh. 19. 309; gen. wassa, 41,25;
pl. wa, 77,5. Db, 21; gen. pl. ~anam,

Pali Glossary.

pamuicati

Dh, 292; *-bandhu, m. “friend of
the indolent” (é, e. Mara) 103,13 (voc.).
— “-carin, mfn. (cp. sa. pramada-
carin) acting in a careless manner,
gen, m. ~ino, 107,99 = Dh, 334, —
a-ppamatta, mfn. (q. v.).

pamathita, mfn. (pp. pra-Vmath)
agitated; *vitakka-°, mfn. (q. v.).

pamana, n. (sa. pramana) mea-
sure, size, extent, length, etc.; e. ¢.
mfn.): equal in extent to; nom, warm
n’atthi gacchantanam, “there was no
end to them’’) 9,16; acc. wath (attano,
na janasi, “you don't know your mea-
sure’) 9,23; énstr, wena (tesath, in
proportion to them) 57,11; comp,
udaka-ppamiina, ». 3,9; pasdna-,
ib,; — assa-potaka-°, m/fn., gala-°,
mfn., ghata-°, mfn., tivatiznsa-deva-
loka-°, mfn., ti-gavuta-°, mfn, & yo-
jana-°, mfn. (v. h.).

pamada, m, (sa. pramada) neg:
ligence, carelessness, indolence; nom.
~o (maccuno padari) Dh, 21; ~o
rajo sabbada, ~4nupatito rajo, indo-
lence is always dirt (¢, e, moral de-
filement), dirt is the result of it (v,
anupatati), 108,8; istr. ~ena, Dh,
167; °-pamada-tthana (ab/.) 81,28
(v, thana ’)).

pamareti, vd. (sa. pra-marayati,
caus, pra-\/mr) to strike one dead,
to maltreat, hurt severely (acc.); pot.
3. sg. ~eyya (marh) 87,15.

pamukha, mfn, (sa. pramukha)
being at the head of, chief (e. 0.);
Vijaya-ppamukha, m. pl. “with V. at
their head”, 110,30, 112,97. ep. pii-
mokkha.

pamuccati, wb, (pass. pamuii-
cati, g. v.).

pamuiicati, vb. (sa. pra-Vmuc)
to liberate, send away, shake off (acc.);
pr. 3, sg. ~ati (pupphani, “sheds the
flowers”) Dh. 377; — pass. pamuc-
cati, to be delivered (from, ab/.), Dh,
189. 192 = 107,22 (sabbadukkha);
fut. pamokkhati, 3. pl. ~anti (Mara-
bandhana) Dh. 276; — caus. pamo-
coti, to deliver (acc.) from (abl.); aor.

11

pamudita

2. & 3. 8g. ~esi (mam dukkh@) 108,12.
~ ep. duppamuiica, mfn.

pamudita, mfn. (pp. pamodati;
sa, pramudita) greatly delighted,
pleased; *°-citta, mfn. greatly de-
lighted in his mind, m. ~o, 16,7.

pameyya, mfn, (sa. prameya)
measurable; ». a-ppameyya, m/n.

pamokkhati, fut, pass., v. pa-
muiicati.

oe vi, (cats. pamuicati,
q. .).

pamodati, vb. (sa. pra-mud)
to be delighted, to rejoice greatly;
pr. 3. sg. ati, Dh. 16; pp. pamudita
(q. v.); cp. pamojja.

painohana. x, (sa. pramohana,
mfn.) bewilderment, delusion; nom,
-~amh (Marassa) Dh, 274.

payati, vb. (sa. pra-Vyi) to go
forth, set out, advance. proceed; aor,
3. 3g. pilyasi fw. augm.) 5. 34,4.
54,1; 3. pl. payimsu (do.) 33,7; pp.
payata, loc. fem, waya (sukha-,
navaya, “when the ship was fairly
of’), 19,27; gen, pl. m. wanam (va-
nijanam, Bharakaccha, who have
vome from Bh.) 26,30; Bharukaccha-
paydtinam (do.) 20,22.

payirupasati, vb. (sa, pary-upa-
yas) to sit beside, attend on (acc.);
pr. 3. sg. wati (metrically — pay
rupasati) Dh, 54-65 (panditam).

*payuttaka, mfn, (fr. sa. pra-
yukta, cp. neat) hired, bribed, sub-
oraed; a, ~9, 38,28; coro, 38,27;
%dhuttd, m. pl. 49,7,

payojeti, vb. (caus. payuijati;
8a. pra-yojayati, \/yuj) to use, em-
ploy; direct; practise (acc.); pr. 1.
pl. payojayama (naccadini) 65,1;
aor, 3, sg. ~wesi (purise, “directed
some men’) 74,4; 3. pl. wayithsu
(naccagitavaditaini) 64,31.

para, mfn. (= sa.) 1) other, diffe.
rent (opp. attan, ep. viiha, apara);
m. ko... paro (“who else?) Dh,
160; ace. ~am, Dh. 184; (lokam)
Db. 220; gen. ~wassa, 68,13; parassa-
hetu, “for the sake of others”, Dh,

162

84 (opp. attahetu); loc, ~ambi (loke,
opp. asmimh) Dh. 168; — instr. n.
(adv.) parena (= aparena samayena)
afterwards, later on, 47,21; — m. pl.
nom. pare (others, other people; some-
times pregnantly == bad or impious
people) Dh. 6; acc. pare, 103,30.
106,4. Dh. 257; gen. paresam, 8,5;
34,25 (opp. attana, cp. ainesamh, 34,24);
41,33 (paresam (= instr.) tava guna
jiita); — comp, °-santaka, mfn. (q. v.,
cp. corrections); — °-kula, #. (v. h.);
°-kula, m. = %-tira, n.(q. v.); *du-
kkh’tpadhana, v. upadhana; °-loka,
m, another world, 106,15 (vitinna-°,
g. v.); *°-vajjanupassin, ¥. anupassin
(cp. vajja); para-paccaya, ¥. a-para-
paccaya; *para-ppavada etc., v, below;
in ‘omp, with words beginning with
u the final a drops and the u is length-
ened, v, parupakkama, parlpaghatin.
— *) higher, superior; highest, supreme;
acc, m. wath (khanath) 110,18; santi-
para, mfn. “higher than rest”, 2.
wam (sukham) Db, 202. — param,
indecl. (v. next). ~ superl. parama
(q. v.). — ep. parato, parattha, para,
parato ete.

param, indecl. (== sa.) afterwards,
after (w. abl.); ito-param, tato-param
(v. h.); param-marana, after death,
89,20.

parakkama, m, (sa. parakrama
exertion, effort; acc. ~am erent
34,23; instr, wena (kata-°, “when we
a best”) 12,3; “dalha-°, mfn.
v. h.).

parakkamati, vb, (sa. para-
Vkram) 'to advance, attack (ace.); to
show courage efc.; pot. 3, sg. parak-
kame (dalham enam) Dh, 313; ger.
~kamma, “valiantly”, Dh, 383,

parato, adv. (sa. paratas) ') after-
wards, further; 26,3, 34,7 (gacchanto).
— *)on the other side; 21,16 (opp.
orato) cp. pitrato.

parattha!, adv, (sa, paratra) in
another place, in the other world;
74,9 (wa’ti); Dh. 177,

parattha’, m. (sa. parirtha) the

163

advantage or interest of others; instr.
(for the sake of) wena, Dh. 166 (opp.
attadattha, q. v.).

*parappavada, m. (cp. sa. para-
pravadin) disputation; °-kusala, mfn,
110,9 (g. v.) ep. pavadin, mfn.

parama, mfn, (= sa.) highest,
best (or worst); f. ~& (rogi) Dh.
203; . wam (sukhamh) ib. & 184;
nm, pl, ~& (dukha, », dukkha) ib,;
abl. n. param& va seyyo (better than
the best) 65,2; — comp. *arogya-pa-
rama, mfn. having health for its best,
f. ~& (labha, v. arogya) Dh. 204;
*vissiisa-°, mfn, ib. (g. v.). — *°duk-
kara, mfn, (q. v.); °-attha, m. the
best sense, the whole truth (v. next);
abl, paramatthato (adv.) v, attha °).

*Paramattha-dipani, f. nom.
pr, of a commentary, by Dhammapiala,
on several books of the Khuddaka-
Nikaya; specimen of the comm, on
Petavatthu p. 84,25—86,10,

paradjaya, m, (= sa.) defeat;
jaya-°, 2. victory and defeat, acc,
eam, Dh. 201.

arajita, mfn. (= 8a.; pp. para-

Vji [& jya]) defeated, conquered; one
who has lost (in game, w. acc.); m.
~o (sahassam) 2,14; 50,31 (as finite
tense, “he lost’); 60,4 (tehi ~o).

paradjiyati, vb. (pass. parajeti
[& -jinati]; sa. para-yji [& jya@]) to
be overcome, defeated; to lose (in
game); pr. 3, sg. wati (opp, jinati)
48,9.

paramasati, vb, (sa. para-\/mrg)
to touch, feel, stroke (acc.); part. m.
wanto (hatthissa kumbbham) 77,1;
ger. ~itva ([tam] hatthena) 24,30,
25,3; pp. paramattha, », duppara-
mattha.

parayana, . (sa. parayana) aim;
refuge, resort; €. c. mfn, == destined
for, resorting to; *Brahmaloka-°, m/n.
47,38; *sambodhi-°, mfn. 79,84 (q. v.).

pari-, indecl. (= 8a.) prefix to
verbs and nouns, implying ‘round,
around; richly, fully, completely’ etc. ;
before vowels it takes the form pariy-

pariganhati

(v. below), but before u also payir-
(metathesis, v, payirupasati); it is
sometimes changed into pali- (gq. ».).

parikamma, m. (sa. parikarman)
1) attendance, waiting upon; ~am (ka-
tabbath, w. gen.) 84,1. — *) prepara-
tion, treatment (as painting, cleansing,
dressing etc.); *°-kata, mfn. prepared,
treated (e.c.) : geruka-°, 84,19; lakha-°,
5,8 (v. h.),

parikkhaya, m. (sa. parikshaya)
destruction, ruin, loss; acc, swam
(gacchati, to be lost) 48,10; (fiatinam
etc.) Dh. 139. ep. parikkhina.

parikkhara, m. (sa. parishkara)
provisions, utensils, esp. the priestly
requisites (civara ete.); acc. (e, ¢.)
wan, 97,8.

parikkhipati, wb. (sa, pari-
vkship) to put, hang, or wind around,
to surround (acc.); pr. 3. pl. wanti
(maladamani) 37,2; aor. 3. pl. ~imsu,
6,10; ger, ®) witva (thanath) 6,9;
(malath kanthe) 16,25; (ass& sanim)
62,20; >) witvana, 112,6; — pp. pa-
rikkhitta, m, ~o (rajjuya, tied with
ropes) 64,20; ” cam (naharuna,
kandam, “wound round with sinews’’)
92,01; pakara-°, 23,20 (v. A.); su-
parikkhittam (sayanam) 112,3 (sa-
niya). cp. parikkhepa.

parikkhina, mfn. (pp. parikkhi-
yati; sa. parikshina, pari-ykshi) va-
nished, disappeared, extinct; m, pl.
~a (asava) Dh, 93; *kamabhava-®,
*“tanhabhava-°, *nandibhava-°, mfn,
(v, h.) ep. parikkhaya.

parikkhepa, m. (sa. parikshepa)
throwing about, surrounding, that by
which anything is surrounded; ~o,
37,3,

pariganhati, vb. (sa. pari-y/grah)
1) to embrace (acc.); part, m. ~wanto,
21,9; ger. pariggahetva (babahi)
20,0; — *) to examine, search (through) ;
to try, test (acc.); part. m. ~wanto
(bahivalaijanake) 43,8; 43,5-s8; 38,18;
57,16 (tath, in order to test her);
part, med. m. Aamano, 43,12; aor.
3. 8g. ~i (antonagaram) 43,0; fut,

11*

pariggaha

1. sg. wissimi (janapadam) 43,11; ger.
egyahetva (do.) 44,15. — caus, II.
pariganhapeti, to cause to be ex-
amined; part, m. wento, 48,26. cp.
next,

pariggaha, m. (sa. parigraha)
‘belonging to, dependent’, family, wife,
property, etc.; a-pariggaha, m/n. (un-
married) v, h., opp. sa-pariggaha,
mfn. 56,4-7.

pariggahetva, ger., v. parigan-
hati.

parighamsati, vt. (sa. pari-
Vghrsh) to rub, scrub; part, instr. m,
a-parighamsantena (sc. bhajanam,
without rubbing) 82,21.

paricarati, vb. (sa. pari-ycar)
‘to go round’, tu attend, wait on; to
serve, worship («cc.); pot. 3. sg. ~care
aygim) Dh. 107, — caus. paricareti
v.h.) cp. next,

paricarika, f. (= ea.) a female
attendant, waiting woman; nom. va
(itthi) 49,3; gen. pl, wanath, 19,13;
pida-°, f. id. & wife, instr, wiya,
56,11; pl. wa, 21,19; *°wika-yakkhini,
f. a menial Y., 111,3.

paricare ti, vb. (cous. paricarati;
$1, paricarayati) to surround (acc.);
pass. part. m. paricariyamano (ni-
ppurisehi turiyehi, “surrounded by’’)
67,34.

pariccajati, vb. (sa. pari-y/tyaj)
to abandon, give up, sacrifice (acc.);
fui. 1. sg. wissi.mi (attanam tuyharh)
3,16; ger, witva (attanam) 165,33;
{jivitarh) 60,14. ep, next.

pariccaga, m. (sa! parityaga)
ieaving, abandouing, giving up; abl.
~i (mattasukaa-©) “by leaving (a
smal) pleasure)’ Dh, 290.

parijana, m. (= sa.) surrounding
or atteading people, servants; acc,
war, 67,98; ger -vassa, 67,26,

parijinna, mfi. (vp. parijiyati;
&4, parijirna, yjf) worn out, decayed,
exhausted; 2. wat (puranasetthiku-
lath, ipspoverished, reduced) 55,1;
(idam rtipam) 107,7 = Dh, 148.

parinnata, mfn. (pp. parijanati;

164

sa, parijiata, ina) thoroughly known;
mn. ~wam (sabbadukkham, 8c. maya)
108,13; *°-bhojana, mfn. “living on
recognized food”, i. e, one who has
the right view of the food he eats
(who exactly knows the substance of
which it consists, that it is only vile
and impure matter, and taat there is
no pleasure in eating it) m. pl. ~a,
Dh. 92 (cp. Db. (1855) p. 281; Chil-
ders Dict. pariiia). ;
parinamati, vd. (sa. pari-\/nam)
to bend, change (intr.); to develop,
ripen, become old, be digested (as
food); part. loc. ~ante (vaye, “as
age ripens”) 47,13, cp. nect,
parindma, m. (= sa.) change,
development; digestion; samma-parina-
mam (ace.) gaccheyya, 78,16 (can be
fully digested).
paritassati (& paritasati), wb.
(sa. pari-y/tras) to be frightened or
alarmed, to tremble; pr. 3. sg. na
~wati (sabbasarhyojanam chetva) Dh.
397 (“after cutting all fettera he does
not tremble’’); but we had perhaps
better to translate “he does not feel
any desire’, and take paritassati =
sa, pari-ytrsh, to be afflicted by thirst,
metaph, to feel desire or longing; the
explanation Dhpd. (1855) p. 428 : tan-
haya na bhayati (he does not fear on
account of thirst) and on several other
passages in the commentaries is pro-
bably due to a confusion of those two
verbs, of which pp. paritasita (cp.
tasita) frequently occurs; paritassana,
f. seems, to have both significations :
fear & longing; cp. Mil. p. 253,26 (gono
chito paritasito), Rhys Davids, Dial.
of the Buddha (1899) p. 63.
paritoseti, vb. (sa. pari-y/tush,
caus. paritoshayati) to satisfy com-
pletely, to appease (acc.); part. med.
m. ~ayamano (athke nisinnam put-
tam) 38,15 (“cherishing”’).
paritta!, mfn. (sa. paritta) limited,
small, little; . wath (udakam) 4,5;
parittatthakatha, f a concise commen-
tary, acc, wam, 113,24.

166

*paritta®, ». (cp. sa, paritrina,
fr. pari-ytra) protection, an amulet;
osutta, m.a thread for defence, a charm-
ing thread, 111,11 (°-tejena).

paridahati, vd, (sa, pari-y/dha)
to put on (clothes, acc.); fut. 3. sg.
~dahessati (kfsavami vattham) Dh. 9.

parideva, m. (= sa.) lamenta-
tion; instr, pl, wehi, 70,29; gen. pl.
~anam (soka-°) 90,17; soka-° (dvandva
comp.) 66,10-17. cp. pariddava.

paridevati, vb. (sa. pari-ydiv)
to lament, cry, groan; part, m, ~wanto,
30,33; 7. wanti, 31,3; gen, pl. wanta-
nam, 47,31; part, med, m, wmino,
30,15; aor. 3, sg. paridevi, 24,7. pari-
deva, m. & paridevana, 7. (q. 0).

paridevana, m. (= sa.) lamen-
tation, groaning; °sadda, m. “the
sound of groaning”, nom, ~0, 23,33,
cp. parideva & next,

*pariddava, m, (sa. *paridrava,
Vdru; this word is formed after the
analogy of upaddava (gq. v.) and may
probably be due to an old confusion
with parideva (v, above), by which
it is generally explained in the com-
mentaries (Tr.); it is only found in
comp, with soka-°) lamentation; tinna-
soka-°, mfn. “who has crossed the
flood of sorrow’? Dh, 195.

“parinitthiti, f. (fr. pari-ni-
ystha, cp. nitthita) completion, accom-
plishment; acc, wim (gatesu, fulfilled)
114,31.

parinibbati, vbd., v, parinibba-
yati.

parinibbina, », (sa, parinir-
vana) complete extinction of indivi-
duality, so that one shall not be born
again; attainment of Nirvana; adi,
~a, 80,19; °-maficamhi nipanno,
110,19.

parinibbayati & parinibbati,
(sa. parinirvati, va) to be extin-
guished, to. attain Nirvana; pr. 3. pl.
~ayanti (Tathagata) 76,98; ~anti,
Dh. 126; aor, 3. 99. wiyi, 29,18;
80,19 (Bhagava); pp. v. parinibbuta,
cp, parinibbana, n,

paribbajaka

parinibbuta, mfn, (pp. sa. pari-
birvrta, \/vr, but as to the signification
belonging to parinir-//va, v. pari-
nibbayati, cp. nibbuta) completely ex-
tinguished or liberated (from the sam-
sara); m, ~0, 80,11; loc. we, 80,19;
pl.m. ~3 (loke, “even in this world’’)
Dh, 89.

paripakka, mfn. (sa. paripakva)
completely cooked, quite ripe, accom-
plished; m. ~o (vayo) Dh, 260,

paripucchati, vb. (sa. pari-
yprach) to put questions to (acc.);
inf. ~itum, comp. kama, mfn. who
wishes that questions shall be put
to himself, m, ~0, 84,73 grd. m,
witabbo, ib, 8

paripunna, m/fn. (sa, pari-purna)
quite full; accomplished, perfect; m.
~ath (candamandalam, “the full
moon”) 32,30; *sabbakara-°, m/fn,
altogether pertect, acc, m. ~am (pu-
risam) 10,36; *°-gabbha, f, adj. (v.
gabbha).

paripurati, wb. (sa. pari-ypf)
intr, to become full (completely); to
become perfect; pr. 3. 8g. ~ati (paii-
fa) Dh, 38; pp. paripunna (q. ».).

paripphoseti, vb, (caus. pari-
yprush) to besprinkle, water (acc.);
ger, ~witva ([bhumim] udakena) 84,29,

pariplava, mfn, (= sa.) swim-
ming round; unsteady; *°-pasada, m/n.
“whose peace of mind is troubled”, gen,
m, wassa, Dh, 38,

pariphandati, vb. (sa, pari-
Vspand) to tremble all over; pr. 3,
sg. wati (idam cittam).Dh. 34 (cp.
phandana),

paribbajati, vb. (sa. pari-vraj)
to wander about (esp. as a religious
mendicant, cp. paribbaja(ka)); pr. 3,
pl. ~wanti (etam [bandhanam] che-
tvana) Dh, 346; pot. 3. sg. paribbaje
(kame pahatvana andgaro) Dh. 416.

paribbaya, m. (sa, parivyaya)
payment, salary; travelling expenses
or travelling cash; acc. ward, 18,93;
48,18,

‘paribbajaka, m, (& paribbaja;

paribbavite

ea. parivrija(ka)) « religious mendi-
cant, ascetic; nom. we (Uttiyo) 89,19;
acc, ~am, 29,29; “-avama, m. (v. h.).
— °-vesena, in the character of a p.
110,29.
paribhavita, mfn. (pp. pari-
bhaveti; = sa., caus, pari-ybhi) pre-
pared, treated; m. wath (cittam,
“highly cultivated”) 105,2; acc. f.
wark (raainusivacara, karunaya, “filled
with compassion”) 22,3.
paribhasati, 10. (sa. pari-/bhash)
to blame, censure, atuse (ace.); pr.
8, ag. ~wati (bhiklhii) 84,29.
paribhuijati, vd. (sa. pari-/bhu})
to eat, enjoy (acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~ati
(dadhitn) 35,23; 97,0 (“makes use of
it”); 3. pl. wanti, 21,0; inf. witurh
(kime) 69,57; ger. nitva, 36,35; pp.
paribhetia, . wem (yassa, “when
he has eaten it’) 78,13. cp. next.
paribhoga, m. (== 3a.) enjoyment,
use; *devata-°, mfn. 36,31. (v. h.).
parimajjati, vb. (sa. pari-y/mrj)
to cleanse, wipe; to touca, stroke(acc.);
pr. 2. sg. wasi (bahiram) 106,11 =
Dh, 394; part. f. wanti (pitthim)
46,8.
parimandala, mfn. (=sa.) round,
circular; m. ~am, 36,33, adv. ~ath,
all arvund, 82,97; *su-parimandalan,
adv, completely, 13,7.
parimaddati, vb. (sa, pari-/mrd)
to rub, stroke (acc.); ger. witva (ha-
tthena tassa sarirath, “passed his
hand over”) 24,23.
parimana, », (= sa.) circum-
ference; extent; acc, wath, (rajja-°)
43,29.
pariyatti, f. (sa. paryapti) learn-
ing, esp, study of the holy texts; the
texts themselves hanced down through
oral tradition (= tipitaka); nom. wi,
102,10; °-antaradhana, ». ‘the dis-
appearance of learning’, name of a
chapter of Anagata-vamsa (q. v.)
102.2.
pariyanta, mn. (sa, paryanta)
endec, ceased; far, remote; — m. end,
circumference, edge, border, outskirt;

166 .

acc, wath’ (parisa-°, v. parish) 87,23;
loc. we (udaka-°) 4,2; (sara-°) 5,17;
pl. hattha-pada-pariyanta (the hoofs)
5,27, ee

pariyati, vb. (sa. pari-y/y@) to
go round (acc.); pr. 3. 3g. wati (ra
janivesanam) 31,3.

pariyadana, n. (buddh. sa. pa-
ryadana) consuming, consumption,
exhaustion, destruction, end; abl. wa
(tassa, “when that has been consumed”)
95,8. :

*pariyapanna, mfn. (fr. pari
A-//pad) included, contained in; patta-
pariyipannari, ». “what has been put
in the bowl’, 83,3.

pariyaya, m. & n. (sa. paryaya)
‘going round’, encompassing (also a
synonym); turn, succession, series,
enumeration (also a religious discourse
in general, opp. nippariyaya, a dis-
course delivered on some particular
occasion); way, manner, order, method,
precision; view or point of view; nom.
n. Aditta-pariyayam (“the sermon of
the burning”) 71,18; instr, wena
(aiifiena = anfiendkarena, in another
way, from a different point of view
o: wrongly?) Q1,11-32; aneka-pari-
yayena, adv. in many ways, 69,18,

pariyesati, vb. (sa. pari-vish)
to seek or search for, inquire, inves
stigate (acc.); part. m. wanto (goca-
ram) 14,99; (phaldphalini) 35,39;
part, med. m. pl. ~mand (mige, in
order tc find) 6,8; fut. 1. sg. wissimi,
14,22; (dibbakime) 45,5; inf. ~itum,
43,3; ger. witva (core) 30,30.

*pariyogalha, mfn. (pp. pati-
yogahati, to inquire into, penetrate;
sa, *paryava-V/gih, cp. ava-gadha);
°-dhamma, mfn. who has penetrated
the truth, m. 0, 69,13. cp. next,

*pariyogadha, m. (fr. pari-ava-
Vgah) inquiring into, penetrating;
*duppariyogaha, mfn. (q. v.).

*pariyodapana, n. (fr. next)
cleansing, purification; sacitta-°, Dh,
183 (v. citta?).

*pariyodapeti, vb. (cats, pari«

167

ava-/dai) to cleanse, purify (acc.);
pot. 3, sg. ~eyya (metrically = paryo-
dapeyya, attainarh) Dh. 88,
pariyosana, m. (sa. paryavasana)
end, conclusion; loc, we, 29,17 (sacca-°,
q. v.); 34,29 (jivita-°); ec. mfn, =
ending with: gala-°, 18,7; marana-°,
86,16; vipatti-°, 47,16 (v. h.).
parilaha, m. (sa, paridaha) burn-
ing, heat; pain, suffering, sorrow; nom,
~0, Dh. 90; sa-parilaha, mfn. filled
with pain, ». wath, 94,9.
parivajjeti (& parivajjayati)
vb, (sa, parivarjayati, caus. pari-
vr}) to avoid (acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~eti
papaini) Db. 269; imp. 2. sg. (med.)
ewayassu (kuldvaka (ace, f. or n, pl. ?)
“dont disturb the birds’ nests’) 60,16;
pot, 3. sg. ~waye, Dh. 123.
parivattati, vb. (sa, pari-yvrt)
to turn, change (intr.), to change into
en) pot, 3. sg. ~weyya (khiram,
adhi ~) 99,98; ger. witva, 47,12; —
caus. v. next,
parivatteti, vb. (sa. parivartay-
ati, caus, pari-yvrt) 1) to overthrow,
turn topsy-turvy; also intr, to rush,
hurtle (on account of confusion) : part.
m. pl, wenta, 60,8. — *) to repeat,
rehearse, recite (acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti
(Patanjali-matam) 113,7; pot. 2. sg.
~eyyasi (mantam) 52,26; ger. ~etva,
32,10. — *) to translate (acc.); imp. 2.
sg. ~ehi (tam, Magadhanam niruttiya)
113,33; aor. 3. sg. ~esi, 114,27.
parivara, m, (= sa.) suite, re-
tinue, followers; e. c. mfn., surrounded
by; instr, ~ena (mahantena) 7,5.
62,8; paiicasata-bhikkhu-9, m/n. 87,3;
paiicasata-miga-°, m/fn. 5,39; paiica-
sugandhika-°, mfn. prepared with five
kinds of fragrant substances, ”, wail
({tambiilam) 41,13; sa-parivara, mfn.
together with the retinue, acc, m. ~atl,
110,25. ;
parivareti, vb. (sa. parivarayati,
caus. pari-\/vr) to surround, encom-
pass (acc.); without obj. to stand
around; aor. 3. 8g.+~wesi, 36,93; fut.
3. pl. wessanti, 35,15; ger. wetva

phrissaya

(ambarukkham, “round the Mango
tree”)37,19; pp. m. parivarito(amacca-9)
112,96, cp. parivara, m. & parivuta,
min,

*parivitakketi, vb. (fr. pari-vi-
ytark) to reflect, ponder; aor. 3. 8g.
~esi, 53,33.

parivisati, vb. (sa. pari-yvish,
but as to the formation confounded
with pari-y/vi¢) to serve, wait on (acc.);
imp. 2. sg. parivisa (mam tena, “serve
me with it”) 78,8; aor. 3. sg. parivisi,
78,11; ger. witva, 87,17; part. f.
ewanti (rajainaih, suvanna-katacchum
gahetva) 53,32,

parivuta, mfn, (sa. parivrta, pp.
pari-/vr) surrounded by (instr. or
e€. c.); m. ~0 (deva-ganena) 60,23;
36,28; 74,17; 7,28 (miga-gana-°); acc,
m. wam (amacca-gana-°) 39,98; f.
pl, ~@ (dasi-gana-°) 21,1.

*parisamvuta, mfn. (sa. “pari-
samvrta) covered, hidden, guarded;
restrained, controlled; su-parisamvuta,
Dh. 234 (q. ».).

parisappati, vb. (sa. pari-\srp)
to run about; pr. 3. pl. wanti, Dh.
342. The common form of this verb
is pari-sakkati, cp. osakkati, nissak-
kana ete.

parisa, f. (sa. parishad) an as-
sembly; multitude, group, crowd; nom.
~a (assa, “his followers”) 40,3; ace.
wan, 88,95; instr, waya, 74,17; gen.
dat, ~aya, 6,32; 86,10 (sampatta-°,
the assembly present); Joc. Ayam,
87,25; comp. catu-°, f. (v. h.); at the
beginning of comp. generally shortened
to parisa-, 87,93 (°-pariyantarh);
%majjhe, 10,21. 42,4. 61,15.

parisuddha, mfn. (sa. paricud-
dha, Ygudh) clean, pure; a-parisud-
dha, mfn. 41,1 (q. v.).

parissaya, m. (& m.) (sa. pari-
graya, m. (?) Weber, Ind. Str. III,
395; as to the signification nearly
agreeing with parissama (sa, pari-
¢rama) by which it is sometimes re
placed in the manuscripts; Fausbell,
Dbpd. (1855) p. 407 & Gloss. Sn.,

paribarati

derives it from 6a, “parismaya, smi,
which can hardly be possible) danger;
pain, trouble, annoyance; ”, pl, wai
(sabbani) Dh, 328. [Physically paris-
saya seems to mean ‘the internal heat
of the body’, as it is sometimes in the
comm. explained by kammaja-tejo;
perhaps it ought to be derived from
pari -+ yori = yyra (or yeram),
ep. utu-parissaya-vinodana, MN, I
p. 10,17.)

pariharati, vb. (sa. pari-yhr)
1) to carry (round), to wear (acc.);
pr. 1. sg. med, ~hare (muijam, q. v.)
193,93; ger. rvitvad. (xucchiya Bodhi-
suttam) 62,3. — *) to protect, take
care of, be the leader of; fut. 1. sg.
wissami (bhikkhu-saihghamh) 74,23;
inf. witush, 74,94; ep, parihara.

parihana, m. (sa. parihina) the
being deprived of, falling away from;
dat. ~aya (abhabbo) Dh. 32.

parihayati, vb. (sa, pari-hiyate,
pass, pari-Vha, cp. jahati) to be de-
rived of; to fall away from (abi.),
disappear, vanisn, decrease, etc.; pr.
3. sg. ~wati (sadd:amma) Dh. 364;
aor. 3, sg. whayi, 18,20; fut. 3. sg.
wissati, 102,10; -— pp. paribina, loc,
m, we, 102,10; 2. wath n’atthi (vw.
abl, ‘has net been neglected’) 37,27;
a-parihina, mfn. unbroken (v. h.),

parihara, m. (= sa.) ‘carrying
round’, protection, taking care of, the
making much of anything; abl. wate
(roranaka-°, as hitherto} 37,27; “gab-
bha-®, m, (q. «.) 42,28 (laddha-°),

| aa mn, (pp. parihayati,
gq. 0.)

Bt de ation m. (fr. para +
upakkama) approaching or attack of
otoers (external enemies); instr. ~ena,
76,27 (cp. an-upakkainena),

*parupaghatin, mfn. (fr. para
+ upaghatin) who strikes or injures
others; om, m. v1, Dk. 184.

pareta, mfn. (= sa. pp. para +
vi) reached, approached; ¢. c, = fol-
lowed by, overcome with; *soka-°,

168

mfn. overcome with sorrow, gen. m.
wassa, 104,17.

parodati, vb. (sa. pra-yrud) to
begin to weep or lament; aor. 8. 89.
parodi (mabantena saddena) 16,21.

pary-, v. parly~. :

palavati (or pilavati, plavati),
vb. (sa. plavati, vplu) to float, swim;
pr. 3. sg. wati (burahuratmh) 107,30
= Dh, 334 (metri causa wati); aor.
1. sg. a-plavith (phalakena) 20,23.

*palapeti, vb. (caus. palayati,
g.v.) to drive away (acc.); imp. 2.
sg. wehi (te) 35,12; 2 pl. wetha,
52,20; aor, wesi, ib.; inf. ~eturh, 8,1.

palayati (& paleti), vb. (sa. pa-
layati) to flee or fly away, escape;
pr. 3. sg. paleti, 106,3 = Dh. 49;
2. sg. wayasi, 54,01; 3. pl. wayanti,
6,21; 1. pl, wayima (let us escape),
21,30; aor. 3. sg. wayi, 10,33; 3. pl.
wayimsu, 30,30; fut. 3. pl, wissanti,
35,14; 1. pl. wissima, 21,32; inf.
ewitum, 21,37; ger. witva, 60,21; —
caus, *palapeti (v. h.).

palasa, m. dn. (sa. palaca) ')
m.a leaf; pandu-palaso, Dh. 235 (gq.
v.). — *) mn. (coll.) leaves, foliage;
sakha-palasam, 95,22 (g. v.); apas
gata-°, mfn. 95,23.

pali- or pali-, prp. = pari-¢
(q. v.) ep. next ete.

paligha, m. (sa. parigha [&
paligha]) a bolt or bar of a door; an
obstacle, hindrance; *ukkhitta-°, mfn,
Dh. 398 (v. h.),

palita, mfn. (= 8a, but often
spelled with ph through confusion with
phalita, g.v.); 1) grey, greyhaired;
%. wath (siro) Dh, 260 (ph®); *-kesa,
mfn. greyhaired, acc, m. wath, 63,9.
- ") n. grey hair (sg. & pl.); nom.
sg. wath (ekatin) 44,25 (ph); 46,24
(eka-p°); 46,27 (ekath oa pl. sini,
46,23; 44,22 (ph); — *phalita-patu-
bhava, m, 44,33 (v. patubbava),

*palipatha, m. (read : pali-®; fr.
pra-ylip. tw. suff. -atha) mud, mire;
acc. wath (duggam) Dh, 414 (this
miry road, which is difficult to pass?)

169

ep. Tr, PM, p. 80-81 Notes; JPTS,
84, p. 86. Childers & Fausball de-
rive it from pari-patha (-pantha),
“adversary”.

palibuddha, mfx. (probably iden-
tical with sa. pari-ruddha, through
dissimilation (?) or from *pra-vi-rud-
dha by metathesis; in palibodha, m.
hindrance, we could suppose influence
from sa. pari-Vbadh (Tr, PM. p. 66)
or pari-yVbandh (Lewmann); from
palibuddha we have verb, denom.
palibuddhati, to check, restrain; to
urge, dun; to seize upon, usurp)
checked, restrained; m. pl. ~a (titthiya,
‘there was put a stop to their mischief’)
74,14. (cp, also sa. pary-ava-rodha.

palujjati, vd. (pass. sa. sear oe
to be broken, destroyed; to fall off;
pot. 3, sg. ~eyya (sakhapalasam),
ae 3. pl, w~eyyum (tacapapatika)
ib,

paleti, vb, = palayati (q. ».).

palepana, x. (sa. pralepana) the
a ‘1 smearing; *galha-°, mfn, 92,7
v.h.).

palobheti, vb. (sa. pralobhayati,
caus, pra-Vlubh) to allure, seduce
(acc.); ger. wetva (vanije) 21,13,

pallamka, m, (sa. paryafika &
palyafika) a couch or sofa; a throne
or palanquin; the sitting cross-legged
(as in meditation), in the phrase : pal-
lathkena (instr.) or we (Joc.) nisidati,
17,25, 65,4. 66,4 (eka-°, gq. v.); 53,23
(Joc.) ; %majjhe, 39,26 (“on the royal
throne”); kajicana-°, 42,9 (v h.);
nisinna-pallathkato, abi, “from the
couch on which he was sitting”, 65,37
(vutthaya).

pallala, . (sa. palvala) a small
pond or lake; acc, ~am, Dh, 91;
loc, we, 21,36, ‘

pavaddhati, vb. (sa. pra-/vrdh)
to grow up, increase; pr. 3) sg. watl,
Dh, 282; 3. pl. wanti, 107,32 = Dh,
335.

pavattati, vb. (sa. pra-yvrt) 4)
to arise, set out, break forth; aor. 3.
8g. pavatti (mahanadi) 36,5; (uda-

pavittha

nam) 65,13. — *) to become, appear,
to be, exist; pr. 3. sg. ~wati (ratho’ti
namam) 98,24; (Sihalesu w~ati, “is
extant among the S8,’’) 113,31; fut. 3,
sg. ~wissati (manussesu catuppadika
gatha) 102,22, caus. v, pavatteti; cp.
next,
avattar, m, (rather fr. sa. pra-

vaktr than fr, pra-vartitr, cp. next)
one who tells or relates, expounder,
teacher; acc. waram (nidhinam, “who
tells of hidden treasures”) Dh. 76,

pavatti, f. (sa. pravrtti) appear-
ance, what appears or happens, news,
tidings, etc.; acc, wim (arocesi) 6,23;
tatr’assa ~im na janama, “we dont
know what happened afterwards”,
73,23,

pavatteti, vb. (caus, pavattati,
sa, pravartayati) to cause to arise,
send forth (ace.); ger, ~etva (maho-
gham) 35,19,

pavara, m/fn, (sa. pravara) the
choicest, best; noble, excellent; ace,
m, wam, Dh. 422,

pavassati, vb, (sa, pra-yvrsh)
to rain, begin to rain; imp, 2 8g.
pavassa (deva!) 104,%2; aor, 3, sg,
pavassi (mahamegho) 105,21.

pavati (& pavayati), vd. (sa. pra-
Vva) to blow through, pervade (acc.);
pr. 3. 8g. ~ati (sabba disi) Dh. 54,

pavadin, m. (sa, pravadin) a
disputer, polemic; acc, pl. ~wino
(ahindanto) 113,5, cp. parappavada,

pavala (& ie mn, (sa.
pravada & pravala) +) coral; comp.
-ppavala-, 27,28; *) a sprout, a young
leaf or branch; kala-°, 47,20 (gq. v.).

pavasa, m. (sa. pravasa) absence
from home, departure; abl, ~a (agato)
9,97. cp. cira-ppavasin, mfn.

pavijjhati, vb. (sa. pra-\/vyadh)
to hurl or cast down (ace.); aor. 38,
8g. pavijjhi (mahantam silarm) 75,35.

pavittha, mfn, (pp. pavisati, sa.
pra-vishta) entered, one who has en-
tered or come into (ace, or abl.); m.
~o0 (himagabbham) 16,9; ace. wath
(adittapannasalamh) 44,20; mukhe

pavibhajati

«am. (ambaphalamh) 37,4; (fina a-
sassa anto ~) 86,38; comp, kucchim
pavittha-sadiso, 61,2; gahanatthana-
pavittha-maggam, “the path by which
they bac turned into the jungle”, 34,11.

pavivhajati, vb. (sa. pra-vi-
+/bhaj) to divide, distribute, arrange
ace.); aor, 3. pl. wajjimsu (Satthu-
sizanam) 109,32 (incorrect spelling
instead of pavibhajimsu); ger. wajja,
110,1. ep. vibhajana.

paviveka, m. (sa. praviveka)
solitude; *%rasa, m. “the sweetnesa
of solitude”, Dh. 205 (acc. ~am).

pavisati, wb. (sa. pra-yvi¢) to
enter, go to, come into (ace. [or loc.]});
pr. 3. pl, wanti (nagaram) 90,36;
(antojalam) 88,35; part. m. instr.
wantena, 83,31; imp. 2. 8g. pavisa
(udakam, dive into) 13,1; (aggit)
Ble; fut. 1. ag. wissami (aggith,
i. é, I will pay with my life for it)
54,4; aor. *) (w. augm.) 3. sg. pavisi,
13,2 (wi, metri vausa), 33,95; >) 3. pl.
pavisitisu, 53,4. 60.09; 2. pl. ~ittha
(mai) 27,30; inf. witurh, 13,15; comp.
~witu-kima, m/fn. 82,24. 83,27 (m. wo,
w, acc.); ger. *) pavissa, Dh, 127;
b) witva, 6,7, 14,15. 37,12; grd. witab-
bath, , 83,0; pp. pavittha (q. v.);
caus, pavesoti & pavesiipeti (q. v.)
cp. next,

*pavisana, m, (om, act. fr. pa-
visati, cp. pavesara) entering, coming
in; “-kile (w. ace. aggith) 61,14; 73,13
(do, nagararh); %-veliyarh (tesa,
“as thoy came in”) 53,4.

pavuccati, vb. (pass, pra-\/vac)
to be called; pr. 3. sg. dhammattho
‘ti wati, Db, 257; tanha ~ati, 103,26,

pavedeti (nayati), vb. (caus.
pra-yvid, sa. pravedayati) to com-
municate, relute, tench (aec.); pr. 3.
pl. wayanti (sc. dhammanh) Db. 151;
pp. pavedita, taught; acc. m. ~am
(isi-pp®, maggaih) Dh, 281; loc. m,
we (ariya-°, dhamme) Dh. 79,

pavedhati, v% (fr. sa. pra-
Yryath, but ariven as a new simplex
to caus, “pra-vyiiihayati > pavedheti ;

170

ep. Tr, PM. 76,95) to tremble, quiver;
part. med. acc, m. f. ~manam, 47,23.
63,9. .

paveni & paveni (or wi), fF
(sa. praveni) ‘a long braid of hair,
hence !) race, lineage, esp. breed of
cattle, cattle for breeding; pl. ~1yo
(godharaniyo, g. v.) 105,11-14. (Comm,
on Sn. v. 26: vayappatta balivaddehi
saddhith methunapatthana - gavo);
*) tradition, traditional custom or doc-
trine (also = the holy scriptures) ep.
Tr. PM. p. 69,7-44.

*pavellati, vb. (fr. pra-y/vell)
to shake or swing to and fro, to sway;
part, med. f. ~mana, 47,20.

pavesana, m. (sa. pravecana)
1) entering (cp. pavisana); *) placing
or putting on, application; dande
pavesana-vasena (v. vasa) “according
as you fit it to the handle”, 35,5.

*navesapeti, vb. (caus. IT. pa-
visati) to cause one (acc.) to enter
(acc.); pr. 8. 8g. weti (mitugimam
aggim) 61,20.

*pavesetar, m. (nom, agentis fr.
next) one who allows to enter, who
gives admittance; nom, ~a (idtanam)
90,33.

pavoscti, vb, (caus, pavisati;
8a. pravegayati) to cause or allow to
enter (acc,) into (ace, or Joc.), to put
on, introduce; pr. 3. pl. wenti, 49,1;
fut. 3. 8g. wessati, 102,97; ger. wetva
(bahumige uyyane) 6,5; (migaganam
uyyiinam) 6,15; (uggahana-rajjukarin
givilyn) 14,32; (nagar) 73,96; caus,
IT. pavesapeti (q. 0.) ep. pavesana,
n., pavesetar, m.,

pasamsati, vb. (sa. pra-/cams)
to praise (acc.); pr. 3. pl. wanti
(appamadath) Dh, 30; Dh. 229. 366;
Na-ppasaisanti, Dh, 177; ger, witva,
3,38; pp. pusainsita, m. .0, Dh. 228
~30. cp. next,

pasamsa, f.(sa. pragarisa) praise;
ninda-pasatisasu, Joc. pl. (blame and
praise) 106,50 = Dh, 81.

pasanna, min, (pp, pusidati; aa,
prasanna) ') clear, bright; placid,

171

tranquil; pleased, happy (w. gen. or
loc.); m. wo, (te) 7,13; (tassa) 31,14;
(Buddhasdsane) Dh, 368; 114,1;
instr, wena, 8,2; Dh. 2 (manasa). ~
*) who is clear in his persuasion, be-
lieving, full of faith or devotion, pious;
m. ~0, 28,3, 102,93; evar ~o aham,
79,97; pl. ~a, 76,32 (opp, a-ppasanna,
q. v.); *-citta, mfn. with a pious
mind, believing, acc, m, wath, 68,92.

pasavati, vb. (sa, pra-/sii) to
procreate, produce (acc.); pr, 3. sg.
i. a Dh, 201; pp. pasiita
g: v.).

pasahati, vb. (sa. pra-\sah) to
conquer, overcome leak pr. 38. 8g.
~ati (metri causa ~ati) Dh. 7 (tam);
Dh, 8 (na-ppasahati); 104,5 (tath
senam); pot. 3, sg, med, ~etha (na-
pp°) Dh. 128.

pasada, m. (sa. prasada) *) bright-
ness, purity; *) favour, kindness (opp.
kopa); °) conviction, persuasion, faith
(opp, hana); abl. ~a, 79,99; *°-matta,
f. a minute portion of faith (Gota-
massa, “on G,”) 94,23; *pariplava-°,
mfn. Dh. 38 (v, h.).

pasadana, n, (sa, Scanner
1) clearing, calming, propitiating; ?
= prec, *yathi-pasadanam, adv.
according to one’s favour, pleasure,
or faith, Dh. 249.

pasadhana, 2. (sa. prasaidhana)
decoration, vesture; am (uraccha-
da-°, g. v.) 23,99; (yakkharaja-°)
112,29; instr. pl, wehi, 112,93.

pasadheti, vb. (sa. pra-\sadh)
to adorn, decorate, array (acc.); wor,
3. sg. ~ayi (bhaccam, pasadhanehi)
112,33; pp. pasadhita, m. ~o (man-
dita-°, “dressed and arrayed”) 41,10.
cp. prec.

pasdreti, vb. (sa. prasarayati,
caus. pra-y/sr to stretch or spread
out, to open (acc.); aor. 3. sg. ~wesi
(apanam, ‘opened a shop”) 48,31;
ger. ~etva (pakkhe) 10,14; (hattham),
62,18; pp. pasarita, outstretched,
Ogiva, f. 17,22 (v. h.).

pasibbaka, m. (sa. prasevaka,

passati

cp. Fausboll, Dhpd. (1855) p. 268;
fr, *pra-sivyaka (?) Childers) a bag,
sack, purse; aco. ~am, 12,31; 13,5
(chinna-°); loc, we, 12,24; tambiila-®,
57,33 (q. v.). 4

pasidati, vb. (sa. pra-\/sad) to
become clear, tranquil, or pleased (w.
gen.); pr. 3. sg. wati (cittam) 103,21;
ger. ~itva (tassa) 37,17; pp. pasanna
(q. .) cp. pasada & pasadana,

pasu, m., (sa, pacu) cattle; putta-
pasu-°, Dh, 287 (children and cattle).

pasuta, mfn, (sa. prasita, pp.
ra-/sa, 81) intent upon, devoted to
gen. or loc., ore. ¢.); m, ~O (miga-
vadha-°) 5,39; (gocara-°) 18,13; (sad-
attha-°) Dh. 166; pl. wa (sa-kicca-°)
86,23; (jhana-°) Dh, 181.

pasiita, mfn, (pp. pasavati, sa.
prastita, si) procreated, brought
forth; . ~am (bahum apuiifiam) 76,3,

passa, n. (sa. pargva) side; instr.
wena (nipajjapetva, “upon his side”)
13,17; loc. we (pitthi-°, brahmanassa,
“behind”) 50,18; Joc. pl. wesu (ubho-
o ee — *sammattha-°, mfn. 47,19
vvh.).

passati, wb. (sa. pag) to see,
look at, consider, perceive, notice, find
out (acc.) cp, dissati*); pr. 3. sg.
~wati (paiifidya, understands) 107,u
= Dh, 277; (rajanam, comes to see,
visits) 52,24; 2.89. ~wasi, 10,13. 73,6.
85,16. 111,19; 2.89. ~ Ami, 31,3. 97,30;
42,17 (~ vo’ham attanar, ‘an ex-
ample thereof I am myself’ ?); 3. pl.
wanti, 63,10. 110,12 (find); 1. pl.
~ama, 73,32; part. m. *) passam
(evam, ‘considering this’) 71,4; a-pas-
sath, Dh. 114; >) passanto, 14,27.
46,4 (a-°, not seeing); gen. *) passato,
96,8. Dh, 114; >) passantassa (gen.
abs.) 17,24; instr. passata (intelligent)
Dh. 245; pl. a-passanta, 30,81; f. a-
passanti, 68,29; gen. ~wantiya, 64,17;
— imp. 2. sg. passa, 2,1. 5,7 (pass’);
11,iz. 19,22. 103,24; 2. pl. ~watha,
18,6. 51,19. 88,3; — pot. 3. sg. ®) passe,
Dh. 76, 170; >)passeyya, 16,14 (find);
69,1; 90,84 (look for); — fut. 1. sg.

paseiisa

wissimi, 65,90; — aor. 3, ag. passi,
28,8. 36,7. 54,8 (mahijano mai ~);
a-passi, llljaz; 3. pl. wimnsu, 27,1;
1, pl. ~imha, 54,18; — inf. passitum,
4,13; — ger. u-passitva (not seeing)
13,5; — pass. v. dissati!); — caus, v.
dasseti.

passasa, m. (sa. pragvasa) breath-
ing in, inhaling; mom. -vo (assasa-°,
q. v.) 80,32.

pahamsati', vb. (sa. pra-ghrsh)
to rub, stroke (acc.); ger. witva
(pharasuti hatthena) 35,8. cp. pari-
ghatheati.

[pahathsati®] vd, (sa. pra-Vhrsh)
to vejcice. be glad; pz. v, pahattha.

pakata, mfn. (yp. pabarati, q. v.).

pahattha,. mfn. (sa. prahrshta,
pp. pra-Vhysh) erect (as the hairs of
the body efc.); delighted, glad, pleased;
“-kanna-vila, mj. with the tail and
ears erect, m. 00, 75,21

pahata, mfn. (sa. prahata, Vhan;
zometimes confounded with pahata,
sa. prahrtx; v. paharati) beaten, killed,
severely hurt; m. ~0, 30,22. cp. next,

pahatvana, ger. v. pajahati (Dk.
243. 415-16 =: Sn, 639-40; the
Birm, reading is always pahantvana,
Tr. pra-Vhan). |

paharati, vb. (sa. pra-vhr) to
beat, strike, cut; to strike at, hit,
attack (w. acc., or rareiy w. loc, or
gen.); pr. 3.sg, wati (kannam, “reaches
his ear’’) 22,94; part. m. pl. ~anta
(bhimim, muggarvehi) 6,11; ¢mp. 2.
8g. wihi, 50,17; pot. S. sg. weyya
(brilimanassa, B, has hareyya) Dh,
389; aor. 3. sg. pahari (tath mukhe)
12,10; 13,20. 50,19 (sise kapparena),
89,8; 1. sg. wim, 51,8; 3. pl. wirhsu,
52,18; inf. witum, 7,36; comp. ~itu-
kima, mfn. desiring to beat, m. ~0,
29,25 (“to butt”); f wa, 50,16; ger.
witva; 13,21. 23,9. 36,3. 41,18. 50,0; —
caus, II. *paharapeti, to let strike;
imp. 2. sg. ~ehi (etath katipayehi pa-
harehi) 65,8; aor. 3. sg. ~esi (ubho-
su passesu) 55,14; ger. vetva (jaram
tava sise) 511; ~ pp. pahata, m.

172

~0, 12,11; . pl, ~Gni (lonajala-°,
cakkhiini, “injured”) 24,16; cp. pa-
bata, pahara.

pahassatha, pahatave, pa-
hatum, v. pajahati.

pahana, x. (sa. prahina) aban-
doning, giving up; nom, ~am (sab-
bassa dukkhassa) Dh, 331. —

pahaya, ger., v. pajahati.

pahara, m. (sa. prahara) ') a
stroke, blow; nom. ~o (thaddho)
50,22; acc, pl. we, 55,15; instr. pl.
~wehi, 55,8; pahdra-sate (Joc.) 55,1
a hundred stripes); eka-ppaharen’eva
instr.) v. eka%); dalha-paharam
acc.) 30,18 == su-ppaharam, ib.;
pani-ppahadra-saddena (instr.) “at
the clapping of the hands”, 18,18, —
*) the mark of a blow, wound; ace,
wath, 50,24. 52,83; acc. pl. we, 6,21.

pahinati (& wati) vb. (sa. pra-
vl) to send, send away (acc.); aor.
®) (augm.) 3. sg. pahesi (pannam)
36,22; (darakam) 81,12 [hence we have
by false analogy a new verb paheti,
pr. 3 8g.\; ‘) 8. sg. pahini, 48,29;
64,6 (sdsanam); 38, pl. pahinimsu
(pannakare) 58,22; pp. v. next.

pahita, mfn. (pp. pahinati, sa.
prahita) sent, directed towarde; acc,
m, vam (pannakaram) 58,22; — pa-
hitatta, mfn. (sa. prabitatman, cp.
attan) whose mind is intent upon,
energetic, resolute; acc. m, wal,
103,17; padhana-°, 103,2 (v. h.); pl.
m. ~8, 104,9; acc, pl. we, 108,19
(sivake).

pahina, mfn. (pp. pajahati; sa.
prabina, \/ba) thrown off, abandoned,
ceased; m. ~aih (tam ripam Tatha-
gatassa) 95,10; *puiiia-papa-°, mfn.
“who has ceased to think of good and
evil”, gen. m, ~assa, Dh. 39; *sabba-
gantha-°, mfn. Dh. 90 (v. gantha);
*0-mana, mfn, free from pride, gen.
m, ~assa, Dh, 94.

pahuta, mfn. (sa. prabhita, pp.
pra-Vbhi) much, abundant; ». vam
marae 78,2; (puifiam)

3,9.

173

paikata (or pakata) mfn. (fr.
pakati, q. v.; sa. prakrta, cp. sa. pra-
kata) ‘natural’, vulgar, universal;
known, widely known, famous; m. ~o
sakalakappam) 16,15; 38,17; ”. ~am
bhikkhusamghe
ponesueaambahe kane (disclosed)
65,7.

pakara, m. (& ”.?) (sa, prakira)
a wall, rampart; wath (n.? perhaps
we have to read: sabbaso va pana
tesamn pak@ro na hoti, “or else [be-
cause] those [towns] have no fortifica-
tion at all”) 91,19; thira-°, & dalha-°
(v. h.); = *-parikkhitta, mfn. sur-
rounded by a wall, m. wath (nagaram)
23,26; *°-vivara, m. acc. warm, 90,34
== pakarassa chinnatthinam, 91,30;
*9_sandhi, f., acc. wim, 90,84 = dvin-
ste itthakanam apagatatthdnam,

129,

picana (rarely pajana) n. (sa,
prajana) o goad; *yatthi, f. 71,99
(= patoda-latthi, 98,0) v. yatthi. cp.
paceti.

pacina, m/fn. (sa. pracina) eastern;
-loka-dhatu, 32,30 (v. h.); *sisaka,
mfn, with the head turned towards
the east, », wath (dibbasayanam)
6] ,16,

*paceti (& pajeti) vb. (sa, *pra-
V/aj, caus.) to drive (as cattle, acc.);
pr. 3, sg, weti (gavo) Db, 135, cp,
pacana.

patali, f. (= sa.) the trumpet
flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens);
*Citta-°, f, 59,29 (q. v.).

patha, m. (= sa.) reading, lec-
ture; the text of a book, passage,
lectio varians; Khuddaka-°, m. nom,
pr. (q. »).

pana, m. (& rarely », pl. (8a,
prana) breath, life; a living being;
pl. & 8g. coll, living beings; nom.
~0, 17,99; acc, wat, 60,i7 (= jivi-
tam, 60,14); eka-pinath, 27,28; coll.
97,10. Dh, 246; ». pl. ~ani, Db. 270;
gen. pl. ~anam (sabba-°) ib.; *°-va-
dhakamma, n. destroying life, acc.
ewam, 60,13, cp. next etc,

) 29,28; comp. %=bi- .

patimokkha

pinaka, m. (sa. prainaka) a little
animal, a worm or insect; pl. ~A,
16,5.

*panaghatin, m(fn). (cp. sa.
prana-ghataka) one who kills or mur-
ders; m, nom. wi, 17,29.

panatipata, m. (sa. pranatip’ .
destroying life, taking animal |.
nom. w~0, 97,15; acc. wam, 16,31.
17,26; abl. wa, 17,81; 81,22 (vera-
mani). cp, panam atimapeti, Dh, 246.

pani, m. (= sa.) the hand; instr,
wind, 112,98; Dh, 285; loc, wimhi,
44,26; comp, °-ppahara-saddena, 18,18
(v. h.) cp. tamba-panni (v. tamba).

panin, mfn. (sa, pranin) living;
subst. m. a living being; acc, winam,
17,99; gen. pl, ~inam (= paninam)
Db, 135 (cp, Kuhn, Beitr. p, 81).

painupeta, mfn, (sa. prandpeta)
living, “while one’s life laste’; ace.
m, wath (math, saranam gatarh)
69,20 (cp, upeta).

pita, m. (= sa.) falling (down
or into); v. pindapata, m. 83,19.

*Patanjali-mata, m, the doc-
trine of Patanjali (gq. v.); acc. ~wam
113,6, (Pataiijali- must either be
adj, = *Pataijaliya or subst, =
Pataijali; cp. sa, Patafijala, mfn, &
Pataijali = Pataiijali.)

patarasa, m, (sa. pratar-Gga)
morning meal, breakfast; acc. ~ath,
8,20; *°-bhattath, 57,9 (id.); bhutta-,
mfn, one who has eaten his breakfast,
m, ~0, 22,23, ep. pato,

pati, f. (sa. patri) a cup, bowl;
acc, ~im, 56,95; tuccha-°, 56,97;
punna-°, 27,18; bhatta-°, 34,18; Joc,
mwiya, 56,26; pl. wiyo (suvanna-ras
jata-°) 61,97; instr, wibi (id,) ib,

pitimokkha, nm. (buddh, sa,
pratimoksha, m., fr. prati-/muo, cp,
SBE, XIII, p. xxv) the moral law,
the title of the oldest collection of
moral precepts of the Buddhists; Joc,
~e (salivaro, “living restrained under
the law”) Dh. 185. 375 (cp. SBE. X.
p. 51 Note; Hardy, Eastern Mona-
chism p. 8; a translation of the Pati-

patu-

mokkha-precepts is given by Rhys
Davids & Oldenberg, SBE. XIII. p.
1-69.)

patu-, indecl, (before vowels:
patur-; sa, pradur) forth, in sight
(only prefixed to the verbs karoti &
bhavati and their derivatives) v. below.

patum, inf, v. pivati.

patu-bhavati, vb. (sa. pradur-
Vbhi) to become visible or clear,
appear; pr. 3. pl. ewanti, 66,20; aor.
3, sg. paitur-ahosi, 67,31; pp. patu-
bhiita, m. wam, 45,4. cp, nezt,

patu-bhava, m. (sa. pradur-
bhava) becoming visible, manifestation,
appearance; acc. wath (phalita-°)
44,30,

pateti, vb. (caus, patati; sa.
pitayati) to cause to fall, let fall,
drop, loose, throw down (acc.); part.
m. wento (dandakam) 13,21; aor. 3,
sg. wesi, 29,97. 36,1; fut. 2. sg. wes-
sasi, 4,39; ger. wetva, 4,93. 12,31.
23,9; pp. patita, m. ~o, Dh, 407.

pato, adv, (sa. pratar, cp. paita-
rasa pete) in the early morning;
ew va (nikkhumitva) ‘quite early in
the morning”, 14,21; ~ va tava hotu,
“let it be till tc-morrew”, 15,16,

patheyya, 2 (sa, pitheya; ep.
patha) provisions for a journey, via-
ticam; wat, Dh, 235.

pada, m. (== sa.; ep. pada) ')
the foot or leg (cf o person or an
animal), the foot (of a mountain, tree
e'c.), basis, foundation ‘?); nom. ~o
(pabbata-°) 14,9; instr, wena (gac-
chantassa) 97,25; loc. Ae, 76,1; pl.
wit, 97,36; hattha-°, 99,13 (hands and
feat) comp, 5,97; acc. pl. we, 49,6.
57,16, 62,28; ¢vstr, ~ehi, 40,25; pac:
chima-”, 24,96 (hind feet); loc, wesu,
59.8. 75,22 (sicasi nipatitva) ep. pa-
da-mile (loc.s “at one’s feet”, 49,5.
36,27; — padodaka, »., *°-kathalika,
n., *°-pamsu, %. = raja, 2. °-pa-
ricarika, f., °-pitha, ms °-saiifata,
mfn. (v h.). — *thira-pikara-pada,
mfn. whose fortifications have a strong
foundation; #, ~am, 91,20 (comment

174

on dalhuddaparh). — *) the fourth
part of a verse; abl. pl, wehi, 114,21.
cp. catuppadika, m/fn. ;
neaaka, mfn, (== 8a.) having feet
(e. ¢.); *sarabha-°, mn. 42,0 (q. ».).
paduka, f. - sa.) @ shoe, slipper ;
acc, pl, ~ayo (suvanna-°, “gilt slip-
pers”) 68,2; abd. pl, wahi (do.) 68,16.
pana, (= sa.) drinking, »
drink; instr. wena (opp. anna) 20,36;
comp. °-bhojana, m, (drink and food)
loc. we, Dh. 249; dibba-°, . 59,25
(i. é, the liquor of the Devas); sura-°,
sura-meraya-° (q. v.).
pinaka, n. (= sa.) a drink, be-
verage; *sakkhara-panakadihi (instr.
pl.) “sugar-water and the like”, 18,27.
paniya (or paniya), ». (= sa.)
a drink, esp, water, drinking water;
acc, wath, 1,12; instr. paniyena, 83,13;
*0-tittha, m. a watering-place, 11,28
(loc. we); vasita-°, m. 41,11 (g. ¥.).
papa, mfn, (= sa.) bad, evil,
wicked; m, ~0, Dh, 119 (opp. bhadra);
n, subst, evil-doing, sin, crime (often
esp, of sexual intercourse); nom, wath
(maya kata-°) 17,17; ace, wath, Dh,
117 (opp. puiiin); 48,7 (unchastity) ;
59,21; 85,2c (mukhasa); 104,34; gen.
~wassa (phalati) 17,26; Dh, 183 (sab-
ba-°); abl. na, Dh. 116; loc. ~as-
mim, ib.; pl. wani, Dh. 119. 265;
gen. pl. ~anath, Dh. 265. 333 (pa-
pan’); — ep. nippapa, mfn., bahita-°,
mfn, (v. h.); puia-papa-pahina,
mfn, (v. pahina); °-vagga, m, the
9th chapter of Dh. ~ compar. wiyo
(or wiya) v. hk. cp, next ete,
paipaka, mfn. (= sa.) bad, evil,
wicked; f. nik (gati) Dh. 310; ace.
~ikam (ditthita) 91,16, Dh, 164; nm.
~uth (dittbigatam) 90,24; (kammath)
100,06; abl, pl. ~ehi (kammehi) 100,8;
n, subst, wath, eviledoing, 59,21.
pipa-kamma, mn. (sa. papas
karman) wickedness, sin, crime; nom.
ewan, 51,7; ace, wari (vaciya) 85,34;
99,19. (Satthara kata-°) 73,27; abd.
mi, Dh, 197,
papa-kammin, m/fn. (sa. papa-

175

karmin) evil-doing; m, pl. wino,
Dh. 126.

papa-karin, mfn. (= sa) =
prec.; m. wi, Dh. 15,

paipimat, mfn, (sa. papman)
wicked, sinful; m, subst, ‘the wicked
one’, i, e. Mara; nom. ~ma, 71,37
(Maro); gen. ~mato (Marassa) 71,94;
voc, ~ma, 71,31,

papiya(s), compar, fr, papa (sa.
pipiyas) worse; ue ~0; % ~wam &]
payiyo, Dh, 42. 76 (opp, seyyo).

paipunati (& pappoti) vd, (sa.
pra-\/ap) to arrive at, attain to, reach,
obtain on or gen, (dat.)); pr. 3. 8g,
pappoti (sukham) Dh. 27; 8 pl.
paipunanti (maranam) 6,99; imp. 8.
sg. wnatu (varo, mama parisiya
(gen. dat.) cp. 6,39) 6,26; put. 3. sg.
~ne, Dh. 138; aor, 3. sg. wni, 6,32
(w. gen. dat.); 20,3 (rukkhassa santi-
kam); 42,32; 89,16; 1. sg. ~nim, 17,7;
fut. 3. pl. wnissanti, 34,19; 2. pl.
~nissatha (vindsam) 32,28; ger. patva,
17,11 (dukkhath); 23,21 (dipam); 30,4.
38,11. 45,29. 87,23. 110,18; pp. patta
(q. v.) as finite tense: m. ~0, 30,23;
nm. ~am, 43,3 (= papuni); caus. v.
next, ep. patti, f.

paipeti, vb. (caus, papunati; sa.
prapayati) to cause one on to reach
or attain (ace. or gen. dat.); pr. 3,
sg. ~eti (navarh vindsath) 27,12;
imp, 2. sg. ~ehi (varamh aiiiassa
7,8; fut. 1. sg, ~essami (tam vind-
sath) 5,10; inf. ~etum (varam ajiiie-
sam) 6,35; ger, ~etva (tam jivitak-
khayath) 4,22.

pamado, aor. 2. sg. (v. pamaj-
jati.)

*pamokkha, mfn, (fr. pamukha,
g. v.) eminent, famous; chief, principal;
disa-°, mfn, (v. h.); brahmana-pa-
mokkhe (acc, pl. the most eminent
among the Br.) 61,24; Mahakassapa-
pamokkha thera, the Theras whose
chief was M., 110,15, ;

*pimojja, » (fr. pamodati; ep.
8a, pramoda) joy, delight; acc. ~am
(piti-°, “happiness and joy”) Dh, 874;

para-gii

®-bahula, mfn, full of delight, m. 0,
Dh. 376.

payasa, m, n, (sa, payasa) rice
boiled in milk, milk-porridge; gen.
~wassa (vara-°, excellent milk-porridge)
61,26,

payasi, payimsu, aor., v. payati.

payeti, vb. (caus, pivati; sa.
payayati) to give to drink (w. double
acc,), to give suck (acc.); pr. 1. sg.
emi (nam) 68,33; imp. 2. 3g. wehi,
ib.; ger, ~wetva (asure dibbapanam)
59,05,

para, ». (= 8a.) the opposite
bank or shore, the other side; the
highest end, metaph. = Nibbana;
wath (prp. w. gen.) on the other side,
beyond; 2,11 (samuddassa); comp.
°-Gafigaya (Joc.), on the other side of
the Ganges, 1,14; nadi-pare (Joc.)
56,21; acc. ~wam (essanti) Dh. 86
(perhaps to be taken as one word:
parani-essanti, “will pass over”, SBE,
X. p. 25); abl. (adv.) parato, v. be-
low; param a-param va, ‘neither the
further nor the hither shore’, Dh. 385,
& piriparam, ‘both shores’, ib, seem
to be used metaph, in the sense of ‘this
and the future existence, the whole
existence’ (?) cp. oraparam, adv, 108,26
(i h):

para-ga, mfn. (= sa.) going to
the opposite shore, crossing over, who
has overcome or mastered, knowing
thoroughly, versed in (gen. or Joc.);
m, ~o (tisu vedesu) 113,38; pl. wa
(jati-maranassa) 105,26. cp. para-gu.

pira-gata, mfn. (= sa.) who
has reached the opposite shore (i. e.
Nibbana); m. ~o, Dh, 414.

*para-gavesin, mfn. looking
for the other shore; m, pl. wino,
Dh, 355.

para-gamin, mfn. (= sa.) pass-
ing over to the opposite shore; m. pl,
~ino, Db. 85.

para-gi, mfn. (= para-ga, q.
v,) nom. sg.m. wit inom vedanarh,
bréhmano) 16,93; (bhavassa) Dh, 348;
(dvayesu dhammesu) Dh. 884.

pireto

Parato, adv, (sa, pHratas; abl,
fr, para, q. v.) on or to the further
side; 83,21 (opp. oraio).

*parami, f. (& paramita, f.;
buddh. sa. id.) perfection, accomplish-
trent; virtue (esp. pl. ~wiyo, the ten
virtues : dana, sila, nekkhamma,
khanti, metta, paiiiia, viriya, sacca,
adhitth#na, upekkha); sacca-°, 108,31;
~ pdranigata, mn. having attained
to perfection; m. pl. wi (w. lov.
saddhamme) 109,21.

*Paricchattaka, m, (cp. sa.
parijdtaka) nom. pr. of a tree in
Devaloka, under which Sakka’s throne
(pandukambalasilasana) is placed;
~0, 59,28.

paruta, mfn, (sa, pravrta, pp.
pra-\/vr) covered, dressed; put on; m.
~o (sibacammena) 8,38; su-paruta,
mfn. duly dressed (i. e. according to
the rules of the order) acc. m. ~waih
(pabbajitam) 63,30. cp. next.

parupati, wb. Ge pra-/vr) to
cover, dress; put on (acc.); ger. witva
(gadrabham sihacammena) 8,18; (sam-
ghatiyo) 82,28; pp. paruta (qg. v.) ep.
parupana, n. [Tr. PM. p. 63; cp.
apairuta & avapurapeti.]

padrupana (or paipurana) n, (sa.
pravarana) an upper garment; nom,
wan, 29,23 (cp. nivasana).

paila(ka), m, (= sa.) guard, pro-
tector keeper (e, ¢.); v. uyyana-°,
khetta-°, & gopala(ka), cp. Dhana-
palaka & Sathghapala, m. nom. pr.

péli (often written pali) f. (= sa.)
& line, row, series; a holy text, reading
or passage of the holy ‘text; nom.
satthakatha pali (she text together
with the commentary) 102,8; acc. with
(viya, “as the text itself”) 114,30;
~im {abhidhammussa, “a passage
from the A.”) 113,15; pl. abl, wihi
(she verses ?) 114,31; pali-mattam,
the text alone without the Comm.
J13,ae. (Tr. PM. p. 69: Franke, An-
zeige, BB. XXIi. 296.].

pavaka, m (== sa.) fire; nom,
wc (bhasmachannc) 106,22 = Dh,

176

71; aggi ~o, Dh. 140 (“lightoing-
fire” ?).

pavacana, #, (sa. pravacana)
speaking, recitation, discourse, esp.
the words of Buddha, the holy scrip-
tures (the suttas); nom. ~am (atita-
satthukam) 79,3; ~am (Gotamassa)
95,95,

Pavia, f. nom. pr, of a city of the
Mallas (near Vesali); nom. ~2, 77,16;
ace, wam, 77,2; loc. wayam, 77,19.

pavisi, aor, v. pavisati.

paisa, m. (sa, paca) ') @ snare,
trap; acc, wam (oddetva) 11,29; loc.
me, 11,80, — *) = pasaka (v. next),

pisaka, m. (sa. pagaka, ep. pra-
saka) a die; acc. pl. wake (suvan-
na-°, khipati) 48,8; pase = pasake,
50,20; °-khipana, ». throwing the
dice, 48,23.

pasana, m. (sa. pashana) a stone,
rock; nom. ~0, 3,1; voc. wa, 3,7;
acc. wath, 2,32. 104,13; instr, wena,
3,6; kdla-°, a black rock, 24,21; *pi-
tthi-° (v. h.); °-tale, 10,7; °-ppamana,
n. 3,2; °=pittha, 2. 17,20; *°-sakalika,
f. 17,22 (q. v.).

pisada, m. (sa. prisida) a plat.
form or terrace, the upper story of a
house, a lofty building, palace; nom.
~o (Vejayanta-°, g. v.) 60,2; ace,
wal, 63,14, abl. w8, 67,24; loc. we,
50,6; pl. wi, 67,925 lec. pl, wesu,
76,29; °-talato, 65,94 (v. tala); upari-°,
64,19 (v. h.); metaph, paiid-°, Dh.
28 (v. h,).

pasadika, mfn. (sa. prasidika;
ep. pasada) kind, amiable; graceful,
beautiful; m. ~0, 24,11,

pihesi, aor, v. pahinati.

pi, indecl, (enclit. form of api.
q.v.) 1) and, also; 2,25 (punadivase
pi); 4,:¢ (tam pi); 5,1 (aiifo pi);
5,32 (so pi); 6,33 (akam pi); 7,17
ae pi); 26,10 (tato pi); 29,32
pubbe pi) etc.; w. negation : napi,
16,1 (meque); 97,15 (nor). — *) empha-
tically : very, even, although; 9,1
(ciram pi); 7,13 (manussesu pi);
27,97; 53,16; 68,24 (seyyatha pi nama

j

177

106,2 (yathdpi); 112,15 (idhadpi, ep.
idha); — 20,20. 22,18, 24,17. 31,13.
41,33, 57,3 etc.; pleonust. repeated
114,22 (potthakesu pi tisu pi); w.
negation : 4,25 (eka-maccham pi na);
16,10. 17,18. 18,30. 27,23. (cp. kiticapi).
— 5) Similarly used after word express-
ing ‘quantity’ (numerals etc.) implying
the notion of totality : sabbe pi, 3,9;
ubho pi, 5,12; tayo pi, 11,26 (cp. te
pi tayo, 13,6); dvihi pi, 12,2; cattaro
pi, 14,10; sakalo pi, 16,13 ete, — 4)
but (vero; after a new subject at the
beginning of a sentence): 9,3, 10,25,
13,6. 23,15, 79,94 (but then), — 5) per.
haps, probably, may be (w. foll, fut.
or pot.) : 7,16. 35,19; 13,15. 87,15, —
*) repeated : *) both - - and; 4,14 (jale
pi thale pi); 9,16. 67,8. 76,12; >) either
-- or: 6,32, 35,5; 17,14 (whether - - or).
- ') prp. (prefix to verbs) v. pidahati
(pithiyati), pilandhati (~apeti).

pimsati, vb. (sa. Vpish, pinashti)
to crush, pound; to hurt, injure (acc.) ;
part, med, n. ~ manam (tassa ma-
tthakath) 24,5.

pitaka, ». (= sa.) a basket; a
collection of sacred books (‘a basket
of oral tradition’, cp. Tr. PM. p. 67
~—68). The Buddhist canonical works
are divided in 3 great collections :
ti-pitaka, 2. (q. v., cp. tepitaka) viz.
8) Vinaya-pitaka, 102,16-17; >) (Sutta-)
or Suttanta-p. 102,13 (which is also
named dgama-p. 110,3); °) Abhi-
dhamma-p. 102,13 (cp. dhamma’>)),
The term pitaka is also applied to
the last book of the Sutta-pitaka ;
Cariya-pitaka (q. v.). — *Pitaka-ttaya,
n, == ti-pitaka, acc. warm, 113,18,
114,11; loc. we, 114,25,

pittha, 2. (& pitthi, 7, v. next)
(sa. prshtha) the back; the hinder
part or upper side of anything, top,
surface; pasana~°, », the top of a
rock, acc, wath, 17,20; kavata-°, ».
84,12 (v. h.; in this comp, and in
pittha-samghata(ka) ”. 91,21 (comm.
on torana) pittha seems to have the
signification of ‘post, door-post’; cp,

Pali Glossary.

pitta

sayana-pittham, ‘bed-side', 41,30);
instr, & loc, (at the end of comp.)
are often used prepositionally = along,
over; beside, on efc.; instr, wena
(samudda-° gacchanto, “passing the
ocean”) 23,21, 60,6; (udaka-°) 28,10;
loc, pitthe, 5,17 (pathka-°); 16,18 (ta-
runa-dabbatina-°); 20,7. 41,25. 65,4
sayana-°); 23,11, 59,33 (samudda-°) ;
5,s2 (hatthi-°), ey. SBE, XX. 105.

pitthi, f. (sa. prshtha & prshthi)
= pittha [cp. Tr. PM. p.65; Franke,
Anzeige, BB, XX, 287]; nom. wi
(rucir&) 10,19; acc, with, 1,17, 46,8;
abl. wito, 2,5. 8,17; adv, nito wito
(upajjhdyassa, ‘hot-foot upon’) 83,98;
loc, wiyath, 62,33, 65,19; *°-passe,
behind (w. gen.) 50,18 (v. passa);
*~pasina, m. a rock in the surface
of the water, or a flat rock, a bare
rocky ground; ~0, 2,22; loc. we, 2,31,
10,29 (cp. pasana-pittha, 17,20).

pinda, m, (= sa.) a lump of food,
alms of food (received by the Buddhist
monks in their alms-bowl); acc. vam
(rattha-°, “the charity of the land’’)
107,2 = Dh. 308; dat. ~aya (for
alms) 76,17. 86,5. — *pinda-cara, m.
wandering about for alms, 85,3 (°-a-
tthiya). — pinda-pata, m. the food
received in the alms-bow], 83,12. 97,8;
°-patikkanta, m. one who has returned
from seeking alms, 86,5 (wo). cp. next.

pindi, f. (sa. pindi) a ball, lump;
a cluster or bunch of fruits; acc, wim
(amba-°) 15,2; comp. pakka-phala-°,
2,1.

pita, m. (sa. pitr) father; nom.
pita, 87,10. 108,15; (ace. waram, loc,
~ari); the weak stem is pitu (or piti),
hence gen. (dat.) sg. pitu, 24,13. 56,31.
87,14 & pituno, 69,22 (after the ana-
logy of u-stems); pl. nom. acc. ~aro,
22,13 (mata-°, parents); gem. ~unnaih
(do.) 31,18; loc, wiisu (do.) 7,94; pita-
putte, acc. pl. a father and a son,
32,18; pitu-hadayam, a father’s heart,
64,17. cp. petteyyata, f.

pitta, ”. (= sa.) bile; nom. ~am,
82,4 = 97,22; 103,20,

12

,

pithiyati

pithiyati, vb. (pass. pidahati;
sa. (a)pi-Vdba; the Burmese write
pidhiyati, v. Tr. PM. p. 6207) to be
covered or shut; tc shut, close (intr.);
pr. &. sg. wati, Dh. 178; aor, 3. pl.
~imsu (akkhini) 3,19.

pidahati, wb. (sa. (a)pi-ydha)
to cover, conceal; to shut, close (acc.);
part. med. f. ~mini (tassa akkhini)
50,:4; inf. witum (mukham) 13,18;
ger. pidhaya (dvaram) 6,14; pass.
pithiyati, pp. pihita (¢. v.).

pipati, vd., v. pivati.

pipasa, f. (== sa.) thirst; v. khu-
ppipisa.

pipilika, f. (= sa.) an ant; nom,
wi, (2ka) 58,19; pl. 08, 53,30; gen.
pl. wanam, 53,16. cp. kipillika,

nlya, mfn. (sa. priya) beloved,
dear; pleasant, agreeavle; m. am, 55,1;
abl, wato, Dh, 212 (“from pleasure”);
n, pl. wiini (beloved objects or plea-
sures) 55,1; piyd = piydni, 65,9;
instr. abl, wehi, 67,10. 106,25 = Dh,
210; gen. ~fnlamj} 106,20; — subst,
m, == friend, ace, ~am, Dh, 220; —
comp. piyipaya, m. (wv. apaya); piya-
ppiyam, #. pleasant and unpleasant,
Dh, 211 (ep. a-ppiva, mfrn.); plya-gga-
hin, mfn. grasping at pleasure, m.
~1, Dh, 209; °-bhancéa, 64,34; °-ma-
tulaka, 5,5; °-samvasa, 11,27 (v. h.);
Piya-vagga, m. the XVIt» chapter of
Dh. — compar. piyatara, mfn. 64,33
(m. 20) ep. next.

piyiiyati, vb, (denom. fr. piya;
sa, priyayate) to be fond of, love,
fondle; part. med. f. ~miina, 9,29.

“pilandhati, vb. (denim. fr. pi-
landha = sa. pi-naddha, api-ynah)
to dress, deck, decorate (w, double
acc.); to deck oneself with (acc.);
ger. ~itva (pupyhani) 41,7. ~— caus.
*pilandhapeti; ger. ~etva (mam pu-
pphani) 33,3. ep. onaddha, upa-nay-
hati, san-nayhati. (Tr. PM. p. 55.)

pilavati, vb. v. palavati.

*pilotika, f. (varely mn.) cloth,
stuff (made of hair, worn by poor
people; felt?) ». pl. ~Ani (jinnakani)

178

57,5, If this word is not a loanword
[Trenckner refers to Syriac piloto fr.
Greek mAwtug (?)] then it is probably
derived from sa, plota = prota, mn.

pivati (or pipati) »d. (sa. pa,
pibati) to drink; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (maj-
jam) 97,11; 2. 8g. ~asi (suram) 74,7;
part, nom, m. *) pivam, Dh, 205;
>) pivanto, 45,28; pl. ~wanta, 74,4;
imp. 2. 8g. piva, 22,30. 111,20; 2. pl.
watha, 21,5; fut. 2. sg. wissasi, 56,22;
1. 8g. wissimi, 22,32; inf. patum,
11,30; ger. *) pitva, Dh, 205; >) pi-
vitva, 1,12 ete.; pp. pita (q. v.); caus.
payeti (q. v.) ep, pana, paniya, pitin,
pipasi.

pihaka, ». (sa. plihan, m.) the
spleen; nom. ~am, 62,3 = 97,21.

pihita, mfn. (pp. pidahati; sa.
pihita) covered, shut, closed; *°-dvara,
mfn, whose doors are barred, loc. n.
~e (bhavane) 41,29.

piheti (or pihayati) vd. (sa. /sprh,
ae to desire (acc, or gen.);
to envy (gen, pers.); pr. 3. 8g. ~weti
(pihet’attiinuyoginath, gen. pl.) Db.
209; 3. pl. wayanti, Dh. 94; Dh.
181 (according to the metre : pihenti);
part, nom. m, wayam (aiiiesam)
Dh, 365.

pitha(ka), ». (= sa.) a chair,
stool; nom. warm, 84,13; acc. ~am,
83,18 (hettha-°, v. h.); 83,20 (janta-
ghara-°, v. h.); loc. wake, 87,17; —
pida-°, 2. a foot-stool, nom. wat,
83,6.

pinita, mfn. (pp. pineti; sa. caus.
prinuyati, /pri) satisfied, pleased, de-
lighted; f. ~wita (yakkhi) 111,35. ep.
piya, piti.

pita, mfn. (pp. pivati; = sa.)
drunk or having drunk; gen. m. wassa
(yaguih) “when he has drunk it”,
82,20.

piti, f. (sa, priti) pleasure, joy;
acc, ~im (buddhirammanaih) 28,6
(cp. irammana); °-pamojja, . Dh.
374 (v. h.); *°-bhakkha, mfn. “feeding
on happiness”, pl. m. A (deva yatha)
Dh. 200; *°-somanassa-jata, m/fn.

179

64,13 (v. jita); — *dhamma-piti, f.
delighting in the dhamma, Dh, 205
(°-rasamh); *dhamma-piti, m(fn). id.
Dh, 79 (so all Mss; the comm, takes
it = dhamma-pitin (i. e. payako,
pivanto), but 1 dont know whether
the word pitin (drinking) is found
elsewhere in the Pali texts),

pitin, mn, (sa, pitin, e, ¢.) drink-
ing (v. piti & Han ee

pileti, vb. (sa. pid, pidayati)
to press, squeeze, wring; to hurt, an-
noy, oppress (acc.); ger. wetva (pab-
batam) 16,16; (colakam) 84,91; 45,1
(without obj. oppressing); pp. pilita,
vexed, annoyed, m, ~0 (surisumirena)
108,25.

puggala, m. (sa. pudgala) a per-
son; personality, individuality, the Ego
or individual soul; nom. 0, 3,24.
92,6; na h'ettha ~o upalabbhati,
97,2. cp. patipuggala & next,

Puggala-paniiatti, f. nom, pr.
of a canonical Pali work, the 4‘ part
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka; 102,12.

pucimanda, m. (sa, picumanda
or °-marda) another name of the Nimb
tree (v. nimba); acc. pl. ne, 38,1;
*0-parivara, mfn, surrounded by Nimb
trees, m. ~0 (ambo) 37,39.

pucchati, wb, (sa, \/prach, pre-
chati) to ask, question (acc, pers, &
rei); pr. 8. sg. ~wati, 91,14; 3. pl.
wanti, 21,9; 2. pl, ~atha, 88,9; part,
m. ~wanto, 9,25; pl. ~anta (Maha-
sattam samuddassa namam) 25,94;
imp. 2. pl. watha, 79,18; pot, 3. sg.
meyya, 9432-34; 2. pl. weyyatha
(mam imam karanam) 17,1; 79,24;
fut. 1. sg. wissimi, 56,7; aor, 2.-3,
sg. apucchi, 91,1 (Bhagavantam
paiham); 112,8; pucchi, 9,17; 3. pl.
apucchisum, 110,30; pucchimsu, 4,3;
ger. witva, 25,81; 43,96 (vaya); 86,52
(kumarikam pajihe); 109,15; grd. m.
witabbo (upajjhayo paniyena, he
ought to be offered water to ae
83,13; ¢p. a-puccha, mfn.; — pp. ®
puttha, m. ~0, 25,28 (evar tehi et
85,14 (katakammam) ; 90,26 (paiham);

putta

f. ~4, 73,13; >) pucchito, m. 54,27;
91,15; comp. maya pucchita-panho,
88,11. cp. pafttha & next,

puccha, f. (sa, precha) question;
ace. wath, 91,15; gen. pl. ~anam
(sabba-°) 91,14.

pujja, mfn. (grd., v. pujeti).

punja, m. (= sa.) a heap, mass,
quantity, multitude; loc, we (padu-
ae 16,7; comp, ratta-kambala-°,

427,

puiiiia, #, (sa. punya) virtue, good
work, moral or religious merit (opp.
papa); nom. acc, ~am, Dh. 196, 331;
103,9; 107,27 = Dh, 18; 106,6 = Dh,
267; instr, wena, 103,14; pl. Wani
(katva) 8,13; diinadini a, 17,34; 103,7;
gen, pl. ~anamh (phalarh) 58,12; 103,15
(read : pufifiena ?).—comp. kata-puiina,
mfn. one who has done good, virtuous,
m. ~0, 107,296 == Dh. 18; acc. ~am,
Dh, 220; — %papa-pahina, mfn. (v.
pahina); — *°-pekha, mfn. (v. h.).

pufiiiavat, mfn. (sa. punyavat)
full of merit, virtuous, fortunate; /.
wvati, 56,1. ;

puttha!, mfn. (pp. v. pucchati),

puttha®, mfn. (sa. pushta, pp.
Vpush; cp. posipeti) nourished, fed;
m, ~0 (nivapa-®, q, v.) Dh, 325, ep.
phuta & phuttha.

punna, mfn. (pp. purati, pireti;
sa, purna) full; %-ghata, 62,6 (gq. v.);
pati, 27,18,

Punna, m. nom, pr. of a thera;
nom. ~0 (dhammakathikanam [aggo])
109,9.

punna-canda, m. (sa. purna-
candra) the full moon; acc, ~ath,
42,5; *°mukha, mfn. with a face
splendent like the full moon, m, ~o
(Gotamabuddho) 87,s.

punnama, f. (sa. purnima (pir-
nami)) the day of full moon; gen,
~iya, 61,8; punnamuposathadivasa,
22,19 (v. uposatha),

putta, m. (sa, putra) a son, pl,
children (also the brood of animals);
ace, ~amn, 7,39; pl. nom. wa, 105,5;
acc, we, 13,4; instr. wehi, 105,98; at

12*

puttaka

the end of comp. it is often used as
designation of family or caste, as me-
tronymic or patronymic, v. kammara-®,
kula-°, khara-°, deva-°, raja-°, ludda-°,
setthi-°, Maluiikya-?; cp, ayya-putta,
bhagini-putta; dvandva: dara, m.
(q. v.); °-dhitasu (loc. pl., v, dhitar);
°-pasu-, Dh. 287; pita-putte, ace.
pl, 32,18, ‘

puttaka, m. (sa, putraka) a little
son or child; mom, ~o (eka-°, an only
son) 23,6; acc. wath, 6,33; acc, pl.
~e, 12,35 (young ones).

*puttimat, mfn. {probably arisen
by confusion between sa. putrin &
*putra-mat = putravat) having sons;
nom, m. ~ma, 105,28-31.

puthn, ') mfn. (sa. prthu) exten-
sive, broad, large; manifold, diverse,
common, general; acc. m. pl. AU (sa-
mana-brihmane) +9,2. — %) indecl.
(adv.) extensively,, Zar end wide, all
round; 194,8 (cp. sa. prthak & neat.

puthujjana, m. (sa, prthag-jana
a vile or ignorant person, a fool; coll.
common people, the vulgar; loc. we
(anchabhate) Dt.. 69; a-puthujjana-
sevita, Dh, 272 (q¢.v.); °-kalakiriya,
f. 87,29 (g. v.) cp. pothujjanika.

puna (& punam) adv, (before
vowels also pun’ or pwiar-, punad-;
sa, punar) back again; ~ gantva,
4,03; ~ anetvd, 4,17; at the beginning
of & sentence : 63.29; 63,19 (pun’eka-
divasan); puna pi, again, once more,
3,8. 52,31, pnnar eva (do.) Dh. 338;
plina...va, again as before, 38,4;
tw. negation; na punar, ‘not again,
no more, Dh, 238. 348; puna-nisak-
khi, 55,17; na... vi puna (nor yet)
Dh. 271; puna astranain an-igama-
naithaya, in order that they might
not come back agaia, 60,26, The en-
clitic ‘orm of this werd is pana (g. v.)
cp. nect ete.

*suna-divaga, m, the next day;
loc. we, 2,25.

punappuna(ih), adv. (sa, punah-
punar) again and again, repeatedly;
25,18. 73,4; vat, 52,93, 108,5.

180

punabbbhava, m. (sa. punar-
bhava) new birth, transmigration;
nom. ~0, 108,18. cp. pono(b)bhavika.
*puna-vare, adv, (loc., ep. vara)
another time, the next time; 18,17.
puppha, n, (sa. pushpa) a flower;
acc. wath, 106,2 = Dh. 49; pl. wani,
33,3; 37,16 (akala-°); 41,6 (nana-°);
Db, 47 (wain’eva); instr. wehi, 20,9
(dibba-gandha-°); 34,6 (vana-°); gen.
~ainam, 65,29; — comp. pupphanta-
rehi, 62,12 (v. antara); *°-kannika-
sadisa, m/fn. 7,29 (v. kannika); *°-gan-
dha. m. the scent of flowers, ~o, Dh.
54; *-rasi, m. a heap of fl, Db, 53
(abl. wimha); *°-vagga, m. the Vth
chapter of Dh.
pupphati, vd. (denom, fr. pu-
ppha; sa. pushpyati) to flower, blos-
som; pr. 3. sg. wati, 59,31; op. ~wita,
gen. f. ~aya, 59,29; — caus. *puppha-
peti, to cause to flower or blossom; part,
m. ~wento (akala-pupphani) 37,16.
pubba?, m. (sa. pya) pus, puru-
lent matter; nom, ~0, 82,4 == 97,92.
pubba’, mfn, (sa. plrva) first,
former; except loc. pubbe (adv. q. v.)
it is only used in comp. like °-kamma,
n, & S-nimitta, . (g. v.) and esp. at
the end of adj. comp. whose first part is
a past participle, implying the sense
of ‘before’, with a negation : ‘not be-
fore, never’: dittha-pubba, m/n. seen
before, m,. ~o (na maya, I have never
seen (before this day)) 7,13; ito me
tinnath samvaccharanam matthake
Satthad v0, it is three years since I
saw the master, 87,8; the same comp,
is also used in an active sense (w. obj.
acc.) : aliiapurisam ditthapubbam
itthiin, a woman who has seen another
man before, 48,13 (but this construc-
tion may probably have arisen through
a dissolution of a longer comp. *aiia-
purisa-dittha-pubba, mfn.); dinna-
pubba, mfn. given before, », a-dinna;
cp. a-pubba, anu-pubba & nect.
pubbafigama, mfn. (sa. piirvar-
gama) preceeding, going before, leading,
chief; v. mano-°,

181

pubbanha, m, (sa. plrvahna)
morning. forenoon; *°~samaya, m., id.;
acc. ~ath, in the morning, 76,15; rat-
tindivam-pubbanhidisu (Joc.) 88,29.

pubbapara, m/fn, (sa. purvapara)
being before and after; successive; 7.
pl. ace. ~ani (scil. akkharani, in the
right order) Dh, 352; °-vasena, ac-
cording to the consecutive order, 114,20
(cp. vasa).

pubbe, adv, (loc, fr. pubba, ep.
sa, purvam) before, formerly, in times
past; 28,15 (~ pi); 54,12; 69,98; 85,19;
86,7 (~ va). — *°-nivisa, m. (cp, sa,
purva-nivisa) ‘former habitation’, 4. e,
former existences, acc, w~am, Dh, 423,

pura, . (= sa.) a city, town;
mom, wam (yakkha-°) 112,12; ace,
~am (deva-°) 27,31. cp. antopura.

pura(s), imdecl, (sa. puras) at the
beginning of comp. pura-° or puro-°
(v. below) == pure (q. v.) ep. purato,
purima.

purakkhata, mfn, (sa. puras-
krta) ‘placed before’, followed by,
filled with, attacked or injured by
(gen. or instr.); f. 4 (paja, tasinaya)
Dh. 342.

purato, adv, & prp. (w. gen.) (sa.
puratas) before (of place), in front
of; forward, further; ~ thapetva,
35,27; ~ paticchidetva (opp. pac-
chato) 83,52; after gen, assa nw, 23,1;
tesath w, 42,3; rathassa x, 54,9;
mitu w, 62,23; 76,36. 94,29.

purattha, adv. (sa, purastit)
before, in front; hence : *puratthima,
mfn, eastern; acc. f. ~am (disam)
95,5 (opp. pacchimam).

purdna, mfn, (= sa.) ancient,
old; gama, m. 35,22 (a ruined vil-
lage); °-jatila, m. who has been Jatila
before, 70,22; °-setthikula, 7». 55,31
(q. v.); ”. pl. puranani, events of the
past, Dh, 156. cp. poranaka.

*purima, mfn. (fr. pura(s), ep.
pure) former, previous, first; the same
as before; instr, m. ~ena (kathasal-
Japena) 94,22; gen. wassa, 101,39;
Joc. we (yime, the first watch) 99,19;

purohita

comp, °-bhave, in a previous existence,
58,11; °-nayen’eva, v. naya; °-sadisa,
mfn. happening as before (or above),
nm, ~am (sabbam) 31,28.

purisa (rarely purisa), m. (sa.
purusha) a man, person; nom. ~0,
92,7; Dh. 117 (puriso); 36,3 (rukkhe
nisinna-°); 86,19 (bhita-°); sap-puriso,
Dh, 54 (cp. sat & santa‘); voc. wa,
23,31. 101,6; 76,3 (mogha-°); ace.
~om, 10,26; gen. wassa, 9,13; pl. wa
(rija-°, royal servants) 40,3. 74,7; Dh.
236 (Yama-°, q. v.); acc. pl. we,
74,4; — comp. purisidhama, m. ace,
pl. ~e, low people, Dh. 78 (cp.
adhama); “purisdjaifia, m, a remark-
able man, supernatural person (i. ¢.
Buddha) Dh, 193 (cp. ajaiiia); puri-
suttama, m, acc. pl. we, the best
people, Dh. 78 (cp. uttama); puri-
santara, m., v. antara®; *°-gabbha,
m. (q. v.); %-vadha, murder, 74,14
(°-danda, q. v.); °-sahassam, ”. a
thousand men, 34,9; — eka-purisika,
f. & nip-purisa, mfn, (v. h.) cp, po-
risa & posa.

pure, adv. (sa, puras) in front,
before, formerly; ~ ca paccha ca
majjhe ca, Dh, 421; munca w~ (“give
up what is before’) Dh. 348; of time :
37,50. 47,1. 61,5. Dh. 326 (once, for-
merly); 108,15 (in former births); 85,5
(id. = pubbe atitajaitiyam, 85,19).
cp. pura(s) (pura-, puro-) & next.

purekkhara, m. (sa. puraskara)
‘placing before’, intention; giving pre-
ference to, preference, precedence; ace.
~wam (bhikkhusu) Dh, 73. cp. pu-
rakkhata,

*pure-dvara, m. the front door
of a house (opp. pacchima-dvara);
instr, wena eae, by the
front door) 12,10; loc, we (darini
nikkhipitva) 57,13.

purohita, m. (= sa.) a family
priest, a king’s domestic chaplain; ~o,
48,9; instr. wena, 48,5; gen. ~assa,
45,01; *°-brahmana, m. id.; gen. ~wassa,
Blo; *°-tthina, #, the rank or situa-

pijana

tion of ap, Ice, we, 45,0 (ep, Fick,
Soc, Glied. p. 107~117).

ptjana, & ptjand, f..(sa.
pujana, ”.) worship, homage, adora-
tion; nom. w& (sd) Dh. 106.

puja, fA (= eh worship, honour,
cere, efe.; ace, wat, 37,31; acc. pl.
wa, Dh, 73; ~- pujaraha, mfn. (sa.
pujarha) deserving homage; ace. pl,
m. we, Dh. 195 (cp. araha).

pUjeti, vb.. (sa. pitjayati, ypuj)
to hoaowr, worship, revere (acc.); part.
gen, m. ~ayato (piijiirahe) Dh. 195;
pot. 3. sg, waye (bhavitattanam) Dh,
106, aor, 3. pl. a-pujesuh (kakam
mamsena) 18,33; ger. wetva, 34,7;
pp. pujita, m. wo, Dh. 303; grd.
pujja, nfn., v. a-pujja. cp. pljana
(~a), puja.

puti, mfn. (= sa.) stinking, foul,
putrid; /f. stink, stench; *°-sandeha,
m,. a heap of corruption, ~0, 107,28 =
Dh. 148,

*piiti-latad, f. name of a certain
kind of creeper or shrub; occ. ~am,
105,19; according to the comment Jit,
I. p. 177,¢ & Dhpd. (1855) p. 313,s
[read : tarund pi galocilata putilata]
it is another name of the young (or
eoft) galoci-creeper,

pirana, mf(~i)n. (= sa.) filling,
completing; v. Manoratha-pirani.

purati, vb, (pass. pi, pir, sa,
puryate & ~ti) to be filled; pr. 3,
sg. ~wati, Dh. 121-22; pp. punna &
caus, pureti (q. 0.).

piirisa, m. = purisa (q. ».),

yureti., vb. (caus, y/p}, pir, sa,
pirayati) to All (uee.) with (gen. or
instr.) ; to fulfill, complete (acc.); part,
m, wayanto, 105,21; part. med. m,
rnayamino (saggapatham) 34,29; aor,
3. sg. ~wesi (tuccha-patimh yaguya)
56,28; devanagaram, devapurari,
saggapacam (or saggapathamh) pu-
resi is a frequently occurring expres.
sion for ‘going to heaven’, or ‘attaining
heavenly bliss’ : 17,34. 27,91. 44,15
(54,29); aor. 3. med. (=: aor. 3. pass.
purayittha (“was filled with”, ee

182

28,29; ger. wetva (patiyo piydsassa)
61,97; (silarh, “fulfilling the moral
law”) 16,19; pp. purita, filled, n, wah
(uyyanam) 6,16; pass. pirati (v.
above).

piiva (rarely pupa), m. (& 2.) (sa.
pupa, m.) a cake; acc. ~am (a rice
caké) 67,19-21; °-khanda, m. . 53,18

(v, h.). <_<
p2, indecl., a syllable indicating
abbreviation == ‘and so on’ (in the

same way); 92,4 (cp. 89,25, efc.);
92,s2-33, 93,1-5 (cp. 89,28-29, efc.);
93,29-31, 94,4 (do.); 96,19-21 (= 66,13);
100,23-24 (= 100,12); instead of pe
we find also frequently pa or la (q. v.),
and in the Birm, Mss. gha is similarly
used (probably arisen through corrup-
tion of the letters pe or pa-la). Ac-
cording to the native comm, pe is an
abridgment of peyyala, m. »., which
most likely is another form of pari-
yaya (q.v.) ¢. e. ‘repetition’ [*pali-
yaya, *payyala] cp. Oldenberg, KZ.
25,324; Tr. PM. p. 66. Buddh, sa. pe-
yala & preyala, v., Windisch, Mira
und Buddha, p. 315.
pekkha(ka), mfn. (e. c. = sa,
preksha, f. & prekshaka, mfn.) see-
ing, regarding, looking at; *puiiia-
pekha, mfx, aiming at merit, Dh. 108,
pekkhati, vb. (sa. pra-yiksh)
to look at, regard, wiew (acc.); part,
nom, m, wai (attham anagatarh,
foreseeing) 112.4; part, med. m.
~miino (ti ~) 47,20, cp. pree.
*pekkhuna (or pekhuna), #, @
tail feather (esp. that of a peacock) ;
pl.w ani (vyimamattini) 10,20; citra-°,
mfn. 10,10 (v. h.). — The etymology
of this word is unknown; but it may
be akin either to pakkha (q. v.), or
to pilija, ». (cp. sa. piccha), by which
it is explained in the comm. Jat. I,
207,27 & VI, 218,29. Pischel, Gr. § 89,
refers to sa. prenkhana, Prékr. pe-
huna; cp. Weber, Ind. Str. III, 396,
be ee pekhuna, wv. pekkha,
pekkhuna.

pecca, adv, (orig. ger. fr. pra-

183

yi, sa. pretya) after death, in the
next world; 74,3; 107,26 = Dh, 18
(opp. idha). cp. next,

peta, mfn. (sa. preta, pp. pra-v/i)
dead, deceased; m. the spirit of a dead
person, a ghost, demon; nom. ~O0,
84,39; ace. wath, 85,9; *sikara-mukha-®,
a peta with a pig’s mouth, 84,97; *su-
kara-peta-vatthu, the story of that
peta, 86,10, peti, f. (q¢. v.).

Peta-vatthu, . nom, pr. of a
canonical Pali-book (a section of the
Khuddaka-Nikaya); specimen thereof
(with the comm, of Dhammapala [Para-
mattha-dipani]) p. 84,25-86,10.

*peti, f., a female peta (q. v.); pl.
ace, wiyo, 23,16-33.

*petteyyata, f. (fr. pitar through |

*petteyya, m/n.) the state of a father;
Dh. 332. cp. matteyyata, f.

pema, 2, (sa. preman, m. ”.) love,
affection; abl, ~wato, Dh, 213,

peyyala, m. n., v. pe.

*pesakdra, m. (fr. sa, *pegas-
kira?) a weaver; °-geha, n. 88,5;
S-dhitar, f. 86,13; sala, f. 88,5 (v.
h.) cp, Fick, Soc, Gl. p. 211,

*pesanaka, mfn. (fr. pesana, 7.
‘sending’, errand, commission; sa,
preshana) one who sends a message;
only in the comp. ©-cora, m. pl, robbers
who use to despatch one to fetch the
ransom, 32,15, etc.

pesala, mfn. (sa. pegala), beauti-
ful, lovely; skilful, clever; su-pesalo,
m. (catuppado) 30,8.

pesi, f. (sa. peci) a small piece
of flesh or meat; the foetus shortly
after conception; gen. wiyd, 99,11.

pesika, f. (sa. pecika) a piece,
stick (esp. of bamboo); instr, waya
(velu-°) 52,31.

pesuiiia, x. (sa. paigunya) back-
biting, calumny; *°-karaka, m. a slan-
derous person, gen. ~wassa, 42,7.

peseti, vb. (sa. preshayati, caus.
pra-vish) to send, send forth or away
(acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti (pannakaram)
64,27; 3. pl. wenti, 32,18; imp. 2.
pl. ~wetha (maccham) 4,14; part, m,

porisa

~wento, 37,4; aor. 3. sg. ~wesi, 24,30;
ger. ~wetva, 65,26. cp. pesanaka.
pokkhara, m. (sa. pushkara, cp.
paushkara) a lotus-flower, esp. the
blue lotus; acc. pl. ~e (= pokkha-
rani?) 111,90; °-patta, m. a lotus-leaf,
loc, we, Dh. 401.
pokkharani, f, (sa. pushkarini
& paushkarini) a lotus-tank; ace,
wim, 58,98. 111,7; loc. wiyam, 52,28.
*nokkharata, f. (fr. pokkhara)
beauty; instr, ~aya (vanna-°, beauty
of complexion) Dh, 262,
Potthapada, m. (cp. sa. proshta-
pada) 20m, pr. of a parrot; nom. ~0, 9,8.
ota(ka), m. & potika, f. (=
a a young animal; assa-pota-°, 2,18;
assa-potaka-°, 5,39; suka-potaka, m.
acc. pl. we, 9,11; supanna-potaka,
pl. 60,8; hamsa-potakassa, gen. mi.
10,21; °-potika, f. 10,4.
potthaka, m,n. (sa. pustaka) a
book or manuscript; acc, wath, 114,16;
acc, pl. we, 114,8; loc. pl. ~wesu,
52,11 (porana-°); 52,14, 114,92; °-dva-
yath, 114,18 (two books); °-ttayam,
114,19 (three books),
*pothujjanika, mfn. (fr. pu-
thujjana) vulgar; m. ~0, 66,26 (synon.
hina, gamma).
potheti, vb. (sa, Vputh, caus,
pothayati) to strike, beat, cudgel
(ace.); pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (math) 87,15;
ger. ~wetva, 8,29, 39,15, 51,26.
pono[bjbhavika, mfn. (sa. pau-
nar-bhavika) causing new births; /.
wa (tanha) 67,13 (cp. punabbhava).
porana, mfn, (sa. paurana) re-
lating to the past, ancient; 7. (swbst.)
wam, “an old saying”, Dh. 227 (opp.
ajjatana); °-potthakesu, Joc. pl. iu
the old manuscripts, 52,11. cp. purana
& next,
pordnaka, mfn. (sa. pauranika)
ancient, former, old; what has been
hitherto, usual; comp. °-uyyanapala,
m, 37,17; %parihara, m. 37,37.
porisa, m. (fr. purisa; sa. pau-
Tusha) a man; nom. ~o (uttama-®,
q.v.) Dh, 97. cp. next,

posa

*posa, m. (= purisa, porisa;
arisen by contraction, perhaps influen-
ced by the verb poseti, v. neat) a
man; nom, ~0, Db, 228; purisa
(metrically = posa) voc, Dh. 248;
gen. wassa, Da. 104.

*posapeti, vb. (caus. II, poseti,
to feed, nourish; sa. poshayati, \/push)
to rear, bring up (ace.); ger. wetva
(kumarikam) 48,20. cp. puttha, mfn.

plavati, vb, v. palavati (pilavati).

Ph.

phardana, xzfn. (sa. spandana)
moving (suddenly), cuivering, trem
bling; . warn (cittar) Dh. 33 (synon,
capala). ¢p, pari-pbandati.

pharati, vd. (va. \/sphar uae.
to spread, extend (trans, & intr.);
to pervade, suffuse fili up (ace.); aor.
3. sg. phari (hatthim mettena cittena)
76,34; ger. ~itvd (resaharaniyo) 57,23;
pp. pauta & phuttha (¢. v.).

pharasu, m, (sa. paracu) an axe;
nom wu, 35,5; ace. wut, 35,7; =
see *“pharasuka, m. 35,5 (vasi-°,
q. v.).

pharusa, mfn. (sa, parusha) harsh,
cruel; acc. f. wath (vedanam) Dh,
138; n. ~am, Dh. 133 (of speech);
instr, m, pl. ~wehi (yakkhehi) 41,34.

phala, ». (= sa.) fruit; metaph,
consequence, result (yood or bad), re-
tribution, reward, advantage; 1) pl,
~ani, 2,23; 1,13 (kasata-°); gen. pl.
wainam (madhura-°) 1,15; pakka-
phala-°, ripe fruits, 2,1; °-rukkha, m.
@ frait tree, instr. pl. wehi, 2,20; cp.
phalaphala below; ~ *) nom. ace,
wath, 17,26 (papassa) ; 29,10 (silassa);
68,12 (puiifianam); 42,1 (kataviriy-
assa, samijjhati); 42,18 (viriya-°);
*0-patisedhana, 1. (q. v.); sakada-
gami-°, 29,17 & sotapatti-°, 87,1 (v
h.); magga-phala-nibbanini, n. pl.
(dvandva comp.) v. nibbana; — at
the end of adj. comp, phala is often

184

spelled with ‘pph’, v, katuka-pphala,
madhura-°, maha-°, cp. a-phala &
sa-phala, mfn.

phalaka, ». (= sa.) a board,
plank; mom, warn (apassena-, g. v.)
84,16; instr. wena, 20,23; loc. we,
20,1; 48,8 (*rajata-°, a silver table
for dicing).

phalati, vb. ') (sa. yphal) to
burst open, split asunder; aor, 3. pl.
~imsu (devadundubhiyo) 80,20; pp.
phalita (q.v.); caus. phaleti (gq. v.).
— *) (sometimes written phallati; sa.
phalati, ~te, denom. fr. phala) to
bear fruit, ripen; pr. 3. sg. phallati
(dummedho, phalani katthakasséva)
Dh. 164.

*phalaphala, n. (sg. & pl.) va
rious kinds of fruits (cy. phala); ~am,
1,15; 2,7 (tava ~ tam eva hotu, ‘only
keep all those fruits to yourself’);
instr, ~ena, 18,15. cp. maggamagga
[Tr. PM. p. 74].

phalika, m, (sa. sphatika) crystal;
*0.vimana, , a crystal palace, 23,15,

phalita, mfn. 1) (pp. phalati; =
sa.) burst, split; bearing fruit; instr.
n, ~ena (hadayena) 59,10, — *) grey;
mn. grey hair (through confusion with
palita (q. v.), because the grey hairs
split and fall off),

phallati, vb, v. phalati.

phassa, m, (sa. sparca) touch,
contact; nom. ~0, 66,8 (salayatana-
paccaya); °-nirodha, mm. 66,14 (v. .);
rae 66,8 (v. paccaya). cp. phu-
sati.

phanita, », (= sa.) the juice of
the sugar cane, molasses, sugar; *4-bin-
du, 7. a drop of molasses, 53,18; *°-sa-
kata, ”. @ cart-load of m., 63,20;
dvandva-comp, madhu-phanitehi (in-
str. pl.) 53,17; madhu-phanita-puve
(ace. pl.) 53,21.

*phali-, only incomp, phali-phulla,
mfn., which seems to be either an
intensive formation of vb. phalati, or
a dvandva-comp. phalin (= sa. phalin,
bearing fruit) + phulla (= sa, flowery);
at any rate, preceeded by words like

185

sabba or eka as it is always found,
it means ‘flowery all over’, or ‘with
fruits and flowers all over’; sabbamh
eka-phaliphullayh [scil, Lumbini-va-
nath| ahosi 9: it was in full blow,
62,11,

phaleti, vd. (caus. phalati; sa,
phalayati) to split, break (trans, w.
acc.); part, m. ~ento (hadayarh)
27,5; ger. ~etva (pasibbakath) 12,31.

*phasu, n. [& adj. ?] (either from
*prasu, ?.e. pra + asu, or from ved,
sa. pracgu, quick) health, healthiness;
ease, comfort; Vin, J, 92,94. Jat, II,
394,18. cp. next.

“phasuka, mfn, (fr. last) agree-
able, comfortable, pleasant; °-tthane
(loc.) on a pleasant spot, 35,26; a=
phasuka, mfn. (v. h.), The etymology
of phdsu & phasuka has often been
discussed; Childers derives it from sa.
sparha (y/sprh), but see the objections
of Weber, Ind. Str. III, 396, and
Sénart, Journ, As, 1876, II, 485 (re-
ferring to Buddh., sa, sparga); Trenck-
ner, PM. p. 81,20, takes it == ved,
sa. pragu; Jacobi refers to Prakr,
phasuya, sa. prasuka (from pra +
asu) ZDMG. 34, p. 311; Pischel, Gr,
§ 208, to /spr¢, *sparguka.

phasuka, f. (sa. parcuka, par-
cuka & parovaka, m.) a rib; pl. wa,
Dh. 154 (metaph, said of the rafters
_ of a house).

phuta, mfn. (pp. pharati, cp, sa.
sphuta; it is often written puttha &
phuttha, g. v. cp. MN.I, 276, Note)
thrilled, pervaded, filled with (énstr.);
m. so (manasa, thoughtful? — pu-
rito, Comm.) Dh, 218.

phuttha, mfn. 1) = phuta (».
above); m. wo (mettena cittena)
76,35. — *) = phusita (pp. yspro,
sprshta) touched; m. pl. ~a (sukhena)
Dh. 83; tamba-bhimi-rajo-°, 112,29
(v. corrections), cp. phusati, pho-
tthabba.

phulla, mfn, (= sa.) blown (a8
a flower); v. phali-° above, cp. pha-
lati.

bandhati

phusati, vb. (sa. spr¢) to touch;
to reach, attain (acc.); pr. 1. sg. ~ami
(nekkhamma-sukham) Dh. 272; 3, pl.
~wanti (nibbanam) Dh, 23; pot. 3.
pl. weyyu, Dh, 133; pp. v. next;
grd. v. photthabba; cp. phassa &
phuttha,

phusita, mfn. (= phuttha, pp.
phusati, g.v.) touched, reached, attained;
m, ~o (maya, maggo) 108,14.

pheggu, f. (? = sa. phalgu; cp.
sa. velli = valli, Tr.) brittle or weak
wood, fibrous wood, bast (?); nom.
~u, 95,22; apagata-phegguka, m/fn.
“free from the unsound wood”, m,
~0, 95,24.

phena, m. (sa. phena & phena)
foam, scum; phenupama, m/fn. (sa.
phenopama) resembling scum; acc.
m, wath (kayam) Dh. 46.

photthabba, m (& n.) (orig.
gra. fr. phusati, g. v.; sa. sprash-
tavya, 7.) touch, contact; pl. the ob-
jects of contact; nom, pl. ~&, 70,33;
loc. wesu, 71,10, cp. phassa.

baka, m. (= sa.) a heron, crane;
nom, ~0, 4,1 etc, — %-jataka, m, 3,29.

bajjhati, vb. (pass. bandhati;
sa. badhyate) to be bound or tied,
to be ensnared or caught; ger, witva
(pase) 11,30.

baddha, mfn. (pp. bandhati; =
sa.) bound, tied; ensnared, caught;
m, ~o (bandhanagare) 46,20; Dh,
324; f. ~a, 104,30; *°-rava, m, the
cry of one who has been caught, acc.
~wam (ravi) 11,30; *alha-°, mfn. 111,10
(q. v.); *bhandika-°, mfn. 34,19 (q. v.).

bandha, m. (= sa.) binding,
bond; emprisonment; vadha-°, Dh.
399 (v. h.); hatthi-bandha, v. bhanda.

bandhati, wb. (sa. bandh) to
bind, tie; catch, ensnare; to bind round,
put on (acc.), bandage (acc. & instr.);
imp. 3. pl. wantu (pannasaiiiam)

bandhana

8,8; cor. 3. sg. bandhi (mukham)
50,14; 3. pl. wimsu (veram, aiifia-
maiifiam, “nursed enmity”) 11,20; ger.
~witva (dvaram) 6,5; (te devasai-
khalikaya) 21,14; (rajanarh galhaban-
dhanam) 39,31; (mukham satakena)
50,13; (kayabandbanam) 82,:8; caus.
Ij. bandhapeti, pass. bajjhati, pp.
baddha (q. v.) cp. bandha, bandhana,
etc.

bandhana, n, (= sa.) binding,
bond, fetter; nom, ~am, 64,7; 23,32
(paficafigika-°, g. v.); abl. wil, 33,2;
Dh, 276 (Mara-°); pl. wini, 105,19;
kaya-°, n. (q. v.); *galha-°, mfn. :
v.); *panna-bandhana-saiina, x. (v.
panna); bandhanagiira, n. a prison;
abl. wato, 32,1; loc. we, 46,20.

bandhava, m. (sa. bandhava) a
kinsman, relative; pl. ~a, Dh. 288.

*bandhapeti, wb. (caus. IT. ban-
dhati) to cause to bind or bandage
(acc.); ger. ~apetva (mukhari) 50,15.

bandhu, m. (= sa.) a kinsman,
relative; a friend; vec. wu, 103,13
‘(pamatta-°, g. v.); instr. ~una, Dh,
p. 94, v. 3 (adicca-®, g. v.),

babbaja, m., v. pabbaja.

bala, n. (= sa.) power, strength,
force; military force, army; 20m. ~am,
Dh. 109; 13,95 (yam wath ahuvam-
hase, “according to what power we
had”); acc. wath, 10,13; 60,20 (rein-
forcement); insti. wen. (mahantena)
36,28; €. c. mfn. v. khanti-°, naga-°,
cp. a-bala, dub-bala, etc. — *bala-
ppatta, mfn. mighty (¢. e. by wisdom),
m. ~0 (Tathigato) 80,25; — balinika,
mfn. “who has strength for his army’,
strongminded; acc. a. warm, Db. 399.
cp. next ete., °

*bala-vahana, n. military force,
army; acc, wath, 39,8; instr. wena,
38.24.

balava (& hbalavat), mfn. (sa.
balavat) powerful, strong; wath (maya
katapapah) 17,17,

palin, mfn. (== 68a.) powerful,
strong; m. wi, Dh. 280,

balivadda, m. (sa. balivarda) a

186

bull, ox; nom. m0, Dh. 152; ace. pl.
me, 71,31; instr. pl. ~webi, 71,83.

balya, n. (sa. balya) foolishness,
stupidity; nom. acc. wam, 54,21. Dh.
63. cp. bala.

bahala, mfn, (= sa.) thick (of
consistence), dense, compact, firm, deep
(as water) efc.; ati-bahala, m/n. (q.».).

bahi, adv, (sa. bahis) out, outside;
~ nikkhante, 50,6; 52,2 (apart from
that place, viz, khaditatthanam; but
here bahi is perbaps an error for bahu,
ep. bahu-tinassa, 51,33); comp. bahi-
nagare (loc.) outside the city, 39,20.
43,9. 73,34 (opp. antonagare); *bahi-
valafijanaka, m. pl. out-door people,
acc. ~e, 43,8 (v. valaiija). cp. bahira
& next,

bahiddha, adv. (sa. bahirdha)
outside (abl.), from outside; *°-samu-
tthana, mfn,. ‘originating from out-
side’, resulting in outward behaviour
i.e. in good manners); #. atl
tsdlaumaniy 10,16 (opp, ajjhatta-°).

bahu, mfn. (= sa.) much (many),
great, frequent, abundant; nm. wu &
«um, Db, 258 (bahu bhasati); ~uwih
dhanam) 23,6; fame 76,3;
nis 111,32; tam ~ yam hi
jivasi, it is a wonder that you are
still alive, 13,29; énstr. m. wund, Dh.

166; 2. pl. wtini, 49,16; m. ple AU

(macchi) 3,32; ~avo, Db. 307; instr.
pl, wuUhi, Yl,e; gen. pl. xunnath,
23,275 wUnam, 108,21; comp. bahu-
mige, 6,5; °-bhattarh, 57,11, efc. (v.
below); cp. bahuka, bahula, bahu-®,
bhiyyo (compar.), bhiyyoso, yebhuy-
yena.
*bahu-abhifiiiiadta, mfn, highly
esteemed; m, pl. ~& (sdvakad) 109,19.
bahuka, mfx. (= sa.) much,
many; acc. m. ~am Bawa 108,12.
bahu-jana, m. (= sa.; some-
times written bahujjana, metri causa
or after the analogy of puthujjana;
Fausbell, Das, Jat. p, 28) many people;
nom, ~0, 88,32; Dh. 320 (-}j-).
*bahu-jagara, mfn., very watch-

187

ful, awake; m. ~0 (opp, sutta) Dh,
29. cp. jagarati.

bahujjana, v. bahu-jana.

bahu-tina, m. (sa. bahu-trna)
abundant grass, beautiful pasture; ger.
ewassa, 51,33 (= mandpassa tinassa
52,3).

*bahu-dvara, mfn., having many
doors or gates; doc, mn. wasmim (na-
gare) 91,23.

*babhu-buddhi, m/fn., wily, cun-
ning, crafty; f. gen, pl, winar (thi-
nama) 51,30,

*bahu-bhinin, mfn., who speaks
much; ace, m, winam, Dh, 227.

*bahu-bhava, m., quantity, abun-
dance; acc. wath, 49,19.

bahula, mfn. (= sa.) much, large,
abundant; ¢, ¢, abounding in; pa-
mojja-°, mfn. full of delight, m. wo,
Dh. 376, cp, sambahula.

*bahu-sathkappa, mfn., having
many purposes, full of schemes; acc,
wath (kiyam) Dh, 147,

bahussuta, mfn. (sa. bahu-cruta)
very learned; m. ~o (Anando) 109,18;
ace, ~am, Dh. 208; gen. pl. m. wi-
nath, 109,7. cp. bahusacca.

*bahupakara, mfn., very useful
(v. upakara); m, wo (amhakam,
sakuno) 18,19.

badhita, mfn. (== sa.; pp, ba-
dhati, ybadb, to press, pain, vex)
pained, oppressed; mm. ~0 (saso, “a
snared hare”) Dh, 342. cp. bibhaccha.

Bardnasi (& wi), f. (sa. Vara-
nasi) mom, pr. of the city Benares;
abl. wiya (avidiire) 36,20; loc. ~iyam,
1,2; °raji (wi) the king of B., 5,9,
ete.; -rajja, 2. (wi) the kingdom of
B., 38,23; °-rajja-saimika, m, king of
B., 43,29.

bala, mfn. (= sa.) ignorant, foo-
lish; m. wo, 2,7. 54,16; voc. wa, 44,305
ace. wat (yatha) 75,23; 106,22 =
Dh. 71; pl. wa, 54,12; gen. pl. ~wa-
nam, 107,10 = Dh. 60; comp. °-sum-
sumara, (voc.) 2,5; °-raja, 54,6; °-ma-
hajano (many unconverted) 74,14;
*andha-°, mfn, (v. h.); *°-saiigata-

bahusacca

carin, mfn, “walking in the company
of fools”, m. ~1, Dh. 207; °-vagga,
m. the fifth chapter of Dhpd. — com-
par, balatara, mfn. 54,22 (m, ~0)
cp, next & balya, n.

balata, f. (= sa.) stupidity, foo-
lishness; instr, ~aya (attano, on ac-
count of their foolishness) 5,9,

*balisika (& balisika), m., (fr.
balisa or balisa, m. a fish-hook; sa.
badica & vadiga) a fisherman, angler;
nom, ~0, 14,29.

*Baveru, f. (?) nom. pr. of a city
(perhaps = Babylon, cp. Minayeff,
Bull. de l’Acad. de St, Pétersbourg,
T.17. p.70 (Mél, As. VI 591); Morris,
JPTS '91-93. p. 25; Franke, ZDMG.
47, Bd. p. 606); acc. ~wum, 18,54;
C-jataka, 2. 18,1; °-rattha, m, the
kingdom of B. 18,4-5,

baha, f. (= bahu, sa. bahu, m.)
the arm; pl. acc, ~A, 30,19; instr.
~ahi, 20,6; *paccha-baham, adv. (v.
h.) ep. Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p. 102,

bahita, mfn, (pp. baheti, q. v.)
removed; *°-papa, mfn. ‘who has got
rid of evil’, m, ~o ti brahmano (in-
tended to be the etymology of the
word brihmana, cp, Franke, Pali u,
Sanskr, p. 117) Dh. 388.

bahira, mfn. (fr. bahi; sa. babya,
cp. bihika) being outside (one’s self,
one’s body, house, or family); being
outside the Buddhistic order, none
Buddhistic; 2. swam, the exterior
(opp. abbhantaram) 106,11 == Dh,
894; m. ~o (samano n’atthi, “there
is no Samana beyond the order” [just
as thore is no path through the air]
Dh, 254-55 (var. bibire, loc. adv.
cp. bahiya (wika), Jat. I 421,:3 &
III 432,23, which probably is a nom,
pr. (cp. Muller, Pali Gr. p. 31.)

bahu, m. & f. (also baha, f. (q.
v.); sa. bahu, m.) the arm; v, Siha-
bahu, nom. pr.

*bahusacca, ». (fr. bahussuta,
sa. bahu-cruta, rather than fr. *bahu-
sati (sa. *bahu-smrti) which is not
found in Pali) much learning, erudi-

vaheti

tion; instr. wena, Dh. 271 (cep. Dhpd.
(1855) p. 381; Tr, PM. p. 75, cor-
rections).

baheti, vv. (sa. barhayati, caus.

brh {Tr ), if not denom, fr. bahi

Veber, ZDMG., 14,89) cp. also y/badh
& »/vah) to tear out, eradicate, remove
(acc.); ger. ~etva (pufiian ca papan
ca) 106.6 = Dh. 267: pp. bahita
(¢. v.).

bindu, m. & n. (= sa.) a drop;
nom, wu (uda-°) 108,2 = Dh. 336;
cum (madhu-®, phinita-®, g. v.) 53,18;
uda-bindu-nipaitena, Db. 121.

‘bimba, m. n. (== 8a.) an image
(as a picture or statue); acc, war
(said of the human bedy) Dh, 147.

bilaira, m. (sa. bidala) a cat;
“O-nissakkana-matta, mfn. just large
enough that a cat can sneak out through
it, ». wath (pakdra-vivaramh) 90,35,

bibhaccha, mfn. (sa. bibhatsa)
loathsome, disgusting; °-sambadha-
tthana, ». 65,7 (q. v.).

birana, #. (sa. virana) name of
a fragrant grass (Andrepogon Muri-
catum); wam, 107,372 = Db. 336
(its root is called usira, 108,1).

bujjhati, vb. (sa. ybudh) to
know, perceive, understand (acc.), to
be conscious of; pr. 3. sg. nati (te.
part, pipiini karamini karam, “when
he commits evil deeds’) Dh, 136;
(do, rahokammath ivikubbath, “when
he openly does what ought to be secret’)
54,17; (antariyaih) Db. 286; pp. bud-
dha, m/fn, intelligent, wise, enlightened
(esp, subst, m, & nom, pry v0. next);
ace, wut, Dh, 398. cp. buddhi,
hodhi, efe,

Buddha, m, (== sa; pp. bujjhati,
q. v.) &@ Buddha, /. e. a person who
has attained to infinite knowledge, and
who is liberated from all existence, so
that he shull rot be born again; nom.
pr. ‘the Buddhw (é e. Gotama, q, v.)
mostly mentioned by epithets like
Bhegavat, Satthay, Sugata (y. v.) ep.
Tathagata & Sammasambuddha; ~0
(*iya) 113,21; yadi xo tittheyya (“if

188

the B, were alive”) 98,33; ~o bhagava,
66,2; ~o dhammaraja pabhathkaro,
19,1; ~0 bhavissati loke vivatta-
cchaddo, 61,83; ~o tapati tejasa,
107,25 = Dh. 387; maha-Gotama-®,
87,8; acc, wath (anantagocaram) Db.
179; gen. wassa (viya) 113,20; Zoe.
~e (in the formula B., dhamma,
samgha, cp. 107,17) 79,17; pl. instr.
~wehi, 102,24; gen. ~Anath, 68,22. 74,15.
86,24. 108,20 (metri causa : Buddhana).
comp, v, next ete,

*Buddha-gata, mfn., directed
to Buddha; f. ~a (sati) Dh. 296.

*Buddha-ghosa, m. nom. pr.
of a Buddhist teacher, author of several
commentaries on canonical books (liv:
ing about 420 A. D.); nom. no (ti
nam viydkarum, Buddhassa viya
gambhiraghosatta) 113,21.

*Buddha-desita, mfn., taught
by the Buddha; ace. m. ~am (dham-
mafi ca vinayaii ca) 109,25.

*Buddhantara, ., a period be-
tween two Buddhas; acc. ~am (ekari)
84,30. (cp. antara.)

Buddha-manta, m. (sa. °-man-
tra) a sacred text of the Buddha; x0,
113,16.

*Kuddha-lilha, f, the grace
or charm of a Buddha; instr. waya
(dhammaih desetva) 7,27, 47,17.

*Buddha-vagga, m., the title of
chapter XIV, of Dhpd,

Buddha-vacana, nm (= sa.
the word of the Buddha, the holy
texts; acc, wat (karotha) 108,0; loc.
me (tepituke) 102,2,

*“Buddha-viru, mm, ‘the enlighe
tened hero’ (Buddha); voc, wa, 108,11,

“Buddha-settha, m., ‘the best
of Buddhas’ (Buddha); gen. ~wassa,
109,23.

*Buddhirammana, mfn,
framimanna,
buddhi, fs (= 8a.) intelligence,

insight; v. dubbuddhi & bahubuddhi,
mfn. ep. next.
buddhimal, mfn. (= sa.) en-

189

dowed with insight, wise; 4, ama,
113,24; pl. ~manto, 76,82.

*Buddhuppada, m., the appear-
ance or birth of a Buddha, the period
after the appearance of a Buddha; gen.
massa abhavi, because the Buddha
had not appeared, 63,31; Joc. we
(imasmim) in the present Buddha-
period, 84,31,

bubbula, m, én, (sa, budbuda)
w bubble; dimin. bubbulaka, m. & z.,
id, acc. ~am, Dh, 170; (cp. Dorris,
JPTS, '84,80).

bojjhanga, m, (sa, bodhy-anga,
nm.) one of the seven faculties neces-
sary for attaining perfect knowledge
(or Buddhahood), viz. sati, dhamma-
vicaya, Viriya, piti, passaddhi, sama-
dhi, upekha; pl. ~& (satta) 82,19;
acc. pl. we, 91,8, cp, sambodhi-
anga.

bodhi, m. & f. (= sa.) 3) f. per-
fect knowledge (possessed by a Bud-
dha), Buddhahood; v. bojjhanga, cp.
sambodhi; *) m, the sacred tree under
which Buddhahood is achieved, a Bo-
tree; °-rukkha-mille, Joc. at the foot
of the Boetree, 66,3; cp, Mahabodhi
& next,

*Bodhimanda, m, or n, (?) the
terrace of the great Bo-tree in Maga-

dha; °samipamhi (loc.) near B.,
113,,
Bodhisatta, m, (sa. Bodhi-

sattva) one who is destined to be-
come a Buddha, the Buddha in any
of his anterior births; wo, 1,3; ace.
~am, 2,97; gen. wassa, 1,6; abl,
wato, 8,10,

*bondi, f.(& m.) (probably akin
to sa. budhna) the body; nom, wi
(mahati) 2,19 an sarira, 2,7). op.
Prakr. bomdi, bumdi; Kuhn, Beitr,
p. 41; Dorris, JPTS. '89,07,

bya- ete, v. vya-.

brahma-cariya, ». (sa. brahma-
carya) holy or religious life, holi-
ness, purity, chastity (sometimes =
the Buddhism or the Buddhist reli-
gious system and practice); nom. wall

braihmana

(vusitarh) 71,15; acc, ~wam (cara,
“lead a holy life”) 70,16, 92,3; *°-vasa,
m. the living a religious life; mom.
~0, 92,27; gen. ~wassa (kalo) 46,35,

~ *di-brahmacariyika, mfn, (v,
Gdi')) cp. neat ete,
brahmacariyavat, mfn. (sa,

brahmacaryavat) who leads a holy life,
practising chastity; mom, m, wva,
106,6 = Dh, 267,

brahmacairin, m. (= 8a.) one
who leads a religious life, who prac-
tises chastity, a priest; nom: wi, 30,19.
Dh, 142; sa-brahmacari (m. pl.)
96,30 (“fellow-priests”).

brahmafiata, f. (sa. brahma-
nyata) ') friendliness towards Brah-
mans; *) the state of a Brahman;
nom. wta, Dh. 332.

brahma-danda, m (= sa.)
name of a certain kind of punishment
imposed by the order on a Bhikkhu;
nom, ~0, 7913-14 (“the Bhikkhus
should neither speak to him, nor ex-
hort him, nor admonish him”, 79,15)
cp. Vin. II p. 290; Kern, Manual of
Indian Buddhism, p. 87.

Brahma-datta, m. (= sa.)
nom. pr, of several mythic kings in
Benares; loc. we, 1,2. 2,17, etc.; °-ku-
maro, 42,04; °-maharaja, 43,22,

Brahman, m, (= sa.) the god
Brahma; nom, ~8, 110,11; ~ Saham-
pati, 80,21; imstr, ~wuna, Dh. 105;
Maha-®, id. (v, h.) cp. sa-brahmaka,
mfn. & next,

Brahma-loka, m. (= sa.) the
world or heaven of Brahma; loc. we,
45,16; *-fipaga, mfn. going to B.;
m. ~0, 45,18 (cp. upaga); *°-para-
yana, mfn, destined for B.; m, ~0,
47,33,

rahma-vihara, m. (= sa.)
one of the four perfect states of mind
(viz, metta, karuna, mudita, upekha);
ace. pl. we (bhavetva) 45,15-18.
braihmana, m. (= sa.) a man
belonging to the priestly caste, a Brah-
man; nom, ~0, 9,9. 92,10; 106,68 =
Dh. 393 ete, (in @ moral sense); acc,

brihmani

~am, 30,9; gen. ~wessa, 9,9. 66,20;
voc. wi (metri causa}, 30,12; pl. wa,
61,30; gen. ~wanam, 61,26; purohita-°,
Blo (g. v.); *%paimokkba, mfn. (q.
v.); *°-manava, m, a young Br., nom.
~0, 113,2; *-vesena (instr.) in the
disguise of a Br,, 15,10; *°=vagga, m.
title of Dhpd, ch. KXVI; — dvandva
conp, samana-?, 19,2; amacoa-°-gaha-
patike, 42,9; °-gahspatikesu, 7,25 (ep.
gahapati); sa-ssamana-brahmana,
min. (q. 0).

brahmani, f. (== sa.) a Bréah-
man’s wife, 9,10; acc. with. 9,14.

briti, vb. (sa. brite & braviti,
y brit) to say, reply; to speak to (acc.);
to tell (acc. & gen.); to call (w. double
acv.); pr. 1. sg. briimi (tan te, =
kathemi) 85,25-28; 106,:3 (tam brah-
manaih) = Dh, 95; 106,34; aor, 3.
sg. ®) a-bravi (Miiram) 103,13; >) a-
bruvi, 110,31; 111,9.

bruheti, vb. (sa. brmbhayati,
caus, Vbriih) te increase, further,
promote, cherish, practise (acc.); imp.
2. sg. waya (sant:maggam) Dh, 285.

Bh.

bhekkha, 1) mfn. (e. ¢.; sa. bhak-
sha) eating or drinking; *lohita-°,
mfn, blood-drinking; gen. wasse,
13,98; *piti-°, mfn. (7. v.). — 2) m
(sa. bhaksha, m. or bhakshya, grd.)
food; ~o si mama (“thou art my prey”)
111,10. |
bhakkheti, vb. (sa. bhaksha-
yati, Vbhaksh) to eat, devour; inf.
~etum, 111,13 pp. wita, m. gen. pl.
Anam (vanijanam) 111,32; bhakkha,
mfn, (v. above),

bhagavat, mfn, (== sa.) illus
strious, venerable, holy; esp. m, used
as a term of veneration by, Buddhists
when speaking of Buddha, “the Bles-
sed one’; nom. Buddho bhagava or
only Bhagava, 66,2-3-5. 104,23. 108,17;
ace, wvantam, 68,17, 104,11; énstr.

190

mvatd, 69,18; gen. abl. wvato, 76,1;
68,11; loc. wvati, 74,32; 92,2 (‘under
the Blessed one”),

bhagini, f. i sa.) a sister; also
used as a term of address to any woman
(or said of a woman of the order);
voc, ~i, 73,8; instr. wiyd (kanittha-°)
56,80; *°-~wi-putta, m. a nephew; %
ati-bhagini-putta. cp. bhagineyya.

bhagga, mfn. (pp. bhaiijati; sa.
bhagna) broken; ”, am, 30,17. 53,30;
f. pl. wi, Dh. 154,

bhaiiga, m. (= sa.) breaking,
breach; bending, fold; nom, ~0, 83,11;
ace. wat (sarira-°) 47,16.

bhacca, m. (sa. bhrtya, grd. y/bhr)
a servant, attendant; acc. war (tam
tat) 112,23; pl. wa, 111,18; acc. pl.
~e, 111,19; instr, pl, vehi, 111,20.

bhajati, vb. (sa, Ybhaj) to par-
take of, recur to, keep company with,
frequent, follow, practise (acc.); pr.
3. sg. wati (padesam) Dh. 303; part,
med, gen. m. sg. ~manassa, Dh, 76;
imp, 2. sg. med. ~agsu (mitte) Dh.
375; pot. 3. sg. bhaje, Dh. 76, 78;
3. sg. med. wetha, Dh. 78. 208; caus.
bhajeti (q. v.).

bhafjati, vb. (sa. bhaiij) to
break, bend; to defeat (uce.); pr. 1.
sg. ~imi (senain) 104,6; part. m. pl.
~anta (atthini) 8,29; aor. 3. sg. (ma
bhaiji (vo) 108,5; pp. bhagga (q. a
cp. bhafiga, m.

bhaniati, ob. (pass. bhanati,
3 er

bhanati, vb. (sa, ybhan) to speak,
say; to recite, propound (ace.); pr. 3.
8g. ~ati (musa) 97,11; 1. sg. ami
(do.) 98,21; 2. sg. med. bhane (v.
next), part, m wat, 103,11 (ima
giithd); Dh, 264 (alikam); part. med.
m, ~ mano, 83,4; gen. ~ miinassa,
83,3; imp. 2. sg. bhana, t1j13; pot.
3. sg. bhane (saccam) Dh, 224; 2.
sg. bhaneyy’aham, 11]; aor. 1. sg.
abhinim (an old augmented formation)
47,8; pass. bhaiiati, loc. n. part.
bhanfiamane(veyyakaranasmith) 71,17;

191

pp. n. bhanitar (alikath tassa, scil,
maya) 108,30. cp. bhdnaka, bhanin.

bhane, indecl. (orig. pr. 1. 59.
med, fr. bhanati) Ut. ‘I say’, look
here! my friends! a term of address
used by a superior to inferiors (the
latter answer with ‘bhante’, g. v.);
mayam kho a, 76,10; tena hi a,
76,13.

bhanda, ')” (sa, bhanda) sg.
& pl. goods, wares, things; utensils,
implements, instruments, ornaments,
etc.; nom, wath, 30,17; ace. wath
(appaggha-®, “wares of a little value”
26,:; (piya-°, “anything that is deo’?
54,34; pl. wini (turiya-°, “musical
instruments’) 65,5. — *) m. (e, ¢, =
ae a keeper, groom (cp. sa,
bhanda); *hatthi-°, m, an elephant-
keeper (= *hatthi-bandha, cp, sa.
acva-bandha) pl, v4, 76,15; ace, pl,
me, 76,10, cp, SBE, XVII, 141,
Note?,

bhandaka, » (sa, bhandaka)
= bhanda, n.; *assa-°, 65,17 (borse-
iin

bhandika, f. (sa. bhindika@) a
bundle, a small packet; ace. am,
8,17. 33,7; sahassa-°, a purse of 1000
pieces, 23,1 (cp, sahassa-thavika,
102,04); — *bhandika-baddha, mfn.
packed, bundled up; gen. ~assa (dha-
nassa) 34,12.

bhata, mfn. (sa. bhrta, pp. bha-
rati) ‘born’, brought up, reared, sup-
ported; f. wa (bhariya) 61,4; *atta-
vetana-°, v. attan.

bhataka, m. (sa. bhrtaka) a ser-
vant; nom, ~0, 105,s.

bhati, f. (sa. bhrti) wages, hire,
support; service for wages; instr. wiya,
105,9.

bhatta, ». (sa. bhakta) a meal,
ration; food, esp. boiled rice; nom.
acc, wath, 78,3; 21,5. 33,25. 53,80,
70,10. 76,11; bahiu-°, 67,11; *paccha-°,
86,5; “patarasa-°, 57,9; *mataka-°,
16,23 (v. h.); *ratti-°, 15,19; loc. we,
57,97; ~wasmim, Dh. 185; pl. ~ani,
111,33; — comp, *bhatta-karaka, m.

bhante

(sa. bhatta-kara) a cook; nom. ~0,
6,20; — bhatta-kicca, #. preparations
for a meal; °Avasaine, loc. (v. ava-
sana) after the meal, 86,15; — *bhatta-
pati, f. a rice-bowl, acc, with, 34,13;
— *bhatta-sakata, . a cart-load of
rice, 53,30,

bhadanta, m. (= sa.) a vene-
rable person, a term esp, used in ad-
dressing (or mentioning) a Buddhist
priest, often equal to pron. 2. pers,
(but with the verb in 3. sg.); katham
~0 fiayati, “how is your reverence
named“, 96,29. [bhadanta (also often
written bhaddanta) seems to be »
later formation from the voc, bhadante,
which has probably arisen from the
phrase bhaddam (or bhadram) te
(q. v.) and has been contracted into
bhante (v, below); cp. Windisch
Mira und Buddha, p. 68; Tr. PM,
p. 69-70; Weber, Bhag. IT, 155 &
I, 418; Sénart, Kacc. p. 115 (II, 4,35);
Pischel, Gr. § 366>.]

bhadda (& bhadra), mfn. (sa.
bhadra) happy, good, pleasant, beauti-
ful; m,. sro (a good man, opp. papo),
Dh, 120; ace, wrath (assam) Dh.
380; f. wa (mata) 20,25; voc. f. we
(my dear!) 1,8; 2 wrarm, happiness,
Dh, 119; pl. wrini (good things)
Dh. 120; ». wam is often used with
gen. pron. 2, pers, parenthetically in
a sentence, meaning ‘if you please’,
‘let it be said with all deference’, ‘sit
venia verbo’ and the like: na me
ruccati bhaddam vo, 11,16; tam vo
vadami bhaddath vo, 108,3 (cp. sa.
bhadram te (vah) & bhadanta above).

bhaddaka, mfn. (sa. bhadraka)
= bhadda; m. su-bhaddako (catu-
ppado), very pleasant or lovely, 30,8.

bhanta, mfn. (pp. bhamati; sa.
bhranta) wandering, moving, or rol-
ling about (unsteadily); acc. m. wam
(ratharn) 106,33 = Dh, 222.
V*bhante, indecl. (fr. bhadanta,
gq. ¥.) @ term of address to superiors’
or venerable persons : reverend sir,
your reverence! 4) = voc, 28,12 (to

bhabba

Buddha); 36,3 (téipasa); evarh a,
76,14 (Devadatta); 79,10 (an elder
bhikkhu ought to be addressed by
bhante or ayasma); 85,2 (Narada);
kinnamo si ~, 96,29; — *%) = nom.
~ Bhagava, 69,4 (with 3. sg. of the
verb). [bhante has generally been
considered as a Magadhism, from sa,
bhavant- (Weber, Trenckner & Franke,
KZ. XIV, p. 419), from which also
bhadanta (v. above) possibly might
have arisen through insertion of an
inorganic ‘d’; but I think it will be
impossible to arrive at a true histori-
cal view of the various terms of address,
bhagavd, bhavam (bhonto, ete.),
bhadanto (Ate), bhante, bhane, which
seem to be connected with one another
phraseologically as well as etymologi-
cally. ]

bhabba, mfn. (grd. bhavati; sa.
bhavya) future, what probably will be
or ought to be, suitable, proper; w.
inf. being able to; m. xo (kame
paribhunjitum) 70,1; a-bhabba, m/fn.

q. v.).
: bkamati, ob. (sa, Ybhram) to
wander about, to move to and fro (on
account of perplexity); caus. bhameti,
to swing, agitate, perplex; imp. 2. sg.
med. bhamassu, Dk. 371, seems to
be used as imp, 3. sg., but perhaps
we have here an old error; the Mas,
Khar. reads ma te kamaguna bha-
memsu cittarh, which ssems to prove
that we ought to read kamaguna
biuamimsu (aor, 3. pl.) or bhamesum
(aor, 3. pl. caus.). |

bhamara, ‘m. (sa, bhramara) a
bee; -~0, 106,2 == Dh. 49; °-gana,
swarms of bees, 62,12 (paiicavanna-°).

bhaya, !) 2. (=. sw.) fear, danger;
nom, ward, 53,1. 110,32. Dh. 283;
a.str, bhayena, from fear, 13,15. 43,7,
often at the end of comp. : geha-pa-
tana-°, 19,16; niraya-°, 17,30; mara-
na-®, 6,91; rukkha-nibbattana-°, 37,5
(4. v.) ep. a-kuto-bhaya, a-bhaya,
maha-bhaya, m/fn.; — *°-janana, mfn.
(q. 0.1; — bhayattha, mfn. (sa. bhaya-

192

stha) terrified, f. ~&, 111,98; -
"O.tajjita, min. (q.0.); — -dassin &
*0-dassivas, mfn. seeing danger, fear-
ing; nom. m. ~va, Db. 31; pl. wino,
Dh. 317; — *°-bhita, mfn. & *°-saii-
kita, mfn. frightened, alarmed (v. h.)
— *) mfn. dangerous; acc. m. vam
(maggam) Dh. 123.

bharati, vb. (sa, ybhr) to bear,
support, hire; cp. next etc., bhira,
bhacea, bhata(ka), bhati.

bharita, mfn. (= sa.) filled with
(e. ¢.); vippaviddha-ndnakunapa-°,
mfn, 65,10 (v. h.).

bhariya, f. (sa. bhadrya) a wife;
nom, wya, 1,5. 51,4; ace. wyam,
101,18; gen. (dat. loc.) wyaya, 1,23;
54,29 (metri causa contracted to bha-
riya); 58,2 (dovarika-°),

Bharukaccha, », (sa. id. &
Bhrgukaccha) nom. pr. of a seaport-
town in Western India (Baroach,
Bagvyata); nom. wath (nima patta-
nagamo) 24,9; *°-pattanam, 25,13;
*O-nayata, mfn. 20,29 (v. payati);
*0-vanija, m. 19,24 (gq. v.).

*Bharu-rattha, m. nom. pr. of
a country; loc. we, 24,9. — *Bharu-
rajan, m. the king of that country;
nom. ~ raj& nama, 24,9.

bhava, m. (= sa.) 1) coming into
existence, birth; existence, any mode
of existence, being, life; nom. wo
upidaina-paccaya) 66,0; %paccaya
jati) 66,10; gen. wassa (pairagi)
Dh, 348; loc. ~e (purima-°, in a
former life) 68,11; pl. tayo bhava,
“the three modes of existence”, iz,
sensual, corporeal, formless existence,
or existence in the three worlds kima-,
rupa-, arlpa-loka, 65,1 (cp. kama,
bhava, vibhava 67,11); — *°-tanha,
f. thirst for existence, 67,14; *°-niro-
dha, m. cessation of ex., 66,16; *%-sal-
lani, ». pl. “the thorns of life’, Dh,
351; kama-°, tanha-°, nandi-° (v. 7.)
- Fel ies welfare, prosperity (opp.
vibhava, q.v.); dat. wiya, Dh, 282, =
ep. bhava, punabbhava, ete.

bhayanh, pron. (orig. part. bhavat

193

fr. next; sa. bhavan, m. & bhavati,
f.) thou, you (used as a respectful
term of addrese, often comb, with the
name of the person addressed, but
mostly with the 3. pers, of the verb);
nom, wath (Gotamo) 90,19. 93,37;
(ace, bhavantamh); instr. bhota (Go-
tamena) 90,15; gen, bhoto (Gota-
massa) 94,6; (loc. bhavati); pl. nom.
voc, acc. bhonto (or bhavanto, nom.,
bhavante, acc.) : sunantu me ao,
97,3; (instr, pl. bhavantehi; gen. pl.
buavantanam, or bhavatarh). As voc.
sg. & pl. we have a contracted form
bho (q. v. separately below).
bhavati, vb. (sa. Wbhu; very
often contracted to hoti, g. v.) to be,
exist, stay, become, arise, come into,
etc, (also used og auxiliary verb);
pr. 3, sg. wati, Dh, 375; 38. pl.
wanti (jati-paccayd) 66,1; 111,4;
pr. 1. pl. med, bhavamase, 105,26;
part, v. bhavam above; imp. 2. 8g.
bhava (cp. hohi) Dh, 236; 2. pl.
bhavatha (var. watha) Dh, 143; pot.
3. sg. bhaveyya, 1,25; 1. sg. ~eyyam,
56,5; 2. sg. ~weyyasi, 86,3; aor. ahu,
ahosi, etc., v. hoti; fut. 3. sg. bha-
vissati (cp. hessati) = will be, ‘must
be’, or ‘is probably’, ‘is certainly’ :
32,26. 87,3. 99.7, etc.; 12,27, 34,3
(vassapitam ~); 40,32 (gahito ~);
56,30 (laddhath ~ maijifie); also in
questions and answers: kim ~ (supi-
nam) 61,29; kin nu kho w (kumarika)
“how may she be’? 86,29; evam a,
56,15; fut. 2. 89. wissasi, 46,14. 56,12;
1, sg. ~issami, 23,29; 3. pl. wissanti,
6,28. 21,1i-27. 33,27 (imam dhanam
dve kotthasa ~, pl. instead of sg.);
1, pl. ~wissama, 21,12; — cond, 3. sg.
a-bhavissa, 42,11. 92,28; bhavissa,
29,8; — inf. bhavitum, 24,24, 56,4;
— ger. v. hutva (under hoti); — grd.
bhavitabba, mfn. (cp. hotabba &
bhabba) ”. ~am (used like fut. in
pass, construction) 24,2 (iminapi aga-
tena ~ = ayam pi agato bhavis-
sati); 34,4-10. 47,13, 48,26, 91,25, etc.;
acc. mn, ~am ev'etam kathesi, “you
Pali Glossary,

bhinavira

tell of what must be”, 47,11 (cp. ka-
likath, 47,10); — pp. bhiita (q. v.);
— caus, bhaveti (q.v.) cp. bhava,
bhava, m., bhavana, ».

bhavana, 7. (= sa.) house (pa-
lace), home, abode (world); acc. wath
(attano) 19,18; loc. ~e, 41,29; asura-®,
tavatimsa-°, naga-°, Sakka-°, su-
panna-° (v. h.).

bhasta, m. (sa. basta) a he-goat;
acc, wath, 54,16 (cp, Jat, VI, 12,2;
Abhidh, has vasso).

bhasma, 2. (sa. yore ashes ;
*O-Achanna, mfn, 106,22 (v. @channa).

bhassati, vb. (sa. \/bhraric) to
fall down, drop; to swoop down, go
on shore; to take a road, lounge about;
aor, 3. 8g, bhassi (adho Gafigam)
14,24; (tassa matthakam) 24,5; aor.
3. sg. med, a-bhassatha (vind kaccha)
104,17 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110).

bhaga, m. (= sa.) ') a part,
fraction (often comp. v. numbers, v.
catu-bhaga, ti-bhaga & sahassa-°);
— *)a portion, share, lot; task, busi-
ness, wages, salary; (v, acariya-°); —
5) place, region, side, quarter (v.
upari-°, kanna-°, bhumi-°, ep. sab-
bato-bhagena, instr. adv.); — *) time,
division of time (v, ratti-°, cp. apara-
bhage, loc, adv.) cp. bhaga, ete.,
sobhagga.

*bhagavat, mfn. (fr. hee par-
taking of, having a share in (gen.);
nom. m, ~va (simaiiiassa) Dh, 19. 20,

bhadgineyya, m, (sa. bhagineya)
a sister's sop, nephew; °-hamsapota-
kassa (gen.) a young hamsa, a nephew
of his, 10,21. cp. bhagini.

bhadjana, n. (= 8a.) a vessel,
an earthen jug; acc. wath, 82,19.

bhajeti, vb. (caus. bhajati; sa.
bhajayati) to divide, distribute (acc.);
inf. ~etum (matamanussam) 40,32;
ger, ~etva, 27,29. cp. bhaga, bhajana.

bhanaka, m. (= sa.; fr. bhanati)
a reciter, repeater, declarer; *Digha-°,
m. (q. v.).

bhanavara, m. (& m.) a section

13

bhinin

of the holy texts, which are divided
itto such sections for purpose of reci-
tation; pathamaka-’am, the first sec-
tion of Dhpd. containing ch, I-XIV;
Dh, 196.

*bhanin, mfn, (fr. bbanati) say-

ing, speaking; v. vahu-°, manju-°,
manta-°, mita-°, mfn.
_ bhatar, m. (ca. bhratr) a brother;
nom. ~ta, 108,15; 9,7 (kanittha-°);
ace, vtaram, 3l,sc; -nstr. vtara,
31,31; nom. pl. ~taro, 31,13, 34,32.

bhatika, m (sa. bhratrka) a
brother; acc. ~am (jetihaka-°) 32,21;
gen. evassa (jettha-°) 35,20.

bhayati, vb. (sa. ybhi, bibheti
& bhayate) to fear, be afraid of (gen.);
pr. 3. pl. ~anti (maccuno) Dh. 129;
aor, 2. 8g. (ma) badyi, 1,10. 4,30. 75,20;
2, pl. (ma) dhayittha, 32,21. 76,26;
pp. bhita (q. v.); ger. ohayitva (kassa)
98,13, ep. bhaya, bhitasanaka, bhiru,
bherava,

bhira, m. (= sa.) burden, load;
trouble, labour; task, charge; mom.
~o (mayham ~, or mayharh esa a,
“let it be my charge, leave that tu
me’’) 42,6, 49,30; imassa sukha-duk-
khath tava ~0, “look after him in
better and worse’, 28,20; khari-°, m.
& panna-, mfn. (v. h.).

bharaka, m. (?) (= sa.) burden,
load; only in the comp. *gadrabha-®,
m. (?) 1) an ase-driver; *) goods car-
ried by an ase, instr, ~ena voharar
karonto, 8,16.

bhava, m. (= sa.) ') being, be-
coming, appearance, state, condition,
nature; nom. «0 (thinam) 51,31. —
*) do,, at the end of comp, (subst, m.) :
4) w, adj. : tittaka-°, duggata-°, dub-
baca-°, nihata-mina-°, pandita-°,
bahu-°®, sapariggaha-apariggaha-®,
samana-vaya-°, sassamika-®, sithila-®,
suddha-° (q. v.); — ») i. adv. : tatha-®
(q. v.)5 — °) w. subst. (ep. dhamma) :
atta-°, mitta-°, sotthi-°, & likewise
with the verb attni, 3. sg. : atthi-°
(y. v.) — khuracakka-° (= “that it
was’) 24,6; yakkhini-®, 21,26 (do.)

194

ep. hava-bhava (q. v.) 21,18; — ¢) w.
pp. or grd, (which in English is ex-
pressed by a full sentence: “that it
was,..’, or “that it ought to be’) :
figata-°, gata-°, gahita-°, bhinna-°,
marita-°, vaiicita-°, hattha-gata-°;
chaddetabba-° (g. v.); — °) similarly
w. nom, actionis : avattharana-°, aga-
mana-°, an-dgamana-°, gamana-°,
nikkhamana-°, marana-® (gq. v.) cp.
tunhi-bhava & patu-bhava, m.; a-
bhava, m. & an-abhava-kata, mfn.
bhavana, f. (=sa.) !) producing,
acquiring, mastering, developing (one’s
own mental faculties), meditution; acc.
wath (anuyuijati, “applies himself
to meditation”) 97,9; loc. ~aya (atta-
na bbavita-°) 29,2; (rato mano) Dh.
301; — *) veneration, respect, praise,
reputation; acc, ~arh (asatari, metri
causa bhavan’) Dh. 73.
bhavita, mfn. (pp. fr. next; =
sa.) produced, developed, cultivated,
practised; f. ~f (marana-gati) 86,20;
°-bhavanaiya (pattimn, “the powers 1
have developed”) 29,2; — bhavita-
tta(n), mfn. (sa. bhavitatman) one
who has trained himself (by medita-
tion); acc. ~anam, Dh. 106. cp.
a-bhavita, su-bhavita, m/fn.
bhaveti (& bhavayati), vb. (caus.
bhavati; sa. bhavayati) to produce,
develop, cultivate, apply oneself to
(acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti (metri causa
bhavayati) Dh, 350 (asubhamn); imp,
2. pl. (or pot, 3. sg. med.) ~etha
(mettam) 40,8; (marana-satim) 86,17;
pot, 3. sg. med. ~etha (pandito) Dh.
87; aor. 3. sg. wesi, 86,25; inf. ~etum,
ib; ger, wetva (brahma-vihire) 45,15;
(bojjhafige) 91,8; pp. bhavita, v. above;
bhavana, f. (g. v.).
bhiisati, vb. (sa. ybhash) to
speak, talk; to say, pronounce, recite
ace.); pr. 3. sg. wati, 22,3; Dh. 1-2
Gaeta = nati; Dh. 258; 2. sg.
~wasi (alikami) 97,31; part. m. ~mano,
103,14; Dh. 19; tmp. 2. sg. med. bha-
sassu, 98,20; pot. 3. sg. bhase (gatha
satam) Dh. 102; fut. 1. sg. ~issami

195

(githaih) 87,1; aor. 3. sg. abbasi,
13,30. 80,22; 3. sg. med. abhasatha,
105,23; pp. bhasita (q. v.) ep. next.

bhasa, f. (sa. bhasha) language
(esp. vernacular), dialect; loc. waya
(Sihala-°, in the Sinhalese language
113,31; mula-bhasaya (abl, or instr. ;
CES (v. mila); sabba-bhasa, m/fn.
vh.).

bhasita, mfn. (pp. bhasati) said,
spoken; . ~ath, 98,98; gen. ~wassa
(attham) 90,30. %. subst. ~am, speech,
word, Dh. 363; 93,18; cp. dubbha-
sita, subhasita, m/fn.

*bhimsanaka, mfn. (fr. sa. bbi-
shana & bhishma) terrible; m. ~o,
27,6 (saddo); 80,20 (bhiimicalo); ».
(subst.?) ~am, 81,3.

bhikkhati, wb. (sa. ybhiksh,
bhikshate) to beg, ask for, esp. to
beg alms (from, acc.); pr. 3. sg. med.
~ate (pare, “others”) 106,4 = Dh.
266. cp. next etc.

bhikkha, f. (sa. bhiksha) the act
of begging alms; dat, ~aya (caranto)
29,24,

bhikkhu, m., (sa. bhikshu) a men-
dicant, a Buddhist monk or priest;
nom wu, 79,8. 106;s = Dh, 266;
Dh. 75 (Buddhassa savako); ace.
awwh, Dh. 362; instr. ~wuna, 79,8;
gen. wuno, 79,12; eka-bhikkhussa,
79,17; pl, nom, ~U, 29,28; wavo,
109,16; voc, wave, 29,30. 70,25; ~avo,
Dh, 243; acc. wU, 66,24; instr. whi,
79,15; — *-vagga, m. title of Dhpd.
ch, XXV; — %sata, m. 79,33; °-sa-
hassa, 7. 70,32 (q. v.); %-samgha, m.
the congregation of Buddhist monks,
the Buddhist brotherhood; gen, ~assa,
72,27; instr. wena, 70,21; loc, we,
29,27; pl. wa, 109,2.

bhikkhuni, f. (sa. bhikshuni) a
Buddhist nun; instr. wiyd, 98,98.

bhimkara, m. (sa. bhrngiira) o
pitcher, bowl or vase (golden); instr.
~wena (suvanna-°) 41,11.

bhijjati, vb. (pass. bhindati) to
be broken or wrecked; to be scattered
or dispersed; pr. 3. sg. ~wati, 107,6

bhisi

= Dh. 148; fut. 3. sg. wissati (nava)
19,30; 1. pl, ~issima (tattha tatth’eva)
1,8.

bhitti, f. (= sa.) o wall; nom,
~i (kannakita) 84,20.

*bhindapeti, vb. (caus. II. bhin-
dati) to cause to be broken (acc.);
fut. 1. sg. ~essaimi (silat assa) 48,96,

bhindati, vb. (sa. Vbhid) to break,
cut asunder, destroy, disturb, violate
(acc.); part. m, ~anto (ghatam) 16,29;
(sotani) 27,5; pot. 3. 8g. ~eyya (met-
tith) 53,9; aor. 3. sg. bhindi (nivam)
20,1; ~itum (rafifio vacanam, to diso-
bey) 40,2; (itthiya silarh, to seduce)
48,28; witva, 10,14 (hirottappam) ;
50,5. 58,93 (dvidha); pp. bhinna; grd.
bhejja; caus, II. bhindapeti (gq. v.)
cp. bheda.

bhinna, mfn, (pp. bhindati; =
sa.) 1) broken, destroyed, violated;
wrecked; . wath (bhandath) 30,17;
f. x (nava) 20,93. 28,22; loc. waya
navaya) 28,16; bhinna-nava, mfn.
cp. sa. bhinnanau) shipwrecked; m,
pl. wf, 21,9; gen. ~anam, 20,33. —
*) separate, different, deviating; *-ripa,
mfn, id.; m. pl, ~& (acariya-vada,
“the schismatic doctrines of old tea-
chers”’?) 113,27,

bhiyyo, adv. (sa. bhiiyas; compar.
fr. bahu) !) more, still more; ~ cit-
tam pasidati, 103,22; A nandati,
107,27 = Dh. 18; — *) once more,
again; ~ opammam karohi (“give
another illustration”) 99,27, cp, next
& yebhuyyena.

bhiyyoso, adv. (sa. bhiyagas)
still more; only in the comp. *bhiy-
yosomattaya (v. matta, f., ep. buddh.
sa, bhiiyasya matraya) in still higher
degree, 65,3.

bhisakka, m. (sa. bhishaj) a phy-
sician; acc, wam, 92,8, (As to the
form cp, sa. a-tvak-ka) cp. bhesajja.

bhisi, f. (sa. brsi) a cushion, roll,
pad; nom. wi, 104,30 (baddha hi ~
susamkhata; in this sentence bhisi
seems to be somewhat ambiguous;
could it also mean a sort of cushion,

13*

bhita

made of twisted grass. used instead
of a awimming-girdle? Fausball, SBE.
X, (2) p. 4, translates it by ‘raft’;
cp. SBE, XX, p. 165. Note 3); instr.
wiya, 104,31.

bhita, mfn. (pp. bhiyati; = sa.)
frightened, terrified (w. gen. or e. ¢.);
m. ~0 (tasam) 21,33; (marana-bhaya-°)
8,25; 75,17; m. pl. wa, 40,10; 17,31
(niraya-bhaya-°); bhita-tasita, m. pl.
dvandva comp. 27,5; °-puriso, 86,19
(asivisam disva ~),

bhiru, mfn. (= sa.) timid, cowardly;
sabst, f. bhirtl, cowardice, 103,27 (cha-
ttha [seni Marassa]). cp. bherava,

bhunjati, vb, (sa. Vbhuj) to enjoy,
eat (acc., rarely instr.), to take a meal;
to awallow, devour (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
~wati (vind mamsena na a) 6,1; Dh.
224; 3. pl. wanti, 57,10; part. gen.
nm. ~wantassa (sayamasamn) 53,29; cmp,
2. pl. watha (bhattam) 21,5; pot. 3,
sg. weyya, 101,3, 107,2 == Dh. 308;
3, sg. med, ~netha. Dh. 70; aon 3.
sg. bnunji, 41,10. 57,15; 2. sg, bhuijith,
Ole; 3. pl. a-bkhufjisum, 111,34;
ger, 9) Whutwa, 16,0; >) bhuijitva,
Qh (khaditva -); 57,15; 61,7 (bho-
janam); 78,20 (biattaih:; °) bhunjiya,
111,35; pp. bhutta (q. %.); grd. v,
bhojaniya; cans, bhojeti (q. ¥.) ep.
bhoga’, bhojana.

bhutta, mfn. (pp. dbufijati; sa.
bhukta) 4) enjoyed, eaten; m. pl. 03
(me kama) 45,5; mm. ~0 (uyogulo,
“swallowed”’) 107,1 = Dh, 308; *9-pa-
tariisa, mfn. {v. J), - ?) one who nas
eaten; gen. sg. wassa (w, instr, 3u-
karamaddavena) 78.31. |

*bhuttavi(n), mfn. (fr. last) one
who has enjoyed or eaten (acc.), who
has finished the meal; gen. m., wvissa
(bhattamh) 78,24; 83,14.

bhutvd, ger. v, bhuijati.

bhumma, !) mfn. (sa. bhiimya,
cp. bhauma) belonging to the earth,
— *)comp. = bhiimi, f. (arisen through
bhummi? or from the oid doc, bhumya,
Jat. I, 507,12. V. 84,12, ete.); *bhum-
ma-ttha, m/fn, standing on the ground;

196

ace. m, pl. ne, Dh. 28; — *bhum-
ma-ttharana, #., ‘floor covering, a
carpet; wam, 84,17. ep. bhuma.

bhusa!, mfn, (sa. bhrga) strong,
vehement, excessive; m, pl. wa (sota)
Dh, 339. :

bhusa’, ». (sa. busa) chaff; sam
(viya) 53,2; yatha vam, 106.7 =
Dh, 252.

bhita, mfn. (pp. bhavati; = sa.)
1) being, existing, real, true; become,
happened; n, ~am, 9,99 (opp. a-bhi-
tar, q. v.); 101,30. — 7) subst. m. n.
any living being; pl. m. ~a (sabbe)
80,23; 2. wani, Dh. 131; loc. ~wesu,
Dh. 405. — 5) e. c. being, being like
(sometimes almost pleonast.) : *) *aga-
rika-°, *anda-°, *andha-*, *tanu-®,
*samkara-°, mfn, (v. h.); ») -1-bhiita:
v. tunhi-°, *samangi-°, sammukhi-°,
siti-°; cp, yathd-bhita (°-bhucca) &
pahuta.

*bhima& htimaka, mfn., (only
e.c, = bhiimi. cp. sa. bhumika &
bhumma above): satta-bhtimaka, mfr.
(sa, sapta-bhiima, & °-bhiimika) hav-
ing 7 stories; 2, sam (geham) 48,31.

bhimi, f. (= sa.) 1) the earth,
soil, ground; nom, xi (acala) 110,7;
ace. with, 6,11; (otinna, gone on shore)
112,27; loc. wiya (on the ground) 61,295.
83,19. 97,94; -iyath, 5,12. 53,19, 56,97
(katva); tamba-°, 112,29 (gq. ».):
*O-cala, m. (cp. sa. bhiimi-cala) ao
earthquake; nom, 20 (maha-°) 80,19.
~ *) the fluor of a house; 84,91; story
(of a house) v, bhiima. — 5) a terri«
tory, country, @ *ariva-°, *uyyana-°,
paccanta-®, Suvanna-®°. = 4) place;
*0-rdmaneyyuka, . a delightful place,
Dh. 98 (q. v.); ukkira-°, 18,31 (¢. v.);
%-bhiga, m. place, quarter, stall (of
a horse); loc. ne, 65,19. — 5) step,
stage; acc, wim (yathaviditath, “stage
of knowledge”) 69,23, [Burm. writing
bhummi; cp. bhumima & bhiima above. |

bhuri, 1) mfn. (= sa.) much,
great (only at the beginning of comp.),
— *) f. knowledge, intelligence; mom.
~i, Dh, 282 (yoga jayati); *°-sam-

197

khaya, m. loss of knowledge, 20m, ~0,
Dh. 282,

*bhusita, mfn. (pp. %bhiseti,
/bhiish) adorned, decorated; f. wa
(eathabhaesna-s) 112)1.

bhejja, mfn, (grd. bhindati; sa,
bhedya) to be broken or destroyed:
a-bhejja, mfn, 39,12 (q. v.).

bheda, m. (= sa.) breaking, de-
stroying, dissolving; abl, ~a (kiyassa),
“when this body is dissolved", 7,20,
Dh, 140,

bhedana, ». (= sa.) = pree.;
ace, wath (sarirassa) “injury of the
body”, Dh. 138,

bherava, mfn. (fr. bhiru; sa.
bhairava) terrible; . subst, horror,
terror; “.rava, 2. a cry of horror;
ace. wath (ravanta) 86,19.

bheri, f. (= sa.) a drun, kettle-
drum; ace. wim, 35,13; (carapetva)
42,2, 102,26 (used generally by pro-
clamations); gen, ~iya, 36,15; °-tale,
35,21.

bhesajja, m (sa, bhaishajya)
medicament, medicine; comp. gilana-
paccaya-°, 97,8. cp, bhisakka.

bho, indecl. (sa. bhos) a vocative
particle, orig. voc, of bhavarh (g. v.),
used in addressing one or more persons ;
O! Hallo! I say, look here! 1) with
a foll, voc. bho pasana, 3,7; kim bho
pasana (vanarinda) 3,9-11; bho purisa,
23,34. 101,6; bho cora, 32,34; bho
yakkha, 40,36; ®) without voc. ehi bho,
24,3; aho vata bho, 42,17; dhi-r-atthu
vata bho, 63,13; upaddutam vata bho,
65,12; naharh bho gamam jhapemi,
101,7; ayara bho ko nu dipo, 110,31;
— bhovadin, v, below, ep, ambho &
hambho.

bhoga?, m. (= 8a.) a curve, fold;
acc. ~am (orato katva) 83,21, cp.
obhoga & bhogga.

bhoga’, m, (= 8a.) enjoyment,
use, advantage; wealth, riches, trea-
sures; pl, wi, Dh. 855; gen. wanarh,
Dh, 139; -tanha, f. “thirst for riches”,
Dh. 355 (instr. ~aya); yaso-bhoga-
samappita, m/fn. (gq. v.).

mamsa

*Bhoga-nagara, n. nom. pr. of
a town (from bhoga!, in the sense of
‘serpent’); loc, we, 77,15,

bhogga, mfn, (sa. bhugna) bent,
crooked; gopanasi-bhogga-sama, mfn,
47,99 (q. v.).

bhojana, », (= sa.) 4) enjoying,
eating; *vikala-°, eating at forbidden
times; abl. wd. 81,24 (cp. vikala), ~
*) a meal, food (esp. boiled rice); aco,
war, Dh. 70; 20,7 (dibba-°); 41,9
(nfinaggarasa-°); 61,7 (vara-°); pina-
bhojanaim, food and drink, Dh, 249;
~ “pariifidta-°, m/fn. (q. v.).

bhojaniya, #. (sa, bhojaniya;
grd, bhuijati) soft food (as boiled
rice, gruel, soft cake, meat etc., opp.
khadaniya, g. v.); acc. wam, 78,9;
khadaniya-°, 18,30.

bhovadin, mfn. (= sa.) one
who addresses another person by ‘bho’
(as non-Buddhists used to address Bud-
dha; hence sometimes = a Brahman);
m. ~1 (bhovadi nama) Dh. 396. ep.
Tr, PM, p. 70; differently Weber,
Ind, Str, I, 181,

M.

m, 1) by sandhi instead of rh : vud-
dhim anvaya, 2,18; agacchantam eva,
2,31, etc. — *) an old m (ti) is sometimes
preserved by sandhi, e, g. tunhim @si-
nami, Dh, 227, ~ *) inserted in comp. :
naga-m-fsado, 77,3; okam-okato, Dh,
34; do, metri causa : bhiimim-rama-
neyyakam, Dh. 98; cp. aififiam-aiiiam,
— *) inserted between two words (not
comp.) : jeyya-m-attinam, 107,4 =
Db, 103; apassi-m-uttinnapadam,
1lljz; idh’eva-m-eso, Dh, 247;
sammati-m-eva, Dh, 390; cp. safigam,
Dh, 412 (Tr. PM, 82). — °) m’, ab-
breviation of me = mama, 112,90,
[ Windisch, Ber. d, siiche, Ges, 1893,
p. 228.]

mamsa, . (sa, matnsa) flesh,
meat, nom. wam, 82,2 = 97,203, ace.

makara

’
loc, we, (hadaya-°) 1,e; — “mamsa-
sila, x. & m. a spit with roasted meat,
or ‘a bit of rousted meat’ (cp. sa.
Gulya-mamsa, ”.; Morris, JPTS.’84,01);
n. pl. wani, 14,99; m. pl. wH, 15,20;
acc.m. pl, we, 14,32; — marnsa-lohita-,
flesh and blood, Dh. 150 (v, lepana).
makara, m, (= 8a.) a certain sea
monster or fabulous fish (delphin,
aword-fish; corresponding to the ca
pricorn of the zodiac); nom. wo, 20,13
instr, pl. ~ehi (bninna nava) 20,23.
makasa, m, (sa. macaka) a mos
quito, gnat, fly; *andhaka-°, m.
(q. v.).
makkata, o. (sa. markata) a
monkey; nom, ~0, 14,10.
makkataka, m. (sa. markataka)
a spider; nom. wo, Dh. 347.
makkha, m. (sa. mraksha & mak-
slia) hypocrisy, diesimulation; nom.
~0, 103,98, Dh. 150. 407.
makkhika, f. (sa. makshika) a
fly; acc. ~am, 63,293; nimmakkhika,
mfn. (q. v.).
makkhita, mfn. (pp. fr. nezt;
sa, mrakshita) smeared (with instr,
or é.¢.); , wam (lohita-°, mukham)
12,e1; m. pl. wa (asucina) 62,36, opp.
a-makkhito, 62,29; instr. ~ebi (kad-
dama-°, “mud-stained”) 71,39,
makkheti, 0b. (caus. ymraksh)
to besmear (ace,) with Mallee ger.
ewetvii (mukham mattikaya) 83,39;
pp. makkhita, v. adove; ep. makkha,
*Makhadeva, m nom. pr. of
king; ~o (raj Mithilayam) 44,19;
voc. wa, 44,91: °-amba-vana (& -va-
nuyyana), +!5,7-14 (q. 0.)
mayga, m. (rarely n.) (sa. mirga)
‘) track, roac, way; nom. wo (gamana-®,
way to go or excape; 3,14; acc. ~am
(agazchanto, “on the way”) 28,12;
52,6; (acikkhitva) 56,:4;° (timsa-
yojana-° figato) 87,19; (Jetavana-°)
73,15; instr, nena (aifiena, “by
another way”) 12,30; abl, wa (uyyahi,
“make way’) 44,3; 7ec, we, 33,18;

wath, 1,1 (hadaya-°); 16,7 (sarira-°);
instr, wena, 6,1; 18,14 (maccha-®*) ;

198

(sakata-°, “carriage-road”’) 43,18; (ga-
mana-°) 60,7; gen. pl, ~inam (me-
tri causa maggin’) Dh, 273; — maha-°,
m. a highroad; instr, wena, 34,4. 43,14;
loc. we, 34,5; — hatthi-°, m. an ele-
phant track, 35,11. — *) in the dogma-
tics: the path or way (leading to
emancipation from the misery of exi-
stence; nom. wo (ariyo atthafigiko,
“the holy eightfold path’’) 67,3, etc.;
~o visuddhiya, “the way that leads
to purity”, 107,12 = Dh, 277 (cp.
Visuddhi-magga); ace, wath (nibba-
nagamanath) Db. 289; loc. we (the
fourth link of the series : Buddha,
dhamma, samgha, efc., cp. patipada)
79,18; dvandva comp, °=phala-nibba-
nani, 97,10; °-vagga, m. title of Dhpd.
ch, XX; santi-maggam (acc.) “the
path of peace”, Dh, 285. cp. nezt.
*maggamagga, m. (sg. or comp.)
‘various paths’, the various parts of
‘the path’ (or the best of paths ?):
gen. ~assa (kovidaih) Dh. 403. [ep.
phalaphala; I think that Trenckner,
PM. p. 74, is right in tracing this
sort of dvandva-comp, “to a drawing
together of phrases like gama gamani,
duma dumaii’”’; by the commentaries
it is generally explained by magga +-
a-magga, “the right way and the
wrong”, SBE, X p. 93.]
Maghavat (or -van?) m. (= sa.)
the chief of the gods, Sakka or Indra;
nom. ~va (devanati) Dh, 30.
mathku, mfn, (= sa.) dejected.
despondent, dispirited; m, yo nu
bhavati (w. loc.) Dh, 249. (cp. sa,
manyu, m.; Dhpd. (1855) p, 375.)
mafigala, n. (= sa.) a festival
or solemn ceremony (comp, == any-
thing auspicious or solemn); acc. ~am
(karesi) 58,20; faivaha-°, n. (q. v.);
*kata-mafigala-sakkara, mfn. (q. 0.)}
*maiigalassa, m.a state horse, 24,29;
*0-sindhava, m. id. 63,5 (q. v.);
*0-ratha, mt., a state chariot, 25,1;
*0-sala-vana, m., a pleasure-grove of
Sal-trees, 62,10; *°-hatthin, m., a state
elephant; 24,20, cp. a-mafigala, mfn.

199

mafigura, m. (sa. madgura &
majigura) a kind of fish; *-cchavi,
mfn. having the colour of that fish
(yellow ?), 92,13.

macca, m, (sa, martya) mortal,
a man, person; acc, ~am, Dh, 141;
instr, wena, Dh. 53; gen. pl. wanaih
(metri causa ~ana) Dh. 182.

maccu, m, (sa. mrtyu) !) death;
gen, ~uno, Dh, 21. — *#) Death per-
sonified, the king of death (= Mara,
q.v.); nom. xu, Dh, 47 = 287;
®-raja(n), m, (sa. mrtyu-raj) id.; ace.
mrajinam, 44,29; gen, wrijassa,
Dh, 46; — *°-dheyya, 2. the dominion
of death, the world of death (i. e.
samsara) Dh, 86 (~ath suduttarath),
(cp. Windisch, Mara, p. 186.)

maccha, m. (sa, matsya) a fish;
acc, ~am (kana-maha-°) 4,15; (eka-°)
4,25; gen. ~wassa, 51,31; pl. wa, 4,1;
ace. we, 4,1; 14,23 (rohita-°); gen,
~iinam. 4,10; *khina-°, mfn. (q. v.);
*Ocahana, 2. catching fish, wniya-
mena, 25,35 (v. niyama); °-gandha
& °-mamsa, m. (q. v.).

macchaka, m. (sa, matsyaka) a
little fish; acc, pl. ~e (sabba-°, all
the poor fishes?) 4,24.

maccharin, mfn, (sa. matsarin)
stingy, niggardly; m, «1, Dh. 262.

macchera, », (sa. matsarya)
stinginess, niggardliness; .wam, Dh,
242,

majja, 2. (sa. madya) spirituous
liquor, any intoxicating drink (cp. sura,
meraya); acc, wath, 97,11; sura-me-
raya-°, 81,23.

majjati, vb. (sa. mad) to be
drunk or mad; aor, 2. sg. mado (ma)
77,5; pp. matta (q. v.) cp. pamajjati.

majjha, n. (sa. madhya, mfn.)
1) the middle, centre, the interior of
anything; acc, ~am (janapada-°)
39,18; instr. adv. wena, midway,
96,17 (ubho ante anupagamma); Joc.
adv. majjhe, in the middle (of, gen.
or @.¢.): ~ thite mige, 6,8; ~ katva,
6,10; ~ janapadam hanapesi, 39,4;
pure ca paccha ca w~ ca, Dh, 421;

2

maninati

ma ~ bhafigo ahosi, 83,11; sakuna-
nam ~, 10,12; sayanassa x, 47,25;
comp. agira-°, 46,18; nadi-°, 2,22;
nagara-°, 60,23; parisa-°, 10,21 (ete.
v. parisa); mahajana-°, 51,10; lekha-°,
59,7; sakuna-samgha-®, 10,18; samud-
da-°, 28,16. Dh. 127; — *) the middle
of the body, waist; v. su-majjha, m/fn,
~ cp. vemajjha, next ete.

*majjhantika, m, (sa. *madhy-
antika; probably transformation of
sa, madhyatidina or madhyahna)
midday, noon; °samayath, acc. “in
the middle of the day”, 97,31; °-suriyo
viya, “like the sun at midday”, 26,4
(cp. Tr, PM. 76,16.)

majjhima, mfn. (sa. madhyama)
being in the middle, middlemost, in-
termediate, central; m. 0 (puriso,
“of the middle height”) 92.13; f. wa
(patipada, q. v. ep. Windisch, Mara,
p. 303) 66,28; loc. m. ~e (yame, “in
the middle watch”) 99,20; comp. °-tan-
dula, m. (v. h.); °-tapasa, m. the
second brother, 36,14; *°-desa, m.
(sa, madhyadeca) the midland; also
nom, pr. of the midland country be-
tween Himalaya & Vindhya; loc, we,
91,18,

Majjhima-nikaya, m. nom. pr.
of a Pali work, the second of the five
Nikayas (gq. v.); nom, ~0, 102,15;
specimens thereof : 92,1—95,33; come
mentary : Papaiica-sudani (q. v.).

manoa, m, (= sa.) a bed, bedstead;
nom, ~0, 84,11; acc. ~am (hettha-°,
under the bed) 83,18; loc. ~wamhi
oan aa 110,19; — *%patipa-

aka, m, (v. h.).

maiicaka, m. (= sa.) a bed or
couch; a bier, litter; acc, wath, 73,26;
loc. we (khuddaka-°) 42,1.

maiju, mfn, (= sa.) beautiful,
lovely; *°-bhanin, mfn. lovely-voiced;
gen. m, ~ino (sikhino) 18,ss.

mafiiati, vb. (sa. \/man) to think,
reflect; to suppose, imagine; to believe,
consider; to know, understand (acc.);
pr. 3, sg. wati (balyam. “knows his
foolishness”) Dh. 63; 2, sg. wasi,

maiaita

69,34. 94,29 (tam kim ~); pr. 1. gg.
med, maiiiie (v. below); part. m. med.
Maiiiamaéno, 44,30; emp. 3. pl, wantu,
Db, 74; pp. mata (q. v.) cp. maiifita,
maAiifieti; mundti; mati, manag, ete.
*mattiita, 1 (?) “fr. maiifiati)
imagining; gen. vl, ~inam (sabba-°)
94,11,
maiifie, indecl, (orig, pr. 1. 8g.
med, maiiiati; sa. manye) certainly,
to be sure; as it were; I think, sup-
pose, or dare say (sometimes ironi-
cully) : 3,25, 5,7, 38,28. 56,14-30, 67,31.
*maiineti, vb. (rarely instead of
maiifiati, perhaps arisen through in-
fluence by maiifie, v. above) to think,
imagine, efc,; aor. 2. sg. ~wesi, 50,33.
mani, m. (== sa.) a precious stone,
vem, jewel; ace, wim, Dh. 161; nila-?
& indanila-°, 22, sapphire, 26,23, 28,29;
~ *%kundala, n. pl, (dvandva) q. v.;
- %kkhandha, mm. a large gem, ace.
nam, 35,233 gen. ~assa, 35,31; *°-gula,
m, jewel, pearl, 5,26, 18,7; — *%-tala-
vanta, 2. (v. tala); — °-ratana, n. a
most excellent jewel, 62,30 (cp. ratana);
— *vanna-giva, mfn. v. givay =
*Ovimana, n (q¢.v.); — %-saira, m.
= mani-ratana, 24,20 (°-ddini).
manda, m,n. (= sa.) acum,
Cream, essence (4. c. implying ‘choi-
ceness’); *Bodhi-°, the terrace of the
Bo-tree, 113,2 (contracted of man-
dira?).
mandana, n. (= 8a.) ornament,
decoration; %vilhiisanas, 81,25,
mandala, n. (= sa.) a circle,
disk (csp. the orb of the sun or the
moon); nom. wam, 32,31 (canda-°);
loc, we, (do.) 16,16; dipina-%, jlita-°
(q. v.) cp. ti-mandela, pari-mandala.
*mandu, m.(?) name of a certain
plant (perhaps shortened from man-
duka = sa. mandiika); °-kantakena,
with a mandu thorn, 37,5.
mandits, mfn. (pp. matdeti)
udorned, dressed, °-pasadhita, mfn.
41,.0 (q. v.).
mandeti, vd. (sa. mand, caus.
mandayati) to adorn, decorate (acc.);

200

ger. ~wetva, 16,2%¢; pp. mandita (g. v.)
cp. mandana. ;

mata', mn. (pp. mafiiati, = 8a.)
thought, imagined; known, understood ;
honoured, esteemed; subst. n. opinion,
view, doctrine, belief; acc, ~am (sa-
kara, otiresi) 113,19; Pataijali-° (q.
v.); Sambuddha-mata-kovida, mn.
114,18 (v. kovida).

mata2, mfn. (pp. marati; sa. mrta)
dead; m. w0, 34,3. 36,4; pl. ~a@ (bha-
vissanti) 21,11; acc, f. ~am, 89,9;
comp, °-manussam. 40,31; . subst.
~am, death, 7,34. 103,34 (opp. jivitam) ;
cp. a-mata, an-amatagga & nezt.

mataka, mfn. (sa. mrtaka) dead;
m, a dead man; *°-bhatta, m. a feast
for the dead; acc, wari (dassami)
16,23.

*matatta, #. (sa. *nrtatva) the
being dead; abl. wa (matapitunnah)
“as my parents are dead”, 31,18,

mati, f. (= sa.) understanding,
knowledge, intellect; maha-°, mfn.
eminently wise, m, wi, 114,2; dum-
mati, m(fm). (gq. v); “*vajja-mati, mfn.
(q. v.).

matimal, mfn, (= sa.) wise, ine
telligent; instr, m. wxmatai (metri
causa : mati-°) 113,28.

matta', mfn. (pp. majjati; = sa.)
overjoyed, drunken, mad, furious; m.
~o (vedana-°) 24,7; acc. m. pl. ne
sillnaie 59,25; gen. f. pl. wanaih
uttama-yobbana-vildsa-°) 47,15; °-va-
rana, m. w rut elephant, acc, pl. ae,
39,9; °-vara-varana, m, “a royal ele-
phant in his pride”, 45,31.

matta’, n. (sa. matras only e.¢.
= matta, q. v.) measure, quantity (e.
c, the exact measure, a small quantity,
as much as, only, mere, etc.) : !) subst.
nm. ainmana-mattena, instr. in a meae
sure of an ammana (qg. v.) 65,20; —
nama-mattath, a mere name, 97,2; =
pali-mattam, the text only, 113,26; =
manusa-matte, loc. abs., » mere mors
tal, 19,30; ~ lomakiipa-mattam pi...
na, not even a pore of the skin, 16,10;
- vidatthi-mattam, as much as one

201

vidatthi (q. v.); 87,11; — (na) silab-
bata-mattena, instr. (“not) only by
discipline and vows“, Dh, 271; — ?)
mfn, of that measure or number,
as large as, just large enough ;: ®
atthusabha-matta (v. attha'); addha-
nilika-matta (v. addha); anu-matta
(q. v.); catusatthi-matta (q. v.); bi-
liranisakkana-matta (v. bilara); yo-
jana-matta (7. v.); suhassa-matta
(q. v.); — >) comp. w. a past part.,
in English often translated by a sub-
ordinate pampcn) clause : an-ok-
kanta-matta, (v. okkamati); agata-
matta, at one’s arrival, 33,28; (mukhe)
thapita-matta (v. thapita); thita-
mattam eva (ace., w. prec. ger. bha-
ttath otaretva, instantly after he had
put it on the ground, cp. thita & tha-
pita) 33,33; visattha-matta (q. v.);
vutta-matta, when thus addressed, in
conformity to the command: m, ~o
(Sakkena) 110,28; f. wa, 111,90. -
cp. *appa-mattaka (mfn.) nezt ete,

*mattaiiiu, mfn. (sa, *matra-
jiia) moderate; acc. m. ~uth (bhoja-
namhi, moderate in his food) Dh. 8,
*a-mattaifiu, m/n. (q. v.).

*mattanfhuta, f. (fr. last) mo-
deration; nom, ~@ (bhattasmim) Dh.
185,

matta, f. (sa. mitra) = matta?;
*Osukha, n. a small pleasure, acc.
~am, Db. 290; °-sukha-pariccaiga,
by leaving a small pleasure; ib.; —
*pasada-°, f. (g.v.); — *bhiyyoso-
mattaya (instr, adv.) 65,8 (v, bhiy-
0S0).

ae: f. (sa. mrttika) earth,
clay; ~a (temetabba; “the face was
besmeared with moistened clay in order
to protect it from the heat”, SBE,
XIII, 157) 83,38; instr. waya, 83,31.

*matti-sambhava, mfn. of (good)
maternal extraction; acc. wath, Dh,
396, (‘matti’ may either be another
form of matu- (v. mitar) or con-
tracted of mattika, m/fn, (sa, matrka)
maternal.)

(fr.

*matteyyata, f matar

madhura

through “matteyya, m/fn. who loves
his mother) the state of a mother,
motherhood; ~a& (sukha) Dh, 332.
(cp, petteyyata).

matthaka, m. (sa. mastaka) 4)
the head, skull; acc. wath, 3,21, 24,4;
loc. we, 65,30 etc.; °-majjhe, 41,17.
— *) the upper part of anything, sur-
face, top, end (mostly e.c.); instr,
matthaka-matthakena (samuddassa,
along the crests of the ocean) 60,5;
Himavanta-°, over the H., 36,5; doc,
~e (ito tinnam samvaccharanam,
after 3 years) 87,8; ito sarnvacchara-°,
33,14.

matthalufiga, ». (sa. mastu-®
& mastaka-lufiga) the brain; matthake
~am, 82,6 = 97,23,

mathita, mfn. (= sa. pp. math)
churned; shaken, agitated; . subst.
agitation; gen, pl, wanam (sabba-°)
94,11.

mado, aor, 2. sg. v. majjati.

maddati, vb. (sa. /mrd) to tread
upon, crush, trample (acc.); part. m.
~anto (pathavim) 28,14; ger. ~itva
(tini pi ekato) 57,28; (valika) 97,35.

maddava, mfn. (?) (sa. mardava,
n.) soft, putrid, withered; 7, pl, ~Ani
(pupphani) Dh, 377; — subst. n, ‘soft
nese, mildness’; comp. *sukara-mad-
dava, n, a kind of meat, generally
transl, by “hog’s flesh (lard or bacon)”,
“a dried boar’s flesh” (Rhys Davids),
but Newmann (in his German transla-
tion of MN. p. XX—XXI) is perhaps
right in tcanslating it by “Eberlust,
eine essbare Pilzart” (cp. Fr. Zimmer-
mann, Buddhistischer - Katechismus,
p. 26 ff.; “in this case probably con-
nected with mrd"?) nom. wath,
78,11-14; instr. ~ena (vyadhbi ppabalba
udapadi Satthuno) 78,31.

madhu, m, (= 8a.) honey; comp.
*O.cati, f. & %-patala, m. (gq. v.);
“O-bindu, . a drop of honey, 58,18;
dvandva-comp. %phinita-", 538,11-20;
%.)aja-°, 18,97; sappi-®, 61,96, cp. ma-
dhuva,

madhura, mfn, (= 8a.) sweet;

madhuvaé

pleasant, charming; acc. m. m, ~am
(pamsum) 38,3; (bhasitarh) Dh. 363;
(varadhammamh) 87,9; f. pl. ~4, 52,7;
n. pl. »ani (phalani) 37,3; comp.
°-sita-sadda, m. sound of sweet song,
23,33; °-phalanam, gen. pl. sweet
fruit, 1,15; °-phala, m/n. bearing sweet
fruit, m. ~0 (ambo) 37,22; °-rasa,
m, sweetness, 38,4; °-ssara. m. sweet
voice, instr. wena, 5,20 (cp. sara).
a-madhura, mfn. (q. v.).

madhuva, adv, (sa. madhu-vat)
like honey; Dh. 69,

Inana(s), %. (sa. manas) 1) the
mind, the internal organ or mental
powers in general (often esp, from a
moral point of view); #) in the psycho-
logy : the faculty of thought or organ
of thought, considered as the sixth
organ of sense (cp. ayatana), whose
objects are dhamma (v. dhamma*);
nom. ®) mano (sometimes mase. gene-
ris and considered as a-stem) 70,32
(aditto); Dh. 116; Dh. 300-01 (rato);
>) manam (sarta’a, declined like a-
stems) Dh. 93; insir. manasa, Db.
1-2. 233. 281; manasakasi, v. next;
gen. Mansso, Yh, 59C; loc, *) manasi,
v. next; ©) manasriiin, 71,11; — comp.
meno-°, v. below, cp. manapa, ma-
nuffia; e. c. “mana & °%manas, ».
atta-°, dummana (domunassa), su-
mana (somanasss); patibaddha-®,
vyasatta-°, saiiisanna -sarhkappa-®,
mfn.; hirnsa-°, n. (ag. v.) op. °-miina-
sa, mfn.

manasi-karoeti, vb. (sa. mana-
si-kr) to bear in the mind, think over,
meditate upon, remember (acc.); aor.
3. sg. manasikisi (contraction of
manasi akasi) 66,6 (paticcasamuppa-
dam); ger. manasikatva (sc. dham-
mam) 71,:3.

*manapa, mfn. (sa. *mana-apa)
‘gaining the mind’, pleasant, charming;
f. xa (gopi) 104,33; gen. mn. ~assa
(tinassa) 52,3; °-ssavana, mfn, flowing
with pleasure (cp. savana); m. pl.
wi (sota) Dh. 339.

manuja, m. (= sa.) a man; gen,

202

~wassa, 107,29; pl. wa, 74,2. 110,32.
ep. manussa. .

manuiiiia, mfn. (sa. manojiia)
‘agreeable to the mind’, pleasing, lovely,
beautiful; . (adv.) wath (rudam)
10,19.

manussa, m, (sa. manushya) a
mav, human being; pl. men, beings;
pl. nom. ~A, 6,3. 25,26; acc. we, 21,3;
gen. wanam, 6,1; loc, wesu, 7,13.
102,23; — comp, °-satani (satta) 27,13;
sassa-karake-°, arakkha-°, (q. 2.)3
*manussivasa, m. (v. avasa); *°-gha-
taka, m({fw). a manslayer; nom, ~O
(hatthi) 76,9; *°-patilabha, mm. ob-
taining birth as a human being, Dh.
182; *°-bhita, mfn. being a man (0:
enjoying the benefit of having been
born among men) m. w0, 41,32; *°-vasa,
m, abode of men, acc. ~am, 21,2;
*-santhina, mfn. of human form or
figure, 85,21; *9-samana-sarira, m/v.
with body like men, 25,33; cp. a-ma-
nussa, manusa & next.

manussatta, 2. (sa. manushya-
tva) manhood, the state or condition
of man; nom. wath (dullabha-, gq. v.)
22,15.

*mano-duccarita, m. the sins
of the mind, Dh. 233.

*mano-pakopa, mm. anger of the
mind, Dh, 233.

*mano-pubbafigama, mfn. ‘hav-
ing the mind (or thought) going be-
fore’, resulting from mind; m, pl. ~&
(dhamma), Dh. 1.

*mano-maya, m/fn. consisting of
mind (or thought), spiritual; m. pl.
~2 (dhamma) Dh, 1.

*Manoratha-purani, f. ‘ful-
filling desires’, nom. pr. of a Pali book,
being the Comm. on Aaguttara Nikiya;
specimen thereof: 91,13-s3,

manorama, mfn. (= sa.) plea-
sant, beautiful; ». wath (padumam)
Dh. 58; subst. n. a comfortable abode,
15,25; cp. ati-manorama.

*mano-viiiiana, . ‘conscious-
ness of mind’, the thinking faculty,
70,33.

203

*mano-samphassa, m, ‘contact
of mind’, perception through the sense
of thought, 70,33; °-vifiianayatana,
the sense of thought, 72,5 (cp, aya-
tana).

Manosila, f. (sa, manah-cila,
‘red arsenic’) nom. pr. of a place in
Himavanta near the Anotatta lake;
°-tale (loc,) “on the M. table-land”,
61,11.

*mano-susalivuta, mfr. “well
restrained in mind”’;:m, wo, Dh, 281
(cp. manas& samvuto, Dh. 233).

*mano-settba, mfn, having mind
for the best or essential part; am, pl.
mit (dhamma) Dh. 1.

mano-hara, mfn. (= sa.) ‘seizing
the mind’, ravishing, fascinating, char-
ming; ”. wath (ripam) 111,36,

manta, m. (sa. mantra) ') delibe-
ration, counsel; °) a sacred text, a
mystical verse, charm, spell; nom, ~o,
32,2; 53,14 (anaggha-°); acc. war,
ib.; instr, wena, 55,15; pl. wa, Dh.
241; janana-°, a spell of knowledge,
53,36; 53,14 (sabba-ruta-°); °-lobhena,
through greed for the charm, 55,13;
jati-mantupapanna, mfn,v. upapanna;
3) knowledge, doctrine, wisdom (also
f. manta) : nom. wo, 113,16 (Bud-
dha-°); cp. neat ete.

*mantajjhadyaka, m(fn),. versed
in mystic knowledge (the Vedas); comp.
©-brahmano, 17,5 (probably fr. manta
-+ jhiyaka, v. jhayati?).

*mantatthin, mfn. desirous of
knowledge; m. <1, 113,18.

*mantabhainin, mfn. speaking
wisely; m. wi, Dh, 363 (manta vuc-
cati panna, Comm., cp. manta’).

manteti, vb. (sa. /mantr) to con-
sult, deliberate, discuss (acc.); part.
m, pl. ~wenta; aor, 3. pl, ~ayimsu,
11,32, 72,30.

manda, mfn. (= sa.) 1) slow;
scarce, small (of quantity); mm. .0
(gocara) 4,5; %. w~am (udakamh) 3,39;
n, pl. ~Gni (sitthani) 56,28; *) weak,
tender; /. wa, 28,8; m. wo, 99,4; )
fool, stupid; m, ~0, Dh, 325, cp, next.

marati

mandakkhi, adj, f. (sa. man-
daksha, m/n.) looking with softness,
tenderness, or bashfulness, languishing
or bashful (?), 20,97. cp. akkhi.

mama, gen. pron, 1. pers., v, ahain;
ep. next ete,

mamiyati, vb. (denom. fr. prec.;
sa. mamayate) to treat anything as
if it were one’s own property, to love,
fondle, to be attached or devoted to;
pp. *mamayita, being one’s own, be-
loved, dear; m. 8g. & pl. one’s own
property, beloved or desired objects;
yassa n'atthi witath (tv. loc, nima:
riipasmim, “who has no desire at all
for name and form”, free from selfish-
ness) Dh, 367; cp, Sn, v. 119.

*“mamimkara, m (fr. *mami-
kira; ep. niratkaroti = niraikaroti,
sa, mama-kara) the false view that
anything belongs to one’s self; sabba-
ahimkara-°, 94,11 (comm, = tanha).
ep. ahimkara.

°maya, mfn. (= sa.) only e, ¢.
= made of, consisting of; v. amha-®,
indanilamani-°, kattha-°, muiija-®,
rajata-°, vaddha-°, suvanna-° & so-
vanna-°,

mayUra, m. (= sa.) a peacock;
%rajan, m. an excellent or magnificent
peacock, acc. ~inam, 18,17. cp. mora.

marana, 2. (= sa.) the act of
dying, death; nom. acc, wath, 67,9.
103,5; 6,22. 7,10. instr, wena, 70,29;
gen. ~wassa, 103,6; abl. wa, 17,15;
mato, 87,32; comp, *-kale, 89,13;
*0-dukkha, ”, 7,9; marananta, m/fn. ,
(= sa.) ending in death, 107,8; *°-pa-
riyosana, mfn. id, 86,16; °-bhaya, 2.
the fear of death, °-tajjita, mfn. 5,14;
°-bhita, mfn, 27,13; °-bhava, m. (q.
v.); *-sati, f. thinking of death, call-
ing to one’s mind that death is inevi-
table, 86,17-18; dvandva comp. jara-®,
66,10; jati-°, 105,26; vyadhi-°, 108,22;
cp. param-marana, adv. (q. v.).

marati (& miyati (miyyati)
q. v.), vb. (sa. Ymr) to die; part. m.
instr. marantena, 49,37; m. pl. wanta
511; pot. 2. 8g. weyyasi, 53,15; aor.

marici

3. sg. mari, 9,8. 24,99; 3. pl. wimsu,
16,5; fut. 1. 3g. marissimi, 88,23;
1, pl. wissiima, 5,12; yp. mata, m/fn.
a v.); grd. maritabba, ». warm
maya) 88,16; loc. ~e (sati) 6,243 cp.
macca, Maccu, Marana; caus. mareti
(cp. Mara, m@rana) & marapeti, q. v.

marici & maricika, f. (= sa.)
a mirage, vapour like a surface of
water, often appearing in deserts; acc.
~ikam, Dh. 170; *°-dhamma, mfn.
like a mirage; acc. m. ~am, Dh. 46,

maruva, f. (Birm, reading : mu-
ruva, s@. murva) a sort of hemp, from
which bowstrings are made; gen.
naya, 92,17.

maru, m, pl. (sa. marutas) gods,
deities (= devata), 114,18.

mala, . (= 8a.) dirt, impurity;
spot, taint; fault, sin; wom, acc. wam,
106,10 == Dh, 240; Dh, 239, 241. 242
(mal'itthiyd); 243; abl. xf (mala-
tarath) Dh, 243; comp, minusa-°,
61,13; *niddhanta-°, mfn. (q. v.);
*vanta-°, mfn. free from impurity,
Dh. 261; vita-°, m/fn. id. 68,26; “a-
sajjhaya-°, mfn. whose fault is non-
repetition, m. pl. «a (manta) Dh,
241: *an-utthina-°, mfn. (v. h.) ep.
nim-mala, mfn.; Mala-vagga, m. the
title of Dh, XVIII.

*malatara, mfn. (compar. of mala)
more impure; m, ~am, @ greater or
worse taint, Dh, 243,

mallaka, m, (== 8a.) on earthen
vessel or bowl; nom. wo (khela-% g.
v.) 84,15.

*Mallika, m. nom, pr. of a king;
nom. ~0 (Kosalaraja) 43,15; °-raiino,
gen, 43,20; %maharaja, 43,29.

mallika, f. (== sa.) Jasminum
Zambac; comp. suraara-niallikadinam
pupphinam, 65,s¢; tagara-°, Dh. 64
(q. v.).

a ete: mfn. (sa. mahargha)
of great price; ”. vam, 25,5 (cp.
aggha).

laahagghasa, m. (sa. maha-
ghesa) a great eater, Dh. 325,

mahaddhana, mfn. (sa. maha-

204

dhana) having much money, carrying
much wealth; m, wo (vanijo) Dh. 123.

mahat, m/fn. (= sa.) great, large,
high, numerous, important, eminent,
etc.; m. maha, 3,4. 37,1. 55,19. 95,21.
112,15, ete.; (acc. mahantath); 7. nom.
acc. mahantamh, 2,8. 5,29. 17,17. 71,285
f. nom. mahati, 2,12. 101,20; istr.
m. mahata, 70,21; f. mahatiya, 74,17;
gen. m. n. mabato, 10,14; the strong
stem mahanta is also used in nom,
m, and sometimes in the weak cases:
nom, m, mahanto, 4,6. 99,5; znstr.
mahantena, 7,5; Joc. mahante, 10,7;
mahantamhi, 110,20; at 75,35 mahan-
tath seems to be acc. f. (silath); cp.
ati-mahanta, kiva-mahanta & compar.
mahantatara, m. ~0, 74,15, — At the
beginving of comp, we generally find
maha (v, below), whose & in most
cases is contracted with a foll. vowel
(or elided, v, maha@oubhava, maha-
raha, mahiddhika, mahesi, mahogha,
etc,, cp. mahaggha), but sometimes
the i is shortened before a doubled
consonant (v. mahagghasa, mahad-
dhana, mahapphala); cp. mahallaka,
min,

mahanta &mahantatara, mfn.,
v. mahat,

mahapphala, mfn. (sa. maha-
phala) bearing much fruit, bringing
great reward; #, wath, 14,18, Dh.
312. 356.

mahallaka, mfn. (= sa.) old;
grown, adult; elder (of two); m. ~o,
45,4. 74,21; 55,21; gen, wassa, 43,97;
f. ~ika, an old woman, 46,293. 57,9.

maha-°, mfn, = mahat, at the
beginning of comp. : °-uposatha-divasa,
m, 22,20 (q. v.); S-ganin, m. 109,17
(q. v.); jana, m. (q. v.); %-tala, m.
a royal hall, acc. wath, 39,29. 65,103
loc. ~we, 39,26. 63,17; thera, m.
109,11. 113,8 (g. v.); °-dana, ». 61,6
(g. vi °nadi, f. 35,18, ete. (g. v.);
°-nada, m. 6,18 (gq. v.); Snava, f.
28,27 (q. v.); S-nasa, m, 34,18 (q. v.);
°_paiifia, mfn. very wise, of profound
knowledge, m. ~0, 113,9 (cp. pana);

205

°-patha, m. Dh. 58 (q. v.); °-bhaya,
mfn, awful, m, wo (saddo) 27,6;
*-bhumicala, m, 80,19 (v. bhumi),;
°-magga, m. 34,4 (q. v.); °-maccha,
m. 4,15 (kdna-°, q.v.); °-mati, mfn,
very clever, eminently wise, 114.3;
muni, m, the great sage, i, e, Bud-
dha, 105,24. 110,20; °-megha, m. 105,21
(y. v.); °-yogga, 2. 58,19 (gq. v.); +yo-
dha, m, 39,19 (q. v.); = rava, m,
60,8 (q. v.); %vardha, m, Dh, 325
(q. v.); S-virava, m, 40,0 (q. 0.);
°-sadda, m. 16,32 (q. v.); °-samudda,
m, 10,27, 95,13 (q. v.); °-sampatti, f.
58,8 (y. v.); S-sayana, n. 41,36 (q. v.);
-sara, m. 1. 4,9 (9. v.) 3 °-sala-rukkha,
m, Glu (q. v.); %-soka, am. 89,10 (q.
v.); sobbha, m. 27,3 (¢. v.); °-hasita,
n. 16,29 (q. v.); cp, also next ete,

Maha-kassapa, m. (sa, °-ka-
¢yapa) nom, pr. of a thera (president
of the first Buddhist council); °-thero,
109,17= Kassapo, 109,6; °-pamokkha
theri, 110,15 (v. pimokkha).

maha-naga, m/(fn). (= 8a.) most
eminent, heroic (? cp. naga®); m, pl.
~a@ (kunjara) Dh, 322.

mahanubhadva, mfn. (= sa.) of
great might, powerlul; m. +o (Bha-
gava), 75,30; gen. wagsa (rao)
62,14 (cp, anubhava),

*Maha-pakarana, x. (sa, *°-pra-
karana) ‘the great work’, i.e, Patthdna
(y. v.); nom. wath, 102,11.

Maha-pajapati Gotami, f.
(sa, °-prajapati Gautami) nom. pr.
of Buddha’s aunt and foster-mother;
githds of hers: 108,11-29.

*Maha-padana, . (sa. *°-pra-
dina) name of a chapter ‘anita in
Digha-Nikdya (DN. XIV); loc. we,
63,12.

*Mahi-padhina-ghara, n,
non. pr. the Mahipadhina Hall (in
Mahavihara, q. v.); acc, wath, 114,4.

Maha-bodhi, m. (= sa.) nom.
pr. 1) the Bo-tree at Buddha Gaya;
acc, ~it (vanditum Jambudipam
upagami) 114,32; *) the Bo-tree at

Mahinda

Anuradbapura (Ceylon); °-samipamhi,
114,14. (cp. bodhi?).

Maha-brahman, m. (= sa.)
nom, pr. the god Brahma, ruler in
the Brahmaloka; pl. °-brahmano
(cattGro) 62,22 (i, ¢. four Mahabrah-
mas of different cakkavalas, y. 0.),

mahabhinikkhamana, ». (sa,
°-abhinishkramana) ‘the great retire:
ment’, 65,13 (v, abhinikkhamana),

Maha-maya, f. (= sa.) nom, pr,
of Buddha’s mother; (devi) 61,3,

maharaha, mfn. (sa. maharha)
precious, splendid; v, araha,

maha-rajan, m. (= sa) "Ja
great king or supreme sovereign (opp.
uparajan); nom, °-raja, 43,23 (Mal-
lika-°); voc. raja, 7,16, 96,30, 97,19
(wa'ti); — *) pl, %rajano (cattairo)
61,9, the four lokapélas or guardians
of the world, viz, Dhatarattha (in the
North), Virii]ha (South), Virtipakkha
(West), Vessavana (Kast),

mahad-rajja, n. (sa. “-rajya) the
title or position of a supreme sovereign;
acc, war (katva) 44,91,

Maha-vamsa, m. (= sa.) name
of a Pali work, being a chronicle of
Ceylon, written in the 5'® century by
Mahdnadma; specimens thereof ; 110,17
~114,39.

Maha-vihara, m. (= sa.) nom.
pr. of a Buddhist monastery (vihadra)
at Anurddhapura, Ceylon; acc, ~am,
114,s.

Maha-satta, m. (sa. °-sattva)
‘the great creature’, synon, Bodhisatta
(q. v.); nom, wo, 7,33; ace, ~wam,
25,24.

*Maha-silava, mm. nom. pr. of
a king; rij, 38,11; °-jataka, x.
38,7. cp. Silava.

*mahiddhika, mfn. of great
power, mighty; 75,30. 109,20 (cp. iddhi
& iddhika).

Mahinda, m. (sa. Mahendra)
nom. pr, of a prince, son of king
Asoka (he transplanted Buddhism into
Ceylon, in the last half of the 3'4 cen-

mabisa

tury BC.); instr. wena (matimata)
112,28,

mahisa, im. (sa. mahisha) a buf.
falo; gen, ~assa, 92,91; vana-mahisarh
(ace.) a wild buffalo, 13,9.

mahi, f. (= sa.) *) the earth;
°-ta‘e, “throughout the world”, 113,91;
2} nom. pr. of a river; gen, Mahiya,
104,21; Mahiy’, 164,24.

mahesakkha, mn sa. mahe-
cikhva, ¢. e. mahd-iga-akhya; diffe-
rently Tr, Mil. p. 422 (65,11)) emi+
nent, mighty; m. ~0 (putto) 62,24,

méhesi, ». (fr maha + isi, sa.
malharshi) the great sags (7.¢. Buddha);
ace. wim, Dh, 422; instr. ina, 77,13.

mahesi, f. (sa. mahishi, a buf-
falo-cow) a queen; agga-°, q.

mahogha, m. (sa. mahaugha)
a mighty flood, ». ogha.

*mahedaka, sf(rika), aboun-
ding with water, ». udaka.

*Mabosadha. m. (fr. sa, maha
-++ aushadha) xoxt pr. of a prince
(Bodhisatta); mom. ~0, 55,21,

ma, tndecl. (= sa) a negative
particle, generally used in prohibitive
(or consecutive) sentences : ‘not, that
not, lest’, and joined with aor, of the
verb (augmentless or augmented), but
also frequently with imper, or pot.,
and even with indic. of pr. & fut.;
ma ‘ti patisedhe nipato, 85,33. — 1)
w. aor. ~ bhayi, 1,10. 4,39; ~ asam-
kittha, 7,113 ~ karittha, 39,3; ~ ma-
rithsu, 16,5, efc.; augmented: ~ akasi
(= ma karohi) 86,1; ~ ahgsi (3. sg.)
83,11; ~ ahesumh (ma-y-ime, i.e. ma
ime, to be scanned : *may-me) 60,17;
~ acitvayi (3. sg.) 104,41. — *) tw, imn-
per, ~ gaccha, 7,31; .~ detha, 52,20;
~ karontu, 8,7; ~ kilamantu, 60,12;
imper, & aor, alternatively, v. Dh,
371. — 5) w. pot. ~ anuyuiijetha,
Db. 27; ~ vadetha, 55,2. — 4) w.
pr. 3. 8g. ~ Wevarmn kho... pati-
labhati, 90,24. — °) without verb:
vanam chindatha, ma rukkham,
Dh, 283.

Migadha, mfn, (= 8a.) relating

206

to the Magadha country; mt. pl. the in-
habitants of that country, gen. ~anam,
113,89; instr. 7. waya (niruttiya) the
M, dialect, i. e. Pali, 114,2e.

manava, m. (= sa.) a youth, esp.
a young Brabman; nom. ~0, 19,11;
°vesena, in the disguise of a young
Br., 19,10; brahmana-°, 113,2. ~ di+
min, 1) manavaka, m, id.; pl. ~a,
16,31; acc. pl. we (naga-°, “Naga
youths”) 58,1; — *) manavika, fi a
young girl, acc, wath, 48,21; naga-°,
a Naga girl, 62,98; acc. ~am, 52,25;
instr, waya, 52,27; loc. pl. wasu,
52,e4,

mataiiga, m. (= sa.) an elephant;
nom, ~o (mataiig’araine va nago)
Dh. 329.

matar, f. (sa. matr) a mother;
nom, matd, 20,25; 69,23 (daraka-°);
64,5 (Rahula-°, g. v.); acc. ~aram,
23,9; tastr, ward, 23,8; gen. matu,
9,12, or mituya (Bodhisatta-°) 62,2,
[after the analogy of u-stems, also
used for other oblique cases] or matava
(Rahula-°) 65,27 (after the analogy of
ai-stems]; loc, wari, Dh, 284; — dvan-
dva comp, mati-pitaro, m. pl. parents,
22,13 (v. pitar); mata-putta, om. pl.
mother and son, 49,8; matu-dhitaro.
f. pl. a mother and her daughter,
32,20 (instead of mata-°?); — at the
begin. of other comp. we find the weak
stem matu- [or mati-] : °-hadaya, x.
a mother’s heart, mom. cath, 59,12;
a-matuhadayam, ib.; cp. matti-sam-
bhava, matteyyata & matugama below.

Matali, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
the charioteer of Sakka (Indra); wi,
60,18 (nom.); 60,12 (voc.); acc. wim,
60,9.

matu, ete, v. miltar.

matu-gama, m. (sa. matr-grama)
womankind, the female sex, any being
of the female sex, woman; mom, v0,
50,34; ace. mam, 48,12. 50,52; *-va-
sika, “being in the power of woman-
kind”, m, ~0 (raja) 54,3.

matula(ka), m. (= sa.) a mater-
nat uncle (also used as a term of fa-

207

miliar address); voc, wa, 5,4; piya~
mitulaka, mfn. who loves his uncle,
m, ~0 (atibhaginiputto, q. v.) 5,5,

mana, m. (= sa.) pride, arrogance;
nom, ~0, Dh. 74. 407; ace. ~am,
Dh, 221; °%-ditthi-adi, 64,21; *°-Anu-
saya, m. 94,11 (v. h.); *nihata-°, *pa-
hina-°, mfn. (q. v.).

minasa, », (= sa.) the mind;
e. ¢c. mfn, v, tuttha-°, vimutta-,
viratta-°, samvigga-°,

manin, mfn. (= sa.) thinking,
imagining; pandita-°, m/fn. (q. v.).

minusa, mfn, (= sa.) human;
%mala-, 61,13 (human stain); a-ma-
nusa, mfn. (q. v.); — m. @ man, hu-
man being; pl, ~& (gandhabba-°)
Dh. 420; acc. we, 107,35 = Dh. 108;
%-matta, . (v, matta®); f. manusi,
a woman, pl. ~iyo, 21,29; comp, w.
subst, f. manusi-vaca, human speech,
acc. ~am, 22,3.

manusaka, mfn. (= sa.) human,
acc, m. ~amm (yogam) Dh. 417; pl.
m. <i (kama) 45,5.

mapeti (or mapayati), vd. (sa.
mapayati, caus. ma) to make, pre-
pare, create (by supernatural power,
w. ace); aor. 3, sg. ~esi (sariram
mahanavarh katva, changed his own
body into a large ship) 28,28; (saya-
nam) 112,29; ger. ~etva (aiigararasim,
attano anubhavena) 16,3; ~ayitva
(rupam, nagaram) 111,36, 112,35. ep.
mita, mfn. & atimapeti,

Maya, f. (= sa.) nom. pr, of the
mother of Gotama Buddha; ~a (ja-
nayi Gotamam) 108,21; Maha-®, 61,3,

Mara, m. nom. pr. (= sa.) Death,
the Tempter, the Evil One; nom. ~0,
103,11. 108,5; 71,27 (papima); ace.
eam, 103,12; gen, wassa, 71,24; °-jala,
n. & %bandhana, n. (v. 4.) cp, sa-
mara-ka, mfn. & Namuci, im. — *Mara-
dheyya, . the realm of M., the world
of death, ~am, Dh. 34 (cp. *macou-
dheyya).

marana, ”, (= sa.) killing, death;
*maranantika, mfn. ') ‘bordering on

miga

death’, being on the point of killing,
almost mortally; acc, m. ~am (aba-
dhath) 78,30; pl. f. ~a@ (vedana),
78,25; *) which is to end at death; x,
~am (namartpam) 101,12 (cp. mara-
nanta).

*marapeti, vb. (caus. IT. marati,
cp, next) to cause to be killed or
murdered; pp, ~ita, f. ~a, 74,9 (kehi
~, “who bade you to kill her’); 74,19,

mareti, vb. (caus, marati, sa,
marayati, mp) to kill, murder (acc.);
pr. 1, sg, ~emi (tam) 111,26; 3, sg.
~weti, 97,15; part, loc, m, wente (&
pemarente) 17,14; fut. 1. sg. wessa-
mi, 2,3, 12,98; inf. wetum, comp,
wetu-kima, mfn. (v. kima*); ger.
wetva, 9,93; pp. marita, f. wa, 74,85
°-bhava, m. the having been killed,
acc, ~am (afiiiehi) 74,3.

*mala!, m. a pavilion, a thatched
hut; acc, ~am, 101,3.

°madla? & °mali(n) = mala
(@ t.)e

mala, f. (= sa.) a wreath, gar-
land; acc, ~atmh, 16,25; °-dama, n.
id.; pl. nani, 37,2; °-guna, m. o
garland of flowers (by the lover cast
over his bride), acc. pl. we, Dh. 53;
*O.kacavara, m.(q. v.); dvandva comp.
°.gandha-, 61,4. 73,11. 81,5; gandha-®,
49,14 (perfumes and flowers); e. c. mala
or mali(m), v. Aggi-°, Kusa-°, Khu-
ra-°, Dadhi-°, Nala-®,

*Maluikyaputta, m. nom. pr.

r of a thera; nom. ~0, 93,18; voc. ~a,

92,2; his gathas from Theragatha:
107,20—108,9,

*mailuva, f. name of a certain
creeper, 107,29 = Dh, 334 (cp. sa.
malu).

masa, m. (= sa.) a month; loc,
~e (mase mase, month after month)
Dh, 70, 106; acc. pl. we (cattaro)
25,21; (dasa-°) 62,2; °-addha-masa-,
a month and a half, 20,1 (v. h.).

‘miga, m. (& f. wi) (sa. a a a
deer, antelope; aco. pl, we (bahu-°
6,5; 6,18 (suvanna-°); instr. pl. vehi,
8,19; gen. pl. ~wanam, 6,4; f. gen. |

migadaya

wiya (gabbhini-°) 6,52; comp. ku-
rufiga-°, m. (g. v.); Nigrodha-° &
Sakha-°, m. nom. pr. (q. v.); °-gana,
m. 6,10; *°-dhenu, f. 7,29; yoni, f.
5,25 (v. h.); -rijan, m. 7,3; *°-lud-
daka, m. 11,37 (a hunter}; °-vadha,
m. hunting, 5,32 (°-pasuta, m/fn. q. v.)
cp. next ete.

migadaya, m. (se. mrgadava) a
deer-park; nom. ~0, 68,7; loc. we
(Isipatane) 66,24.

migava, m.(?) (sa. mrgaya, f.
& mrgavya, n.) hunting; aec. wath
(gacchati) 6,2.

miccha, ady.(sa.mithya) wrongly,
falsely; ~~ carati (kdmesu) commits
immorality, 97,113; vomp. =ditthi, f.
false doctrine, Dh, 167; 316 (°-sama-
dana, m/fn. gq. v.); *%-panihita, mfn.
(q. v.); *-laddha, mfn. falsely ob-
tained, m. ~0 (yaso) 103,29; *9-sath-
kappa, m. wrong thought or study
(opp. samma-°) Dh, 11 (°-gocara,
mn, q.v.).

minja, f. (sa. majja, cp. majjan,
was, & Prikr. mijji) marrow; *atthi-°,
f. the marrow of bones, 82,3, 97,21.

mita, mfx. (= sa. pp. minati,
mR) measured, moderate, little;
*0-bhanin, m,n. speaking little, ace,
m. vinam, Dh, 227,

mitta, m. (st. mitra) a friend,
coupanion; acc, p:. we, Dh, 78. 375;
comp, fati-mitta, pi. kinsmen and
friends, Dh, 219; mittimaccé, pl.
(v. amacca); °-bhiva, a. friendship,
~0, 52,16 (nigariiena saddhiih);
*o-dhamma, m, id. 0, 14,3; a-mitta,
m. (v. h.) cp. metta, metti & pacca-
mitta.

*Mittavindaka, wm. nom. pr. of
a merchant’s son; 22,13, ete.

Mithila, f. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a city, the capital of tha Videba coun-
try; doc. wayam, 44,19,

mithuna, 2. (= 8a.) a pair,
couple (male and female); copulation;
v. methuna.

middia, », (== 8a.) the state
between sleeping and waking, drowsi-

208

ness, indolence; dvandva comp. thina-°,
103,97 (q. v.) ep. next.

*middhin, mfn. (fr. prec.) drowsy,
indolent; m. wi, Dh. 325. ;

minati, vd. (sa, ma, mi, ep.
Vmi) to measure; pp. mita (4. v.)3
caus. mapeti (q. v.).

Milinda, m. (= sa.) nom. pr.
of the Greek king Menander; 96,24,
ete, ~ pafiha, m. title of a Pali
book, containing a conversation be-
tween king M. and the Buddhist sage
Nagasena; specimens thereof: 96,23—
101,33, :

miyati (& miyyati) = marati
(q. ¥.3 sa. \/mr) to die; pr. 3. pl.
wanti, Dh, 21.

mukha, . (== sa.) ') mouth (of
men or animals); nom. acc. wath, 3,16.
Ber, 41,12; instr. wena, 5,i4. 35,94;
*mukhasa = mukhena, 85,26-34; abl.
wato, 13,21; loc. we, 37,21; comp.
mukhodaka, #. (v. udaka); °-tundaka,
n.(?) a beak, acc. wath, 18,7; instr.
wena, 4,8; °-vivate, Joc. abs. = mu-
khe vivate, 3,17; *°-sanfata, m/fn.
who controls his mouth, m. «0, Dh.
363; vivata-°, mfn. with the mouth
open, f. pl. ~4, 65,7; stkara-°, mfn.
(v. h.). — *) face, head, front; ~arh,
ll,e. 83,32. 85,5; abl, wato, 50,23;
loc. we, 12,10; comp. *°-dhovana, x.
(v. h.); assu-°, mfn. (y. v.); ohita-
mukha, mfn, (v. ohita); *punnacan-
da-°, mfn. (q. v.); sa-mukba-vethita,
nefn. (v. h.) ep, abhimukha, pamukha,
& sammukha, —') entrance, opening;
edge, brim; atavi-®, 30,30 (q. 0.);
dvita-°, 40,28 (°-vatti, q.v.); uyyoga-°,
Dh, 235 (q. v.). — 4) way, method;
cause, means; instr, wena, adv, (e. ¢.)
by means of : isi-°, 60,16 (q. 0);
phala-patisedhana-°, 86,1 (v. patise-
dhana); loc. we, adv. (e. c.) by way
of, like, as : dana-mukhe, 16,6 (“as
a free gift”), cp. nert,

mukhara, mfn. (= sa.) garrulous,
loquacious; mm. v0, 86,2.

mugga, m. (sa, mudga) a sort of
bean (Phaseolus Mungo); pl. ~4, 16,1.

209

muggara, mm. (sa. mudgara) a
mallet, mace, club, stick; instr, pl.
e~ehi, 6,11; muggarfidi-°, 6,7.

muccati!, vb. (pass. muiicati,
sa. mucyate) to be loosed, released,
liberated; to escape (from, abl.); pr.
3. sg. wati (jalato) 88,34; aor. 3, pl.
ewitisu (seda sarira, “rolled down”
45,1; %) fut. 2. sg. mokkhasi (me
72,1 (“escape from me”); 3. pl. ~anti,
Dh. 37; >) 1, sg. muccissami, 16,28;
inf. muccituth (marana) 17,15; pp.
mutta (q. v.).

muccati?, vb, (sa, y/miirch; pro-
bably instead of mucchati through
confusion with muccati!) to congeal,
coagulate, turn sour (as milk); pr.
8. sg. ati (khiram va, papam kam-
mam, with both significations : to
loosen & to turn sour) 106,21 = Dh.
71. cp. next,

muccheti, vb. (caus. \miirch)
to strain, strengthen; to tune (a strin-
ged instrument, acc.); ger. ~etva
(vinam) 19,32. (Aforris, JPTS, ’84,92.)

Muiicati, vb. (sa. ymuc) to loose,
release, set at liberty; to leave, give
up; to send forth, utter (tw. acc.);
intr, med. & act. w. abl. or gen. (dat.)
to free one’s self from, to make resi-
stance against (Dh. 389?); pr. 3. sg.
~ati (assa) Db. 389; part, m. ~anto
(obhasam) 26,4; imp. 2. sg. muiica
(pure, q. v.) Dh, 348; pot, 3, sg.
~eyya (papakamma) Dh. 127 (w,
intrans, sense; B, bas the pass, muc-
ceyya); pot, 3. sg, med. ~etha (assa)
Dh, 389; aor, 3. pl. withsu (atika-
runa-saram, uttered) 27,15; ger. witva,
17,18, 76,13; pass. v. muccati!; pp.
mutta (q.v.); caus. moceti (q. v.)
ep. mutti.

mufija, m. (= sa.) name of a sort
of grass or rush; acc. ~am (paribare,
“I wear m,-grass”, a token of sacrificing
one’s self in battle : samgamavacara
anivattino purisé attano anivattanaka-
bhavam fdpanattham sise vi dhaje va
Sjvudhe va mudja-tinam bandhanti,
Comm.) 103,83; °-kesa, m/fn. with hair

Pali Glossary, :

munati

like m., 21,35; °-maya, m/n, made of
m., m. pl. ~& (dama) 105,17.

mutthi, f. (sa. mushti) the clen-
ched fist; » handful,.a small bundle;
acc, with (akisi, closed his hand)
56,8.

munda(ka), mfn, (= sa.) shaved ;
subst. n. mundaka, tonsure, instr,
wena, Dh, 264.

mutifiga, m. (sa. mrdafiga) a
small drum, tabour; acc. warm, 67,39
(cp. Tr. PM. p. 62, 64; 78-79).

mutta’, mfn, (sa. mukta; pp.
mufcati) loosed, released, freed (from,
abl,); m. ~0, 54,21. Dh, 172 (abbha);
100,83 (pipakehi kammehi); comp.
jAla-°, 88,30; vana-°, Dh, 844; m. pl.
mii (dukkhato) 81,20.

mutta’, n. (sa. mitra) urine;
nom, wath, 82,5. 97,93.

mutta, f. (sa. mukta) a pearl;
at the beginning of comp, we find
sometimes mutta-°: *°-sara, m. 24,90;
mutta-hara, m. a necklace of pearls,
acc. wath, 64,26.

mutti, f. (sa. mukti) liberation,
deliverance (from, abl.); 67,16 (tan-
haya); 87,32 eee)

mudu, mfn, (sa. mrdu) soft, mild,
gentle; instr. m. ~una (athkena)
20,24; ». 44,1 (Sunda mudum, se. jeti);
~ulb, “something soft”, 104,14; *9-citta,
mfn, ‘soft-minded’, impressible; acc,
m, warm, 68,29. :

muduka, m/fn, (sa. mpduka) soft,
mild, tender; m. wo (hattho) 50,23;
nm. ~wam (matuhadayam, w. loc, da-
rake) 59,12,

mudda, f. (sa, mudra) ') a seal,
seal-ring; *) reckoning or speaking by
means of the fiogere, signal made by
the hand, at 66,7 called *hattha-
mudda, instr. ~aya (pucchissami).

muddhan, m. (sa, mirdhan) the
head; [nom. ~a]; ace, ~am, Db, 72;
loc. wani, 77,8.

munati, vd. (= maiiiati, ~man
(Kuhn, Beitr. p. 99) or rather fr.
ymi (Trenckner, cp. Pischel, Gr. §

-489)) to understand, to know (acc.);

14

muni

p*. 8. og, wKti fubao toke; etymo-
logy of muni, g. v.) Dh, 269. (op,
Dh. (1855) p. 380.)

muni, m. (= sa.) & sage; som.
ai (mahi-°, Buddha) 110,90; voc.
105,94 (do.); avi (motel causa) 80,8
Buddha); 109,. == Dh, 40; Dh,
268-59; pl, munayo, Dh. 225, ep,
mona, ”.

mummura, m.(?) (sa. murmurs
embers, ashes; loc. we (upakilito
9,99.

muyhati, ob. (se. Ymuh) to be
confused or bewildered; pp. v. milha;
ep. mogha, moha.

mulali, m. [& mulala, m. n.) (sa.
mrnala, 7.) a lotus-fibre or -root
(edible); acc. pl. ~wayo, 111,8.

musa, 1) adv. (sa, mrsha) falsely;
wabhanim, 47,8 (I told a lie); ~
bhanati, 97,11; comp. °-vada, m. lying,
lie; acc. wam (katva) 46,24; (bhasati)
Dh, 246; 97,32; abd. wa, 81,93; °-va-
di{n), mfn, who speaks falsely; gen,
m. wissa, 106,14 == Dh, 176. — *)
*musa, subst. f. falsehood, lie, 51,32
= musavado, 52,1.

muhutta, m. (sa. muhirta) a
moment, instant; acc, (adv.) war,
for a moment, -awhile, 64,32 (niddam
okkami); 50,15 (naccitva); 83,8; ~am
api, but for a moment, Db. 65. 106.

mila, ». (= sa.) 1) the root (of
plants); foot, Lottors, base; metaph.
cause, origin: nom, wam (milena,
instr, “root with root”) 37,34; pl.
~ini (mulehi, do.) 37,20; sala-%,
62,16; metaph. Db. 247; tanhaya
wam, 108.4 = Dh, 337; vinasa-°,
33,26; abl. ~ato patthaya, “from the
ground”, 62,10; loe. we (rukkha-°)
4,93; (pada-°, at one’s feet) 36,27,
49,5; ~amhi (rukkha-’) 111,6; was.
mim (do.) 112.2; comp. *°-tandula,
m. (v. h.); *%bhasa, f. the original
language (or tue chief of all lan-
guages?), instr. ~aya (sabbesam, ¢.
e. Magadhi, nirutti, g. v.) 114,98;
*ucchinna-°, mfn, (v. h.). — *) price,

210

payment, money; nom, wath, 57,4;
49,10 (bahum); 49,15 (agahetva, “gra-
tie’’); 49,2 (gandha-puppha-°, “money
to buy flowers and perfumes’); instr.
wena (ganhatha, “take it at a rae
18,10; Channivadh n’atthi, ». kamma?
57,4; comp, suhassn-mila, m/fn. (4.
v.) ep. neat,

*“mila-ghaccam, adv, radically
(extirpated); ~ samUhutam, “taken
out with the very root’, Dh, 250 (cp.
ghacca).

mulha, mfn. (pp. muyhati; sa.
miidha) confused, bewildered, stupid;
ace. m. wan, 75,24; gen. ~assa, 69,16;
comp, *-ripa, mfn. foolish; m. ~0,
Db. 268. cp. mogha, moha.

miusika, m. (sa. mushika) a mouse,
rat; *°-cchinna, mfn. cut by mice,
nm. ~wam (thanam) 25,7.

me = mama, gen. pron, 1, pers.,
v, aharh; — ‘me = ime, pl. pron.
demonstr., v. ayam.

megha, m. (= sa.) a cloud; nom,
~o (maha-°, “a shower”) 105,21.

*menda(ka), m. (cp. sa, menda,
mendha, mendhra, metha, mentha)
a ram; tnmstr, wena, 30,22; comp.
S-vara, m. 30,9 (g. v.); mendako,
30,14 (cp. elaka).

metta, 1). & metta, f. (sa.
maitra, 7.) friendship, kindness; ace,
~am, 40,7; comp. khanti-mettanud-
daya-°, 7,19. 38,15 (v. #.); *metta-
viharin, mfn. “who behaves with
kindness”, m. v1, Dh. 368. — *) mfn.
friendly, kind, benevolent; instr. n.
~wena (cittena) 76,31; °-citta, mfn.
friendly, ‘benevolent, m. pl. wa, 35,14,

metti, f. (sa. maitri) = prec.;
nom. wi, 18,12; acc. with, 53,9.

Metteyya, m. (sa, Maitreya)
nom, pr. of the future Buddha; nom.
~0, 114,94,

methuna, %. (sa. maithuna) copu-
lation, love, marriage; *°-dhamma, m.
id., acc. wam, 64,11.

meda, m. (sa. meda, m. & medas,
n.) fat; ~0, 82,5. 97,93; — °-vanna,

211

mfn. “looking like (a lump of) fat”,
acc, m. ~ath (pasainam) 104,13,

*medhaga (or medhaka) m. n,
(ep. ved, sa. mrdh & ech) quar-
rel, strife; pl. ~a, Dh. 6 (= kalaha,
Comm.) cp. Sn. v. 893-94; Vin. II, 88.

medha, f. [(& medhas, ».] (= sa.)
intelligence, prudence; instr. ~aya,
91,27. cp, dummedha, sumedha, su-
medhasa, mfn, & next,

medhavin, mfn. (= sa.) intelli-
gent, wise; nom, m. ~i (dovariko)
90,32. 91,a7; acc, wim, Dh, 76.

°medhin, mfn, (e, c, = sa.) id.;
v, dummedhin,

meraya, (n.) (sa. maireya) a kind
of strong drink; dvandva comp, sura-®,
81,23. Dh, 247 (°-panam).

mokkhati, fut., v. muccati.

Moggallana, m, (sa. Maudga-
lyayana) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's
most famous pupils; Sariputta-Mog-
gallina, pl. 8. & M, 74,30 (~éva);
gen, pl. ~inam, 74,97.

mogha, mfn, (= sa.) vain, use-
less; foolish; m, wath (aifiarn) 89,99;
°-purisa, voc. 0 foolish one! 76,3;
*0-jinna, mfn. grown old in vain, m,
«0, Dh. 260.

moceti, vb. (caus. muiicati; sa.
mocayati) to cause to be loose, let
go (acc.); to liberate, save (acc. & abl.);
aor, 3. sg. ~esi (jane dukkha) 31,25;
inf, ~etum, 40,20; ger. wetva (mam
bandhana) 33,2; (asse) 44,12; (sata-
kam) 50,24; (puttam) 59,11.

modati, vb, (sa. mud) to be
glad or happy, to delight; pr, 3, sg,
~ati (opp. socati) Dh. 16.

mona, m. (sa. mauna) silence;
instr, wena, Dh, 268.

mora, m, (= mayira, g. v.) a
peacock; nom. ~0, 10,18; voc, wa,
10,11; gen. ~wassa, 92,20; yoni, f.
18,2 (v. h.); dvandva comp. batsa-
moradayo, 10,s.

moha, m. (= sa.) bewilderment,
infatuation, delusion, folly; acc. wath

(in the series: raga, dosa, moha) Dh.

20. comp. mohaggi, m. the fire of de-

ya-

lusion, 64,20; *°-dosa, mfn. damaged
by delusion, f. ~& (paja) Dh. 358;
*vita-°, mfn. free from delusion, Joc.
pl. ~esu, Dh. 358.

Y.

y, 1) on account of sandhi inserted
in ma-y-ime, 60,17; mama-y-idam,
72,20, *) instead of i or e, v. ty’ (=
ti, te) cp. tv’,

ya-, base of the pron, relat, (=
8a.); mom, ace. nm, yath (sa. yad):
56,11. 72,20. 78,8 ete.; 78,7 (yan); the
old form yad is sometimes preserved
by sandhi: Dh, 345; yad-idam, 97,3;
yad-eva, 91,9; m. yo, 30,9 efc.; with
elision of the vowel: y’assa, Dh. 389;
y'ayam (i, e, yo ayam) Dh, 56; f.
ya, 47,97, etc.; 67,12 (yayam); ya ce
= yafi ce, Dh. 104 (v. yaiice); as
for the rest the declension is like that
of pron, demonstr, tam : acc, f. yarn,
67,10, 87,18; gen. m. (n.) yassa, 3,96
(yass’ete); gen. f. yassa, 64,15 (yassa-
yam); instr. m. n. yena, 1,9. 103,13
(yen’atthena, v. attha’); yen’eva (7.)
96,7; f. yaya, 92,16 (yay'); Dh. 408;
abl. m, (m.) *) yamha, Dh. 392; >»)
yasma (v. separately); loc. m. (n.)
®) yamhi, 106,29 = Dh, 393; 108,26
(yamh’okase) ; >) yasmim, 84,7; p/. n.
yani, 2,11; m. ye, 75,3; gen. yesam,
86,20; 86,18 (yesafi hi); 92,31 (yes’-
aham, i.e. yesam aham); Joc. f. yasu, °
51,30. — 1) who, which, what (often
corresp. with foll, demonstr., cp. tata) :
68,23. 78,7-8 etc.; yam yeva... tah
yeva (the same... as) 99,30; yasmir
vihare...sace so viharo, 84,7; yo
yaso...esa te sena, 103,s9-81; yo
... tanhaya...nirodho (after prec,
idam) 67,15; yayath tanha, 67,12 (do.);
esa ya (gehe vasato, part. gen.) rati,
47,27; w. pot. of the verb.: yo evam
vadeyya, 99,80; anavakaso yo (do.)
76,36 (v. an-avakasa); yam balam
(q. v.) 13,35. — *) repeated : whatever,

14*

yam

whichever; yem yarh, 50,3; ya ya,
5C,2. — 5) combined with other pron.
®) w. pron. demonstr, == whatever,
whichsoever : yan tam, Dh. 42; yad-
idam, 70,26; yena tena, 1,0; ye te,
76,30, >) in the same sense w. pron.
indef.: yo koci, 110,8; yam kiiici,
68,27; yo afifio, 34,24; Uikewise fol-
lowed by pi: yam pi... tam pi,
67,10; °) w. pron, 1. pers. (foll, by
1. pers, of the verb.) ; yo’ham, 75,24;
ye mayam (we who, siace we) 106,23;
yesan no (gen. pl.) n’atthi kificanam,
though we have nocthing at all, Dh.
200. — 4) pleonastic or omitted: yad-
idamh ‘Nagaseno’ ti, thia word N,,
97.2; yath bhithsanakam (v. h.) 81,3;
[yo] jaina, Db 352; [yo] udiraye,
Dh, 408. ~ 5) several cases are used
as indecl. (conj.) i n. ave. yam, instr.
yena, abl. yasmé, v. separately, cp.
yato, yattaka, yattha, yathd, yada,
yadi, yava ete. & yebhuyyena.

yam, indecl, (conj.) (acc, n, fr.
ya-; a, yad) ") that (quod); tath
bahum yaih bi jivasi, 13,29 (v. bahu);
*) when, if (quem in its different
meanings) ; 80,33 (yam kalam akari
muni); 97,18 (yam vadesi); 90,19
(yamh pan’); 54,26 (yan nu, even if);
5) as, siace, because . 76,3, 95,7 (yam
hi); 61,8 (anacoluthic = as (for in-
stance ?)); 4) comb, w. niina (in op-
tative sense like Germ. dass, w. pron,
1, pers. and pot. of the verb): yan
nundham, what if 1? = let me! 33,27.
46,23. 68,35. 71,26 efe.; yan niina
mayath, 6,3; °) comb., w. ce, wv.
yatice.

yakana, n (9a. yakrt, yakan)
the liver; nom. ~am, 82,3. 97,21.

yakkha, m. (sa. yaksha) name
of certain superhuman beings (as
goblins or ogres), who are the enemies
of men; nom. wo i. €. Mara) 104,18;
gen, ~wassa, 112,12; pl. wa (inbubi-
tanta of Laika) 112,10; acc, pl.- we,
112,9 (to be corr, into yakkha); 112,91
(sabba-°); gen. pl. ~anam (they eat
dead corpses) 40,31; °-nagara, ». 20,32

212

= pura, nm, 112,12 (Sirisavatthu);
O-raja-°, 112,99.

yakkhini (or yakkhi), fi (sa.
yakshini & yakshi) a female yakkha;
nom, wini, 58,30; 21,22 (jettha-°);
59,19 (wini-mhi = ~ini amhi); ~1,
111,35, 112,11; ace. wim, 111,23; enstr.
~iniyd, 59,7; gen. winiya, 21,25; pl.
winiyo, 20,38; °wini-bhava, m. (q. v.);
paricdrika-°, f. (v. paricarika).

yajati, vb. (sa. Vyaj) to sacrifice;
pot. 3. sg. med, ~etha (sahassena,
“with a thousand”) Db, 106. cp. yittha.

*yatice (or yaii ce), indecl. (i. e.
yarn + ce, g.¥.) than, than if; ma-
tam seyyo ~ jivitam, 7,34; 103,31.
Dh. 106-07; by attraction to a subst,
f. we have ya ce = yajfice, Dh. 104
(seyyo ya c’ayath itara paja) cp.
yaii ce, Dh, 229 (v. ce).

yatthi, f. (sa. yashti) *) a stick,
staff; acc, ~ith (pacana-°, a goad)
71,29; 7) name of a certain measure of
length = 7 hatthas or ratanas (about
3'/, metres) v. yojana. cp. latthi.

yato, 1) indecl. (adv. & conj.; abl.
of pron. rel. ya-, correl. of tato; sa,
yatas) #) whence, wherefrom, where,
31,35 (~ sodariyam dnaye); ») since
when, 27,22 (~ sarami attanam); °)
since, because, 66,21. 112,39; ¢) repea-
ted: yato yato, as soon as, according
to, w. foll, tato tato: the more — the
more, Dh, 374. 390, — *) gen... part.,
v. yati.

*yattaka, mfn. (correl. of ettaka,
kittaka, g. v.) however much, as much
as (quantus); pl. m. 2, as many as,
57,10 (fr. sa. yavat, ». Tr, PM. p. 30).

yattha (& yatra), adv. (sa. yatra)
in or to what place, where, whither;
56,11 (gata); 63,13 (yatra, sc. jatiya,
jatassa); 104,10 (~ gantva); comp.,
v, next ete,

yattha-kamam, adv, (sa. yatra-
kaimam) whereever one plaeses, accors
ding to one’s wish; Dh. 326; comp.
yatthakama-nipatin, mfn. (vw. ni-
patin).

*yatthatthita, mfn. (cp. sa.

213

yatra-stha) where staying; m, ~0,
Dh, 127; ace, wam, Dh. 128.
yatra, adv, (= sa.) v, yattha.
yatha, indecl, (conj.; = sa.;
correl, of tatha) 1) as, like (with full
sentence, corr, w. demonstr, tatha,
evamn, etc, or before nouns; at the
beginning of comp, v. below) : ) 1,
full sentence (pres.) : 5,8 (tatha);
34,92 (evam eva); ~ (kho) pana...
na evam, 62,25, 79,0; tadiso vanno
ae passasi, 85,10; sometimes at the
eginning of a sentence (w. pot.) by
giving an illustration: “it is as if”,
100,11 etc,; ») before nouns: 8,96 (~
tava); 26,5. 61,s2, 63,11 (na ~ afiiie-
sam); 75,23 (~ balamh, acc. like o
fool). — *) so that, in order that (at;
yatha na, wt non, ne); that (quod);
12,6 (w. fut.); 12,9 (w. pres, ind,
13,18. 22,23. 39,33 (do.); 68,36 (w. pot.);
70,8 (quod). — 5) as soon as, 18,17 (w,
pres, ind.). ~ comp. : *yath'icchitam,
adv, (or adj, n.) according to one’s
desire, 111,28; — yatha-kammam, adv,
according to one’s deeds, 8,13, 13,7.
22,18; — %-dittha, m/n. as seen, ace,
f. ~am (bhimim) 69,23; — *°-pai-
fiatta, mfn, 84,17 (v. h.); — %-padese,
loc. (sa, yatha-pradegath) 47,1 (.
padesa); — *°-pasadanam, adv. Dh.
249 (v. h.); — *°-"bhirantam, adv.
70,20. 77,15 (v. abhiramati); — *°-bhuc-
ca, mfn. (fr. yatha-bhitam) accor-
ding to the fact, real; m. wath (aja-
nanti, “the truth”) 108,16; — %bhi-
tath, adv. according to the fact, right-
ly, truly, 91,8. 96,8. Dh. 203; — *°-va-
cath, adv, (cp. sa. %-vacanath) accor-
ding to one’s words, 108,30; *°-vatam,
adv. by the wind, 20,3 (gacchanto);
— vidita, mfn. (sa. °-vitta) as found
or understood; ace. f. ~am (bhimim)
69,23; — °saddham, adv, according
to faith, Dh. 249; — %-sukham, adv,
according to one’s pleasure, 2,18, Dh,
326. cp. seyyatha.
yad-, by sandhi = yam (v. ya-).
yada, indect. (conj. = sa.; correl.
of tad&) when, whenever; from what

.
b]

yasa

time, as soon as; tv. aor. 18,34 (aiga-
ma, w. foll. atha); 68,21 (do.); 99,4. :
108,24; w. pot. 35,7. 44,22 (w. foll.
atha); w. pr. indic. 66,20 (atha);
76,12 (tada); 107,11 (atha).

yadi, indecl. (conj. = sa.) if; w,
pot, 98,53. 100,8; w. pres. ind. 100,7;
yadi evam (without verb, “if so’)
5,15; yadi va or yadiva ee prec,
va, == “or”) Dh, 98; yadiva (shor-
tened of yadi va) Dh. 195 (“or”);
yadi va (repeated, without verb, =
whether — or) 92,15 ete,

yanta, m. (sa. yantra) a vice,
press, machine; loc, we (pakkhipitva
viya) 40,18,

yanti, pr. & pl., v, yati,.

yan nina, ». yam.

Yama, m, nom. pr. (= sa.); the
king of hell or god of death; gen,
~assa (santike, “near to the death’’)
Dh, 237; — °%-purisa, mm, a servant
of Y., messenger of death, pl. ~a,
Dh, 235; — °-loka, m. the world of
Y,, acc, ~am, Dh, 44-45,

Yamaka, n. nom, pr, (lit, “the
twofold”) of a Pali work, the sixth
book of Abhidhamma-Pitaka; ~wam,
102,11. — vagga, m. name of the
first chapter of Dh, (lit. “double-
verses’),

[yamati], vb. (sa, Vyam) [to hold,
support; hold back, restrain; intr. to
leave off, to cease (i. ¢, “to decease”?)];
imper. (injunctive) 1, pl. med, yama-
mase, Db, 6 (the meaning is uncer-
tain; perhaps “to subdue one’s self”
or “to be subdued” as by Yama?),
(cp. Franke, WZKM, 1901; Dhpd.
(1855) p. 110.)

yava, m. (= sa.) barley; ace,
wan, 9,1; °-khetta, #. a field of bar-
ley, 8,18 (sali-°); — °-majjhaka, m/fn.
having barley(-fields) in the middle, or
being situated amidst the barley-field ?
comp. *Uttara-yavamajjhaka, m. nom.
pr. of a village, 55,80.

yasa (& yasas, comp. yaso-) m.
(sa. yacas) +) honour, glory, reputa-
tion, celebrity; nom, ~o (maha) 55,19;

yasassin

103,s9; Db. 24; ace. wath, 42,19.
45,09. 54,54; instr, wena, 64,10; comp.
yaso-bhoga-samappita, m/fn, endowed
with glory and fortune, m. 10, Dh.
303, — *) Yasa, nom. pr. of a man;
nom, ~0 (kulaputto) 67,21 ete. ep.
next.

yasassin, mfn, (sa. yacasvin)
glorious, famous, celebrated; mom. m.
~i, 30,9.

yasma, indecl. (abl. fr. ya-) since,
because (corr, w. tasiva) 85,29, 91,18
(ep. yato).

yagu, f. (sa. yaviigu) rice-gruel;
nom, ~uU, 56,99, 82,19-20; acc. ~um,
21,5; instr, wuya, 56,98; °-ghata, m.
(q. v.) 56,94.

yaicaka, m, (= sa.) a beggar;
ace, pl, we, 14,19; gen. pl. winam,
15,5,

ydcati, vb. (sa Vyiic) to ask or
bey (for, acc.); pr. 1. 89. ~ami, 31,5;
2. pt, watha (etam) 28,28; aor. 3. 9g.
yiici (jivitam) 111,20; ger. witvad (w.
doubl, acc.) 7,98, 89,10; — pays. yie
ciyati; part, pass, m. *) yaciyamano,
25,18. 46,15; >) *yaciyanto, 11], —
pp. yacita, m. ~o (tens) 28,17; Dh,
224 (w. loc. appasmi); yacaka, m.
v, above,

yati, vb. (sa. yi) to go, walk;
pr, & eg. yattr, Dh. 29, 179, 294;
2, sg. yasi, 49,14; & pl. yanti, Dh,
126 (saggam); part. gen. m. yato
(ito param, “when 10 is passing from
henve”) 77,4; tmp. 2 ag. yahi, 18,1.
34,10. S8a,

yiinn, s. (= sa.) o vorrloge, any
vehicle or draught-animal; énetr, pl,
vehi, Dh, 323,

yima, m, (== #4.) a night-watch
(three hours); @ce. wai (tinnam
afiiataram) Dh. 187; (pathamam,
during the first watch) 66,5; loc. yitme
(pathama-°) 11,30; (purime, id.) 99,19;
majjhime, in the middle w.) 99,26;
pacchime, in the last w.) 99,33.

y iva (or yavarh, by sandhi yavad-)
indecl, (sa. yitvat) 1) conj. o8 long as,
until (corr, tw, titva); w. pres, ind. :

214

23,19. 48,91. 102s. 110,4. Dh. 72 (ya-
vad-eva), Dh. 119; w. aor, 33,1.
77,8; yava na, while not, before, to.
pres, ind, 19,1. 92,9. Dh. 284 (ya-
vath); w. fut. 92,8. — *) prp. to. abl.
12,17 (arunuggamana); 62,6; tw. ace,
43,18 (paccantabhiimim); 62,10 (agga-
sakha); « tatiyam (up to the third
time) 3,7. 102,26; ~ dutiyam, 102,26.
cp. °-jara, °-jivam.

*yava-jara, adv. (fr. yava +
jara, the last being either contr. of
jaraya (?) abl. of jara, f.(?) or abl.
of the base jara, g. v.) until old age,
Dh. 333.

yava-jivam, adv, (sa. yavaj-
jivam) during all the life, Dh. 64.

yavat, mfn, (= 8a.) as, great, as
much; pl, as many; m, pl. yavanto,
108,3 == Dh. 337 (yavant’ ettha
samfagatil). cp. nert ete.

*yavataka, mfn. (correl, of tava-
taka) = prec.; ace. pl. we, 81,17.

yiivata, indecl, (instr. fr. yaval,
== sa.) as far os, inanmuch as, bee
cause; 106,14 == Dh, 266 (corr. w.
tona & tiivat@); ep. nert.

*yavatayukam, adv. (cp. sa.
yavadayusham) all one’s life long;
~ thatva, after having lived out one’s
term of life, 8,11, 34,98. 38,5.

yittha, mfn. (pp. yajati; sa, ishta
sacrificed; . subst, with tactic
Dh. 108 (offering, sacrifice),

yuga, #, (= sa.) a yoke; wam,
98

150
yujjhati, vb, (sa, Vyudh) to fight
(against, ace,; with, instr, or prp.)s
part, m.med, wmiino, 60,9; ger. witvit
(corehi saddhim) 33,19; (visa.
Hath) 33,20. ep. newt & yuddha, yodha.
*yujjhana, n, (fr. prec,) fighting;
%tthiina, ». fighting ground, 29,94,
*yuiljati, vb. (sa. Vyuj) *) to yoke,
harness, join; to prepare, arrange: *)
med. & act, w, attanam, to apply or
Bive one's self to (loc.); pr. 3. 8g. med.
~wate (Buddhasasane) Db. 382; part.
m, yuiijath (attinuti, nyoge) Dh, 209;
pp. yutta (q. ¥.); caus, yojeti & *yo-

215

japeti (q. v.) ep. yuga, yoga, yogga,
yojana, etc., yotta.

yutta (& *yuttaka), mfn. (pp.
yunjati; sa, yukta) ') joined, yoked;
.54,9 (rathe °-sindhava); *) prepared,
arranged; acc, f. wam (dhajinim)
104,38; °) proper, fit (w. inf.); right;
m, ~0 (maiigalasso bhaviturh) 24,31;
comp. w. grd, *kattabba-°, mfn. right
to do, ». sam, 54,33; kitabba-yutta-
kam karissanti, 39,34 (v. karoti, grd.);
*thapetabba-yuttaka, m/fn. fit to be
set in a place (loc,); acc. m, wath
{rajatthine) 11,1,

yuddha, m. n, (= sa; pp. fr.
yujjhati) battle, war; acc. ~am (detu,
let him an) 36,91, 39,90; dat, ~aya
(paccuggacchimi), 104,4.

yuvan, mfn, (= sa.) young, nom,
m. ~va, Dh, 280 (a youth), cp, yob-
bana.

ylsa, m, 7. (sa, ylisha) juice, gravy;
wam (amba-®, g. v.) 37,24.

ye, pl, m, pron, rel., vu ya-,

yena, indecl. (conj.; instr. fr.
pron, rel, ya-, corr. w, demonstr. tena)
1) in what direction, where; 68,5 etc.
(cp. yena, sc. maggena, 104;2), — *)
(so) that (ut); 77,6 (tatha karissasi
~ gamissasi). — *) because; Dh, 256
{w. pot.); 260. 270 (w. pres.).

*yenicchakam, adv. (fr. yena +
iccha) where one likes; Dh, 326.

*vebhuyyena, adv. (instr. of
yaihuygs, mfn, numerous, much; fr,
ye = yam (Magadhism) & bhiyyo
(Tr. PM, p. 75); cp. sa. yad-bhiiyas)
generally, entirely, always, upon the
whole, in all; 73,33, 96,7-11. (cp.
Franke, KZ, nu. F, XIV, 420.)

yeva, indecl., v. eva.

yesam, yehi, yo, w yas.

yoga, m. (= sa.) 1) junction, union,
combination; acc. ~am (manusakam,
“bondage”) Dh. 417; comp, sabba-
°-visamyutta, mfn. (v. h.); nakkhat-
ta-°, m, conjunction of stars, constel-
lation (v. h.). — *) application of the
mind, exertion, devotion, meditation
etc.; abl. ~a, Dh, 282; loc. ~asmit,

yojeti

Dh, 209; comp. *aiifiatra-°, mfn. (q.
v.); yoga-kkhema, m, ‘tranquillity of
devotion’, complete happiness (= Nib-
bana); acc, ~ath (anuttaram, nibba-
nam) Dh, 23; gen. ~assa (pattiya)
103,83; a-yoga, m. (q. v.).

yogga, m, (sa. yogya) a carriage,
vehicle; loc, ~e (maha-°, a chariot
of state) 58,19.

yojana, ». (= sa.) ‘yoking, har-
nessing’, a measure of distance (the
length of an Indian yojana is variously
indicated, varying between 4—18 miles;
according to some = 21,400 Metres
(about 12 miles) = 4 gavutas, one
givuta being 80 usabhas & 20 yatthis
& 7 ratanas (or hatthas, '/; Metre) &
2 vidatthis & 12 afgulas (inches));
nom, wath, 107, == Dh. 60; Joe,
(addha-®, g. v.) 63,19; comp.
*0_ppamana, & *°-matta, mfn. having
an extent of a yojana, 63,28; 6,8;
*0_sahase’-ubbedha, mfn. (v. ubbe-
dha); ti-yojana-satika, mfn. (q. v.);
timsa-°, & diyaddha-° (v, h.).

yojana, f. (= sa.) ‘union, con-
junction’, grammatical construction;
in the comment style: what is to be
supplied or understood; ‘mukhena
sukara-sadiso asin’ ti yojand, ‘I was
like a pig by my mouth’, so is to be
understood, 85,29.

yojanika, mfn. (e. c. = 8a.) 80
many yojanas long; satthi-°, 61,10;
satta-9, 61,11.

yojapeti, vb. (caus. IT. yuiijati)
‘to cause to be joined or fixed’, to
apply, employ, prepare (acc.); ger.
wetva (dvarath) 6,7.

yojeti, vb. (caus, yuiijati; sa.
yojayati) 1) to harness; to make ready
(acc.); ger. ~wetva (sindhave), 63,5;
imp. 2. 8g. ~ehi (rathamh) 63,3; *)
to fasten, hold fast, grapple, attack
(ace.); pot. 3. sg. med. ~etha (Ma-
raza) Dh. 40; w. attanam : to apply
or give one’s self to (loc.), part. m.
a-yojayam (attanam yogasmirh, who
does not give one’s apif to meditation)
Db, 209,

~we

yotta

yotta, mn. (sa. yoktra) a rope,
cord; acc, nvath. 25,85; pl. wani,
28,30.

yocha, m. (= sa.) a warrier,
scldier; pl, °-maha-vodha, 39,19.

Yona(ka), mfn, (sa. Yavana)
Ionian, Greek; pl. the Greeks (in Bac-
tria), ~wkai, 97,4. (ep. Weber, Ind,
Sir, IT, 321.)

yoni, f. (= sa.) the womb, uterus;
source, origin; ¢, ¢, a class or kind of
living baings; loc. yoniyam (kapi-°
nibbattitva, having been born as an
apey 1,3; (miga-°} 5,23, cp. neat ete,

yonija, mfn. (= sa.) born from
the womb, born in a certain class of
beings; acc. m. wai (na brahmanam
briimi, “on account of his birth”)
Dh. 396.

yoniso, adv, (sa. yonicas) ‘by the
source’, radically, thoroughly, deeply
(wisely); Dh. 326 (cp. SBE, X. 79).

yobbana, ». (fr. yuvan; sa. yau-
vana) youth; loc. we, Dh. 155; ut-
tama-yobbana-vildsa-matta, mfn.
47,14 (v. vilasa, cp. matta?),

R.

r, sandhi-consonant, inserted be-
tween vowels (like sa, siddhi-r astu,
114,s3) : dhi-r-atthu, 63,13. 103,38;
usabho-r-iva, 105,19; aragge-r-iva,
Dh. 401; sdsapo-r-iva, Dh, 407 (cp.
Tr, PM. p. 82; Windisch, Ber. d.
sichs, Ges, 1693).

ramsi, f. (sa. ragmi, m.) *) a
string, line, cein, bridle (v. rasmi
below). — 7) a ray of light, splendour;
gen. pl. winam (chabbannanamh, q,
v,) 87,38.

rakkhaka, mfn. (sa. rakshaka)
guarding, watching; m. a watchman;
kheita-°, wi. a field-watcher, pl. ~A,
8,18.

rakkhati, vb. (sa. Yraksh) to
guard, watch, protect; to keep, observe;
to beware of (acc); pr. 3. 3g. wati

216

(silarn) 38,14. 97,0; (dhanar) Db. 26;
part. m. wanto, 33,2; gen. ato,
Db. 241; imp. 2. sg. rakkha, 22,16.
110,25; pot. 3, sg. rakkhe, Dh. 40;
rakkheyya (kaya-ppakopamh) Dh, 231;
Db, 157 (metri causa : weyya); 3. sg.
med, ~etha, Dh. 36; inf. witum,
20,99; grd. rakkbitabba (to be ob-
served) 14,19; a-rakkhiya, mfn. diffi-
cult to watch, m. wo (miatugimo)
52,8; pp. rakkhita, & caus. *rakkha-
eti (v. below) cp. rakkhaka, rak-
Phend rakkha, durakkha.
rakkhana, m. (sa. rakshana)
guarding, protecting; °-atthaya, 52,25
(v. attha?); sassa-rakkhan’attham, 8,7.
rakkha, f. (sa. raksha) protection ;
acc, ~am (Lafika-°) 110,97.
*rakkhapeti, vb. (caus. 1D. rak-
khati) to watch; aor. 3. sg. wesi,
73,33.
rakkhita, mfn. (pp. rakkhati;
sa. rakshita) guarded, protected ; comp.
°-gopita-vatthumbi (doc., v. vatthu)
58,13; a-rakkhita, su-rakkhita, m/fn.
(q. v.).
raccha, f. (sa. rathya) a carriage-
road, street; acc. wath, 76,13. (cp.
ratha).
raja(s), m, (sa. rajas, n.) vapour,
dust; dirt, impurity (metaph. of pas-
sions); nom, ~0, 108,8 (pamadanu-
patito, “defilement”); (sukhumo) Dh.
125; acc, wan, Dh. 313; 58,5 (pada-°,
“the dust at his feet’, ep. pada-path-
sini, 77,7); instr, wena, 84,23; comp.
rajo-° (originally ».) 112,29 (tamba-
bhumi-°); cp. rajovajalla below.
rajata, , (= sa.) silver; nom,
wah, 26,16; gen. nassa, Dh, 239;
comp, *°-dama-vanna, mfn. like a
silver chain, 61,19; *°-phalaka, »m.
48,8 (v. h.); maya, mfn, made of
silver, 28,30; *°-vanna, mfn, silver-
coloured, 5,27; *vimana, n. 23,a2
(v. h.); dvandva comp. suvanna-°,
61,27; jatarUpa-°, 81,2, — Rajata-
pabbata, m. nom. pr. of a mountain
(in Himavanta), ‘Silver-Hill’; nom.
~0, 61,15.

217

rajana, », (= sa.) colouring,
dye; acc. ~wam, 6% ~~ cp. ratta}.

*rajovajalla r rajojalla), 7.
(fr. raja(s) & *jalla, avajalla = smut,
soot (?) cp. sa. jhallika & Childers
s. v.) “dust and dirt”, or “rubbing
with dust”, Dh. 141 (SBE. X, 38;
Dhpd. (1855) p. 306; Trenckner refers
to jaleti, denom, fr, jala, to cover,
which is found in Pali, cp. Dhatup,
XXXI1J,10; the Birm., reading is rajo-
jallam, which is always found else-
where: Jat, V, 421,20; Mil. p, 133
etc.; rajovajall(am) might be due to
tmesis = rajo va [= va] jallazh; cp.
rajojallika, mfn. covered with dust,
Jat. I, 390,18, & Sn. v. 198, 249).

rajja, m. (sa. rajya) sovereignty,
government; kingdom; nom, wam,
112,9; acc, warm, le 83 etc. (~
karoti, to be king); instr, wena, 59,25;
loc, we, 42,26; comp. *rajjatthika,
mfn, (v. atthika); °-parimana, 7.
43,20 (q. v.); *°-simika, m, king, 43,22
(Baranasi-°); %sima, f. 39,15 (q. v.)
cp. eka-°, opa-°, maha-°, & rattha.

rajju, f. (rarely m. = 8a.) a rope;
nom, ~u (alambani, g. v.) 47,97; ace.
um (civara-°, g. v.) 83,91; instr, wuya,
54,20. cp. next.

rajjuka, m. (dimin, fr. last; =
sa.) a rope, string; acc. ~am (ugga-
hana-°, g. v.) 14,39.

rafiia, raffle, ranfio,
ja(2).

rattha, m. (sa. rashtra) kingdom,
realm, country; abl, wa, 38,91; wa
~wath (acc, from kingdom to kingdom)
104,8; loc. we, 18,24; comp. °-jana-
pada-vasino, 102,5 (v. h.); °-pinda,
m. 107,2 (v. h.); Kasi-°, Kosala-°,
Baveru-°, Videha-° (q. v.) cp. rajja.

rata, mfn. (pp. ramati; = sa.)
delighting in (loc, or @€,¢.); m. ~0,
Dh. 181. 300; ajjhatta-°, Dh. 362;
tanhakkhaya-°, Db. 187; dhamma-°,
Dh. 364 (g. v.); pl. ~& (gocare)
Db. 22.

ratana}, m. (sa. ratna) a jewel,
é. c, a valuable or precious thing;

v, Ta-

rattindiva

pl. ~ani, 33,6; instr. pl. wehi, 27,29;
28,28 (sattahi, the 7 precious things,
i. e. gold, silver, etc.) cp. satta-ratana-
vicitta, mfn. ornamented with the 7
jewels, 18,28, & satta-ratana-vassa,
n. 32,11 (v. vassa); gen. pl. wana
(tinnam, the 3 jewels, metaph, of
Buddha, Dhamma, ee) 28,26; ,
c. assa-°, 24,19; kambala-°, 25,5;
nilamani-°, 26,23; mani-°, 62,30;
hatthi-°, 24,19 (q, v.) (cp. JRAS, XII
(1880) p. 178),

ratana’, », (or ratani, f.; sa.
ratni, aratni) a certain measure of
length = 2 vidatthi (q. v.) cp. yojana,

rati, f. (= 8a.) pleasure, delight
(often esp, of love); nom. wi, 47,27,
Dh, 149; Ai, Dh. 310; ace. wim,
Dh, 187; abl. wiya, Dh. 214; comp.
kama-°, kilesa-°, dhamma-° (», h.)
cp. a-rati,

ratta!, mfn, (pp. yraiij, rajjati,
rafijati, rajati; sa. rakta) coloured,
dyed (esp. with red selcig metaph,
affected with (e, c.); comp. °-kambala,
Bat (v. h.); raga-°, mfn, subject to
passion, pl. wa, Dh, 347; saratta-°,

mfn. Db. 345 (v. h.) cp. rajana,
rattata.
ratta?, m,n. (e. c. = ratti; sa,

ratra) night; addha-°, 40,8 (q. v.);
aho-°, Dh, 226 (q. v.); ep. digha-
rattam, adv.

rattata, f. (sa. raktata) redness;
instr, ~aya (akkbinam) 59,5.

ratti, f. (sa. ratri) night; nom.
wi (digha) 107,. = Dh. 60; ace.
wim, 58,17; 22,21 aoe adv. by
night 9,16 (opp. diva); 112,7 (cp.
rattindiva); gen, loc. ~iya, 66,5. 78,1;
41,28, 42,1; an old Joc. is ratto (sa.
ratrau) Dh, 296; pl. acc. wiyo (sab-
ba-°) 67,37; comp. °-khitta, mfn. (q.
°); *0-bhatta, 1. evening meal, 15,19;
*O-bhaga, m, the night time, 21,93;
eka-ratti-°, 104,24 (v. eka*); *aho-°,
f. day & night (v. h.); at the end of
comp, we find sometimes the a-stem
ratta® (g. 0.) cp. neat.

rattindiva, m. &m. (sa. ratrim-

ratto

diva) night and day; acc. adv. wath
88,22 (comp. ~am-).

ratto, adv., loc. ratti (q. v.).

ratha, m. (= sa.) a chariot; :.am,
~0, 60,5; 25,1 (maiigala-°, 7. v.); ace.
wtih, 7,5; 63,4-(uttama-°); instr.
wena (payasi)54,<; 98,2; 60,4 (Ve-
jayanta-°, g. v.); pl. wa (raja-°) Db.
151; comp. *°-dandaka, m. the ban-
ner-staff of a chariot, 98,5; *°-paii-
jara, 7. 98,5 (v. h.); vara, m. an
excetlent ch., 64,10 (ace. wath); °-ve-
ga-, 60,10 (g. v.) ep. raecha.

randheti (or randhayati) vb.
{ccus, Vrandh), to make subject to,
bring to (acc. & dat.); aor. 3. pl.
~wayum (ma tar apse Dh, 248,

rama, mjn. (e. c. == sa.) pleasing,
delizhting; v. dti-rama, mano-rama.

ramaniys, mfn (grd. fr. next;
== 3a.) pleasant, clelighiful, beautiful;
n. ~am (uyyanan:) 37,16: loc. m. we,
65.19; 2. pl. war[i] (araiiani) Dh.
99. cp. ramaneyyaka.

ramati, vb. (sa, \/ram) to be glad,
to delight in (loc.j; pr. 3. sg. wati,
Dh. 79; 99 (metri causa wati); 1.
sg. med, rame (gahe) 47,26; 3. pl.
wanti, Dh. 91; 1. pl. ~ama (kilesa-
ratiya) 53,24; fut. 1. pl. vissama
(“we will enjoy ourselves’) 53,27; fut.
caus. (= simplex) 3. pl. ~essanti,
Dh. 99; pp. rata (g. ., ep. ramita);
grd. ramaniya & ramma (q. v.); -
caus, II, ramipeti, to gladden, de-
light; ger, wetva (tath kilesaratiya)
73,18.

ramita, mfn. (pp. caus. ram;
== sa.) delighted, happy; m. ~0, Dh,
305.

ramma, mfn, (grd. ram; sa.
ramya) delightful, beautiful; loc. we,
109,31.

rava, m. (= sa.) a roar, cry; song,
sound; nom. ~0, 60,10; acc. wat,
53,21; 8,25 (gadrabha-°); 60,8 (ma-
ha-°); loc. ~e (gadrabhanam) 113,11;
*pita-°, m. 112,7 (q. v.); *bherava-°,
m, 86,19 (gq. v.).

ravati, vb. (sa. y/ru, rauti, raviti)

218

to roar, cry, to set up 4 cry (ace.) ;
part. m. pl. wanta (bherava-ravam)
86,19; part, med. m. ~mano, 9,2;
aor. 8, sg. ravi, 8,15. 11,30; 3. pl.
~ithsu, 60,8; cp. rava, rava, ruta.

rasa, m (= sa.) juice, essence;
taste, flavour tae agreeable), sweet-
ness; acc. wam, 37,9. 106,83 = Dh.
49; Dh. 354; 16,16 (pabbata-°); pl.
~, 70,32; loc, pl, ~wesu, 71,9; °-ha-
rani, f. (v. h.); dhamma-°, & dham-
mapiti-° (q. v.); ndnagga-° (v, nana);
paviveka-° (g.v.); raadhura-° (g. v.);
sadisa-°, mfn. of the same taste, 37,22
(nimba-panna-°); sUpa-° (q. ¥.);
dvandva comp. vanna-gandha-°, 37,30
(°-rasiipeta, mfn.).

rasmi, f. (& m.) = ramsi (sa.
ragmi); pl. ~iyo, 98,6 (the reins);
°-goatha, m. holder of the reins (opp.
sarathi) 106,31 = Dh. 222.

rassa, mfn. (sa. hrasva) short;
m. ~0 (puriso; opp. digho) 92,13;
nm wam, Dh. 409.

rahada, m. (sa, hrada) a lake,
pool; nom. ~0, Dh, 82 (metrically :
rhado); Dh. 95.

rahassa, m. (sa, rahasya) a sec-
ret; acc, ~am, 46,9. cp. next,

raho, adv. (sa. rahas) in secret,
privately; 54,13; *°-kamma, m. what
is to be done in secret, acc, war,
54,17.

riga, m, (= sa.) 1) colour, dye-
stuff (cp. rajana, ratta', & vamesa-
raga); *) metaph. passion, lust; nom.
~0, 106,32 = Dh. 14; comp. 9-aggi,
m. the fire of lust, loc. wimhi, 64,20
(in the series: raga, dosa, moha);
*0-dosa, mfn. damaged by passion, f.
~a, Dh. 356 (cp. dosa'); *°-nissita,
mfn, devoted to passions, Dh, 339
(v. h.); *°-sama, mfn. like passion,
Dh, 202; *tibba-°, & *vita-°, mfn.
(v. h.); dvandva comp. nandi-raiga-°,
67,13.

raja(n), m. (sa, rajan) a king,
prince, chief; nom. ~&, 6,3; voc. wa
(maha-°) 7,16; ace. \Anarh, 6,14;
instr. ranfid, 48,21; gen. (dat.) raiifio,

219

6,5; abl. ~ato, Dh. 139; loc. raiiiie,
52,14; pl, nom. acc, ~ano, 102,4. Db.
294; gen. ~inam, 37,4; — in comp,
we have the base raja-°, °-raja (e. c.
also frequently raja) : agga-°, m.
(nom. w~ raja, 98,13); aja-°, m. (voc,
~ raja, 54,96); assa-°, m. (acc, ~inam,
65,19); kapi-°, m. (gen, ~assa, 1,7);
kumbhila-°, m, (voc, ~ raja, 1,16);
Kosala-°, m. (gen. wraiiio, 31,2);
cora-°, m. (gen. ~raniio, 39,35); Tam-
ba-°, m. (nom, ~ raja, 19,6; instr.
~ rajena, 19,10); deva-°, m, (nom.
~ raja, 45,30); dhamma-°, m, (nom.
~ raja, 19,1); niga, m, (nom. ~ raja,
28,97; instr, ~ rajena, 52,15); macou-°,
m. (acc, winam, 44,89); maha-°, m.
(q. v.); yakkha-°, m. (~ raja-°, 112,22);
sasa-°, m. (acc. ~ rajam, 15,9); Si-
lavamaha-®, m. (gen. ~ rajassa, 39,11);
supanna-°, m, (nom, ~ raja, 19,15;
gen. ~raiiio, 20,10; ~ rajassa, 20,3);
hamsa-°, m. (nom, ~ raja, 10,5; cp.
raja-hamsa, 10,3); — raj'-afigana, 7.
(q. v.); °-Abhisekba, m, (v. abhisekha) ;
°-iipatthana, n. (v. upatthana); °-o-
vada-jataka, n. (v. ovada); °-kula,
n. (q. v.); *-adtaka, m. (q. ¥.); %-ta-
naya, m. (qg. v.); %nandana, m. (v.
nandana); °-nivesana, 7. (¢. v.); °put-
ta, m.a prince, a person of the royal
family; gen, ~assa, 45,23; instr. wena,
111,3; °-purisa, m. a royal servant,
pl. wa, 40,3, 74,7; %-ratha, m, a royal
chariot, pl. ~&, Dh. 151; *°-rathu-
pama, mfn. like a royal chariot, Dh,
171; °-settha, m. the best among
kings, voc, ~a, 47,8; °-hamsa, m. o
kind of swan, 10,8 (suvanna-®, ‘golden
king-swan’),

Rajagaha, n. (sa. Rajagrha) ‘the
king’s house’, nom. pr. of a city, the
capital of the Magadha country; acc,
~am, 76,9; loc, we, 76,8; °-samipe,
near to R., 84,31.

Radha, m. (= 8a.) nom. pr. of
a parrot (Bodhisatta); nom, ~0, 9,7;
-jataka, n. 9,5. :

rimaneyyaka, ®. (fr. ramaniya;
sa, ramaniyaka) loveliness, beauty;

ruccati

comp. *bhiimith-°, . (with rh inserted)
a delightful place, Dh. 98 (cp. Tr. PM,
p. 55-56).

rava, m. (= sa.) a cry,
acc, ~am (baddha-°, g. ».
instr, ~ena (gadrabha-, gq. v.
cp. rava.

risi, m. (sa. raci) a heap, quan-
tity, multitude; acc. wim (dhanassa)
34,12; 16,3 (aiigara-°); 5,8 (kantaka-°);
51,11 (daru-°); abl. wimha (puppha-®)
Dh, 63; loc. ~imhi (afigara-°) 16,7,

Raihula, m. (= sa.) nom, pr.
1) of Gotama Buddha's son [Laghula
in the Agoka Insor, (Bhabra text) |;
nom, ~0, 64,7 (explained by ban-
dhanath, ‘a bond, fetter, impediment’,
cp. Weber, Ind, Stud, III, 180 & 149)
= *-kumaro, 64,9; *°-matar, f. the
mother of R., whose name according
to later Buddhist tradition was Yaso-
dhara; nom. wa, 64,5; gen. ~aya,
65,27; ~ *) of a samanera (q, v.) of
Sariputta; nom, wo, 81,14,

rukkha, m. (sa. ruksha & vrksha;
cp, Pischel, Gr. § 320; Wackernagel,
Gr, I, § 184, b.) a tree; nom. ~0,
36,36; abl. wa, 12,32; wato, 11,31;
loc, we, 2,3; comp, rukkhagge, Joc,
at the top of a tree, 11,95 (v. agga);
*0-kotthaka, m. a woodpecker (q, v.);
°_devata, f. a dryad, 3,81; °-miila, ».
the foot of a tree (g. v.); dvandva
comp, °-gumbiadayo, 6,11; ep. arama-°,
udumbara-°, kappatthiya-°, nigro-
dha-°, phala-°, bodhi-°, maha-sala-°,
varana-", susira~°,

ruci, f. (= 8a.) liking, pleasure;
wish, desire; acc, with (uppadeti, w.
loc. to take pleasure in, take a fancy
to) 10,12, 64,2; Joc. wiya (assa sati,
“at his command”) 39,11, cp. *aiifia-
rucika, mfn.

rucita, mfn, (pp. ruccati; = 8a.)
being at one’s pleasure, agreeable;
*citta-°, mfn. (q. v.).

rucira, mfn, (= 8a.) beautiful,
lovely; f. ~@ (pitthi) 10,19; ”.. warm
(puppham) Dh, 61.

ruccati (& °-rocati), vb, (sa. ruc)

roar;
11,30;
113,10,

rujati

to plense, to be agreeable to (gen.);
pr, 8. sg. ~ati (no, mayham) 11,8-18;
pot, 3, sg. weyya uneee) 55,25; aor.
8. sg. rucci (ma te ~) 74,94; pp.
rucita (g. v.); caus. roceti (9g. v.) cp.
ruci, rucira.

rujati, vb, (sa, yruj) to cause
pain, ache; pr. 3. pl. wanti (pada,
gacchantassa (te)) 97,26. cp. paluj-
jati & roga, m.

ruta, nm. (= sa.) cry, voice (of
animals); sabba-"-janana-manta, m.
a spell giving knowledge of all sounds,
53,13,

*ruda, m. (cp. sa. rud, f. & prec.)
cry, voice (of animals); mom. wath
(manufiiam) 10,19.

rudati (& rodati, g.v.), vb. (sa,
yrud) to cry, weep; part. acc, m.
wantam, 1) 1,18,

rudda, mn. (sa. rudra) furious,
cruel, formidable; °-dassana, mfn. of
dreadful app-arance, m. ~o (kum-
bhilo) 108,97; e#. ludda.

ruha, mfn, (e. c. = 8a.) growing;
*uttamafiga-°, v. afiga. cp. rihati.

ruhira, ». (sa. rudhira) blood;
mom. acc. warn, 76,7. 76,4. cp. ro-
hita, lchita.

rupa, ». (& m.) (= sa.) *) form,
appearance, esp, handsome form, grace,
beauty; acc, war (manoharam) 111,36;
instr, ~ena (soni-®, qg. v.) L112; gen.
massa (adinavara) 47,23; comp. *ru-
pagga-ppatta, mfx. v. agga‘, cp.
patta®; *°-ppatta, m/n, beautiful, f. pl.
wii, 64,90; °-sampaiti, f. beauty, ace.
with, 19,11; S-siri, f (dvandva) “beauty
an.i majesty”, acc. with, 64,13; “utta-
mia-riipa-dhara, mfa. endowed with
the highest beauty, “va, 19,7; 2¢,,
v, anurtipa, mfn., abhiriipa, m/fn.,
evarupa, mfn., *kalyana-°, mfn.,
jata-°, ,, tatha-°, mfn., *bhinna-°,
mjn., *mulha-°, mfn., *sidhu-°, mfr.
— *) in the dogmatics : material form,
body; idath wath, 107,7 == Dh, 148
(synon. ayam keyo, 107;5); esp. as
one of the five constituent elements

of an individual (v. khandha) : 94,8,

220

ete.; pl, visible things, objects to
cakkhu : wani, 69,17; m. pl. wH, 70,25.
71,89; loc. wesu, 71,5; *0-samnkha-
vimutta, m/fn, “released from what is
styled form’, m. wo (Tathagato) 95,19;
dvandva comp. naimn-rupa, ”. (v. h.)
cp. nimafi ca rupati ca, 82,9.

riipaka, m, (=: sa.) an image,
esp, a statue; *kaficana-°-patibhaga,
mfn. 47,14 (v. patibhaga).

rulha, mfn. (pp. ruhati; sa. ru-
dha) sprung up, grown; °-tina, m/n.
abounding with grass, Joc. we (kacche)
104,97,

rubati, wb. (sa. rohati, ruhati,
yruh) to grow; pr. 3. sg. wati (ruk-
kho) Dh, 338; pp. riilha (q. v.); caus,
ropeti, ropapeti (q. v.) cp. ruha,

Revata, m. nom. pr. of a thera;
nom. ~o (mahathero) 113,8.

roga, m, (= sa.) disease; abl.
~a (jigaccha parama w, hunger is
worse than disease) Dh, 203; pandu-°,
m, (q. vj; *-nidda, n. (v. h.) ep. ae
roga & niroga, mf.

roceti, vb. (caus, ruccati; sa.
rocayati) to find pleasure in, to choose
(acc.); part. f. ~enti (samikam) 10,19;
aor. 3, sg. ~esi (moram) 10,10; ger.
~wetva (ulukamh) 11,5,

rodati, eb. (sometimes also ru-
dati (q. v.); sa, Vrud) to cry, weep;
part, m. ®) ~wanto, 17,9. 89,113 >) ro-
darh, Dh. 67; part. med. f. ~mana,
58,13. 59,11; aor. 2, sg. rodi, 16,33;
1, sg. rodith, 17,13, 58,14 (rodin ti);
inf, witum, ger, witva, 49,10.

*ropipeti, vb. (caus, II. rihati)
to cause to be planted (acc.); ger.
wetva, 36,35.

ropita, mifn. (fr. caus, ropeti; =
sa.) planted; m, wath, 87,6; m. pl.
wa, 100,14.

*ropima, mf, planted, raised,
cultivated (cpp. kaccha, sayamjata) ;
ace, wam (kandam) 92,19,

ropeti, vb. (caus. rihati; sa. ro-
payati) to plant, sow (acc.); aor, 3.
sg. ~esi, 37,19; ger, ~wetva (nivapa-

221 :

tinai) 6,6; pp. ropita (qg. v.) ep.
ropima.
roruva, m. (sa. raurava, cp. ruru)
a kind of savage animal, the Ruru-deer;
gen. ~wassa, 92,99,
rohita, mfn, (= sa.) red; °-ma-
cche, 14,33, (cp, lohita),

L (-1).

1, Sandhi-Consonant (sa. -d-), pre-
served in cha-]-abhiiiia, sa-]-ayatana
(a. v.).

la, indecl., a syllable indicating
abbreviation, = etc. 70,31 (cp. pa, pe).

*lakana(ka), » & lakara, m.,
v. laiikara,

lakkhana, » (sa, lakshana) a
mark, sign, attribute; a lucky mark,
mark of beauty; acc, ~am (sasa-°,
the sign of a hare) 16,16; sabba-°
-sampanna, w/fn, endowed with all
marks of beauty, f. wa, 55,39.

laggati, wb, (sa. viag) to adhere,
stick in (Joc.); aor, 3. sg. laggi (gale)
13,11; (jale) 36,32; caus, v. neat.

*“laggapeti, vd, (caus. IJ, laggati)
to tie (acc.), to lay to, bring to (as
a ship); ger, ~etva (navam) 265,86.

laggeti, vb. (caus. laggati; sa,
lagayati) to tie (acc,, to: loc.); aor,
3. sg. nesi, 12,95; ger. ~wetva (su-
ttar hatthesu) 111,1.

Lafika, f. (= 8a.) nom. pr. of
the capital of Ceylon; acc, wath, 110,23;
loc, wiyam, 110,94; *%dipa, m. Cey-
lon, 110,81; °*nagara, m. 112,19 (°va-
sini, f, v. vasin); °-rakkha, f. (q. v.).

*“laikdra, m, (Birm. reading of
lakara; lakana(ka) ».. is also found)
prob, an anchor (= arab, pers, mah-
ratt, lankar, langar); nom. ~0, 28,30.
(ep. Jat. Transl. II, 78; Tr. PM. 62,16).

lamghati, vb. (sa. vlaiigh) to
leap over, spring up, ascend; ger.
ewitva, 16,6. :

lajjati, vb. (sa. vlajj) to be
ashamed (w. gen .pers. & instr. or loc.

lapa

rei); pr. 2. 8g. wasi, 50,18; 1. 8g.
~ami (w. duo loc.) 50,12; 3. pl. wanti
(lajjitaye) Db, 316. 3. pl. med. ware,
ib.; ger. witva, 10,22; pp. m wito
(filled with shame) 10,16; grd. lajji-
tabba (what one ought to be ashamed
of) of which an elder form is found
Dh. 316: lajjitaye, loc. m. & a-lajji-
taye (cp. Tr. PM. p. 66,43).

lajja, f. (= sa.) shame; instr.
~waya (from shame) 46,6.

lajjita, & waya, »v. lajjati.

*lajjin, mfn. (fr. lajji) endowed
with the sense of shame, modest, well-
conducted; m, pl, ~ino, 102,17.

latthi, f. (= yatthi (q¢. v.); sa.
yashti) a stick, goad; patoda-°, f,
(v, h.).

lata, f. (= sa.) a creeping plant,
creeper; nom, ~8, Dh. 340; comp,
*puti-°, & vijjullata (qg. v.).

laddha, mfn, (pp. labhati; sa.
labdha) taken, obtained; arrived; 7,
~am (dukkham) 16,30; acc. m. warm
(yasara) 54,34; it is often used as finite
tense ; 2. wam, 22,16, 52,93, 56,90; f.
wi, 58,11; w, auziliary verb : 66,30,
58,19 (~ bhavissati); in duo loc, 7,14
(abhaye we); 87,20 (okase); some-
times it is even used in active sense;
‘has got, obtained’: na kho tvam...
patittham laddho, 28,15; — comp,
*0-Abhaya, mfn. (v. a-bhaya); *°-ova-
da, m. (admonition obtained from, abl.)
8,11; *°-kaha@pana, m. (money received
or gained, 7, e, blood moe 74,6;
*O.gabbha-parihaira, mfn. (v. h.);
*epabbajjupasampada, mfn, (v. upar
aauvendiy; S.vijayo, 112,99 _ Cor-
rections); cp. “miochd-°, & su-laddha,
min.

laddhaka, mfn. (sa. labdhaka)
== prec, (only e.¢.); *abhaya-°, mfn.
(v. a-bhaya).

laddha, ger. & laddhum, inf,
v. labhati.

*lapa, mfn. (fr. next) talking,
speaking (esp. falsely), hypocritical;
*0_gakkhara, mfn. speaking sweetly,
wheedling, f. pl. wa, 51,34.

Sapati

lapati, wb. (sa. ylap) to talk,
prate; caus, lepayati (lapeti) id.; pr.
3. pl. wayanti, Db, 83; cp. lapa,
lapana.

lapana, n. (= sc.) talking, speak-
ing; niratthaka-°, », nonsense; instr.
wena, 52,6.

jabuja, m. (sa, lskuca & likuca,
ep. libuja) the bread-fruit tree aes
carpus Lacucba); amba-labujaédinam
(gen. pl., v. adi) 2,14 (ep, panasa).

labbha, mfn. (grd. iabhati; sa.
labhya) obtainable, attainable, possible;
n. pl. wi (piyd) 56,2; hence *labbha,
indecl. (probably originally swbst. f.)
frequently used ‘n passive coastruc-
tions like sakka (q. ».).

labbhati, pass., v. labhati.

Slabha, mfn. (ec = sa), %
dullabha.

labhati, vb. (sa. Vlabh) to take,
catch, find; to get, obtain, receive
(acc.); to be allowed, or have oppor-
tunity of (doing anything, w. foll,
inf.); pr. 3. 8g. wati (paharitum)
8,4; (iccham) 67,10; (okasam) 87,19;
metri causa wati, Dh. 374; 1. 8g.
~ani (hist, pr.) 108,95; 2, pl. ~atha
(khaditum) 8,6; 3. sg. med. ~ate,
Dh, 131. 103,33 (sukham); part. m.
wanto, 48,34; a-labhanto, 3,7; f/f.
nenti (a-°) 46.3; f. pl. wantiyo,
21,16; part, med. m. ~mano, 37,21;
f. ~mand (a-°) 6,36; imp. 3. pl.
~antu (tava, be it then that they ob-
tain) 7,18; J. pl. med. (injunctive)
labhamase, 13,26; pot, 1. sg. ~eyyam,
15,11. 70,15; weyyaham, 70,14; 3. sg.
med, wetha, Dh. 328; aor. 1. sg.
labhim (jivitam, eaved my life) 12,33;
3. pl. witsu, 28,15; fut. 3. sg. 9) la-
bhissati (jivitarh) 12,3; 7.89. ~issaimi,
1,io. 4,36, ete.; 3. pl. wissanti (abha-
yam) 7,16; 2. pl. ~issatha, 18,10;
by 2. sg. lacchasi, 2,39; inf. laddhum,
11,1; ger. ®) witva, 6,21, 28,13 (pati-
ttham); 60,2 (balam); a-labbitva,
10,22. 73,4. 102,27; >) witvana, 64,19;
— pass. (to be found, obtained, ace
quired) pr. 8. 8g. labbhati (yassa

222

mittadhammo ~, whose friendship
is acquired) 14,3; part. labbhamane
(loc. is 48,7; pp. laddha (g. ».);
grd. labbha (q. ») ep. “labha, labba.

lasika, f. (sa. lasika) the lubri-
cous fluid of the joints, synovial fluid;
82,5 = 97,28.

lahu, mfn, (sa. laghu) light, quick;
inconstant, flighty; gen. m. ~uno (ci-
ttassa) Dh, 35; m. (adv.) lahum,
quickly, Dh, 369.

lakha, f. (sa. likshi) lac; *°-pa-
rikamma-kata, m/fn. lacquered, 5,38.

lija, m. (= sa.) ') fried or pare
ched grain; dvandva comp. madhu-
laja-°, 18,97, — *) a kind of flowers
or Dalbergia arborea, Childers); laja-

ihi, 6ljes (w. adi).

labha, m. (= sa.) obtaining, ac-
quisition, gain, profit; nom. ~0, 18,35;
dat, ~@ (shortened of labhaya, ep.
Kuhn, Beitr, p. 71; Weber, Ind. Str.
IIT, 371) 70,7. 105,23, if not we have
here pl. = 8g., cp. Dh. 204: drogya-
parama (q. v.) labha, which must be
nom. pl.; but Brogya-parama might
perbaps be an old error for arogyam
parama (or paramam); if ~am labha
is the true reading, we have to trans-
late: health is better than gain, and
labha would be abl. (cp. roga, Db.
203), parama being used in the sense
of a comparative; — comp. v. *a-puii-
fia-°, m.; *appa~°, mfn.; salabha, m.
(v. sa-‘); labhagga, nm. the highest
gain (v. agga®); dvandva : °-sakkara,
m., gain and honour, nom. ~0, 18,29;
loc. we, 72,38; *hata-°-sakkara, mfn.
who has lost his gain and honour, 2.
pl. ~a, 72,28; cp. *libhipanisa, m/fn.
(? ». upanisa).

Lala, m. (sa. lita) nom. pr, of a
country in India (cp. Westergaard,
Buddha's Dgdsaar, Overs. Vid. Selsk.
Forh, Copenh. 1860, p, 162); °-visaya,
m. ‘who has L. for his dominion’, i.
e. king of the Lala Country, 110,92
(Vijayo).

lala, f. (= sa.) saliva, spittle;

223

°-kilinna-gatta, mfn. whose body is
wet with spittle, f. pl. 03, 65,5.

lippati, vb. (pass. limpati, to
besmear, taint, defile; sa. ylip) to
adhere, cling to (loc.); pr. 3. sg. ~wati
(kamesu) Db. 401. cp, lepana,

lina, mfn. (= sa.; pp. yi) ‘adher-
ing’; dissolved, melted; slothful ; modest,
humble, dispirited (often opp. uddhata);
*a-lina, m/fn, free from attachment,
or: undaunted, confident, cheerful; Dh.
245 (cp. J. J. Meyer, Dacakumaraca-
rita, p. 8-9, note).

*“lilha, f. (prob. fr, vlib: ‘delicate
taste, delicacy’) grace, charm, graceful
power (cp. sa. lila); instr, waya
(Buddha-° dhammam desetva) 7,27.
47,17; (kinnara-°, g. v.) 49,13,

luncati, vb. (sa. Vluiic) to pluck,
pull out (acc.); ger, ~itva (palitam,
kesam) 46,28-29,

ludda?, mfn. (sa, rudra) furious,
cruel; cp. rudda; 7. pl. acc. wani,
cruelties, 13,28 (cp. neat).

ludda?, m, Ve lubdha, confounded
with rudra = ludda’) a hunter; ~o,
12,8; gen. ~assa, 12,7; *°-putta, an.
& person who is by caste a hunter,
acc, wat, 12,22. (cp. Tr. PM. p. 59,19.
63,81; Fausbell, 6 Jat, p. 38.)

luddaka, m. (sa. lubdhaka) a
hunter; nom. ~0, 9,8; 11,97 (miga-°).

Lumbini-vana, n. nom. pr. of
a grove between Kapilavatthu and
Devadaha (the birthplace of Gotama-
Buddha); ~am, 62,9-13.

lekha, f. (= sa.) a line, stroke;
ie ~am adanitess 59,6; °-majjhe,

9,7.

leddu (or lendu, Birm. also lettu)
m. (& n.) (sa. leshtu, cp. lenda) a
clod or lump of earth; °-adihi, 52,17
(ep. adi).

lepana, nm. (= 8a.) smearing,
plastering; mamsa-lohita-°, m/n. pla-
stered with flesh and blood, ”. wam
(atthinam nagaram) Dh. 150.

loka, m. (= 8a.) 1) the universe,
& region or sphere of the universe;
the world, the earth; acc. wat, 86,s6;

loha

(saggath, heaven) 7,26; loc. we, 3,23.
61,33. 69,21; ~asmim, Dh. 247; metri
causa wasmi, Dh, 143; -dhatu, f.
(v. h.); °-nayaka, m. (v. h.); *°-san-
nivasa, m. (q. v.); ep. deva-°, para-°,
Brahma-°, Yama-°; ®) the life in this
world, this existence (= bhava, sam-
sara); ayam ~0, 96,7; abl, ~amha,
91,5. Dh. 175; loc. we, 96,8-10; *°-ni-
rodha, m. & *°-samudaya, m. (gq. v.);
°-vagga, m. name of ch, XIII of Dh,;
*0.vaddhana, m/fn. supporting or cher-
ishing this existence, m, ~0, Dh.
167; cp. vanta-lokamisa, mfn. &
sabba-lokabhibhti (v. abhibht); —
5) mankind, people, men; ayaih ~0o,
88,29 == ayamn lokamahajano, 88,31;
sabbo w0, 90,23; jiva-°, m. living
beings, 47,17.

lona, m, (sa. lavana) salt; °-jala,
n. salt water, 24,16 (°-pahata, m/fn.).

lobha, m. (= sa.) cupidity, cove-
tousness, greediness; mom. ~o (ca
nam’ esa vindsamilam, now, ‘cove-
tousness is the root of ruin’ [prover-
bially], lit. ‘this very covetousness’)
33,95; Dh. 248; acc, wam (imassa
karissami, excite his senses) 47,4;
instr, wena, 25,33; (dhana-°) 22,99;
dvandva comp. icchaé-lobha-°, Dh, 264,

lobhayati, vb. (= sa, caus. .
vlubh) to cause to desire, to excite
lust; part. f. ~ ayanti (va naresu
gacchati, she walks among men as it
were in order to excite their senses)
47,20.

loma, m. (& .) (sa. loman) the
hair of the body; pl. ~a, 82,2 =
97,19; lomantaresu, 16,5 (v. antara);
kipa, m. (qg. v.).. ep. anuloma,.
patiloma, viloma & nezt.

loma-hathsa & -hamsana, mfn.
‘causing erection of the hairs of the
body’, i. ¢. terrible (subst. . terror);
m. ~ hamso (bhumicalo) 80,20; x.
~ hazhsanam, 81,3.

lola, mfn. (= sa.) wanton, lust-
ful; itthi-°, mfn. (v. itthi); a-lola,
mfn. (q. v.).

loha, . (= 8a,) iron, any metal ;.

lohita

*O-guja, m. an iron-ball, Dh. 371;
*O-nigala-sadisa, mfn. like an iron
chain, 11,28.

lohita, ') mfn. (= 6a.) red; °-can-
dana-vilepana, ». 23,83 (v. h.); ep.
rohita. — *) m. blood; nom. wam,
23,32. 103,19. 82,5 == 97,22; loc, we,
103,20; *°-pakkhandika, f. dysentery,
78,24; *%bhakkha, mfn. (g.v.); *°-
makkhita, mfn. (q. v.); dvandva
comp, °-mamsa-, 41,33 (°-khadaka,
mfn. g. v.); mamsa-°, Dh. 150 (°-le-
pana, 7. g.v.), ep. salohita,

Vv.

va, indecl, '\ enclitic particle, shore
tened of iva (7. v.), only after words
ending with a long vowel : like, as if;
9,82, 29,16. 47,29. 58,50-88 (va'ti); 104,
6-18 (wat va}; 108,5 (do.); 111,10.
Dh. 28; a3 conjunction with full sen-
tence: Dh, 24 (corr. w. foll. evamn).
- *) do, = eva (q.¥.), after long
vowels : just, even, only, etc. : 5,32.
22,1. 55,2. 69,91; 2,39. 6,s0-290. 10,22.
17,20; 22,26, 86,7; — 30,25. 32,5. 33,31.
37,31; 44,81. 57,35, etc. etc, — %) do,
rarely = va, ‘or’: 26,5 eae su-
riyo ya}; 26,18-a0-a7; Dh. 195 (yadiva
== yadi va),

vatisa, mm, (sa, vathca) ') bamboo;
*civara-°, g.v.; *°-raga-, the colour
of bamboo, 26,31 (°-veluriyam, q. v.).
— *) race, lineage, family; acc. ~am,
46,17. — 5) tradition, list of teachers;
genealogy, history, chronicle; », Ana-
gata-vathsa, Dipavamsa, Mahavamsa,

vakka, n. (sa. vrkka) kidney;
nom, wam, 82,3 = 97,21.

vagga, m. (sa. varga) ') a division,
class, group, multitude; ®) a chapter
or section of a book; *%=paffiasaka,
mfn. (v. h.); esp. of the sections of
Digha-Nikaya; the chapters of Dhpd.
are likewise named vagga. cp. paiica-
vaggiya, mfn,

vamka, mfn. (sd. vakra, ep. vaii-

224°

kya) crooked, curved, wry; ace. m.
~wam, 63,0; %-gati, mfn. having a
winding course, f. wi (nadi) 48,6;
*vamkottha, mfn. 54,20 (v. ottha).

Vaiigisa, m. (cp. 8a. vag-ica)
nom. pr. of a thera, 109,s (wo pati-
bhanava). +

vaca(s), m. & nm. (8a. vacas, %.)
speech; acc. n. ~0, 110,26; dubbaca,
mfn. (q. v.) cp. vaci, vaca, vacasika,
& nect,

vacana, n. (= sa.) speaking,
speech, word; advice, instruction; acc.
~wam (sutva) 6,17; ~am karoti, to
follow one’s advice, 4,8. 32,95; .am
bhindati, to disobey, 40,2; ~am agan-
hantim, disobeying, 52,82; eka-vaca-
nena, instr. 57,31 (v. eka*); — °-kara,
mfn. obedient, acc, m. pl. we, 21,33;
Buddha-®, ». (q. v.); ep. pati-vacana.

*vaci, f. (mostly at the beginning
of comp.) speech, word; °-duccarita,
n. misbehaviour in speech, 86,8 (°-san-
nissita, m/n. g. v.); °=pakopa, m, anger
of speech, acc, ~am, Dh, 232; °-su-
carita, . good conduct in speech,
86,8 (°-patisariyutta, q. v.).

vaccha, m, (sa. vatsa) 1) a calf;
nom. ~0, Dh, 284; °-danta, m. a kind
of arrow, acc. ~am, 92,24 (a calf-tooth
arrow), = 7) nom, pr., v. next,

*Vacchagotta, m. nom. pr. of
an ascetic (paribbajaka); nom. ~o,
93,22; voc. Vaccha, 94,7,

vajati, vb. (sa. V/vraj) to go, walk,
wander; to go away; to enter into,
attain (acc.); pr. 3. pl, wanti, 47,98
= Db. 347; Dh, 83; (sugatith) 77,5;
(devalokaih) Dh, 177,

vajira, m, (rarely m.; sa. vajra)
‘) a diamond; nom, ~am, 25,82. Dh.
161; pl. wani, 27,29; *°-samudda,
m. a diamond sea, 25,33; °-sara, m. a
good deal of d., acc. wath, 26,1. =
(?) a thunderbolt.]

Vajira, f. nom. pr. of a bhikkhuni,
contemporary of Buddha; instr. ~aya,
98,28,

vajja', m. (sa. vadya & vadya)
speech, speaking; v, sacca-°,

225

vajja*, m, (sa. varjya) ‘to be
shunned’, i, e. fault, sin; nom. ~am,
106,16 = Dh. 252; acc. abl. ~am
~ato iatva, considering sin what is
sin, Dh, 319; pl. ani, 106,17; *°-das-
sin, mfn, seeing fault, pointing out
what is sin, acc. m, ~inam, Dh, 76;
*0-mati, mfn. seei:.g sin, m, pl, wino,
Dh, 318 (avajje); para-°, the faults
of others, Dh, 263 (anupassin, g.
v.); Cp. a-vajja,

vajjha, mfn. (sa. vadhya, grd. va-
dhati) to be killed; subst. ». (or wa,
f.) killing, execution; *°-ppatta, m/fn.
sentenced to death, m. pl. wa, 40,14.

vaiioana, #. [or wa, f.] (= sa.)
deception, fraud; nom, wath, 51,35.

vaiiceti, vb, (caus. \vaiic, sa.
vaiicayati) ‘to cause to go astray’,
i, e, to deceive, trick (acc.); aor. 1.
sg. wesith (tam) 2,7; inf. ~vetum
(attano samikam, seems to be a gloss
inserted into the text) 51,27; comp,
vancetu-kama, m/n. (v. kama?); ger.
~etva (macche) 4,2; (padam, picked
up his heels) 12,50; grd. ~etabba,
mfn. to be tricked, m. ~0, 3,15; pp.
vaicita, mfn, tricked, m. ~o, 51,25.
2,13; °-bhava, m, the being tricked,
acc, ~am (maya) 5,11. cp. vaficana.

vatta, 7. v, vatta.

vattaka, m. (sa. vartaka) a cer-
tain kind of bird, a quail; loc, pl.
~esu, 88,34.

vattati, vb. (sa. V/vrt) +) to turn,
roll; to take place, be found; to live;
in this sense it is nearly always written
vattati (g. v.); *) pr. 3. sg. *) imper-
sonally : must, ought; may, is permit.
ted, advieuble, sufficient, etc. (w. inf,
the subject of which, if added, is put
into instr, or gen.); kin te... kha-
ditum ~ (had you not better to eut)
le; amhakam ... laddhum w, 11,1;
amhehi palayituzh ~, 21,27; maya
m~, 35,26-36. 36,8. 43,3. 64,24. 65,14
(“it behoves me”); maya ettha kith ka-
tum ~ (“what can I do about that?’’)
73,7; tava gantum ~, 50,8; imaya
me paricarikaya bhavituh ~, 56,4;

Pali Glossary.

vanta

without subject (& object) : idam ka-
tum «, 44,13; laddhamh yasam paha-
turh na ~, 54,35; dameturh ~ (“it
will be worthy [of me] to convert
[him]”) 113,90. — >) personally : ought
to take place, is good, is sufficient;
appatissaviso na ~, 10,9; eko va
[dovariko] ~, 91,23. — caus. vatteti,
to cause to turn, to upset; pp. vattita
(v. below),

vatti, f. (sa. varti) +) a roll, tuft
(esp, the wick of a lamp), a lump,
mass; *) rounding, edge, rim, brim,
esp. comp, w, mukha-°; “avata-mu-
khavattiyath, loc, “at the brink of
the pit’, 40,98,

vaddhati, vb, (sometimes spelt
vaddhati; sa. \/vrdh) to grow, increase;
pr. 3. sg. wati (udakam, opp. hayati)
8,4; 48,91 (grows up); 107,:9 (tanha);
8. pl. wanti, Dh. 109; part. m. ~anto,
24,13; aor. 3. pl. withsu, 37,30; pp.
®) vaddha & vuddha (q. ».); >) vad-
dhita, m. ~o (samwma, grown pro-
perly) 24,38; caus. v, next etc, cp.
vaddhana, vaddhi & vuddhi.

vaddhapeti, vb. (caus, IT. vad-
dhati; sa, vardhapayati) to cause to
increase, raise (acc.); inf. ~etum
(vetanath) 76,12.

vaddhi, f. (cp. vuddhi; sa. vrddhi)
growth, increase; prosperity, success;
gain, profit; acc, with, 34,18.

vaddheti, vb, (caus. vaddhati;
sa. vardhayati) to cause to grow, in-
crease; to foster, bring up; to prepare,
make ready, bring, deliver (a discourse
etc.) (w. acc.); pr. 1. sg. ~emi (ya-
gumh) 56,36; aor, 3. sg. ~esi (Bodhi-
sattam) 45,25; (tasaram), 87,17; ger.
wetva, 18,11-26. 63,18. 87,12.

vana, m, (& 7.) (sa. vrana) a
wound; «0, Dh, 124; cp. a-bbanu,
mfn. & vanita.

vanijja, f. (sa. vanijya) trade;
acc, ~am (karoti) 30,2; cp. vanija.

vanita, mfn. (sa. vranita) wounded;
m, pl. ~&, 6,98.

vanta, n. (8a. vrnta) the footetalk
of a leaf (or flower); tala-°, n. (q. 0.).

15

vanna

vanna, m. (sa. varna) "') form,
shape, appearance; instr. wena (na-
vaya, “in ship-shape”) 29,11; kassa-
ka-°, the appearance of a ploughman,
acc, ~am, 71,88; — *) complexion,
colour (also: tribe, caste); nom. ~0,
85,16; °-gandha, m. (dvandva) colour
and scent, 37,30; 106,2; °-pokkharata,
f. (q. v.); °-sadda, m. the word vanna,
85,22; very frequently at the end of
comp, mfn. = having the colour of...,
coloured, v. afijana-°, kila-° (°-kata,
84,21), kala-pasina-kita-°, 24,21;
kumuda-patta-°, nila-°, meda-°, ra-
jata-°, rajata-dama-°, 61,19; ratta-
kambala-pufija-°, 5,97; suvanna-°;
*chabbanna, mfn. of six colours (q.
v.); paiica-°, mfn. of five colours, 4,9
(°-paduma-); 62,12 (°-bhamara-gana);
. — 5) beauty; ~0, Db. 109; gen. ~assa;
Dh, 241; chavi-°, 18,7; sarira-°, 47,5;
— ‘) praise, glory; v. a-vanna. ~ cp.
Uppala-vanna, dubbanna, vevanniya,
suvanna (sovanna), nezt etc.

vannard, f. (sa. varnana) expla-
nation, commentary; 86,10 (SUkara-
péta-vatthu-°).

vannavat, mfn. (sa. vurnavat)
of beautiful colour; m, ~vantam (pup-
pham) Dh. 51.

vannita, mfx. (sa. varnita) praised;
ioc. m. we (gune) 47,3; Satthu-°,
mfn. praised by the Master, m. pl,
~a, 109,19.

°vannin, mfn. (sa. varnin; only
e. ¢,) having the colour of °, like, res-
sembling; m. al, ~ino (devakumiara-°)
45,26,

vanneti, vb. (fr. vanna; sa. var-
nayati) to coloar, depict, describe;
to praise (acc.); aor. 3. 8g, ~wesi, 4,18,
37,18, 64,1; fet. t. se. wessami, 47,5,

vata!, adv, (= sa.) a particle
inserted after the first word of u sen-
tence, often followed by bho (q. v.):
1) expressing asseveration or admission:
certainly, indeed, truly; 212. 30,8
(vat’ayamh); 34,17, 42,13. 90,25. 105,93;
— *) expressive of #) astonishment : aho
vata bho, 42,17; ») of satisfaction or

226

hopefulness: wbho, 76,31-33; c) of de-
light: sobhati vatayam darako, what
a pretty little child! 58,81; 4). of re-
gret or hopelessness : dhi-r-atthu ~ bho,
63,13; upaddutazh ~bho, 65,12; aci-
ram vat'ayarh, 107,5 = Db. 41.

vata’, mn. (sa. vrata) observance,
religious duty, a religious vow; ~am,
Dh, 312; cp. a-bbata, su-bbata,
sila-bbata & nezt.

vatavat, mfn. (sa, vratavat) duti-
ful, performing the religious duties;
acc. m. ~vantam, Dh. 208. 400.

vati, f. (sa. vrti) a hedge, fence;
ace. ~im, 8,7.

vatta (& vatta), m. (sa. vrtta)
a circle; practice, custom; good con-
duct, politeness; business, duty, ser-
vice; comp, vatta-pativattam, every
single duty, 36,7 (tapasassa akasi,
he rendered him every service). cp.
pati & nezt.

*vatta-kata (or °-gata), mfn,
round, circular; wide-open; imnsfr.
~ena (mukhena) 5,1.

vattati, vb. (= vattati, q. v.)
to take place, set in; to be found; to
live; pr. 3. 8g. wati (ravo, is heard)
60,10; 3. pl. Santi (khara vedana,
set in) 13,12; 78,95 (w. gen. came
upon him); fut. 1. sg. wissimi (gu-
nesu, live a good lite) 43,4; — med.
pr. 3. sg. vattate (ussavo maha) 112,16.
cp. vatta (vatta) n.

vattabba, vattum, v. (vadati
&) vuccati.

vattha, #. (sa. vastra) cloth, gar-
ment, dress; nom, ~ath (suddhaii)
68,013 ace. wat (dibba-°) 61,13;
instr. ~ena, 20,26; loc. ~e (Kasika-°,

q. v.) 62,29; pl. Sani (ali q. v.)
27,18. 33,3; instr. pl. wel: * | hae°)
20,8; comp. ahata-vattha-', ol,es;

apagata-°, mfn. with the dress fallea
apart, f. pl. ~@, 65,7.

vatthu, n, (sa. vastu |& vastu])
") site, place, ground (of a building
etc.) v, Kapila-®, Sirisa-°, & a-va-
tthu-kata, mfn. — ?) thing, object,
matter (of a story efc.); property;

227

nom. ~um (a tale, story) 89,17; loc,
~umhi (parassa_rakkhita -gopita-°,
“in protecting and guarding the pro-
perty of others”) 58,13; sukara-peta-°,
86,10 (gq. v.) cp. Katha-vatthu.
vatva. ger, v. (meré &) vuccati.
vadati & *vadeti, vb. (sa. yvad;
suppletive of vuccati, .¢q, v.) to say,
speak (acc.), answer; to speak to (acc.),
to tell (ace, gen.), to declare; — A) va-
dati, 3. sg. 73,18, 85,29; 2. sg. ~asi,
24,1, 88,7; 1. sg, ~ami, 70,30. 94,18;
(saccamn) 38,28; (tam) 108.3; (nam,
speak to her) 9,18; 3. pl. ~anti, 21,6.
72,90; part, acc, m. vwantam, 22,18,
loc, wante, 9,3, pl. wanta, 74,11;
part, med, m. ~ amano, 99,31; pot,
3. sg. weyya, 79,15, 92,8; 2. sg.
meyyasi, 35,8. 99,14; 3. pl, weyyum
(gunam, praise) 43,8; aor, *) 2. sg.
vadi (na) 9,19; >) 3, sg. vadi (tam)
108,98; 3. pl, wimsu, 24,97, 73,21, —
B) vadeti, pr. 2, sg. wesi, 17,14; 2,
sg. wemi, 88,19; imp. 2. 89. wehi,
l,is; 2. pl. wetha (ma kiiici rafio
~) 55,26; aor, 2. sg. wesi, 88,13. 93,31;
1. sg. wesim, 88,9. — caus. vadeti
(q. v.). As to the wanting forms of
this verb (act, & pass.) v. vuccati
(\/vac); cp. vajja, vadana, vada, vadin.
vadana, n, (= sa.) ‘speaking,
mouth’; speech, communication, in-
junction; acc, ~am (avoca) 110,21,
*vadeti. vb, = vadati (gq. v.).
vaddha}, m. [or .?] (sa. vardhra)
leather, a leathern strap or thong;
ace, wath, 12,20; ~ *%maya, mfn,
leathern, acc, m. ~am (paisam) 11,39,
cp. varatta,
vaddha’, mfn, (also spelt vuddha
{or vuddha], pp. vaddhati; sa. vyd-
dha) grown; old; comp. *vaddhapa-
cayin, mfn,. (v. apacayin).
vaddhati, vb., v. vaddhati.
°vaddhana, mfn. (¢.¢., 9a, var-
dhana) causing to increase; “loka-°,
min, (q. 0).
vadha, m. (= sa.) killing, de-
stroying; murder; execution or corpo-
ral punishment; comp. miga-°, 5,33;

vapati

pana-°, 60,13 (gq. v.); purisa-®, 74,14
(q. v.); dvandva: vadha-bandha, m.
acc. ~am, Dh, 399 (“stripes and
bonds”).

vadhaka, mfn. (= sa.) killing
or intending to kill; *®-citta, m/fn.
with murderous intent, 75,91; *satthu-°,
mfn, 108,97 (v. satthar).

vadhati, vb. (sa. V/vadh) to kill,
murder (acc.); aor, 3, sg. a-vadhi,
Dh. 3; ger, witvd, 13,23. 22,11, cp,
vajjha, vadha, vadhaka.

vana, ». (rarely m.; = sa.) ')
a forest, grove; acc, wam, 5,20; Joc,
~e, 15,15; wasmim, 106,13 — Dh,
395; wasmi, 107,30 = Dh, 334; pl,
vani (sabbe) 48,6; wani, Dh. 188;
comp, °-gumba, m. (q. v.); *°-cairaka,
m, a forester, acc. pl, we, 36,34;
°-puppha, ”, @ wild flower, instr. pl.
mehi, 34,6; *°-mahisa, m. (9. 0.);
°-sanda, m. (9. v.); cp, amba-%, Cit-
talata-°, tala-°, nala-°, niga-°, mafi-
gala-sala-°, Lumbini-°, velu-°, Sim-
bali-®. — *) lust, desire (cp. ved. sa.
vanas); acc. ~am, abl. ~wato, Dh.
283; vanante, loc, “at the end of
desires”, Dh, 305 (cp. anta); *°-fi-
dhimutta, *°-mutta, mfn. (v. h.) Dh,
344. cp. next & nibbana.

*vanatha, m. (cp, vana? & sa,
Yvan) lust, desire; nom. ~o, Dh. 284;
ace, wath, Dh. 283 (vanam ~an ca,
“the forest of desires and its under-
growth’),

vanta, mfn, (sa. vinta; pp, va-
mati) vomited; ejected, put away;
*0_kasava, mfn. (q. v.); *°-dosa, mfn,
(v. dosa*); *mala, mfn. (q. v.);
*O.lokamisa, mfn. “who has rejected
the baits of the world”, Dh, 378 (cp,
aimisa); *°~isa, mfn. (v.. asa).

vandati, vb, (sa. \vand) to
praise, worship; to salute, greet Se
ger, witvi, 28,10, 32,93 (foariyarh);
inf. witurh (Mahabodhith) 114,39.
cp, next,

vandand, f. (= 8a.) praise, wor-
ship; nom, ~& (Buddhana[i}) 108,20,

vapati, vb, (sa, Vvap) to sow,

15*

vapayati

strew, throw (acc.); ger. witva (ni-
vapam) 6,4.

vapayati, vb. (sa. vi-apa-yya)
to go away, pasa away, vanish; pr, 8,
pl. wayanti (kafikhi) 66,21 (cp, Kuhn,
Beitr, p, 96-97},

vamati, vb. (sc. y'vam) to vomit;
rp. vanta (qg. v.\.

vaya’, m. (& vaya(s), #.; sa. vayas)
age, vigorous age, youth, ripe age,
old age; nom. ~o0 (paripakko) Dh,
260; ace, wink, 43,90; aoe, m, vayo
(anuppatto) 74,s1, loo. we (poring
mante) 47,12; comp, vayu- & vayo-:
*wa-ppatta, mfn, grown up, marries
ugeatles m. wo, 8,15; f wa, 101,16;
“samiingd-vayasbhuva, m. the being
of equal age, ace, with, 48,s05 *w0*
hara, mfx, indicating or disclosing
old age, m. pl. ~a, (uttamafigaruhi)
45,11; upanita-vaya, m/fn. (q. v.).

vaya? (or vyaya), m. (8a. vyaya)
perishing, decay, destruction; *°-dham-
ma, mfn, perinhuble, transitory; pd,
m. a@ (sarikhira) 80,2 (cy, dham-
ma‘); *uppida-vaya-dhammin, m/n.
(q. v.); dvandva comp, udaya-vyaya,
mi. origin and destruction, acc, wath,
Dh, 113, 374 (v. 2. udayabbayati).

vara, ') mfn.(—- aa.) bont, choicent,
excellent; acc, 2. xu (vadunati)
110,21; Dh. 268 (idaya); repeated ;
~am auth (w, gen.) 51,33, 62,9; ace,
mt, woh wut (prestantisimum quem
que) 109,4; mont frequently comp, w,
subst, (before or utter): 4) “stra,
BOrg; Povitrand, 46,11, Glyary "bho.
jana, 61,7; °dhamina, 87,9; ete, =
>) menda-°, 30,9; ratha-°, 64,10; pa-
sada-°, 64,12; efe.; sabb'-akira-var’-
Upeta, 81,4 (v. akdra). — *) m. choice,
wish, boon, gift; nom. no (maya
dinno) 8,2; acc. wath (tussi adasi)
10,4; com. "gama-vara, a. the grant
of a village (periaps a landed property
of a certain measure, if not simply ‘an
excellent village?) acc, ~arit (datva)
45,3. — °) m. varaih, indecl, rather,
better (than : abl. or instr.); ~ may-
hata udumbaro {is better to me) 2,11;

228

~ assataraé danta, Db. 322; w. abl.
tato x, ibs; w. instr. Db. 178.

varana, m, (= sa.) name of a
certain tree (Crateva Roxburgh);
%rukkhe, loc. 4,21.

varatta, f. (sa, varatra) « strap,
thong (of leather); acc. wam, Dh.
398 (metaph. of ey 12,7
(camma-°); pl. ~& (sesa-°) 12,20.
ep. vaddha},

vuriihn, m, (== 8a.) « hog; nom,
wo (miuhiie’) Dh, 326,

*viluija, m, (& .) 4) use, daily
expenditure (also of excrements); *)
a inark (from scratching or scraping);
pada-°, footprint, ace, warm, 11,28,
Henco valunjukn, mfn, e. ¢., 0. anto-,
bahi-® (ep, Fansball, IRAS, 1870,
p. 13, & Ten Jat, p, 90 | Ylunj & linch J).

Valabhamukha, m. (?) (sa. Va-
dabimukha) the entrance to the in-
fernal regions at the South pole; *°-sa-
mudda, 2, the Southern sea, acc. ~am,
27-11; *mukhi(n), mt. id, 27,9.

valaya, n.(& m.) (= sa.) # bra-
celet, ring; *niiraca-°, 111,23 (q. v.).

valaiha(ka), m. (sa. balahaka)
a cloud; nom. wako (viitu-cchinna-°)
40,28; *valihassa, mm. ww flying borse
(ep. unsat) 2tyo0 (yoni),

villi, fi (— sa.) a creeper; toe,
awiyd (a stalk of a creeper, a withe)
14,23; wiyam, 14,27; pl, wiyo (pag:
gavu-%, gv.) 37,19,

vavutthipoti, vb (sa, vyava-
sthiipayati, caus, vieuva-Vathd) to
settle, doturmine, dixtinguinh, under-
stund; pp, rita, 3,2 (tussa su-vava-
tthiipitam, very well known to him),

vasa. 1) m. (sa. vaca) wish, will,
power; loc, ~e (thapeti, to bring into
one’s power) 48,14; instr. vasena is
used as prp. w. gen. or more frequently
at the end of comp. with the meanings:
by, by way of, on account of, accor
ding to, with regard to; hatthinam
~, 35,19; ovdda-°, 14,13; kilesa-.
20,11; dande pavesana-°, 35,5; uda-
na-®, 42,14; chandadi-°, 42,27; kam-
massa vipaka-°, 84,32; aniccadi-°,

229

88,33 (v, a-nicca); pubbipara-®,
114,20; — attha-vasa, m, the power
of the matter, acc. wath (etama, the
meaning of this) Db. 289, ~ *) mfn,
subdued, subject to; ~am (kurute) Dh.
48, which may also be suds. (‘into his
power’). cp, ativasa, vasith & vasika.
vasati, vb, (sa, vas) to stay,
dwell, live; pr. 3. sg. ~wati, Qyer (w.
loc, nadiya), 35,35 (idha); 1. sg,
wwGmi, 49,18. 73,14; 38, pl, ~anti,
14,15; part, m. wanto, 20,20; 58,95
(w, acc. samaggavadsatn); 114,90; Joe,
~wante, 25,12; gen, wnto, 47,97; pl.
manta, 7,21; part, med. amana, f.
gen, ~aya (kinnaralilhiya, endowed
with grace) 49,12; — imp. 2, 8g. vasa,
15,15. 23,20 (vas& ti); — aor. 3. 8g.
vasi, 1,5; 3. pl. ~witmsu (piyasamva-
sam, acc. lived together in amity)
11,27; 20,33; — fut. 1. sg. wissimi
({vassarh, during the rainy season) Dh,
286; — inf. witum, 9,94; — ger.
mwitvd, 2,25 etc.; 112,24 (vasitv’ettha).
— (pass. vussati); pp. vussita (vuttha,
vasita) g. v.; — caus, IJ. *vasapeti
(q. v.) cp. visa, vasika, vasin & neat,
vasana, », (= 8a.) dwelling, re-
sidence; comp. *°-giima, 12,7; *°-gum-
ba, 14,97; *°-tthaina, 2,24. 65,97 (q. v.).
vasii', f. (sa. vaci) a cow; pl,
awit, 105,11.
vasa, f. (= sa.) serum, lymph;
nom. ~8, 82,5 = 97,23,
“vasapeti, vb. (caus. II, vasati)
to cause to dwell, lodge; ger, ~etva
{tamh ghare, received her into his
house) 48,18. :
vasim, indecl. (sa, vaci-) only
combined with karoti, to subdue
ae ~ karitva (samkappam) 104,7;
also comp. vasi-karoti, etc.]
°vasika, mfn. (sa. vacika) being
in one’s power; tunha-°, 23,20; matu-
gima-°, 54,8 (v. h.).
vassa, m, (sa. varsha) 1) rain, a
shower (cp. vutthi); *kabapana-°,
Db. 186 (g. v.); “dhana-®, 33,15;
satta-ratana-°, 32,11. nom, = *) the
rainy season; acc, wam, Dh. 286. ~

vi

5) a year; pl, ace, ~ani, 86,97, 104,11;
%satam, 2. a century, Dh. 106. 110;
solasa-vassa-kile, in his 16 year,
24,13; solasa-vassa-padesika, °-udde-
sika (v. #.); caturasiti-°sahassani,
44,90 (q. v.). cp. vassika,

vassati', vb. (sa. vag) to cry,
screech (as birds); pr. 3. sg, wati,
18,18; part. m, wanto, 18,31; ger.
witva, 12,9.

vassati®, vb, (sa, Vvrsh) to rain;
pr. 3, 9g. wati (vussati) 32,11; (devo,
the god, @, ¢, the sky rains) 102.6;
part, m, gen, vassato (devassa) 105,29;
caus, II, *vassipeti, v, below; cp.
vassa, vutthi, & next.

*vassapanaka, mfn, (fr. nom,
act, of next) bringing about rain;
dhana-°-nakkhattayoga, m. a conjunc.
tion of stars bringing about a shower
of money, 32,95,

*vassapeti, vb. (caus. II, vas-
sati?) to cause to rain or pour down,
call down a shower; aor, 3. sg. ~eSi,
33,11 (dhanam); 2. pl. ma wayittha,
32,97; fut. 1. sg. wessimi, 33,15
(dhanavassamh); 2 pl. wessatha,
32,97; ger. ~wetvi, 32,93; pp. wita
(acariyenu dhanath witam, n.) 34,3,

vassika, mfn. (sa. varshika) +)
belonging to the rainy reason; m, ~O
(scil, pasiido) 67,93; — *) ¢. ¢, being so
many years old; solasa-°, », wari
(rupam) 111,36,

vassika & wki, f. (sa. varshiki,
ep. varshika, , & vrshaka, 7.) a sort
of jasmine; Dh, 55. 377.

vaha, m. (= sa.) a river, stream,
wave; pl. ~a, Dh, 339 (in stead of
vaha, cp. SBE, X. p. 82).

vahati, vb. (sa, Vvah) to draw,
convey, carry away (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
wati, 29,11; 2. 89. wasi, 54,22; 3. pl.
wanti, Dh. 339; part. m. gen. wato
(of the draught animal) Dh. 1, cp.
vaha, vaha, vahana.

vai, indecl, (= sa.) a disjunctive
particle (sometimes comb. w. other
particles) : +) ‘or’, used (enclitically)
in combinations of two sentences or

vakkarana

links of a sentence : asassato loko
ti v@, 92,90; yavatake va pana (or
else) 81,17; after prec. negation : na
... Vi puna (nor yet) Db, 271, -
*) repeated = ‘either — or’ (after two
or more links) : 9,14. 9,29. 31,31. 92,10.
etc.; w. negation = ‘neither — nor’:
7,36, 8,1 (v. corrections); 56,11; va...
yadiva [before the last link] Dh. 98;
vapi...va, 114,20 (w. foll. n’eva);
atheva [before the first link] ... va,
Dh. 271. — 9) corvesp. w, foll. ca (in
the same sense): Maro va Brahma ca
...na passanti, 110,11. — 4) sometimes
shortened to va (gq. v.).

*vakkarana, m. (*sa, vak +
karava) vociferation; na®-mattena,
“not by means of wuch talking only”,
Dh. 262 (cp. mat‘a?),

vakyao, ». (= sa.) speech, sen
tence; v. “ati-vikya.

*vicasika,. mfn. (fr. vaca[s]) con-
cerning the speech; instr, m. vena
(sativarena) 85,19.

vaca, f. (sa. vic & vaca) speech,
words; nom, +2 (pacchima, Tatha-
gatassa) 80,3; Dh, 51-52; 67,4 (sam-
ma-® q. v.): ace, ~am (karunarh)
103,s; 22,3 (manusi-°, v. manusa,
mfn.); instr, ~aya, 84,20, Dh. 232,
*vacanurakkhin, mfn. watching
one’s speech, m. —1, Dh. 281; *yatha-
vacam, adv, (v. yatha); *santa-vaca,
mfr. (q. v.), ep. vakkarana, vaca(s)
& nect,

Svacika & °vaiciya, mfn. (sa,
viciku), verba'; only ¢. «4, v eka
viciya, te-vacika. |

vaceti, vb. (caus. yvac, v.vuccati;
sa, viicuyati) to read out, recite (acc.);
aor, 3. pl, wayinsu, 114,190; inf,
wetum, 114,14,

Vaijitu, mfn. (= sa.; Yvaj, Dhie
tup. 32,74) having feathers, feathered;
acc, ~am (pattehi, kandam) 92,19.

vinija, sr. (== 3a.) a merchant;
~0, 8,16; pl. wa, 18,4; %-kula, a,
(q. v.) 30,2. cp. vanijja. — vanijaka,
m, (== 8a.) id.; ace. pl. ne, 18,8.

vata, m. (== sa.) 1) the wind;

230

ace, wath, 19,15; instr. wena, 106,29;
nom. ~0, 103,18 (here we have a
pun:the wind as drying up humours
& the asceticism destructive of ae
comp. *°-cchinna, m/fn. (v. chinna);
*0.vega, m. (q. v.); *akala-%, ». “un-
seasonable wind", wah, 25,21; *nasa-°,
m. (q.v.); ep. pativitam, yathavatam.
— *) rheumatism (cause of disease or
paiv) v. kammaja-vata, pl. 62,19. —
cp. nivataka.

vati, vb. (sa. Yva) to blow; to
smell; pr. 3. sg. wti (gandho timi-
ranam) 20,16; Dh, 56.

vada, m,. (= sa.) 1) speech; »v.
musa-°; *) addressing; v. avuso; °)
doctrine, system; acc. wath, 113,14;
agga-°, 109,30 (7. v.) = thera-° (q.
v.); deariya-° (g. v.); dhuta-°, m.
(gy. v.); 4) discussion, controversy;
sabba-vada-°, 113,4 (°-visarada, q.
v.). ep, next,

*vaidatthin, mfn. (cep. atthin)
desirous of dispute; m. a disputant;
ai, 113,5.

vadi, aor., v. vadati.

vadita, n. (= sa.) music; pl.
~€ni (nacca-gita-°) 64,31; cp. 81,21.

vaidin, mfn. (= sa.) speaking
(mostly e. ¢.); acc, m. ~inam (tatha,
or comp. tatha-®, q. v.) 103.2; ep.
a-bhiita-°, wlika-°, niggayha-°, bho-°,
musa-° (gen. °-vidissa, 106,11), sac-
ca-°, Dh. 217,

vadeti, vb. (caus. vadati; sa.
Vvadayati) to cause to speak or sound,
ta play musical instruments (ace.);

part, m, pl. wenta (bheriyo, «beat-

ing drums”) 8,24; loc. pl. ~wentesu
(vinath) 50,10; aor, 3.89, wesi, 50,11,
= u-vadesi, 51,3. ep. vadita, n.

vanarao, m. (= sa.) a monkey,
ape; ~0, 3,9. 107,30; viinarinda, am.
(v. inda),

Vainn, mfn. (= sa.) left, sinister;
°-hatthena, “with his lett hand”, 111,e4
(opp. dakkhina).

vamanaka, mfn. (= sa.; fr. vi-
muna, a dwarf) dwarfish, deformed

231

(lame or halting); (paccha-)vama-
naka-dhatuka, mfn, (q. v.) 24,s1-86.

vayamati, vb. (sa. vi + a-Vyam)
to struggle, strive, endeavour; imp, 2,
sg. vayama, Db. 236 (khippam). cp.
vayama,

vayasa, m, (= sa.) a crow; x0,
104,13; gen, ~wassa, 18,35 (synon,
kaka).

vayama, m, (sa. vydyama) en-
deavour, effort; .o (samma-®, gq. v,)
67,5; acc. ~am (karissati) 34,95.

vara, m, (= Sa.) time, turn, lot;
~0, 6,25-26; acc, wath (gacchati, to
take one’s turn) 6,33; loc. we (catu-
tthe, tatiye, for the 4th, 3rd time)
58,7. 114,17; comp. eka-varam, adv.
once, 50,16; puna-vare, adv. the next
time, 18,17; *-ppatta, mfn. whose
turn it is, on whom the lot falls; m,
~0, 6,27. cp, bhanavara.

varaka, m. (= sa.) a pot, vessel;
dadhi-°, m. 14,30 (q. v.).

varana, m, (= sa.) an elephant;
~o (seta-vara-°) 61,17; acc. ~arth,
24,21; gen. ~uassa (matta-°) 45,31;
loc, we (do.) 39,9.

Vari, . (= sa.) water; nom, wi, .

Dh. 401; ace, with, 13,3. 111,9. -
°-ja, m. ‘born in water’, 7. e. » fish
(or a lotus); mom. wjo, Dh. 34,

vareti, vb. (caus, Vvr; sa. vara-
yati) 1) to keep back, prevent, pro-
hibit (acc.); aor, 3. sg. resi, 23,7;
fut. 1. sg. ~essami, 23,8: inf, weturh,
ib.; ger, wetva (mige) 8,6; pass.
variyati, part, m. wanto, I1l,s. —
*) to choose, ask for (acc.); aor. 3,
8g. ~e8i (simikam) 10,5; ger. wetva,
101,15; pp. varita, f. 101,20 (darika).
— 5) to cast lots (acc, salakum);
part, pass, variyamana, f. (salaka)
23,12. cp. vara.

vala, mfn, (sa. vyada & vyala)
fierce, cruel; subst. m. a beast of
prey, a snake; pl, wa, 51,34 (cp. 52,6).

vala, m. (= sa.) the hair (esp.
of a horse’s tail); the tail (of a horse
or other animals) ; *pahattha-kanna-®°,
mfn. 76,1 (gq. ¥.) cp. next ete,

vihana

valadhi, m. (= sa.) a tail (esp.
of a horse, a deer, or an ox); mon,
~1, 5,28; acc. with, 22,6.

*vala-vedhin, m(fn). (sa. *vala-
vyadbin) hair-splitting; m. ~i, “skil-
led in hair-splitting” (sophist) 110,9.

valika (or valuka), f. (sa. valuka)
sand, gravel; instr. loc, ~aya, 14,21;
97,35; pl. acc, wa (in dvandva
comp.) ib,

vasa, m. (= sa.) 1) dwelling,
abode; zom. ~o0, Db. 237; acc. wam
(manussa-°) 21,2; ath kappeti, to
live, 1,4, 2,95; comp, *a-ppatissa-vasa,
m, (v, patissava); *eka-rati-°, mfn,
(v. eka*); *brahmacariya-°, m. (q. v.);
*samagga-°, m. (qg. v.); *samana-°,
mfn, (q. v.) cp. sathvdsa, vasika, va-
sin. — *) perfume; v, vasita.

vasi, f. (sa. vaci) a small axe,
knife, razor; *°-pharasuka, m. a
“razor-axe” (dande pavesanavasena
vasi pi boti pharasu pi) 35,45.

vasika, mfn. (sa, vasaka; fr.
vasa!) dwelling, living (e. c.); kattha-
vasika, m. pl. 21,8 (v, kattha),

vasita, mfn. (= sa.; pp. vaseti,
Vvas, cp. visa?) perfumed, scented ;
Yeudakamh, 41,2; °-paniyamh, 41,1
(thapita-°, q. v.).

visin, mfn, (= sa; fr. vasa')
dwelling, living (in: loc., but mostly
e. ¢.); f. %vasini (Laikanagara-°)
112,13; m. pl. wino (gaima-°, the
villagers) 8,93-20; (Baranasi-°, the
inhabitants of B.) 20,19; (nagara-°)
58,21; gen. pl. ~inam (do.) 58,94.
62,9; comp. Kasiruttha-vasi-manusso,
36,98.

vaha, m. (= sa.) lit, ‘drawing,
flowing’, i.e. 2) w draught-animal, a
horse; *) uw cart-load, a certain mea-
sure; °) a current (of water), atream;
pl. ~a, Dh, 339 (“waves”),

vibana, ». (= 8a.) any animal
for riding (a horse, au elephant); any
vehicle or chariot; army or military
force (cp. sa. vahana, f.); instr. wena,
98,2 (riding? cp. rathena, ib.); *ha-
la-°, n. (v. h.); sa-vahana, mfn. to-

vi=

gether with onc'e army, acc, m. wath
(Marat) 104,8. Da. 175.

vi-, indecl, (=: su.) prefix to verbs |
and nouns, implying ‘asunder, out,
away, about’; ‘in various directions’
(or ‘contrarily’, often metaph. cp. vi-
vadati, vicinteti); with nouns it often
denotes ‘negation’ or ‘separation’ (opp.
sa-, ep, as‘), v. vikila, vimala, vi-
raga, visoka, etc.; with verbs (and
‘their derivatives) it is sometimes used
to denote ‘intensity’ (cp, vinassati,
upese or ‘opposition’ (cp. viva-
rati, vijjhapeti). - Before vowels we
have vy- (viy-) : vyaya (& vaya),
viyUbati, or more frequently v- (by
elision & contraction), esp. before
other verbal prefixes beginning with |
a vowel; vi +. ati (v. vitinadmeti, |
vitisireti); vi + apa (cx. vapayati, |
cp. vyapanudi); vi -+ ava (v. vava- |
tthapita, voropeti, etc.); vi + a (w. |

|
|

vayamati, ep. vyikaroti (viyakasi),
vyipajjati); vi + ud (v. vutthati, |
etc.); vi + upa (v. vilpasama); cp.
vippa-, vippati- (sa. vi + pra, vi + |
prati).
vikaila, m. (= sa.) afternoon, ,
evening; wrong time; loc, re (kale
ev, “in seagon ond out of season”) |
$12; *°-bhojana, #. 8l,z4 (v. h.). |
vikascti, vb. (caus, vi + kas,
sa. vikfisayati) to cause to be opened
(ace.); aor. 3. 8g, wesi (hattharh,
she opened her liand, in order to make
hira know that she was unmarried, cp.
Meyer, Dacakum. p. 98) 56,9.
*vikulava. mfm., deprived of one’s |
nest, homeless; ol. ~& (dija) 60,17 (v |
kulavaka).
viktijati, vb. (sa. vi-ykiij) to
chirp, sing, warble (as birds); part. ,
m. pl. ~anta (sakunasathgha) 62,15, |
vikesika, mfr. (sa. vikega) have |
ing dishevelled hair; acc. f. wat, |
|
|

37,30.

*vikkhileti, vb. (fr. vievkshal)
to wush off, rinse (ace.); ger. ~wetva
(inukhath) 41,:2. 56,39,

vikkhina, mfn. (sa, vikshina, pp.

232

vi-ykshi) destroyed; m. «0 (jatisam-

siro) 108,18. .
*vikkhelika, m/n., having saliva

flowing from the mouth; ace. f. ~am,

' 67,30 (ep. khela).

vigata, mfn. (= 8a.) gone away;
*vigaticcha, mfn. (v. iccha); *°-ka-
tharhkatha, mfn., *°-khila, mfn., &
*O.guri-pina, mfn, (v. h.); cp. vita,
Db. 356.

vighaita, m, (= sa.) destruction,
ruin, pain; sa-vighita, mfn, “coupled
with ruin” (synon. sa-dukkha) 94,2.

*vicakkhu-kamma, m., ‘making
blind’, the making one’s sight wrong,
perplexing, bewildering; dat. ~aya,
(“in order to perplex him”) 71,27. (cp.
sa, vi-cakshus).

vicarati, vb. (sa. vi-ycar) to
wander about, go uway; pr. 3. sg.
wati, 8,16; 3. pl. wanti (fly about)
62,18; 73,35; part. m. wanto, 5,6;
acc. wantam, 73,6; f. wanti, 20,5;
aor. 3, sg. vicari, 17,19; fut. 1. sg.

/ wissimi, 17,16; cond. 1. sg. vicarissam

(unaugmented = fut.) 104,8; ger.

| witva, 25,22; caus. v. next,

vicareti, vb. (caus, vicarati; sca.

_ vicarayati) ‘to cause to go about’, é.

e, to srrange, manage, administer,

_ control (acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti (v. 1.

~wesi, aor.) 65,20; part. f. wenti
(kutumbath, “managing the property”)
22,15.

vicikicchati, vb. (sa. vicikitsati,
desid, vi-cit) to be uncertain, to

: doubt; pr. 3. sg. wati, 96,14. cp. next.

vicikicchad, f. (sa. vicikitsa)
doubt; ‘mom. ~@ (sattami send Ma-
rassa) 103,28; *tinna-vicikiccha, mfn.
69,18 (v. h.).

vicitta & vicitra, mfn. (sa.
vicitra) variegated, ornamented, beauti-
ful; satta-ratana-vicitta, mfn., loc.
~e, 18,26; “vicitra-kathin, mfn.
eloquent, m. x1. 109,9 (Kumarakas-
sapo, cp. Mil. p. 196,7),

_Vicinati (or vicinati), ob. (sa.
vi-y/ci) 1) to search for, investigate,
inquire (acc,); imp. 2, pl, watha(nam)

233

73,24; part, m. wanto, 19,23, 34,14;
pl. wanta, 73,95; ger. Vicinitvana,
109,4, — *) to gather, collect, pick up,
heap up (acc.); part. f. ~anti (tka,
q.v.) 46,26; ger, witva (sarkaranh,
to heap up) 84,2s.

vicinteti, vb. (sa. vicintayati)
to think, reflect; pr, 3. sg, ~weti,
Dh. 286,

*vicunna, mfn., pushed or hurt
on all sides, ouly comp, w. cunna,
les (q. ¥.).

vicunnita, mfn. (sa. victirnita)
crushed all over; ratha-vega-° (by the
course of the chariot) 60,10,

Vijaya, m. (=sa.)!) victory ; -ante,
loc. 60.25 (v, anta’, cp. Vejayanta,
nom. pr.); laddha-°, mfn. victorious,
112,92 (but see corrections), ~— *) Vi-
jaya, m, nom. pr, of a prince, con-
queror of Ceylon, ~o (Lalavisayo,
q. v.) 110,22, efc.; %ppamukha, pl,
m, (v. pamukha),

vijahati (or wati), vb. (sa. vi-
Vha) to leave, quit, abandon (acc.);
inf. witum (eta) 21,91; ger, vitva,
52,99,

vijaita, mfn, (pp. .vijdyati, q. v.).

vijanati, vb. (sa. vi-y/jna) to
know, understand, comprehend, per
ceive (thoroughly) (acc.); pr. 3. pl.
wanti, Dh. 6; imp, 2. sg. ~ahi, 20,37,
54,19. 64,26; part. gen. pl. vijanatam,
Dh. 171 (“the wise”); Dh. 374 (ama-
tath, “who know Nibbaéva”); a-vijana-
tam (saddhammam) 107,10 = Dh. 60;
pot. 3. sg. weyya, Dh. 392; ger. *)
viiiiaya, Dh. 186; >) vijaniya, 113,8;
pp. vinnhata (g. v.) cp. viinana, ete.

Vijayati, v. vijeti.

vijdyati, vb. (sa. vi-yjan) to
bear, generate, produce (acc., rarely
in pass, sense: to be born); fut, 3.
8g. ~issati (dhitaram) 48,17; aor. 3.
8g. vijayi (puttam) 7,99; part. med.
f. ~ mana (etam) 24,95; ger. witva,
6,33; pp. vijata, 7. ~a (puttarh, has
born a son) 64,5; vijata-kale, after
her delivery, 48,18. = ay

Vijita, 1) mfn. (= sa.; pp. vijeti)

vijjhapeti

conquered; nm. ~ami (rattham) Dh.
329. — *) subst. n. a conquered coun-
try, realm, kingdom; loc. we, 8,4, ep.
next,

*vijitavin, m(fn)., victorious; con-
queror; acc. m. ~inam, Dh, 422.

vijeti (or vijayati), vb. (sa, vi-
Vji) to conquer, deteat, subdue (acc.);
fut, 3. sg. ~essati (pathavim) Dh, 44;
pp. vijita (q. v.) ep. vijaya,

vijjati, vb. (pass. vindati; sa.
vidyate) to be found; to be, exist;
pr. 3, 8g, wati (attho na a, “is of
no use’, w. instr.) 103,14, 104,31;
3, pl. (med.) vijjare, 104,97. 113,97;
part, (med.) vijjamaina, 18,15 (saku-
nanam a--tthane, on a place where
there were no birds); Joc, m. ~ambi
(gimamhi, “where there is a village”)
lll.

vijja, f. (sa. vidya) knowledge,
science; instr. ~waya, 108,9; aiiga-
vijja, f. ‘knowledge of limbs’ i, e.
chiromantia, prognostication, loc, waya,
48,10; dvandva comp. *°-sippa-kala-
vedin, mfn, accomplished in science
and urts, m. wi, 113,93; °-carana,
knowledge & behaviour, theory & prac-
tice, Dh, 144 (sampanna-®, g. v.) cp,
a-vi)ja.

vijjullata, f. (sa. vidyul-lata;
cp. lata) a flash of lightning; 3,21.

vijjotati, wb, (sa, vi-Vdyut) to
flash forth, lighten; part. med, m.
~ mano (springing forth [like light-
ning|) 3,21; caus. vijjoteti, to illumi-
nate, enlighten (acc.) 85,8 (sabba
disi; synon. pabhaseti (q. v.); the
reading of B. pabhasati vijjotati seems
to be preferable, on account of the
foll. explanation of obhasate as hav-
ing @ causative meaning).

vijjhati, vb. (sa, Yvyadh) to
pierce, wound or kill (as by arrows
or lances, etc.) (w. acc.); part. m.
~wanto (tah tundena) 4,22; imp. 3.
pl. ~wantu, 6,95; ger. witva, 6,19.
37,6; pp. viddha (q. v.) cp. vedhin.

*vijjhapeti, vb. (caus. *vijjhay-
ati, to burn out, go out, become ex-

vitiiana

tinct; Vkshai, v. iha@yati*) to put out,
extinguish (acc.); ger. a-vijjhapetva
(aggim, without putting it out) 100,35;
pp. ~ita, m. a-vijjhapito (aggi) 100,2s.
_ vihana, n. (sa. vijhana) con-
sciousness; mom, wai, 94,10 (one of
the 5 khandhes q. v.)); 66,7 (origi-
puting from samhkhara); instr. wena,
95,:9; comp, °-paccaya (g. v.) 66,7;
°-nirodha, m. (q. v.) 66,13; vinnanai-
cayatana, ”., v. anafica & ayatana;
*Osamgaha, m. aggregation of con-
sciousness, acc. ~am {pacchima-°)
99,20; — *apeta-", mfn. (v. h.); *ka-
ya-°, *cakkhu-°, *mano-°, the con-
sciousness of body, eye, mind, 7%. e.
mentel impressiong through those ore
gangs, or: the sense of touch, the fa-
culty of sight, thought, 70,2e-35, 98,1
(dukkha-sahagatath kaya-viihanam
uppajjati, a feeling of pain arises),

vilifiita, wn. (pp. vijinati; sa.
vijiidta) known, understood; *samma-
vihfhata-samaya, wifn. perfectly know-
ing the religious precepts, 7. 00,
113,4.

vihhadpana,: mfliln. (sa. vijiia-
pana) instructive; acc. f. wanim (gis
ram) Dh. 408.

vinihaya, ger., ¥. vijanati.

viihuta (& vinnhta) f. (sa. vij-
fiata) intelligence; ace. mam, 27,22.

vind, m(fm). (8a. vijiia) intelli
gent, clever; mm. vu, Dh. 65; m. pl.
~U (purisa) 90,90; Dh. 229.

vitapa, m. (= sa.) a forked
branch; °-antare (g. v.) 4,21 (in a
fork of the tree),

vitakka, m. (sc. vitarka) ') de
liberation, consideration; 7) doubt,
uncertainty; *°-(pasama, m. Dh, 350
(v. upasama); *°-pamathita, m/fn.
Dh. 349 (“tossed about by doubts”).

vitana, m.n, (= sa.) a canopy,
baldachin; gen. ~assa (sumana-pat-
ta-°, g. v.) 65,18; *°-samalarhkata,
win. 112,3 (v. h.).

vitinna. mfn. (pp. vitarati, to
cross, pass over; sa, vitirna) who has
crossed or passed over, also metaph.

234

(only comp.) who scoute, or does not
believe in. ..; *°-paraloka, m/n. who
does not believe in another world, gen.
~wassa, 106,15 = Dh. 176; a-vitinna-
kamkha, mfn. Dh. 141 (. 4.).

vittinna, m/fn. (once instead of
vitthinna = vitthata (& ~ta), pp.
vittharati, to spread out, extend, vi-
ystr; sa. vistima) broad, large; f.
~a (Gaiiga) lis. cp. next.

vitthara, m. (sa. vistara) exten-
sion, diffuseness; abl. ~to (adv.) fully.
in detail, 41,31 (kathesi).

vidatthi, f. (sa. vitasti) a certain
measure of length, equal to 12 augulas
inches, q.¥.), a span; °-mattam, 87,11
e matta’) ep. yojana.

[vidati], vb, (sa, vid) to know,
understand (ace.); this present-forma-
tion is only ficticious or made for ety-
mological purpose; forms generally met
with are: aor, 3. sg, vedi (avedi),
Dh, 419, 423; 3. pl. (vidu); fut. 1.
sg. (vedissami); ger. viditva (etam
atthath) 66,19; 70,12; grd. (veditabba
&) vedaniya (q. v.); pp. vidita, known,
understood; comp. *°-dhumma. mfn.
“having penetrated the truth”, m. 00,
69,12; yatha-°, mfn. (v. h.). = (caus.
vedeti, vedayati, ®) to know, under-
stand; ») to feel, experience, suffer
(acc.); the caus. pass, vediyati [to be
known, to be felt] is also generally
used in the same active eense), cp,
veda, vedand, vedayita, vedin, &
vindati, F

vidu (& vidii), mfn. (sa. vidvas
& vidus) knowing, wise; m, sabba-
ae asmi) Dh, 363, ep. viddasu.

vidlra, mfn. (= sa.) very distant,
far; ouly used with the prefixes a-°
& su-° (synon. diira); a-vidire, loc.
adv. not far away, near to (w. gen. or
abl.), 48,31 (gharato) ; 95,21 (gamassa).
cp. atidira.

videsa, m. (sa. videca) a foreign
country, far distant region; acc, ~ ath,
27,25.

Videha, m. (pl.) (= Sa.) nom.

pr. of a country and its inhabitants, in

235

the eastern North-India; °-rattha. »,
the V. kingdom, loc. ve, 44,19 (its
cupital was Mithila).

viddasu, mfn. (sa. vidvas, cp. vidu
above) wise, intelligent; a-viddasu,
mfn. Dh, 268 (v,h.); viddasu is a
curious formation, that looks as if it
had been formed with the suffix eyas
repeated (Tr.), cp. Kuhn, Beitr, p. 69
& avidvi (gen, aviddasuno) MN, J,
p. 311,7-23,

viddha, mfn, ') (= sa,; pp. vij-
ey) pierced, wounded; m, ~o (sal-
ena) 92,110, — *) (sa, vidhra. op,
ae clear, pure; v, Morris, JPTS,
"85, p. 52,

viddhamseti, vb. (sa. vidhvarh-
sayati, caus, vi-ydlvamis) to crush,
destroy, disperse, split (acc.); imp, 2.
pl. ~etha (tam bhusam viya) 53,2,

vidhava. f. (= sa.) a widow;
nom. ~@ (itthi) 31,13,

vidhavati, vb. (sa. vi-Vdhav) to
run; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (ito c’ito ca) 36,2.

vidhunati, wb. (sa, vi-ydhi,
dhunoti) to shake (acc.); ger, vidhi-
nitva (or vidhunitva) 16,6 (sariram);
18,20 (pakkhe, flapping the wings).

vinaddha, mfn. (= sa.; pp, vi-
ynah) covered all over; pl, m. ~a,
37,21.

vinaya, m. (= sa.) discipline,
esp, the rules of the Buddhist order;
nom, ~0, 79,5; acc. wath, 109,15-25;
loc, we, 109,27. — Vinaya, m. & Vi-
naya-pitaka, 7, the firat section of
the Buddhist holy scriptures; dham-
ma-vinaya-samgaha, m. the collection
of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,13; *vi-
naya-dhara, mfn,. knowing the V., pl,
~a, 109,26; °-pitakam, ace, 102,17;
°-pitakena, instr. 102,16, Specimens
p. 66—71,18; 74,16-77,13; 816-28; 82,15
—84,24.

vinayam, part., v. vineti.

vinassati, vb. (sa. vi-\nag) to
perish; to be lost or forgotten; pr. 3.
3g. wati, 110.4; imp. 3. pl. wantu,
23,18; fut. 8. 8g. ~wissuti, 34,95; caus.
vinaseti (g. v.), cp. Vinasa, vinasena.

vinodeti

vind, adv. & prp. (= sa.) without,
except; usually combined with acc, or
instr, (before or after), rarely with
abl.; ~ mathsena na bhuiijati (he
took no meal in which meat was want-
ing) 6,1,

vinasa, m, (sa. viniga) destruc
tion, yuin; annihilation, death; ace,
wath (papeti, lit. to cause to go to
destruction) 5,10. 27,12, 29,82; instr,
wena, 55,7; *°-ppaccaya, m, cause of
destruction, 34,24; *°-miila, 7, id, 33,99,
op. next,

vinfisana, ». (sa. vinigana) =
preo,; instr, wena (dhanassa), 52,5;
a-vindsana, mfn. (q. v.).

vinaiseti, vb, (caus, vinassati; sc.
vinacuyati) to cause to be destroyed
or lost; to forget (acc.); pp. vinasita,
destroyed, ». ~ath, 34,17.

vinicchaya, m. (sa, vinigcaya)
decision, judgement; justice, procedure,
court of justice; acc, ~am (anusasati,
gq. v.) 42,37; loc. we, 59,6; instr, wena
(dhamma-®, “discernment of the law”)
Dh, 144; °-atthaya, for the sake of
litigation, 42,31 (cp. attha?); *°-tthana,
n, the place where court is held, ib.

vinicchinati, vb. (sa. vi-nig-y/ci)
to settle, decide (ucc.); aor, 3. pl.
~winithsu (voharath) 42,2; — pass.
vinicchiyati; part, loc. pl, ~manesu
(voharesu) 42,39.

viniddisati, vd. (sa. vi-nir-\/dig)
to point out, assign, distribute (acc.);
aor, 3, sg, viniddisi (tandulidi) 111,31.

vinipata, m. (= sa.) lit. ‘falling
down’, state of suffering (esp. in a
lower existence); *a-vinipata-dhamma,
mfn. (v. h.) ep, dhamma‘.

*vinivarana-citta, mfn., whose
mind is free from obstacles; acc. m.
~am, 68,23. (cp. nivarana).

vineti, vb. (sa. vi-/ni) 1) to lead
away, remove, dispel (acc.); ger. Vi-
neyya (oghath, g. v.) 104,80; — *) to
train, educate (acc.); part, m, vinayar
(siivake) 104,s.

vinodeti, vd, (caus. viey/nud, 8a,
vinodayati) to drive away or out, to

vindati

send away, dismiss (acc.); pot. 3. ag.
aye (tasinam) Dh, 343.

vindati, vb. (= sa; yvid, ep.
vidati) to find (ace.); pr. 8. 8g. wati
(maggam) Db. 57; pot. 1. pl. ~ema
(muduth) 104,14; pass. vijjati (v. h.).

vipatti, f. (= sa.) misfortune,
calamity; *pariyosiina, m/fn. haviug
a dreary end, m. ~0 (jivaloko) 47,16.

*[viparakkamati], wb. (sa. vi-
para-\y/kram) to strive, make efforts,
exert oneself; only ger. viparakkamma
(jhayantam) 103,s.

Vipassati, #b (sa. vi-y/pag) to
see (clearly), to understand, to be ine
telligent; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (tanuk’ettha)
88,29-33 ; part. gen. m. vipassato (dham-
mam) Dh, 373,

vipiika, m, (= ea.) ripening, ma-
turing (esp, of actions, ¢. ¢. result, ree
ward or punishment); tass’eva kam-
massa vipdka-vasena, because that
action had just been ripe (for punish-
mant) 84,33; nom. ~o (kammanam)
97,14; acc, war, Dh, 37,

vipiiteti, vl, (cans, vieYpat, sa,
vipituyati) to break, aplit meat part,
m, vipituyant (muddham) Dh, 72,

vipula, mfn. (=. sa.) large, great;
nm, wait (sukhan,) Dh, 27, 290,

vippakdra, mt. (= 8a.) ‘bad man-
ner’, improper proceeding; shame, dise
grace; outrage; acc. ~am, 65,8.

vippakinna, mfn. (sa, vi-pra-
kirnay strewn all round about; ace,
nm, acti, 34,9,

vippajahati, ob. (sa. vi-pras hi)
to giva up, abandon (ace,}; pot. 3. 8g.
ewjabeyya (miinamh) Dh, 221; ger,
vippahaya, Dk, 87,

vippatieiisin, mfn. (sa. vipra-
tisiirin) {Ned with regret, repentants
m wi, 20jve; pl. wine (pacehi-’, g.
v.) 79,18,

vippanattha, mfn, (sa. vipra-
nashta, \/nag) perished, disappeared;
inatr, (or loc.) f, witya (niiviiyn) 26,91.

vippamuficati, eb (sa, viepras
Vmuc) to liberate, send uway, shake
off, to liberate oneeelf from (acc); pot.

236

2. pl. wetha (ragath) Dh. 377; pp.
vippamutta, liberated, free from (abl.);
gen. m, ~assa, Dh, 90, 212 (piyato).

vippayoga, m™. (sa. viprayoga)
separation (from : instr.); nom. ~0
(piyehi) 67,10. bate,

Seal atial: (sa, vi-pra-ylap)
to routter, talk (wildly, in one’s sleep);
part, f. pl. ~antiyo, 65,6. 67,30.

vippaviddha, mfn. (sa. vipra-
viddha, /vyadh) thrown away, scat-
tered about; °-naind-kunapa-bharita,
mfn, filled with various dead bodies
scattered about, . ~am (amakasusia-
nam) 65,10.

*vippasanna, mfn. (pp. fr. next)
clear, serene, placid; m. wo (yathapi
rahado) Dh, 82; ace. warm (candam
va) Dh, 413; instr. n. wena (cetasit)
Dh. 79.

*vippasidati, vb. (sa, *vi-pra-
Vsad) to be thoroughly clear or tran-
quil; pr. 3. pl. ~anti (pandita) Dh. 82.

vippahaya, ger, v. vippajahati.

vipphandita,m/fn, (pp. vi-yspund)
trembling, moving unsteadily; m. subst,
wih, agitation, distortion, perversion
(?); *ditthi-°, 2. uncertainty in views,
or confusion on account of false views,
94,1.

Vibhofiga, m. (= ea.) lit. ‘divi-
sion’, or ‘explanation’, nom. pr. ) of
a Pali work, the 2. part of the Abhi-
dhamma-pitaka; nom. ~0, 102,12; —
*) of the 2, section of Vinayuspituka,

vibhujati, vb, (ea. vieybhaj) !)
to divide, distribute (acc. & gen.);
ger. ~itvd, 41,19; pp. vibhntta (q. v.);
- ")to explain (cp. nezt),

vibhajjaua, 2. (wrong spelling
of vibhinjuna, == sa.) ‘separation’, di-
stinotion, explanations doc, xambi,
109,10. (ep. puvibliajuti).

vibhutta, mfn. (pp. vibhajati;
sa, vibhakta) divided, distributed;
sama-vibhatturh, m, ad equal part,
41,18; su-°, well atranged, 110,14,

vibhuva, m, (—. sa.) 1) ‘develop.
ment’, prosperity, power, wealth; loc.
~e, 48,10; comp, *°-tanha, f. thirst

237

for prosperity, 67,14; dvandva comp,
siri-°, majesty and power, 47,32 (acc,
wath); *asitikoti-°, mfn. (ov. iy =
*) (as opp. to bhava) loss, destruction;
dat, ~aya, Dh, 282,

vibhuti, 7. (= sa.) abundance,
splendour; *°-sampanna, m/n. brilliant,
61,4 (mala-gandha-°, with . ~lands
and perfumes).

vibhisana, . (sa, vibhushana)
ornament, decoration; °-tthana, “n,
81,25 (v. thina’),

vibhtisita, mn. (sa. vibhiishita)
adorned, decorated; /. wi (sabbalam.-
kara-°) 61,7.

vimati, f. (= 8a.) doubt, uncer-
tuinty; nom, wi, 79,17,

vimala, mfn, (= su.) spotless,
clean, bright; acc. m. ~am, Db. 413,

vimana, m. (= sa.) seat, throne;
place, abode; house, mansion, palace;
acc. ~am, 29,15; abl. wa, 20,4; loc.
~e (phalika-°, crystal-palace) 23,15;
23,22-83 (rajata-°, mani-°, kanaka-°,
q. v.); deva-°, the palace of the gods,
or a divine chariot (or throne), 63,6
(°-sadisam rathamh); Tusita-°, ». 87,31
(v. h., ep, corrections),

vimuccati, vb. (pass. vi-\/muc)
to become free, to be delivered (esp.
from the bonds of existence, abdl.);
pr. 3. sg. ~wati (viradga) 71,14; aor.
3. sg. vimucci (asavehi) 69,24; 3. pl.
~wimsu, 71,18; — pp. vimutta, mfn.
released, delivered; m. ~o (anupada,
v, upadiyati) 94,18; 71,15 (vimutt’-
amhi); Dh, 353 (w. loc. tanhakkhaye,
“free through the destruction of thirst’);
loc. ~asmith (fainam hoti, when de-
livered, he comprehends that he has
become free) 71,14; ”. wath (cittam)
69,36. 105,23; comp. *°-citta, m/fn. one
whose mind has been delivered, 94,13;
*su-vimutta-citta, mfn. id. Db. 20;
*O.manasa, mfn, id. Dh, 348. cp.
next etc.

vimutti, f. (sa. vimukti) libera-
tion, emancipation (Nibbana); °-sukha,
n, the bliss of emuncipation, 66,4.

viraga

vimokha, m., (sa. vimoksha) =
prec,; nom, ~0 (cetaso), 80,35, Dh, 92.

viy-°, ep. vy-%

viya, indecl. = iva (gq. v.):2,14,
3,7. 5,28. 111,6, e¢e.; sometimes limi-
ting the predicate of a clause: ahamy
viya sukaramukho ahosi, 86,1; do.
w, negation : kappana viya na hoti
(scarcely any) 65,22; cp, kassaka viya
hotha, 31,1,

viyakasi, aor., ». vyakaroti.

viyuhati, vb. (sa. vi-V/ihb) to re-
move (acc.); ger, ~itva (valikam)
14,95; (pathsum) 40,20 (cp, apabbi-
hati).

viraja, mfn, (= sa.) free from
dust or impurity, pure, blameless;
acc, m, ~am, 68,90, Dh. 386. 412.

virajjati, vb. (sa. vi-Vranj) to
change disposition or affection, to be-
come free from passion (or from plea: ~
sure); pr. 3. sg. wati, 71,14; — pp.
viratta, mfn, having aversion to (Joc.);
m. ~o (kimesu) 65,9; *°-manasa,
mfn, id. 64,19 (gen. wassa (kilesesu));
*0_cittata, f. aversion to (loc.), instr.
~waya (kilesesu) 64,32. cp. viraga.

viramati, vb. (sa. vi-/ram) to
give up, abstain from, leave off (abl.);
aor, 3. pl. ~imsu (panatipata) 17,31.
cp. veramani.

virava, m, (= sa.) roaring, cry-
ing; @ roar; acc. ~am (maha-°) 40,21;
(eka-°) 60,11 (viravanti).

viravati, vb. (sa, vi-y/ru) to roar,
cry; pr. 3. pl, wanti (w. ace. eka-
viravamh) 60,11; part. m, ~anto (ga-
drabharavena, “braying like an ass”)
118,10; llje; f. wanti, 53,31; aor.
8. 8g. Viravi, 40,21, 55,15; 3. pl. witmsu,
53,91; ger. witva (ti Adini) 73,80.

viraga, m. (= sa.) lit, ‘the being
decoloured’, change of colour, play of
colours (or simply: colour); moat fre-
quently metaph. of aversion, indiffe-
rence (to pleasures), absence of pas-
sion; nom. ~o (settho dhammanam)
Dh, 273; dat. ~aya (sathvattati),
93,8; abl. ~a (by absence of passion)
71,14. 94,18; — in the comp, asesa-

viriccati

viraiga-nirodha, m. complete and track-
lesa destruction, 66,12 (avijjiiya) vi-
riga seems to be adj, ‘without colour’
(i. e, leaving no track, cp. raga);
differently Rhys Davids: “the destruc-
tion of ignorance, which consists in
the complete ebeence of lust”.

viriccati, vb. (sa. vi-yric, pass.
viricyate; it seems tc be pass. of the
caus, vireceti, sa. virecayati, to purge)
to be purged; part. m. ~mano, 78,32.

viriya, . (sa, virya) strength,
power, energy; nom. wam, 103,16;
Db. 112 (viryam); acc. wath (karoti,
to persevere} 4211-19; kuta-° mfn.
persevering, energetic, gen. wassa,
4213; *draddha-°, mf. id. 108,19.
Dh. 8 (°-viriyam), opp. hina-viriya,
mfn, weak, Dh. 7, 112; °phala, x.
result of energy, 42,18, *°-bala, n.
perseverance, instr. wena, 42,11. cp.
vira, virya.

virujjhati, vb. (pass. vi-y/rudh)
to be opposed, to be at variance with,
contend against (imsty.); pr. 3. sg.
no wati (is patient) Db. 95; pp., v.
next etc,

viruddha, mfn, (pp. fr. last; =
sa.) opposite, hostile, intolerant; Joc.
pl. ~esu, Dh. 406; a-viruddha, mfn.
(v. h.).

virodha, m. (== sa.) opposition,
contradiction’ acc. xam (dassayi,
“pointed out in what respect they were
fallacious”) 113,13.

vilaisa, m, (== sa.) sport, play,
routine; coquetry, dalliance; grace,
charm, beauty; instr. pl. ~wehi (at
the end of a cvandva-comp.) 21,13;
uttama-yobbana-vilase-mattu, m/fn.,
gen. f. pl. wanath, 47,14 (“drunken
with the pride of their glorious youth”),

vilimpati, vb. (<a. vi-ylip) to
sinear, anoint facc.), anoint oneself,
perfume oneself (sometimes with acc.
of the namn of the perfume); ger.
witva (sakalasarirarn) 57,29; (gan-
dhe, ace. pl.) 41,5: part. gen. ~wan-
tassa (without obj.) 53,26; ~ caus. II.
*vilimpapeti, to cause to be anointed

238

or perfumed; ger, ~etva (math gan-
dhehi) 33,s. cp. vilepana.
vilumpati, 0d. (sa. vieylup) to
rob, plunder (acc.); ger. ~witva (ma-
nusse), 30,30; — caus. II. *vilumpa-
peti, to let plunder; aor. 3. Sg. ~eSl
(without obj.) 39,6. as
vilepana, %. (= sa.) anointing;
ointment, perfume; mom. ~am (lohi-
ta-candana-°, q. v.) 23,33; dvandva-
comp, mala-gandha-°, 73,11. 81,95.
viloma, mfn, (= 8a.) lit, ‘against
the hair’, contrary, wrong; m. pl.
~Gni (subst.) faults, perversities,
Dh. 50.
vivata, mfn. (pp. vivarati; sa. vi-
vyta, \/vr) uncovered, open; f. wa
(opp. channa) 104,95; *°-mukha, mfn.
with open mouth; f. pl. ~@, 65,7,
mukhavivate. loc. abs. 3,17. ep. nezt.
vivatta, mfn. (sa. vivrtta) turoed
round or away. opened, developed;
*vivatta-cchadda, m. ‘dispeller of de-
lusion’, an epithet of a Buddha, 61,34;
this word seems to be sa. *vivrtta-
chadman, one who has rolled away
the cloud or veil (¢. e. the delusion of
this world?), but we find it spelt in
different ways: vivata- (vivatta-, vi-
vatta-) cchadda (-cchada, -cchadana,
-ccheda), so that it very well might
represent sa. *vivarta-chada, or 9-che-
da, cp. sa. vivarta & Childers s. v.
vivadati, vb. (sa, vi-/vad) to
contradict, contest; dispute, quarrel;
part, med, pl. ~ mana, 101,38,
vivara, m,n, (= sa.) aperture,
breach, fissure, hole, cleft; fault; acc.
wath (pabbatanamh) Dh. 127; paka-
ra-° (of a wall) 90,94; ep. 91,30,
vivarati, vb. (sa. vi-y/vr) to open,
reveal (acc.); pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (pa-
ticchannam) 69,16; aor. 3. sg. vivari
(mukham) 3,18; (dvaram) 65,38; 3.
pl. withsu, 68,3; ger. witva, 3,16;
pp. Vivata, q. v. ep, vivara,
viviha, m (= sa.) marriage;
acc. ~ati (karoti, to marry a wife)
101,17 (ep. aviha).
Vivicca, ger, & grd. (fr. vi-yVvie,

239

to separate) in the comp. *vivicca-
sayana, ”. sleeping alone, Dh, 271
(instr, wena). cp. viveka,

vividha, mfn, (= sa.) manifold,
various; ™, wam, 111,32,

viveka, m. (= sa.) separation,
seclusion, solitude; acc, ~ ath, Dh, 75;
loc. we, Dh, 87.

visa, m, n. (sa, visha) _ poison,
venom; acc, wath (bhatte pakkhipi-
tva) 33,30; Db, 123; sa-visa, mfn.
poisoned, poisonous; instr, wena (sal-
lena) 92,7. cp. visattika.

visamyutta (visaifiutta), mfn.
(sa. visamyukta) detached, delivered
(from : instr. or e, ¢.); acc. m. wath,
Dh. 385. 397, 402. 410; 417 (sabba-
yoga-°). cp, samyoga.

*visamkhara-gata, mfn., who
is free from predispositions (samkhara,
q. v.), approaching Nibbana; n, sam
(cittath) Db. 154.

*visamkhita, mfn. (pp. visam-
kharoti, to take to pieces; sa, *vi-
sam-Vkr) taken asunder; m, vam
(gahakitam) Dh. 154.

visanfiutta, v. visamyutta,

visattha, m/fn. (sa. vispshta) set
free, released; *°-matta, mfn. (v.
matta?®>), m, ~o (at the moment he
was set free) 17,20.

*visattikd, f. (prob. fr. visatta,
sa, vi-shakta, saiij, adhering to,
extended over, w. loc.), desire, lust,
longing for (often w. loc. loke and
coordinate with tanha (q. v.), to which
it sometimes bas been taken as adj.
in the sense of “poisonous” on account
of its resemblance to visa); nom. ~a
(jalini ~ tanha) Db. 180; (jammi
tanha loke ~) 107,31 == Dh, 3365.

visada, mfn. (sa. vigada) clear,
pure, spotless; even, smooth; m. ~0,
62,39.

visaya, m, (sa, vishaya) sphere,
dominion, country; La]a-°, m. 110,29
v hh).

Tees, vb. (8a, vi-\/sah) to be
able or capable to; to dare, venture
(to. inf.); pr. 8 ag. ~wati [scil. pa-

vissa

tivacanam datum] 90,26; 1. sg. ~ami,
13,15; 3. pl. ~wanti, 8,1; part. m. a-
visahanto (gantum, not venturing to
20, i, e, to enter on that expedition)
39,4.

visarada, mfn. (sa. vicarada)
wise, skilled or versed in; bold, con-
fident; m. ~o (devindo) 110,26; (sab-
ba-vada-°) 113,4. cp. vesarajja.

visidati, vb. (sa. vi-sad) to
siuk down, be immersed in; to despond,

despair; pr. 3, pl. wanti, Dh. 171.

*visiveti, vb, (caus. fr. sa. *vi
+ yoyai) to remove cold, thaw up,¢
warm oneself; ger, ~etvad, 100,95. cp,
Morris, JPTS, ’84, p. 72.

visujjhati, ob, (sa. vi-ygudh)
to become pure; pr, 3. sg. ~wati, Dh.
165; caus. visodheti (q.v.) cp. nezt.

visuddhi, f. (= sa.) purification,
purity, holiness; dat. gen. ~wiya (sat-
tanam) 90,17; (maggo) 107,12. Dh.
274-77; *kamma-°, f. (q. v.). — *Vi-
suddhi-magga, m. nom. pr. of a work
of Buddhaghosa (lit. ‘way of purity’);
acc. ~wam, 114,12.
“vistka, n, (fr. sa. *vi-y/stic, or
vicoka, cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 29,
Tr, PM, 78,33) show, spectacle, play;
only in the foll. two comp, ; *ditthi-
visika, . a puppet-show of heresy,
94,1; *vistika-dassana, 7, seeing spec-
tacles, abl. wa, 81,24. ep. visoka, mfn,

visesa, m. (sa. vigesha) difference,
species; distinction, excellence; abi,
(adv.) visesato, especially, distinctively,
emphatically; 114,23, Dh, 22.

visoka, mfn. (sa. vicoka) free from
sorrow; gen. m, ~assa, Dh. 90. ep.
visuka, 2.

visodheti. vb. (caus, visujjhati;
sa, vicodhayati) to purify, keep clear
(acc.); pot, 3. sg. waye, Dh. 165.
281, 289.

visoseti, vb. (caus. vi-ygush,
vicoshayati) to make dry, dry up
(ace.); pot. 3. sg. waye (nadinarh
sotaui) 103,18; pp. visosita, dried up,
f. ~& (tanha) 108,13. cp. sussati.

vissa, mfn. (8a. vigva?) whole,

viseajjana

entire; acc. m. wath (dhammam)
106,5 == Dh, 266; (vissa in the sense
of 8a, Vigva seins net to occur elses
where in Pali; the Comm, Dhpd. 1855.
p. 379 takes it apparently = sa. visra,
mfn, (smelling like raw meat), and
explains it by visama, vissa-gandha,
which occurs sometimes in the com-
mentaries, e.g. Vin. IIT, 288,2).

vissajjana, , (sa. visarjana)
sending forth, abandoning, giving up;
nom. tec, ~em, 4,21; 47,4 (imassa
nam kasimh, “I have caused him to
leave me’).

“vissajjapeti vb. (caus. II.
Vissajjati) to send, throw. thrust away
(ace.); aor. 3. sg. wesi, 55,17; ger.
wetvd, 23,9, 51,2 (hattham).

vissajjeti, vb. (caus. vissajjati,
sa, visarjuyati, vi-y/srj) ') to emit,
send (forth, away); to let go, set at
liberty (ace.); pr. 3. pl. wenti (ma-
taram) 32,20; imp. 2. sg. ~ehi (mam
sarasinim:, put into) 5,16; pot. 1. sy.
~weyyam, 4,9; aor. 3. 8g. wesi, 4,17.
31,19; 36,24 (dedkighatarh, overturned);
3. pl. wesum, 32,23; fut. 3. sg. wes-
sati, 4,3¢; ger. wetva, 4,16 59,14;
61,6 (satasahassani, dispensing); pp.
vissajjita, m. pl. ~& (maccha) 4,27.
— *) to explain, answer (a question,
acc.); pr. 3. sq. ~weti (panham pu-
ttho) 90,2; part. m. wento, 85,14;
gen. f. wentiya, 86,52; ger, wetva
(tam atthath) 85,21; pp. vissajjita,
m. ~0 (panho) 88,12; 2. pl. nani,
Y8,a3, ,

vissattha, m/fn. (pp. vissajjati =
vissajjeti; sa. vispshta) sent away,
loosed, released; m, ~0, 4,3 (put down),

vissamati, vb. (sa. vi-/¢ram)
to rest, repose; ger. Aitva, 9,24; pp.
vissamita, comp. tesam °-kdle, 21,7
(“taking their rest’),

vissasati, tb. (sa. vi-/¢vas) to
trust or confide in (Loc, (or gen., acc.));
pot. 3. sg. vissase (tasu) 51,4. ep, next.

vissasa. m. (sa, vicvisa) trust,
confidence; acc. ~am (achinditva, “in
unbroken amity”) 13,7; wath apajjati

240

(v. h.): 30,193 Dh, 272 (metri causa
vissisa-mipadi); comp. *°-paraina
fidti, Db, 204 (“trust ie the best of
relationships”, cp. parama & laibha
above). oe

vissasika, mfn. (sa. vigvasika)
1) confident, trustful; *) intimate, fa-
miliar, confidant; m, ~o (“confidential
adviser”) 38,22. :

vihanfati, vb. (pass, vi-Vhan)
to be anxious or frightened, to be at-
flicted or grieved, mourn; pr. 3. 8g.
wati, 34,20. Dh. 15. 62; part. m. a-
vihaiflamano (“without complaint’)
78,26.

viharati, vb. (sa, vi-yhbr) to dwell,
stay, live; pr. 3. 3g. wati, 2,19. 66,2.
75,0, 84,8 (vihare); 2. pl. ~ama, Dh.
197; part. m. wanto, 28,2; gen. ~ato,
103,23; imp. 3. sg. watu, 74,93; ger.
~witva, 70,90; fut. 2, sg. vihaihisi (su-
khaih) Db, 379 (if not better from
vijahati (sa, vi-Vha), ep. Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 116), ep. meat & saddhi-vibarika.

vihara, m. (== sa.) 1) passing
the time agreeably, pleasure; sukha-
vibara, happiness, 74,29 (dittha-dham-
ma-°, q. v.); brahma-9, v. h. = *)
pleasure-ground, place of recreation,
home, esp. a Buddhist monastery or
cloister; mom, ~0, 84,8; ~am, 22,%0.
114,38; Joc. we, 84,7; Aggalava-°,
Maha-®, nom. pr. (q. v.).

vihfrin, mfn, (= sa.) dwelling,
living, delighting in; mostly e, ¢., v.
*u-ppamada-°, *metta-°, “sadhu-°,
mfn. Dh, 57, 329, 368.

vihahiti, fut., v. vibarati (& vie
jahati),

vihimsati, vb. (sa, vi-\/hiths) to
injure, hurt (ace.); pr. 3. sg. wati
(bhitani pe Dh, 131. cp, nezt.

vihetheti, vb, (sa. vieheth) to
annoy, injure, insult (acc.); part, m.
~wayanto, Dh, 184 (parath); ger.
~wetva, 73,6; pass. fut. 3. sg. vihe-
thiyissati (nagena) 76,31; pp. wita,
pl. wa, 73,5 (vihethit? attha). [This
verb is confounded with the synvr.
verb viheseti, which seems to be iden-

241

tical with sa. vibhishayati or vihim-
sayati, Tr.] cp, F. W. Thomas, JRAS,
04. p. 749.

vici, f. (= 6a.) a wave; ace. pl,
~1, 28,7.

vina, f. (= sa.) a certain stringed
instrument, a lute; nom. ~a, 104,17;
ace, wat, 19,32. 50,10. 67,29,

vita, mfn. (pp. vi-/i; = sa.) gone
away; very frequently at the beginning
of comp, == free from, without;
°-tanha, mfn, Dh, 351 (x, tanha),;
*0-dosa, mfn. Dh, 357 (v, dosa®);
*vitaeddara, mfn, fearless, Dh, 385
(fr. dara, q. 0, cp. nid-dara); °=mala,
mfn, 68,20 (v. h.); *°=moha, mfn, Dh,
358 (0. h.),

*vitinameti, vb. (sa. *vi-ati-
\/nam) to spend time, pass away time
(acc.); ger. ~etva (divasam) 22,2s,

vitisareti, vb. (caus. vi-ati-ysr;
Buddh, sa. vyatisirayati) to finish
(Comm, = pariyosapeti); only in the
usual phrase ; sammodaniyam kathath
saraniyam ~, to exchange the usual
ceremonious greetings, 89,21 (ger. we-
tva); the same phrase is put into metre
Sn. v. 419 (cp. Jat. 1V, 98,18).

vithi, f. (= sa.) a row; a street,
road, passage; Joc. ~wiyam (antara-°,
q. v.) 39,6; loc, pl. wisu (nagara-°)
73,29; *°-sabhaga, m. a neighbour (liv-
ing in the same street), gen, pl, Sanam,
57,7.

vimamsati, vb, (sometimes spelt
vi-4; sa, vi-mrg, but perhaps con-
founded with mimamsate) to investi-
gate, examine, esp. to put to the test
(acc.); pr. 1, sg. ~ami (nath) 3,6;
part. m. santo, 57,17; imp. 2. pl.
~watha, 58,4; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (mam
danena) 16,13; fut. 1. sg. ~issami,
13,23. 15,9; inf. witum, 114,8; ger.
witvd, 58,15. cp. next. [The gramma-
rians derive this verb from desider,
yman, cp. Childers & Sénart, Kacc.
p. 232 (434), Pischel, Gramm. § 251;
on account of its signification (it has
usually a personal object) I think it
is preferable, as do Trenckner & Faus-

Pali Glossary.

vutthahati

bell (6 Jat. p. 37), to derive it from
vi-mro®, although \mrg with other
prp. becomes masati.]

vimamsana, ». (sa. vimargana,
but 2 above) trying, testing; comp,
“atthaya, 16,12; °-attham, 57,23 (ep,
attha '),

vira, m. (= sa.) a brave or emi-
nent man, hero; acc. wam, Dh.’ 418;
°Buddha-®, m, (q. v.); °-sena, m. nom,
pr., name of a man, 97,1, cp, next,
vera & verin,

viriya, ”, v. viriya.

visani, indecl, (& visati or °-tim,
nom.acc. pl.; sa. viingati (vithgat)) num,
‘20’; ~ satasahassath, 20,00,000, 23,5.

visatima. mfn. (sa, virhgatama)
twentieth; m. ~o (vaggo) Dh. ch, XX;
ekiina-°, q. v.

vuccati, vb. (pass.y/vac, sa. ucyate)
to be said, told, spoken (of or to); to
be requested; to be called or named;
pr. 3, sg. ~wati (is called) : 25,31. 82,14.
106,7. 109,14; (is spoken of) 96,5; 3.
pl. ~anti (are called) 32,17; pp. vutta
(v. below), From this a number of ac-
tive forms have been preserved, but
the active present tense is taken from
the suppletive verb vadati (*vadeti)
q. v.; aor, #) avaca, 3. sg. 51,15. 64,8;
2, sg. 22,18 (ma mam kijici ~); ava-
cath, 7. sg. 55,6; — >) avoca, 3, sg.
2,0 (ima gatha); 68,15 (etad); 76,2
ones 110,21; 2. sg. voca

-(unaugmented after ma&) Dh. 133; 3.

pl. avocum, 76,23; [aor. °¢) avacisi,
avocasi are also found; fué. vakkha-
mi]; if. vattuin, 87,21. 103,15; ger.
vatvi, 2,8. 3,7 etc.; a-vatva; 44,5 (alter-
nating with vutte, abs. loc.); grd.
vattabba, m. ~o (bhikkhuhi, to be
spoken to) 79,15; ”. ~am, 88,5; 88,6
(wsiya); caus. vaceti (q. v.) ep. va-
cana, vaca, etc.

vutthahati & vutthati, wd, (sa.
vi-ud-y/stha) to rise, arise, get up
(from, abl.); aor. 3. sg. vutthasi, 111,9;
ger. *) vutthiya (sayana) 41,27. 65,14;
>) vutthahitva, 80,4; pp. vutthita, loc,
m. we, 82,22, ep. next.

16

vuttbana

vutthana, n. (sa. vyuttbana) ri-
sing up; *gabbha-°, n. 62,0 (». h.).

vutthi, f. (sa. vrshti) rain; nom.
~i, 106,81 = Db. 14; ace. wim, 104,38.

vuddha, mfn. (pp. vaddhati, ep.
vaddha®; sa, vrddha) grown, old; m.
~), 74,21,

vutta, mfn. (pp. vuccati; sa. ukta)
said, told, apoken; addressed, answered,
requested, proposed; m. ~0, 113,19;
(sumiino, being requested) 98,16; f.
wa, 31,52. 111,81; nm. wah (tena ~
on that account it is said) 51,99; (idam)
84,28; ~ath wah (“each of his pro-
positions”) 113,13; loc. abs. we (tia,
evam ~) 1,19, 79,20, efc.; alternating
with vatva (yer.) 44,5; m. pl. wa,
33.9. 73,23; comp, *vuttu-matta, mfn.
(v. matta®>); *hettha-vutta-° (q. v.)
63,22 (°-nayen’eva, v. naya).

*vuttari-bhaveti, v. uttari-®.

vutti, f. (sa. vrtti) mode of lite,
conduct, behaviour; *a-cchidda-°, mfn.
Db. 229; *patisanthadra-°, mfn. Dh.
376 (v. h.).

yvuddhu, mfn. (pp. vaddhati) =
vuddha & vaddha (gq, v.).

vuddhi, f. (sa. vrddhi) growth,
increase; acc, wm, 2,18, 18,2. (ep,
vaddhi).

Visita, m/v, (vp. vasati; sa. ushita)
lived, past, completed; . ~ath (brah-
macariyar) 71,15,

vipasama, m, (sa. vyupagama)
cessation, pacification; ~9, 80,29.

ve, indecl. (sa, vai) # particle of
affirmation : ‘indeed’, ‘certainly’; 106,7
== Dh. 267; Db. 234; 108,¢ (ve ma);
ba ve, 55,1; inserted in the relative
sentence: yo ve, 106,33 = Dh, 22y,
cp. have.

*vekanda, m.(?), @ kind of arrow:
acc. wath, 92,23 (not found elsewhere),

vega, m, (= sa.) haste, speed,
quickness, rapidity; enstr. (adv.) wena
(gantvit) 7,4; 60,6; comp. asani-¥, 12,29;
vata-°, 12,30; rathu-vega-°, 60,10.

Vejayanta, m, (sa. Vaijuyanta)
nom. pr. of the palace of Sakku (In-
dra); nom. ~0, 60,25 (vijayante utthi-

242

tatti); °-pasado, 60,%; *°-ratha, m.
Sakku'’s chariot (chariot of victory)
60,4 (instr. wena). ;

vethita, m/n. (pp. vetheti, /vesht;
sa. cee enveloped, covered; m.
~o (samukha-®, g. v.) 51,8.

vetana, n. (= sa.) hire, wages;
salary, payment; subsistence, livelihood,
earning; acc. wam, 76,13; (~ khan-
detva, g.v.) 19,15; *atta-vetana-bhata,
mfn, 105,5 (v. uttan).

vetta, m. n. (sa. vetra) a reed,
stick, staff; °-agga, nm. the point of
reed, 62,17 (susedita-9, g. v.).

veda, m. (= 8a.) knowledge, per-
ception, emotion, pleasure; pl. the
(three) Vedas (viz. Irubbeda, Yajub-
beda, Samaveda); gen. pl. ~anam
(tinnam) 16,22; loc, pl. ~esu (tisu)
113,3.

vedana, f. (= sa.) *) feeling,
sensation (in the dogmatics : the secoud
of the five khandha, g. v.); nom. wa,
66,8 (phassa-paccaya); 94,0. 95,16;
instr, ~aya, 95,15; gen. waya, 94,9;
-nirodha, m, 66,15 (g. v.); *°-samnkha-
vimutta, mfn. “released from what is
styled sensation’, 95,17; pl. tisso ve-
dana, the three perceptions (vie, duk-
kha, sukha, adukkha-m-asukha) 82,9;
uttama-vedanam (ace. sg.) 103,23,
seems to be the last of those three. —
*) pain, suffering; acc. wari, 80,34;
pl. wa (khara) 13,12; (pabalha) 78,245
comp.*vedanatta, mfn. 50,20 (v.atta!);
*matta, mfn, “maddened with the
pain”, m. ~0, 24,7; ace, wath, 30,15.

vedaniya, mfn. (grd. yvid; sa.
vedaniya) ‘to be known, intelligible;
*pandita-", mfn. 94,26 (v. h.).

Vedabbha, m(fn). (sa. Vaidar-
bha) relating to the country Vidarbha;
acc, m, wath (manta, name of a
certain spell) 32,9; °-brahmana, m.
a Brahman knowing that spell, 32,16,
etc,; 34,21 (Vedabbhath); — °-jitaka,
n, 32,2,

“vedayita, n. (fr. vedeti, v. [vi-
dati]) sensation, perception of the sen-
se8, impression on the senses; wall,

243

70,27; sania-vedayita-nirodha, m.

80,10 (q. v.). '
*vedalla, m. (sa, *vaidalya; the

native grammarians derive it from veda

vema, m. (= 6a.) a loom; aco,
wath, 89,7; *-koti, f. ib, (v. h.).

*vemajjha, n. (cp. sa, vimadhya)
the middle, or more correctly: the in-
terior of anything between its centre
and its outskirt (or vot far away from
ita limits); acc, ~am (gata-kiile, i.e.
before he had got os far as mid-river)
28,7; loc. we (nadiya, not far from
the bank in the river) 2,10.

veyyaggha, mfn. (sa. vaiyaghra?
cp. vyaggha below) belonging to a
tiger, tiger-like, i. ¢, eminent (?);
°.paficamam, ‘an eminent man besides’
(lit. as the fifth) Dh, 295, SBE. X.
p. 71-72. cp. JRAS, V. 229. (Faus-
bell, Dhpd. 1855. p. 391, takes it from
sa. Vvaiyagra (vy-agra).)

*veyyattiya, n. (fr. vyatta) in-
telligence, cleverness; instr, wena,
91,26,

veyyakarana, m. (sa, vaiyaka-
rana, mfn.) exposition, explanation;
nom, ~ati, 109,33 (one of the nine
divisions of Buddha's doctrine); loc,
wasmim, 71,17. (cp. vyakaroti).

vera, 7. (8a. Vaira) enmity, anger,
hatred; acc. wam, Dh. 201; 11,20
(~ bandhati, g. v.); instr. wena,
106,23 = Dh. 5; abl, wa, Dh. 291;
pl. ~ani, 106,23; comp. *°-sarhsagga-
samsattha, mfn. Dh. 291 (v, h.); ep.
a-vera, Vira, verin.

*yeramani, f. (fr. viramana, vi-

vesirajja

yram) abstinence (from, abl.); nom,
~i (panatipata) 81,s2, ete.

verin, mfn, (sa. vairin) hostile,
hating; sinful; mom, m, ~1, Dh, 42
(var, lect.; cp. neat); acc, winam, ib.;
loc. pl, ~inesu, Dh, 197, cp. a-verin,

verivat (= veravat), mfn, (sa.
vaira-vat) == prec.; nom, m. ~vAa,
Dh, 42 (but the reading : veri va
seems to be preferable). cp, puttimat,

vela, f. (= sa.) *) limit, boundary,
coast, shore; “°-anta, m. (q. v.), loc,
~we, 20,4 (“on the edge of the shore”);
— *) time; Joc. velaya(m), ut that time,
on that occasion (mostly e.¢.): aruna-°,
12,18; aigata-°, 20,10; jiita-kilana-°,
20,14; pavisana-°, 63,4; tayam a,
66,19; velayam eva, adv, = to mor-
row (soon) 14,37—15,3. — Uru-°, nom,
pr. (gq. %.) = sa, =vilva,

velu, m. (once ».) (sa. venu)
bamboo; nom. n, wurh, 26,97; %vana,
n.a bamboo-grove, 26,95 (cp. below);
*O-pesika, f. 52,31 (g. v.).

veluriya, m. (sa. vaidirya) the
cat’s-eye-gem, lapis lazuli, fegvidog;
*Ovannupanibha, mfn. 10,19 (v. upa-
nibha); “varhsa-raga-°, “coral of the
colour of bamboo” (Jat. Transl, vol. IV,
p. 89) 26,81, ep, JRAS, XII (1880)
p. 178.

Veluvana, n, (sa. venu-vana;
cp. velu above) nom, pr. of a bamboo-
grove and » monastery near Rajagaha,
presented to Buddha by King Bim-
bisira; loc. we, 84,97.

vevanniya, , (sa. vaivarnya)
change of colour, loss of beauty; ace.
wai, 47,16,

vesa, m, (sa. veca, vesha) dress,
ornament, appearance, disguise; mostly
e@.¢.: acc. wat (itthi-®) 58,81; (tun-
navaya-°) 68,16; instr. wena (ania-
taka-°, in disguise) 43,19; (aiiiatara-°)
55,29; (brahmana-°, disguised as a
Br.) 15,10; (manava-°) 19,10; (pari-
bbajaka-°) 110,a9.

vesarajja, n. (fr. visarada; sa,
vaicaradya) clearness of intellect, ex-
pertness; *°-ppatta,. mfn. who has

16*

Verea

gaiaed full knowledge or confidence;
m. ~w0, 69,18.
. vessa, m, (sa, vaigya) a man of
the third caste; nom. ~0, 92,10.
.*Vessantara, m. (cp. Buddh., sa.
Vicvantara; Jat. VI. p. 485,18) nom.
pr. of a Siang (= Buddha in his last
existence but one); °-jataka, m. the
last tale in the J&taka-book, 102,19.
vehisa (& vekdsaya), m. or .(?)
(sa. vaihayasa) sky, atmosphere; comp.
*vehasam-gama, mfn. able fo fly
through the air, 21,35 (cp. sa, viham-
gama).

vo, pron, 2. pers., gen. dat. pl.,
¢, tvam.

*vokara, m, (= okara, q. v.) vile
hess, worthlessness; anekakara-°, mfn,
86,8 (v. an-eka).

voca, aor., v. vuccati.

vodaka, mfn, (sa. vy-udaka) wa-
terless, dry; ace. m. m, wam, 83,15.
84.2. (cp. sa-udaka).

voropeti, vl. (sa. vy-ava-ropay-
uti, caus. Yruh) to deprive of (abl,
& acc. pers.); pot, 4. sg. ~eyya (Ta-
thagatamh jivita) 76,27; aor. 2. sg.
wesi, 75,315 fut. 1. sg. wessami, 75,32;
3. pl, wessanti, 75,3; inf. ~wetum,
75,30; ger. wetva, 75,3.

*vosana, n. (fr. vy-ava-\/80) con-
viction, determination; consummation,
perfection; sabba-vosita-°, mfn, al-
together perfect, ace. m, swam, Dh.
423, cp. nexi,

vosita, mfn. (sa. vyavasita, pp.
Vy-ava-//s0) perfect, determined; *a-
shinny, min, Dh. 423! (v. h.) ep,
vosana.

vohara, m. (sa, vyavahara) ") prace
tice, affair, business, trade; acc. wam
(karoti) 8,16. 23,2-4; *°-karanatthaya,
*for business”, 9,11; ~ 7) lawsuit, liti-
yation; acc. war, 42,28; loc. pl. wesu,
ib.; — 5) mode cf expression, appella«
tion, aame; nom, ~0, 97,2.

vyaggha. m, (sa. vyaghra) a tiger; |

gen, ~wassa, 8,3. op. veyyaggha,
vyaijana, 7. (= sa.) ') ornament,
sign, mark, efc.; — *) a letter, syllable,

l

|
|
|

244

esp. consonant; instr. abl, pl. ~ehi,
114,91; — *) condiment, sauce; acc.
~wam, 57,91; *aneka-stipa-°, m/fn.
571 (v. an-eka); ep. sa-vyaiijana,
mfn.

vyatta, mfn. (sa, vyakta) *) evi-
dent, clear; *) learned, clever, intelli-
gent; m wo (dovariko) 90,32. 91,26;
instr, wena (bhikkhuna) 81,16. cp.
veyyattiya.

vyanti-karoti, vb. (sa. vyanti-
vkr) to put an and to, remove (ace.);
fut. 3. sg. ~kihiti (Marabandhanam)
Dh. 350 (metrically = viyanti-kahiti).

vyapanudati, vb. (sa. vy-apa-
ynud) to drive away, remove (acc.);
aor, 3. 8g. (augmented) vyapanudi
(dukkhakkhandham) 108,29,

vyaya, m, = vaya? (q. v.).

vyasana, nm, (= sa.) destruction,
ruin; misfortune, calamity; acc. sam
(ajjhagu) 34,31; °-ppatta, mfn, “come
to grief’, acc. m. ~ath, 8,30.

vyikaroti, vb. (sa. vy-a-kr) to
declare, explain, elucidate, reveal (acc.);
to give an explanation or answer; to
call, name (acc.); pot. 2.8g. ~weyyasi
eal 94,28, 95,6; 1. sg. weyyath
eval), 94,35; aor. 3. sg. vyakasi,
91lj2; viyakasi, 113,13; 3. pl. viya-
karuth (nath Buddhaghoso’ti) 113,20;
fut. 3. sg. wissati, 92,3; pp. vyakata,
explained, elucidated, revealed, 1,
~uth, 90,16, 93,3; abl, rato, ib. (v.
dhiireti) cp, u-vyikata, mfn. & veyyi-
karana, n.

vyadhi, f. (= sa.) disease, sick-
ness; nom. wi (dukkha) 67,9; (ppa-
balhd) 78,31; dvandva comp, °-ma-
rana-", 108,s3.

vyadhita, mfn, (= sa.) dieeased ;
acc, m. ~am (purisari) 63,21.

Vyapajjati, vb. (sa. vy-d-ypad)

to fall into misfortune, come to a harm;

pr. 3. sg. wati, 25,14. cp. next,

Vyapatti, f. (= 8a.) misfortune,
ruin; nom. xi (navaya) 24,15.
: vyima, m. (= sa.) a fathom;
-matta, mfn. of u fathom's length, n.

pl, ~ani (pekkhunani) 10,30.

245

vyasatta, mfn, (sa. vydsakta)
attached or devoted to, occupied with;
comp. *°-manas (or °-manasa? cp.
°manasa) mfn. whose mind is distrac-
ted, acc, m. °-manasam, Dh, 47.48. 287.

Ss.

sa-!, indecl.(=sa.) prefix to nouns,
mostly implying ‘conjunction’ or ‘pos-
session’ (cp. saha-, sath-) and opp,
to a-* and other negative prefixes (cp.
sa-kubbato, Dh, 52 (var. lect.) opp,
a-kubbato, Db, 51; sa-ce, indecl.,
opp, no-ce (qg. v.)); it is often con-
tracted with a foll. vowel (v, sattha-
katha, ete., sodariya), but also un-
contracted : sa-udaka, mfn. (sa. so-
daka) containing water, m. ~o (patto)
82,2. — *sa-upayasa, mfn, (v,
upayasa), ~ sa-kala, mfn. & sakad-°,
sakimh, ». below, — *sa-kiicana,
mfn. wealthy, m. ~0, Dh. 396 (opp.
a-kificana). — su-gandhaka, mfn.
(sa, sa-gandha) fragrant, full of scent,
n. wat (puppham) Dh, 52. — “sa-
gunam, adv, (?), only in the phrase
~ katva, duly arranged (duly folded
or laid together?) 82,25 (= ekato
katva, Comm.), — sajju, sattha,
sadisa, v. below. ~ sa-dukkha,
mfn. (sa. sa-duhkha) accompanied
with misery, ”. wath, 94,2. — sa-
devaka, mfn. (= sa.) together with
the gods (comb. w. loka) 78,15, 87,21.
104,5. Dh. 44, — sa-dhana, mfn.
(= sa.) wealthy, 52,4.~ santara, san-
tika, v. below. — sa-pajapatika,
m(fn), (sa. °-prajapatika) together with
one's wife, m. ~0, 2,26.— *sa-parigga-
ha, mfn. married, 56,6 (comp. °-a-pari-
ggaha-bhava, m.). — *sa-parilaha,
mfn, accompanied with pain, ”. ~alD,
94,2, - sa-parivara, mfn, (= 8a.)
v. parivara. — sa-phala, mfn.
ga.) fruitful, 7. ~& (vaca) Dh, 52. —
sa-brohmaka, mfn. (= 8a.) together
with Brabman, loc. we (loke) 78,15. —

sam-°

sa-brahmacarin, m. (= sa.) fel-
low-student or -priest, pl. ~1, 96,30.
— sa-bhaga, mfn. sa.) having
a share, v. vithi-°, 57,7. — sa-ma-
raka, mfn. (= sa.) including Mara,
loc. we (loke) 78,15. — sa-rajaka,
mfn. (== sa.) including the king, loc.
f. wikaya (parisaya) 74,18 (¢. e. king
Bimbiséra and his retinue). — *sa-
vighata, mfn., v. vighata. — sa-
visa, mfn, (sa. sa-visha) poisoned,
instr, wena (sallena), 92,7. - sa-
vyafijana, mfn. (= sa.) together
with condiments, acc, wath (yagum)
57,22. — savhaya, v. below. — *su~
ssamana-brahmana, m/fn. includ-
ing Samanas and Brahmans, loc. f.
~wiyd (pajaya) 78,15,— *sa-ssamika-

hava, m, the being married (to a
husband), 56,9. (cp. samin & samika).
*sa-hetu-dbamma, m™., »
dhamma‘, — *satthakatha, adj,
f. together with the commentary, 102,3
(pali). — satthika, », below, —
“saidana, mfn. filled with affection
or desire, greedy, loc, pl. ~esu, Dh.
406 (opp. an-fdina, cp. ddana). —

| sadhirana, », below, - sinucara,

mfn, (= 8a.) having followers, 2, wath
(rattharh, “with all its subjects”) Db,
294. — siimacca, mfn. (sa. sami-
tya) together with ministers, acc. wath
(rajanam) 40.4. — sdlohita, soda-
riya, v. below,

sa-?, mum. (= cha, q. v.) in the
comp. salayatana, solasa, etc, (cp.
satthi).

sa°, mf. (= sa.) base of pron.
demonstr, nom. sg., v. tam}.

sa‘, mfn. (sa. sva) one’s own (also

referring to 1. & 2. pers.); instr. pl.
sehi (kammehi) Dh. 136; very com-
monly the first part of comp.: sa-kicca,
S-citta, °-nadma (v.h.); sa-mukha,
51,3 (°-vethito, who has let his own
face be enveloped); °-labha, Dh. 365
-—66 (v.h.); sajjbaya, sadattha-, &
sabhava, v. below. cp. saka, m/fn.
sam-°, indecl, (sa. sam) prefix to
verbal roots, implying ‘conjunction’,

samyata

‘completeness’, etc. (opp. vi-°), before
vowels sam-°, and by assimilation also
saii-°, sai-°, san-°, sal-°, before r
sometimes sa-° (op. siratta, siram-
bha).

samyata, mfn., v. safifiata.

sathyutta (or safiiiutta), m/fn, (sa.
samyukta, Vyuj) united, combined,
collacted,; ~ Samyutta-nikiya, m. (cp.
buadh, sa, samyuktagama) name of
a canonical Pali work, the third of the
five nikdyas (q. v.,, consisting of 55
Samyuttas or collecticns of short Sut-
fas, nom. w~0, 102,15; acc. m. sath-
yuttam (a4dj.) 110,2 (saddbammamn,
t. e. “according to Samyuttas”), Spe-
cimens thereof : 66,22-67,19; 71,19=
72,25; 96,129.

samyoga, m. (= 8a.) union, con-
junction; bond, attachment; pl, wa,
Dh, 384. cp. nezt.

samhyojana & saniojana, n.
(sa, samyojana) = prec.; acc. ~am,
Dh, 31, 397 (sabba-°); dvandva comp,
C-saiiga, Di, 342 (9-sattaka, mfn. q.
v.); — ditthi-°, . a clog of theory, 94,2.

samvacchara, m, & a, (sa, sath-
vatsara) a year; acc. ~am (“for a
whole year”) Dh, 108; loc, we (tatiye)
36,36; ». pl. wani, 21ji; gen. pl.
~Gnam, 87,8; comp. °-matthake, 33,14
(v. h.).

samvattati, vb. (sa. sari-yvrt)
‘to roll together’, come to an end, be
finished or destroyed; w, dat. : to con-
-duce, tend to; pr. &, sg. mati (nibba-
naya) 66,30. 93,9.

samvara, m. (== 8a.) self-control,
restraint; nom, ~o (patimokkhe) Dh,
185. 375; (cakkhuna, etc.) Dh, 360-61,
instr, ~ena (kayikena) 85,18; 85,19
(a-samivarena); dat. ~aya, 75,96. ep,
samvuta.

samvasati, vb. (sc. sath-yvas)
to dwell, live (with, instr.); pot. 3,
sg. samvase (pamadena) Dh. 167,
ep. next.

samvasa, m. (= sa.) dwelling
together, living with (also of sexual
intercourse); nom. ~0 (balehi, com-

246

pany with foole) Dh. 207; ({ajeama-
na-®, q. v.) Dh. 302; (dhira-®, instead
of sukha-°) Dh, 207 (cp. note ib.);
ace, wath (katvana tiya) 112.6. —

*samvasiya, mfn. (= ~ika) liv-
ing together with; f. ~wiya (gopl)
104,ss. _—

samvigga, mfn, (sa, samvigna)
agitated, terrified; °-manasa, m/fn.
agitated in mind, m. wo, 41,32; *°-ha-
daya, mfn, agitated in heart, m. ~0,
63,14. cp. sarhvega.

samvidahati, vb. (sa. sam-vi-
ydha) tu place, put; dispose, arrange,
prescribe (acc.); ger. witva, 48,15
(arakkham); 63,23,

samvuta, mfn., (sa, samvrta) self-
controlled, restrained; m, ~o (sam-
varena) 85,18; Dh, 231 (kayena); m.
pl. wa, Dh. 225, 234. a-samvuta,
Dh 7; su-sathvuta (qg. v.); sila-°, mfn.
(v. h.) cp. samvara & saiifiata.

sarivega. m, (= sa.) emotion,
agitation; terror; acc. ~am, 44,30;
*0-ppatta, m/fn. moved, agitated, m.
~0, 63,11. cp, samvigga & next.

*samvegin, m/fn. filled with emo-
tion, ardent, eager; m. pl. ~ino, Dh.
143,

samsagga, m, (sa. samsarga)
conjunction, contact, intercourse, com-
pany with; mom, ~0, 29,6; instr. wena
(amadhura-°) 37,2; (madhura-rasa-°)
38,4; *vera-°-sarisattha, mfn. Db.
291 (v. next).

samsattha, mn. (sa. samsrshta)
connected, mixed with, entangled; m.,
~0 (*vera-sathsagga-°, “entangled in
the bonds of hatred”) Dh, 291; m,
pl. wi, 37,20; cp. a-samsattha.

samsati, vb. (sa. Voaths) to say,
tell, speak to, call upon (ace.); aor,
3, sg. asathsi (thar) 108,98.

8amsandeti, vb. (caus. °-sandati,
8a. samh-y/syand) ‘to let run together’,
2. €, to sum up, to compare (acc., with:
instr); ger. ~etva (niyyamakasuttena,
gatham aha) 26,28 (i. e, comformably
to his mariner’s lore),

Salisanna, mfn. (pp. satnsidati,

247

to sink, go down; sa, sath-y/sad) de-
pressed, without energy; *0_sarnkappa-
mana(s), mfn, Dh. 280 (“whose will
and thought are weak’). cp. samsa-
deti.

samsaya, m. (sa. satigaya) doubt;
v, nis-samsayam, adv,

samsarati, vb. (sa. sata-y\/sr) to
go about (unvoluntarily), toss the body
about, esp, to pass from existence to
existence; part, loc. m. ~ante (apara-
param) 40,34; aor, 1. sg. wsari, 108,16
(satisari’ham). cp, sath-carati & sarh-
sara,

samsadeti, vb. (caus. sarsidati;
8a, samsadayati) 1) ‘to cause to sit
down or sink’, to embarrass, perplex;
*) intr, to be embarrassed or perplexed ;
pr. 3. 39, ~eti, 90,26, cp, sarnsanna.

salsara, m. (= sa.) the revolu-
tion of being, transmigration or pas-
sing through a succession of existences,
the life in this world; nom. wo (di-
gho balanam) 107,10 = Dh. 60; ace.
wath, Dh. 414; loc. we (anamata-
ggasmim, q.v.) 89,13; pl. wa, Db,
95; *jati-°, m. id. 108,18.

samharati, vb. (sa, sam-vVhr) to
draw together, collect, fold up (as
clothes, acc.); part. m., instr. wantena
(civararh) 83,10; ger, witva, 41,4;
grd, n. ~itabbarh, 83,9, ep. sambira.

samhita, mfn, (= sa.) put to-
gether, joined, accompanied by (e. c.);
attha-°, mfn., v. attha®, an-attha-°,
mfn. (q. v.) cp. upasamhita & sahita.

samhira, mfn, (contracted of
sambariya (*sathhera), grd. sarbha-
rati, sa, samharya) to be removed,
shaken or corrupted; *a-samhira, m/fn,
te, h.) cp. Tr. PM, 78,%8, Pischel,

ramm, § 537.

saka, mfn, (fr. sa‘; sa, svaka)
one’s own (referring also to 1. & 2,
pers.); acc. m. n. am Se iat
67,98; (matath) 113,12; (vadam, re-
ferring to 2. pers.) 113,14; loc. we
(thine) 77,9; very often at the beg. of
comp. °-sarira,. 16,6; °-rattha, 42,7
(cp. Fleet, TRAS, '04, 708); °-nagara,

Sakka

44,16; °-tthana, 55,9; °-kammani, 2.
pl. 106,30; repeated (with distributive
meaning) : saka-saka-tthanesu (each
on his own place) 22,9,

sakata, m. n. *) (sa. cakata) a
carriage; a cart-load; ». ~ath (pha-
nita-¥, ptiva-°, bhatta-°, q. v.) 53,20-30;
*0magga, m. a highroad, loc. ~we,
43,18. — *) wrong reading instead of
kasata (q. v.).

sakad-agamin, mf(n). (buddh,
sa, sakrd-agamin) Jit. ‘returning only
once more’, 7, €, a person who is to
be re-born only once in the world of
men, who has reached the second stage
of sanctification (cp. Childers 8. v. &
magga); °phale patitthahi, “he en-
tered on the fruit of the second path”,
29,17. cp, sakim, adv,

sakala, mfn. (= sa.) whole, all;
m. ~0, 16,13; m. wath, 62,13; comp,
°.pima-vasino, all the villagers, 8,93;
°-kappa, 16,15; °-Jambudipa, 39,11;
C-sarira, 57,29; °-nagara, 65,94, cp.
neat,

*sakalika, f. (prob. fr. sakala,
but other spellings : sakkalika, sak-
khalikai seem to show confusion with
sakkara or sakkhara, q. v.) a piece,
vuass, splinter; pasana-°, a splinter of
rock, 17,29.

sakith, adv, (sa, sakrt) once (lat.
semel); 66,17-18; on account of old
sandhi we have sakid-, or sakad-, cp,
sakad-agamin, mfn.

sakuna. m. (sa. cakuna) a bird;
nom, ~0, 12,9; pl. ~&, 10,3; gen.
pl, wanam, 10,12; comp. *°-gana,
*Osamgha, m. (q. v.); *java-°, *ruk-
khakottha-° (q,v.) ep. sikunika &
next,

sakuntao, m. (sa. gakunta) =
prec; nom. ~0, 88,30; gen, pl. ~wa-
namh, Dh, 92.

Sakka, m. (sa. Cakra) nom. pr.
of Indra; nom, ~0, 16,8. 45,80 (deva-
raja); 59,31 (jara-®, old Sakka); 80,36
(devanam indo); acc. ~am, 110,21;
instr. ~ena, 110,88; gen. wassa, 15,7;
pl, ~& (aiifiehi cakkavalehi, from

sakka *

other worlds) 60,20; °-bhavana, n. the
heaven or palace of S., 65,9 (°-sadisa).
cp. sakkatta, n.

sakka, mfn. (sa. gakya) possible,
wv. sakka, indect,

sakkaccam, indecl. (orig. ger.
fr. sakkaroti, to honour, revere; sa.
sat-krtya) devotedly, zealously, eagerly,

assiduously; Dh. 392. (¢p. sakkara.) *

Sakkatta, m. (sa, Cukratva) Sakka-
ship; acc, ~am (papuni, was born as
8.) 35,1; (ka@resi) 52,15.

sakkara, f., v. sakkhara.

*sakka, indecl, (perbups orig. f.
sg. fr. sukka, (grd. sakkoti) ep. sa.
cakyam) mostly used in impersonal
sentences, followed by inf. (often with
pass, or intr, meaning, but sometimes
with obj. added in acc.), the agens,
if expressed, being put generally into
instr, (but sometimes also nom.), to
be translated by ‘it is possible’, gene-
rally w. negation: ‘it 13 uot possible’,
‘cannot’, or ‘it is of no use’; ®) with-
out subj. t na“w tava varath (ace.)
afiesam p&ipetum, it is not possible
to transfer your ture to others, 6,343
yacakanam tinani datum na x, 15,5;
tumhakarh ratthe @agautum na a,
18,24; na w~ mam vretum, 23,8;
appen’eva balavahanena ~ B.rajjath
ganhituth, 3&,:4, na ~ datum, 63,36;
nunu na w~ visgajietuwh, surely he
cannot answer, 91,18; na ~ itopuramh.
12,17; w, anwcilicry verb: sakka siya,
B65; — >) with subj. instr, :na nw
maya... pakkhipitum (1 cannot) 7,8;
maya imasmit thane vasitum na,
9,94; na ~ maya maranad muccitum
(2 cannot be delivered from death)
17,14; marantenipi [se. maya] tuy-
hath kathetum oa x, 49,27; — °) with
subj. nom. (& instr, as subj, of the
inf.) : matugamo kucehiyai pakkbi-
pitva carentenipi rakkiitum na w~
(a woman you cannot be certain of,
even if you walk about having her
inside you) 50,34, (here we could also
have acc. matugamam); the subj,
being expressed by a relat, clause:

248

yo koci samano... samagato ng ~
pativattetum, 110,10. Besides this
indecl. sakk& we find in some few
instances grd. sakka, mfn. construed
with subj. nom, (as in sa., cp. Speyer,
Ved. u, Sa, Synt. § 220 & Childers
8, ee Quite parallel to *sakka is
“labbba (qg. v.); both forms have been
variously explained; on account of the
predominant construction with instr.
it seems evident that the instinct of
speech has connected these forms with
the pass, grd. of sakkoti (V¢gak);
therefore it is difficult to judge, whether
Pischel, Gr. § 465, is right in taking
them as old optatives (@or.); cp.
Franke, Pali u. Sanskr, p. 103,

sakkara, m. (sa. sat-kara) honour,
reverence, worship; reputation; mom.
~0, 18,35. 19,4. 37,1. 74,15; acc. ~am,
Dh, 75; °-atthatb, 62,31 (v. attha');
*kata-maugala-°, mfn. (q. v.); dvan-
dva comp, labha-° (wv. h.).

sakkoti (later form: sak(k)unoti
or sak(k)unati) vb. (sa. Vgak) to be
able to (d#/.); to dare, venture, per-
suade oneselt to (inf.); pr. 3. sg. ~otl
(gocaram ganhitum na ~) 13,12; 2.
sg. ~0si, 46,34; 1. sg, ~omi, 31,30.
48,98; 3, pl. wonti, 8,19; 2. pl. ~otha,
31,30; 1. pl. ~oma, 40,33; part. m.
ewonto, 98,20; f. gen. sg. ~wontiya,
59,9; a-sakkonto, 37,295; pl. ~a, 8,98.
40,23, 102,18; aor. 3, sg. a-sakkhi,
16,8, 65,18; 2. sg. id. 44,81; 1. sg.
a-sakkhim, 20,29; 2, pl. sakkhimha,
79,20; a later form is sakuni, 3. sg.
111,11; fut. ®) sakkhati, 2.’sg. ~asi,
48,27, >) sakkhiti, 3. pl. winti, 105,18;
¢) sakkhissati, 89,10; 2. sg. wasi, 4,34;
1. eg. ~&m)}, 48,13; 3. pl. wanti, 34,10;
1. pl. ~ama, 1,9 21,31; 4) sakkunis-
sama, 1. pl. 73,2; grd. sakka, mfn.
(q. v.) ep. sakka,

sakkhard, f. (sometimes spelt sak-
kara, in the beg. of comp. also ~a; sa.
carkara) 1) gravel, pebble, small stone;
*-a-kathala-valika (pl. dvandva comp.)
97,35. — *) sugar; nom. ~4, 52,7; dvan-
dva comp. sappi-madhu-sakkara-®,

249

61,26; °-ddaka, n. sugar-water, 38,3;
*0-panaka, n, id, 18,97; *lapa-°, mfn.
(v. h.).

sakkhiti, sakkhissati, fut., v.
sakkoti.

Sakya, m, (pl.) (sa. Cakya) nom,
pr. of a tribe in Kapilavatthu (from
which Gotama Buddha was descended);
°-putta, m. a man of that tribe (esp,
ot Gotama); °-puttiya, m. (sa. °-pu-
triya) a follower of Gotama, gen. pl.
~anam (samaninam, the Buddhist
monks) 73,30.

sagga, m. (sa. svarga) ') heaven;
acc. ~amh (yanti) Dh. 126; dat. waya
(cnc 88,30, 89,1; gen. ~wassa
gamana) Dh, 178; saggam (adj.)
lokam (acc.) id, 7,26; comp. *°-katha,
f., a discourse about heaven, 68,20
(~am pakasesi); °-patha, °-pada,
m, the way to heaven, 34,29. 44,15 (ep.
pureti); saggapaya, m. (dvandva comp.)
Dh, 423 (v. apaya). — *) *Sagga, m.
nom, pr. of a Gandharva, 19,20. 20,4-20.

sathkaddhati, vd, (sa. sam-ykrsh)
to draw together, gather, collect, pick
up (acc.); ger. witva (dairiini) 15,39;
33,6; 49,35 (kacavaram, to sweep to-
gether),

samkappa, m. (sa. samkalpa)
will, thought, intention, desire; nom.
~o (samma-~°, right aspiration) 67,4;
Dh, 74; ace. wam, 104,7; pl. v4,
Dh. 339; *sarhsanna-samkappa-mano,
Dh. 280 (v. h.); miccha-°, Db. 11
(v. h.); *bahu-°, mfn, Dh. 147 (q. ».).

sathkamati, vb, (sa. sati-Ykram)
to go away, enter, go to; fut. 1. pl.
~issama, 77,17.

samkam pati, vb. (sa. sam-Vkamp)
to shake, quake, tremble; aor, 3. 8g.
~pi, 110,7.

samkara, m. (= sa.) confusion,
turmoil; *dura-°, mfn. secluded, soli-
tary, tranquil; loc, we (vihadre) 114,26.

*samkassara, m/fn. (prob. fr. 8a.
*sath-kasvara, cp. samkasuka) bad,
impure; unsteady, of doubtful charac-
ter; m. wath (brahmacariyam) Db.
312. (cp. Weber, Ind. Str. J, 167;

samkhiata

Kern, Bijde, (Amsterdam 1886) p. 57;
Morris, Introd, to AN. I p. 1X (1883);
SBE, XX, 300.) cp. a-samkusaka, Jat,
VI. 297,39.

samkara, m. n. (= sa.) sweep-

| ings; nom. n. wath, 84,93; *°-dhana,

nm. a dunghill, Joc, ~asmim, Dh. 58;
*O-bhiita, mfn. being like eweepings,
loc, pl. wesu, Dh, 59,

samkita, mfn. (sa. carkita)
Mew alurmed; *bhaya-°, mfn. 111,15
vh.).

samhkilittha, mfn. (pp. fr. next;
sa, sathklishta) impure, sinful, depra-
ved, corrupt; , ~am (vatarh) Dh.
312; instr. m. wena, Dh, 244.

samkilissati, vb, (sa. sam-vklic,

| pass. °-kligyate) to be impure, be-

come defiled (by carnal lust); pr. 3.
sg. wati (attanad) Dh. 165; pp. sam-
kilittha (q. v.) cp. nezt.

samkilesa, m. (sa. samkleca)
contamination, impurity, sinfulness;
acc. ~amh, 68,20.

*samkuppa, mfn. (grd. sam-
kuppati; sa. sam-Vkup) to be shaken
or moved; *a-sathkuppa, m/fn. (v. h.).

sathkha, m. (sa, gamkha) a conch-
shell, trumpet; acc, pl, ~e (dhamen-
ta) 8,23.

samkhata. mfn, (sa. saihskrta)
put together, constructed, prepared;
f. ~& (su-°) 104,30. ep. sarnkhata
below.

salkhaya, m, (sa, sarnakshaya)
destruction; nom, ~o (bhuri-°) Dh,
282; loc. ~amhi (jivita-°) Db, 331.

*samkhalika, f. (fr. sa. grmkha-
la, or ~@) a chain, fetter; instr, ~aya
(deva-°) 21,14.

samkha, f. (sa, samkhya) reckon-
ing; consideration, deliberation; name,
appellation; nom. wa, 97,1; acc. wam
(gacchati, to be called) 95,9; instr.
~waya, (v. samkhati below); comp.
*rupa-samkha-vimutta, mn, “released
from what is styled name”, or: ‘up to
the very name’ i, e, ‘totally. released
from’ (Tr.), 95,12 ff.

samkhata, m/fn. (sa. samkhyata,

sankhati

wp. satheVkhy@) reskoned, considered,
weighed; called, named; known, vi-
sibie; *-dhamma, mfn. “who has well
weighed the Jaw", gen, pl. wanam,
Dh. 70 (wrong epelling; sarnkhata-°) ;
*paiia-°, 91,s7 (wv. h.).

jsamkhati], vb. (sa. sam-Vkhya)
to reckon; to consider, weigh; to call,
name; if. ~atum (to measure) Dh,
196; ger. waya (“with care”) 106,7
= Dh. 267; pp. ~wata, v. above,

samkhara, m. (sa, sathskara)
*putticg together’, composition, aggre-
gation; mostly in pl, ~@ : 1) all ex-
isting things or eubstances, created
things or creatures; 7) (in the dog-
matics :) the fourth of the five khan-
dha (constituents of the human being,
94,s-10), vie, states of mind, pree
dispositions, conformations (originating
from avijji, and causing viiidna,
66,6-7) lett from actions in former ex-
istences, and therefore denoting any
action, speech, or thought, the vital
functions ete,, practically = moral
constitution (Karma, v. kamma’);
nom, pl. vA, 94,10; 80,2 (vayadham-
ma); 80,38. 107,11 = Dh, 277 (anic-
ea); 107,13 (dukkha); Dh. 255 (sas-
sata n’atthi); instr. wehi, 95,19;
comp, °-nirodha, m, (q. v.) 66,13;
*0-fipasama, m. Dh. 368 (q. v.) cp.
vi-samkhara-gata, mfn, For signifi»
cation cp. dhamma‘,

samkhitta, mfn. (pp. fr. next;
sa, samkshipte) contracted, abbreviated;
instr, n, (adv.) ~ena, briefly, conci-
sely, 67,11.

samkhipati, vb. (sa, sarh-Vkship)
to throw or dvaw together (acc.), to
contract, shorten; part, med, m. pl.
~mani, (mige) 6,9; pp. vkhitta (v.
above).

saiiga, m. (= sa.) clinging to,
attachment; hindrance, bond, fetter;
nom. ~0, Db, 171; acc, war (ubho,
q.v.) Dh, 412; comp. safigatiga, mfn.
Dh, 397 (v, atiga); pafica-safiga-°,
Dh, 370 (the 5 fetters, i. e. the senses,

250

paficindriydni, Comm.); safifiojana-,
q. v., ep, sajjati.

caiigan Wels (or ~wati), ob. (sa.
sath-y/grah) to gather, collect, to take
hold of, take care of, help; to win
(one’s favour) (tw, acc.); aor, 3. 89.
~ganhi (nagaram) 58,94; ger. ~ga-
hetva (Pitakattayam), 114,12; pp.
~gahita, m. pl. eka-samgahita (sabbe,
unified) 99,16; cp. samgaha, samga-
haka,

safigata, m. (= sa.) association,
intercourse; *bala-°-carin, mfn. Dh.
207 (v. h.).

samgaha, m. (once m.; sa. same
graha) collection, aggregation; redac-
tion, text; nom. ~o (dhamma-vinaya-°)
109,13; (therehi kata-°) 109,14; nom,
n, wath, 110.4; acc, wath, 110,65
(dhamma-°) 109,16. 110,16; (vififiina-°,
q. v.) 99,26; antevasikinath wath (col-
lecting, ¢. e. teaching of pupils) 102,9.

satbgahita, pp. & °-gahetva, ger.,
v. sarmganhati.

saihgama, m, (sa. samgrama)
battle; Joc, we, 103,34. 107,83 = Dh,
103; — ji, mfn, (sa. °-jit) victorious,
in the comp. safigamajuttama, m. “the
yreatest of conquerors’, 107,4 = Dh,
103 (ep. sa. superl. sathgramajittama).
cp. next,

samgameti, vb. (denom, fr. sam-
gama; sa. sathgrimayate) to battle
or fight with (instr.); fut. 3. ag. wes-
sati (nigena) 76,8:

samgahaka, m, (sa. samgrahaka)
1) a collector, compiler; *) a charioteer;
nom, ~0 (Matali) 60,18,

saiigiti, f. (= sa.) *) singing
together, music; 7) collection or recen-
sion of the holy texts, or a Buddhist
council held for that purpose; *%-ttaya,
m, the three councils (or recensions),
113,29.

sathgha, m. (= sa.) !) a collec
tion, assemblage, multitude, crowd;
acc, wath (sakuna-°) 10,9; pl. wa
(do.) 62,13; — *) the congregation or
urder of the Buddhist monks (also a
chapter or a certain number of monks,

251

elected and assembled for any religious
purpose); nom, ~0, 79,1; acc. wat
{in the formula Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sathgha, cp. ratana’) 107,7 =
Dh, 190; 114,7; instr. Sena (bhik.
khu-°) 70,31; gen. wassa (do.) 102,8;
loc, ~e (do.), 29,98; pl. wa (bhik-
khu-°) 109,2 (combined with the prec,
n. pl, satta satasahassini); ~ *°-gata,
mfn, directed to the S., Dh, 298 (f.
wa, sati); *°-sammata, n. (v. h.).
sathghattati, ob, (sa.sarh-Vghatt)
to strike or knock against, to rub, ete,;
part, m. instr, wantena (a-°) 84,19.
*Sathghapala, m. nom. pr, of a
thera in Mahdvihara (Ceylon); gen,
wassa, 114.
salighita, m. (= sa.) the timber
or frame work of a house; *pittha-
sathghataka, ». (adj, in the comp,
thira-°, comm. on torana) ‘with strongly
constructed doorpost aud lintel’, 91,a1.
(cp. SBE, XX, p. 105).
samghati, f. (= sa.) an upper
garment, one of the three robes of a
Buddhist monk; nom. ~i, 84,3; pl. wiyo,
the two uppers garments, 82,95, »
*sace, indecl. (fr. ce with the in-
decl, pref, sa-, q.v.) if; even if, though;
this particle is always used at the be-
ginning of a conditional period, the
verb of both sentences being put usually
either in fut, (sometimes pres.) or pot.,
nearly in conformity to the use of the
indic, & conjunctive modes in Latin
in such sentences; the second sentence
is often beginning with a pron, de-
monstr., but a particle corresponding
with sace is not required; *) w, fut.
(in both sentences): 1,9. 2,2. 35,18. 56,7;
sac’aham : 25,32. 64,1. 65,31; >) w. pres.
& fut. (or grd.) : 1,17, 82,19-33; °) w.
pot. (in both sentences): 1,24. 4,7. 53,14.
56,5. 86,2; 4) like yadi evar & noce
(q. v.) without full sentence : ‘if so’, ‘in
that case’, 97,14-15 (sace bhante Na-

gasena yo tumhe mareti n’atthi tas-

Sapi panatipato).
sacca, 1) mfn. (sa. satya) true;
n, wath (girata) Dh. 408; idam eva

sajjati

~, 89,24 (opp. mogha), — *) n, (subst.)
®) truth; nom. am, 51,39 (opp. musa);
ace, wath (katheti, vadati) 24,27. 32,1;
*0-sadisa, mfn, having the appearance
of truth, 52,1; *sacc-iipasambhita, mfn.
true, 9,31 (ep. upasathhita) ; ~ >) speak-
ing the truth, truthfulness, veracity;
nom, ~wam, 3,37; Dh, 261; 106,9 =
Dh, 393; instr, wena, 44,9. 108,31;
dvandva comp, dama-°, Dh. 9 (gq. v.);
- °) a solemn asseveration, oath (op,
sacca-kiriya, & °-vajja helow); instr,
iming, ~ena (“so truly") 51,18; — 4)
in the dogmatics (mostly pl.) : the four
cardinal truths of Buddhism (op. ariya-
sacca); wini, 29,16; sacca-pariyosiane,
“at the conclusion of the Truths”, 29,17;
— °) m. (adv.) truly, indeed, verily;
justly, by rights; 54,16 (~ evam aharh-
su pandita). [cp. bahusacca, fr. ba-
hussuta].

sacca-kiriya, f. (sa. satya-kriya)
a solemn asseveration, oath; nom. ~&
(bhinna, is rendered of no effect) 51,23;
ace, ~am (karoti) 27,20. 51,10; instr,
waya, 27,16.

*sacca-parami, f. (Buddh, sa.
satya-paramita) truthfulness (one of
the ten virtues, », parami) 108,31,

*sacca-vajja, n. (fr. sa, satya-
vida) ') truthfulness; ®) solemn asseve-
ration (cp. sacca-kiriya); instr, wena
(etena) 27,24.

sacca-vadin, mfn, (sa. satya-
vadin) speaking the truth; acc, m.
~inam, Dh, 217,

sacchi-karoti, vb, (fr. sa. sak-
shat-/kr, by analogy of other comp.
of karoti w. indecl. ending in ‘i’) to
make visibly present before the eyes,
to realize, attain (acc.); pr. 3. sg.
~oti (magga-phala-nibbainani) 97,10.
cp. next.

sacchi-kiriya, f. (sa, sakshat-
kriyi) realization; dat, ~aya (nibba-
nassa) 90,19.

sajjati, vb. (sa. Vsaiij; pass. saj-
jate) to cling, adhere; to be attached
to (loc.); part. med. acc. m. a-sajja-
mainam (namaripasmimh) Db. 221;

sajjaipeti 252
pp. satta (g.v.); cp. safiga. (The

secondary verbal-forms sajjeti & sajja-
peti seem to be denem. fr. sajja, sajya,
v. below).

*gajjapeti, vb. (caus. II. sajjeti)
to make ready, prepare festively, adorn
eee); ger, wetva (nagaram) 45,30;
jiitamandalam) 50,28.

sajju, adv. (sc. sa-dyas) instantly,
immediately; 106,91 == Dh, 71. — “saj-
jukam, adv. id. 110.8.

sajjeti, vb. (denom. fr. sa, sajja,
sajya; cp. Weber, Ind. Str. 1. p, 243)
to make ready, prepare (acc.); imp.
2. pl. ~etha (ratakani) 63,17; ger.
wetva, 25,13 (navam); caus. II. saj-
japeti (¢. above), pp. sajjita, v. su-
sajjita. (Fausbell, Ten Jat. p. 99 traces
this verb back tc y/srj; but the signi+
fication of that root in Pali is always
‘to throw away, leave off’ ond caus,
is never used, except vissajjeti, Tr.).

sujjhdya, m. (sa, svadhydya)
repetition (of sacred texts); 7%. u-Saj-
jhitya.

snincarati, vb, (sa, sam-ycar)
to walk about, pase, move, rock (to
and fro, said of voluntary movements,
cp. samsarati}; part, m, ~anto (apa-
raparam) 40,97.

samcicca, indecl. (ger. fr. sati-
yvei(t); sa. sam-citya, & °-cintya)
intentionally; 27,23.

satichanna, mfn. (= 82.5 pp.
sam-\/chad) covered all over; padu-
ma-°, 4,9-97.

*saijanana, n.(nom.uct. fr. next)
understanding, considering, thinking;
tesalh,.. sahjanan’-attham, “in order
that they might think”, 21,3.

sanjanati, vb. (sa, sath-yjiia) to
understand, perceive, recognize (acc.);
to conceive, imagine; aor. 3. 8g. wjani
(Mahfasattah) 68,9; ger. *) sanhaya
(siho ti) 8,19; 39,4; >) sanjanitva, 20,5.
Al,oz. cp. *satijanana, sanna, sannin.

safinata (or samyata), mfn. (pp.
salh-/yam, sathyata) restraining one-
self, self-controlled; mm. 10, 84,39. Db.
362 (w. instr, kayena, vacaya); gen.

~wassa, Dh, 24; a-saiifiata, m/n. (g.0.)5
pada-°, mfn, controlling one’s feet,
Dh, 362; mukha-°, mfn. Dh. 363;
hattha-°, mfn. Dh, 362; *°-carin, mfn.
living under restraint, gen. m. ~ino,
Dh. 104; *safifiatuttama. mfn. very
well restrained, m, ~0, Dh. 362.

safifiama, m. (sa, satiyama) re-
straint, self-control; nom. ~0, Dh.
261; instr, wena (safiiato) 85,17;
Dh, 25.

(safifiamati) vb. (sa. sarh-\/yam).
to control, restrain; pp. saiihata (q,
v.); caus, *) saiifiameti, id. (ace.); fut.
3, pl. wessanti (cittam) Dh, 37; >)
sainameti, id. (ace.); imp. 2. 8g, saii-
famay(a] (attanath) Dh, 380. ep. san-
flama, m.

sanha, f. (sa. sathjid) +) under-
standing, conception; perception (in
the dogmatics : the third of the five
khandha, g.v.); in this last sense;
94,10; 95,18 (instr. raya); 80,8-10,
etc. (comp, neva-sanni-nisunia, g.v.,
cp, u-sunia); ace, wath (karoti, to
think, imagine) 5,7; tumhehi drocita-
saiifiaya (instr.) 25,18 (v. droceti). —
*) sign, mark, name; acc, wat (adasi,
“made a sign to’, gen.) 50,18; (adatva,
“telling nothing about it”) 55,29; comp.
panna-bandhana-® (n.?) 8,9 (v. panna),

Sanfana, mn. (sa. sahjnana) =
sanha*; instr, wena, 87,82 (olokita-°,
= olokitakarena, 87,25; v. akara).

sanhameti, vb. caus., v. saniia-
mati.

safifidya, ger, v. sanjanati,

Sannin, mfn, (sa. samjhin) con-
scious, perceiving; thinking, imagining;
m. ~1 (ahosi, “you believed, imagined”)
2,6; *ujjhiina-°, mfn. (v. h.),

sannhojana, n., v. sathyojana.

satthi, f. num, (sa, shashti) sixty ;
*O-yojanika, mfn. sixty yojanas long,
loc. n. ~e (Manosila-tale) 61,10; ep.
catu-satthi.

satha, mfn. (sa. gatha) dishonest,
deceitful, fraudulent; m. .o (naro).
Dh. 262; kitavasatho, Dh. 252 (v.
kitava).

263

_Sathila, mfn. (an older form of
sithila, sa, githila; the orig. base was
*erthila or *erthira, cp. sa. cratha
clatha, & ved. sa. Grathar® ati) loons
relaxed; metaph, careless. , carelessly
performed, m. ~o (paribbijo) Dh,
313; 2. ~am (kammaih) Dh, 312
(var. lect. in both places :sithila); ep,
Kern, Verkl. p. 58.

“sanikata (or sanikath), adv. (fr,
sa, Ganais through sanim) slowly,
gradually; softly, gently; cautiously,
accurately; 14,4, 35,52. 50,18. 54,93,
(In spite of Abb. v, 1153 & Childers
this word has never the signification
‘quickly’, v, Nord. Tidsskr, f, Filol. 3.
R. V, p. 51-52; ep. Pischel, Gr. § 84.)

*santha, m. or n.? (cp, sa. cran-
tha) bark-strips or fibres of bamboo (?)
from which bowstrings were made (=
venuviliva, Comm.); gen. wassa, 92,17.
(cp. D’Alwis, Introd. p. 103.)

santhapeti, vb. (caus. fr. next,
sa. Sath-sthapayati) to cause to stand
firm, restore, establish (acc.); gor. 3.
pl. ~wesum, 114,18; inf. ~etum (ku-
tumbam) 56,6. :

santhati (santhahati, or santi-
tthati), vd. (sa. sam-ysthi) to remain,
stand firm or still; aor. 3. sg, ~asi
(nibbidaya, dat. (?), v. nibbida) 67,33;
caus. santhapeti (q. v.) cp. next.

santhana, m. (sa. satnsthana)
shape, form, appeurauce; state, condi-
tion; loc. we (chavi-°, complexion)
85,23; iastr. pl. ~ehi (hattha-pada-
mukha-°) 49,8; *manussa-°, m/fn. of
human form, 85,91; *sikara-°, mfn.
85,31 (g. v.) cp. su-santhana, mfn.

sanda, m(n). (sa. shanda, cp. san-
dra; Weber, Ind. Str. 1]. 237) a group
of trees or plants, a wood, thicket;
vana-°, id., acc. war, 15,1.

sandasa, m. (sa, samdamga) a
pair of tongs or nippers; a vice; instr.
wena, 5,13; 5,2 (kammiara-°); 44,37
(suvanna-°). cp. dasati.

sanha, mfn. (sa. clakshna) smooth,
gentle, mild; small, fine; instr. m.
~ena (amkena) 20,2."

sata

sanhaka, n. (sa. glakshnaka) betel-
nut (?); °-sadisa, mfn. like betel, instr.
pl. ~ehi (kesehi, = pandara, white?)
47,12 (the Birman reading sinavaka-
sadisehi (like hempen cloth, sa, *sana-
valka) seems to be an improvement of
the text).

sat, mfn, (= sa.; part. fr. atthi,
q. v.) 1) being; v, atthi; ®) good, right,
righteous; acc. m. santat (padaih, é. e.
Nibbana) Db, 368; nom, pl, santo,
Db, 83. 151. 304; instr. pl. sabbhi,
Dh, 151, 29,12 (sabbhi-r-eva); gev.
pl. satam, Dh. 54. 77, 151. ep. santa ®*
(santaka), samana, a-sat, a-santa;
suk-kuccam, sak-kara, sad-dhamma,
Sap-purisa, & satta®.

sata', ». (sa. gata) a hundred;
4) appositive to a subst.: gatha a,
100 verses, Dh, 102; >) w. subst. gen.,
or at the end of subst. comp. : acc. wath
(kahapana-°) 18,13; (vassa-°, for 100
years) Dh, 106. 110; instr, Sena (for
a hundred sci. pieces of money, kaha-
pana-° being understood) 18,11; Joc.
we (pahara-°) 55,13; °) comp. tw, other
numerals, usually mfn, pl. (but also
sg., cp. attha-satam bhattam, Mil.
88,4) : satta-satani, 2. pl. 111,14 (with-
out subst.); addhateyya-°, “250”, nom.
m. pl. ~sata, 21,31; acc. m. pl. wsate,
21,33; pafica-°, “500” (v. h.); in this
sort of comp. sata is often separated
from the first number and put at the
end of a subst. comp. :satta manussa-
satani, “700 men”, 27,13 (for more
exx, see puiicasata); cp. sattamacca-
satinuga (v. anuga) 110,23; 4) at
the beg. of comp. : sata-sahassa, x.
“100,000”, 23,8; pl. wadni, 109,29;
comp. *°-agghanaka, mfn. & *°-uttha-
na, mfn. (q. v.); — *satarhsamam,
(“for a hundred years”) Dh. 106, may
be adv, with th inserted (Fsb.), if not
an old error for satam sama (?), v.
sama. — cp. satika, satima.

sata®*, mfn., (sa. smrta) recollecting,
conscious, thoughtful, attentive; m. ~0,'
78,35 (synon. sampajana); gen. pl.
~anam, Dh, 293; *saddsata, mfn,

satatam

“always reflecting’, Dh. 350. cp. sati?,
sarati.

satatam, adv, (= sa.) continually,
constantly; v, satacca & satatika.

satapatta, . (sa. catapattra)

a woodpecker; nom. ~0, 11,25.
sati, part. .loc., v. sat (atthi).
sati®, f. (sa. smrti) recollection,

thoughtfulness, attention, thinking of;

nom. ~i, 103,22. Dh. 293; acc. wim,

104,7; ~im karoti, to think of (gen.)

63,18; marana-°, f. 86,20 (g. v.); sam-

ma-°, f. right recollection, 67,5; *sati-

patthaina, n. (cp. Buddh, sa. smrty-
upasthana & upatthina above) fixing
the.attention, earnest meditation (being
fourfold, viz, meditation on the evils
of body, sensation, mind, and existence,

Childers); loc. pl. ~wesu (catiisu)

91,7. ep. sat-mat & sarati.
Ssatika, mfn. (sa. gatika) contai-

ning or concerning a hundred (only

é. ¢.); ti-yojana-°, & diyaddha-yoja-

na-°, mfn. (v. h.).

*satima, mfn. (cp. sa. catatama)
the 100; pajica-°, v. paiica-sata.

satimat, m/n. (sa. smrtimat) full
uf attention, whose thcughts are well
collected; nom. m. ~ma, 109,18, Dh.

479; gen. wmato, 104,12. Dh. 24

(metri causa; sati-°); pl. ~manto,

Dh, 91 (do.); gen. pl. ~iwatath, Dh.

181 (do.).
satta!, wfn, (pp. sajjati; sa. sakta)

achering or atteched to; hence °-sat-

‘aka, mfn. (e. ¢.) id.; m. pl. wa (saii-

flojana-safiga-°, “held in fetters and

bonds”) Dh, 342; ep. a-satta.

satta’, m (k n.) (sa, sativa) a
living being, creature, mortal, person;
non. ~0, 86,7. 89.1. 113,9; gen. ~wassa,
103,94; pl. NG, 17,95. 27,14. 62,25. Dh.
316, ace, we (sabba-°) 38,16; gen.
~idinam, 2,6, 64,33 (imesam); nerayi-
ka~®, Bodhi-®, Maha-° (w% h.); -
*sattavasa, m. pl. (v. avasa); *sutti-
paladdin, f. human knowledge, imper-
fect understanding, or: false opinion con-
cerning the real existence of ‘satta’ (?)

254

(ep, Mil. 268. SBE, XXXVI. 103);
loc. ~iyamn (thatva) 9],15-82.

satta’, num. (sa. sapta) seven;
nom, & acc. satta, 14,28. 25,20. 82,11.
91,8; 109,2 (satt’); instr. ~ahi, 28,28;
loc. wasu, 50,38; comp. °-attha (v. h.),
seven or eight, 35,1; sattaharh, seven
days (v. aha), 23,16; °-dvara-kotthaka,
mfn. (q.v.); -bhimaka, mfn. (q. "
®-yojanika, mfn. (qg. v.); -ratana (@.
v.); sata, n. ‘700’ (v. h.). cp. satta-
ma, etc.

Sattapanna-guha, nom, pr. of
a cave near Rajagaha, prob. incorrect
spelling instead of sattapanni-guha,
f. (sa. *saptaparni-°, ep, Vio. III,
p. 287,17); loc. we, 109,31.

sattama, mfn. (sa. saptama) the
seventh; loc. m. ~e (divase) 23,10-18;
f. ~1, 103,38; comp. °-divasato, 61,3.

sattarasa, mum. (sa. saptadaca)
‘17’; sattarasama. mfn. (sa. sapta-
dagama) the 17; Db. XVII, ep. dasa.

sattavasa, v. satta®,

sattaham, wv. satta’

satti, f. (sa. gakti; ep. gastri)
1) power, energy; *) aspear; 6,12 (asi-°);
5) a hunting knife; ace. with, 12,8.

“sattuipaladdhi, f, ». satta’

sattha!, m. (sa, castra) a weapon;
a-sattha, mfn. (g. v.).

sattha?, m. (sa, sirtha) a caravan,
troop, company; v. *appa-sattha.

satthar, m. (sa, cast) a teacher,
esp. nom, pr. of Buddha (“the master”);
nom, ~a (teacher) 79,4; 28,8 Beldtay
acc. ~arath, 28,10; instr, ward, 73,97;
gen. *) ~u (siisane) 69,14; >) wuno,
78,31, 86,6. 110,5; loc. wari, 84,26; —
comp, Satthu-°, »v. kappa, m/fn.;
°-garava, m. 4 °-vannita, mfnj°—
*°vadhaka, mfn. having murderous
intent against the Master, m, ~0,
108,27; *°-sasana, m. the doctrine of
the Master, 109,33 (navaiga, q. 0.).
cp. satthuka,

gatthi, ». (sa. sakthi) the thigh
or thigh-bone; mom. wi (bhaggarir)
80,17. ,

265

°satthuka, mfn.e,c. (sa. gastrka),
v, atita-°, .

*sadattha-pasuta, mfn. (fr. sa4
+ attha! with ‘a’ inserted) intent upon
one’s own aim or sake; m, ~0, Dh.
166. cp. atta-d-attha,

sada, adv. (= sa.) always, ever;
109,27, Db. 30, 79. 206, 226, 296:
comp. *sadasata, mfn., v. sata?,

sadisa, m/fn. (sa, sadyca) like, simi-
lar (w. gen., or instr., or both); Tatha-
gatassa panfdya aiiio sadiso n’atthi,
91,94; acc, m. wath (attano) Dh, 61;
wost frequently ec. mfn., e.g. puppha=
kunnika-°, 7,39; loha-nigala-°, 11,39;
mani-gula-°, 18,7; etc. ete.; eka-sadisu,
mfn, identical, pl. ~a, 49,8; purima-®,
mfn, “as above”, nm. warm, 31,98; comp.
w. a past part. : pavittha-sadiso ahosi,
“seemed to enter”, 61,21 (cp, pubba);
*0_rasa, mfn. (q. v.).

sadda, m. (sa. gabda) a sound,
tone, nuise; voice, cry; a word; nom.
~0, 97,30. 112,16; 98,30 (~ ratho iti,
the word ratha); 23,33 (paridevana-®,
madhuragita-°); kim-saddo, 60,9.
112,8 (v. kim"); acc. wam, 31,4. 53,16;
40,10 (akamsu); 89,6 (do.); 59,4 (ka-
Jaha-°); 112,7 (turiya-°); instr. wena.
11,81. 16,31; 18,17-18 (acchara-°, pani-
ppahara-°); pl, ~a, 70,31; loc. pl,
~esu. 71,8. — cp. nissadda, m/fn.

saddahati (& wati), vb. (sa.
grad-ydha) to believe (w. gen. pers.
& acc. rei); pr, 2. pl. ~atha (sarassa
atthibhavath mayham) 4,13; port. ace.
m. pl. ~wante (maybamh) 4,12; aor,
3. sg. saddahi, 74,14; ger. witva, 1,18
tama); 4,14 (tassa); a-saddahitva
pean 49,0; — caus, saddahapeti
(sa. graddhapayati) to make one be-
lieve (acc.); fut. 1, sg. wessami
(tumhe) 51,10. cp. saddha (& saddha).

saddha, mfn. (sa. griddha) faith-
ful, believing; m. ~0, Dh. 303; acc.
walh, 28,3. Dh, 8; m. pl. wa, 76,39;
a-ssaddha, v. saddha.

sad-dhamma, m, (sa. sad-dhar-
ma) the sacred doctrine, the true law
or faith; acc, wath, 107,10 = Dh, 60.

santati

38; 110,13 abl, wa, Dh. 364; loc. we,
109,21; pl. ~a, 110,4; a-saddhamma,
m., v. a-sat; °-desana, f. Dh. 194;
%savana, n. Dh. 182.

saddha, f. (sa. graddha) faith,
religious belief; nom. ~a, 103,16. Dh.
333; instr, ~aya, Dh. 144; gen, raya,
29,10; yatha-saddham, adv, (v. yatha);
a-ssaddha, mfn. v. h.

suddhizh, adv, & prp. (sa. sadhbri,
ep. sadhryac, Tr.) along, together ;
with, together with, accompanied by
(to. instr. before or after, sometimes
w. gen, or other cases); pasanena ~
kathento, 3,6; maya a, 4,13; 15,13.
61,10. 70,91. 72,88; ~migehi. 8,12; ~
bhikkhu-samghenu, 78,4. cp. neat.
[Childers takes it = sa, sardham,
but see Pischel, Gr. § 103.]

*saddhith-cara, mfn. walking
together with; acc, m, ~am (sahayath).
Dh, 328. ‘8

*saddhi-viharika, m. (cp. Buddh.
sa. sirdham-viharin) Zit, ‘living in the
same vihdra’, i. e, the famulus of a
thera, a pupil, disciple; instr, wena,
82,16. cp, saddhirhn above.

sanantana, mfn, (sa. sanatana),
eternal, permanent; ™. ~0 nea
106,34 = Dh. 65.

sanikam, v. sanikam.

santa}, mfn. (sa. canta, pp. Ygam,
cp. sammati) appeased, pacified, tran-
quil; », wam, f. ~a, Dh, 96; comp,
*0_-kaya, “*°-vaca, mfn, Dh. 378 (v.
kaya & vaca); *°-citta, mfn, tranquil-
minded, Dh, 373. cp. santavat, mfn.

santa?, mfn, (sa. Granta, pp.\/gram)
tired, fatigued; gen. m, ~wassa, 107,»
= Dh. 60,

santa’, mfn. (part., sa. sat) being,.
existing, true, good; v. sat & atthi,

“santaka, mfn. (fr. santa®) be-
longing to, dependent, due to (gen.
or é. ¢.); ”. wath (tassa) 710; mama
~ (my property) 57,27; kula-°, mfn.
q. v.); para, mfn, (v. corrections);.
cp. a-santa.

santati, f. (= sa.) continuity,.
succession, series; v, dhamma-°.

santappeti

saniappei, vd, (caus, sar-y/trp,
sa, santarpayati) to sstiefy, gladden
(acc, & instr.); aor, 3, 8g. wesi, 61,28;
pp. santappita, gen. pl. wanath (sab-
bakameht) 61,29.
santara, mfn. (sa. santara, fr.
sa) -+- antara) having interval or any-
thing within; *®-bahirarh, adv, within
and without, Da. 315 (guttath ~).
*santavat, mfn. (fr. santa}, Vcam)
tranquil; m. .¥%, Da, 378.
santasati, v0.. (sa, sam-ytras)
to tremble (with fear); pr. 3. pl. want,
86,22. cp. next & santasa.
*santusana, m. (nom. act, fr. last)
trembling, v. a-Santasana.
santanaka; n. (= sa.) anything
spreading, e. g, membrane, film, cream,
tissue of roots, etc.; a cobweb (cp. sa,
santanika, f.); nom. wat, 84,18,
santasa, m. (sa. santraisa) trem-
bling, fear; *°-ppatta, m/fn. frightened,
m. pl, wa, 86,19; cp. a-santiisin.
santi', f. (sa. ganti) tranquillity,
peace; enternal rest, Nibbana; ace.
~im, 80,33. 110,18; *°-magga, m. the

256

pp. sam-ytush) contented, pleased;
m. ~0, Db, 362.

santo, pl. m, v. sat.

santhata, mfn. (pp. santharati,
sath-str; sa. sarhstrta) strewn, co-
vered; subst. (n.) a cover, couch;
comp. dhamani-°, mfn. (q. ¥.).

santhana, n. (sa. granthana,
y¢rath) the being loosened or removed ;

salla-°, Db, 275 (v. h.).

santhambhati, vb. (sa. sam-
ystambh) to stand firm, take courage,
restrain oneself; inf. witum, 34,10.

santhava, m, (sa. satistava) ac-
quaintance, familiarity, intimacy; ace.
wam (sabbhi kubbetha) 29,12; Dh,
27 (kama-rati-°, q. v.).

sandasseti, vb. (caus. sam-v/dre,
sa. sandarcayati) to enlighten, instruct
(acc.); pr. 3. 8g. weti, 71,22; aor, 3.
sg. ~esi, 77,25; ger. ~etva, 78,29;
pp. m. ~ito, 77,37.

sandahati, vb. (sa. sam-ydha)

| 1) trans. to put together, unite, recon-

road of peace, Dh. 285; *°-para, mfn. —

(v. para),

santi®, pr. 5. pl., v. atthi,

(*santika, mfn., near, proximate;
prob, fr. sa’ + antika); several cases
from this stem are used as adv., or
prp. w. gen. or e. c. (cp. sa, antikam,
etc.): 1) santikaih, near; to the presence
of, to; la (gantva); tw. gen. 3,16
7,30, 15,16. 24,30, 38,30. 73,14, 87,93;
*) santika, from; 6,36, 48,20. 114,4 (1.
g2n.j; *) santike, near; in'the presence
or vicinity of, by, with, before, among;

comp. dhana-santike, 33,26; susana-°,
56,10, nibbana®-, Dh. 372; santike
may also be used in the sense of san-
tika : 70,15. 109,23; 109,28 (agga-san-
tike), or of santikam: 81,11. Dh, 237,

santitthati, v. santhati.

santutthi, f. (sa. sari-tushti)
satisfaction, contentment; om,
Dh. 204, 375,

santusita, mfn. (= santuttha,

ai,

cile; to direct, level, aim; to think
on, comprehend, understand; #) intr.
(cp. pati-sandahati) : to stand, be the
case (‘sich verhalten’), or : to take

_ place, arise (?), or: to be comprehen-

ded (in a certain way?); pr. 3. sg.
~wati (dhamma-santati, q. v.) 99,95;
(apubbam acarimam viya) 99,26 (v.
a-pubba); - ger. sandhaya (gq. v.);
pp. samhita (q. v.); ep. sandhi.
sandina, n. 8a.) a rope,
bond, fetter; ace. war, Dh. 398.
sandeha, m, (= sa.) ') conglo-
meration (of material elements); nom.

/ ~0 (puti-®, ¢. v,) 107,8 = Dh, 148;
-4,17, 17,1, 32,12. 37,14, 103,5 (ww. gen.); —

~- *) doubt, uncertainty; acc, wam
(janassa) 110,16.

sandhaya, indecl. (ger. sandahati,
q.v.) 1) ger. directing; dhanum a,
111,22 (“bending or seizing his bow”);
*) prp. w. acc, towards, in that direc-
tion or meaning, with reference to,
concerning; sariram ~, 85,39.

sandhavati, vb. (sa, sati-V/dhiv)
to run through (acc.); cond. 1. sg.
~issath (anekajati-samsaram) Db.

257

163 (in the sense of a futurum in pre-
terito: “I should run through”, like
adhigacchissam, 104,13 (q. v.), ep.
SBE. X. p. 43; Tr. PM. 56; Childers,
JRAS, V. og p. 222).
sandhi, m, (= sa.) 1) junction,
union, agreement; joint; *) interval,
crevice, hole; acc, ~ith (pakara-°, g.
v.) 90,84, 91,28-29; *aloka-°, m. (v, h.).
- sandhi-ccheda, mfn. cutting over
the ties, or making hole; m, a hole or
breach in a wall; Dh, 97, ~o (naro).
sanna, mfn. (pp. sidati; = sa.;
ep. nisinna) set down, sunk down (into,
loc.); m. wo (pathke) Dh, 327.
sannaddha, mfn. (pp. fr. neat;
= sa.) armed, mailed; m. ~0 (kha:
ttiyo) 107,94 = Dh, 387.
sannayhati, vb. (sa, sam-\/nah)
to bind, put on, gird on (weapons,
acc.); ger. ~itva (khaggam) 33,39,
41,19; (dhanukalapath) 75,16; pp. san-
naddha (q. v.).
sannicaya, m, (= sa.) gathering,
heaping together, accumulation (of pro-
visions); nom. ~0, Dh, 92.
*sannitthana, m, (sa, *sath-
nishthdna) resolution, determination,
conviction; acc. ~am (katva) 43,37.
sannipatati, vb. (sa, sam-ni-
y/pat) to come together, assemble;
aor. 8, sg. sannipati, 17,33; 3. pl.
~wimsu, 10,7; ger. witva, 10,25. 72,39;
pp. sannipatita, loc. m, we, 18,19; m,
pl. ~H, 31,22; caus., v. below; ep.
next,
sannipata, m, (= sa.) union,
collection, assembly; acc. wath (ak-
kharinam) Dh, 352; loc, ~amhi
(devata-°) 110,30. ;
sannipateti, vb. (caus. sanni-
patati) to collect, call together, as-
semble (acc.); ger. wetva, 6,2; caus.
II. *sannipatapeti, id.; aor. 3. 8g.
~esi, 10,6; ger. wetva, 8,5, 42,3.
°sannibha, mfn. (e. c. = 8a.)
like, similar; m, ~o (uttatta-kana-
ka-°) 85,7. ba
sannivasa, m (= m living
together, company with (gen.); nom.
Pali Glossary.

sabbanau

~0, Dh, 206; instr. wena (satam)
29,13; 37,35. — *loka-°, m. the society
of men, all the world,- nom, ~o (sa-
kalo) 16,18.

sannisinna, mfn, (sa, sarb-ni-
shanna, sad) sitting together; m. pl,
~a, 29,31.

sannissita, mfn. (Buddh, sa.
sali-ni-crita) connected with; acc, m,
wath (vaciduccarita-°) 86,8.

sanneti, vb. (sa, sarh-V/ni) to mix,
knead (acc.); grd. wetabba, ». wath
(cunnam) 83,97,

sapatha, m., (sa, capatha) an oath;
acc, wath (katva) 41,36; (yakkhim
akirayi, “made her take an oath’’)
111,39.

sappa, m. (sa, sarpa) a snake,
serpent; nom. ~0, 62,17; acc, wat
(udaka-°) 52,38.

sappi, . (& m.?) (sa. sarpis)
clarified butter, ghee; dvandva comp.
%madhu-®, 61,26,

sappurisa, m. (sa, satpurusha;
cp. sat) a good man; nom, wo, Dh,
54; acc, ~am, Dh. 208.

sabba, mfn. (sa. sarva) whole,
entire, all, every; m. ~0, 85,6; 90,22
(loko, ‘all men’); acc. wath, 4,16; f.
~a (nadi) 48,6; . ~am, everything,
55,19; 70,24 (Adittam); 96,15 (~atthi);
20,5, 31,28 (‘the whole story’); pl. m,
we, 3,24; f. ~3, 66,21 (mom.); 85,4
(acc.); instr, ~ehi, 11,10; 70,39; gen.
wesam, 11,3. 114,28; most frequently
at the beg. of subst. comp. : 4,24. 7,33,
10,6, etc. etc.; sabbafiga-°, ». afiga;
°-gandhapana, v. apana; °-loka, v,
abhibhii, adhipacca, hita; sabbalam-
kara-°, v. alarhkara; sabbakara-°, v,
akara; sabbabharana-®, v. abharana;
sabbitthiyo, v. itthi; ep. next etc, ete, .

*sabba-cetaso, adv., v. cetas.

*sabbaijaha, m/fn. (sa. *sarvam-
jaha; cp. jahati) ‘having left all’, m,
~0, Dh. 353.

sabbafiiu, m. (sa. ia ot om-
niscient (said of a Buddha); hence
*sabbafiuta, 7, omniscience; instr,
ewaya (Satthu) 110,14.

17

sabbato

sabbato, adv. (sa. sarvatas) from
all sides, entirely; *°-bhagena, adv.
on every side, 27,3-3 (cp. bhaga).

sabbattha, adv. (sa, sarvatra)
everywhere; Dn, 83, 193. 348, 361.

sabbada, adv. (sa, sarvadi) al-
ways; at any rate; 108,85; Dh. 207;
340 (v. l. sabbadhi, ‘everywhere’, ‘in
every direction’),

*sabbadhi, adv, (fr. sa. “sarva-
dha (= vicvadha), Weber, Ind, Str,
III, 392; cp, satvadry-ajic) on all
sides, in every respect; Dh, 90; 340

v1).

*sabba-bhasa, mfn. (cp. bhasi,
f.) speaking all ‘sanguayes; gen, pl.
~Gnai (sattinad, “all people of
different tongues”) 1)4,39.

*sabbavidu, mfx. (ep. vidu, vidi;
sa, gurva-vid) all knowing; m AU
Cham asmi) Dh, 353,

*subbo-samukkamsika, mfn,
ov. siumukkassike,

sabba-seta, mfn, (sa, sarva-
yet) white all over; m. w0, 21.s4,

sabbaso, adv. (sa. sarvacas)
wholly, entirely. at sil, at any rate,
always (w. negation: not at all, never);
O4yon, WAyso. VU,on Tddyey Dh, Ys,
867. 414.

sabba-sovanna, mfn, (sa, sarva-
sauvarna) entirely of gold, yolden ali
over; m. wO (Kiyo) 84,90, 85,46,

subbabhibhii, m(fn), (sa. sarva-
bhibhi) who has conquered all; Dh,
353.

sabbha, mfn. (sa. sabhya) polite,
honorable; v. a-salbha. i

sabbhi, wv. sat.

sabhi, f. (= 8a.) an assembly or
meoting; a large rcom or hall; dliam-
ma-?, f. (q. ¥.).
" sabhaiga, mfn., v. sa‘.

sabhava, m, (sa, sva-bhéva) na-
tural state or disposition, nature; comp,
*vsiuntisinn-% mfr, (v. oexontasana).

Kiumivt, m, (se, Gum) tranquillity,
equanimity, absence of pussion; ace,
wath carati, to lead a life of tranquil-
lity, 7,2c, Dh, 142 (in this construction

258

difficult to be distinguished from sama’,
m.); “suma-cariya, /. the living in
tranquillity; ~2, instr. (shortened of
maya) Dh, 388. ep. samatha, sam-
mati, ete.

sama?, mn, (= 8a.) *) like, equal
to (gen. or e, c.); m. wo (me saccena)
108,81; pl, wi (bhavanti) 74,3; °-vi-
bhatta, n. (g.v.); gopanasi-bhogga-°,
47,22 (gq. v.); dosa-°, raga-°, mfn. Dh,
202; pathavi-°, Db, 95; — >) even;
acc, m. waih (maggam karetva) 62,9;
— °) just, impartial; m. subst. impar-
tiallity, justice (synon, dhamma); instr.
~ena (nayati pare) Dh, 257; dham-
mena nena, 42,20 (cp. sama!). ep.
sama, f. & samana, m/fn.

samagga, mfn. (sa. samagra)
1) all, entire; *) agreeing, harmonious,
acc. m. pl. we (savake) 108,20; gen. pl.
wiinam, Dh, 194; *-visa, m. living
together in unity & harmony, acc. amit
(vasunto, titya suddhinh) 68,25; doe.
we, 46,17. cp. samaggi.

sainafigin, mfn. (= sa.) & “sas
mafigi-bhiita, mfn, endowed with, pos-
sensed of (énstr.), gen m, wbhiitassa
(kitmagunehi) 67a

suman, f. (sa. Bamijhd) name,
appellation, term; nom, wa, 97,1.

saniana, m. (sa. Cramana) an
ascetic, mendicant monk, esp, (by non-
Buddhists) said of the Buddhist men-
dicants & even of Buddha himself, but
also of the monks of other sects; som.
~o (Gotamo) 71,25, 110.5; Dh, 265.
388 (false etymology ! samitattad, sa-
macariyd, v. h.); Dh. 254-55 (n’atthi
biihiro, v. ty gen. pl. with (Sakya-
puttiyiini) 73,90; — comp, *%dhuame
ma, wt. the ascetic duties, ace, wath,
15,12. 45,7; paccha-°, m. (g. v.); mas
ha-°, m, the great S. (i, ¢, Gotama
Buddha) 76,31; dvandva comp. °-brith-
mani, m pl. 1041; acc, we, 19,2.
cp. mune, suMmaner,

samatikkanta, mfn, (pp. sam-
ati-kkamati; sa. V~kram, samatikran-
ta) transgressed, surpassed, overcome;

259

e.c. free from : *papaiica-°, Dh, 195
(q. v.) cp. next,

samatikkama, m, (su. samati-
krama) transgressing, surpassing, over-
coming; dat, ~nAaya (soka-parideva-
bath) 90,17,

*samativijjhati, vb. (sa. *sam-
ati-/vyadh) to pierce or break through,
penetrate (acc.); pr. 3. sg. wati (aga-
ram vutthi) 106,s1 = Dh, 14,

Samattha, mfn, (sa, samartha)
able to, capable of (inf.); venturing
(do.); knowing to behave, or capable
of finding a way; m. ~0 (jale pi thale
pi) 4,14; 27,16, 35,19. (tw. inf); no
n'ahosi (do, ‘did not venture’) 40,2;
fi wa, B71; pl. wi, 39,12, cp, sam-
atthiya,

samatha, m. (sa. camatha) =
sama’; acc. vam (gataui, “subdued”)
Dh, 94,

samanantara, mfn, (= sa.) im-
mediately following; wa, adv, (cp. sa.
samanantarami) immediately after,
80,18.

samanta, mfn. (= sa.) being on
every side, whole, entire; abl. adv,
®) ~i, on all sides, around, completely;
38,2; 90,33 (w. gen., nagarassa); 104,3;
b) wato, id.; 63,23. 85,8. cp. simanta.

samannigata, mfn, (sa. saman-
vagata) attended by, endowed with,
possessed of (instr, or ¢.c.); m. ~0
(dhammehi) 3,24; (dasahi afigehi)
82,14; 85,19, 91,26-27; f. pl. wa (asad-
dhamma-°) 51,6,

*samannaharati, vb. (sa, *sam-
anu-d-vVhr) to direct one’s whole at-
tention to (ace.); ger. witva (sabba-
cetaso, “seizing upon it with their
whole minds”) 71,94,

samappita, mfn. (pp. fr. next;
8a, samarpita) delivered over to (loc.);
endowed with (instr, or e.c.); m. pl.
wa (nirayamhi) 108,7 = Dh, 315;
gen. m. ~assa (kamagunehi) 67,25;
comp. yaso-bhoga-°, mfn, Dh. 303.

samappeti, vb. (sa. samarpayati,
caus. sam-yf) to deliver over, consign

samidina

(ace. & gen.); aor, 3. sg. ~appayi,
110,27.

Samaya, m. (= sa.) 1) time, oc-
casion, season; nom. ~o (pabbajja-°)
45,12; acc, wath (ekath, “once”) 66,23,
71,20; pacctisa-° (“at dawn’) 68,9;
pubbanha-°, 76,15; majjhantika-°,
97,34; instr. wena. (tena) 6,32, 71,21,
74,17; aparena a, “afterwa:,'s’, 95,93,
101,16; loc. ~e (ekasmim, ouce upon
a time) 30,28; tasmith ~, 40,30, 62,10;
addharatta-°, “at midnight”, 40,8;
nidagha-®, 3,32; sdyanha-°, 2,33; 14,11.
~ *) view, doctrine, system, religious
persuasion; *samma-vilihata-°, m/fn,
113, (v. viiiata),

samalamkata, mfn. (sa. sam-
alaihkyta) well adorned, decorated;
m. wam -(vitana-4, gv.) 112,s,

samassattha, mfn, (sa. sama-
Gvasta, pp. sam-a-\/¢vas) revived,
recovered; °-kile, when he was re-
covered, 20,7. cp. neat.

samassaseti, vb. (caus, sam-d-
VGvas) to reanimate, comfort (acc.);
imp. 2, sg. wehi (nam) 46,11; aor,
3. sg. ~esi, 46,12; ger, wetva, 1,1.
57,36. 89,19.

sama, f. (= sa.) a year (=
vasso); satarh-samam, Dh. 106 (v.
sata?),

samagacchati, vb. (sa. sam-d-
Vgan) to come together, assemble,
arrive; w. instr, to meet with, to be
united with, cling to; aor, 2. sg,
~ganchi (piyehi) 106,25 == Dh, 210;
ger. ~gantvd, 10,7. 75,36; pp. wgata,
m., ~0, 110,09; pl. w2, 108,3, 109,9,
cp, next,

samigama, m. (= sa.) coming
together, meeting with; assembly;
non. ~w0, 20,90, 112,16. Db. 207,

samaidapeti, vb. (caus, sama-
diyati; sa. samadapayati) to incite,.
arouse (acc.); pr. 3. 8g. weti, 71,99;
aor, 3. 8g. ~wesi, 77,95; ger. wetva,
78,99; pp. m. wito, 77,27.

samadana, n. (= sa.) taking
upon oneself, undertaking; a vow;

’
17*

eamBdiyatl

miccha-ditthi-°, mfn, “embracing falee
doctrines”, pl. ~8, Dh, 316.

samadiyati, vb. (sa, sam-d-//da,
ep. idiyati) to take upon oneself, adopt
(ace.); ger. ®) ~adaya (vissath dham-
mat) 106,s = Dh, 266; >) wadiy-
itva (silam) 14,18; caus. samadapeti
(q. ¥.); samadana, ”., v above.

samadhi, m. (= sa.) tranquillity
‘of mind, meditation, self-concentration,
the highest stage of jhana (q. v.);
nom, ~i, 103,22; samma-°, 67,5 (right
meditation); acc, wim (adhigacchati)
Dh, 249. 365; instr. ~ina, Dh. 144;
comp. *°-jhana, n, 109,21.

samana!, mfn. (= sa.) like, equal;
same, alike; comp, *samana-baladi-
padesa, mfn., 43,31 (v. padesa);
*0-vaya-bhiva, mfn, 43,20 (v. vaya’);
*O.vasa, mfn. dwelling with equals,
m. ~0, 104,21; *°-samvasa, m. the
dwelling together with equals (family-
life), nom. wo, Dh. 302 (2. ed. [a]-
samana-vaso ?); *manussa-samana-
sarira, mfn, wits body like men, m,
pl. ~& (macch2) 25,23, cp. sama,
samaniya.

*samina®, mfn. (part. med. fr.
atthi) being (pleonast. added mostly
to past part., or sometimes to adj.);
m, ~0 (puttho) £0,4; (vutto) 98,16;
(andho) 25,15; acc, pl. m. ~e (matte)
59,26, cp. Pischel, Gr. § 561,

*saminiya, mfn. (fr. samina},
cp. $a, samiinyd, adv.) joined, assem-
bled; m. pl. ~@ (putta me, “my
children are all about me”) 106,5,

samaneti, vt, (sa, sam-d-y/ni)
to collect, assemble (ace.); ger. wetva
(sarigham) 114,7.

samipajjati, vb. (sa, sam-d-
/pad) to attain, arrive to, enter into
(acc.); aor. 3. sg. ~pajji (catuttha-
jjhdnars) 80,5, cp. next ete.

samapatti, f. (= sa.) ‘attain.
ment’, one of the eight successive states
of the ecstatic meditation; abl. riya
(akdsinaficayatana-, 7. ».) 80,6, ete,

samaipanna, mfn. (pp, sama-
pajjati; == sa.) arrived to, entered

260

into (oes or ¢.c.); m. ~0, 80,19;
icchad-lobha-®, Dh. 264.

samaraddha, m/fn, (sa. sama-
rabdha) uodertaken, begun; eu-°, m/n,
Dh. 293 (g.2.).

[samasati], ob. (sa, sam-vas)
to sit together, associate with (énstr.);
pot, 3. sg. med, samasetha (sabbhir
eva) 29,12.

samasato, adv. (abl. samasa, m.
abridgement; sa. samasatas) concisely,
briefly, in an abridged form, 114,12.

samahita, mfn. (= 8a.) put to-
gether, collected, composed, €. ¢, fur-
nished with; m. ~0, Dh, 362 (col-
lected in mind); *pafifia-sila-°, mfn.
Dh, 229 (q. v.); a-samahita, su-sama-
hita, mfn., v, a-°, su-%

samijjhati, »b. (sa. sam-\/rdh)
to prosper, succeed, flourish, ripen;
pr. 3, 8g. ~ati (viriya-phalarh) 42,14-19.
cp. samiddhi.

“samifjati, vb. (a secondary for-
mation of sam-v/ifig) to tremble, falter;
pr. 3. pl, wanti, 106,29 == Dh. 81.
(cp. Weber, Ind. Str. IIT, 397; Ol-
denberg, KZ, XXV (1881) 324.)

*samitatta, m (fr. samita, pp.
sameti; sa. *camita-tva) the being
appeased or quieted; abl. wa (papa-
nam) Dh. 265.

samiti, f. (= sa.) coming together,
ne battle, war; acc, wim, Dh,
321,

samiddhi, f. (sa. sampddhi) euc-
cess, increase, perfection, welfare; ace.
im (attano) Dh, 84,

Samipa, mn. (= sa.) nearness,
proximity; only used adverbially in
oblique cases: ‘near’, ‘in the vicinity’,
‘towards’ tree €. ¢.)} acc. wath,
56,10; 8,24 (khetta-°); 65,14 (dvara-°);
instr. ~ena, 49,3 (apana-°); loc. we,
44,29; 2l,18 (nagara-°); 73,20 (gan-
dhakuti-°) ; 84,31 (Rajagaha-°); ekas-
inl gama-samipe, in the vicinity of a
rertain village, 33,23; ~amhi (Bodhi-
manda-°) 113,2; — samipa-ttha, m/fn.,
standing near; acc. m. wath, 110,21.

samirati, vb. (pass, sam-yir,

261

prob. contraction of *samiriyati) to
be moved or shaken; pr. 8. sg, wati
(vatena) 106,: = Dh. 81,
samukkamsati, vd, (sa, sam-
ut-ykrsh) to elevate, praise, extol
(acc.); pot, 3. sg. ~kathse (attanath)
103,30. cp. simukkamnsika.
samugga, m, (sa, samudga) a
box, casket; acc. warn (catujati-gan-
dha-°) 41,5; loc. wo (suvanna-°) 41,6,
samucchinna, mfn, (= sa.; pp.
samucchindati) uprooted, destroyed ;
m wath, Dh. 250 = 263,
samutthana, n. (sa, samutthina)
rise, origin; *ajjhatta-°, & *bahid-
dha-°, mfn. (v. h.).
*samutthapana, m. (nom. act,
fr. next) the causing to rise or start:
katha-°, 64,10 (°-attham, “for sake of
starting talk”).
samutthapeti, vb. (caus. sam-
utthati, Ystha; sa. samutthdpayati)
to cause to rise (acc.); aor. 3. sg. wesi
(vatam) 19,15; 3. pl. wesum (katharh,
“they discussed the matter”) 29,98,
samutthita, mfn. (pp. samu-
tthati, Ysthd; sa, samutthita) risen,
sprung from; , ~amh (ayasa, v, ayas)
106,19 == Dh, 240.
samuttejeti, vb. (caus, *sam-
ut-ytij; Buddh. sa. samuttijayati) to
incite, inflame (acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~weti,
71s; aor. 3, sg. ~wesi, 77,25; ger.
wetva, 78,22; pp. m. wito, 77,97.
samudaya, m. (= sa.) rise, origin,
cause; mom. wo (rupassa) 94,8; (du-
kkha-kkhandassa) 66,12; *°-dhamma,
mfn., subject to birth, 7. warh, 68,97
(opp. nirodha-dhamma); dukkha-®,
m, the cause of suffering; ~am ariya-
saccam, 67,12, cp. dukkha-nirodha.
samudacarati, vb. (sa. sam-ud-
a-\/car) to appear, behave; to follow,
attack, treat, overcome; to speak to,
address (acc.); pr. 3. pl. wanti (ai-
fiamaiiiam avuso-vadena) 79,7; 96,30;
grad. witabba, 79,7-10.
samudahata,. mfn, (sa. samu-
dabyta, br) mentioned, named; ace,
m, pl. we (potthake) 114,17.

samodhaneti

samudda, m. (sa, samudra) the
sea, ocean; nom. ~o (maha-°) 95,13;
ace, wam, 20,19; gen. wassa, 2,11;
loc. we (maha-°), 10,98; gen. pl,
~4naih (catunnam) 89,14; ku-samud-
da, m., v. ku-; °-tira, n.; °-devata,
f., %-pitthe & °-majjhe, Joc. (q. v.);
dakkhina-°, m, & *pakati-°, m. (v. h.).

samuppada, m. (sa, samutpaida)
rise, origin; *dukkha-°, m. the origin
of pain; ace, ~am, 107,19 = Dh, 191
(synon, dukkha-samudaya, 67,12);
paticca-°, m. 66,5 (v. h.).

samussaya, m. (sa. samucchraya)
collection, accumulation, esp, the aggre-
gation of the elements (mental and
material) of a human being; existence,
birth, body; nom. ~o (antimo, the
last existence) 108,17; acc. warn, 80,23,
cp. next,

samussita, mfn. (pp. sam-ud-
V¢ri; sa. samucchrita) collected, joined
together; or, elevated, arrogant (?)
Dh, 147.

samuhata, mfn. (pp. fr. next;
sa. samuddhata) done away, pulled
out, extirpated; . wath (mulaghaccam)
Dh, 250,

*samuhanti, vb. (sa. *sam-ud-

han) to lift up, throw away, abolish
bce imp. 8, sg. wantu (sikkhapa-

ini, sarngho) 79,12, pp., ». above,

samuheti, vb, (caus, sam-Vuh;
sa, samuhayati) to collect, assemble
(ace.); ger. wetva (sarhgham) 114,13.

samekkhati, vb. (sa, sam-yiksh)
to investigate, examine, consider, pon-
der (acc.); ger, samekkhiya (katha-
maggam) 113,30. °

sameti!, vb. (sa, sam-yi) ‘to
come together’, agree with (instr.);
pr. 3. sg. ~eti (sutam ditthena) 54,15.

sameti®, vb. (caus. sammati; sa.
gamayati) to appease, quiet (acc.); pr,
8. sg. weti (papani) Db, 265; pp.
samita, v. samitatta, 7.

*samodhaneti, vb. (denom, fr.
samodhana, sa. samavadhana) to put
together, connect, compare; to enume-

sampajina

rate, calculate, sum up (acc.); aor. 3.
sg. ~esi (jatakath, g. v.) 29,17.
*“sampajaine., mfn, (numen agentis
fr, sam-pra-vjf.2) conscious, selfpos-
sessed; m, ~0, (8,98; gen, pl. wiinam,
Dh, 293 (synon. sata®).
sampajjati, vb. (sa. sam-ypad)
1) to prosper, svecaec; pr, 3. 8g. wati
(takes root) 37,"; part, wanta, floue
vishing, 102,7 (a-sampajjantesu, Joc.
pl.); fut, 3. pi. wissanti (sassani)
ib.; *) to become, turn into (nom.);
pot. 3. sg. weyya (dadhi) 101,97; =
pp. sampanna (4. ¥.), caus, sampa-
deti (¢. v.), ep. sampatti.
*sampaticchati, vb. (sa. sam-
prati-;/ish) tc receive, accept; consent,
agree to (acc.); aor. 3. sg. nicchi
(sidhu'ti) 5,1, 6,29. 53,16; 46,15; 3.
pl. xicchithsu (tam silam) 75,36; ger.
ewicchitva, 1,18, 1414-20. 62,93; pp.
ewicchits, 55,23 (loc. abs, tena we,
when he had consented),
sampatta, mfn. (sa. sam-pripta)
reached, attained; who has reached,
arrived, come to; m. nO (tw, ace,
Mahaviharam) 114,83; . pl. wa
(used as tempus finitum ‘came’) 20,13,
62,22; ace. pl. m. ne (yacake) 14,19;
comp. °-niiva (a ship arrived there),
27,12 (ace. wath); °-parisi (the ase
sembly preset there) 86,10(dat, ~aya),
sampatti, f. (= sa.) success,
prosperity; excellence, perfection;
pleasure, bliss; magnificence, glory;
nom, wi, 58,11; 42,10; acc. with, 4,18.
63,17; rupa-°, beauty, 19,11; dibba-°,
divine bliss, 23,17. \
sumpanna, mfn, (= say pr
sitmpijjuti) 4) complete, perfect, exe
cellent; °-sassa, 2. excellent crops,
26,18; *°-vijja-carana, mfn. perfect in
knowledge and behaviour, m. pl, wa,
Dh, 144; *-sila, sfn. perfect in vir-
tues, gen ph xfinai, Db, 675 anhe
hatigue", mw/n, (vo, wfigu); = #) endowed
with, possessed of, fulllof (aw, énsér,
or more frequently ¢. c.); 1. ~0 (pha-
larukkhehi) 2,20; comp, *thima-°, 1,3;
pakka-phala-pindi-®, 2,1; khanti-me-

262

ttanuddaya-®, 7,12; And-°, 10,26; sara-°,
18,54; fiana-°, 24,14; danubbhava-,
35,29; sila-°, 41,35; sabba-lakkhana-°,
55,89; mala-gandha-vibhiti-°, 61,4;
parideva-soka-°, 69,99; sila-dassana-°,
Dh, 217 (v. h.). .

sampayata, mfn, (sa, sampraya-
ta) come together, having advanced
towards; m, .0 (Yamassa santike)
Dh. 237,

sampayoga, m. (sa. samprayoga)
joining, conjunction, connection (with,
instr.); nom, wo (appiyehi) 67,9.
[samparivatta, m.] (sa. sam-
parivarta) turning or rolling round;
only in comp, *°-sayin, mfn. “rolling
oneself about’, nom. m. ~1, Db. 325.

samparivareti, vb. (caus. sam-
pari-\/vr) to surround (acc.); ger.
wayitva (nam) 64,30.

*sampavedhin, mfn, (fr. sam-
pavedhati, to tremble, shake, swing
to and fro; sa, sam-pra-\/vyath) shak-
ing, trembling; only in comp, a-sam-
pavedhin, mfn. (v. h,).

sampassati, vb. (sa. sam-\/pac)
to look upon, regard, consider (acc.);
part. m. ~passamh (vipulam sukham)
Dh, 290; part. med. m. ~passamano
(ddinavatin) 93,2 (considering it dan-
gerous),

sampahamseti, vb. (sa. sam-
praharshayati, caus. sam-pra-vhysh)
to make glad (acc.); pr. 3. sg. weti
(bhikkhii) 71,23; aor. 3. sg. wesi,
77,25; ger, ~wetva, 78,92; pp. wito,
m, 77,97.

sampideti, vb. (caus, sampajjati;
8d, sumpidayati) to bring about, pro-
duce, supply, prepare (ace.); intr. to
go to work, endeavour, strive; pr. 3.
sg. ~weti (rathath) 98,17; imp. 2. pl.
~etha (appamidena) 80,2; ger.
mwetvil, 6,4. 57,01; pp, sampadita,
propurod, 41,9,

Siumpipuniiti, vb, (sa, sumeprns
yi) to reach, come to, arrive at
acc.); aor, 3. sg. sampapuni, 29,25;
3, pl. withsu, 59,97,

sampunna, mfn. (sa, sampirna)

263

complete, accomplished; *°-pada, m/n.
complete up to the single words; 7.
(adv.) ~am (correctly, perfectly) 113,7.

samphassa, m. (sa. samnsparca)
touch, contact; nom. wo (*cakkhu-°)
70,26; (*mano-°, g. v.) 70,33; ace,
~ath (hattha-°) 51,9. cp. vedayita,
viiidna.

samphusati, vb. (sa. saih-y/spr¢)
to come in contact with, touch; suffer,
endure (acc.); aor. 3, sg. ~usi (metri
causa) 78,30 (abadham).

sambandha, m, (= sa.) con-
nexion, conjunction; relationship (with,
instr.); abl. ~& (tena, on account of
the relationship with him) 112,39,

sambahula, mfn. (= sa.) nu-
merous; instr, pl, wehi (bhikkhihi)
76,16.

sambadha, m, (= sa.) a narrow
place; press, crowd; *°-tthana, 2. the
interstice between the legs, in the
comp. pakata-bibhaccha-°, m/fn. having
the loathsome parts of the body dis-
closed, f. pl. wa, 65,8.

*sambahati (& *sambaheti), vd,
(sa, sam -+ y/vah (bah)) to rub (ace.);
aor, 3. sg. ~bahi (paharam) 50,24.

sambuddha, *) mfn (= sa.)
awakened, clear in insight; mom. m,
~0, 80,233 gen. pl. ~anam, Dh. 181;
*) m, a Buddha; gen, ~assa, 104,12;
loc. we, 81,4; *°-mata, n. the doctrine
of the Buddha, 114,19 (°-kovida);
samma-°, m. the enlightened one, the
supreme Buddha, instr. wena, 88,3;
gen, ~assa, 81,5; Kassapa-°, 28,18
(q. v.).

sambodhi, f. (= sa.) perfect
knowledge, supreme wisdom (of a
Buddha); dat. waya, 66,30. 93,8;
*0-parayana, mfn, destined to obtain
supreme wisdom, m. ~0, 79,34; *0-aii-
ga, (m.) i. e, sambojjhaiga = bo-
jjhafiga (q. v.); Db. 89 (loc, pl.
wesu).
sambhata, mfn, (sa. sam-bhrta)
collected, produced, earned; gen. n,
wassa (dhanassa) 52,5.

sambhava, m. (= sa.) birth,

sammatta

origin; being, existence; mom. ~O
*ati-°, existence) 17,28; instr. wena
matu-kucchi-°, on account of the so-
journ in the mother’s womb) 62,28;
atta-°, & *matti-°, mfn. (q. v.).

sambhara, m. (= sa.) bringing
together; abl. ~a (aiiga-°, g. v.) 98,30,

sambhuta, mfn. (= sa.) pro-
duced, arisen, come into being; %.
~wam, 99,32.

samma-,
(q. v.).

*samma, indecl., aterm of familiar
address to inferiors or equals (not to
women), sometimes also with plural
ending (samma) : friend! my dear!
[possibly some derivate from \/cam,
or cam, indecl, (ved. sa.), cp. Gamya,
cimya, etc., if not, after all, akin to
samma, (v. below); it is by some con-
sidered as related to sa. saumya; Faus-
ball, Five Jat. p. 37, hesitatingly, refers
to sa. carman; Pischel, KZ (BB.) I.
p. 176, to sa. *camba]; 1,20. 6,23; w.
foll. voc.: ~ kumbhila, 3,15; ~ mora,
10,1; ~ kappaka, 44,92.

sammajjati, vb. (sa, sam-y/mr))
to sweep, cleanse, scrub (acc.); grd.
m. ~witabbo (deso) 82,23; f. wa, 84,22;
pp. v. nect,

sammattha, mfn. (pp. samma-
jjati; sa.sam-mrshta) cleansed, smooth;
*0.nassa, mfn. well-formed, beautiful,
ace. f. wath (kumarim) 47,19.

sammata, mfn. (= sa.) *) con-
sidered as, so called; sutta-°, 110,3;
9) elected, authorized; m. (& 7.?) a
deputy; a select committee; *sarhgha-°,
109,5.

sammati, vb. (sa. Vgam) to be-
come quiet, appeased; to cease; to
rest, dwell; pr. 3. sg. ~ati, Dh, 3;
390 (sammati-m-eva); 3. pl. anti
(verani) 106,23-24 = Dh. 5; caus.
sameti, pp. santa (g. v.) cp. sama,
samatha,

sammatta, mfn, (= sa.) inebri-
ated, maddened, mad with joy, love &;
m. pl. ~& (maccha&) 19,33; *putta-
pasu-°, mfn, ove who is fully engaged

shortened of samma

ammad- .

in taking care of his children and cattle,
Dh. 287.
sammad-, sandhi-form of samma
(q. v.) ep. next ete.
*samma-d-akkhata, mfn. (fr.
sammai + akkhata; sa. *samyag-
akhyata) well preached; loc.
(dhamme) Db. 86.
samma-d-aniid, f (sa. samyag-
ijia) perfect knowledge; *°-vimutta,
mfn. (v. aia) Dh. 57, 96.
*samma-ppajana, mfn. (fr.
samma + pajana, qg. v.) possessed
of complete knowledge, m. ~o, Dh, 20.
*“samma-ppania, f (fr. samma
+ panna, q. v.) complete knowledge,
clear understanding, instr, waya,
107,18 = Dh. 190.
3ammasati, vd. (sa, sam-/mr¢)
to take hold of,, grasp; to consider,
reditate, perceive fully (aces) pr. 3,
&g. wuti (kbandhanam udayavyayam)
Dh, 374,
gamma, indecl. (sa. samyak) com-
pletely, wholly, truly, properly, duly,
correctly, clearly; at the beg. of comp.
it is shortened to samma-° before
dceuble cons, (v. 3amma-ppajana, etc.),
- and before vowels an euphonica) -d-
generally is incerted {v, samma-d-
akkhata, etc.); likewise before a foll,
eva:samma-d-eva, 68,25; 8) beyond
comp. : 24,32 (vaddhito); 82,16 (? sam-
Ma-vattitabbam, v. samma-vattati
below); 99,81 (vadeyya); 102,6-7 (vas-
sati, sampajjissanti); Dh, 89 (subha-
vitath); Dh, 373 (vipasgato); >) at
the beg. of conip., ¥. separately.
samma-ijiva, m, (sa, samyag-
djiva) right living, 67,4,
samma-kammanta, m, (sa.sam-
yak-karmanta) right conduct, 67,4.
sammi-ditthi, f. (sa. samyag-
drsliti) right belief, 67,3, 96,5.
*summa-panihita, mfn, 0 pa+
nihita.
_*‘samma-parinaima, mm, % pa-
rinima.
samma-vattati, vb. (probably
to be read in two words) to observe

we

264

a right conduct (towards, loc.); grd.
n. witabbarh, 82,16. ep. net.
*sammae-vattana, f. right con-
duct or behaviour; 82,17.
samma-vaca, f. (sa, samyag-
vac) right speech, 67,4.
samma-vayama, m. (sa, sam-
yag-vyayama) right endeavour, 67,5.
*samma-vininata, mn. perfectly
known or understood; °-samaya, mfn.
having a perfect knowledge in religious
doctrines, 113,4.
samma-samkappa, m.(sa.sam-
yak-samkalpa) right aspiration or re-
solve, 67,4; *°-gocara, mfn. “following
true desires” (opp. miccha-°) Dh, 12.
samma-sati, f. (sa. samyak-
smrti) right recollection, 67,5.
samma-samadhi, m. (sa. sam-
yak-°) right meditation, 67,5.
samma-sambuddha, m. (sa.
samyak-°) v. sambuddha.
sammukha, mfn. (= 8a.) being
face to face with (gen.); present; sui-
table; m. pl. wa, 79,20; abl. (adv.)
~i (Bhagavato, in the presence of)
98,29; 109,21 (sutva, “having heard
it from B, himself”); comp. *°-cinna,
nm. a manifest suitable deed; instr.
wena, 14,3, cp. next & samukha-
vethita, 51,3 (v. sa-*).
sammuti, f. (sa. sammati) custom,
general or current opinion (or expres-
sion), name, appellation, phrase; hoti
satto’ti sammuti, 98,31: (“we use the
phrase a living being’),
sammodati, vb. (sa, sam-/mud)
to exchange friendly greetings; aor.
3. sg. sammodi (Bhagavata saddhim)
89,20; part, med, ~ modamina, dwell-
ing friendly and harmonious together,
16,19; grd. sammodaniya, in the
phrase : sammodaniyam katham ete.
89,20, 93,241. 96,26 (v. vitisireti). ep.
pati-sammodati.
sammoha, m. (= 8a.) confusion;
acc. ~amh (Apadii, v. apajjati) 94,22;
dat, wiya (alam, g. v.) 94,24.
saya, mfn. (sa. caya) lying, sleep-
ing; v. guha-°, dari-%

o

265

sayam, indecl. (sa. svayam) self,
by one’s self, spontaneously; 7,3. 33,32.
46,16; sayam eva, 55,2. 85,38; sayam
pl, 112,82; comp, °-kata, mfn. Dh,
347 (v. h.); °-jata, mfn. ‘self-born’,
growing wild, 22,1 (°-sali). cp, samam,

sayati, vb. v. seti,

Sayana, m, (sa. gayana) lying,
sleeping; bed, couch; ace, war, 112,9;
instr, wena, 20,26, 61,10; Dh, 271
(vivicca-® g. v.); abl, wi, 41,97; (uecd-
°-maha-°) 81,36; ~ato, 16,4 (dabba-
tina-°); gen. wassa, 47,25; loc, we
(pupphinam ammanamattena abhi-
ppakinna-°) 65,30; 41,36 (maha-°) ep,
siri-sayana; *°-gabbha, m. bed-cham-
ber, 46,3; *°-gumba, m. 14,33 (0, &.);
-pittha (gq. 0.) ep. next.

Sayanasana, ., v. sendsana.

sayani-ghara, n, (sa. cayana-
grha, cp, gayaniya-grha) a bed-cham-
ber; acc. wath, 52,92.

sara’, m, (sa. cara) an arrow;
acc, ~am, Dh, 320; pl, ~4, Dh. 304.

sara’, m. n. (sa, sara & saras)
a lake, pond; acc, wath, 4,13; 3,30
(paduma-°); gen. ~wassa, 4,12; loc,
~e, 3,32, 21,36 (Tambapanni-°); ~as-
mim, 5,16 [Joc, also sarasi from saras];
°-tira, °-pariyanta (v. h.).

sara’, m, (sa. svara) sound, voice,
cry; acc, ~am (atikaruna-°) 27,14;
(atta-ssaram, v. atta’) 40,21; (gita-°)
19,32; instr, ~ena (madhurena) 17,37;
(madhura-ssarena) 5,20. 62,13; °-sam-
panna, m/fn. having a melodious voice,
m. ~o (moro) 18,34.

saraka, m,n. (= sa.) a drinking
vessel or cup; instr, ~ena (suvanna-°)
41ju.

sarana, ”, (sa. garana) refuge;
ace, ~am, Dh, 188; 192 = 107,21;
am gacchati (upeti), to take refuge
in (ace.) : 69,19. 105,24. 107,17 == Db.
190; pl. ~ani (tini = ratanani, »v.
ratana) 28,25,

sarati, vb. (sa. Vsmr) to remem-
ber (acc. or gen.), to think of (with
sorrow or regret); pr. 1. 8g. ~ami
(att@namn) 27,22; an earlier furm of pr,

sallipa

3. sg. sumarati is found Dh. 324 (w.
gen. Nigavanassa); pp, v, sata?; cp,
sati? & saraniya.

sarabha, m. (sa. garabha) a kind
of deer; *°-padaka, mfn. with legs of
os deer, loc, ve (kaiicana-pallarake)

9

sarita, mfn, (= sa.; pp. ysr)
moving, going, running; n, pl. ~wani
(somanassani) Dh. 341 (“extrava-
gant”), cp. sarin.

sarira, ». (sa. garira) the body;
nom, wath, 2,7; acc, wam, 1,6; 16,6
(saka-°); 57,99 (sakala-°); instr. wena,
89,9 (do.); abl. wa, 45,1; wato, 23,32;
loc. we, 15,33; *-patijaggana, x.,
*0-bhafiga, m., *°-marasa, 1. (v, h.);
*antima-°, mfn. (q. v.); *obhagga-°,
mfn, one whose body is bent or crooked,
63,9; *manussa-samana-°, mfn. (q.
v.); maha-°, mfn. having a great body,
1,3; cp. a-Sarira, mfn.

salaka, f. (sa. calaiki) a small
stick or twig, a piece or splint of bam-
boo and the like, used as ticket or
ballot (by casting of lots); v. kala-.
kanni-°, 23,12.

saliyatana, n. (sa, shad-dyata-
na) the six organs of sense; nom. ~arh,
66,8; °-nirodha, m. 66,14 (gq. ¥.) ep.
ayatana,

salla, 2. (sa. galya) a stake or
thorn, an arrow; a wound; nom. wal,
92,9; acc. wath (attano, metaph. of
passions) 108,9; instr. wena, 92,7;
pl. ~ani (*bhava-°, g.v.) Db. 351;
*O_santhana, 7., “the removal of the
thorns” (metaph.) Dh. 275. cp. neat,

salla-katta, m. (sa. calya-karttr)
& surgeon; acc. war, 92,8.

sallakkheti, vb. (sa. sama-Vlaksh)
to notice, observe, think of, consider
(ace.); ger. ~wetva, 84,17; a-sallak-
bhetva (tam karanam) 3,18; (w. gen.
— 89,5.

sallapati, vb. (sa. saia-Vlap) to
talk together, converse, speak to, ad-
dress; part. m. ~anto (tena saddhith)
13,94; f. wanti, 73,4. cp. next.

sallapa, m, (sa, sathlapa) conver-

eallina

vation; allipa-°, m. id., ace. wath,
56,22; “katha-°, m, id., instr, wena,
94,22,

sallina, mfn. (sa. sath-lina, pp.
samevli) bent down, depressed; *a-
sallina, mfn, (v. 4).

savati, vb. (sa. sru) to flow,
stream; pr, 3. pl. wanti (sota) Dh.
340; cp. savana®’, sota’,

savana}, nm, (sa. gravana) hearing,
learning; dhammia-°, sad-dhamma-°®
(q. .); 8u-ssavana, ». (v. su-°),

savana®, m, (sa, sravana) flowing,
streaming; *manapa~°, mfn. (v. h.).

savhaya, mfn. (e.c.) (fr. sa! -+
avhaya; sa. sahvaya) named, called;
Ananda-®, m. ace. wath, 109,15.

saga, m. (sa, cae a hare; nom.
~0, Dh, 342; *°-pandita, m. the wise
hare, 1dj1a; *°-yoni, f. (g. v.); loc,
wiyath (nibbattitva, having been born
ag a hare) 14,8; *raja, m, (v, riijan);
°-lakkhana, #, the sign of a hare, ace.
wath, 16,16,

sassa, n. (rarely m.) (sa, sasya
or Gasya) corn, crop; nom. ~0, 26,20;
acc. ~am, 8,5; 26,18 (Sampanna-%,
q.v.); pl. sani, 7,35. 102,7; *°-kiraka-
manussa, m. a husbandman, pl. wa,
8,7; *rakkhana, mn, protection of
fields, 8,7 (°-attharh).

sassata, mfn, (sa, cacvata) etere
nal; m. a0 (loko) 89,24; a-sassato,
&9,26 (q. v.); m. pl. wa (saikhara,
n’atthi) Dh, 258,

saha, prp. (= sa.) with, together
with, simultaneously with (instr, or
abl.); ~ khelena, 67,24; \ Brah-
muna, Dh, 105; ~ parinibbanad (abl.)
60,19; cp. neat ete,

saha-gata, mfn, (e.¢.; = 8a.)
accompanied by; dukkha-°, mfn. 97,80;
naidi-riga-", mfn. 67,15.

“suhanukkama, mfn. (saha +
anuklkama) toge‘her with all pertain.
ig; 7. wath (sandinam) Dh. 398.

*“saha-semana, mfn. (v. seti
[sayati]) lying or reposing with; ace,
f. ~am (yakkhinirih) 112,s,

sahati, vb. (sa. sah) to overcome,

266

conquer; to bear, endure (acc.); pr.
3. sg. wati (metri causa) 107,81 =
Dh. 335; port. m. a-sahanto (duk-
kham) 32,s8; pot. 3, pl. ~weyyuli
(vuttbith) 104,28; cp. sahasd, sahasa.

Sahampati, m. (Buddh, sa, Sa-
hapati) an epithet of Brahman (ep.
SBE. XIII, p. 86); nom. Brahma, a,
80,21.

sahasa, indecl. (= sa.) by vios
lence; unexpectedly, inconsiderately;
Dh, 256 (attharh naye); cp. a-saha-
sena.

sahassa, n. (sa. sahasra) a thou-
sand (w. nom. [or gen.] pl. of the
things numbered, or e. ¢.); mom. acc,
sg. ~ath (datva, 1000 pieces of mo-
ney) 37,10; (vaca, githa) Dh. 100.
101; purisa-°, 33,22, 34,9; ¢nstr, wena
(at the rate of) 18,26; Db. 106;
amacca-° (saddhith) 39,20; kahapana-°
(do.) 57,52; bhikkhu-® (do.) 70,92;
sahassazh sahassena manuse (ace,
pl.) 1000 times 1000 men, 107,39 =
Dh. 103; — comp, w, other numerals :
sata-sahassam, 2. 23,3 (visam); pl.
~fni (cattari) 61,6; (satt’eva) 109,32;
*O-agghanaka, mfn. (v. h.); catura-
Siti-vassa-sahassani, 44,20; asiti-°,
mfn., eighty thousands, m. pl. ~& (bhik-
khii) 97,4; — at the beg. of comp.:
*-kahapana, m, (sg.) 1000 pieces of
money, acc. ~am (imam) 102,25;
*-thavika, f. (q. v.); *°-bhandika, f.
(qg. v.); °bhaga, m, the thousandth
part, or (perhaps better) : with 1000
parts; nom. ~o (maranassa, “is the
property of death”; perhaps we ought
to correct : sahassabhige maranam,
cp, Windisch, Mara, p. 4) 103,6;
*0-matta, m/n. being a number of 1000,
m, pl. ~M, 39,12; milla, mfn. worth
a thousand pieces, acc. m. ~am (si-
takam) 31,10; (pannakiiramh) 58,21;
°-vagga, m, the eighth chapter of Dh.;
*yojana-sahass’-ubbedha, mfn. (v.
ubbedha),

sahiya, m. (= sa.) a companion,
friend; nom. ~0, 12,3; ace. wath,

267

47,30. Dh. 328; gen, wassa, 12,34;
pl. ~G, 11,27, ep. next ete,

sahayaka, m. (= sa.) = prec.;
nom, ~0, 79,24; gen. ~wassa, ib.; gen.
pl, ~anath, 55,29.

sah ayata, f. (= sa.) companion-
ship; nom. ~& (n’atthi bale) Dh, 61,
330.

*sahayika, f. (fr. sahiyaka) a
female companion or friend; voc, ae,
58,31; instr, pl. wahi, 67,34.

sahita, mfn. (= sa.) 1) joined,
connected, sensible (?); », wam (ba-
hum, bhisamano, speaking many
sensible words?) Dh. 19 (cp. Childers
sub voce, SBE, X. p, 8); *) ¢. 0, ace
companied by, endowed with (cp,
sathhita),

sa, f. pron, demonstr., v. tath}.

sakunika, m, (sa, sakunika) a
fowler, bird-catcher; enstr, ~ena, 88,33
(chekena).

Sakha, m. (sa. gakha-°), nom. pr.
of a deer (“Branch-deer", cp, nezt);
acc. ~am, 7,33; loc. ~wasmim, 7,34;
°-miga, m. id. (sa. °-mrga), nom. wo,
5,31; dvandva comp, Nigrodhamiga-°,
6,9 (gen. pl.).

sakha, f. (sa. cakhi) a branch;
nom. wa (sila-°) 62,17; acc. wath,
62,19; loc, waya, 13,13; ~ayam (sa-
la-°) 62,17; pl. wi (sakhahi, instr,
branch with branch) 37,20; 62,11 (ag:
ga-°, g.v.); sakhagge, sakhaggesu,
on the top of the branch(es), 13,23;
1,25 (cp. agga*); sakhantarehi, 62,11
(v. antara); °-palasa, ». dvandva
comp. branches and leaves, 95,22;
apagata-°, m/n. 95,95 (v. apagacchati).

saitaka, m. (sa. ¢ataka) cloth;
drese, clothes; robe, skirt, gown; nom.
~0, 87,11 (v. corrections); acc. wath,
31,4-10. 50,23. 57,32; 50,13 (ghana-°,
q.v.); instr. wena, 50,12; loc. we,
58,90; pl. wa, 45,1; ace. pl, we, 41,4;
*camma-°, m. (g. ¥.). :

BAti (or satika), f. (sa. cati; cp.
prec.) a robe, skirt, gown; “*ajina-°,
f. (q. v.); *sana-°, f. (g. ».).

satthakatha, v. sa’,

sadhukam

sina, mfn,.(sa. gana) made of
hemp; *°-sati-nivattha, mfn. wearing
a skirt or tunic of hempen cloth, m,
~0, 71,29,

sani, f. (sa. gini) cloth of hemp
(used for tents or curtains); acc. wim
(curtain) 62,20; instr, wiya, 112,3;
*pata-°, f. 37,3 (q. v.).

sata, n. (sa, cata) joy, pleasure;
*a-sata, mfn, (g.0.); *-sita, mfn,
bound to pleasure, given up to pleas
sure, pl. ~a, Dh, 341,

*sitacca-karin, m/n., (sa. *sata-
tya-°; cp. satatarh above) persevering;
m, pl. ~wino (tw. loc, kicce) Dh, 293..

*sitatika, mfn, (fr. sa. satata)
= prec; m pl. wa, Dh. 23,

satthaka, mfn, (sa. sirthaka)
useful, successful, beneficial; f. wika
(desana) 86,10. 87,2. 89,3.

sada, m, (sa. svada) taste; *appa-
ssaida, mfn, Dh. 186 (v. h.).

*sadana, mfn, (sa, sa -+- adana)
v, sa-},

sidhana, n. (= sa.) accomplish-
ment, establishment, demonstration;
°-attham, 31,11 (“in order to enforce
this truth”),

saidhayati, or sadheti, vb. (sa.
ysadh, caus, sadhayati) to direct,
set right, accomplish, prepare (acc.);
ger. ~ayitvana (bhattani) 111,33.

sidhairana, mfn. (= 8a.) come
mon, belonging to all; instr. n, wena
(rajjena) 59,25,

sadhu, 1) mfn. (= sa.) good, ex-
cellent, right, honorable; n. ~u (hoti)
2,30; acc, ~um (sadhuna am jeti,
“pays good with goodness’) 44,3 (cp,
a-sadhu); m. ~u (damatho) Dh, 35;
instr. pl. ~uhi (therebi) 109,19; gen.
pl. ~inath (sabba-°, all good men)
114,3. — *) indecl. *) adv, well, rightly;
~ janasi, 98,24; >) interj. very welll!
well done! jwi'ti (sampaticchitva)
1,18; 5,1. 53,16; (patisunitva) 16,26;
w.. foll, voc. sadhu deva! 65,17; re-
peated : sadhu sadhu Nagasena!
98,94. cp. next ete.

*sadhukam, adv. (fr. saidchu*)

sédbu-kara

well, rightly, properly, thoroughly;
82,21. 110,25.

sadhu-kara, m. (= sa.) appro-
val; ~ath dadati, t> consent, applaud,
5,19, 34,97, 87,1. 98,18.

*sidhu-rupa, mfn, respectable,
comcly, sympathetic; m. ~0 (naro)
Dh. 262.

*saidhu-vibadrin, mfn, living
righteously; m. acc. °-vihari (formally
in ons word with the foll, sae
instead of °-viharim (or %viharinarh
Dh, &28-29,

siima, mfn. (sa, gyaima) dark-
coloured; m. wo (puriso) 92,13,

*samam, indecl. (pron.), self,
ona’s self (said of all persons) (=
sayam, to which it seems to be related
in some way; possioly from *sayamam,
‘ipsissimum’, Tr. ?); 6,19 (~ gantva
aneti); 63,31 (simam yeva); 85,28
(siman ‘ti sayam eva),

saimaggi, f. (fr. samagga; sa,
simagri) ') totality, complete collec:
tion, completeness; ?) concord, harmony};
nom, ~i (sathghassa) Dh, 194.

samania, *) » (fr. samana, q.
v.; Sa. Grimanya) the state of a sa-
mana, asceticism; mom, sath (duppa-
rdmatthath) Dh, 311; gen. ~assa,
Dh, 19; cp. next, — *) mfn, (sa. sa-
minya) common; m, community,

*simanhnatai, f. = samafiial;
Dh, 332.

simanera, m, (sa. gramanera)
a Buddhist monk in his noviciate,
pupil, novice; nom. wo, 81,15; pl.
mwa, 81,14; acc. we, 81,17; instr. ~ehi,
81,215 gen. wana, 81,18.

saimatthiya, ». (fr. samattha;
sa. samarthya) ability, competence,
qualification; acc. warm. (tava dassehi)
114,9.

simanta, mfn. (fr. samanta; =
sa.) being on all sides, near; ». neigh-
bourhood; abl. (adv. & prp.) ~a,
bear, round (w. gen. (ace.) or e.¢.):
Apetti-°, 83,4 (v. h.).

samika, m. (fr. next; sa, sva-
mika) an owner, lord, hasband; nom,

268

~0, 14,2¢. 100,12 (amba-°). 100,6
(khetta-°); 10,10; acc. wath, 10,5;
gen. wassa, 58,5; loc. ~amhi, 31,9;
pl. ace, we, 21,32; gen, wAnarh, 21,10;
comp. *°-acchadana, n. (v.h.); *rajja-°,
m. king, 43,s2-2s (Baranasi-°, Kosala-%);
*ga-ssamika, mfn., v. sa-'.

simin, m, (sa, svamin) an owner,
master, lord, husband; nom, wi, 87,6;
voc, sami, 1,7. 5,14. 7,15, etc, (at the
beginning, after the opening word, or
at the end of the sentence); gen. 4)
samino, 112,9; ») simissa (Dhamma-,
gq. v.) 114,6; pl. wino, 43,31. ep. next
& prec.

samini, f. (sa. svimini) mistress,
lady; nom. wi, 111,5.

*simukkamsika, mfn. (Buddh.
sa, samutkarshika; cp. samukkamsati,
vb.) most excellent, most essential (or
principal); f. x@ (dhammadesana
buddhanam) 68,23; acc. m, ~am (sab-
ba-°, paiham) 90,95. [cp. SBE, XIII,
p. XXv1.]

saya, adv, (= sa.) in the evening,
at evening times 2,24. 57,9, 73,113
ajja..~ +. eva, even this very evening,
2,30, cp. next ete,

sayanha, m.(sa, siyahna) evening;
S-samaye (loc.) 2,92, 14,11.

siyataram, adv, (compar.; sa,
siiyatare) late or later in the evening,
57,14,

siyam-asa, m. (sa. sdyam-ca)
evening meal, supper; acc. wat
(bhuiijantassa) 63,29.

sayika, f. (sa. cayikd) lying,
sleeping; v. thandila-°, Dh. 141.

sayin, mfn. (sa. gayin) lying; v.
sampurivatta-°, Dh. 325.

sira, m (= se -\-ength; the
essential part of any. * a precious
thing, reality, quinte.. ace; loe, we
(patitthito) 95,94; acc. & abl. sarath
sarato fatva, kvowiug what is essen-
tial in its essence, Dh, 12; — *sira-
mati(n), mfn. imagining to find the
essence; pl. ~ino (asare) Dh. 11;
cp. a-sara; — e.c. mani-°, mutta-°,

269

choice gems, pearls, 24,30; vajira-°,
26,1. (cp. ratana).

*saratta-ratta, m/fn. (sa. *sat-
rakta-rakta) passionately enamoured
or devoted to; f. ~a (apekha, “pas-
sionately strong”) Dh. 345,

sarathi, m. (= sa.) a charioteer;
nom, voc. wi, 43,20-31; acc. wim,
63,2. 106,34 == Dh, 222; instr. wind,
Dh. 94,

sarada, mfn. (sa. cirada) autumnal,
mature, new, fresh (not too old; cp.
Mil. transl, II. p. 79, note 2, where it
is taken = sira-da, which can hardly
be possible); — m. subst. (= sarada)
autumn; loc, we, Dh, 149,

siradika, mfn. (sa. garadika)
autumnal; acc, warm (kumudam) Dh,
285.

sirambha, m. (sa, sarmmrambha)
quarrel, brawling; abuse, brutality;
anger, fury; nom. ~o, Dh. 134; *°-ka-
tha, f. abusive or angry speech, Dh,
133.

*siraniya, mfn. (either from sr,
caus. kathara sareti, cp. vitisareti
& Tr, PM. 75,22, or from ysmr, Chil-
ders) usual, customary, traditional (or
introductory ?); acc. f. wath (sammo-
daniyamh kathath, the usual (introduc-
tory) compliments) 89,20-21.

sarin, mfn, (= sa.) flowing, run-
ning, wandering about; in the comp.
anoka-°, mfn., v. an-oka,

Sariputta, m. (Buddh. sa. (ari-
putra) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's
most famous pupils; nom. ~0, 29,18;
gen. ~assa (Zyasmato) 81,11; °~Mog-
gallina, m. pl. (dvandva) 74,26-80,

sila, m. (sa. gala) the Sal tree
(shorea robusta); ace. wath, Dh, 162;
©-rukkha, m. id. 61,11 (maha-); 95,21;
°.vana, m., a grove of eal trees, 62,10
(mafigala-°), 62,15 (°-kilam), 62,16;
O.gakha, f. 62,17 (g. v.) ep. next.

sala, f. (comp. also sala-°; sa.
gala) a bouse, mansion, workshop ;
acc, wath, 87,10; 88,5 (pesakara-°,
g. v.); sala-dvarena (gacchanti, pass

sisana

by the house-door) 59,3; cp. assa-°,
dana-°, panna-°, hatthi-°.

sali, m. (sa. gali) rice, paddy,
grains of rice; acc. ~im, 100,28; 22,1
(sayarh-jata-°, q. v.); *°-yava-khetta,
n. 8,18 (q. v.).

salohita, m. (Buddh, sa, id.; fr.
sa. sa-lohita) a kinsman; pl. wa (iia-
ti-°, dvandva, “relatives and kinsmen”)
92,8.

saivaka, m. (sa. gravaka) “a
hearer”, a disciple, pupil, esp. a be-
lieving Buddhist; nom. ~o (samma-
sambuddha-°) Dh. 59; pl. nwa (Go-
tamassa) 73,20. Dh, 296 ff.; acc. pl.
we, 104,8. 108,20; ger. pl. ~anath,
tess 74,13 (Gotama-°); *ariya-°, nm,
v.h.).
Savatthi, f. (sa. Qrévasti) nom.
pr. of a city, the capital of North-
Kosala (the exact position of which
seems to be rather doubtful; according
to Dhpd, (1855) p.'232 seven yojanas
north of Saketa (Oudh ?)); nom. wi,
81,8; loc. wiyam, 29,24; °-vdsino, m.
pl. the inhabitants of S., 73,32.

*savana, f. (sa. cravana, 7.) an-
nouncement, proclamation; acc. pl.
wi, 11,4; tatiya-savanaya (instr.)
11,5; cp. savana.

saveti, vb, (caus. sunati; sa. ¢ra-
vayati) to cause to be heard, teach;
to announce, proclaim (acc.); part. m.
gen, ~entassa, 11,4; aor. 3. sg. wesi
“made a proclamation”) 11,4; 64,22
ey ger. wetva (sa-nd-
mam) 1ll,ss; ep. savana, f.

sisana, m. (sa. gasana) ') order,
instruction, message; om. acc. ~am,
86,92. 64,6; *) teaching, doctrine, re-
ligion; nom, 110,5-24. Dh. 183. 185
(Buddhina ~); 109,33 (Satthu-°);
loc. we (Satthu) 69,14; 109,¢ (Jina-°,
q.v.); Kassapassa Bhagavato sasane,
at the time when K. B. preached his
doctrine, 84,28; *sasana-karaka, m.
one who acts according to the order
or doctrine, pl. ~& (mama) 104,9;
*sisandraha, mfn. worthy of the sa-
cred doctrine, 110,¢ (cp. araha).

eisapa

sisapa, m. (sa, sarshapa) a mu-
etard-seed; nom. ~o, Dh. 401.

sihasa, n, (==sa,) violence, cruel-
ty; v. a-sibasa.

si = asi, v. atthi,

sikkhati, vb. (sa. yoiksh) to
learn, study (ace,); to >ractise or ex-
ercise oneself (in: loc); pr 8. 6g.
~wati (sippath) 99,12; grd. n. witab-
bam (kattha amhehi ~, in what have
we to exercise ourselves?) 81,%0; inf.
~ituth (tesu, used in a passive sense
w, instr, simanerehi) 81,21; pp. sik-
khita, loarnod, atudiod; trained, edus
cated; m, ~0, 99,19; eu-sikkhita,
nifn. (v. su-°); caus, v. *sikkhapeti,
cp. sekha & next.

sikkhaipada, n, (sa. gikshai-pada)
f moral precept, som, xwath, 81,10;
pl, witni, 79,19, 81,19; (dasu) 81a.

"sikkhipanna, a. (nom, actions
fr. next) the giving instruction; °-at-
thilya, “in order to give (her) a les-
son”, 53,8.

"sikkhaipeti, vb. (caus. sikkhati)
to cause to learn, train, instruct (ace.);
cor, 8, 6g. wesi (paricirikmin) 61,13;
ger, wetvi, 16,18; ep. *sikkhapana.

sikkhita, «fn. v. sikkhati.

sikha, f. (sa. gikbi) a lock of
hair, crest; a flame; aggi-°, f. 1071
(g. v.), ep. next,

sikhin, mfn. (sa, cikuin) having
locks, crests or flames; m. 1) fire; )
a peacock; gen, wino, 18,39 (= mo-
rassa).

sigdla, m. (sa. srgila) a jackal;
nom, ~0, 14,10.

sifiga, (sa. griiga) the horn of
an apimal; instr, wena, 12,31; pl.
wani, 5,26.

sifighanika, f. (sa. orikhanika,
sifghanika) the mucus of the nose,
82,5. 97,33,

sificati, vb. (sa. ysic) to bes
sprinkle, water; to pour out, empty,
bale out (a ship, ace.); pr. 3. pl.
wanti, 37,15 imper. 2. sg. wa (na-
vam) Dh. 369; pp. sitta (v. below);

270

.

caus. *sincApeti, to water; aor. 3. 89.
wesi (atthiz khirodakena) 36,86.
sita, mfn. (= sa.) bound; v. siita-°,
sitta, m/fn. (pp. sijicati; sa. oe
poured out, emptied; f. w& (navi
Dh, 369.

sittha, ». (sa. siktha) grain or
lump of boiled rice; nom, wath (ekar)
53,20; pl. wini, 56,28.

sithila, mfn. (sa. cithila; ep.
sathila above) loose, relaxed; m. ~0
(pamsu) 40,9; . warn (bandhanam,
yielding, elustic ?) Dh, 346; °-bhiva,
m. the being loosened, acc, sum, 49,26,
ep. nert,

*sithila-hanu, (m.) lit. ‘loose-
jaw’, name of a certain bird; gen.
ewuno, 92,20.

Siddhuattha, m, (sa. Siddhartha)
nom, pr, of Gotama Buddha before
hin pubbajji; °-kumiro, 64,v0; °-ku-
miirassa, 63,7,

siddhi, f. (= 8a.) accomplishment,
success, prosperity, result; siddhi-r-
astu, 114,39.

“Sineru, m. nom, pr. of a mythi-
cal mountain (sa. Meru, or Sumeru,
of which sineru is possibly only o
variation; the short forms Neru and
Meru are also found in Pali); nom.
wu, 110,10; ace. wum, 60,9; gen.
~wussa, 59,27; papaita, m. (q. v.).

sineha, m, (sa. sneha) affection,
love, attachment; acc, ~am, Dh, 285.

sinehita, mfn. (sa. snehita) con-
nected with love or lust; ». pl, wani
(somanassni) Dh. 341.

sindhava, m, (sa. saindhava)
‘coming from Indus or Sindh’, a horse;
nom. <0, 64,24; pl. ~@ (rathe yutta-°)
54,9, Dh, 322; ace. pl. we (mafiga:
la-°, g. v.) 63,5.

sinna, mn, (sa. svinna, pp. \/svid)
wet, sweating, wet with perspiration;
m. wath (civarari) 83,8; cp. sedita.

sippa, #. (sa. cilpa) art, discipline,
learning; acc. wath (ugganhati) 32,12;
(sikkhati) 99,12; gen. wassa (upa-
ciro, q.v.) 55,75 loc, pl. ~esu (sab-
ba-°, all branches of learning) 38,10;

271

myyamaka-% n, 24,13 (¢. v.); dvandva
comp. Vijjd-° (v. h.) ep. nert.

Sippavat, mfn. (sa. cilpa-vat
skilled in art (or ee
- cated; nom, m. wvd, 99,8.

sibbati, vb, (sa. ysiv) to sew
(ace.); fut. 1. sg. wissimi, 57,5; grd,
m. witabbam (kifici) 57,3,

simbali, m, or f. (sa. calmali,
ep. simbala) the silk-cotton tree; loc,
~wismim, 60,16 (= Simbali-vane);
*Simbali-vana, m, name of a forest in
heaven, 60,6-11,

siya, pot., v, atthi,

Siras, m, (sa. Giras) the head;
nom. siro (phalitam) Db. 260; instr,
sirasa (nipatitva) 75,99; loc, sirasmim,
44,22; cp. sisa, ,

sirl (comp, siri-®), f. (sa. gri)
beauty, welfare, success, glory, dignity,
majesty, e¢c.; acc. with (ruipa-°, “beauty
and majesty”) 64,13; generally at the
beg. of subst. comp. : *siri-gabbha,
m. a royal bed-chamber, 41,22, 61,8;
*O.vibhava, m. majestic power, 47,53;
*0.sayana, ”, a royal bed, loc. we,
53,3, 64,28; %=pitthe, 41,95; *°-sobhag-
ga, ”, majestic glory, instr. wena,
64,10.

*“Sirisavatthu, #. (sa, *cirisha-
vastu) mom. pr. of @ fabulous town;
mom. xu (yakkha-puram) 112,12;
n~urh (yakkha-nagaram, Tambapan-
nidipe) 20,32.

sila, f. (sa. cilia) a stone, rock;
acc, wari, 75,35; pandu-kambala-®,
f. a sort of stone, of which Sakka’s
throne (pandu-kambala-silisana, 7.
15,8) is said to be made (cp, Asana).
cp. sela, m,

siloka, m. (sa. cloka) fame, re~
putation, praise; @ verse; nom, ~0,
103,29. ; eae

sivika, f. (sa. cibika, givika) a
palanquin, litter; Joc, waya (sovan-
na-°) 62,7. k, :

sigha, mfn. (sa. gighra) quick,
rapid; n. (adv.) wath, quickly, 63,17.
111,03; 87,12 (sigham eva); — comp.
sigh’-assa, m. a race-horse, Dh, 29.

silavat

sita, mfn. (sa. gita) cold, cool;
nm. ~wam (odakam) 15,95; *°-cchaya,
mfn, yielding cool shadow, -”. am
(manoramath) 15,25; — subst. n. wath,
coolness; cold water, 83,95 (opp. un-
hath); instr. wena, ib.; cp. neat.

sitala, mfn, (sa. citala) cold,
cool; ”. wath (sariram), 21,26; *ati-
sitala, mfn. (q..).

sitibhiita, m/fn, (sa, giti-bhiita)
become cold, metaph, tranquillized;
ace, m. wath, Dh, 418,

sima, f. (sa, sima, f. & siman,
m.) boundary, border, limit; ace. ~am,
39,17; abl. ~wato (paccanta-, gq. v.)
43,14; *simantarika, f, 40,32 (v, an-
tarika),

sila, 7, (sa. cila) !) morality, vir-
tue; acc, wath, 15,1. 48,26; loc. we,
17,32; 29,2 (attana rakkhita-°); comp.
*silacara, “silagunacara, m.(v. acara);
*silanisamsa, m. (v. dnisatisa); *°-ka-
tha, f. the duties of morality, ace,
~amh (pakasesi) 68,19; *°-gandha, m.
“the perfume of virtue’, Dh.55; *°-teja,
m, “splendid display of virtue’, instr,
wena, 15,7; silabbata, v. below;
*O.gaiivuta, n/n, well behaved, Dh, 289;
*Osampanna, mfn, virtuous, 41,35,
42,18 = “sampannassila, mfn. Dh.
57; dvandva comp. %dassuna, Dh,
217 (%sampanna, mfn. possessing
virtue and intelligence); paina-°, Dh,
229 (°-samahita, mfn.). — *) moral
precept, esp. pl. paiica silani (= the
first five of the dasa sikkhapadani,
81,21); Joc. pl. paiicasu wesu, 7,24. —
5) nature, quality (good or bad), mostly
e.c.; v. *kujjhana-°, *dus-°, *dho.-
rayha-°, mfn. (cp, next etc.).

*silabbata, n. (sa. *cila-vrata)
mere ceremonial practices or rites
(probably ironically said of brahmani-
cal rites); °-mattena, Dh, 271 (“not
only -by discipline and vows’, cp,
matta®). (cp. Childers s.v. & Dham-
ma-saiigani, transl. by C, Rhys Davids,
p. 260-61).

silavat, mfn. (sa. gilavat). moral,
virtuous; nom. m. wva, 15,91. 99,9;

si‘avente

ace. m, ~wvantath, Dh. 490; gen. pl.
~vatamn, Dh. 56; at the beg. of comp.
silava-° ; *Silava-kumara, m. nom,
pr. of prince, 38,9; *Silava-[maha-]
rijan, m, = Mabasilava (q. v.) 40,4-5.

silavanta, mfn. = prec.; gen,
m, «asa, Dh. 110; compar, silavan-
tatara, gen. m, ~wassa, 43,38.

silin, mfn. (sa, gilin) virtuous
(only e.c.); v. abhivddana-°,

sisa, . (sa. cirshan) the head;
acc, wam, 6,12. 65,15; instr, wena,
36,3. 57,12. abl. wato, 46,28; loc. we,
46,23; ~amhi, 47,1; °-ccheda, m. cut-
ting off the head, acc. wam, 17,7;
*kaka-°, mfn. & Gaya-°, n. (v. h.);
cp. ussisaka, ». & *pacina-sisaka,
min.

siha, m, (sa. sithha) a lion; nom.
~0, 8,22, 13,92; acc. warm, 10,2. 112,313
gen. ~assa, 8,27. 13,10; °~camma, n.
(q. v.) ep, next ete,

*siha-panjara, m. (cp. pafijara)
a window; loc. we, 46,1.

Sihabahu, m. (sa. Simha-bahu)
mom, pr. of a king, father of Vijaya
(q. v.); 112,31; °-narinda-ja, m, son
of king 8. (Vijaya), 110,22.

Sihala, m. (sa. Simhala) Ceylon;
pl. wa, the people of Ceylon, 112,89;
~o (m, sg.) = Sihabahu (siham
adinnava iti, 7. e. so called on account
of his having split a lion) 112,s1-s2;
- *atthakatha, f. & *-bhasa, fi
(v. h.).

Sihasena, m. (sa. Simhasena)
nom, pr. of a man; nom., ~0, 97,1.

su-, indect, (= 8a.) prefix to subst.,
implying the sense of ‘good, right,
excellent’, or te adj. & adv., ‘well,

rightly, very, greatly, beautifully,
easily’, ete, (opp. du- (dur-)); )-' +
vowels sv- (or suv) ¢p. svakh <4

below, or contracted, cp. sottlu.
su-kata (or su-kata), mfn. well
done (opp, duk«ata, g. v.) 97,14; 2,
a good deed, Dh, 314. — %-kara,
mn, easy to do, Dh. 163, ~ 9-ku-
mira, mfn. very texder or delicate,
f. pl. gen. ~anam, 47,14 (= sukhu-

272

mala, g. v. separately). — sukha, ».
sep. - °-gata, mfn, wellfariog, Db.
419; Sugata, m. nom. pr. = Bud-
dba, 72,24; instr. wena, Db, 285; loc.
we, 105,25. — %-gati, f. (sometimes
spelt suggati after the analogy of
duggati) happiness, bliss, 77,4; acc.
wim, 7,26. 77,5, 89,1; 107,27 = Dh, 18
(-gg-). — *°-gatin, mfn. righteous,
pl. ~ino, Dh, 126. — °-gandha,
mfn. fragrant, f. <8, 53,27; °-gan-
dhaka, mfn. id.; f. ~ika, fragrant
substance (?) 41,13 (pafica-sugandhika-
parivara, mfn.). — °-gahana, %.
4,35 (g.v). — °-gahita, mfn. firmly
seized or held, acc. ~am, 4,30 etc. —
°-carita, mfn. good, right; acc. m.
~am (dhammam, righteousness, vir-
tue) Dh, 168; . good conduct, 86,8
(vaci-°, g. v.); Dh. 231. — °-citta,
mfn. (v. citta®),- *°-cchanna, mfn.
well thatched, acc. ~am (agaram) Dh,
14 = 106,31. — °-jiva, mfn. easy
to live, m. sam (jivitarh) Db. 244
(w. instr.), — °-tanu, mfn, having
a very slender or beautiful body, acc.
f. sum (kumarith) 47,19. - -danta,
mfn, well tamed, restrained; m. ~0,
Dh, 159; ». wath (cittam) 105,29;
instr, wena, Dh. 323; m. pl. wa
(asst) Dh, 94. ~ °-dassa, mfn.
easily perceived, x, wam, 106,16 =
Dh, 252. — °-duttara, mfn. very
difficult to be passed, m. wath (Mac-
cudheyyam) Dh. 86, — °-duddasa,
mfn. very difficult to be observed, 7.
~wanh (cittamh) Dh. 36. — °-dullabha,
mfn. very difficult to be found, 51,30.
— *0-desita, mfn. well shown, well
taught, m. ~am (dhammapadam) Dh.
44,-*°-dhammata, f. honesty (or
generosity ?) loc. ~aya, lez. — *9-ni-
puna, mfn. very skilful, very subtile,
m. wath (cittam) Dh, 36. — *°-ni-
vattha, m/fn, carefully dressed, 63,30.
— °-paticchanna, mfn, well pro-
tected, 110,14. - °-panna, v. below
sep. — °-patitthita, mfn, standing
firm; m. ~0, 110,10; f. wa, Dh. 333;
acc. vata (satin) 104,7; comp, *°-citta,

273

mfn. firm-minded, pl. ~a, 91,7. —
*°_parikkhitta, mfn. well covered
or overspread, . ~am (sayanam)
12,3. - *°-parimandalam, adv,
completely, 113,7. — *°-parisam-
Vuta, mfn, well controlled, pl. ~4,
Dh, 234. — *9-padruta, mfn. 63,30
(v. h.). = °-pesala, mfn, very hand-
some or skilful, m. ~0, 30,8. — °-ppa-
buddham, adv, ~ pabujjhanti, “are
well awake”, Dh. 296. — °-ppahdra,
m, a well dealt blow, acc, wam, 30,13,
- *°-bbata, mfn. pious, virtuous,
dutiful, m. 0, Dh. 95; pl, wa, 104,29.
(cp. vata*), — subha, v, below sep,
- *°~bhana, mfn, well spoken, salu-
tary (synon. niyyanika), 2. sam (gi-
ram) 9,31. (ep. bhanati). = °-bhad-
daka, mfn, 30,8 (v.h.). = °-bha-
vita, mfn, well developed or culti-
vated, ». ~am (cittam) 106,32 == Dh,
14, - °-bhasita, mfn. well spoken,
f. ~& (vaca) Dh, 51, — °-majjha,
mfn, having a slender waist, acc. f.
~wam (kumarim) 47,19. - °-mana,
mfn, well pleased, cheerful, m. wo,
Dh, 68 (cp, somanassa & mana(s)).
- °-manad, f., v. below sep. =
°medha, mfn. wise, ace. m, wath,
Dh, 208 (ep. medha). — °-medhasa,
mfn, wise, m, ~0, Dh, 29. — °-rak-
khita, mfn, well protected, Dh, 157,
- *0-laddha, mfn. well obtained,
nm, vam, “a high bliss", 70,8, — °-van-
na. v, below sep. — *°-vavattha-
pita, mfn. (v. vavatthapeti). — °+vi-
Nita, mfn. well disciplined, f. wa
(paris) 40,3. — °-vibhatta, mfn,
well arranged, 110,14. — *°-vimutta-
citta, mfn, (v. h.), — °-samvuta,
mfn. well controlled, Dh, 8. 281. —
°-samkhata, mfn. well constructed,
104,30. — *°-sajjita, mfn, well pre-
pared or decorated, 62,14. — °-san-
thana, mfn. well formed or made,
105,17. — °-samaraddha, mfn.
(q. v.) well undertaken, well composed,
Dh, 293, — °-samahita, mfn. well
collected, very intent upon (loc.), Dh.
10. 378, ~ *°-sikkhita, mfn, well

Pali Gloasary.

sukhuma

trained, very skilled or perfect (in:
loc.) 18,21, 64,29. — °-sukham, adv.
very pleasantly, comfortably, happily,
Dh. 197, — *°-sedita, mfn. well
soaked (or heated?) 62,17. — *9-ssa-
vana, m. a good lesson, 64,93 (v.
savana!). — °-hajja, v. sep. below,
—~ °-hita, mfn. very pleased, 41,20.

sumsumara, m. (sa. gigumara)
a crocodile; nom, wo, 1,5; voc. wa
(bala-°) 2,5; instr, Sena, 108,25. (ep,
kumbhila), ~- f. sumsumari, ace.
wim, 1,11,

suka, m. (sa. guka) a parrot;
°-potaka, m. a young parrot, acc, pl.
we, 9,11; Poni, f. 9,7 (4. v.).

sukka, mfn, (sa, cukla) white,
bright, pure (gcod); acc, m, ~am
(dhammam, “the bright state of life’’)
Dh. 87 (opp. kanha); cp. neat.

*sukkamsa, m. (fr. sa. cukla +
amga, v. amsa®) the good side or
point of a person, acc, warm, Dh, 72,

sukha, ') mfn. (= sa.) pleasant,
agreeable, happy; m. ~0, 80,29, Dh.
118; f. wa, Db. 331-32; 2, wath,
70,97; S-vihara, m. 74,28 (v. h.); comp,
sukha-sathvasa, m, Dh, 207 (wrong
reading instead of dhira-sarivasa, ».
sathvasa); a-sukha, unpleasant, 70,98
(a-dukkham-°); — #) sukham, adv,
pleasantly, happily; 5,21 (~am edhati,
q. v.); Dh. 79 (wseti); 112,5 (nipajji
gayane); comp. sukha-payata, m/fn.
19,97 (v. payati); yathd-sukhamh, adv,
(v. yatha); su-sukhath, Dh. 197; —
5) m. subst. wai (opp. dukkharh)
happiness, joy, pleasure, 23,17. 103,32;
*kima-, n. (q. v.); *matta-°, x. (q.
v.); dvandva comp. sukha-dukkham
(imassa, tava bharo) 28,30 (v. bhara);
vimutti-®, m. (g. v.); *-kama, mfn.
(v. h.); %-vagga, m. title of Dhpd. ch.
XV; %dvaha, mfn. (v. h.), cp. next
& sukhesin,

sukhin, mfn. (= sa.) possessing
happiness, blessed; m. ~i1, Dh, 177,
206. 393.

sukhuma, mfn. (sa. sikshma)
small, fine, light; m, ~0 (rajo) Dh, 125.

|

18

sukbumala

sukhumala, mfn, (== su-kumara,
q. v., through confusion with sukhu-
ma); m. a delicately nurtured youth;
nom. ~0, 67,22; accanta-°, 97,94 (gq.
v.); *khattiya-°, 97,33 (q. v.).

sukhesin, mfn. (sa. sukhaishin)
seeking pleasure; m. pl. ~ino, Dh.
341.

suiika, #. (or m.) (ea. culka) price,
toll, customs, nuptial gift (for pur-
chase of a bride); acc. warn (datva
101,15; *dinna-sufi:a, ady. f. (a aaa
for whom the purchase-money has been
paid, 101,20 (maya).

suci,n], m,n. (sa. guci & gucin)
clear. bright, pure; m. -vi, 106,9 (=
Dh, 393: sukhi); *°-kamma, m/fn,
whose deeds are pure, gen. m. ~wassa,
Dh, 24; *°-gandha, mfn. having a
pure scent, m. wath (padumam) Dh,
58; *°-gavesin, mfn. locking for what
ie pure, instr, m. ~ina, Dh. 245.

*Suja, f. nom, pr. of Sakka’s wife;
acc, wath (asura-kaiamh) 64,7.

sufifia, mfn, (sa. gunya) empty,
void; °-agara, ». av empty house,
acc. ~am, Dh, 375 (ep. agara).

*sufinata, mfn. (fr. prec. 1.
pleonastic ending?) empty, i.e. in-
discriminate or destitute of all cha-
racteristics, said’ of Nibbana; 2. ~0
(animitto ca vimokho) Dh, 92.

sutthu, adv. (sa. sushtu) duly,
well; ~ te katam, 15,99; w fiatva,
49,4; ~ pandita-°, 91,24,

sunati, vb. (84. yoru) to hear,
listen to (acc.), to hear or learn from
(to. gen, of the person speaking); pr.
1, sg. sunimi (dhammam) 87,14;
tassa papam) 104,85; 3. pl. sunanti
dhammam) 71,24; part. m. sunanto
tama, ”.) 54,93; tmper. 2, sg. sunahi,
22,17; 44,7; 3. pl, sunantu (me) 97,3;
aor. 1. pl. assumha, 54,13; fut. 1. sg.
sossami, 87,16; inf. sotum, 65,25. 87,9;
comp. sotu-kama, mfn. wishing to
hear (acc.), f. wa, 87,18; ger. sutva
(tassa kathath) 4,18; 49,29; (devassa
vassato) 105,22; (tassa) 112,21; su-
tvana, Dh, 82. 259; pass. 8. 8g.

274

suyyati, 27,6 (suyyat’); pp. suta (v.
below); caus. saveti (g. v.) cp. savana,
savana, savaka, sota}.
suta, mfn. (pp. sunati; sa. gruta)
heard, learnt; . ~am (tam no «,
we have heard it) 64,15; (evar me
rw, thus I have heard) 66,23. 93,21 (v.
corrections); (‘ti me ~) 78,29; °=di-
vasato, 86,30 (v. divasa); cp. *appa-
ssuta, bahu-ssuta, m/fn. & neat.
sutavat, mfn. (sa, ¢rutavat)
learned, wise; nom, m, wva, 71,5.
sutta', mfn. (pp. supati; sa.
supta) sleeping; acc, m. wam (ga-
mam) Dh, 287; loc. pl. ~esu, Dh. 29.
sutta’, m. (sa. sutra) ') a string,
thread; ace, wan (tesam hatthesu
laggetvai) 111,1 (i.e, charmed thread);
*paritta-°, 11111 (v. paritta’). —
*) the thread of tradition, doctrine,
scientific system, a single rule, passage,
or chapter in the Buddhist holy scrip-
tures (containing a discourse of Buddha
himself); nom, ~am, 31,14 (of a single
gatha); 109,33 (a part of navafiga-
Satthusasana); *°-sammata, mifn.
known by the name of Sutta, 110,3;
*niyydmaka-°, », “the mariner’s lore”,
25,28, cp, next etc, [Tr. PM. p. 69;
Neumann, Die Reden des Gotama
Buddha, I. p. 505-6.]
*Sutta-nipata, m. name of a
collection of old Buddhist Suttas,
mostly in verse, forming a section of
the Khuddakaenikiya (g. v.); speci-
mens thereof p. 103-5,
suttanta, m. (& m.) (Buddh. sa,
sutrainta, m.) ') == sutta; Aggi-
Vacchagotta-°, ». 95,33; ?) = Sutta-
pitaka, or Suttanta-pitaka, ». (v.
pitaka); loc. we, 102,14; °-pitakam,
102,18 (the 2. division of the holy
Scriptures, comprising the five nikayas).
*sudam, imdecl., an enclitic par-
ticle used in narrative sentences,
mostly after demtonstr, (or relat.) pron.
or adv., the verb generally following
in pres.; tatra ~, 70,92. 77,19. 81,9;
ta ~, 78,35 (2. foll. aor.). [The last
part of this word seems to be iden-

275

tical with the last element of idam, the
first part with another frequently oc-
curring particle su (‘ssu, assu, or 8a,
ssa), probably = sa, sma; cp, sa,
svid, indecl.]

sudda, m. (sa, ciidra) a man of
the fourth caste; nom, ~0, 92,11.

suddha, mfn. (sa. guddha; pp.
sujjhati, ygudh, cp, sodheti) cleansed,
pure; faultless, genuine, efc,; m, 0,
62,20; (rukkho) 95,94; gen, wassa
(posassa) Dh, 125; f. wa (attha-
kath) 113,28; ath (vattham)
68,24; (pavacanam) 95,95; m. pl, w4,
109,3; *°-citta, mfn. pure-minded, pl.
~A, 62,22; °-bhava, m, purity, chastity,
acc. wath, 58,15; cp, next ete,

suddhata, f. (sa. guddhata) pu-
rity; acc. ~am, 103,24,

*suddhajiva, mfn. living a pure
life (cp. @jiva, m.); instr. wena, Dh,
245 (cp. Kern, Verk). p. 59); ace,
pl.m. xe, Dh, 375, = *suddhajivi(n),
mfn. id.; acc, with, Dh. 366,

*suddhin, mfn.(?) possessed of
purity, pure; nom. m. ~i (paccattam,
g. v.) Dh. 165 (ep. sauduhiny.

Suddhodana, m, (sa. guddho-
dana) nom. pr. of the father of Go-
tama Buddha; 62,4, 64,6 (°-mahara-
ja(n)).

sunakha, m. (rarely sunaka [per-
haps on account of false etymology :
su-nakha]; sa. gunaka) a dog; pi.
ma, 111,43 ace. we, 21,4; cp. sona.
[Pischel, Gr, § 206; Trenckner, PM,
p. 59,12.]

sundara, mfn. (= 8a.) good, ex-
cellent, beautiful, handsome; fi na
(yigu) 57,9; m. adv. ~am, well,
rightly, 1,96 (~ te katam).

Sundari, f. (= 8a.) nom. pr.
of a woman; nom. wi, 74,11; voc. wi,
73,16; acc. with, 73,3; instr. wiya,
73,2; gen. ~iya, 73,81.

supanna, m., (sa. suparna) a kind
of bird (of mythical or fanciful de-
scription); nom. 0, 20,18; °-potaka,
m. 60,8 (g. 2); *-bhavana, n. the
abode or world of the Supannas, 19,9;

suvanna

yoni, f. 19,8 (g. v.); -rajan, m, the
S,-king, 19,15.

supati, vb, (sa. /svap) to sleep;
parl, acc, m. wantam, 67,28; pp. v,
sutta’; cp, next,

supina, m., (& .) (sa, svapna)
sleep, sleeping; a dream, vision; acc,
~wath (addasa) 61,9.

Supparaka, m, (sa. giirparaka)
nom. pr. ®) of a seaport-town (pattana),
probably in the western India, ») of
a man (niyyimaka) : °-kumaro, 24,11;
°-pandita, mm. id. 26,14; °-jataka, »,
24,8.

subha, mfn. (sa. cubha) splendid,
beautiful, handsome; good, agreeable,

delightful; happy, auspicious; ace, f.

~am (pokkharanim) 111,16; ». sam
(astu) 114,33; dvandva comp. subha-
subham, Dh. 409 (cp. a-subha); —
*subhinupassin, mfn, looking only
for what is delightful, acc. m. wim,
Dh. 7; Dh, 8 (a-°); gen, m. wino,
Dh. 349, ep. sobhati.

sumana, f. (at the beg. of comp,
gumana-°; == sa.) name of a sort of
great flowering jasmine; °-mallikidi-
nam, gen. pl. (cp, mallika) 65,29;
*0-patta-vitana, m. , a canopy of
cloth with pattern of that flower, gen,
ewassa, 65,18,

sumarati, vb. (sa, ysmr; ¥. 8a-
rati) Dh. 324.

suyyati, vb, (pass, sunati, g, v.)
27,6.

sura, f. (= sa.) o kind of spiri-
tuous liquor; acc. ~am, 74,4; °-pana,
n, Grinking sp. 1., 61,4 (vigata-®,
mfn.); °-meraya-pina, ”. id, Dh,
247; °-meraya-majja-°, 81,23. (q. v.).

suriya, m. (sa. slrya) the sun;
nom, ~0, 26,5; (majjhantika-°) 26,4;
loc. we, 32,29. 42,1; *suriyuggamana,
nm, sunrise, 72,39 (°-kale).

surufiga, f. (= sa.) a subter-
raneous abode; doc. wayam, 111,13.
(cp. Weber, Ind, Str. II, 395. III,
392),

suvanna, m. (sa, suvarna) gold;
nom. vain, 26,9; at the beg. of subst.

18°

Suvanna-°

comp, ‘golden’ or ‘goldea coloured’, v.
°-katacchu, °-camgotaka, °-jala, °-paii-
jara, °-padukd, °-pisaka, °-bhimkara,
°-miga, °-rajata-patiyo, /. pl. (dishes
of gold and silver, cp. pati) 61,27,
°-rijaharhsa, °-sandisa, °-samugga,
°-saraka, °-harhsa; - °-maya, ifn.
mado of gold, 2. pl. wiini, 28,0;
°-vanna, mfn, golden coloured, of
beautiful complexion, m. v0, 5,86,
24,11. 87,8; cp. sovauna & next,

*Suvanna-pabbata, m. “Gold-
Hill”, nom. pr. of a (mythical) moun-
tain (in Himavanta); nom. ~o, 61,17,

Suvanna-bhimi, f. (sa. Su-
varna-bhimi) nom. pr. of a country
(“the golden land”), probably on the
coast of Burma or of the Malay Pen-
insula; acc. wim, 19,24.

suve, adv, v. sve,

susana, n. (sa. gmaciina) a ce-
metery; mont. watt, 66,18. 67,31;
°-santike (q. v.) 56,19; *imaka-, n,
(v. h.).

sasira, mfn (sa. sushira) per-
forated, full of holes, hollow; °-rukkha,
m.a hollow tree, ivstr. wena, 25,3.

Susima, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a king; voc, ~a, 46,32; °-kumara, m.
45,23; °-jataka, ~. 45,19.

sussati, vb. (sa. Vcush) to be-

come dry, dry up; pr. 3. sg. wati,
103,20; part, med, loc, sussamainamhi
(lohite) ib.; ep. upa-sussuti, vi-soseti.

*Sussondi, /. nom. pr. of a queen,
19,7, 20,17; gen. wiya, 19,18; wi-ja-
taka, ». 19,5, (Among the different
varr, lect, of this name Sussoni (sa.
su-¢roni) seems to be worthy of nu-
tice.)

suhajja (& suhada], m. (sa. su-
hrdaya [su-hrd]) a friend; pl. va,
Dh, 219; gen. pl. wanam, 47,51
(iati-mitta-°),

stikara, m. (= 68a.) a boar, hog,
pig; nom. ~o, 35,22. 46,33 (-gama-°,
q. v.); ace, wath, 35,345 gen. pa ey
85,9; *°-maddava, n. (q. v.); °-mukha,
n. a pig’s mouth, 84,31 (°-sadisa, mfn.);
mfn, having a pig’s mouth, 85,26;

276

84,97 (peta, g. v.); Ssadisa, mfn.
ressembling a pig, 86,22.

supa, m, (= sa.) sauce, soup;
O-rasa, mt, the taste of soup, acc. ~am,
Dh, 64; aneka-siipa-vyafijana, m/n.
57,11 (v. an-eka).

sia, mfn. (sa. gira) strong, brave,
valiant; #. wo (utiviya « hutva,
“showing a very bold front”) 38,31;
m, pl. ~, 40,14; — subst. m, a hero,
warrior; abhejja-vara- siira - maha-
yodha, pl. unconquerable excellent
heros and great warriors, 39,12; a-sUra,
m, 103,82 (g. v.); *kaka-°, m. (@. ».).

Strasena, m. (sa. (Qiirasena)
nom, pr. of a man (fictitious); mon.
~0, 96,31.

sula, mm (sa. a a pointed
stake, spike, pike; a spit (for roasting
meat); *marthsa-9, m. 2. 14,29 (q. v.).

sekha, m. (sa. caiksha; ep. sik-
khati) a beginner, pupil, one who has
entered the path (v. magga?’), but
has not yet become an arahat (q. v.);
nom. ~0, Dh. 45; — mfn. (cp. sa.
gaikshya) belonging to the stage of
a pupil, elementary; éustr. m. wena
(fidnena, dassanena, “an imperfect
degree of knowledge, or insight’)
69,34-35.

settha, mfn. (sa. creshtha) most
excellent, best (w. loc. or e, c. best
of or among); 1. ~0 (manussesu)
Dh, 321; ». ~am (dhanam) Dh, 26;
comp. raja-°, m, 47,8 (voc. wa);
Buddha-°, m. 109,33 (gen. wassa).
cp. seyya & next,

setthata, f. (sa. creshthata) the

first rank, superiority; acc. ~am (de-
vanamh) Dh, 30.

setthi, mm. (sa. greshthin) the
chief of an association (of merchants
etc.), president of a guild (in later
times appointed by the king to this
office (which was sometimes heritable)) ;
nom. wi (gahapati) 68,39; gen. wino,
22,18; ~issa, 69,9; loc. ~imhi, 70,13;
*°-kula, 2. (puraina-°, av ancient S,
family) 55,31; *°-putta, m. 67,22 (q. v.).

277

[SBE, XIIJ, p. 102; Fick, Soc. Glied,
p. 166.]

seni, f. (sa. creni) a guild or
association of traders; acc. pl. niyo
(sabba-°, opp. amacca-brahmana-
gahapatike) 42,3,

seta, mfn. (sa. cveta) white; m.
~0 (sabba-°, white all over) 21,34;
n. pl. wani, 47,2; comp. °-cchatta,
n, 42,8; °-paduma, ». 61,19; °-vara-
varana, m. 61,17 (q, v.).

seti (& sayati), vb. (sa. cl) to
lie, lie down, sleep, repose; pr. 3. sg.
seti, 30,21. Dh. 79. 168. 169 (sukhar,
“lives happily”); Dh, 201 (dukkham);
sayati (ekako) 46,19; 2. sg. sayami,
47,95; 3. pl. senti, Dh. 156; part.
med, *semana [*sayamana, sayadna|
v, saba-semana; pot. 3. sg. sayetha,
9,33; ger. Sayitva, 12,1. 58,17 (taya
saddhim). ep. sayana, ete., seyyaka,
seyya.

seda, m, (sa. sveda) sweat, per-
spiration; mom, ~0, 82,5. 97,22; pl.
~4, drops of perspiration, 45,1. ep.
next,

sedita, mfn. (pp. sedeti, to soften,
cook, steam; sa. svedita) softened;
*su-sedita, mfn. well-steamed (bent,
or crooked) 62,17 (°-vettagga, q. v.).

Senaka, m. (sa. senaka?) nom.
pr. of aking; loc. ~e (Baranasiyam)
52,14; gen. ~assa, 52,15.

sena, f. (= sa.) an army, battle-
array; nom. wa, 103,25; acc. wal,
104,5; instr, ~aya (caturafiginiya)
35,15; at the end of comp. (nom. pr.
m.) °=sena, v, Naga-°, Vira-°, Siha-°,
Stra-®.

senasana (& sayanasana), n. (sa.
cayanasana) lit. ‘sleeping and sitting’,
bedding, dwelling, habitation (some-
times = vihara); 97,8; Dh, 185
(sayandsanam, pantath, 4. 0).

*semana, part., v. seti.

semha, n. (sa. cleshman, m.)
phlegm; nom, wath, 82,4. 97,29. 103,20.

*semhara, [m] name of a certain
animal, according to the comm. a
monkey (makkata); gen. ~assa, 92,32.

sevati

seyya (or seyyas), mfn, (sa.
creyas) better, preferable; m. 0 (atta)
55,2; 107, = Dh. 308; acc. ~am,
Dh. 61; the orig. s-stem is preserved
in n. seyyo, 7,34. 103,7-34; Dh. 76.
100. 106 (sa pujana); 314; further
in *seyyaso, indecl, = still better,
Dh, 43. (ep. settha).
*seyyaka, mfn. (fr. seyya) lying,
sleeping (only e. ¢.), v. uttana-®.
*“seyyatha, indecl, (Magadhism
instead of tama-yatha, Buddh. sa. tad-
yatha, cp. sa. sa yatha) just as, as
if; w. foll, nom, 69,37 3 pi pubbe
agarikabhito); 95,13.(~ pi mahasa-
muddo); at the beg. of full sentence
(w. pot.): ~ pi puriso sallena viddho
assa (“it is as if. ...”) 92,6; ~ pi
raiio paccantimam nagaram ([scil.
assa, pot.] 90,30 (only fancy, for in-
stance, that a certain king has a fron-
tier fortress); ~ pi nama (w. foll.
pot. & corresp. evam eva) 68,24; —
seyyath’idam, that is to say, namely,
67,3. 68,19. [ep. Trenckner, PM. p.
75; Franke, KZ, (N. F.) XIV. p. 419;
differently Pischel, Gr. § 423.]
*seyyaso, indecl., v. seyya(s).
seyya, f. (sa. gayya) lying, sleep-
ing; a bed, couch; acc. ~am (kap-
peti, g. v.) 46,22; *eka-9, f. (g. v.);
gabbha-, f. (q. v.); *nanikama-®, f.
(q. v.) ep. uttana-seyyaka, mfn.
*Seruma, [m.] nom. pr. of an is-
land; acc. ~am, 20,19; °-dipa, m.
(= Nagadipa, Ceylon?) 19,8.
sela, 1) m. (sa. gaila; cp. sila) a
stone, rock; nom. ~0, 106,29 = Dh.
81; acc. wam, 104,16. — *) mfn. stony,
rocky; acc. m. ~arh (pabbatam) Dh.8.
sevati, vb. (sa. sev) to frequent,
serve, follow, practise, devote oneself
to (acc.); pr. 3. sg. ~wati (piyani)
55,1; 3. pl. wanti, Dh. 293; pot. 3.
8g. *) seve (paradaram) Dh, 310;
>) seveyya, 7,83; Dh.167 (dhammai);
grd. sevitabba, 66,25 (na wa, to be
avoided); pp. sevita, enjoyed, Dh.
272 (a-puthujjana-°, g. v.) op. next.

:
sevana |

sevana, f. (== 8a.) a upon,
service, honouring; 14,9.

sesa, 1) mfn. (sa. gesha) remain-
ing, left, mostly p?. == the others, the
rest, or at the beg. of comp,; pl. som.
m vB, 7,18, 40,16; 49,7 (sesapi);
73,82 (pleonast. added after thapetva
ariyasavake); acc. pl, we, 21,21; instr.
pl. ~wehi, 112,23; gen. pl. ~anath,
40,16; comp. °-varatta, 12,20; °-vani-
janam, 21,28: “-Amacce, 40,5. — *)
subst, n. sesa(ka), the rest; loc. ~ke,
33,32; ep. a-sesn, mfn.

80, pron. demonstr, m, (= sa),
v, tam.

soka, m. (sa. goka) sorrow; nom,
wo (mahd-°) 89,10; acc. warm, ib.;
pl, ~8, 107,82 = Dh. 335; instr. pl,
wehi, 70,29; comp. (dvandva) : °-pari-
deva-, 66,10. 90,17. 92,31; parideva-
soka-sampanna, mfn, full of lamen-
tation and sorrow, 69,32; *tinna-soka-
pariddava, m/n., (v! pariddava); *tanu-
bhita-°, mfn. (q. v.); *°-pareta, mfn.
(q. 0.) ep. a-soka, vi-soka (vistika)
& next,

*sokin, mfn. (fr. soka) sorrowing;
ace. f. winim (paj.m) Dh, 28,

sucati, vb, (sa. \/guc) to grieve,
mourn, suffer pain; pr. 3. 99, wati,
17,29; 105,31 (puttehi); Dh. 15 (opp,
nandati, modati); 3, pl. wanti, 108,7;
8. pl. med. socare, 104,10. Dh, 225;
aor. 2, 8g. (mi) soci, 89,19; cp. soka,
efe., socand,

socand, f. {== 8a.) sorrow, suffers
ing; 105,32. oa

sona, m. (f. ai, also! spelt sona,
wi; sa. Gvana, ~i) a dog; soni-
rupena, in the appearance of a bitch,
111,2; cp. sunakha.

sonda, f. (& sonda, m.; sa. caunda,
fr. cunda) an elephant’s trunk; ace,
wam, 76,21; instr, wiiya, 61,13

sota!, m. (sa. Grotra) the ear (as
organ of heariag, cp, kanna); nom.
wan, 70,30; testr, wena, Dk. 360;
loc. wasmim, 71,3; pl. wani, 27,4;
°-samphassis, 72,9 (v. h.); *ohita-°,
mfn, (gq. v.}.

278

gota’, m. & n, (sa. srotas, .) a
stream, flood, current; nom. ~0, 108,5;
ace, warn, Dh. 347 (metaph, of the
flood of passions); pl. ~a, Db. 339
(do.); ”. pl. wani (nadinam) 103,18;
cp. uddham-sota, mfn. & next.

sotapatti, f. (Buddh. sa. srota-
patti) the state of a sotapanna, the
first step in sanctification; °phala, n.
the advantage of Sotépannaship, Dh.
178; loc. we, 87,1; (= die Hérer-
schaft“, nicht von ysru, sondern von
Voru, Neumann, Reden des Gotama
Buddha, I. p. 505).

sotapanna, mfn. (Buddh. sa.
srotapanna) ‘who has entered the
stream’ (7. €. of sanctification), a cons
verted who has reached the first stage
of sanctification (the three last stages
of which are: sakad-agamin, an-aga-
min, araliat); m. <0, 28,18. 29,18 (v.
corrections); 79,33; pl. wH, 22,13,

sotum, inf, v. sunati.

sotthi, fi. & m. (sa. svasti) wel.
fare, success, prosperity; acc. wim
(tesath karissimi, I will save them)
27,16; amhaikam Aim karonto pi
tvar fieva karissasi (you do so, I
think, in order to save me) 54,81;
~ith gacchati (was saved) 29,13; 80-
tthimh, acc. (adv.) safely, happily, Db.
219 (~fgatanh); sotthina, instr. (adv.)
id, 42,33; sotthi-bhava, m. safety, ace.
mam (katuih) 27,15,

sotthiya, m(fn). (sa. crotriya)
conversant with the sacred doctrine, a
brahman (or bhikkhu); ace. m. pl.
we (rajino, “holy kings”) Db. 295.

sodariya, m. (fr. sa + udariya;
sa. sodarya) a uterine brother; ace
wan, 31,85,

sodhana, n. (sa. codhana) clean-
sing, investigation, examination; °-kale
(“when the search was made”) 49,36.

sodheti, ob. (sa. godhayati,
v¢Gudh) to cleanse, purify; to clear
up, examine, investigate (acc.); pr.
8. pl. wenti (maccam) Dh, 141;
part, instr. m, wentena (viharam)
84,9; pl. ~wenta, 25,7 (examining);

279

inf. wetum, 50,3 (id.); ger. wetva,
48,31 (id.); grd. m, catia 84,8;
ep. suddha & sodhana,

sona, v sona.

Sobbha, m., (sa. cvabhra) a hole,
pit, abyss; nom. wo, 27,7 (a whirl-
pool); 27,3 (chinna-tata-maha-"); Joc,
we, 78,14,

sobhagga, m, (sa, saubhiagya)
welfare, prosperity , auspiciousness ;
beauty, grace, loveliness; instr, wena
(siri-®, g. v.) 64,10; *0_ppatta, mfn.
happy, well-to-do, auspicious, lovely;
m. ~0, 1,4; acc. wam, 10,26; f. wa,
73,8; (perhaps confounded with sobha,
f. (sa. gobha), beauty, », next eto.),

sobhati, vb. (sa, Ycubh) to be
bright or splendid, to shine, look
beautiful; aor, 3. sg. sobhi (Buddho
viya) 113,21.

subhana, mfn. (sa. cobhana)
splendid, beautiful; excellent, good;
n. ~am (kammamh) 100,6,

somanassa, n, (fr. su-mana(s);
sa, saumanasya) gladness, satisfaction;
pl. ~ani (pleasures) Dh. 341; *°-jata,
mfn, glad, delighted, 16,28, 64,13;
*O-ppatta, mfn. id. 15,29.

solasa, 1) num. (mfn. pl.) (sa.
shodaca) 16; ~ petiyo, 23,23; vas.
ga-, 42,95, etc, (v. h.); *-vassika,
mfn, being 16 years old, 111,36 (n.
wai, rupath). — *) mfn. the 16%;
acc, f. wim (kalam) Db. 70; — sola-
sama, mfn. (sa. shodagama) id.; wo
(vaggo) Db. XVI.

sovanna, 1) mfn. (fr, suvanna;
8a. Sie) golden; m. ~0 (sabba-°)
84,26; sivika, f. 62,7 (g.v.); — *)
n, gold; *°-maya, mfn. made of gold,
m. ~0, 28,29.

sossati, fut. v. sunati.

svakkhata, mfn., v. akkhati.

*svatanadya, adv. (an old dat,
[scil. divasaya?] cp. ajjatana & sa.
Gvastana, mfn.) for the next day, or
to-morrow; 77,38. cp. neat,

sve (& suve), adv. (sa. vas) to-
morrow; 14,16. 101,96; suve suve,
daily, day after day, Db. 229. cp. prec.

hattha

h’, apparently sandhi-consonant in
some few instances (if not shortened
of ha, or hi, g. v.): no h’etamh, (cer-
tainly) not so! 70,2; ma h’evam kho,
90,24,

ha, indecl. (= sa.) an emphatic
particle (“indeed”, “verily”), mostly
used after ti, or na; tasma ti ha,
93,2 (g. v.); comp. have (v. h.).

hamsa!, m. (= sa.) a goose (or
swan); pl. ~a, Dh. 91; °-potika, f.
10,4 (q. ¥.); °-rajan, m. 10,8; raja-°,
m, a special kind of swan, nom. ~0,
16,7; gen, ~wassa, 10,4 (suvanna-°);
suvanna-°, m, id, 10,s-15,

Shamsa’, & “harmsana, mfn,
(only ¢. ¢.; sa. harsha, harshana)
causing erection (of the hairs), v,
loma-°,

hafifiati (or Ate), vb. (pass. hanti;
sa. hanyate) to be slain or killed; pr.
3. sg. wate, 30,19,

haifie, pot., v. hanti.

*hata-hata-kesa, m/fn, (of un-
certain derivation; cp. sa. hatha &
mahratt. hatahata) having dishevelled
hair; m. wo, 71,29,

Vhattha, mfn, (sa. hrshta) glad;
m. ~0, 68,10; *tuttha-9, mfn. (g. v.).
hata, mfn. (pp. hanti; = sa.)
beaten, slain, destroyed; m. ~0, 30,22;
*0-labha-sakkara, mfn. (v. labha);
“hatdvakasa, mfn. (cp. okiisa, m.)
who has cut off every occasion (for
good and evil), m. ~0, Dh. 97 (con-
founded with hata (pp..harati) ep.
pahata); a-hata, m/fn. (v. h.).
hattha, m. (sa. hasta) the hand
(or arm), fore leg (or paw); nom,
~0, 50,22; acc, wath, 23,9; instr.
~ena, 24,23, 83,17-20; 111,24 (vama-°) ;
abl. ~to (“from”) 101,25-29; loc. we,
23,9. 36,21. 58,7. 101,96 (tassa, ‘with
him’); ace, pl. we (dve) 62,28; instr.
pl. wehi (ubhohi) 27,20; loc. pl.
ewesu, 59,8. 111,1; comp. gata, mfn.
come to hand, obtained, 37,18 (°-bhava,
m., q.v.); %gahana, », seizing one’s

hatthin

hand, 51,14; *°dhovana, n. 56,25 (v.
4); °-ppatta, mfn, (cp. patta’) =
°-gata; *°-patha, m. the reach of one’s
hand, ace. ~am, 62,18; °-pada, m.
pl. hands and feet, 99,13; 5,27 (comp.
hatthapida-°); *°-mudda, f. 56,7 (v.
h.); *°-saniiata, mfn. who controls
his hands, m. ~o, Db. 362; — danda-®,
mfn, (gq. v.); “nanavudha-°, mfn.
armed with weapons of all kind, 6,7
(cy. avudha). cp. nezt,

hatthin, m. (sa. hastin) an ele-
phant; nom. wi. 76,8, 24,21 (maii-
gala-°, q. v.); ~)m, 24,26; gen. ~issa,
77,55 pl. wi, 35,01; instr. pl. wibi,
35,11; g22. pl. xinam, ib.; comp.
hatthi-°, ». *°-kkhandha, m.; °-naga,
mr, an excellent e'ephant, instr, wena,
1)2,25; *°-pabhinna, m. (¢.v.); =pi-
tthe (v. pittha); *°-bbanda, m. (q. v.);
*O-magga, m. (q, v.); *-ratana, n.
(q. v.); sala, f. (g. 0).

hadaya, «. (s#. brdaya) the heart;
the mind or soul; mom. wath, 1,24.
82,3. 97,21; 59,12 (matu-°, amatu-°);
64,17 (pitu-°); 64,18 (pajapati-°); ace.
nam, 2,9, 27,5; instr. wena, 59,103
pl. wini, 2,1; comp. °-marhsa, %.;
*thaddha-°, mfn.; *samvigga-°, m/n.
(q.v.).

hanati, vb, v. hanti.

*handpeti, vb. (caus. IZ. hanti,
yhan; cp. ghateti) to cause to be
killed, massacred, or devastated (acc.);
imper. 2. pl. ~etha (paccantagamam)
38,20; aor, 3. 8g. wesi (do.) 38,32.

hanu & hanuka, f. (= sa,; but
also hanu, & wka, m. 2.) a jaw;
*sithilahanu, m. (q. v.); *hanukatthi-
ka, n. 40,18 (v, atthika).

hantar, m. (sa. hantr) a striker,
one who kills; ace. ~arath (brahma-
nassa) Dh. 389.

hanti, vb. (& hanati; sa. yhan)
to strike, kill, destroy, devastate (acc.);
pr. 3. sg. ®) hanti, Dh. 72. 355. 405;
>) hanati (panath) 97,10; 3. pl. ha-
nanti, Dh. 355; 2. pl. hanatha (ga-
math) 38,33; pot. 3. sg. *) hanne
(pininam) 17,29; ») haneyya, Db.

| 280

129; aor, 3. pl. hanithsu, 34,21; ger.
hantva, Dh. 294; caus. v. *hanapeti
& ghateti; pass. hafifiati, pp. hata
(q. v.) ep. ghacca, ghaififia, hantar.

handa, indecl. (sa. hanta) a par-
ticle implying resolution or exhortation,
followed by pr. 1. sg., fut. 1. sg., or
imper., mostly at the beginning of a
sentence and often followed by dani
(v. idani) = well then! come! look!
80,1 (~ dani, w. pr. 1. 8g.).

hambho, indecl. (cp. ambho; sa.
hamho) a particle implying indigna-
tion, anger, efc.; or exclamation of
surprise; ~ passatha, 88,3. (cp. Pischel,
Gr. § 267.)

hammiya, x. (sa, harmya) a large
house with more stories, or the top-
most story of such a house; loc. pl.
~wesu, 76,29 (“the balconies”, SBE,
XX, 248).

Shara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) bringing,
taking, seizing, ravishing; mano-hara,
mfn. (q. v.); *vayo-hara, mfn. (v.
vaya).

Sharana, n. & mfn. (e. c. = sa.)
bringing, taking, removing; manusa-
mala-°-attham, “io order to remove
every human stain”, 61,13.

harani, f. (= sa.) a passage by
which water, etc., passes, a channel,
conductor, nerve; *rasa-harani, f. a
nerve of taste, acc. pl. niyo, 57,23.

harati. vb, (sa, hr) to carry,
bring, fetch, take (away), remove, de-
stroy (acc.); to rob, plunder, attack
(gen.); pr. 8. sg. wati, 50,3 (opp.
aharati); 2. sg. wasi, 66,13 (kassa
yaguin); 2. sg. ~ami (pitu tasaram)
87,14; inper, 2. sg. hara (mama san-
tiki) 49,15; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (visath
panina) Db, 124; (brahmanassa ~)
Dh. 389 (var. lect. pahareyya); aor.
3. sg. ahasi (me) Dh, 3; fut. 2. sg.
wissasi, 56,14; 1. sg. wissimi (jivi-
tam) 4,33; caus. IT. harapeti (q. v.);
(pp. hata, ep. hata); cp. hara, ha-
rana (ani).

harapeti, vb. (caus, IT. harati)
to cause to be brought or removed,

281

to take away (acc.); ger. ~etva (pata-
aun) ot sg (p

harita, mfn, (= sa.) green; ace,
m. ~am (yavam) 9,1; *haritupatta,
mfn, (prob. fr. harita + upatta, q.
v.) strown or prepared with green
leaves, loc, f. ~aya (bhiimiya) 61,2
[different from harita-patta, mfn. (v.
patta’) having green leaves, Jat, III,
495,71, ete.),

have, indecl. (sa, ha vai) particle
of asseveration (sometimes used after
relatives): truly, certainly; yada Aw,
66,20; yo ~, Dh. 382.

hasati, vb, (sa, Vhas) to laugh;
part. ace, f. ~antim (tapasim) 111,17;
part, f. med, hasamana, 58,10; aor,
3. sg. hasi, 36,3. 53,22. 65,24 (maha-
hasitam, said of a horse: neighed);
2. sg. hasi, 16,32; 1. sg. hasim, 17,9.
58,13; ger. witva (mahd-hasitath)
16,29; pp. hasita (v. next); cp. hasa.

hasita, m (= a laughing,
laughter; ace. wath (maha-°, hasati,
to laugh aloud) 16,29, 65,94; °-karana,
n. 53,34 (v. h.).

hapeti, vb. (caus. jahati; sa. ha-
payati, Wha) to abandon, neglect, for-
feit (acc.); pot. 3. sg, hapaye (atta-
dattham) Dh. 166.

hadyati, vb. (pass, jahati; sa.
hiyate, ha) to be left or abandoned ;
to be lost, decrease; to be inferior, be
outrun; pr. 3. sg. ~wati (udakam) 3,4
(opp. vaddhati); aor. 3. sg. med. aha-
yatha (labho ca sakkaro) 18,35, 19,4
(cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110).

hara, m. (= sa.) a garland, neck-
lace; mutta-°, m. a pearl-necklace,
64,26, ;

hava, m. (= sa.) ‘calling’, dalli-
ance, blandishment ; °-bhava, m. (dvan-
dva) coquettish gestures, 21,18.

hasa, m. (= say laughter; joy,
pleasure; nom. ~0, Dh. 146.

hi, indecl, (= 8a.) an enclitic
particle, generally joined to the first
word of a sentence, with a causal or
affirmative meaning, but sometimes de-
noting only transition, continuation,

hirimat

or emphasis: for, since, indeed (nam,
enim, igitur); sace ~, 1,24; tvamh aw,
5,11; 13,1; santi wx, 1114; yarh a,
13,29 (q. ¥.); yatra x, 63,13; aham
~, 73,14; ayam h’ ettha attho, 85,20;
na aw, 97,19 (“nay verily’); tena hi,
“well then”, ],10-19; 90,28 (tena h’);
1)3,14; at the end of a sentence :112,10.

hithsati, vb. (sa. Vhirhs) to in-
jure, harm, kill, destroy (acc.); pr. 3,
sg. ~wati (bhutini dandena) Dh.
131-32; (panani) Db. 270; pp. him-
sita, injured, killed; m,. ~am (na...
ekapinam pi) 27,93. cp. neat.

himsa, f. (= sa.) injury, barm;
comp. *himsa-mana(s), 7. (?) inclina-
tion to injure, nom. ~0, Dh. 390.
ep. a-hithsa, f.

hita, mfn. (pp. dahati, ~dha; =
sa.) ') put, set, placed; v, ohita, pu-
rohita, sahita (samhita), su-hita; *)
good, advantageous, salutary; 2. warm,
benefit, welfare; sabbaloka-hitam ka-
tva, “having conferred blessings on
the whole world”, 110,18; *hitavaha,
mfn. (cep. avaha) conductive to wel-
fare or blessing, f. ~a, 114,29; 118,33
(sabbaloka-°); cp. a-hita, mfn,

hitva, ger, v. jahati.

hima, . (= 8a.) cold, frost; ice,
snow; °-gabbha, m. an icy or snowy
place, acc, wam, 16,9. cp, next &
hemanta.

Himavanta (or Himavat), m,
(sa. Himavat) ‘the snowy mountain’,
Himalaya; nom. ~0, Dh. 304; ace,
wam, 46,34; loc. we, 10,6; abl. wto,
21,35; comp. °-padese, 13,9; °-mattha-
kena, 36,5 (v. h.).

hiri (or hiri), f. (sa. hri) shame,
modesty; nom. wi, 10,16 (ajjhatta-
samutthana, g. v.); dvandva comp,
*hirottappa, . (ep. ottappa) sense
of shame and tact in behaviour, ace.
war (bhinditva) 10,13; *bhinna-hi-
rottappa, mfn, without shame and
decency, 10,17; — *hiri-nisedha, mfn.
Db. 143 (v. nisedha); cp. a-hirika
(a-hirika) & nest.

hirimat, mfn. (sa, hrimat) mo-

hina

dest, bashful; instr. m. ~mata (dujji-
vam) Dh, 246,

hing, mfn. (pp, jahati, cp. hayati,
yha; = sa.) ") sbandoned, left, lost;
-viriya, mfn, weak, feeble, Dh. 7,
112 (v. viriya); ?) inferior, low, vile,
bad, mean, base, secular; m. ~0, 66,96;
dat. n, ~aya (Evattitva, the secular
life, the world) 69,37.

huta, m. (= 8a.) an oblation, sa-
crifice; mom. arb, Dh. 106. 108.
(cp. juhati).

hutta, ». (sa. hotra) = prec.;
only in the comp. aggi-° (q. v.).

huram, adv. (ved. sa. huras) only
used in old texts, and al~ays opp. to
idha : ‘yonder’, 7, e. in another world,
in another existence, Dh, 20 (idha
va ~ va). Hence *hurahuram, adv.
(= huram juraid ?) from life to life,
hither and thither, 107,30 == Dh. 334,
(cp. Morris, JPTS, ’84, p. 103~065.

hettha, prp. & adv, (sa, adhastat
1) under, beneath, from under (w, gen,
or abl.; or acc. in comp.); rukkhassa
~, 86,26; setacchattassa A, 42,9;
Vitinassa A, 65,18; ~ pasada (adi.
67,24; °-pitbama, adv, (under the chair
83,18; °-maficam, adv. (under the bed
83,18; — ?) below (ac'v.); 85,30 (opp.
upari); ‘hetthZ’ in a book is == ‘above’,
the reading (or writing) being con-
sidered as a moving upwards, so that
a preceding passnge consequently is
‘below’; °-vutta-nayen’eva, 63,22 (‘just
in the same menner as mentioned be-
fore’, cp. naya).

*hetthima, mfn. (superl. of he-
ttha; sa, *adhastima, cp. Pischel,
Gr. 3 107) lowest; tale, 69,27 (v.
taia}.

*hetheti, vb. (sa. y/heth) to worry,
injure (acc.); part, nom. m. a-hetha-
yam (vannagandham, “without in-
juring”) 106,2 == Dh, 49. ep, vie
hetheti.

hetu, m. (= 8a.) cause, reason;

282

e.c. (adv,.) == for one’s sake (sa.
hetoh), v. atta-°, parassa-° (para-°);
*O-attha, m, causative meaning, 85,9
(antogadha-°, mfn. q. v.); *°-tanha,
f. ‘thirst’ as cause [scil. sabba-duk-
khassa] 108,13; sa-hetu-dhamma, m.,
v. sa-', & dhamma‘, 66,21.
hemanta, m. (= sa.) winter,
°.gimhisu (loc. pl.) in winter and
summer, Dh, 286 (v. gimha); ep. next.
hemantika, mfn. (sa. sa are
relating to winter; m. ~0 (pasado
67,22; loc. we (kale) 100,24.
hessati, fut., v. heti.
hoti, vb. (a contracted form of
bhavati, g. v.; sa. ybhii) to be, exist,
become, arise, turn into, etc.; pr. 3.
sg. hoti, 2,e-30. 35,11. 66,12-18. 89,29,
98,s0-31. 106.5 — Dh, 266; 8. pi.
honti, 4,1. 6,92. 12,91. 31,15; 2. pl.
hotha, 31,1; part., v. bhavam; imper.
2. 8g. hohi, 25,16. 37,14. 62,24. 105,94;
3, sg. hotu, 2,7. 6,95. 7,1, 10,10. 64,9.
74,7 (hotu hotu); 2. pl. hotha, 14,18.
Dh, 243; 3. pl. hontu, 44,6; pot., v.
bhaveyya; aor, 3. sg. *) ahu & ahi,
80,82 (nfihu); 94,93. 112,30; Dh. 228
(cfihu); 20,20 (ahti); 42,16, 80,35
(aht'ti); >) ahuvad, 37,80; ¢) ahosi,
3,32; 3,3 (assa etad x, he thought by
himself); 23,3. 64,19 (do.); 67,31 (pa-
tur-°, g. v.); 238g. *) ahd, 85,26. 86,1
ee .«, ahu’ti); >) ahosi, 2,6. 86,2
mai ~, comm, on ma...ahi); 2.
sg. *) ahum, 108,15; ©) ahosith, 52,10;
3, pl. *) ab (or ahu) 112,29; ©) ahe-
sum, 5,26; 60,17 (ma ~); 79,21 (tun-
hi w); 2. pl. ahuvattha (mi A)
79,19; 1. pl. (med.) ahuvamhase (“we
had”’, in the sense of abhisambhavati)
13,25 (cp. bala); fut. 3. sg. (hohiti &)
hessati, 54,30. 110,82, Dh. 228 (accord-
ing to the metre, mss, bhavissati); inf,
v. bhavitum; ger. hutva, 1. 2)19.
3,4. 4,18. 12,97, 23,31. 35,18, 38,31, e¢c.;
grd. hotabba, n. wath, 83,3 (w. instr.) ;
pp. v. bhitta, cp. pa-hita.

{
} [i &

_

10

13

16

CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.

after a-bhasi insert:
a-bhufjisum, v. bhuijati.
read: a-kataniu
a-kificana.. cp. akificaiifia.
after a-gata insert:
a-gati, f., ». gati,
after a-disva insert:
aedukkha, mfn, 70,27, ».
dukkha,
*a-dubha.. read: (cp. dub-
bhati).
*a-ppatikdraka,.. read:
(v. patikara).
after a~bhejja insert:
a-makkhita, mfn,
v, makkhita.
*a-vajja .. read: not to be
avoided, , no sin (or fault),
after *a-samkuppa insert:
a-samghattanta, %, saih-
ghattati.
*a-santasana
°-sabhava.
after a-sahasa insert:
a-sukha, mfn. 70,27, v.sukha.
*an-eja... (cp. Leumann,
Album-Kern, p. 393)
akkosati ... aor, 3. 8g,
akkocchi, Dh. 3. °
after accaya insert:
accasanna, mfn., v. dsanna.

62,29,

we. Tead:

acchati... ep. asina.
after acchadeti add: (cp.
iichanna).

acchindati, vb., v. chindati.
afifia ... (ep. ana, f.)
“attiyati ... (cp. Kern,
Verkl. p. 68.)

P,

16 *anda-bhita, mfn.... (diffe-
rently E. Hardy, Litt, Cen-
tralbl. 1904, p. 507).

17 *ati-dhona-carin .., (ep.
dhona, dhuta).

19 after *attha-pada insert;
attharana, v. tharana.
19-20 atthi... pr. 2. pl. ’ttha,
29,30. 31,23; — pot, 3. 8g.
assa, Dh, 376; — aor. (impf.)

3. sg. asi, 81,3 (tadasi).

20 read: addhagiu.
21 adhipa, read: adhipati
26 andhaka...read: *andha-

ka-makasa

27 aparaddha ought to be put
after *aparabhage.

29 abhiifniad ... jianabhiiaa,
read: jhanabhinina

— abhinikkhamana, 2, (sa,
abhinishkramana)

30 *abhippaha@rani, read;
°-harini

— abhirthati ... (cp, Tr.
PM. p. 78).

31 abhisamkhara, m.

— after amacca insert:
Amaradevi, f. nom. pr. of

a woman, 55,82, 58,92; ==
Amara, 66,19,

— amba...ambapakka, ».nom.

wat, 15,35 (ambapakk’).

ariya... (cp. kadariya, mfn.)

avajiyati ... (cp. ont).

— avaharati... caus. v. oha-

reti (cp. *obarin)

ikara ... (cp. pannaka-

ra, m.).

. 37

41
43

96

98

264

figacchati..
agaiichi, 20,80.
acikkhuti, vb, (sa. -caksh,
or possibly fr. a-khya, re-
dupl, *a-cikhyati; Pischel,
Gr. § 492, cp. 7. Michelson,
Idg. F, XIX, p. 210.)
arama... (cp. dhamma-
rama, mfn.)

Gvunati (or avunati, cp.
Tr, PM. p. 63,45.)

» aor, 3, 8g.

*ivuso ... read: *avuso-
vada, m.

fisana... (cp, dhamma-
sana.)

after Asalhi insert:
Bsi, asim, wv. atthi.

upaga ... (cp. Brahma-
lok’ipaga, mfn.)
upatthana ... (cp. pa-

tthana & sati-patthana.)
Uruvela, f. (sa. Uruvilva)
ereti... or sa, erayati
(i + vir).
obhisati... (ep. vijjotati.)
kaccha!,.. read: kakshya
(instead of *kakshya).
kanfie, read: kanna.
karana!... (cp. *dubbali-
karana, m/fn.)

[kama] ... naccitu-kima,
mfn. 50,85.

kima-kama... or, perhaps
better, abl. sg. (“out of desire
for sensual gratification”, Mor-
ris, iPTS, 1891-93, p. 39-41)
kuiijara... nom. wo, Dh.
324. |

kila... (ep. pati-kkila, m/n.)
khamapeti ... to ask one’s
(acc.) pardon,

khaya, m., (instead of ».)
goima... “vara, am. (cp.
vara, i.) ... pattana-°, m,
q. v.

caira(ka) ... (cp. *pinda-
cara, m.)

citta’ ... (cp. sa-4, instead

of it-",)
chu...

fop. eujiiyutanu,)

J

\

158
161

jhdyati! ... (ep. *vijjha-
peti.)

jhayati?... (ep. ajjhaya
& mantajjhayaka.)

%-ttha ... (cp. bhumma-
ttha, mfn.)

tam... loc. f. tassa, 2,26.
tanha... add °-nirodha,
m. 66,15 (g. v.)

after tatha-rupa insert:
tatha-vadin, mfn., v. vadin
terasa... (ep. Franke, Pali
und Sanskrit, p, 104 (80).)
thera-vada ... abl. pl,
114,21 (instead of instr. pl.)
dugga... ace. wat (pali-
patham, instead of samhsa-
ram.)

dubbuddhin, read: dub-
buddhi,

dira... read: (cp. vidura)
instead of (opp, vidura.) —
add; *°-samkara, mfn. (q. v.)
dhana... read: *°-vassa-
panaka.
dhamma-pitin... (cp.
iti.)

fib banal cee (cp. F. Otto
Schrader, On the problem of
Nirvana, IPTS, 1904-5, p.

157.)

*pal,.. read: (cp. la, in-
stead of Ja.)

pakati ... (cp. pakata
{pakata].)

pajapati... Pajapati (=
sa. prajavati, Oldenberg,

Buddha, p. 112.)
patikkula... instr. wena
(if not, as suggested by E,
Olesen, adv, — sa. pratiku-
lui, in inverted order, i. a.
with the head turned down-
wards, head foremost?)
*patisanthara ... read:
(sa, *°-vrtti).

padeti ... to be inserted
below after paduma.,
pubhiiwoti. .. (ep. vijjo-
tutti).

285

read: paveni & paveni.
bahira ... (cp. santara-
bahirath, adv.)

bhaga ... (cp, sabhaga,
mfn.)
*bhanavara (instead of
bhanavara).

mati... (cp.*sara-mati(n))
madhuva, adv. (or rather
adj. n, instead of madhuvam

(an old error?) cp, bhadrar,
Dh. 119.)

manuiifia ... read:

(adj.) wath,

245
— 246

manta .., om, 00, 32,9.
Mahapajapati Gotami
(fr. sa, °-ptajavati, Olden-
berg, Buddha p. 112, cp. Sp.
Hardy, Manual of Buddhism

p. 306.)

yojana... (= about 7'/s
miles, IRAS, 1902, p. 284
Note.)

sa-! ... read: satthaka

(instead of satthika.) :
samvasa ... acc, wam
(piya-°, vasimsu) 11,97.

SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

F |
Ohilders = Dictionary of the Pali Language; Fausbsll, Bem. = Nogle Be-

BB.

merkninger oin enkelte vanskelige Pali-Ord i Ja&taka-Bogen (Oversigt
over det Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk, Forhaadl, 1888 p. 7-58); Faus-
bell, Das. Jat. = Dasaratha Jataka (Copenhagen 1871); Five Jat. =
Five Jatakas (Copenhagen 1861); Ten Jat. == Ten Jatakas (Copenhagen
1872); Fict, Soc, Gl. = Die sociale Gliederung im norddéstlichen Indien
zu Buddha’; Zeit (Kiel 1897); Jacobi, Erzihl, = Ausgewihlte Erzih-
lungen in ‘Mabarashtri (Leipzig 1886); Kern, Bijdr, (or Verkl.) = Bij-
drage tot de Verklaring van eenige woorden in Pali-geschriften voor-
‘xoniend» (Verhandelingen d. Kon, Akad, van Wetenschappen. Afd, Let-
terkunde XVII. Amsterdam 1888); Kuhn, Beitr, = Beitrige zur Pali-
Grammatik (Berlin 1875); Lassen, IA. = Indische Alterthumskunde;
Mitlier, PGr, = A simplified grammar of the Pali language (London
1884); Pischel, Gr, = Grammatik der Prakrit-Sprachen (Strassburg 1900);
Sénart, Kacc, = Kaccayana et lo Littérature grammaticale du Pali (Paris
1871); Wackernagel, Gr, == Altindische Grammatik (Gottingen 1896 ff.);
Weber, Ind, Str, =: Indische Streifen; Ind, Stud. — Indische Studien;
Windisch, Mara = Mara und Buddha (Leipzig 1895; Abhandl. d, Koa,
siichs, Gee, d. Wiss. phil.—hist. Cl. XV.)

== (Bezzenborger’s) Beitriige zur Kunde der indogermanischen Sprachen;
GGA, =: Géttingische gelehrte Anzeigen; Gétt, Nachr. == Nachrichten
von der Kou. Ges. d. Wiss. zu Gottingen; Idg. F, = Indogermanische
Forschungen; Ind. Ant. = The Indian Antiquary; KZ, = (Kuhn’s)
Zeitschrift fiir vergleichende Sprachforschung; KZ (BB) = dieselbe ver-
einigt mit Bezzenberger’s Beitriige (Bd. I = Bd, XLI.); Pan. = Panini’s
Grammatik, herausgeg. von O, Bobtlingk (Leipzig 1887); Tr, PM, =
Trenckner, Pali Miscellany, Part I (Copenhagen 1879); WZ, or WZKM.
= Wiener Zeitschrift fir die Kunde des Morgenlandes,

CORRECTIONS TO PART J,

lis... cinnatthine

2,29-30 .. . dohalo uppanno
—3#.. . sdyanhasamaye
7,32... ovadanti

8,1... peturh vi na visahanti
+. SU-

» +. puttat-

—14... paticcha-

15... Cari,

15,19 . », dussamh

— 39... darini

17,18 appa-

— 1... elakam

23,4 .., utthdpetva (bis instead of
upatthapetva)

27,6 .., saddo (instead of samuddo)
29,18... Sotapanno upasako

36,28... (in some copies:) nasakkhi
(instead of nféaskkhi)

41,5 ... catujati-®

44,1... Malliko,

47,4... ‘imassa lobham

48,7 ...labbhamane nimantake

—33.., sattadvara-°

53,21... tassa ravam

59,7... nipajjapetva

60,33... devalokesu

62,s9-s3 .. . gahapesum

66,15-16... (insert after tanhaniro-
dha:) upadananirodho,
upadananirodha

73,1... malagandha-°

75,26... dyatim

76,1 ... papatika

—10,,., etad avoca

83,90... ekena hatthena

85,8 ... samantato pabhasati vijjo-
tati

—~ sa... kim idan ti ce ti aha (cor-
rected by E. Hardy).

87,11... parasantako me satako
i: ‘a, tassa vidatthi-
usin anitthitara = (the
Cingtnlese Edition, Colom-
bo 1898.)

— 11712... nitthapessami

— a... Tusitavimane
89,8... papata

— 36... annan" ti
91,19... pakaro na hoti
— 31... panham puna pi pucchi
93,21... evam me sutam
96,14,.. fanam
103,2 ...Tam [mam]
— 6 ...Sahassabhaige maranam,
ekathse
— 13... sen’atthena
—.4...Anumatto pi puiifiena
— 15... yesaf ca attho, pufiiena
— 31... -dbhippaharini
104,1 ... Pagalha ettha [na] dissanti
106,16... pana duddasam
— 1s... kitava satho
llljez#... Jivitam dehi
112,09 ... yakkha ca ghatiya
—2..,sayam pi Vijayo laddha

ps Tambabhiumirajophuttha
tambapanni yato ahu
. satto, dametum

ADDITIONS TO THE NOTES,

Baka-Jitaka .., translated by R.
Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p. 757.
Nacca-Jataka... translated by R.
Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p, 758; trans-
lated by Warren, Hermes, XXIX,
p. 476.

Ucchaiga-Jataka... translated by
R. Pischel, Hermes, XXVIII, p. 465

(cp. Noldeke, ib, XXIX, p. 155, &
Zachariae, Wien, Zeitschr, f.d. Kunde
d. Morgenl, XV, p. 72).

Vedabbha-Jataka.., translated by
J. J. Meyer, Dandin’s Daga-kuméra-
caritam, Leipzig 1902, p. 15-19.

Susima-Jaitaka ... 47,98 = Dh.
847,s-4 (cp. 346),

288

Andabhita-Jateka... translated
with Notes by R, Pischel, Philol.
Abhandlungen M. Hertz zum 70. Ge-
burtstage von Schiilern dargebracht.
Berlin 1888, p. 74.

Mahosadha’s Marriage .. trans-
lated by J. J. Bleyer, Dandia’s Daca-
kumira-caritam, p. 96=103,

Mahosadha’s Judgement... cp.
H, Oldenberg, Die Literatur des alten
Indien, Stuttgart 1903, p. 114 (&
Note p. 291).

The Great Ret‘rement .. 64,14-15
= As. p. 34,5 (cp. Mahavastu IT, 157).

Dhammacakke-pavattana-Sutta
... translated SB. XI, p, 146 &
XIII, p. 94.

Yasapabbajja .. cp. Lalita Vistara
ed. by Rajendralala Mitra, Caloutta
1877, p. 251; Sp. Hardy, Manual of
Buddhism, p. 156 (159); P. Bigandet,
The Life or Legend of Gaudama.
Rangoon, 1866, p. 55; H. Alabaster,
The Wheel of the Law. London 1871,
p. 125.

The Fire-Sermon,., translated by
Oldenberg, Buddha p. 209.

Mara as Plowman, . translated by
E, Windisch, Mara und Buddha,
Leipzig 1895, p. 104.

Obs! Several of the Texts above have been printed in:

Buddha's Death ... = DN. I.
p. 154, — 80,28-29 = “Jat. 4, p. 392.

The Ten Precepts.. 81,32 (cp. Db.
v. 246-47),

The Legend of the Weaver’s
Daughter, 86,12—89,17 . . Edited:
Dhammapadatthakatha ... by W.

Dhammananda Thera & M. Nanis.
sara Thera, Colombo 1898, p. 428-31.

The Questions of Uttiya 16 CDs
Mil. ed, by V. Trenckner, Copen-
hagen 1880, Note p. 424. — 89,20-21
cp. So, v. 419.

Rebirth is not Transmigration
.. translated (the beginning only)
by R. Garbe, Beitriige zur iodischen
Kulturgeschichte. Berlin 1903, p.
129-30.

Padhana-Sutta ... translated by
E. Windisch, Mara und Buddha, p.3
(= Lalita Vistara, ch, X VIII; Maha-
vastu I], 237) cp. ib. p. 322. — v.19
bhatjami (Ed, gacchami) cp. R.
Pischei, Indische Miscellen (KZ.
(BB) 1 p. 182).

Dhaniya- Sutta ... translated by
Pavolini, Buddismo, Milano 1898,
p. 126.

Buddhaghosa., translated SBE. X.
Introduction, p. XXIX—XXXI.

J. Takakusu, A Pali

Chrestomathy, with notes and glossary giving Sanskrit and Chinese eure

valents. Tokyo 1900.

MISPRINTS
to be corrected in the Pali Text of Dhammapada, 2. ed. by V. Fausbell.

, London

Vs184.. suggatim

— 37,3..Marabandhena
— 40,3. . thapetva

— 4l,e.. apetaviiiano
— 69,1.. Madbuva

— 86,9.. suduttaram

- 1481 .idam

— 165,..attadattham

— 227,2.. tunhim

— 251,.. nadi

— 253,1.. paravaijainupassissa

1900.

312,3.. samkilitthafi ca
316,29... micchaditthi-°
329.1... labhetha

330,29 .. sahbayata
343,4.. ikamkha

369,1 .. bhikkhu

370.3 ee paficasaiigatigo
390,1.. akiiici

391.2 .. brihmanam
404,2.. appiccham
4141... palipatharh

ri PETE LE CLS

Sic lpbaietoatatmtots he leo wietetie neta
CB be wea timyse ae SEN SAS he
Slr sy ak aa,

és garg POLAR es
Tehaen at selves
ns og yh 6
Rica e coe ee eis ato ie
ie ee InN 5 ae a Maat sat rideasire
AES skewmssiesas be eestaacionnty pebeice te

rks
foncris

Fas wie Poarecerne
ui reg een ae
Ltn We
rae erin aaeet aa ory

Sees ae
ao :

ahhh ;
ah eer ase
CA aye ee
a imap nc Mie
an 3

Pri oe BONE gE mPih

ea rat

i 4
me) eto rg Abr
=

aos yee

arena:
Cente hag he ae et

Merten
“ ot

ieteate 2
el

aes iat Pune
Passe tics oe Facets eeetefat
‘eaers Soseloth leak nts

mel him eaten

eects Soe

oy Aa
a cae Oa
aie

mela rt eee

ackut
Lope eae
raids wy

aN
eet i)

tainty Sy) ast Nat

as At)
SN De a oy
aie shign dubel i

Hohn hy 8it st suite bi “a
sane te ssi y

aa iit

ee
mi

bee g . aS eh ee eat i
ates Feats

a ea,
iby
AN ital

A ee fl {isles apt tai

{thes Cas
rd rie eg ra elite ty
4 litahat gheees hea
sen A pedett as itis
ie Peal eee
wae rey we Bhprnye

rr Atel
hk wat
Le

one ie Bvt
a ilasbyey

meh Sea athe